10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Jan 2026
    1. Author response:

      General Statements

      We are delighted that all reviewers found our manuscript to be a technical advance by providing a much sought after method to arrest budding yeast cells in metaphase of mitosis or both meiotic metaphases. The reviewers also valued our use of this system to make new discoveries in two areas. First, we provided evidence that the spindle checkpoint is intrinsically weaker in meiosis I and showed that this is due to PP1 phosphatase. Second, we determined how the composition and phosphorylation of the kinetochore changes during meiosis, providing key insights into kinetochore function and providing a rich dataset for future studies.

      The reviewers also made some extremely helpful suggestions to improve our manuscript, which we will now implement:

      (1) Improvements to the discussion throughout the manuscript. The reviewers recommended that we focus our discussion on the novel findings of the manuscript and drew out some key points of interest that deserve more attention. We fully agree with this and we will address this in a revised version.

      (2) We will add a new supplemental figure to help interpret the mass spectrometry data, to address Reviewer #3, point 4.

      (3) We are currently performing an additional control experiment to address the minor point 1 from reviewer #3. Our experiment to confirm that SynSAC relies on endogenous checkpoint proteins was missing the cell cycle profile of cells where SynSAC was not induced for comparison. We will add this control to our full revision.

      (4) In our full revision we will also include representative images of spindle morphology as requested by Reviewer #1, point 2

      Description of the planned revisions

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      These authors have developed a method to induce MI or MII arrest. While this was previously possible in MI, the advantage of the method presented here is that it works for MII, and chemically inducible because it is based on a system that is sensitive to the addition of ABA. Depending on when the ABA is added, they achieve a MI or MII delay. The ABA promotes dimerizing fragments of Mps1 and Spc105 that can't bind their chromosomal sites. The evidence that the MI arrest is weaker than the MII arrest is convincing and consistent with published data and indicating the SAC in MI is less robust than MII or mitosis. The authors use this system to find evidence that the weak MI arrest is associated with PP1 binding to Spc105. This is a nice use of the system.

      The remainder of the paper uses the SynSAC system to isolate populations enriched for MI or MII stages and conduct proteomics. This shows a powerful use of the system but more work is needed to validate these results, particularly in normal cells.

      Overall the most significant aspect of this paper is the technical achievement, which is validated by the other experiments. They have developed a system and generated some proteomics data that maybe useful to others when analyzing kinetochore composition at each division. Overall, I have only a few minor suggestions.

      We appreciate the reviewers’ support of our study.

      (1) In wild-type - Pds1 levels are high during M1 and A1, but low in MII. Can the authors comment on this? In line 217, what is meant by "slightly attenuated? Can the authors comment on how anaphase occurs in presence of high Pds1? There is even a low but significant level in MII.

      The higher levels of Pds1 in meiosis I compared to meiosis II has been observed previously using immunofluorescence and live imaging[1–3]. Although the reasons are not completely clear, we speculate that there is insufficient time between the two divisions to re-accumulate Pds1 prior to separase re-activation.

      We agree “slightly attenuated” was confusing and we have re-worded this sentence to read “Addition ABA at the time of prophase release resulted in Pds1securin stabilisation throughout the time course, consistent with delays in both metaphase I and II”.

      We do not believe that either anaphase I or II occur in the presence of high Pds1. Western blotting represents the amount of Pds1 in the population of cells at a given time point. The time between meiosis I and II is very short even when treated with ABA. For example, in Figure 2B, spindle morphology counts show that the anaphase I peak is around 40% at its maxima (105 min) and around 40% of cells are in either metaphase I or metaphase II, and will be Pds1 positive. In contrast, due to the better efficiency of meiosis II, anaphase II hardly occurs at all in these conditions, since anaphase II spindles (and the second nuclear division) are observed at very low frequency (maximum 10%) from 165 minutes onwards. Instead, metaphase II spindles partially or fully breakdown, without undergoing anaphase extension. Taking Pds1 levels from the western blot and the spindle data together leads to the conclusion that at the end of the time-course, these cells are biochemically in metaphase II, but unable to maintain a robust spindle. Spindle collapse is also observed in other situations where meiotic exit fails, and potentially reflects an uncoupling of the cell cycle from the programme governing gamete differentiation[3–5]. We will explain this point in a revised version while referring to representative images that from evidence for this, as also requested by the reviewer below.

      (2) The figures with data characterizing the system are mostly graphs showing time course of MI and MII. There is no cytology, which is a little surprising since the stage is determined by spindle morphology. It would help to see sample sizes (ie. In the Figure legends) and also representative images. It would also be nice to see images comparing the same stage in the SynSAC cells versus normal cells. Are there any differences in the morphology of the spindles or chromosomes when in the SynSAC system?

      This is an excellent suggestion and will also help clarify the point above. We will provide images of cells at the different stages. For each timepoint, 100 cells were scored. We have already included this information in the figure legends 

      (3) A possible criticism of this system could be that the SAC signal promoting arrest is not coming from the kinetochore. Are there any possible consequences of this? In vertebrate cells, the RZZ complex streams off the kinetochore. Yeast don't have RZZ but this is an example of something that is SAC dependent and happens at the kinetochore. Can the authors discuss possible limitations such as this? Does the inhibition of the APC effect the native kinetochores? This could be good or bad. A bad possibility is that the cell is behaving as if it is in MII, but the kinetochores have made their microtubule attachments and behave as if in anaphase.

      In our view, the fact that SynSAC does not come from kinetochores is a major advantage as this allows the study of the kinetochore in an unperturbed state. It is also important to note that the canonical checkpoint components are all still present in the SynSAC strains, and perturbations in kinetochore-microtubule interactions would be expected to mount a kinetochore-driven checkpoint response as normal. Indeed, it would be interesting in future work to understand how disrupting kinetochore-microtubule attachments alters kinetochore composition (presumably checkpoint proteins will be recruited) and phosphorylation but this is beyond the scope of this work. In terms of the state at which we are arresting cells – this is a true metaphase because cohesion has not been lost but kinetochore-microtubule attachments have been established. This is evident from the enrichment of microtubule regulators but not checkpoint proteins in the kinetochore purifications from metaphase I and II. While this state is expected to occur only transiently in yeast, since the establishment of proper kinetochore-microtubule attachments triggers anaphase onset, the ability to capture this properly bioriented state will be extremely informative for future studies. We appreciate the reviewers’ insight in highlighting these interesting discussion points which we will include in a revised version.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance):

      These authors have developed a method to induce MI or MII arrest. While this was previously possible in MI, the advantage of the method presented here is it works for MII, and chemically inducible because it is based on a system that is sensitive to the addition of ABA. Depending on when the ABA is added, they achieve a MI or MII delay. The ABA promotes dimerizing fragments of Mps1 and Spc105 that can't bind their chromosomal sites. The evidence that the MI arrest is weaker than the MII arrest is convincing and consistent with published data and indicating the SAC in MI is less robust than MII or mitosis. The authors use this system to find evidence that the weak MI arrest is associated with PP1 binding to Spc105. This is a nice use of the system.

      The remainder of the paper uses the SynSAC system to isolate populations enriched for MI or MII stages and conduct proteomics. This shows a powerful use of the system but more work is needed to validate these results, particularly in normal cells.

      Overall the most significant aspect of this paper is the technical achievement, which is validated by the other experiments. They have developed a system and generated some proteomics data that maybe useful to others when analyzing kinetochore composition at each division.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s enthusiasm for our work.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      The manuscript submitted by Koch et al. describes a novel approach to collect budding yeast cells in metaphase I or metaphase II by synthetically activating the spinde checkpoint (SAC). The arrest is transient and reversible. This synchronization strategy will be extremely useful for studying meiosis I and meiosis II, and compare the two divisions. The authors characterized this so-named syncSACapproach and could confirm previous observations that the SAC arrest is less efficient in meiosis I than in meiosis II. They found that downregulation of the SAC response through PP1 phosphatase is stronger in meiosis I than in meiosis II. The authors then went on to purify kinetochore-associated proteins from metaphase I and II extracts for proteome and phosphoproteome analysis. Their data will be of significant interest to the cell cycle community (they compared their datasets also to kinetochores purified from cells arrested in prophase I and -with SynSAC in mitosis).

      I have only a couple of minor comments:

      (1) I would add the Suppl Figure 1A to main Figure 1A. What is really exciting here is the arrest in metaphase II, so I don't understand why the authors characterize metaphase I in the main figure, but not metaphase II. But this is only a suggestion.

      This is a good suggestion, we will do this in our full revision.

      (2) Line 197, the authors state: “...SyncSACinduced a more pronounced delay in metaphase II than in metaphase I”. However, line 229 and 240 the authors talk about a "longer delay in metaphase <i compared to metaphase II"... this seems to be a mix-up.

      Thank you for pointing this out, this is indeed a typo and we have corrected it.

      (3) The authors describe striking differences for both protein abundance and phosphorylation for key kinetochore associated proteins. I found one very interesting protein that seems to be very abundant and phosphorylated in metaphase I but not metaphase II, namely Sgo1. Do the authors think that Sgo1 is not required in metaphase II anymore? (Top hit in suppl Fig 8D).

      This is indeed an interesting observation, which we plan to investigate as part of another study in the future. Indeed, data from mouse indicates that shugoshin-dependent cohesin deprotection is already absent in meiosis II in mouse oocytes[6], though whether this is also true in yeast is not known. Furthermore, this does not rule out other functions of Sgo1 in meiosis II (for example promoting biorientation). We will include this point in the discussion.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance):

      The technique described here will be of great interest to the cell cycle community. Furthermore, the authors provide data sets on purified kinetochores of different meiotic stages and compare them to mitosis. This paper will thus be highly cited, for the technique, and also for the application of the technique.

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      In their manuscript, Koch et al. describe a novel strategy to synchronize cells of the budding yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae in metaphase I and metaphase II, thereby facilitating comparative analyses between these meiotic stages. This approach, termed SynSAC, adapts a method previously developed in fission yeast and human cells that enables the ectopic induction of a synthetic spindle assembly checkpoint (SAC) arrest by conditionally forcing the heterodimerization of two SAC components upon addition of the plant hormone abscisic acid (ABA). This is a valuable tool, which has the advantage that induces SAC-dependent inhibition of the anaphase promoting complex without perturbing kinetochores. Furthermore, since the same strategy and yeast strain can be also used to induce a metaphase arrest during mitosis, the methodology developed by Koch et al. enables comparative analyses between mitotic and meiotic cell divisions. To validate their strategy, the authors purified kinetochores from meiotic metaphase I and metaphase II, as well as from mitotic metaphase, and compared their protein composition and phosphorylation profiles. The results are presented clearly and in an organized manner.

      We are grateful to the reviewer for their support.

      Despite the relevance of both the methodology and the comparative analyses, several main issues should be addressed:

      (1) In contrast to the strong metaphase arrest induced by ABA addition in mitosis (Supp. Fig. 2), the SynSAC strategy only promotes a delay in metaphase I and metaphase II as cells progress through meiosis. This delay extends the duration of both meiotic stages, but does not markedly increase the percentage of metaphase I or II cells in the population at a given timepoint of the meiotic time course (Fig. 1C). Therefore, although SynSAC broadens the time window for sample collection, it does not substantially improve differential analyses between stages compared with a standard NDT80 prophase block synchronization experiment. Could a higher ABA concentration or repeated hormone addition improve the tightness of the meiotic metaphase arrest?

      For many purposes the enrichment and extended time for sample collection is sufficient, as we demonstrate here. However, as pointed out by the reviewer below, the system can be improved by use of the 4A-RASA mutations to provide a stronger arrest (see our response below). We did not experiment with higher ABA concentrations or repeated addition since the very robust arrest achieved with the 4A-RASA mutant deemed this unnecessary.

      (2) Unlike the standard SynSAC strategy, introducing mutations that prevent PP1 binding to the SynSAC construct considerably extended the duration of the meiotic metaphase arrests. In particular, mutating PP1 binding sites in both the RVxF (RASA) and the SILK (4A) motifs of the Spc105(1-455)-PYL construct caused a strong metaphase I arrest that persisted until the end of the meiotic time course (Fig. 3A). This stronger and more prolonged 4A-RASA SynSAC arrest would directly address the issue raised above. It is unclear why the authors did not emphasize more this improved system. Indeed, the 4A-RASA SynSAC approach could be presented as the optimal strategy to induce a conditional metaphase arrest in budding yeast meiosis, since it not only adapts but also improves the original methods designed for fission yeast and human cells. Along the same lines, it is surprising that the authors did not exploit the stronger arrest achieved with the 4A-RASA mutant to compare kinetochore composition at meiotic metaphase I and II.

      We agree that the 4A-RASA mutant is the best tool to use for the arrest and going forward this will be our approach. We collected the proteomics data and the data on the SynSAC mutant variants concurrently, so we did not know about the improved arrest at the time the proteomics experiment was done. Because very good arrest was already achieved with the unmutated SynSAC construct, we could not justify repeating the proteomics experiment which is a large amount of work using significant resources. However, we will highlight the potential of the 4A-RASA mutant more prominently in our full revision.

      (3) The results shown in Supp. Fig. 4C are intriguing and merit further discussion. Mitotic growth in ABA suggest that the RASA mutation silences the SynSAC effect, yet this was not observed for the 4A or the double 4A-RASA mutants. Notably, in contrast to mitosis, the SynSAC 4A-RASA mutation leads to a more pronounced metaphase I meiotic delay (Fig. 3A). It is also noteworthy that the RVAF mutation partially restores mitotic growth in ABA. This observation supports, as previously demonstrated in human cells, that Aurora B-mediated phosphorylation of S77 within the RVSF motif is important to prevent PP1 binding to Spc105 in budding yeast as well.

      We agree these are intriguing findings that highlight key differences as to the wiring of the spindle checkpoint in meiosis and mitosis and potential for future studies, however, currently we can only speculate as to the underlying cause. The effect of the RASA mutation in mitosis is unexpected and unexplained. However, the fact that the 4A-RASA mutation causes a stronger delay in meiosis I compared to mitosis can be explained by a greater prominence of PP1 phosphatase in meiosis. Indeed, our data (Figure 4A) show that the PP1 phosphatase Glc7 and its regulatory subunit Fin1 are highly enriched on kinetochores at all meiotic stages compared to mitosis.

      We agree that the improved growth of the RVAF mutant is intriguing and points to a role of Aurora B-mediated phosphorylation, though previous work has not supported such a role [7].

      We will include a discussion of these important points in a revised version.

      (4) To demonstrate the applicability of the SynSAC approach, the authors immunoprecipitated the kinetochore protein Dsn1 from cells arrested at different meiotic or mitotic stages, and compared kinetochore composition using data independent acquisition (DIA) mass spectrometry. Quantification and comparative analyses of total and kinetochore protein levels were conducted in parallel for cells expressing either FLAG-tagged or untagged Dsn1 (Supp. Fig. 7A-B). To better detect potential changes, protein abundances were next scaled to Dsn1 levels in each sample (Supp. Fig. 7C-D). However, it is not clear why the authors did not normalize protein abundance in the immunoprecipitations from tagged samples at each stage to the corresponding untagged control, instead of performing a separate analysis. This would be particularly relevant given the high sensitivity of DIA mass spectrometry, which enabled quantification of thousands of proteins. Furthermore, the authors compared protein abundances in tagged-samples from mitotic metaphase and meiotic prophase, metaphase I and metaphase II (Supp. Fig. 7E-F). If protein amounts in each case were not normalized to the untagged controls, as inferred from the text (lines 333 to 338), the observed differences could simply reflect global changes in protein expression at different stages rather than specific differences in protein association to kinetochores.

      While we agree with the reviewer that at first glance, normalising to no tag appears to be the most appropriate normalisation, in practice there is very low background signal in the no tag sample which means that any random fluctuations have a big impact on the final fold change used for normalisation. This approach therefore introduces artefacts into the data rather than improving normalisation.

      To provide reassurance that our kinetochore immunoprecipitations are specific, and that the background (no tag) signal is indeed very low, we will provide a new supplemental figure showing the volcanos comparing kinetochore purifications at each stage with their corresponding no tag control.

      It is also important to note that our experiment looks at relative changes of the same protein over time, which we expect to be relatively small in the whole cell lysate. We previously documented proteins that change in abundance in whole cell lysates throughout meiosis[8]. In this study, we found that relatively few proteins significantly change in abundance.

      Our aim in the current study was to understand how the relative composition of the kinetochore changes and for this, we believe that a direct comparison to Dsn1, a central kinetochore protein which we immunoprecipitated is the most appropriate normalisation.

      (5) Despite the large amount of potentially valuable data generated, the manuscript focuses mainly on results that reinforce previously established observations (e.g., premature SAC silencing in meiosis I by PP1, changes in kinetochore composition, etc.). The discussion would benefit from a deeper analysis of novel findings that underscore the broader significance of this study.

      We strongly agree with this point and we will re-frame the discussion to focus on the novel findings, as also raised by the other reviewers.

      Finally, minor concerns are:

      (1) Meiotic progression in SynSAC strains lacking Mad1, Mad2 or Mad3 is severely affected (Fig. 1D and Supp. Fig. 1), making it difficult to assess whether, as the authors state, the metaphase delays depend on the canonical SAC cascade. In addition, as a general note, graphs displaying meiotic time courses could be improved for clarity (e.g., thinner data lines, addition of axis gridlines and external tick marks, etc.).

      We will generate the data to include a checkpoint mutant +/- ABA for direct comparison. We will take steps to improve the clarity of presentation of the meiotic timecourse graphs, though our experience is that uncluttered graphs make it easier to compare trends.

      (2) Spore viability following SynSAC induction in meiosis was used as an indicator that this experimental approach does not disrupt kinetochore function and chromosome segregation. However, this is an indirect measure. Direct monitoring of genome distribution using GFP-tagged chromosomes would have provided more robust evidence. Notably, the SynSAC mad3Δ mutant shows a slight viability defect, which might reflect chromosome segregation defects that are more pronounced in the absence of a functional SAC.

      Spore viability is a much more sensitive way of analysing segregation defects that GFP-labelled chromosomes. This is because GFP labelling allows only a single chromosome to be followed. On the other hand, if any of the 16 chromosomes mis-segregate in a given meiosis this would result in one or more aneuploid spores in the tetrad, which are typically inviable. The fact that spore viability is not significantly different from wild type in this analysis indicates that there are no major chromosome segregation defects in these strains, and we therefore do not plan to do this experiment.

      (3) It is surprising that, although SAC activity is proposed to be weaker in metaphase I, the levels of CPC/SAC proteins seem to be higher at this stage of meiosis than in metaphase II or mitotic metaphase (Fig. 4A-B).

      We agree, this is surprising and we will point this out in the revised discussion. We speculate that the challenge in biorienting homologs which are held together by chiasmata, rather than back-to-back kinetochores results in a greater requirement for error correction in meiosis I. Interestingly, the data with the RASA mutant also point to increased PP1 activity in meiosis I, and we additionally observed increased levels of PP1 (Glc7 and Fin1) on meiotic kinetochores, consistent with the idea that cycles of error correction and silencing are elevated in meiosis I.

      (4) Although a more detailed exploration of kinetochore composition or phosphorylation changes is beyond the scope of the manuscript, some key observations could have been validated experimentally (e.g., enrichment of proteins at kinetochores, phosphorylation events that were identified as specific or enriched at a certain meiotic stage, etc.).

      We agree that this is beyond the scope of the current study but will form the start of future projects from our group, and hopefully others.

      (5) Several typographical errors should be corrected (e.g., "Knetochores" in Fig. 4 legend, "250uM ABA" in Supp. Fig. 1 legend, etc.)

      Thank you for pointing these out, they have been corrected.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance):

      Koch et al. describe a novel methodology, SynSAC, to synchronize budding yeast cells in metaphase I or metaphase II during meiosis, as well and in mitotic metaphase, thereby enabling differential analyses among these cell division stages. Their approach builds on prior strategies originally developed in fission yeast and human cells models to induce a synthetic spindle assembly checkpoint (SAC) arrest by conditionally forcing the heterodimerization of two SAC proteins upon addition of abscisic acid (ABA). The results from this manuscript are of special relevance for researchers studying meiosis and using Saccharomyces cerevisiae as a model. Moreover, the differential analysis of the composition and phosphorylation of kinetochores from meiotic metaphase I and metaphase II adds interest for the broader meiosis research community. Finally, regarding my expertise, I am a researcher specialized in the regulation of cell division.

      Description of the revisions that have already been incorporated in the transferred manuscript

      We have only corrected minor typos as detailed above.

      Description of analyses that authors prefer not to carry out

      The revisions we plan are detailed above. There are just two revisions we believe are either unnecessary or beyond the scope, both minor concerns of Reviewer #3. For clarity we have reproduced them, along with our justification below. In the latter case, the reviewer also acknowledged that further work in this direction is beyond the scope of the current study.

      (2) Spore viability following SynSAC induction in meiosis was used as an indicator that this experimental approach does not disrupt kinetochore function and chromosome segregation. However, this is an indirect measure. Direct monitoring of genome distribution using GFP-tagged chromosomes would have provided more robust evidence. Notably, the SynSAC mad3Δ mutant shows a slight viability defect, which might reflect chromosome segregation defects that are more pronounced in the absence of a functional SAC.

      Spore viability is a much more sensitive way of analysing segregation defects that GFP-labelled chromosomes. This is because GFP labelling allows only a single chromosome to be followed. On the other hand, if any of the 16 chromosomes mis-segregate in a given meiosis this would result in one or more aneuploid spores in the tetrad, which are typically inviable. The fact that spore viability is not significantly different from wild type in this analysis indicates that there are no major chromosome segregation defects in these strains, and we therefore do not plan to do this experiment.

      (4) Although a more detailed exploration of kinetochore composition or phosphorylation changes is beyond the scope of the manuscript, some key observations could have been validated experimentally (e.g., enrichment of proteins at kinetochores, phosphorylation events that were identified as specific or enriched at a certain meiotic stage, etc.).

      We agree that this is beyond the scope of the current study but will form the start of future projects from our group, and hopefully others.

      (1) Salah, S.M., and Nasmyth, K. (2000). Destruction of the securin Pds1p occurs at the onset of anaphase during both meiotic divisions in yeast. Chromosoma 109, 27–34.

      (2) Matos, J., Lipp, J.J., Bogdanova, A., Guillot, S., Okaz, E., Junqueira, M., Shevchenko, A., and Zachariae, W. (2008). Dbf4-dependent CDC7 kinase links DNA replication to the segregation of homologous chromosomes in meiosis I. Cell 135, 662–678.

      (3) Marston, A.L.A.L., Lee, B.H.B.H., and Amon, A. (2003). The Cdc14 phosphatase and the FEAR network control meiotic spindle disassembly and chromosome segregation. Developmental cell 4, 711–726. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1534-5807(03)00130-8.

      (4) Attner, M.A., and Amon, A. (2012). Control of the mitotic exit network during meiosis. Molecular Biology of the Cell 23, 3122–3132. https://doi.org/10.1091/mbc.E12-03-0235.

      (5) Pablo-Hernando, M.E., Arnaiz-Pita, Y., Nakanishi, H., Dawson, D., del Rey, F., Neiman, A.M., and de Aldana, C.R.V. (2007). Cdc15 Is Required for Spore Morphogenesis Independently of Cdc14 in Saccharomyces cerevisiae. Genetics 177, 281–293. https://doi.org/10.1534/genetics.107.076133.

      (6) El Jailani, S., Cladière, D., Nikalayevich, E., Touati, S.A., Chesnokova, V., Melmed, S., Buffin, E., and Wassmann, K. (2025). Eliminating separase inhibition reveals absence of robust cohesin protection in oocyte metaphase II. EMBO J 44, 5187–5214. https://doi.org/10.1038/s44318-025-00522-0.

      (7) Rosenberg, J.S., Cross, F.R., and Funabiki, H. (2011). KNL1/Spc105 Recruits PP1 to Silence the Spindle Assembly Checkpoint. Current Biology 21, 942–947. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2011.04.011.

      (8) Koch, L.B., Spanos, C., Kelly, V., Ly, T., and Marston, A.L. (2024). Rewiring of the phosphoproteome executes two meiotic divisions in budding yeast. EMBO J 43, 1351–1383. https://doi.org/10.1038/s44318-024-00059-8.

    1. 1 Normal service 2 Normal service 4 Normal service 6 Normal service

      There is another public annotation on this webpage on Hypothesis that says the reliance on colour makes it not accessible to colour blindness. Although I agree with this take, I also think the TTC homepage does not rely entirely on colour and symbols to convey its messages. They do use colour and images, but those symbols and colours are always accompanied by text.

    1. Synthèse des Enquêtes Internationales : Enjeux et Perspectives pour le Système Éducatif Français

      Résumé Exécutif

      L'analyse des enquêtes internationales (PISA, TIMSS, PIRLS) révèle une situation contrastée pour l'éducation en France.

      Si le pays maintient une position proche de la moyenne de l'OCDE dans certains domaines, des signaux d'alarme majeurs apparaissent, notamment une baisse tendancielle du niveau en mathématiques depuis 30 ans et une corrélation exceptionnellement forte entre l'origine sociale et la réussite scolaire.

      Les points critiques identifiés incluent :

      Un déclin marqué en mathématiques : À peine 20 % des élèves de 6ème maîtrisent le concept des fractions sur une ligne numérique.

      Des inégalités sociales persistantes : La France est l'un des pays où le milieu socio-économique prédit le mieux les résultats.

      Un déficit de compétences psychosociales : Les élèves français manifestent une anxiété élevée, une faible persévérance et un sentiment d'appartenance à l'école réduit.

      Un climat scolaire dégradé : Les perturbations en classe sont nettement supérieures à la moyenne internationale.

      Toutefois, des motifs d'optimisme existent, notamment la résilience des scores de lecture au niveau primaire malgré la pandémie de COVID-19, et le succès d'expérimentations ciblées (groupes de besoins, réformes structurelles au Maroc et en Estonie).

      La recherche scientifique préconise un passage du simple diagnostic à l'action par l'expérimentation rigoureuse et le renforcement de la formation des enseignants.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. Panorama des Évaluations Internationales

      Le Conseil Scientifique de l'Éducation Nationale (CSEN) souligne l'importance d'utiliser ces enquêtes non comme des classements médiatiques, mais comme des outils de diagnostic et des leviers de transformation pédagogique.

      1. Les trois piliers de l'évaluation

      | Enquête | Organisme | Population cible | Domaines évalués | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | PISA | OCDE | Élèves de 15 ans | Culture mathématique, scientifique et compréhension de l'écrit (littératie). | | TIMSS | IEA | CM1 et 4ème | Mathématiques et Sciences. | | PIRLS | IEA | CM1 | Compréhension de l'écrit (processus de lecture). |

      2. Distinction entre PISA et TIMSS/PIRLS

      PISA adopte un point de vue "extérieur" aux programmes scolaires, évaluant la capacité des jeunes à mobiliser leurs connaissances dans des situations de la vie réelle à la fin de la scolarité obligatoire.

      TIMSS et PIRLS sont plus étroitement liés aux programmes d'enseignement (curriculum) et se basent sur des niveaux scolaires spécifiques (Grade 4 et Grade 8).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      II. Analyse du Système Français : Constats et Diagnostics

      1. Performances Académiques : Un déclin hétérogène

      Mathématiques : C'est le point noir du système français.

      Les résultats en CM1 et 4ème montrent un décrochage net par rapport à la moyenne de l'Union européenne.

      L'écart se creuse particulièrement en 4ème, avec seulement 3 % d'élèves très performants contre 11 % au niveau européen et 50 % à Singapour.

      Lecture : La situation est plus encourageante au primaire.

      La France est l'un des rares pays à avoir progressé ou stabilisé ses scores en lecture (PIRLS 2021) malgré la crise sanitaire.

      Cette résilience est attribuée à une fermeture limitée des écoles (comparée à d'autres pays) et potentiellement aux politiques de dédoublement des classes en éducation prioritaire.

      Compétences Numériques et Civiques : Dans les enquêtes ICILS (numérique) et ICCS (citoyenneté), la France obtient des résultats honorables, se situant dans la moyenne ou légèrement au-dessus, notamment en pensée informatique et en adhésion aux valeurs d'égalité.

      2. Le Poids des Inégalités Sociales et de Genre

      La France se distingue par une "surdétermination" des performances par l'origine sociale.

      La variance expliquée par le milieu socio-économique est de 17-19 % en France, contre 13-14 % dans les autres pays de l'OCDE.

      De plus, un "effet de genre" émerge dès le CP : les garçons prennent rapidement l'avantage sur les filles en mathématiques, un écart qui s'accentue jusqu'au CM1 (23 points d'écart en 2023).

      3. Climat Scolaire et Facteurs Psychologiques

      Les enquêtes mettent en lumière des fragilités comportementales spécifiques aux élèves français :

      Anxiété mathématique : Bien qu'en baisse, elle reste notable.

      Climat de classe : 29 % des élèves déclarent ne pas pouvoir travailler correctement en mathématiques à cause du bruit et du désordre (moyenne OCDE : 23 %).

      Esprit de croissance : Moins d'un élève sur deux en France pense que son intelligence peut se développer par l'effort.

      Coopération : La France obtient l'un des indices de coopération entre élèves les plus faibles de l'OCDE.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      III. Enseignements Internationaux : Modèles de Réussite

      L'analyse de pays aux trajectoires variées permet d'identifier des facteurs clés de succès.

      1. L'Estonie : Le modèle d'efficacité nordique

      Le succès estonien repose sur :

      L'autonomie des établissements : Les écoles gèrent leur propre programme tout en respectant un socle national.

      La haute qualification des enseignants : Le Master est obligatoire pour un contrat permanent.

      L'éducation précoce : Un programme scolaire dès la maternelle (4-6 ans) incluant lecture et jeux.

      La transparence des données : Une évaluation externe régulière dont les résultats guident les améliorations locales.

      2. Le Maroc : La réforme des "Écoles Pionnières"

      Face à des résultats historiquement faibles, le Maroc a lancé un programme massif incluant :

      L'approche TARL (Teaching at the Right Level) : Remédiation intensive basée sur le niveau réel de l'élève plutôt que sur son âge.

      L'enseignement explicite : Des leçons structurées et scriptées pour soutenir les enseignants.

      Un encadrement de proximité : Les inspecteurs passent d'un rôle de contrôle à un rôle de coaching hebdomadaire.

      Résultats : Un gain d'impact de 0,9 écart-type en une seule année dans les écoles pilotes.

      3. Le Portugal : La leçon de la continuité

      L'expérience portugaise montre qu'une politique de "hautes attentes" (examens nationaux exigeants, programmes basés sur les contenus) a permis une remontée spectaculaire entre 2000 et 2015.

      Inversement, l'assouplissement de ces exigences et le passage à une "flexibilité curriculaire" après 2016 ont coïncidé avec une baisse des résultats.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      IV. Leviers de Transformation pour la France

      Le CSEN et les experts réunis suggèrent plusieurs pistes pour inverser la courbe du déclin.

      1. Améliorer la maîtrise des fondamentaux

      Enseignement des fractions : Des interventions ciblées de 4 à 5 semaines, utilisant des logiciels de pointage numérique avec feedback immédiat, ont montré une progression spectaculaire des élèves de CM2 et 6ème.

      Enseignement de la compréhension : Contrairement aux pays anglophones, la France enseigne peu les stratégies explicites de compréhension (inférences, analyse de structure de texte).

      Il est recommandé d'intégrer ces pratiques dès le primaire.

      2. Renforcer la formation et l'attractivité

      Investissement : La part du PIB consacrée à l'éducation en France a baissé de près d'un point depuis les années 90 (représentant un manque à gagner de 25 milliards d'euros).

      Formation continue : Nécessité de former les enseignants aux apports des sciences cognitives pour identifier les "obstacles cognitifs" (erreurs de logique, recours excessif aux connaissances personnelles au détriment du texte).

      3. Agir sur le climat et les compétences sociales

      Développer l'esprit de croissance : Encourager les élèves à voir l'erreur comme une étape d'apprentissage.

      Favoriser la coopération : Réduire la compétition pour améliorer le bien-être et la motivation, particulièrement chez les élèves les plus fragiles.

      4. Utiliser l'évaluation comme diagnostic

      L'évaluation ne doit pas être vécue comme une sanction.

      Elle doit permettre de créer des "groupes de besoins" temporaires et ciblés, permettant de traiter les lacunes spécifiques (comme les automatismes de calcul) avant qu'elles ne deviennent insurmontables.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Conclusion

      Les enquêtes internationales confirment que le déclin n'est pas une fatalité.

      Des pays aux contextes variés (Estonie, Maroc, Portugal) ont réussi à transformer leur système en s'appuyant sur la cohérence des programmes, la formation des acteurs et une culture de l'évaluation diagnostique.

      Pour la France, l'enjeu réside dans sa capacité à traduire ces données scientifiques en pratiques de classe quotidiennes et en politiques publiques stables.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review)

      (1) It might be good to further discuss potential molecular mechanisms for increasing the TF off rate (what happens at the mechanistic level). 

      This is now expanded in the Discussion

      (2) To improve readability, it would be good to make consistent font sizes on all figures to make sure that the smallest font sizes are readable. 

      We have normalised figure text as much as is feasible.

      (3) upDARs and downDARs - these abbreviations are defined in the figure legend but not in the main text. 

      We have removed references to these terms from the text and included a definition in the figure legend. 

      (4) Figure 3B - the on-figure legend is a bit unclear; the text legend does not mention the meaning of "DEG". 

      We have removed this panel as it was confusing and did not demonstrate any robust conclusion. 

      (5) The values of apparent dissociation rates shown in Figure 5 are a bit different from values previously reported in literature (e.g., see Okamoto et al., 20203, PMC10505915). Perhaps the authors could comment on this. Also, it would be helpful to add the actual equation that was used for the curve fitting to determine these values to the Methods section. 

      We have included an explanation of the curve fitting equation in the Methods as suggested.

      The apparent dissociation rate observed is a sum of multiple rates of decay – true dissociation rate (k<sub>off</sub>), signal loss caused by photobleaching k<sub>pb</sub>, and signal loss caused by defocusing/tracking error (k<sub>tl</sub>).

      k<sub>off</sub><sup>app</sup> = k<sub>off</sub>+ k<sub>pb</sub> + k<sub>tl</sub>

      We are making conclusions about relative changes in k<sub>off</sub><sup>app</sup> upon CHD4 depletion, not about the absolute magnitude of true in k<sub>off</sub> or TF residence times.Our conclusions extend to true in k<sub>off</sub> on the assumption that k<sub>pb</sub> and k<sub>tl</sub> are equal across all samples imaged due to identical experimental conditions and analysis. k<sub>pb</sub> and k<sub>tl</sub> vary hugely across experimental set-ups, especially with different laser powers, so other k<sub>off</sub> or k<sub>off</sub><sup>app</sup> values reported in the literature would be expected to differ from ours. Time-lapse experiments or independent determination of k<sub>pb</sub> (and k<sub>tl</sub>) would be required to make any statements about absolute values of k<sub>off</sub>

      (6) Regarding the discussion about the functionality of low-affinity sites/low accessibility regions, the authors may wish to mention the recent debates on this (https://www.nature.com/articles/s41586-025-08916-0; https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2025.10.12.681120v1). 

      We have now included a discussion of this point and referenced both papers.

      (7) It may be worth expanding figure legends a bit, because the definitions of some of the terms mentioned on the figures are not very easy to find in the text. 

      We have endeavoured to define all relevant terms in the figure legends. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      (1) Figure 2 shows heat maps of RNA-seq results following a time course of CHD4 depletion (0, 1, 2 hours...). Usually, the red/blue colour scale is used to visualise differential expression (fold-difference). Here, genes are coloured in red or blue even at the 0-hour time point. This confused me initially until I discovered that instead of folddifference, a z-score is plotted. I do not quite understand what it means when a gene that is coloured blue at the 0-hour time point changes to red at a later time point. Does this always represent an upregulation? I think this figure requires a better explanation. 

      The heatmap displays z-scores, meaning expression for each gene has been centred and scaled across the entire time course. As a result, time zero is not a true baseline, it simply shows whether the gene’s expression at that moment is above or below its own mean. A transition from blue to red therefore indicates that the gene increases relative to its overall average, which typically corresponds to upregulation, but it doesn’t directly represent fold-change from the 0-hour time point. We have now included a brief explanation of this in the figure legend to make this point clear.  

      (2) Figure 5D: NANOG, SOX2 binding at the KLF4 locus. The authors state that the enhancers 68, 57, and 55 show a gain in NANOG and SOX2 enrichment "from 30 minutes of CHD4 depletion". This is not obvious to me from looking at the figure. I can see an increase in signal from "WT" (I am assuming this corresponds to the 0 hours time point) to "30m", but then the signals seem to go down again towards the 4h time point. Can this be quantified? Can the authors discuss why TF binding seems to increase only temporarily (if this is the case)? 

      We have edited the text to more accurately reflect what is going on in the screen shot. We have also replaced “WT” with “0” as this more accurately reflects the status of these cells. 

      (3) There is no real discussion of HOW CHD4/NuRD counteracts TF binding (i.e. by what molecular mechanism). I understand that the data does not really inform us on this. Still, I believe it would be worthwhile for the authors to discuss some ideas, e.g., local nucleosome sliding vs. a direct (ATP-dependent?) action on the TF itself. 

      We now include more speculation on this point in the Discussion.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      The main weakness can be summarised as relating to the fact that authors interpret all rapid changes following CHD4 degradation as being a direct effect of the loss of CHD4 activity. The possibility that rapid indirect effects arise does not appear to have been given sufficient consideration. This is especially pertinent where effects are reported at sites where CHD4 occupancy is initially low. 

      We acknowledge that we cannot definitively say any effect is a direct consequence of CHD4 depletion and have mitigated statements in the Results and Discussion. 

      Reviewing Editor Comments: 

      I am pleased to say all three experts had very complementary and complimentary comments on your paper - congratulations. Reviewer 3 does suggest toning down a few interpretations, which I suggest would help focus the manuscript on its greater strengths. I encourage a quick revision to this point, which will not go back to reviewers, before you request a version of record. I would also like to take this opportunity to thank all three reviewers for excellent feedback on this paper. 

      As advised we have mitigated the points raised by the reviewers. 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      p9, top: The sentence starting with "Genes increasing in expression after four hours...." is very difficult to understand and should be rephrased or broken up. 

      We agree. This has been completely re-written. 

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      Sites of increased chromatin accessibility emerge more slowly than sites of lost chromatin accessibility. Figure 1D, a little increase in accessibility at 30min, but a more noticeable decrease at 30min. The sites of increased accessibility also have lower absolute accessibility than observed at locations where accessibility is lost. This raises the possibility that the sites of increased accessibility represent rapid but indirect changes occurring following loss of CHD4. Consistent with this, enrichment for CHD4 and MDB3 by CUT and TAG is far higher at sites of decreased accessibility. The low level of CHD4 occupancy observed at sites where accessibility increases may not be relevant to the reason these sites are affected. Such small enrichments can be observed when aligning to other genomic features. The authors interpret their findings as indicating that low occupancy of CHD4 exerts a long-lasting repressive effect at these locations. This is one possible explanation; however, an alternative is that these effects are indirect. Perhaps driven by the very large increase in TF binding that is observed following CHD4 degradation and which appears to occur at many locations regardless of whether CHD4 is present. 

      The reviewer is right to point out that we don’t know what is direct and what is indirect. All we know is that changes happen very rapidly upon CHD4 depletion. The changes in standard ATAC-seq signal appear greater at the sites showing decreased accessibility than those increasing, however the starting points are very different: a small increase from very low accessibility will likely be a higher fold change than a more visible decrease from very high accessibility (Fig. 1D). In contrast, Figure 6 shows a more visible increase in Tn5 integrations at sites increasing in accessibility at 30 minutes than the change in sites decreasing in accessibility at 30 minutes. We therefore disagree that the sites increasing in accessibility are more likely to be indirect targets. In further support of this, there is a rapid increase in MNase resistance at these sites upon MBD3 reintroduction (Fig. 6I), possibly indicating a direct impact of NuRD on these sites. 

      Substantial changes in Nanog and SOX2 binding are observed across the time course. These changes are very large, with 43k or 78k additional sites detected. How is this possible? Does the amount of these TF's present in cells change? The argument that transient occupancy of CHD4 acts to prevent TF's binding to what is likely to be many 100's of thousands of sites (if the data for Nanog and SOX2 are representative of other transcription factors such as KLF4) seems unlikely. 

      The large number of different sites identified gaining TF binding is likely to be a reflection of the number of cells being analysed: within the 10<sup>5</sup>-10<sup>6</sup> cells used for a Cut&Run experiment we detect many sites gaining TF binding. In individual cells we agree it would be unlikely for that many sites to become bound at the same time. We detect no changes in the amounts of Nanog or Sox2 in our cells across 4 hour CHD4 depletion time course. However, we maintain that low frequency interactions of CHD4 with a site can counteract low frequency TF binding and prevent it from stimulating opening of a cryptic enhancer. 

      While increased TF binding is observed at sites of gained accessibility, the changes in TF occupancy at the lost sites do not progress continuously across the time course. In addition, the changes in occupancy are small in comparison to those observed at the gained sites. The text comments on an increase in SOX2 and Nanog occupancy at 30 min, but there is either no change or a loss by 4 hours. It's difficult to know what to conclude from this. 

      At sites losing accessibility the enrichment of both Nanog and Sox2 increases at 30 minutes. We suspect this is due to the loss of CHD4’s TF-removal activity. Thereafter the two TFs show different trends: Nanog enrichment then decreases again, probably due to the decrease in accessibility at these sites. Sox2, by contrast, does not change very much, possibly due to its higher pioneering ability. It is true that the amounts of change are very small here, however Cut&Run was performed in triplicate and the summary graphs are plotted with standard error of the mean (which is often too small to see), demonstrating that the detected changes are highly significant. (We neglected to refer to the SEM  in our figure legends: this has now been corrected.) At sites where CHD4 maintains chromatin compaction, the amount of transcription factor binding goes from zero or nearly zero to some finite number, hence the fold change is very large. In contrast the changes at sites losing accessibility starts from high enrichment so fold changes are much smaller. 

      Changes in the diffusive motion of tagged TF's are measured. The data is presented as an average of measurements of individual TF's. What might be anticipated is that subpopulations of TF's would exhibit distinct behaviours. At many locations, occupancy of these TF's are presumably unchanged. At 1 hour, many new sites are occupied, and this would represent a subpopulation with high residence. A small population of TF's would be subject to distinct effects at the sites where accessibility reduces at the onehour time point. The analysis presented fails to distinguish populations of TF's exhibiting altered mobility consistent with the proportion of the TF's showing altered binding. 

      We agree that there are likely subpopulations of TFs exhibiting distinct binding behaviours, and our modality of imaging captures this, but to distinguish subpopulations within this would require a lot more data.

      However, there is no reason to believe that the TF binding at the new sites being occupied at 1 hr would have a difference in residence time to those sites already stably bound by TFs in the wildtype, i.e. that they would exhibit a different limitation to their residence time once bound compared to those sites. We do capture more stably bound trajectories per cell, but that’s not what we’re reporting on - it’s the dissociation rate of those that have already bound in a stable manner at sites where TF occupancy is detected also by ChIP.

      The analysis of transcription shown in Figure 2 indicates that high-quality data has been obtained, showing progressive changes to transcription. The linkage of the differentially expressed genes to chromatin changes shown in Figure 3 is difficult to interpret. The curves showing the distance distribution for increased or decreased DARs are quite similar for up- and down-regulated genes. The frequency density for gained sites is slightly higher, but not as much higher as would be expected, given these sites are c6fold more abundant than the sites with lost accessibility. The data presented do not provide a compelling link between the CHD4-induced chromatin changes and changes to transcription; the authors should consider revising to accommodate this. It is possible that much of the transcriptional response even at early time points is indirect. This is not unprecedented. For example, degradation of SOX2, a transcriptional activator, results in both repression and activation of similar numbers of genes https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC10577566/ 

      We agree that these figures do not provide a compelling link between the observed chromatin changes and gene expression changes. That 50K increased sites are, on average, located farther away from misregulated genes than are the 8K decreasing sites highlights that this is rarely going to be a case of direct derepression of a silenced gene, but rather distal sites could act as enhancers to spuriously activate transcription. This would certainly be a rare event, but could explain the low-level transcriptional noise seen in NuRD mutants. We have edited the wording to make this clearer.

      The model presented in Figure 7 includes distinct roles at sites that become more or less accessible following inactivation of CHD4. This is perplexing as it implies that the same enzymes perform opposing functions at some of the different sites where they are bound. 

      Our point is that it does the same thing at both kinds of sites, but the nature of the sites means that the consequences of CHD4 activity will be different. We have tried to make this clear in the text. 

      At active sites, it is clear that CHD4 is bound prior to activation of the degron and that chromatin accessibility is reduced following depletion. Changes in TF occupancy are complex, perhaps reflecting slow diffusion from less accessible chromatin and a global increase in the abundance of some pluripotency transcription factors such as SOX2 and Nanog that are competent for DNA binding. The link between sites of reduced accessibility and transcription is less clear. 

      At the inactive sites, the increase in accessibility could be driven by transcription factor binding. There is very little CHD4 present at these sites prior to activation of the degron, and TF binding may induce chromatin opening, which could be considered a rapid but indirect effect of the CHD4 degron. The link to transcription is not clear from the data presented, but it would be anticipated that in some cases it would drive activation. 

      We acknowledge these points and have indicated this possibility in the Results and the Discussion.

      No Analysis is performed to identify binding sequences enriched at the locations of decreased accessibility. This could potentially define transcription factors involved in CHD4 recruitment or that cause CHD4 to function differently in different contexts. 

      HOMER analyses failed to provide any unique insights. The sites going down are highly accessible in ES cells: they have TF binding sites that one would expect in ES cells. The increasing sites show an enrichment for G-rich sequences, which reflects the binding preference of CHD4.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present Altair-LSFM (Light Sheet Fluorescence Microscope), a high-resolution, open-source light-sheet microscope, that may be relatively easy to align and construct due to a custom-designed mounting plate. The authors developed this microscope to fill a perceived need that current open-source systems are primarily designed for large specimens and lack sub-cellular resolution or achieve high-resolution but are difficult to construct and are unstable. While commercial alternatives exist that offer sub-cellular resolution, they are expensive. The authors manuscript centers around comparisons to the highly successful lattice light-sheet microscope, including the choice of detection and excitation objectives. The authors thus claim that there remains a critical need for a high-resolution, economical and easy to implement LSFM systems and address this need with Altair.

      Strengths:

      The authors succeed in their goals of implementing a relatively low cost (~ USD 150K) open-source microscope that is easy to align. The ease of alignment rests on using custom-designed baseplates with dowel pins for precise positioning of optics based on computer analysis of opto-mechanical tolerances as well as the optical path design. They simplify the excitation optics over Lattice light-sheet microscopes by using a Gaussian beam for illumination while maintaining lateral and axial resolutions of 235 and 350 nm across a 260-um field of view after deconvolution. In doing so they rest on foundational principles of optical microscopy that what matters for lateral resolution is the numerical aperture of the detection objective and proper sampling of the image field on to the detection, and the axial resolution depends on the thickness of the light-sheet when it is thinner than the depth of field of the detection objective. This concept has unfortunately not been completely clear to users of high-resolution light-sheet microscopes and is thus a valuable demonstration. The microscope is controlled by an open-source software, Navigate, developed by the authors, and it is thus foreseeable that different versions of this system could be implemented depending on experimental needs while maintaining easy alignment and low cost. They demonstrate system performance successfully by characterizing their sheet, point-spread function, and visualization of sub-cellular structures in mammalian cells including microtubules, actin filaments, nuclei, and the Golgi apparatus.

      Weaknesses:

      There is still a fixation on comparison to the first-generation lattice light-sheet microscope, which has evolved significantly since then:

      (1) One of the major limitations of the first generation LLSM was the use of a 5 mm coverslip, which was a hinderance for many users. However, the Zeiss system elegantly solves this problem and so does Oblique Plane Microscopy (OPM), while the Altair-LSFM retains this feature which may dissuade widespread adoption. This limitation and how it may be overcome in future iterations is now discussed in the manuscript but remains a limitation in the currently implemented design.

      (2) Further, on the point of sample flexibility, all generations of the LLSM, and by the nature of its design the OPM, can accommodate live-cell imaging with temperature, gas, and humidity control. In the revised manuscript the authors now implement temperature control, but ideal live cell imaging conditions that would include gas and humidity control are not implemented. While, as the authors note, other microscopes that lack full environmental control have achieved widespread adoption, in my view this still limits the use cases of this microscope. There is no discussion on how this limitation of environmental control may be overcome in future iterations.

      (3) While the microscope is well designed and completely open source it will require experience with optics, electronics, and microscopy to implement and align properly. Experience with custom machining or soliciting a machine shop is also necessary. Thus, in my opinion it is unlikely to be implemented by a lab that has zero prior experience with custom optics or can hire someone who does. Altair-LSFM may not be as easily adaptable or implementable as the authors describe or perceive in any lab that is interested even if they can afford it. Claims on how easy it may be to align the system for a "Novice" in supplementary table 5, appear to be unsubstantiated and should be removed unless a Novice was indeed able to assemble and validate the system in 2 weeks. It seems that these numbers were just arbitrarily proposed in the current version without any testing. In our experience it's hard to predict how long an alignment will take for a novice.

      (4) There is no quantification on field uniformity and the tunability of the light sheet parameters (FOV, thickness, PSF, uniformity). There is no quantification on how much improvement is offered by the resonant and how its operation may alter the light-sheet power, uniformity and the measured PSF.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This useful study presents Altair-LSFM, a solid and well-documented implementation of a light-sheet fluorescence microscope (LSFM) designed for accessibility and cost reduction. While the approach offers strengths such as the use of custom-machined baseplates and detailed assembly instructions, its overall impact is limited by the lack of live-cell imaging capabilities and the absence of a clear, quantitative comparison to existing LSFM platforms. As such, although technically competent, the broader utility and uptake of this system by the community may be limited.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their thoughtful evaluation of our work and for recognizing the technical strengths of the Altair-LSFM platform, including the custom-machined baseplates and detailed documentation provided to promote accessibility and reproducibility. Below, we provide point-by-point responses to each referee comment. In the process, we have significantly revised the manuscript to include live-cell imaging data and a quantitative evaluation of imaging speed. We now more explicitly describe the different variants of lattice light-sheet microscopy—highlighting differences in their illumination flexibility and image acquisition modes—and clarify how Altair-LSFM compares to each. We further discuss challenges associated with the 5 mm coverslip and propose practical strategies to overcome them. Additionally, we outline cost-reduction opportunities, explain the rationale behind key equipment selections, and provide guidance for implementing environmental control. Altogether, we believe these additions have strengthened the manuscript and clarified both the capabilities and limitations of AltairLSFM.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The article presents the details of the high-resolution light-sheet microscopy system developed by the group. In addition to presenting the technical details of the system, its resolution has been characterized and its functionality demonstrated by visualizing subcellular structures in a biological sample.

      Strengths: 

      (1) The article includes extensive supplementary material that complements the information in the main article.

      (2) However, in some sections, the information provided is somewhat superficial.

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful assessment and for recognizing the strengths of our manuscript, including the extensive supplementary material. Our goal was to make the supplemental content as comprehensive and useful as possible. In addition to the materials provided with the manuscript, our intention is for the online documentation (available at thedeanlab.github.io/altair) to serve as a living resource that evolves in response to user feedback. We would therefore greatly appreciate the reviewer’s guidance on which sections were perceived as superficial so that we can expand them to better support readers and builders of the system.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Although a comparison is made with other light-sheet microscopy systems, the presented system does not represent a significant advance over existing systems. It uses high numerical aperture objectives and Gaussian beams, achieving resolution close to theoretical after deconvolution. The main advantage of the presented system is its ease of construction, thanks to the design of a perforated base plate.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s assessment and the opportunity to clarify our intent. Our primary goal was not to introduce new optical functionality beyond that of existing high-performance light-sheet systems, but rather to substantially reduce the barrier to entry for non-specialist laboratories. Many open-source implementations, such as OpenSPIM, OpenSPIN, and Benchtop mesoSPIM, similarly focused on accessibility and reproducibility rather than introducing new optical modalities, yet have had a measureable impact on the field by enabling broader community participation. Altair-LSFM follows this tradition, providing sub-cellular resolution performance comparable to advanced systems like LLSM, while emphasizing reproducibility, ease of construction through a precision-machined baseplate, and comprehensive documentation to facilitate dissemination and adoption.

      (2) Using similar objectives (Nikon 25x and Thorlabs 20x), the results obtained are similar to those of the LLSM system (using a Gaussian beam without laser modulation). However, the article does not mention the difficulties of mounting the sample in the implemented configuration.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment and agree that there are practical challenges associated with handling 5 mm diameter coverslips in this configuration. In the revised manuscript, we now explicitly describe these challenges and provide practical solutions. Specifically, we highlight the use of a custommachined coverslip holder designed to simplify mounting and handling, and we direct readers to an alternative configuration using the Zeiss W Plan-Apochromat 20×/1.0 objective, which eliminates the need for small coverslips altogether.

      (3) The authors present a low-cost, open-source system. Although they provide open source code for the software (navigate), the use of proprietary electronics (ASI, NI, etc.) makes the system relatively expensive. Its low cost is not justified.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s perspective and understand the concern regarding the use of proprietary control hardware such as the ASI Tiger Controller and NI data acquisition cards. Our decision to use these components was intentional: relying on a unified, professionally supported and maintained platform minimizes complexity associated with sourcing, configuring, and integrating hardware from multiple vendors, thereby reducing non-financial barriers to entry for non-specialist users.

      Importantly, these components are not the primary cost driver of Altair-LSFM (they represent roughly 18% of the total system cost). Nonetheless, for individuals where the price is prohibitive, we also outline several viable cost-reduction options in the revised manuscript (e.g., substituting manual stages, omitting the filter wheel, or using industrial CMOS cameras), while discussing the trade-offs these substitutions introduce in performance and usability. These considerations are now summarized in Supplementary Note 1, which provides a transparent rationale for our design and cost decisions.

      Finally, we note that even with these professional-grade components, Altair-LSFM remains substantially less expensive than commercial systems offering comparable optical performance, such as LLSM implementations from Zeiss or 3i.

      (4) The fibroblast images provided are of exceptional quality. However, these are fixed samples. The system lacks the necessary elements for monitoring cells in vivo, such as temperature or pH control.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive comment regarding the quality of our data. As noted, the current manuscript focuses on validating the optical performance and resolution of the system using fixed specimens to ensure reproducibility and stability.

      We fully agree on the importance of environmental control for live-cell imaging. In the revised manuscript, we now describe in detail how temperature regulation can be achieved using a custom-designed heated sample chamber, accompanied by detailed assembly instructions on our GitHub repository and summarized in Supplementary Note 2. For pH stabilization in systems lacking a 5% CO₂ atmosphere, we recommend supplementing the imaging medium with 10–25 mM HEPES buffer. Additionally, we include new live-cell imaging data demonstrating that Altair-LSFM supports in vitro time-lapse imaging of dynamic cellular processes under controlled temperature conditions.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors present Altair-LSFM (Light Sheet Fluorescence Microscope), a high-resolution, open-source microscope, that is relatively easy to align and construct and achieves sub-cellular resolution. The authors developed this microscope to fill a perceived need that current open-source systems are primarily designed for large specimens and lack sub-cellular resolution or are difficult to construct and align, and are not stable. While commercial alternatives exist that offer sub-cellular resolution, they are expensive. The authors' manuscript centers around comparisons to the highly successful lattice light-sheet microscope, including the choice of detection and excitation objectives. The authors thus claim that there remains a critical need for high-resolution, economical, and easy-to-implement LSFM systems. 

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful summary. We agree that existing open-source systems primarily emphasize imaging of large specimens, whereas commercial systems that achieve sub-cellular resolution remain costly and complex. Our aim with Altair-LSFM was to bridge this gap—providing LLSM-level performance in a substantially more accessible and reproducible format. By combining high-NA optics with a precision-machined baseplate and open-source documentation, Altair offers a practical, high-resolution solution that can be readily adopted by non-specialist laboratories.

      Strengths: 

      The authors succeed in their goals of implementing a relatively low-cost (~ USD 150K) open-source microscope that is easy to align. The ease of alignment rests on using custom-designed baseplates with dowel pins for precise positioning of optics based on computer analysis of opto-mechanical tolerances, as well as the optical path design. They simplify the excitation optics over Lattice light-sheet microscopes by using a Gaussian beam for illumination while maintaining lateral and axial resolutions of 235 and 350 nm across a 260-um field of view after deconvolution. In doing so they rest on foundational principles of optical microscopy that what matters for lateral resolution is the numerical aperture of the detection objective and proper sampling of the image field on to the detection, and the axial resolution depends on the thickness of the light-sheet when it is thinner than the depth of field of the detection objective. This concept has unfortunately not been completely clear to users of high-resolution light-sheet microscopes and is thus a valuable demonstration. The microscope is controlled by an open-source software, Navigate, developed by the authors, and it is thus foreseeable that different versions of this system could be implemented depending on experimental needs while maintaining easy alignment and low cost. They demonstrate system performance successfully by characterizing their sheet, point-spread function, and visualization of sub-cellular structures in mammalian cells, including microtubules, actin filaments, nuclei, and the Golgi apparatus.

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful and generous assessment of our work. We are pleased that the manuscript’s emphasis on fundamental optical principles, design rationale, and practical implementation was clearly conveyed. We agree that Altair’s modular and accessible architecture provides a strong foundation for future variants tailored to specific experimental needs. To facilitate this, we have made all Zemax simulations, CAD files, and build documentation openly available on our GitHub repository, enabling users to adapt and extend the system for diverse imaging applications.

      Weaknesses:

      There is a fixation on comparison to the first-generation lattice light-sheet microscope, which has evolved significantly since then:

      (1) The authors claim that commercial lattice light-sheet microscopes (LLSM) are "complex, expensive, and alignment intensive", I believe this sentence applies to the open-source version of LLSM, which was made available for wide dissemination. Since then, a commercial solution has been provided by 3i, which is now being used in multiple cores and labs but does require routine alignments. However, Zeiss has also released a commercial turn-key system, which, while expensive, is stable, and the complexity does not interfere with the experience of the user. Though in general, statements on ease of use and stability might be considered anecdotal and may not belong in a scientific article, unreferenced or without data.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful and constructive comment. We have revised the manuscript to more clearly distinguish between the original open-source implementation of LLSM and subsequent commercial versions by 3i and ZEISS. The revised Introduction and Discussion now explicitly note that while open-source and early implementations of LLSM can require expert alignment and maintenance, commercial systems—particularly the ZEISS Lattice Lightsheet 7—are designed for automated operation and stable, turn-key use, albeit at higher cost and with limited modifiability. We have also moderated earlier language regarding usability and stability to avoid anecdotal phrasing.

      We also now provide a more objective proxy for system complexity: the number of optical elements that require precise alignment during assembly and maintenance thereafter. The original open-source LLSM setup includes approximately 29 optical components that must each be carefully positioned laterally, angularly, and coaxially along the optical path. In contrast, the first-generation Altair-LSFM system contains only nine such elements. By this metric, Altair-LSFM is considerably simpler to assemble and align, supporting our overarching goal of making high-resolution light-sheet imaging more accessible to non-specialist laboratories.

      (2) One of the major limitations of the first generation LLSM was the use of a 5 mm coverslip, which was a hinderance for many users. However, the Zeiss system elegantly solves this problem, and so does Oblique Plane Microscopy (OPM), while the Altair-LSFM retains this feature, which may dissuade widespread adoption. This limitation and how it may be overcome in future iterations is not discussed.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment. We agree that the use of 5 mm diameter coverslips, while enabling high-NA imaging in the current Altair-LSFM configuration, may pose a practical limitation for some users. We now discuss this more explicitly in the revised manuscript. Specifically, we note that replacing the detection objective provides a straightforward solution to this constraint. For example, as demonstrated by Moore et al. (Lab Chip, 2021), pairing the Zeiss W Plan-Apochromat 20×/1.0 detection objective with the Thorlabs TL20X-MPL illumination objective allows imaging beyond the physical surfaces of both objectives, eliminating the need for small-format coverslips. In the revised text, we propose this modification as an accessible path toward greater compatibility with conventional sample mounting formats. We also note in the Discussion that Oblique Plane Microscopy (OPM) inherently avoids such nonstandard mounting requirements and, owing to its single-objective architecture, is fully compatible with standard environmental chambers.

      (3) Further, on the point of sample flexibility, all generations of the LLSM, and by the nature of its design, the OPM, can accommodate live-cell imaging with temperature, gas, and humidity control. It is unclear how this would be implemented with the current sample chamber. This limitation would severely limit use cases for cell biologists, for which this microscope is designed. There is no discussion on this limitation or how it may be overcome in future iterations.

      We thank the reviewer for this important observation and agree that environmental control is critical for live-cell imaging applications. It is worth noting that the original open-source LLSM design, as well as the commercial version developed by 3i, provided temperature regulation but did not include integrated control of CO2 or humidity. Despite this limitation, these systems have been widely adopted and have generated significant biological insights. We also acknowledge that both OPM and the ZEISS implementation of LLSM offer clear advantages in this respect, providing compatibility with standard commercial environmental chambers that support full regulation of temperature, CO₂, and humidity.

      In the revised manuscript, we expand our discussion of environmental control in Supplementary Note 2, where we describe the Altair-LSFM chamber design in more detail and discuss its current implementation of temperature regulation and HEPES-based pH stabilization. Additionally, the Discussion now explicitly notes that OPM avoids the challenges associated with non-standard sample mounting and is inherently compatible with conventional environmental enclosures.

      (4) The authors' comparison to LLSM is constrained to the "square" lattice, which, as they point out, is the most used optical lattice (though this also might be considered anecdotal). The LLSM original design, however, goes far beyond the square lattice, including hexagonal lattices, the ability to do structured illumination, and greater flexibility in general in terms of light-sheet tuning for different experimental needs, as well as not being limited to just sample scanning. Thus, the Alstair-LSFM cannot compare to the original LLSM in terms of versatility, even if comparisons to the resolution provided by the square lattice are fair.

      We agree that the original LLSM design offers substantially greater flexibility than what is reflected in our initial comparison, including the ability to generate multiple lattice geometries (e.g., square and hexagonal), operate in structured illumination mode, and acquire volumes using both sample- and lightsheet–scanning strategies. To address this, we now include Supplementary Note 3 that provides a detailed overview of the illumination modes and imaging flexibility afforded by the original LLSM implementation, and how these capabilities compare to both the commercial ZEISS Lattice Lightsheet 7 and our AltairLSFM system. In addition, we have revised the discussion to explicitly acknowledge that the original LLSM could operate in alternative scan strategies beyond sample scanning, providing greater context for readers and ensuring a more balanced comparison.

      (5) There is no demonstration of the system's live-imaging capabilities or temporal resolution, which is the main advantage of existing light-sheet systems.

      In the revised manuscript, we now include a demonstration of live-cell imaging to directly validate AltairLSFM’s suitability for dynamic biological applications. We also explicitly discuss the temporal resolution of the system in the main text (see Optoelectronic Design of Altair-LSFM), where we detail both software- and hardware-related limitations. Specifically, we evaluate the maximum imaging speed achievable with Altair-LSFM in conjunction with our open-source control software, navigate.

      For simplicity and reduced optoelectronic complexity, the current implementation powers the piezo through the ASI Tiger Controller, which modestly reduces its bandwidth. Nonetheless, for a 100 µm stroke typical of light-sheet imaging, we achieved sufficient performance to support volumetric imaging at most biologically relevant timescales. These results, along with additional discussion of the design trade-offs and performance considerations, are now included in the revised manuscript and expanded upon in the supplementary material.

      While the microscope is well designed and completely open source, it will require experience with optics, electronics, and microscopy to implement and align properly. Experience with custom machining or soliciting a machine shop is also necessary. Thus, in my opinion, it is unlikely to be implemented by a lab that has zero prior experience with custom optics or can hire someone who does. Altair-LSFM may not be as easily adaptable or implementable as the authors describe or perceive in any lab that is interested, even if they can afford it. The authors indicate they will offer "workshops," but this does not necessarily remove the barrier to entry or lower it, perhaps as significantly as the authors describe.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s perspective and agree that building any high-performance custom microscope—Altair-LSFM included—requires a basic understanding of (or willingness to learn) optics, electronics, and instrumentation. Such a barrier exists for all open-source microscopes, and our goal is not to eliminate this requirement entirely but to substantially reduce the technical and logistical challenges that typically accompany the construction of custom light-sheet systems.

      Importantly, no machining experience or in-house fabrication capabilities are required. Users can simply submit the provided CAD design files and specifications directly to commercial vendors for fabrication. We have made this process as straightforward as possible by supplying detailed build instructions, recommended materials, and vendor-ready files through our GitHub repository. Our dissemination strategy draws inspiration from other successful open-source projects such as mesoSPIM, which has seen widespread adoption—over 30 implementations worldwide—through a similar model of exhaustive documentation, open-source software, and community support via user meetings and workshops.

      We also recognize that documentation alone cannot fully replace hands-on experience. To further lower barriers to adoption, we are actively working with commercial vendors to streamline procurement and assembly, and Altair-LSFM is supported by a Biomedical Technology Development and Dissemination (BTDD) grant that provides resources for hosting workshops, offering real-time community support, and developing supplementary training materials.

      In the revised manuscript, we now expand the Discussion to explicitly acknowledge these implementation considerations and to outline our ongoing efforts to support a broad and diverse user base, ensuring that laboratories with varying levels of technical expertise can successfully adopt and maintain the Altair-LSFM platform.

      There is a claim that this design is easily adaptable. However, the requirement of custom-machined baseplates and in silico optimization of the optical path basically means that each new instrument is a new design, even if the Navigate software can be used. It is unclear how Altair-LSFM demonstrates a modular design that reduces times from conception to optimization compared to previous implementations.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment and agree that our original language regarding adaptability may have overstated the degree to which Altair-LSFM can be modified without prior experience. It was not our intention to imply that the system can be easily redesigned by users with limited technical background. Meaningful adaptations of the optical or mechanical design do require expertise in optical layout, optomechanical design, and alignment.

      That said, for laboratories with such expertise, we aim to facilitate modifications by providing comprehensive resources—including detailed Zemax simulations, complete CAD models, and alignment documentation. These materials are intended to reduce the development burden for expert users seeking to tailor the system to specific experimental requirements, without necessitating a complete re-optimization of the optical path from first principles.

      In the revised manuscript, we clarify this point and temper our language regarding adaptability to better reflect the realistic scope of customization. Specifically, we now state in the Discussion: “For expert users who wish to tailor the instrument, we also provide all Zemax illumination-path simulations and CAD files, along with step-by-step optimization protocols, enabling modification and re-optimization of the optical system as needed.” This revision ensures that readers clearly understand that Altair-LSFM is designed for reproducibility and straightforward assembly in its default configuration, while still offering the flexibility for modification by experienced users.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary: 

      This manuscript introduces a high-resolution, open-source light-sheet fluorescence microscope optimized for sub-cellular imaging. The system is designed for ease of assembly and use, incorporating a custommachined baseplate and in silico optimized optical paths to ensure robust alignment and performance. The authors demonstrate lateral and axial resolutions of ~235 nm and ~350 nm after deconvolution, enabling imaging of sub-diffraction structures in mammalian cells. The important feature of the microscope is the clever and elegant adaptation of simple gaussian beams, smart beam shaping, galvo pivoting and high NA objectives to ensure a uniform thin light-sheet of around 400 nm in thickness, over a 266 micron wide Field of view, pushing the axial resolution of the system beyond the regular diffraction limited-based tradeoffs of light-sheet fluorescence microscopy. Compelling validation using fluorescent beads and multicolor cellular imaging highlights the system's performance and accessibility. Moreover, a very extensive and comprehensive manual of operation is provided in the form of supplementary materials. This provides a DIY blueprint for researchers who want to implement such a system.

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful and positive assessment of our work. We appreciate their recognition of Altair-LSFM’s design and performance, including its ability to achieve high-resolution, imaging throughout a 266-micron field of view. While Altair-LSFM approaches the practical limits of diffraction-limited performance, it does not exceed the fundamental diffraction limit; rather, it achieves near-theoretical resolution through careful optical optimization, beam shaping, and alignment. We are grateful for the reviewer’s acknowledgment of the accessibility and comprehensive documentation that make this system broadly implementable.

      Strengths:

      (1) Strong and accessible technical innovation: With an elegant combination of beam shaping and optical modelling, the authors provide a high-resolution light-sheet system that overcomes the classical light-sheet tradeoff limit of a thin light-sheet and a small field of view. In addition, the integration of in silico modelling with a custom-machined baseplate is very practical and allows for ease of alignment procedures. Combining these features with the solid and super-extensive guide provided in the supplementary information, this provides a protocol for replicating the microscope in any other lab.

      (2) Impeccable optical performance and ease of mounting of samples: The system takes advantage of the same sample-holding method seen already in other implementations, but reduces the optical complexity.

      At the same time, the authors claim to achieve similar lateral and axial resolution to Lattice-light-sheet microscopy (although without a direct comparison (see below in the "weaknesses" section). The optical characterization of the system is comprehensive and well-detailed. Additionally, the authors validate the system imaging sub-cellular structures in mammalian cells.

      (3) Transparency and comprehensiveness of documentation and resources: A very detailed protocol provides detailed documentation about the setup, the optical modeling, and the total cost.

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful and encouraging comments. We are pleased that the technical innovation, optical performance, and accessibility of Altair-LSFM were recognized. Our goal from the outset was to develop a diffraction-limited, high-resolution light-sheet system that balances optical performance with reproducibility and ease of implementation. We are also pleased that the use of precisionmachined baseplates was recognized as a practical and effective strategy for achieving performance while maintaining ease of assembly.

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) Limited quantitative comparisons: Although some qualitative comparison with previously published systems (diSPIM, lattice light-sheet) is provided throughout the manuscript, some side-by-side comparison would be of great benefit for the manuscript, even in the form of a theoretical simulation. While having a direct imaging comparison would be ideal, it's understandable that this goes beyond the interest of the paper; however, a table referencing image quality parameters (taken from the literature), such as signalto-noise ratio, light-sheet thickness, and resolutions, would really enhance the features of the setup presented. Moreover, based also on the necessity for optical simplification, an additional comment on the importance/difference of dual objective/single objective light-sheet systems could really benefit the discussion.

      In the revised manuscript, we have significantly expanded our discussion of different light-sheet systems to provide clearer quantitative and conceptual context for Altair-LSFM. These comparisons are based on values reported in the literature, as we do not have access to many of these instruments (e.g., DaXi, diSPIM, or commercial and open-source variants of LLSM), and a direct experimental comparison is beyond the scope of this work.

      We note that while quantitative parameters such as signal-to-noise ratio are important, they are highly sample-dependent and strongly influenced by imaging conditions, including fluorophore brightness, camera characteristics, and filter bandpass selection. For this reason, we limited our comparison to more general image-quality metrics—such as light-sheet thickness, resolution, and field of view—that can be reliably compared across systems.

      Finally, per the reviewer’s recommendation, we have added additional discussion clarifying the differences between dual-objective and single-objective light-sheet architectures, outlining their respective strengths, limitations, and suitability for different experimental contexts.

      (2) Limitation to a fixed sample: In the manuscript, there is no mention of incubation temperature, CO₂ regulation, Humidity control, or possible integration of commercial environmental control systems. This is a major limitation for an imaging technique that owes its popularity to fast, volumetric, live-cell imaging of biological samples.

      We fully agree that environmental control is critical for live-cell imaging applications. In the revised manuscript, we now describe the design and implementation of a temperature-regulated sample chamber in Supplementary Note 2, which maintains stable imaging conditions through the use of integrated heating elements and thermocouples. This approach enables precise temperature control while minimizing thermal gradients and optical drift. For pH stabilization, we recommend the use of 10–25 mM HEPES in place of CO₂ regulation, consistent with established practice for most light-sheet systems, including the initial variant of LLSM. Although full humidity and CO₂ control are not readily implemented in dual-objective configurations, we note that single-objective designs such as OPM are inherently compatible with commercial environmental chambers and avoid these constraints. Together, these additions clarify how environmental control can be achieved within Altair-LSFM and situate its capabilities within the broader LSFM design space.

      (3) System cost and data storage cost: While the system presented has the advantage of being opensource, it remains relatively expensive (considering the 150k without laser source and optical table, for example). The manuscript could benefit from a more direct comparison of the performance/cost ratio of existing systems, considering academic settings with budgets that most of the time would not allow for expensive architectures. Moreover, it would also be beneficial to discuss the adaptability of the system, in case a 30k objective could not be feasible. Will this system work with different optics (with the obvious limitations coming with the lower NA objective)? This could be an interesting point of discussion. Adaptability of the system in case of lower budgets or more cost-effective choices, depending on the needs.

      We agree that cost considerations are critical for adoption in academic environments. We would also like to clarify that the quoted $150k includes the optical table and laser source. In the revised manuscript, Supplementary Note 1 now includes an expanded discussion of cost–performance trade-offs and potential paths for cost reduction.

      Last, not much is said about the need for data storage. Light-sheet microscopy's bottleneck is the creation of increasingly large datasets, and it could be beneficial to discuss more about the storage needs and the quantity of data generated.

      In the revised manuscript, we now include Supplementary Note 4, which provides a high-level discussion of data storage needs, approximate costs, and practical strategies for managing large datasets generated by light-sheet microscopy. This section offers general guidance—including file-format recommendations, and cost considerations—but we note that actual costs will vary by institution and contractual agreements.

      Conclusion:

      Altair-LSFM represents a well-engineered and accessible light-sheet system that addresses a longstanding need for high-resolution, reproducible, and affordable sub-cellular light-sheet imaging. While some aspects-comparative benchmarking and validation, limitation for fixed samples-would benefit from further development, the manuscript makes a compelling case for Altair-LSFM as a valuable contribution to the open microscopy scientific community. 

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) A picture, or full CAD design of the complete instrument, should be included as a main figure.

      A complete CAD rendering of the microscope is now provided in Supplementary Figure 4.

      (2) There is no quantitative comparison of the effects of the tilting resonant galvo; only a cartoon, a figure should be included.

      The cartoon was intended purely as an educational illustration to conceptually explain the role of the tilting resonant galvo in shaping and homogenizing the light sheet. To clarify this intent, we have revised both the figure legend and corresponding text in the main manuscript. For readers seeking quantitative comparisons, we now reference the original study that provides a detailed analysis of this optical approach, as well as a review on the subject.

      (3) Description of L4 is missing in the Figure 1 caption.

      Thank you for catching this omission. We have corrected it.

      (4) The beam profiles in Figures 1c and 3a, please crop and make the image bigger so the profile can be appreciated. The PSFs in Figure 3c-e should similarly be enlarged and presented using a dynamic range/LUT such that any aberrations can be appreciated.

      In Figure 1c, our goal was to qualitatively illustrate the uniformity of the light-sheet across the full field of view, while Figure 1d provided the corresponding quantitative cross-section. To improve clarity, we have added an additional figure panel offering a higher-magnification, localized view of the light-sheet profile. For Figure 3c–e, we have enlarged the PSF images and adjusted the display range to better convey the underlying signal and allow subtle aberrations to be appreciated.

      (5) It is unclear why LLSM is being used as the gold standard, since in its current commercial form, available from Zeiss, it is a turn-key system designed for core facilities. The original LLSM is also a versatile instrument that provides much more than the square lattice for illumination, including structured illumination, hexagonal lattices, live-cell imaging, wide-field illumination, different scan modes, etc. These additional features are not even mentioned when compared to the Altair-LSFM. If a comparison is to be provided, it should be fair and balanced. Furthermore, as outlined in the public review, anecdotal statements on "most used", "difficult to align", or "unstable" should not be provided without data.

      In the revised manuscript, we have carefully removed anecdotal statements and, where appropriate, replaced them with quantitative or verifiable information. For instance, we now explicitly report that the square lattice was used in 16 of the 20 figure subpanels in the original LLSM publication, and we include a proxy for optical complexity based on the number of optical elements requiring alignment in each system.

      We also now clearly distinguish between the original LLSM design—which supports multiple illumination and scanning modes—and its subsequent commercial variants, including the ZEISS Lattice Lightsheet 7, which prioritizes stability and ease of use over configurational flexibility (see Supplementary Note 3).

      (6) The authors should recognize that implementing custom optics, no matter how well designed, is a big barrier to cross for most cell biology labs.

      We fully understand and now acknowledge in the main text that implementing custom optics can present a significant barrier, particularly for laboratories without prior experience in optical system assembly. However, similar challenges were encountered during the adoption of other open-source microscopy platforms, such as mesoSPIM and OpenSPIM, both of which have nonetheless achieved widespread implementation. Their success has largely been driven by exhaustive documentation, strong community support, and standardized design principles—approaches we have also prioritized in Altair-LSFM. We have therefore made all CAD files, alignment guides, and detailed build documentation publicly available and continue to develop instructional materials and community resources to further reduce the barrier to adoption.

      (7) Statements on "hands on workshops" though laudable, may not be appropriate to include in a scientific publication without some documentation on the influence they have had on implanting the microscope.

      We understand the concern. Our intention in mentioning hands-on workshops was to convey that the dissemination effort is supported by an NIH Biomedical Technology Development and Dissemination grant, which includes dedicated channels for outreach and community engagement. Nonetheless, we agree that such statements are not appropriate without formal documentation of their impact, and we have therefore removed this text from the revised manuscript.

      (8) It is claimed that the microscope is "reliable" in the discussion, but with no proof, long-term stability should be assessed and included.

      Our experience with Altair-LSFM has been that it remains well-aligned over time—especially in comparison to other light-sheet systems we worked on throughout the last 11 years—we acknowledge that this assessment is anecdotal. As such, we have omitted this claim from the revised manuscript.

      (9) Due to the reliance on anecdotal statements and comparisons without proof to other systems, this paper at times reads like a brochure rather than a scientific publication. The authors should consider editing their manuscript accordingly to focus on the technical and quantifiable aspects of their work.

      We agree with the reviewer’s assessment and have revised the manuscript to remove anecdotal comparisons and subjective language. Where possible, we now provide quantitative metrics or verifiable data to support our statements.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Other minor points that could improve the manuscript (although some of these points are explained in the huge supplementary manual): 

      (1) The authors explain thoroughly their design, and they chose a sample-scanning method. I think that a brief discussion of the advantages and disadvantages of such a method over, for example, a laserscanning system (with fixed sample) in the main text will be highly beneficial for the users.

      In the revised manuscript, we now include a brief discussion in the main text outlining the advantages and limitations of a sample-scanning approach relative to a light-sheet–scanning system. Specifically, we note that for thin, adherent specimens, sample scanning minimizes the optical path length through the sample, allowing the use of more tightly focused illumination beams that improve axial resolution. We also include a new supplementary figure illustrating how this configuration reduces the propagation length of the illumination light sheet, thereby enhancing axial resolution.

      (2) The authors justify selecting a 0.6 NA illumination objective over alternatives (e.g., Special Optics), but the manuscript would benefit from a more quantitative trade-off analysis (beam waist, working distance, sample compatibility) with other possibilities. Within the objective context, a comparison of the performances of this system with the new and upcoming single-objective light-sheet methods (and the ones based also on optical refocusing, e.g., DAXI) would be very interesting for the goodness of the manuscript.

      In the revised manuscript, we now provide a quantitative trade-off analysis of the illumination objectives in Supplementary Note 1, including comparisons of beam waist, working distance, and sample compatibility. This section also presents calculated point spread functions for both the 0.6 NA and 0.67 NA objectives, outlining the performance trade-offs that informed our design choice. In addition, Supplementary Note 3 now includes a broader comparison of Altair-LSFM with other light-sheet modalities, including diSPIM, ASLM, and OPM, to further contextualize the system’s capabilities within the evolving light-sheet microscopy landscape.

      (3) The modularity of the system is implied in the context of the manuscript, but not fully explained. The authors should specify more clearly, for example, if cameras could be easily changed, objectives could be easily swapped, light-sheet thickness could be tuned by changing cylindrical lens, how users might adapt the system for different samples (e.g., embryos, cleared tissue, live imaging), .etc, and discuss eventual constraints or compatibility issues to these implementations.

      Altair-LSFM was explicitly designed and optimized for imaging live adherent cells, where sample scanning and short light-sheet propagation lengths provide optimal axial resolution (Supplementary Note 3). While the same platform could be used for superficial imaging in embryos, systems implementing multiview illumination and detection schemes are better suited for such specimens. Similarly, cleared tissue imaging typically requires specialized solvent-compatible objectives and approaches such as ASLM that maximize the field of view. We have now added some text to the Design Principles section that explicitly state this.

      Altair-LSFM offers varying levels of modularity depending on the user’s level of expertise. For entry-level users, the illumination numerical aperture—and therefore the light-sheet thickness and propagation length—can be readily adjusted by tuning the rectangular aperture conjugate to the back pupil of the illumination objective, as described in the Design Principles section. For mid-level users, alternative configurations of Altair-LSFM, including different detection objectives, stages, filter wheels, or cameras, can be readily implemented (Supplementary Note 1). Importantly, navigate natively supports a broad range of hardware devices, and new components can be easily integrated through its modular interface. For expert users, all Zemax simulations, CAD models, and step-by-step optimization protocols are openly provided, enabling complete re-optimization of the optical design to meet specific experimental requirements.

      (4) Resolution measurements before and after deconvolution are central to the performance claim, but the deconvolution method (PetaKit5D) is only briefly mentioned in the main text, it's not referenced, and has to be clarified in more detail, coherently with the precision of the supplementary information. More specifically, PetaKit5D should be referenced in the main text, the details of the deconvolution parameters discussed in the Methods section, and the computational requirements should also be mentioned. 

      In the revised manuscript, we now provide a dedicated description of the deconvolution process in the Methods section, including the specific parameters and algorithms used. We have also explicitly referenced PetaKit5D in the main text to ensure proper attribution and clarity. Additionally, we note the computational requirements associated with this analysis in the same section for completeness.

      (5)  Image post-processing is not fully explained in the main text. Since the system is sample-scanning based, no word in the main text is spent on deskewing, which is an integral part of the post-processing to obtain a "straight" 3D stack. Since other systems implement such a post-processing algorithm (for example, single-objective architectures), it would be beneficial to have some discussion about this, and also a brief comparison to other systems in the main text in the methods section. 

      In the revised manuscript, we now explicitly describe both deskewing (shearing) and deconvolution procedures in the Alignment and Characterization section of the main text and direct readers to the Methods section. We also briefly explain why the data must be sheared to correct for the angled sample-scanning geometry for LLSM and Altair-LSFM, as well as both sample-scanning and laser-scanning-variants of OPMs.

      (6) A brief discussion on comparative costs with other systems (LLSM, dispim, etc.) could be helpful for non-imaging expert researchers who could try to implement such an optical architecture in their lab.

      Unfortunately, the exact costs of commercial systems such as LLSM or diSPIM are typically not publicly available, as they depend on institutional agreements and vendor-specific quotations. Nonetheless, we now provide approximate cost estimates in Supplementary Note 1 to help readers and prospective users gauge the expected scale of investment relative to other advanced light-sheet microscopy systems.

      (7) The "navigate" control software is provided, but a brief discussion on its advantages compared to an already open-access system, such as Micromanager, could be useful for the users.

      In the revised manuscript, we now include Supplementary Note 5 that discusses the advantages and disadvantages of different open-source microscope control platforms, including navigate and MicroManager. In brief, navigate was designed to provide turnkey support for multiple light-sheet architectures, with pre-configured acquisition routines optimized for Altair-LSFM, integrated data management with support for multiple file formats (TIFF, HDF5, N5, and Zarr), and full interoperability with OMEcompliant workflows. By contrast, while Micro-Manager offers a broader library of hardware drivers, it typically requires manual configuration and custom scripting for advanced light-sheet imaging workflows.

      (8) The cost and parts are well documented, but the time and expertise required are not crystal clear.Adding a simple time estimate (perhaps in the Supplement Section) of assembly/alignment/installation/validation and first imaging will be very beneficial for users. Also, what level of expertise is assumed (prior optics experience, for example) to be needed to install a system like this? This can help non-optics-expert users to better understand what kind of adventure they are putting themselves through.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. To address this, we have added Supplementary Table S5, which provides approximate time estimates for assembly, alignment, validation, and first imaging based on the user’s prior experience with optical systems. The table distinguishes between novice (no prior experience), moderate (some experience using but not assembling optical systems), and expert (experienced in building and aligning optical systems) users. This addition is intended to give prospective builders a realistic sense of the time commitment and level of expertise required to assemble and validate AltairLSFM.

      Minor things in the main text:

      (1) Line 109: The cost is considered "excluding the laser source". But then in the table of costs, you mention L4cc as a "multicolor laser source", for 25 K. Can you explain this better? Are the costs correct with or without the laser source? 

      We acknowledge that the statement in line 109 was incorrect—the quoted ~$150k system cost does include the laser source (L4cc, listed at $25k in the cost table). We have corrected this in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Line 113: You say "lateral resolution, but then you state a 3D resolution (230 nm x 230 nm x 370 nm). This needs to be fixed.

      Thank you, we have corrected this.

      (3) Line 138: Is the light-sheet uniformity proven also with a fluorescent dye? This could be beneficial for the main text, showing the performance of the instrument in a fluorescent environment.

      The light-sheet profiles shown in the manuscript were acquired using fluorescein to visualize the beam. We have revised the main text and figure legends to clearly state this.

      (4) Line 149: This is one of the most important features of the system, defying the usual tradeoff between light-sheet thickness and field of view, with a regular Gaussian beam. I would clarify more specifically how you achieve this because this really is the most powerful takeaway of the paper.

      We thank the reviewer for this key observation. The ability of Altair-LSFM to maintain a thin light sheet across a large field of view arises from diffraction effects inherent to high NA illumination. Specifically, diffraction elongates the PSF along the beam’s propagation direction, effectively extending the region over which the light sheet remains sufficiently thin for high-resolution imaging. This phenomenon, which has been the subject of active discussion within the light-sheet microscopy community, allows Altair-LSFM to partially overcome the conventional trade-off between light-sheet thickness and propagation length. We now clarify this point in the main text and provide a more detailed discussion in Supplementary Note 3, which is explicitly referenced in the discussion of the revised manuscript.

      (5) Line 171: You talk about repeatable assembly...have you tried many different baseplates? Otherwise, this is a complicated statement, since this is a proof-of-concept paper. 

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have not yet validated the design across multiple independently assembled baseplates and therefore agree that our previous statement regarding repeatable assembly was premature. To avoid overstating the current level of validation, we have removed this statement from the revised manuscript.

      (6) Line 187: same as above. You mention "long-term stability". For how long did you try this? This should be specified in numbers (days, weeks, months, years?) Otherwise, it is a complicated statement to make, since this is a proof-of-concept paper.

      We also agree that referencing long-term stability without quantitative backing is inappropriate, and have removed this statement from the revised manuscript.

      (7) Line 198: "rapid z-stack acquisition. How rapid? Also, what is the limitation of the galvo-scanning in terms of the imaging speed of the system? This should be noted in the methods section.

      In the revised manuscript, we now clarify these points in the Optoelectronic Design section. Specifically, we explicitly note that the resonant galvo used for shadow reduction operates at 4 kHz, ensuring that it is not rate-limiting for any imaging mode. In the same section, we also evaluate the maximum acquisition speeds achievable using navigate and report the theoretical bandwidth of the sample-scanning piezo, which together define the practical limits of volumetric acquisition speed for Altair-LSFM.

      (8) Line 234: Peta5Kit is discussed in the additional documentation, but should be referenced here, as well.

      We now reference and cite PetaKit5D.

      (9) Line 256: "values are on par with LLSM", but no values are provided. Some details should also be provided in the main text.

      In the revised manuscript, we now provide the lateral and axial resolution values originally reported for LLSM in the main text to facilitate direct comparison with Altair-LSFM. Additionally, Supplementary Note 3 now includes an expanded discussion on the nuances of resolution measurement and reporting in lightsheet microscopy.

      Figures:

      (1) Figure 1 could be implemented with Figure 3. They're both discussing the validation of the system (theoretically and with simulations), and they could be together in different panels of the same figure. The experimental light-sheet seems to be shown in a transmission mode. Showing a pattern in a fluorescent dye could also be beneficial for the paper.

      In Figure 1, our goal was to guide readers through the design process—illustrating how the detection objective’s NA sets the system’s resolution, which defines the required pixel size for Nyquist sampling and, in turn, the field of view. We then use Figure 1b–c to show how the illumination beam was designed and simulated to achieve that field of view. In contrast, Figure 3 presents the experimental validation of the illumination system. To avoid confusion, we now clarify in the text that the light sheet shown in Figure 3 was visualized in a fluorescein solution and imaged in transmission mode. While we agree that Figures 1 and 3 both serve to validate the system, we prefer to keep them as separate figures to maintain focus within each panel. We believe this organization better supports the narrative structure and allows readers to digest the theoretical and experimental validations independently.

      (2) Figure 3: Panels d and e show the same thing. Why would you expect that xz and yz profiles should be different? Is this due to the orientation of the objectives towards the sample?

      In Figure 3, we present the PSF from all three orthogonal views, as this provides the most transparent assessment of PSF quality—certain aberration modes can be obscured when only select perspectives are shown. In principle, the XZ and YZ projections should be equivalent in a well-aligned system. However, as seen in the XZ projection, a small degree of coma is present that is not evident in the YZ view. We now explicitly note this observation in the revised figure caption to clarify the difference between these panels.

      (3) Figure 4's single boxes lack a scale bar, and some of the Supplementary Figures (e.g. Figure 5) lack detailed axis labels or scale bars. Also, in the detailed documentation, some figures are referred to as Figure 5. Figure 7 or, for example, figure 6. Figure 8, and this makes the cross-references very complicated to follow

      In the revised manuscript, we have corrected these issues. All figures and supplementary figures now include appropriate scale bars, axis labels, and consistent formatting. We have also carefully reviewed and standardized all cross-references throughout the main text and supplementary documentation to ensure that figure numbering is accurate and easy to follow.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:  

      ZMAT3 is a p53 target gene that the Lal group and others have shown is important for p53mediated tumor suppression, and which plays a role in the control of RNA splicing. In this manuscript, Lal and colleagues perform quantitative proteomics of cells with ZMAT3 knockout and show that the enzyme hexokinase HKDC1 is the most upregulated protein. Mechanistically, the authors show that ZMAT3 does not appear to directly regulate the expression of HKDC1; rather, they show that the transcription factor c-JUN was strongly enriched in ZMAT3 pull-downs in IP-mass spec experiments, and they perform IP-western to demonstrate an interaction between c-JUN and ZMAT3. Importantly, the authors demonstrate, using ChIP-qPCR, that JUN is present at the HKDC1 gene (intron 1) in ZMAT3 WT cells and shows markedly enhanced binding in ZMAT3 KO cells. The data best fit a model whereby p53 transactivates ZMAT3, leading to decreased JUN binding to the HKDC1 promoter, and altered mitochondrial respiration.  

      Strengths:

      The authors use multiple orthogonal approaches to test the majority of their findings.  The authors offer a potentially new activity of ZMAT3 in tumor suppression by p53: the control of mitochondrial respiration.  

      Weaknesses:

      Some indication as to whether other c-JUN target genes are also regulated by ZMAT3 would improve the broad relevance of the authors' findings.  

      We thank the reviewer for the kind words and the thoughtful suggestion. As recommended, to identify additional c-JUN targets potentially regulated by ZMAT3, we intersected the genes upregulated upon ZMAT3 knockout (from our RNA-seq data) with the ChIP-Atlas dataset for human c-JUN and cross-referenced these with c-JUN peaks from three ENCODE cell lines. From this analysis, we selected for further analysis the top 4 candidate genes - LAMA2, VSNL1, SAMD3, and IL6R (Figure 5-figure supplement 2A-D). Like HKDC1, these genes were upregulated in ZMAT3-KO cells, and this upregulation was abolished upon siRNA-mediated JUN knockdown in ZMAT3-KO cells (Figure 5-figure supplement 2E). Moreover, by ChIP-qPCR we observed increased JUN binding to the JUN peak for these genes in ZMAT3-KO cells as compared to the ZMAT3-WT (Figure 5- figure supplement 2F). As described on page 11 of the revised manuscript, these results suggest that the ZMAT3/JUN axis negatively regulates HKDC1 expression and additional c-JUN target genes.   

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study elucidates the role of the recently discovered mediator of p53 tumor suppressive activity, ZMAT3. Specifically, the authors find that ZMAT3 negatively regulates HKDC1, a gene involved in the control of mitochondrial respiration and cell proliferation.  

      Strengths:

      Mechanistically, ZMAT3 suppresses HKDC1 transcription by sequestering JUN and preventing its binding to the HKDC1 promoter, resulting in reduced HKDC1 expression. Conversely, p53 mutation leads to ZMAT3 downregulation and HKDC1 overexpression, thereby promoting increased mitochondrial respiration and proliferation. This mechanism is novel; however, the authors should address several points.  

      Weaknesses:

      The authors conduct mechanistic experiments (e.g., transcript and protein quantification, luciferase assays) to demonstrate regulatory interactions between p53, ZMAT3, JUN, and HKDC1. These findings should be supported with functional assays, such as proliferation, apoptosis, or mitochondrial respiration analyses.  

      We thank the reviewer for appreciating our work and for this valuable suggestion. The reviewer rightly pointed out that supporting the regulatory interactions between p53, ZMAT3, JUN and HKDC1 with functional assays such as proliferation, apoptosis and mitochondrial respiration analyses would strengthen our mechanistic data. During the revision of our manuscript, we attempted to address this point by performing simultaneously knockdown of these proteins; however, we observed substantial toxicity under these conditions, making the functional assays technically unfeasible. This outcome was not unexpected as knockdown of JUN or HKDC1 individually results in growth defects.  We therefore focused our efforts on addressing the recommendation for authors.  

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:  

      In their manuscript, Kumar et al. investigate the mechanisms underlying the tumor suppressive function of the RNA binding protein ZMAT3, a previously described tumor suppressor in the p53 pathway. To this end, they use RNA-sequencing and proteomics to characterize changes in ZMAT3-deficient cells, leading them to identify the hexokinase HKDC1 as upregulated with ZMAT3 deficiency first in colorectal cancer cells, then in other cell types of both mouse and human origin. This increase in HKDC1 is associated with increased mitochondrial respiration. As ZMAT3 has been reported as an RNA-binding and DNA-binding protein, the authors investigated this via PAR-CLIP and ChIP-seq but did not observe ZMAT3 binding to HKDC1 pre-mRNA or DNA. Thus, to better understand how ZMAT3 regulates HKDC1, the authors used quantitative proteomics to identify ZMAT3interacting proteins. They identified the transcription factor JUN as a ZMAT3-interacting protein and showed that JUN promotes the increased HKDC1 RNA expression seen with ZMAT3 inactivation. They propose that ZMAT3 inhibits JUN-mediated transcriptional induction of HKDC1 as a mechanism of tumor suppression. This work uncovers novel aspects of the p53 tumor suppressor pathway.  

      Strengths:

      This novel work sheds light on one of the most well-established yet understudied p53 target genes, ZMAT3, and how it contributes to p53's tumor suppressive functions. Overall, this story establishes a p53-ZMAT3-HKDC1 tumor suppressive axis, which has been strongly substantiated using a variety of orthogonal approaches, in different cell lines and with different data sets.  

      Weaknesses:

      While the role of p53 and ZMAT3 in repressing HKDC1 is well substantiated, there is a gap in understanding how ZMAT3 acts to repress JUN-driven activation of the HKDC1 locus. How does ZMAT3 inhibit JUN binding to HKDC1? Can targeted ChIP experiments or RIP experiments be used to make a more definitive model? Can ZMAT3 mutants help to understand the mechanisms? Future work can further establish the mechanisms underlying how ZMAT3 represses JUN activity.  

      We thank the reviewer for the kind words and the invaluable suggestion. The reviewer has an excellent point regarding how ZMAT3 inhibits JUN binding to HKDC1 locus.Our new data included in the revised manuscript show that the ZMAT3-JUN interaction is lost in the presence of DNase or RNase, indicating that the interaction requires both DNA and RNA. This result suggests that ZMAT3 and JUN  form an RNA-dependent, chromatin- associated complex. Although not directly investigated in our study, this finding is consistent with emerging evidence that RBPs can function as chromatin-associated cofactors in transcription. For example, functional interplay between transcription factor YY1 and the RNA binding protein RBM25 co-regulates a broad set of genes, where RBM25 appears to engage promoters first and then recruit YY1, with RNA proposed to guide target recognition. We have discussed this possibility in the discussion section of revised manuscript (page 13). We agree that future work using ZMAT3 mutants and targeted ChIP or RIP assays will be valuable to delineate the precise mechanism by which ZMAT3 inhibits JUN binding to its target genes.   

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      ZMAT3 is a p53 target gene that the Lal group and others have shown is important for p53mediated tumor suppression, and which plays a role in the control of RNA splicing. In this manuscript, Lal and colleagues perform quantitative proteomics of cells with ZMAT3 knockout and show that the enzyme hexokinase HKDC1 is the most upregulated protein. HKDC1 is emerging as an important player in human cancer. Importantly, the authors show both acute (gene silencing) and chronic (CRISPR KO) approaches to silence ZMAT3, and they do this in several cell lines. Notably, they show that ZMAT3 silencing leads to impaired mitochondrial respiration, in a manner that is rescued by silencing of HKDC1. Mechanistically, the authors show that ZMAT3 does not appear to directly regulate the expression of HKDC1; rather, they show that the transcription factor c-JUN was strongly enriched in ZMAT3 pull-downs in IP-mass spec experiments, and they perform IP-western to demonstrate an interaction between c-JUN and ZMAT3. Importantly, the authors demonstrate, using ChIP-qPCR, that JUN is present at the HKDC1 gene (intron 1) in ZMAT3 WT cells, and shows markedly enhanced binding in ZMAT3 KO cells. The data best fit a model whereby p53 transactivates ZMAT3, leading to decreased JUN binding to the HKDC1 promoter (intron 1), and altered mitochondrial respiration. The findings are compelling, and the authors use multiple orthogonal approaches to test most findings. And the authors offer a potentially new activity of ZMAT3 in tumor suppression by p53: the control of mitochondrial respiration. As such, enthusiasm is high for this manuscript. 

      Addressing the following question would improve the manuscript. 

      It is not clear how many (other) c-JUN target genes might be impacted by ZMAT3; other important c-JUN targets in cancer include GLS1, WEE1, SREBP1, GLUT1, and CD36, so there could be a global impact on metabolism in ZMAT3 KO cells. Can the authors perform qPCR on these targets in ZMAT3 WT and KO cells and see if these target genes are differentially expressed? 

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful suggestion. As recommended, we examined the expression of key c-JUN target genes GLS1 (also known as GLS), WEE1, SREBP1, GLUT1, and CD36 in ZMAT3-WT and ZMAT3-KO cells. We first analyzed publicly available JUN ChIP-Seq data from three ENCODE cell lines, which revealed JUN binding peaks near or upstream of exon 1 for GLS1/GLS, SREBP1, and SLC2A1/GLUT1, but not for WEE1 or CD36 (Appendix 1, panels A-E). Based on these results, we performed RT-qPCR for GLS1/GLS, SREBP1 and SLC2A1 in ZMAT3-WT and ZMAT3-KO cells, with or without JUN knockdown. GLS mRNA was significantly reduced upon JUN knockdown in both ZMAT3-WT cells and ZMAT3-KO cells, but it was not upregulated upon loss of ZMAT3, indicating that GLS is a JUN target gene, but it is not regulated by ZMAT3. In contrast, SREBF1 or SLC2A1 expression remained unchanged upon ZMAT3 loss or JUN knockdown (Appendix 1 panels F-H). These data suggest that the ZMAT3/JUN axis does not regulate the expression of these genes.

      To identify additional c-JUN targets potentially regulated by ZMAT3, we intersected the genes upregulated upon ZMAT3 knockout (from our RNA-seq data) with the ChIP-Atlas dataset for human c-JUN and cross-referenced these with c-JUN peaks from three ENCODE cell lines. From this analysis, we selected for further analysis the top 4 candidate genes - LAMA2, VSNL1, SAMD3, and IL6R (Figure 5-figure supplement 2A-D). Like HKDC1, these genes were upregulated in ZMAT3-KO cells, and this upregulation was abolished upon siRNA-mediated JUN knockdown in ZMAT3-KO cells (Figure 5-figure supplement 2E). Moreover, by ChIP-qPCR we observed increased JUN binding to the JUN peak for these genes in ZMAT3-KO cells as compared to the ZMAT3-WT (Figure 5- figure supplement 2F). As described on page 11 of the revised manuscript, these results suggest that the ZMAT3/JUN axis negatively regulates HKDC1 expression and additional c-JUN target genes.   

      Minor concerns: 

      (1) Line 150: observed a modest. 

      (2) Line 159: Figure 2G appears to be inaccurately cited. 

      (3) Line 191: assays to measure. 

      We thank the reviewer for pointing these out. These minor concerns have been addressed in the text.  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) Figure 1E: Can the authors clarify what the numbers on the left side of the chart represent? Do they refer to the scale?

      The numbers on the Y-axis represent the -log 10 (p- value) where higher values correspond to more significant changes. For visualization purposes, the significant changes are shown in red.  

      (2) Page 5, line 123: The sentence "As expected, ZMAT3 mRNA levels were decreased in the ZMAT3-KO cells" is redundant, as this information was already mentioned on page 4, line 103.  

      We thank the reviewer for noticing this redundancy. The repeated sentence has been removed in the revised manuscript.  

      (3) Page 5: The authors state: "Transcriptome-wide, upon loss of ZMAT3, 606 genes were significantly up-regulated (adj. p < 0.05 and 1.5-fold change) and 552 were down-regulated, with a median fold change of 1.76 and 0.55 for the up- and down-regulated genes, respectively." Later, on page 6, they write: "Comparison of the RNA-seq data from ZMAT3WT vs. ZMAT3-KO and CTRL siRNA vs. ZMAT3 siRNA-transfected HCT116 cells indicated that 1023 genes were commonly up-regulated, and 1042 were commonly down-regulated upon ZMAT3 loss (Figure S2C and D)." Why is the number of deregulated transcripts higher in the ZMAT3-WT vs. ZMAT3-KO comparison than in the CTRL siRNA vs. ZMAT3 siRNA comparison? Are the authors using less stringent criteria in the second analysis? This point should be clarified. 

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this point. The reviewer is correct that less stringent criteria were used in the second analysis. On page 5, we applied stringent thresholds (adjusted p-value < 0.05 and 1.5-fold change) to identify high-confidence transcriptome-wide changes upon ZMAT3 loss. In contrast, for the comparison of both RNA-seq datasets (ZMAT3-WT vs. KO and siCTRL vs. siZMAT3), we included genes that were consistently up- or downregulated, without applying a fold change threshold, focusing instead on significantly altered genes (adjusted p < 0.05) in both datasets. This allowed us to capture broader and more reproducible transcriptomic changes that occur upon ZMAT3 depletion, including modest but significant changes upon transient ZMAT3 knockdown with siRNAs. We have now clarified this distinction on page 6 of the revised manuscript.

      (4) Figures 2B and 2E: The authors should provide quantification of HKDC1 protein levels normalized to a loading control. In addition, they should assess HKDC1 protein abundance upon ZMAT3 interference in SWI1222 and HCEC1CT cells, not just in HepG2 and HCT116 cells. 

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have now quantified all immunoblots presented throughout the manuscript, including those shown in Figures 2B and 2E, and all other figures containing protein analyses. Band intensities were quantified using ImageJ densitometry and normalized to GAPDH as the loading control. In addition, as suggested, we examined HKDC1 protein levels following ZMAT3 knockdown in two additional cell lines, SW1222 and HCEC-1CT. Consistent with our observations in HepG2 and HCT116 cells, ZMAT3 depletion led to increased HKDC1 protein levels in both SW1222 and HCEC-1CT cells. These new data are now included in Figure 2-figure supplement 1F and G. We have updated the Results section, figure legends, and figures to reflect these additions.

      (5) Figure 3A: It is unclear which gene was knocked out in the "KO cells." The authors should clearly specify this.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have now updated Figure 3A.

      (6) Figure 3D: The result appears counterintuitive in comparison to Figure 3E. Why does HKDC1 knockdown reduce cell confluency more in ZMAT3 KO cells than in control (ZMAT3 wild-type) cells? The authors should explain this discrepancy more clearly.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. As shown in Figure 3D and 3E, knockdown of HKDC1 resulted in a greater decrease in proliferation in ZMAT3-KO cells than in ZMAT3-WT cells. This observation was indeed unexpected, given that HKDC1 acts downstream of ZMAT3. One possible explanation is that elevated HKDC1 expression in ZMAT3-KO cells increases their reliance on HKDC1 for sustaining proliferation, and that HKDC1 may also participate in additional pathways in ZMAT3-KO cells. Consequently, transient knockdown of HKDC1 in ZMAT3-KO cells would have a more pronounced effect on proliferation due to their increased dependency on HKDC1 activity. In contrast, ZMAT3WT cells which express lower levels of HKDC1 are less dependent on its function and therefore less sensitive to its depletion. We have now clarified this point on page 8 of the revised manuscript.  

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):  

      (1) Why do the authors start their analysis by knocking out the p53 response element in Zmat3? That should be clarified. In addition, since clones were picked after CRISPR KO of Zmat3, were experiments done to confirm that p53 signaling was not disrupted?

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful question. We began our study by targeting the p53 response element (p53RE) in the ZMAT3 locus because the basal expression of ZMAT3 is regulated by p53 (Muys, Bruna R. et al., Genes & Development, 2021). Deleting the p53RE therefore allowed us to markedly reduce ZMAT3 expression without disrupting the entire ZMAT3 locus. We have clarified this rationale on page 4 of the revised manuscript. To ensure that p53 signaling was not affected by this modification, we verified that canonical p53 targets such as p21 were equivalently induced in both ZMAT3WT and KO cells following Nutlin treatment and that p53 induction was unchanged(Figure 4F and Figure 1 – figure supplement 1A).

      (2) Throughout the text, many immunoblots are used to validate the knockouts and knockdowns used, but some clarification is needed. In Figure S1A, the Zmat3-WT sample seems to have significantly more p53 than the Zmat3 KO sample. Does Zmat3 KO compromise p53 levels in other experiments? It would be good to understand if Zmat3 affects p53 function by affecting its levels. Also, the p21 blot is overloaded.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful observation. To determine whether ZMAT3 knockout affects p53 function by affecting its levels, we repeated the experiment three independent times. Western blots from these biological replicates, together with protein quantification, are now included in Appendix-2 and Figure 1-figure supplement 1A. These data show no significant differences in p53 or p21 induction between ZMAT3-WT and ZMAT3-KO cells following Nutlin treatment. In the revised manuscript, we have replaced the blot in Figure 1-figure supplement 1A with a more representative image from one of these replicate experiments.

      In Figure 2E, HKDC1 protein levels are not shown for the SW1222 and HCEC-1CT cell lines, 

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. HKDC1 protein levels in SW1222 and HCEC1-CT cells following ZMAT3 knockdown are now included as Figure 2- figure supplement 1F and 1G, together with the corresponding quantification.

      and Zmat3 does not appear as its characteristic two bands on the blot. What does this signify?

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. Endogenous ZMAT3 typically appears as two closely migrating bands on immunoblots. As shown in Figure 4D and Appendix 2A and 2B, these two bands are observed at the expected molecular weight following Nutlin treatment and are specific to ZMAT3, as they are markedly reduced in ZMAT3-KO cells. In contrast, only a single ZMAT3 band is visible in Figure 2E. This likely reflects limited resolution of the two bands in some blots rather than a biological difference.   

      (3) Why does HKDC1 knockdown only have an effect on metabolic phenotypes when ZMAT3 is gone? In Figure 3A, there does not seem to be a decrease in hexokinase activity in the siCTRL + siHKDC1 condition compared to siCTRL alone. Also, in Figure 3A, does phosphorylation activity of HKDC1 necessarily reflect glucose uptake, as stated? Additionally, in Figure 3C, there is no effect on mitochondrial respiration with siHKDC1, even though recent studies have shown a significant effect of HKDC1 on this.

      We thank the reviewer for raising these important questions. As noted, HKDC1 knockdown alone in wild-type cells (siCTRL + siHKDC1) does not significantly reduce hexokinase activity (Figure 3A). This likely reflects the low basal expression of HKDC1 in these cells. Thus, the metabolic phenotype may only become apparent when HKDC1 expression exceeds a functional threshold, as observed in ZMAT3-KO cells where HKDC1 is upregulated.

      Regarding the glucose uptake assay, HKDC1 itself is not phosphorylated; rather, it phosphorylates a non-catabolizable glucose analog, 2-deoxyglucose (2-DG) upon cellular uptake. According to the manufacturer’s protocol, intracellular 2-DG is phosphorylated by hexokinases to 2-deoxyglucose-6-phosphate (2-DG6P), which cannot be further metabolized and therefore accumulates. The accumulated 2-DG6P is quantified using a luminescence-based readout. This assay is widely used as a surrogate for glucose uptake because it reflects both glucose import and phosphorylation — the first step of glycolytic flux. As for the lack of change in mitochondrial respiration (Figure 3C), we acknowledge that some studies have reported mitochondrial roles for HKDC1 under basal conditions; however, such effects may be cell type-specific.

      (4) The emphasis on glycolysis signatures is confusing, as in the end, glycolysis does not seem to be affected by ZMAT3 status, but mitochondrial respiration is affected. Can the text be clarified to address this? It is also difficult to understand the role of oxygen consumption rate (OCR) in ZMAT3 phenotypes, as it does not fully track with proliferation. For example, ZMAT3 KD has the highest OCR, and the other conditions have similar OCRs but different proliferative rates in Figure 3D. Also, the colors used in Figure 3 to denote different genotypes change between B/C and D, which is confusing.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the inconsistency in the colors of the graph in Figure 2, which we have now corrected. Our data indicates that ZMAT3 regulates mitochondrial respiration without significantly affecting glycolysis. It is possible that mitochondria in ZMAT3-KO cells are oxidizing more substrates that are not produced by glycolysis. Additional work will be required to fully determine these mechanisms. We have clarified this on page 8 of the revised manuscript.      

      (5) The lack of ZMAT3 binding to RNAs in PAR-CLIP is not proof that it does not do so. A more targeted approach should be used, using individual RIP assays. The authors should also analyze the splicing of HKDC1, which could be affected by ZMAT3.

      As suggested, we performed ZMAT3 RNA IP experiments (RIP) using doxycycline-inducible HCT116-ZMAT3-FLAG cells. However, we did not observe significant enrichment of HKDC1 mRNA in the ZMAT3 IPs (Figure 5 – figure supplement 1A), consistent with previously published ZMAT3 RIP-seq data (Bersani et al, Oncotarget, 2016). These findings further support the notion that ZMAT3 does not directly bind to HKDC1 mRNA in these cells. We Accordingly, we have modified the text on page 10 of the revised manuscript.

      In addition, as suggested by the reviewer, we analyzed changes in splicing of HKDC1 pre-mRNA using rMATS in HCT116 cells by comparing our previously published RNA-seq data from siCTRL and siZMAT3-transfected HCT116 cells (Muys et al, Genes Dev, 2021). We focused on splicing events with an FDR < 0.05 and a delta PSI > |0.1| (representing at least a 10% change in splicing). The splicing analysis (data not shown) did not reveal any significant alterations in HKDC1 pre-mRNA splicing upon ZMAT3 knockdown. Corresponding text has been updated on page 10 of the revised manuscript.

      (6) The authors say that they examine JUN binding at the HKDC1 promoter several times, but they focus on intron 1 in Figure 5. They should revise the text accordingly, and they should also show JUN ChIP data traces for the whole HKDC1 locus in Figure 5C.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. As recommended, we have revised the text throughout the manuscript and replaced HKDC1 promoter with HKDC1 intron 1 DNA to accurately reflect our analysis, and Figure 5 now shows the JUN ChIP-seq signal across the entire HKDC1 locus.

      (7) In the ZMAT3 and JUN interaction assays, were these tested in the presence of DNAse or RNAse to determine if nucleic acids mediate the interaction?

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. To test whether nucleic acids mediate the ZMAT3-JUN interaction, we performed ZMAT3 immunoprecipitation (IPs) in the presence or absence of DNase and RNase from doxycycline-inducible ZMAT3-FLAG expressing HCT116 cells. The ZMAT3-JUN interaction was lost upon treatment with either DNase or RNase, indicating that the interaction is mediated by nucleic acids. This data has been added in the revised manuscript (Figure 5-figure supplement 1D and on page 11).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review)

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The activity of the dominant negatives lacks appropriate controls. This is crucial given that mouse mutants for PG5, PG6, PG7, and three of the four PG4 genes show no major effects on limb induction or growth. Understanding these discrepancies is essential.

      We thank the reviewer for emphasizing the importance of appropriate controls for the dominant-negative experiments. Dominant-negative Hox constructs have been successfully and widely used in previous studies, supporting the reliability of this approach. In our experiments, electroporation of the dominant-negative constructs into the limb field produced clear and reproducible effects when compared with both unoperated embryos and embryos electroporated with a GFP control construct. The GFP construct serves as an appropriate control, as it accounts for any effects of electroporation or exogenous protein expression without altering Hox gene function. We therefore conclude that the observed phenotypes specifically reflect dominant-negative Hox activity rather than procedural artifacts.

      The absence of overt limb phenotypes in PG4–PG7 mouse mutants likely reflects both functional redundancy among Hox paralogs and the difficulty of detecting subtle limbspecific effects in bilateral, systemically affected embryos. In contrast, the chick embryo system allows unilateral gene manipulation, providing an internal control and greater sensitivity for detecting weak or localized effects that may be masked in whole-animal mouse mutants.

      (2) The authors mention redundancies in Hox activity, consistent with numerous previous reports. However, they only use single dominant-negative versions of each Hox paralog gene individually. If Hox4 and Hox5 functions are redundant, experiments should include simultaneous dominant negatives for both groups.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful suggestion. We fully agree that functional redundancy among Hox paralogs is an important consideration. However, Hox gene interactions are highly context-dependent and not strictly additive. Simultaneous interference with multiple Hox groups often leads to complex or compensatory effects that are difficult to interpret mechanistically, particularly when using dominant-negative constructs that may affect overlapping transcriptional networks.

      Our current experimental design, which targets individual paralog groups, allows us to attribute observed phenotypes to specific Hox activities and to interpret the results more precisely. Moreover, as shown in previous studies, simultaneous knockdown of multiple Hox genes does not necessarily produce stronger. For these reasons, we believe that the present single–dominant-negative experiments are the most informative and sufficient for addressing the specific questions in this study.

      (3) The main conclusion that Hox4 and Hox5 provide permissive cues on which Hox6/7 induce the forelimb is not sufficiently supported by the data. An experiment expressing simultaneous dnHox4/5 and Hox6/7 is needed. If the hypothesis is correct, this should block Hox6/7's capacity to expand the limb bud or generate an extra bulge.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion. However, because of the extensive functional redundancy and regulatory interdependence within the Hox network, simultaneous inhibition of Hox4 and Hox5 is unlikely to produce a simple or interpretable outcome. Previous studies have shown that combinatorial Hox manipulations can trigger compensatory changes in other Hox genes, often obscuring rather than clarifying specific relationships.

      In our study, the proposed permissive role of Hox4/5 is supported by the spatial and temporal patterns of Hox expression and by the phenotypic effects observed upon individual dominant-negative perturbations. These data together suggest that Hox4/5 establish a forelimb-competent domain, on which Hox6/7 subsequently act to promote limb outgrowth. We therefore believe that the current evidence sufficiently supports this model without necessitating the additional combined experiment, which may not provide clear mechanistic insight due to redundancy effects.

      (4) The identity of the extra bulge or extended limb bud is unclear. The only marker supporting its identity as a forelimb is Tbx5, while other typical limb development markers are absent. Tbx5 is also expressed in other regions besides the forelimb, and its presence does not guarantee forelimb identity. For instance, snakes express Tbx5 in the lateral mesoderm along much of their body axis.

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. We agree that Tbx5 expression alone may be not sufficient to define forelimb identity. However, in our experiments, the induced bulge displays several additional characteristics consistent with early limb identity (in pre-AER stage). First, the Tbx5 expression we observe corresponds to the stage when the limb field is already specified, not the earlier broad mesodermal phase described in other systems. Second, the induced domain also expresses Lmx1, a marker of dorsal limb mesenchyme, further supporting its limb-specific nature. Third, our RNA sequencing analysis reveals upregulation of multiple genes associated with early limb development pathways, providing molecular evidence for limb-type identity rather than non-specific mesodermal expansion. Taken together, these results strongly indicate that the induced bulge represents a forelimb-like structure rather than a generic mesodermal thickening.

      (5) It is important to analyze the skeletons of all embryos to assess the effect of reduced limb buds upon dnHox expression and determine whether extra skeletal elements develop from the extended bud or ectopic bulge.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We have analyzed the cartilage structures of the operated embryos. No skeletal elements were detected within the ectopic wing bud in the neck region. Furthermore, we did not observe any significant structural changes in the wing skeleton following loss-of-function (dnHox) experiments. These observations indicate that the ectopic bulges do not progress to form skeletal elements, consistent with their identity as early limb-like outgrowths rather than fully developed limbs.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Weaknesses

      (1) By contrast to the GOF experiments that induce ectopic limb budding, the LOF experiments, which use dominant negative forms of Hoxa4, Hoxa5, Hoxa6, and Hoxa7, are more challenging to interpret due to the absence of data on the specificity of the dominant negative constructs. Absent such controls, one cannot be certain that effects on limb development are due to disruption of the specific Hox proteins that are being targeted.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point regarding the specificity of the dominant-negative constructs. The dnHox constructs used in this study were generated by truncating the C-terminal region of each Hox protein, a strategy that removes the homeodomain and has been demonstrated to act as a specific dominant-negative by interfering with the corresponding Hox function without broadly affecting unrelated Hox genes. This approach has been successfully validated and used in previous work (Moreau et al., Curr. Biol. 2019), where similar constructs effectively and specifically inhibited Hox activity in the chick embryo.

      (2) A test of their central hypothesis regarding the necessity and sufficiency of the Hox genes under investigation would be to co-transfect the neck with full-length Hoxa6/a7 AND the dnHoxA4/a5. If their hypothesis is correct, then the dn constructs should block the limb-inducing ability of Hoxa6/a7 overexpression (again, validation of specificity of the DN constructs is important here)

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion. We agree that, in principle, coelectroporation of dnHox4/5 with Hox6/7 could test the hierarchical relationship between these genes. However, due to the extensive redundancy and regulatory interdependence among Hox genes, simultaneous manipulation of multiple genes often leads to compensatory effects or complex outcomes that are difficult to interpret mechanistically. As discussed in our response to Point 3 of the reviewer 1, inhibition of only one or two Hox4/5 paralogs is unlikely to completely abolish the permissive function of this group.

      Our current data — showing that Hox6/7 gain-of-function can induce ectopic limb-like outgrowths, while dnHox4/5 and dnHox6/7 lead to reduced limb formation — already provide strong evidence for both the necessity and sufficiency of these Hox activities in forelimb positioning. We therefore believe that the existing experiments adequately support our proposed model without the need for additional combinatorial manipulations.

      (3) The paper could be strengthened by providing some additional data, which should already exist in their RNA-Seq dataset, such as supplementary material that shows the actual gene expression data that are represented in the Venn diagram, heatmap, and GO analysis in Figure 3.

      We thank the reviewer for this constructive suggestion. In response, we have added a table (Table 3) listing the genes expressed in both the native limb/wing bud and the Hoxa6-induced wing bud, as identified from our RNA-Seq dataset. This table provides the underlying data for the Venn diagram, heatmap, and GO analysis presented in Figure 3. We agree that including these data improves transparency and helps readers better appreciate the molecular similarity between the induced and native limb buds.

      (4) The results of these experiments in chick embryos are rather unexpected based on previous knockout experiments in mice, and this needs to be discussed.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. We have addressed this issue in our response to Reviewer 1, Point 1, and have expanded the relevant discussion in the manuscript. Briefly, we believe that the apparent discrepancy between chick and mouse results arises from both the high degree of functional redundancy among Hox paralogs and the limitations of detecting subtle limb-specific effects in systemic mouse mutants, where both sides of the embryo are equally affected. In contrast, the chick system allows unilateral gene manipulation, providing an internal control and greatly enhancing sensitivity to detect weak or localized effects. Thus, the chick embryo model can reveal subtle Hox-dependent limb-induction activities that are masked in conventional mouse knockout approaches.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present an ambitious and large-scale reproducibility analysis of 400 articles on Drosophila immunity published before 2011. They extract major and minor claims from each article, assess their verifiability through literature comparison and, when possible, through targeted experimental re-testing, and synthesize their findings in an openly accessible online database. The goal is to provide clarity to the community regarding claims that have been contradicted, incompletely supported, or insufficiently followed up in the literature, and to foster broader community participation in evaluating historical findings. The manuscript summarizes the major insights emerging from this systematic effort.

      Strengths:

      (1) Novelty and community value: This work represents a rare example of a systematic, transparent, and community-facing reproducibility project in a specific research domain. The creation of a dedicated public platform for disseminating and discussing these assessments is particularly innovative.

      (2) Breadth and depth: The authors analyze an impressive number of publications spanning multiple decades, and they couple literature-based assessments with new experimental data where follow-up is missing.

      (3) Clarity of purpose: The manuscript carefully distinguishes between assessing evidential support for claims and judging the scientific merit of historical work. This helps frame the project as constructive rather than punitive.

      (4) Metascientific relevance: The analysis identifies methodological and contextual factors that commonly underlie irreproducible claims, providing a useful guide for future study design and interpretation.

      (5) Transparency: Supplementary datasets and the public website provide an exceptional degree of openness, which should facilitate community engagement and further refinement.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Subjectivity in selection: Despite the authors' efforts, the choice of which papers and claims to highlight cannot be entirely objective. This is an inherent limitation of any retrospective curation effort, but it remains important to acknowledge explicitly.

      (2) Emphasis on irreproducible claims: The manuscript focuses primarily on claims that are challenged or found to be weakly supported. While understandable from the perspective of novelty, this emphasis may risk overshadowing the value of claims that are well supported and reproducible.

      (3) Framing and language: Certain passages could benefit from more neutral phrasing and avoidance of binary terms such as "correct" or "incorrect," in keeping with the open-ended and iterative nature of scientific progress.

      (4) Community interaction with the dataset: While the website is an excellent resource, the manuscript could further clarify how the community is expected to contribute, challenge, or refine the annotations, especially given the large volume of supplementary data.

      (5) Minor inconsistency: The manuscript states that papers from 1959-2011 were included, but the Methods section mentions a range beginning in 1940. This should be aligned for clarity.

      Impact and significance:

      This contribution is likely to have a meaningful impact on both the Drosophila immunity community and the broader scientific ecosystem. It highlights methodological pitfalls, encourages transparent post-publication evaluation, and offers a reusable framework that other fields could adopt. The work also has pedagogical value for early-career researchers entering the field, who often struggle to navigate contradictory or outdated claims. By centralizing and contextualizing these discussions, the manuscript should help accelerate more robust and reproducible research.

    2. Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      This is an important paper that can do much to set an example for thoughtful and rigorous evaluation of a discipline-wide body of literature. The compiled website of publications in Drosophila immunity is by itself a valuable contribution to the field. There is much to praise in this work, especially including the extensive and careful evaluation of the published literature. However, there are also cautions.

      One notable concern is that the validation experiments are generally done at low sample sizes and low replication rates, and often lack statistical analysis. This is slippery ground for declaring a published study to be untrue. Since the conclusions reported here are nearly all negative, it is essential that the experiments be performed with adequate power to detect the originally described effects. At a minimum, they should be performed with the same sample size and replication structure as the originally reported studies.

      The first section of Results should be an overview of the general accuracy of the literature. Of all claims made in the 400 evaluated papers, what proportion fell into each category of "verified", "unchallenged", "challenged", "mixed", or "partially verified"? This summary overview would provide a valuable assessment of the field as a whole. A detailed dispute of individual highlighted claims could follow the summary overview.

      Section headings are phrased as declarative statements, "Gene X is not involved in process Y", which is more definitive phrasing than we typically use in scientific research. It implies proving a negative, which is difficult and rare, and the evidence provided in the present manuscript generally does not reach that threshold. A more common phrasing would be "We find no evidence that gene X contributes to process Y". A good model for this more qualified phrasing is the "We conclude that while Caspar might affect the Imd pathway in certain tissue-specific contexts, it is unlikely to act as a generic negative regulator of the Imd pathway," concluding the section on the role of Caspar. I am sure the authors feel that the softer, more qualified phrasing would undermine their article's goal of cleansing the literature of inaccuracies, but the hard declarative 'never' statements are difficult to justify unless every validation experiment is done with a high degree of rigor under a variety of experimental conditions. This caveat is acknowledged in the 3rd paragraph of the Discussion, but it is not reflected in the writing of the Results. The caveat should also appear in the Introduction.

      The article is clear that "Claims were assessed as verified, unchallenged, challenged, mixed, or partially verified," but the project is called "reproducibility project" in the 7th line of the abstract, and the website is "ReproSci". The fourth line of the abstract and the introduction call some published research "irreproducible". Most of the present manuscript does not describe reproduction or replication. It describes validation, or independent experimental tests for consistency. Published work is considered validated if subsequent studies using distinct approaches yielded consistent results. For work that the authors consider suspicious, or that has not been subsequently tested, the new experiments provided here do not necessarily recreate the published experiment. Instead, the published result is evaluated with experiments that use different tools or methods, again testing for consistency of results. This is an important form of validation, but it is not reproduction, and it should not be referred to as such. I strongly suggest that variations of the words "reproducible" or "replication" be removed from the manuscript and replaced with "validation". This will be more scientifically accurate and will have the additional benefit of reducing the emotional charge that can be associated with declaring published research to be irreproducible.

      The manuscript includes an explanatory passage in the Results section, "Our project focuses on assessing the strength of the claims themselves (inferential/indirect reproducibility) rather than testing whether the original methods produce repeatable results (results/direct reproducibility). Thus, our conclusions do not directly challenge the initial results leading to a claim, but rather the general applicability of the claim itself." Rather than first appearing in Results, this statement should appear prominently in the abstract and introduction because it is a core element of the premise of the study. This can be combined with the content of the present Disclaimer section into a single paragraph in the Introduction instead of appearing in two redundant passages. I would again encourage the authors to substitute the word validation for reproduction, which would eliminate the need for the invented distinction between indirect versus direct reproduction. It is notable that the authors have chosen to title the relevant Methods section "Experimental Validation" and not "Replication".

      Experimental data "from various laboratories" in the last paragraph of the Introduction and the first paragraph of the Results are ambiguous. Since these new experiments are part of the central core of the manuscript, the specific laboratories contributing them should be named in the two paragraphs. If experiments are being contributed by all authors on the manuscript, it would suffice to say "the authors' laboratories". The attribution to "various labs" appears to be contradicted by the Discussion paragraph 2, which states "the host laboratory has expertise in" antibacterial and antifungal defense, implying a single lab. The claim of expertise by the lead author's laboratory is unnecessary and can be deleted if the Lemaitre lab is the ultimate source of all validation experiments.

      The passage on the controversial role of Duox in the gut is balanced and scholarly, and stands out for its discussion of multiple alternative lines of evidence in the published literature and supplement. This passage may benefit from research by multiple groups following up on the original claims that are not available for other claims, but the tone of the Duox section can be a model for the other sections.

      Comments on other sections and supplements:

      I understand the desire to explain how original results may have been obtained when they are not substantiated by subsequent experiments. However, statements such as "The initial results may have been obtained due to residual impurities in preparations of recombinant GNBP1" and "Non-replicable results on the roles of Spirit, Sphinx and Spheroide in Toll pathway activation may be due to off-target effects common to first-generation RNAi tools" are speculation. No experimental data are presented to support these assertions, so these statements and others like them (currently at the end of most "insights" sections) should not appear in Results. I recognize that the authors are trying to soften their criticism of prior studies by providing explanations for how errors may have occurred innocently. If they wish to do so, the speculative hypotheses should appear in the Discussion.

      The statement in Results that "The initial claim concerning wntD may be explained by a genetic background effect independent of wntD" similarly appears to be a speculation based on the reading of the main text Results. However, the Discussion clarifies that "Here, we obtained the same results as the authors of the claim when using the same mutant lines, but the result does not stand when using an independent mutant of the same gene, indicating the result was likely due to genetic background." That additional explanation in the Discussion greatly increases reader confidence in the Result and should be explained with reference to S5 in the Results. Such complete explanations should be provided everywhere possible without requiring the reader to check the Supplement in each instance.

      In some cases, such as "The results of the initial papers are likely due to the use of ubiquitous overexpression of PGRP-LE, resulting in melanization due to overactivation of the Imd pathway and resulting tissue damage", the claim to explain the original finding would be easy to test. The authors should perform those tests where they can, if they wish to retain the statements in the manuscript. Similarly, the claim "The published data are most consistent with a scenario in which RNAi generated off-target knockdown of a protein related to retinophilin/undertaker, while Undertaker itself is unlikely to have a role in phagocytosis" would be stronger if the authors searched the Drosophila genome for a plausible homolog that might have been impacted by the RNAi construct, and then put forth an argument as to why the off-target gene is more likely to have generated the original phenotype than the nominally targeted gene. There is a brief mention in S19 that junctophilin is the authors' preferred off-target candidate, but no evidence or rationale is presented to support that assertion. If the original RNAi line is still available, it would be easy enough to test whether junctophilin is knocked down as an off-target, and ideally then to use an independent knockdown of junctophilin to recapitulate the original phenotype. Otherwise, the off-target knockdown hypothesis is idle speculation.

      A good model is the passage on extracellular DNA, which states, "experiments performed for ReproSci using the original DNAse IIlo hypomorph show that elevated Diptericin expression in the hypomorph is eliminated by outcrossing of chromosome II, and does not occur in an independent DNAse II null mutant, indicating that this effect is due to genetic background (Supplementary S11)." In this case, the authors have performed a clear experiment that explains the original finding, and inclusion of that explanation is warranted. Similar background replacement experiments in other validations are equally compelling.

      The statement "Analysis of several fly stocks expected to carry the PGRP-SDdS3 mutation used in the initial study revealed the presence of a wild-type copy PGRP-SD, suggesting that either the stock used in this study did not carry the expected mutation, or that the mutation was lost by contamination prior to sharing the stock with other labs" provides a documentable explanation of a potential error in the original two manuscripts, but the subsequent "analysis of several fly stocks" needs citations to published literature or explanation in the supplement. It is unclear from this passage how the wildtype allele in the purportedly mutant stocks could have led to the misattribution of function to PGRP-SD, so that should be explained more clearly in the manuscript.

      The originally claimed anorexia of the Gr28b mutation is explained as having been "likely obtained due to comparison to a wild-type line with unusually high feeding rates". This claim would be stronger if the wildtype line in question were named and data showing a high rate of feeding were presented in the supplement or cited from published literature. Otherwise, this appears to be speculation.

      In the section "The Toll immune pathway is not negatively regulated by wntD", FlyAtlas is cited as evidence that wntD is not expressed in adult flies. However, the FlyAtlas data is not adequately sensitive to make this claim conclusively. If the present authors wish to state that wntD is not expressed in adults, they should do a thorough test themselves and report it in the Supplement.

      Alternatively, the statement "data from FlyAtlas show that wntD is only expressed at the embryonic stage and not at the adult stage at which the experiments were performed by (Gordon et al., 2005a)" could be rephrased to something like "data from FlyAtlas show strong expression of wntD in the embryo but not the adult" and it should be followed by a direct statement that adult expression was also found to be near-undetectable by qPCR in supplement S5. That data is currently "not shown" in the supplement, but it should be shown because this is a central result that is being used to refute the original claim. This manuscript passage should also describe the expression data described in Gordon et al. (2005), for contrast, which was an experimental demonstration of expression in the embryo and a claim "RT-PCR was used to confirm expression of endogenous wntD RNA in adults (data not shown)."

      Inclusion of the section on croquemort is curious because it seems to be focused exclusively on clearance of apoptotic cells in the embryo, not on anything related to immunity. The subsection is titled "Croquemort is not a phagocytic engulfment receptor for apoptotic cells or bacteria", but the text passage contains no mention of phagocytosis of bacteria, and phagocytosis of bacteria is not tested in the S17 supplement. I would suggest deleting this passage entirely if there is not going to be any discussion of the immune-related phenotypes.

      The claim "Toll is not activated by overexpression of GNBP3 or Grass: Experiments performed for ReproSci find that contrary to previous reports, overexpression of GNBP3 (Gottar et al., 2006) or<br /> Grass (El Chamy et al., 2008) in the absence of immune challenge does not effectively activate Toll signaling (Supplementaries S6, S7)" is overly strongly stated unless the authors can directly repeat the original published studies with identical experimental conditions. In the absence of that, the claim in the present manuscript needs to be softened to "we find no evidence that..." or something similar. The definitive claim "does not" presumes that the current experiments are more accurate or correct than the published ones, but no explanation is provided as to why that should be the case. In the absence of a clear and compelling argument as to why the current experiment is more accurate, it appears that there is one study (the original) that obtained a certain result and a second study (the present one) that did not. This can be reported as an inconsistency, but the second experiment does not prove that the first was an error. The same comment applies to the refutation of the roles for Edin and IRC. Even though the current experiments are done in the context of a broader validation study, this does not automatically make them more correct. The present work should adhere to the same standards of reporting that we expect in any other piece of science.

      The statement "Furthermore, evidence from multiple papers suggests that this result, and other instances where mutations have been found to specifically eliminate Defensin expression, is likely due to segregating polymorphisms within Defensin that disrupt primer binding in some genetic backgrounds and lead to a false negative result (Supplementary S20)" should include citations to the multiple papers being referenced. This passage would benefit from a brief summary of the logic presented in S20 regarding the various means of quantifying Defensin expression.

      In S22 Results, the statement "For general characterization of the IrcMB11278 mutant, including developmental and motor defects and survival to septic injury, see additional information on the ReproSci website" is not acceptable. All necessary information associated with the paper needs to be included in the Supplement. There cannot be supporting data relegated to an independent website with no guaranteed stability or version control. The same comment applies to "Our results show that eiger flies do not have reduced feeding compared to appropriate controls (See ReproSci website)" in S25.

      Supplement S21 appears to show a difference between the wildtype and hemese mutants in parasitoid encapsulation, which would support the original finding. However, the validation experiment is performed at a small sample size and is not replicated, so there can be no statistical analysis. There is no reported quantification of lamellocytes or total hemocytes. The validation experiment does not support the conclusion that the original study should be refuted. The S21 evaluation of hemese must either be performed rigorously or removed from the Supplement and the main text.

      In S22, the second sentence of the passage "Due to the fact that IrcMB11278 flies always survived at least 24h prior to death after becoming stuck to the substrate by their wings, we do not attribute the increased mortality in Ecc15-fed IrcMB11278 flies primarily to pathogen ingestion, but rather to locomotor defects. The difference in survival between sucrose-fed and Ecc15-fed IrcMB11278 flies may be explained by the increased viscosity of the Ecc15-containing substrate compared to the sucrose-containing substrate" is quite strange. The first sentence is plausible and a reasonable interpretation of the observations. But to then conclude that the difference between the bacterial treatment versus the control is more plausibly due to substrate viscosity than direct action of the bacteria on the fly is surprising. If the authors wish to put forward that interpretation, they need to test substrate viscosity and demonstrate that fly mortality correlates with viscosity. Otherwise, they must conclude that the validation experiment is consistent with the original study.

      In S27, the visualization of eiger expression using a GFP reporter is very non-standard as a quantitative assay. The correct assay is qPCR, as is performed in other validation experiments, and which can easily be done on dissected fat body for a tissue-specific analysis. S27 Figure 1 should be replaced with a proper experiment and quantitative analysis. In S27 Figure 2, the authors should add a panel showing that eiger is successfully knocked down with each driver>construct combination. This is important because the data being reported show no effect of knockdown; it is therefore imperative to show that the knockdown is actually occurring. The same comment applies everywhere there is an RNAi to demonstrate a lack of effect.

      The Drosomycin expression data in S3 Figure 2A look extremely noisy and are presented without error bars or statistical analysis. The S4 claim that sphinx and spheroid are not regulators of the Toll pathway because quantitative expression levels of these genes do not correlate with Toll target expression levels is an extremely weak inference. The RNAi did not work in S4, so no conclusion should be inferred from those experiments. Although the original claims in dispute may be errors in both cases, the validation data used to refute the original claims must be rigorous and of an acceptable scientific standard.

      In S6 Figure 1, it is inappropriate to plot n=2 data points as a histogram with mean and standard errors. If there are fewer than four independent points, all points should be plotted as a dot plot. This comment applies to many qPCR figures throughout the supplement. In S7 Figure 1, "one representative experiment" out of two performed is shown. This strongly suggests that the two replicates are noisy, and a cynical reader might suspect that the authors are trying to hide the variance. This also applies to S5 Fig 3. Particularly in the context of a validation study, it is imperative to present all data clearly and objectively, especially when these are the specific data that are being used to refute the claim.

      Other comments:

      In S26, the authors suggest that much of the observed melanization arises from excessive tissue damage associated with abdominal injection contrasted to the lesser damage associated with thoracic injection. I believe there may be a methodological difference here. The Methods of S27 are not entirely clear, but it appears that the validation experiment was done with a pinprick, whereas the original Mabary and Schneider study was done with injection via a pulled capillary. My lab group (and I personally) have extensive experience with both techniques. In our hands, pinpricks to the abdomen do indeed cause substantial injury, and the physically less pliable thorax is more robust to pinpricks. However, capillary injections to the abdomen do virtually no tissue damage - very probably less than thoracic injections - and result in substantially higher survivals of infection even than thoracic injections. Thus, the present manuscript may infer substantial tissue damage in the original study because they are employing a different technique.

    1. Regimen of honey bee feeding with Varroa dsRNA The experiment with Varroa dsRNA was conducted in mini-hives, 12 mini-hives per replicate, and was repeated three times. In each replicate, a cup of bees and a laying queen were placed in each mini-hive. Three mini-hives were randomly assigned to one of four netted enclosures, each representing a different feeding treatment. Bees were fed 5 ml of 50% sucrose solution in troughs placed in each mini-hive. The four treatments were: 1) sucrose solution only (untreated control), 2) Mixture I (200 µg each of five dsRNAs added to the sugar solution), 3) Mixture II (200 µg each of 14 dsRNAs added to the sugar solution), and 4) dsRNA-GFP (200 µg dsRNA) serving as an inert dsRNA control. Mini-hives that fully consumed the treatment solutions were supplemented with candy (67% sugar powder and 33% honey). In addition, the bees were routinely fed pollen patties (70% pollen and 30% sugar powder). Each replicate of the experiment lasted for 60 days (Figure 4). Bees in each treatment were fed the respective solution daily for the first 10 days and for the last 14 days, and twice a week in the interim. Varroa mites were introduced into each mini-hive from day 7 till day 14. In the first replicate, 30 mites were introduced into each mini-hive; in the latter two replicates, 100 mites were introduced into each mini-hive. On day 60, all mature bees were collected, counted and shaken with 70% ethanol overnight in order to collect and count Varroa mites that fell off the bees. All capped brood cells were opened to collect and count Varroa mites. We calculated mites per bee (mature and developing). Varroa mites, adult bees, emerging bees and pupae were stored for molecular analyses.

      This section is required reading for the above interpretation of the graph. Additionally, use this section to unpack some methodological limitations with this study. We will discuss further in class.

    1. In states across the country, the board of nursing or otheradministrative agency is charged with ensuring the nurs-ing practice act is upheld by those possessing a registerednurse (RN) license (Russell, 2017). The board of nursingacts to enforce standards to ensure nurses are competent,provide care within the scope of practice, and are freefrom impairment due to substance use (SU), and therebyprotect patients who receive nursing care. The rate ofnurses’ SU is normative with the general population esti-mates of SU; that is, between 6% and 8% (Kunyk, 2015;Trinkoff, Eaton, & Anthony, 1991; Trinkoff & Storr,1998; Trinkoff, Zhou, & Storr, 1999). When trackingsuch estimates, there are additional complexities to nurseswho report SU, even when anonymity is assured, thatmay influence full disclosure. Specifically, nurses mayfear SU disclosure could jeopardize their license andemployment status, and therefore, their ability to earn aliving. These hesitations are well-founded historicallydue to the “throw away” culture that permeated nurseswhen confronted with SU (Curtin, 1987). Today, due tothe National Council of State Boards of Nursing (NCSBN)and industry partners, the alternative-to-discipline pro-grams, which include nurse-accountability, the nurse maybe given the option of a monitoring program versusemployment termination (NCSBN, 2011).Others argue, however, that SU in nurses continues tobe surrounded by a discourse of “personal choice, as afailure of moral character” rather than a disease (Kunyk,Milner, & Overend, 2016, p. 315). When confronted withsuspected SU and/or diversion, nurses will often be askedto submit a urine sample for SU screening. Often, policiesin health care organizations require termination ofemployees who refuse to submit to such screenings.When a nurse is punitively discharged for refusing to886369JAPXXX10.1177/1078390319886369Journal of the American Psychiatric Nurses AssociationFoli et al.research-article20191Karen J. Foli, PhD, RN, FAAN, Purdue University, West Lafayette,IN, USA2Blake Reddick, RN, BSN, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN, USA3Lingsong Zhang, PhD, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN, USA4Kathryn Krcelich, RN, BSN, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN, USACorresponding Author:Karen J. Foli, Purdue University School of Nursing, Johnson Hall ofNursing, Room 234, West Lafayette, IN 47907, USA.Email: kfoli@purdue.eduSubstance Use in Registered Nurses:“I Heard About a Nurse Who . . .”Karen J. Foli1 , Blake Reddick2, Lingsong Zhang3,and Kathryn Krcelich4AbstractBACKGROUND: Estimates of substance use (SU) in nurses is on par with that of the general population: between6% and 8%. However, collecting sensitive information such as SU is difficult based on social desirability and fearsof disclosure. AIMS: Part of a larger study surrounding nurses’ self-reports of SU (n = 1,478), the purpose wasto explore open-ended responses of nurses (n = 373) who were invited to “Please add any additional commentsrelated to substance or alcohol use that you have experienced or witnessed in registered nurses.” METHOD: Thisqualitative study employed a content analysis of 373 nurses’ open-ended responses collected via an online survey.RESULTS: The majority of nurses (n = 250) forwarded comments that described SU in other nurses, while 24comments reflected the nurse’s past or current SU. Content analysis revealed the following four themes: (1) differingsocial network proximity to SU; (2) individual process: vulnerability to adaptive/maladaptive coping resulting in positiveand negative outcomes; (3) bedside, system, and organizational spaces and effects; and (4) there are no SU issues innursing. CONCLUSIONS: Although direct reports of SU constitute approximately one quarter of the commentsforwarded, nurses reported peers’ struggles with SU, including observing nurses working in patient care while impairedand the use of substances to cope with work and personal stressors. Individual factors and system-related failuresappear to be contributors to SU in nurses.Keywordsnurses, substance use, qualitative

      For my question "What was the author's research question?", the author's research question focused on understanding how registered nurses experience and perceive substance use within the nursing profession, particularly through their descriptions of substance use they have personally experienced or witnessed in other nurses, and what individual, organizational, and system-level factors shape these experiences.

    1. Overdenture

      Alt çene: 2–4 implant

      Üst çene: 4–6 implant Edentulous (dişsiz) üst ve alt çenede implant sayısı hastanın durumu ve protez tipine göre değişir, ama genel kural olarak:

    Annotators

    1. Rapport de Synthèse : Séminaire du Forum for World Education (FWE) sur l'Éducation de la Petite Enfance

      Résumé Analytique

      Ce document synthétise les interventions du séminaire du Forum for World Education (FWE) consacré à l'éducation de la petite enfance.

      Les travaux soulignent que l'apprentissage commence bien avant la scolarisation formelle, s'appuyant sur le développement de l'attention, de la curiosité et de l'empathie.

      Le séminaire met en lumière une transition critique dans la pensée éducative : la nécessité d'éduquer les parents autant que les enfants, car l'environnement familial et l'attachement sécurisant constituent le socle de toute réussite future.

      Les points clés incluent l'importance neurobiologique des trois premières années (1 million de nouvelles connexions neuronales par seconde), le rôle prédictif de la curiosité et de l'autodétermination sur la réussite académique à long terme, et les disparités alarmantes entre les enfants favorisés et défavorisés.

      Enfin, des mises en garde sérieuses sont émises concernant l'usage passif de la technologie et de l'intelligence artificielle chez les très jeunes enfants, menaçant leur développement cognitif.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. Les Fondements Neurobiologiques et Psychologiques

      L'ABC de l'Apprenant

      L'éducation précoce repose sur ce que l'expert John Altman nomme « l'ABC de l'apprenant » :

      Attention et Attachement (Bonding)

      Curiosité

      Découverte

      Empathie

      La Plasticité Cérébrale Précoce

      Au cours des trois premières années de vie, plus d'un million de nouvelles connexions neuronales (synapses) se forment chaque seconde.

      Ce rythme ne se reproduira jamais plus au cours de la vie. Ces connexions façonnent les contours distinctifs de la conscience de chaque enfant.

      L'Importance Cruciale de l'Attachement

      L'attachement, ou le lien affectif entre le parent et l'enfant, est le fondement de l'épanouissement futur :

      Avantages neurologiques : Un attachement sécurisant est lié à un volume de matière grise plus important dans les régions du cerveau responsables de la perception sociale et du traitement émotionnel.

      Régulation du stress : Les enfants ayant un attachement sécurisant présentent des niveaux de cortisol plus bas et une amygdale mieux régulée, évitant le « stress toxique » qui entrave l'apprentissage.

      Fonctions exécutives : Ces enfants surpassent leurs pairs dans les tâches de planification, de flexibilité cognitive et de mémoire.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      II. Dynamiques de l'Apprentissage et de la Curiosité

      Exploration vs Contrôle

      Le rôle du parent n'est pas de concevoir la personnalité de l'enfant ou de contrôler sa destination, mais de fournir la « subsistance pour le voyage ». L'amour inconditionnel crée une base de sécurité permettant à l'enfant de s'aventurer vers l'inconnu.

      Les Deux Types de Curiosité

      1. Curiosité de découverte : Alimentée par la nouveauté, elle est le moteur principal durant la petite enfance.

      2. Curiosité épistémique (de maîtrise) : Apparaît vers 6 ou 7 ans. C'est le désir de comprendre en profondeur, nécessitant un effort cognitif soutenu et de la persévérance face à la difficulté.

      Le Cycle Vertueux de la Maîtrise

      La pratique mène à la compétence, qui génère la confiance et un sentiment d'auto-efficacité, motivant ensuite une pratique accrue. Ce processus favorise également un comportement moral en renforçant le sentiment d'appartenance à un groupe.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      III. Perspectives des Parents et Arbitrages Éducatifs

      Lors du panel de parents, plusieurs thématiques liées aux choix éducatifs ont émergé :

      | Thématique | Insights et Arbitrages | | --- | --- | | Valeurs fondamentales | Priorité à la formation de l'humain plutôt qu'à la création de « calculatrices humaines ». Importance de la résilience et de la tolérance à l'échec. | | Multilinguisme | Certains parents choisissent de prioriser la langue dominante (ex: l'anglais) pour construire la confiance sociale de l'enfant avant de réintroduire les langues héritées. | | Compétences douces | Accent mis sur l'art oratoire, la pensée critique et les compétences sociales comme leviers de réussite à long terme. | | Socialisation | Préférence parfois accordée au développement social et émotionnel plutôt qu'à l'accélération académique (ex: refuser de sauter une classe pour préserver les amitiés). |

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      IV. Enjeux Globaux, Équité et Politiques Publiques

      L'Analyse de l'OCDE (Andreas Schleicher)

      L'écart de réussite : À l'âge de 5 ans, les enfants issus de milieux défavorisés ont déjà 20 mois de retard en termes de comportement pro-social et un an de retard en littératie émergente.

      Le paradoxe de l'investissement : Les dépenses publiques sont souvent élevées à la naissance, chutent drastiquement vers l'âge d'un an, pour ne reprendre qu'à 3 ou 4 ans. Ce déficit d'investissement précoce est préjudiciable.

      Mentalité de croissance (Growth Mindset) : La conviction que l'effort mène au succès est l'un des prédicteurs les plus puissants de la réussite dans les tests PISA à 15 ans.

      La Fracture Sociale et le Langage

      Les enfants défavorisés entendent environ 30 millions de mots de moins que leurs pairs favorisés avant l'âge de trois ans.

      Si l'environnement familial ne fournit pas la stimulation nécessaire, les structures d'accueil de la petite enfance deviennent le seul filet de sécurité pour garantir l'égalité des chances.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      V. Les Risques Technologiques et l'Intelligence Artificielle

      Une préoccupation majeure concerne l'utilisation de la technologie comme « baby-sitter » :

      Impact sur le développement : L'exposition à l'IA avant l'âge de trois ans peut interférer avec le développement cognitif profond et la capacité de réflexion critique.

      Usage passif : L'utilisation de tablettes pour occuper les enfants empêche l'apprentissage de la gestion de l'ennui et de l'interaction sociale.

      Recommandation : Ne jamais laisser un enfant de moins de trois ans utiliser seul un jouet intégrant de l'IA. L'interaction doit être médiée par un parent.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      VI. Citations Clés

      « L'éducation n'est pas seulement éduquer les étudiants ; nous devrions nous concentrer sur l'éducation des parents. » — Dr. Chang Davis

      « Avoir des enfants rend la vie beaucoup plus significative, même si cela diminue le bonheur. » — John Altman (citant Ray Baumeister)

      « Le but de l'amour n'est pas de modifier les personnes que nous aimons, mais de leur donner ce dont elles ont besoin pour s'épanouir. » — John Altman (citant Alison Gopnik)

      « Les étudiants qui réussissaient le mieux étaient les étudiants "connectés" [...] La connectivité est le sentiment de faire partie de quelque chose de plus grand que soi. » — John Altman (citant Ned Hallowell)

      « Si vous voyez des enfants assis à des bureaux faisant tous la même chose au même moment, fuyez, car ce n'est pas bon pour les enfants. » — Dr. Suzanne Sulfani

    1. 1. What is the heart rate?2. Is the rhythm regular?3. Does each P wave follow a QRS?4. Is QRS normal?5. Is the rhythm dangerous?6. Does the rhythm require treatment?7. Is there any ST-segment change?8. Are there any changes in waveforms?

      ① What is the heart rate? Kalp hızı nedir?

      ② Is the rhythm regular? Ritim düzenli mi?

      ③ Does each P wave follow a QRS? Her P dalgasını bir QRS takip ediyor mu?

      ④ Is QRS normal? QRS normal mi?

      ⑤ Is the rhythm dangerous? Ritim tehlikeli mi?

      ⑥ Does the rhythm require treatment? Ritim tedavi gerektiriyor mu?

      ⑦ Is there any ST-segment change? ST segmentinde değişiklik var mı?

      ⑧ Are there any changes in waveforms? Dalga formlarında herhangi bir değişiklik var mı?

    Annotators

    1. What is it?On the face of it this is a mighty attractive idea and an easy thing to describe: an electric BMW 4 Series Gran Coupe. Although to be truthful it's not that, because frankly that'd be a bit of a bodge-up.It has a different floor, suspension and even seats, all to fit around the electric bits. And it wears a new dash that's on-trend with the enormo-screen experience beloved by fashion-forward EV buyers.Advertisement - Page continues belowBy which of course we mean the Tesla Model 3 and Polestar 2. Yup, the i4 has in its sights those low-slung, fast but not ridiculously unaffordable electric cars. Since its launch, new rivals have landed in the shape of the BYD Seal, Volkswagen ID.7 and smaller, but ultra-rangey Mercedes CLA.Meanwhile the faster, feistier rungs of the i4 offering are nudging into 'Audi e-tron GT with a discount' territory. Ergo lightly used Porsche Taycans too.

      The structures of the paragraph are very clean as both important texts are underlined and all paragraphs broken up for easier readability for everyone with a large font. This especially helps users with reduced cognitive load and lets users read the page any way they want.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)): The key conclusions are solid. All the claims are supported by quality data. The content is rich, and no additional experiment is needed. The data and methods are properly presented for reproduction. The experiments are adequately replicated. One comment on statistical analysis is listed below.* *

      __Summary:_ ___ This manuscript investigates how Drosophila immune pathways contribute to defense against a range of filamentous fungi with distinct ecological strategies. The work provides novel insights into Toll pathway activation through pattern recognition receptors and danger signals, relative roles of melanization, phagocytosis, and effects of antimicrobial peptides, and particularly the immune evasion strategy of E. muscae via protoplast formation. These findings are of broad relevance to insect immunology, host-pathogen interactions, and evolutionary biology. * The study is well designed, the experiments are carefully executed, and the manuscript is clearly written. It is novel to demonstrate that E. muscae evades immune recognition via protoplast formation. However, some aspects of clarity and discussion of limitations could be improved before publication.** *

      We thank the reviewer of the positive assessment of our manuscript.We thank the reviewer of the positive assessment of our manuscript.

      Major comments: 1) The Abstract is informative but a bit too long. Consider condensing some sentences and highlighting the novel contributions (e.g., role of protoplasts in immune evasion.).* *

      Good points. We have reduced the abstract. The sentence is 'Our study also reveals that the fly-specific obligate fungus Entomophthora muscae employs a vegetative development strategy, protoplasts, to hide from the host immune response.'

      We believe that the role of protoplasts is already mentioned in the abstract.

      2) The Results may use more mechanistic links. For instance, the section on E. muscae immune evasion could more explicitly connect the morphological findings (protoplasts, lack of cell wall) with specific immune recognition failures.* *

      Our article is a comparison of Drosophila host defense against fungi with various life styles. This obviously complexify the presentation of the results. We have made the maximum of effort to explain our data with clarity. We believe that having two successive sections entitled 'Natural infection with E. muscae barely induces the Toll pathway' followed by ' __Entomophthora muscae hides from the host immune response using a vegetative development strategy'____ __expose well the idea that E. muscae has a specific hiding strategy. We did not change this part.

      3) Please clarify statistical analyses used for survival data (e.g., log-rank tests, multiple testing corrections). * We have clarified the statistical analysis in the method part. The sentence is 'Statistical significance of survival data was calculated with a log-rank test (Mantel-Cox test) comparing each genotype to w*1118 flies'.

      __Minor comments:____ __ Abstract: 1) "The infection outcome depends on the complex interplay between insect immune defenses and fungal adaptive strategies." could be simplified to: "Infection outcomes depend on the interplay between insect immunity and fungal adaptation." 2) Replace "our study uncovers" with "we show" for more concise phrasing. Reduce phrases like "our study reveals" or 'we conclude" in other parts of the manuscript. * Results: p. 5: phrase "survival upon natural infection... reveals the major contribution" → reword to avoid passive tone. p. 10: clarify "vesicles push the membrane outwards" with more precise terminology (e.g., budding, extrusion). * Discussion: p. 20: streamline sentence beginning "These observations provide a mechanistic basis..." (currently too dense).

      We have taken in consideration all these comments. Note that we removed in the revised version the sentence "The infection outcome depends on the complex interplay between insect immune defenses and fungal adaptive strategies." To shorten the abstract, we have removed the sentence 'These observations provide a mechanistic basis for future exploration.'

      **Referee cross-commenting*** *

      I agree with the comments of the other two reviewers.* *

      __Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):____ __

      This manuscript investigates how Drosophila immune pathways contribute to defense against a range of filamentous fungi with distinct ecological strategies (generalists, specialists, opportunists). By leveraging a comprehensive panel of genetically defined fly lines and standardized infections, the authors provide a demonstration that the Toll pathway is the predominant systemic antifungal defense, extending classical findings into a comparative framework across fungal lifestyles. The work provides novel insights into Toll pathway activation through GNBP3 and fungal proteases sensed by Psh, while also dissecting the relative contributions of melanization, phagocytosis, and antimicrobial peptides to host protection. Of particular note is the compelling demonstration that the fly specialist E. muscae can evade immune recognition through protoplast-like vegetative forms, minimizing cell-wall exposure and thereby escaping Toll activation.* *

      My expertise and limitations: * Insect biochemistry and molecular biology, with particular focus on innate immunity, serine protease cascades, melanization, and host-pathogen interactions. I also have experience with genetic, biochemical, and functional approaches to dissecting immune signaling pathways in model insects. However, I do not have sufficient expertise to critically evaluate advanced statistical analyses.** *

      __Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):____ __

      In this work the authors describe the contribution of distinct immune responses in Drosophila melanogaster to systemic and natural infections with 5 fungal species with different lifestyles some being generalists infecting a broad range of insects while others being more specialists or opportunistic. The authors used several well characterized Drosophila mutants of the Toll, Imd, phagocytosis and melanization responses to address this question. They show that Toll pathway is the key player in anti-fungal resistance in both natural and septic infections, whereas melanization plays a minor role mainly during natural infections possibly to limit fungal invasion through the cuticle. The authors show elegantly using different combinations of mutants for antimicrobial peptides genes with antifungal activities that Bomanins and Daisho (1 and 2) are the main Toll effectors mediating resistance to fungi but the authors did not find specific fungus-by-gene interaction, but rather antifungal peptides seem to act in a more general fashion against the fungi tested with significant redundancies between certain classes. Interestingly the authors show that while generalists like Beauveria and Metarhizium strongly activate the Toll pathway, the specialist E. muscae weakly activates the pathway and the opportunistic A. fumigatus does not activate the pathway, indicating that certain fungal species are able to evade sensing by immune pathways. In the context of the Toll activation, the sensor protease Psh and not GNBP3 seem to be the main trigger of the pathway.* *

      __Minor comments____ __ This is an interesting work that compares the contributions of different arms of the fly immune response to 5 fungal species with diverse lifestyles. The use of different lines with different combinations of mutant genes is a strength to highlight the relative contribution of each immune response. Some of the data obtained is intriguing and warrants more future investigations such as the distinct phenotypes of ModSp and GNBP3 mutants in E. muscae infections. The methodology is robust and the conclusions are supported with good experimental evidence. I do not see any major concerns with the work. I just have some minor comments listed below* *

      We thank the reviewer for the positive comments on our manuscript. 1- Statistical significance should be indicated on Figures 1 and 2, although it appears in the legend.

      We have added statistical significance on Figures 1 and 2.

      2- It is not very accurate to use the term resistance of the different mutants to infections with the diverse fungal species in Figures 1 and 2 especially that the authors have reported only survival data in these figures and have not measured fungal proliferation in infected flies (although they did that in later figures). It is more accurate to mention that the mutants flies have different levels of tolerance rather than resistance to fungal infections.* *

      We agree that we cannot use the term 'resistance' in Figures 1 and 2, since this term has now a more restricted meaning in the community. We have replaced the term 'resistance' by 'host defense' or 'surviving' through the text to avoid the confusion, except when the bacterial load was monitored.

      3- The authors show that Toll is over-activated in PPO1/PPO2 double mutant possibly through a negative feedback mechanism. However, there could be another explanation for this observation: For instance, the increased fungal proliferation in the PPO double mutant results in increased protease secretion by fungi enhancing Psh activation! Also, how can fungi manage to proliferate in this double mutant if Toll is overactivated? Could it be that Toll overactivation is triggering a fitness cost?* *

      The reviewer raises a good point. It is difficult to reconcile the susceptibility of PPO1/2 mutants to fungi taking in consideration the higher Toll activation. The higher activation of Toll could be deleterious and We clearly observed higher Toll pathway activation in PPO1/2 flies upon clean injury (Fig. S9C) or injection of dead spores (data not shown). Thus, this higher expression cannot be only explained as a consequence of higher fungal growth.

      4- In Lines 654-655, it is not accurate to say that E. muscae protoplasts are not detected by the immune response since E. muscae natural infections triggers Drs expression at 24 hpi and there is possibly some melanization taking place since PPO1 and PPO2 are required for defense against this fungus. A more accurate explanation is that this fungus is possibly more resistant to the effectors of the host immune response than the other fungi. I think a major point that the authors might have missed to consider in the discussion of their data is that the different fungi used herein may exhibit different levels of resilience to the effector reactions of the host such as AMPs and melanin deposition* *

      *The observation that injection of E. muscae protoplasts do not trigger an immune response above the level of clean injury is a strong argument that support our view that E. muscae protoplasts are not immunogenic. The reviewer is correct by underlying the small but significant induction of Drs at 24h post natural infection. We hypothesize that this could be due to mechanical injury associated with the entry of E. muscae. We have added a sentence to underline the possibility raised by the reviewer: 'Although we cannot rule out that the high pathogenicity of E. muscae may be partly due to the fungus's increased resilience, we favor the interpretation that it is instead mainly driven by its capacity to evade immune detection.'

      __Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):____ __

      Although the importance of Toll pathway and melanization in antifungal immunity is not new per se, this work adds to this knowledge by showing that Toll has the upper hand in anti-fungal immunity and that the strength of Toll pathway activation and its effector capacity may vary depending on the type of invading fungus. The work also highlights that certain fungi may employ a delayed switch to hyphal growth to reduce the presence of cell wall sugars as a mechanism to evade immune recognition. Overall, this work significantly adds to the knowledge of Drosophila immunity and raises some interesting questions related to the evolution of host-pathogen interactions and to the complex functions of serine protease cascades regulating Toll and melanization. This work will be of interest to a broad audience in the field of host-pathogen interactions *

      __Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):____ __

      This is a clearly written manuscript on the immune effector mechanisms regulating Drosophila melanogaster host defense against a broad range of fungal pathogens, including entomopathogenic and saprophytic filamentous fungi. The authors systematically dissect the contribution of major arms of Drosophila immunity, including cellular and humoral responses and melanization and potential mechanisms of cross talk using genetic tools and reporter lines. They also go into detail to characterize the contribution of upstream activators of these responses by fungal PAMPs and the role of antimicrobial effectors (AMPs) in fly susceptibility. * They conclude for no important role of phagocytosis in host defense. Instead, they find important contributions of Toll pathway mainly through the detection of fungal proteases by Persephone rather than b-glucan detection by GNBP3. They also demonstrate that Toll activation is proportional to the virulence of the fungal pathogen, showing little activation of this response by Aspergillus fumigatus. Finally, they identify melanization as another line of host defense that restricts pathogen dissemination and protects fly from invasive fungal disease. A very interesting part of this study is the identification of a virulence strategy of the obligate fungus Entomophthora muscae, which employs a vegetative development strategy, by making protoplast that avoid immune recognition by masking immunostimulatory cell wall molecules to avoid immune recognition by Toll pathway until the very last stage of invasive growth. Overall, this is a very interesting study on host-pathogen interplay in Drosophila, shedding light onto novel pathogenetic mechanism employed by entomopathogenic fungi to adapt to their hosts.** *

      We thank the reviewer for his positive assessment.

      __Major comments for the authors:____ __ 1. The use of reporter fungal strains to capture the dynamic interplay of the pathogen and the different arms of the immune system precludes firm conclusions on the contribution of various immune response to infection. This should be emphasized in the discussion* *

      Unfortunately, we did not fully understand this point. Note that we monitored both survival and when possible fungal load (B. Beauveria, E. muscae and M. anisopliae for Toll; and B. Beauveria, and M. anisopliae for melanization) allowing to state that Toll and Melanization are contributing to host defense by limiting fungal growth.

      2. The route of infection and the method employed to inject fungal spores has an impact on the effector pathways being activated. For example, pricking introduces spores less efficiently in the hemolymph compared to microinjection. The inoculum size in case of microinjection also has profound impact in understanding the role of cellular and humoral immunity during the infection course. For example, the lack of Toll activation in the natural infection with A. fumigatus does not mean that this pathway is not important in host defense against this pathogen.

      We fully agree and expected to clarify this different outcome between septic injury and natural infection. In the case of A. fumigatus, we confirm that Toll is important upon systemic infection but not natural infection because this fungus has a limited ability to penetrate insect by the natural route. We have clarified this in the text by adding the sentence: 'The low Toll pathway activation by A. fumigatus is likely due the weak ability of this fungus to penetrate insect by the natural route.'.

      3. The use of total KO strains does not preclude the cross talk of cellular and humoral immunity and consequently potential defects in cellular immunity upon deletion of a master regulator of the Toll pathway or even its downstream effectors

      The observation that Toll deficient mutants are almost as susceptibility as mutant flies lacking all the four immune modules (△ITPM ) to the five fungal pathogens point to a major role of this pathway. In a previous study (Ryckebusch et al Elife 2025), we have shown that the four immune pathways largely work independently as phagocytosis was still observed in Toll deficient mutant.

      4. Did the authors validate that NimC11; Eater1 flies are not able to phagocytose fungal spores?

      In the first version of this manuscript, we did not validate that NimC1;eater flies are phagocytic deficient also for Fungal spores although our manuscript assumed it. To address the comment of the reviewer, we have extended our study to better characterize the role of the cellular immune response to fungal infection (See new Figure S1).

      Our new results show that NimC1;eater deficient flies have defect in binding to M. anisopliae GFP spores (New Supplement Figure S1E,F). We did not see clear evidence of internalization. Thus, we conclude that the use of NimC1;eater flies is adequate to study the role of the cellular response. We have monitored the survival of hemoless flies that lack nearly all plasmatocytes due to the over-expression of the proapoptotic gene Bax, to natural infection and septic injury with B. bassiana and M. anisopliae. This new piece of data (described in New Supplementary Figure S1A-D) show that hemoless flies display a wild-type survival to B. Bassiana and a mild susceptibility to M. anisopliae consistent with our previous statement that the cellular response is less important than the humoral response. In the revised version, we have added this new piece of data and nuanced our statement on the role of the cellular response to fungal infection.

      5. Is it possible that entomopathogenic fungi bypass phagocytosis as a virulence strategy by inducing large size germinating cells, which are not phagocytosed?

      Indeed, there are several studies have showed that entomopathogenic fungi have evolved sophisticated strategies to evade or survive phagocytosis.

      • Once fungal spores (conidia) germinate, penetrate host tegument and reach the hemocoel, fungi existwithin the hemocoel in the forms of blastospores with thinner cell walls than conidia (M. anisopliae, M. rileyi, B. bassiana), and cell wall-free protoplasts (E. muscae). Wang and St Leger (2006) had demonstrated that host hemocytes can recognize and ingest conidia of M. anisopliae, but this capacity is lost on production of blastospore, because of its ability to avoid detection depending on the cell surface hydrophobic protein gene Mcl1 that is expressed within 20 min of the fungal pathogen contacting hemolymph.
      • Other studieshave shown that blastospores of B. bassiana and M. anisopliae can be phagocytosed at the early stages of infection but manage to emerge from host cells and continue to propagate. Growing hyphal bodies can deform the plasmatocyte cell membrane (Gillespie et al., 2000; Hung and Boucias, 1992; Vilcinskas et al., 1997). Studies have also shown that during the infection process of entomopathogenic fungi in insects, the hemocyte count gradually decreases. For instance, during the infection of Thitarodes xiaojinensis by Ophiocordyceps sinensis, blastospores are the initial cell type present in the host hemocoel and remained for 5 months or more before transformation into hypha, which finally led to host death; and the increase in blastospores quantity coincidence with a decline in hemocyte count (Liu et al., 2019; Li et al., 2020).<br /> In a new set of experiments, we tested the ability of plasmatocytes to phagocytose M. anisopliae-GFP spores. We observed that plasmatocytes bind to the spores, but we did not obtain clear evidence of internalization (New Figure S1E,F). However, this assay was not sufficient to conclusively determine whether plasmatocytes internalize M. anisopliae spores, as GFP fluorescence may be quenched in acidic intracellular compartments. Because entomopathogenic fungi can affect hemocyte abundance, we also monitored the expression level of Hml, a hemocyte-specific marker, in flies following natural infection with B. bassiana, M. anisopliae, M. rileyi, and E. muscae at 2, 3, and 5 days post-infection (see figure below). We did not observe a reduction in hemocyte levels for any of these fungi except M. anisopliae. This suggests that M. anisopliae may reduce hemocyte numbers as a strategy to circumvent the cellular immune response. These results, although promising, were not included in the revised version of the manuscript, as a thorough analysis of the cellular immune response would require a dedicated study on its own.

      Figure: Expression of Hml by RT-qPCR upon natural infection with entomopathogenic fungi (figure not included in the revised manuscript)

      6. Is it possible that fungal toxins kill phagocytes during germination?

      There are indeed evidences that fungal toxins destruxins (DTXs) induce ultrastructural alterations of circulating plasmatocytes and sessile haemocytes of Galleria mellonella larvae. DTXs contribute to the fungal infection process by a true immune-inhibitory effect. This is evidenced by two key findings: first, the germination rate of injected Aspergillus niger spores was slightly but significantly enhanced; second, during incubation, the fungus demonstrated a greater ability to escape from the haemocyte-formed granuloma envelope (Vilcinskas et al., 1997; Vey et al., 2002). But in Drosophila, Destruxin does not appear to affect Drosophila cellular immune responses in vivo. Phagocytosis of E. coli bacterial particles in Destruxin-injected flies appeared to be the same as that seen in PBS-injected flies. The proliferation of bacteria in the Destruxin-injected flies was due to the lower expression of antimicrobial peptide genes suggesting that Destruxin A specifically suppressed the humoral immune response in Drosophila (Pal et al., 2007), which is consistent with major role of antimicrobial peptides in survival to fungi. This point is now discussed in the discussion with a new section on the cellular response to fungal infection.

      __Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):____ __

      This is an important work that provide new information on virulence mechanisms of entomopathogenic fungi and the host immune responses that mediate host protection. The authors should address my comments in the discussion and provide some additional evidence by using reporter fungal strains for hemocytes on whether these fungal pathogens completely bypass phagocytosis to invade the host. Therefore, rather than claiming that phagocytosis is not important it should be clarified whether phagocytes are directly involved in host defense or whether the fungus changes its cell wall surface to avoid this line of host defense. My expertise is on phagocyte biology and host-fungal interaction on human fungal pathogens.

      We have added more information showing that plasmatocytes of NimC1;eater larvae fail to bind to spores of M. anisopliae suggesting that this line provides an appropriate tool to assess phagocytosis. We have also analyzed the survival of flies depleted for plasmatocytes via the over-expression of bax, which revealed a mild role for plasmatocyte in defense against M. anisopliae but not B. bassiana. By performing additional experiments, we realized that analyzing the role of cellular immunity in host defense against these five fungi would require much more work and is beyond the scope of this study. We have however added in the revised version a para in the discussion on the the cellular response.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      This is a clearly written manuscript on the immune effector mechanisms regulating Drosophila melanogaster host defense against a broad range of fungal pathogens, including entomopathogenic and saprophytic filamentous fungi. The authors systematically dissect the contribution of major arms of Drosophila immunity, including cellular and humoral responses and melanization and potential mechanisms of cross talk using genetic tools and reporter lines. They also go into detail to characterize the contribution of upstream activators of these responses by fungal PAMPs and the role of antimicrobial effectors (AMPs) in fly susceptibility.

      They conclude for no important role of phagocytosis in host defense. Instead, they find important contributions of Toll pathway mainly through the detection of fungal proteases by Persephone rather than b-glucan detection by GNBP3. They also demonstrate that Toll activation is proportional to the virulence of the fungal pathogen, showing little activation of this response by Aspergillus fumigatus. Finally, they identify melanization as another line of host defense that restricts pathogen dissemination and protects fly from invasive fungal disease. A very interesting part of this study is the identification of a virulence strategy of the obligate fungus Entomophthora muscae, which employs a vegetative development strategy, by making protoplast that avoid immune recognition by masking immunostimulatory cell wall molecules to avoid immune recognition by Toll pathway until the very last stage of invasive growth. Overall, this is a very interesting study on host-pathogen interplay in Drosophila, shedding light onto novel pathogenetic mechanism employed by entomopathogenic fungi to adapt to their hosts.

      Major comments for the authors:

      1. The use of reporter fungal strains to capture the dynamic interplay of the pathogen and the different arms of the immune system precludes firm conclusions on the contribution of various immune response to infection. This should be emphasized in the discussion
      2. The route of infection and the method employed to inject fungal spores has an impact on the effector pathways being activated. For example, pricking introduces spores less efficiently in the hemolymph compared to microinjection. The inoculum size in case of microinjection also has profound impact in understanding the role of cellular and humoral immunity during the infection course. For example, the lack of Toll activation in the natural infection with A. fumigatus does not mean that this pathway is not important in host defense against this pathogen.
      3. The use of total KO strains does not preclude the cross talk of cellular and humoral immunity and consequently potential defects in cellular immunity upon deletion of a master regulator of the Toll pathway or even its downstream effectors
      4. Did the authors validate that NimC11; Eater1 flies are not able to phagocytose fungal spores?
      5. Is it possible that entomopathogenic fungi bypass phagocytosis as a virulence strategy by inducing large size germinating cells, which are not phagocytosed?
      6. Is it possible that fungal toxins kill phagocytes during germination?

      Significance

      This is an important work that provide new information on virulence mechanisms of entomopathogenic fungi and the host immune responses that mediate host protection. The authors should address my comments in the discussion and provide some additional evidence by using reporter fungal strains for hemocytes on whether these fungal pathogens completely bypass phagogytosis to invade the host. Therefore, rather than claiming that phagocytosis is not important it should be clarified whether phagocytes are directly involved in host defense or whether the fungus changes its cell wall surface to avoid this line of host defense. My expertise is on phagocyte biology and host-fungal interaction on human fungal pathogens.

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      In this work the authors describe the contribution of distinct immune responses in Drosophila melanogaster to systemic and natural infections with 5 fungal species with different lifestyles some being generalists infecting a broad range of insects while others being more specialists or opportunistic. The authors used several well characterized Drosophila mutants of the Toll, Imd, phagocytosis and melanization responses to address this question. They show that Toll pathway is the key player in anti-fungal resistance in both natural and septic infections, whereas melanization plays a minor role mainly during natural infections possibly to limit fungal invasion through the cuticle. The authors show elegantly using different combinations of mutants for antimicrobial peptides genes with antifungal activities that Bomanins and Daisho (1 and 2) are the main Toll effectors mediating resistance to fungi but the authors did not find specific fungus-by-gene interaction, but rather antifungal peptides seem to act in a more general fashion against the fungi tested with significant redundancies between certain classes. Interestingly the authors show that while generalists like Beauveria and Metarhizium strongly activate the Toll pathway, the specialist E. muscae weakly activates the pathway and the opportunistic A. fumigatus does not activate the pathway, indicating that certain fungal species are able to evade sensing by immune pathways. In the context of the Toll activation, the sensor protease Psh and not GNBP3 seem to be the main trigger of the pathway.

      Minor comments

      This is an interesting work that compares the contributions of different arms of the fly immune response to 5 fungal species with diverse lifestyles. The use of different lines with different combinations of mutant genes is a strength to highlight the relative contribution of each immune response. Some of the data obtained is intriguing and warrants more future investigations such as the distinct phenotypes of ModSp and GNBP3 mutants in E. muscae infections. The methodology is robust and the conclusions are supported with good experimental evidence. I do not see any major concerns with the work. I just have some minor comments listed below

      1. Statistical significance should be indicated on Figures 1 and 2, although it appears in the legend.
      2. It is not very accurate to use the term resistance of the different mutants to infections with the diverse fungal species in Figures 1 and 2 especially that the authors have reported only survival data in these figures and have not measured fungal proliferation in infected flies (although they did that in later figures). It is more accurate to mention that the mutants flies have different levels of tolerance rather than resistance to fungal infections.
      3. The authors show that Toll is over-activated in PPO1/PPO2 double mutant possibly through a negative feedback mechanism. However, there could be another explanation for this observation: For instance, the increased fungal proliferation in the PPO double mutant results in increased protease secretion by fungi enhancing Psh activation! Also, how can fungi manage to proliferate in this double mutant if Toll is overactivated? Could it be that Toll overactivation is triggering a fitness cost?
      4. In Lines 654-655, it is not accurate to say that E. muscae protoplasts are not detected by the immune response since E. muscae natural infections triggers Drs expression at 24 hpi and there is possibly some melanization taking place since PPO1 and PPO2 are required for defense against this fungus. A more accurate explanation is that this fungus is possibly more resistant to the effectors of the host immune response than the other fungi. I think a major point that the authors might have missed to consider in the discussion of their data is that the different fungi used herein may exhibit different levels of resilience to the effector reactions of the host such as AMPs and melanin deposition

      Significance

      Although the importance of Toll pathway and melanization in antifungal immunity is not new per se, this work adds to this knowledge by showing that Toll has the upper hand in anti-fungal immunity and that the strength of Toll pathway activation and its effector capacity may vary depending on the type of invading fungus. The work also highlights that certain fungi may employ a delayed switch to hyphal growth to reduce the presence of cell wall sugars as a mechanism to evade immune recognition. Overall, this work significantly adds to the knowledge of Drosophila immunity and raises some interesting questions related to the evolution of host-pathogen interactions and to the complex functions of serine protease cascades regulating Toll and melanization. This work will be of interest to a broad audience in the field of host-pathogen interactions

    1. 1. Prepare yourself to read the selection. 2. Read the selection. 3. Reread the selection. 4. Annotate the text with marginal notes. 5. Analyze the text with questions.

      These steps can be very helpful in understanding the information being read. Thoroughly following them will be beneficial.

    2. 1. Prepare yourself to read the selection. 2. Read the selection. 3. Reread the selection. 4. Annotate the text with marginal notes. 5. Analyze the text with questions

      This will be very helpful for me when reading a new selection. Having steps and actually incorporating them into reading will be very beneficial for me in this course.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Response to Reviewer 1:

      The authors introduce G2PT, a hierarchical graph transformer model that integrates genetic variants (SNPs), gene annotations, and multigenic systems (Gene Ontology) to predict and interpret complex traits.

      We thank the reviewer for this accurate summary of our approach and contributions.

      Major Comments:

      Comment 1-1. Insufficient Specification of Model Architecture: The description of the "hierarchical graph transformer" lacks technical depth. Key implementation details are missing: how node embeddings are initialized for SNPs, genes, and systems; how graph connectivity is defined at each level (e.g., adjacency matrices used in Equations 5-9, the sparsity); justification for the choice of embedding dimension and number of attention heads, including any sensitivity analysis; and the architecture of the feed-forward neural networks (e.g., number of layers, activation functions, and hidden dimensions).

      __Reply 1-1. __As requested, we have expanded the technical description of the model architecture, including the hierarchical graph transformer (HiGT), in the Materials and Methods section. Details regarding node initialization and hierarchical connectivity are now included in the new paragraph "Model Initialization and Graph Construction." Specifically, all node embeddings corresponding to SNPs, genes, and ontology-defined systems are initialized using uniform Xavier initialization (Glorot and Bengio, 2010).

      We have also clarified our hyperparameter optimization strategy. Learning rate, weight decay, hidden (embedding) dimension, and the number of attention heads were selected via grid search, as summarized in new Supplementary Fig. 8, reproduced below. Based on both performance and computational efficiency, we adopted four attention heads-consistent with the configuration commonly used in academic transformer models (Vaswani et al., 2017) (the original Transformer used eight).

      Regarding the feed-forward neural network, we follow the standard Transformer architecture consisting of two position-wise layers with hidden dimension four times larger than the node embedding size and a GeLU nonlinear activation function (Hendrycks and Gimpel, 2016). This configuration is widely established in the literature and functions as an intermediate processing step following attention; therefore, it is not a focus of hyperparameter tuning. All corresponding updates have been incorporated into the revised Methods section for clarity and completeness.

      Comment 1-2. No Simulation Studies to Validate Epistasis Detection: The ground truth epistasis interaction should use the ones that have been manually validated by literature. The central claim of discovering epistatic interactions relies heavily on the model's attention mechanism and downstream statistical filtering. However, no simulation studies are presented to validate that G2PT can reliably detect epistasis when ground-truth interactions are known. Demonstrating robust detection of non-additive interactions under varying genetic architectures and noise levels in simulated genotype-phenotype datasets is essential to substantiate the method's core capability.

      Reply 1-2. We agree that a simulation of epistasis detection using the G2PT model is a worthy addition to the manuscript. Accordingly, we have now incorporated a new section in the Results titled "Validation of Epistasis through Simulation Studies", which includes two new figures reproduced below (Supplementary Fig. 6 and Fig. 5). We have also added a new Methods section to describe this simulation study under the heading "Epistasis Simulation". These simulation studies show that G2PT recovers epistatic gene pairs with high fidelity when these pairs are coherent with the systems ontology (c.f. 'ontology coherence' in Supplementary Fig. 6, which reflects the probability that both SNPs are assigned to the same leaf system). Furthermore, G2PT outcompetes previous tools, such as PLINK-epistasis, which do not use knowledge of the systems hierarchy in the same way (Supplementary Fig 6b-d). Using simulation parameters consistent with current genome-wide association studies (n = 400,000) and understanding of heritability (h2 = 0.3 to 0.5) (Bloom et al. 2015; Speed and Evans 2023), we find that approximately 10% of all epistatic SNP pairs can be recovered at a precision of 50% (Fig. 5). We have provided the source code for this simulation study in our GitHub repository (https://github.com/idekerlab/G2PT/blob/master/Epistasis_simulation.ipynb)

      Comment 1-3. Lack of Justification for Model Complexity and Missing Ablation Insights: While Supplementary Figure 2 presents ablation studies, the manuscript needs to justify the high computational cost (168 GPU hours using 4×A30 GPUs) of the full model. It remains unclear how much performance gain is specifically due to reverse propagation (Equations 8-9), which is claimed to capture biological context. The benefit of using a full Gene Ontology hierarchy versus a flat system list is not quantified. There is also no comparison between bidirectional versus unidirectional propagation. Overall, the added complexity is not empirically shown to be necessary

      Reply 1-3. We thank the reviewer for prompting a clearer justification of complexity and ablations. We have now revised the Results to (i) quantify the specific value of the ontology and reverse propagation, and (ii) explain why a flat SNP→system model is computationally and biologically sub-optimal. We have added new ablation results to compare bidirectional (forward+reverse) versus forward-only propagation. Reverse propagation has little effect when epistatic pairs are within one system (ontology coherence ρ=1.0) but substantially improves retrieval when interactions span related systems (e.g., ρ≈0.8) (Figure reproduced below) A flat design scores a dense genes×systems map, ignoring known sparsity (sparse SNP→gene assignments; sparse ontology edges) and losing multi-scale context; our hierarchical formulation restricts computation to observed edges (SNP→gene→system) and aggregates signals across levels, yielding better efficiency and biological fidelity.

      Comment 1-4. Non-Equivalent Benchmarking Against PRS Methods: Figure 2 compares G2PT to polygenic risk score (PRS) methods such as LDpred2 and Lassosum, but G2PT is run only on SNPs pre-filtered by marginal association (p-values between 10⁻⁵ and 10⁻⁸), while the PRS methods use genome-wide SNPs. This introduces a strong bias in G2PT's favor by effectively removing noise. A fair comparison would require: (a) running LDpred2 and Lassosum on the same pre-filtered SNP sets as G2PT, or (b) running G2PT on genome-wide or LD-pruned SNP sets. The reported superior performance of G2PT may be driven primarily by this input filtering, not the model architecture.

      Reply 1-4. We appreciate the reviewer's concern regarding benchmarking equivalence. In response, we have extended our analyses to include PRS-CS (Ge et al., 2019) and SBayesRC (Zheng et al., 2024), two state-of-the-art Bayesian shrinkage methods comparable to LDpred2 and Lassosum. Although we initially attempted to run LDpred2 and Lassosum under all SNP-filtering conditions, their computational requirements at UK Biobank scale proved prohibitively time consuming. We therefore focused on PRS-CS and SBayesRC, which offer similar modeling principles with greater computational tractability. These methods have now been run at matched SNP-filtering conditions to our original study. The new results demonstrate that G2PT consistently outperforms PRS-CS and SBayesRC (new Fig. 2, reproduced below), indicating that its performance advantage is not solely attributable to SNP pre-filtering but also to its hierarchical attention-based architecture.

      Comment 1-5: No Details on Hyperparameter Optimization: Although the manuscript mentions grid search for hyperparameter tuning, it provides no information about which parameters were optimized (e.g., learning rate, dropout rate, weight decay, attention dropout, FFNN dimensions), what search space was explored, or what final values were selected. There is also no assessment of how sensitive the model's performance is to these choices. Better transparency would help facilitate reproducibility

      Reply 1-5. We agree with the reviewer and have expanded the manuscript to include full details of hyperparameter optimization. As described in the revised Methods section, we performed a grid search over learning rate {10−3,10−4,10−5} hidden dimension {64,128} and weight decay {0,10−5,10−3}. The results, summarized in Supplementary Fig. 8 (reproduced above), show that model performance is most sensitive to the learning rate, while hidden dimension and weight decay exert more moderate effects. Based on these findings, we selected a learning rate of 10−5, hidden dimension of 64, and weight decay of 10−3 for all subsequent experiments. Although a hidden dimension of 128 slightly improved performance, we adopted 64 to balance predictive accuracy with computational efficiency.

      Comment 1-6. Absence of Control for Key Confounders: In interpreting attention scores as reflecting genetic relevance (e.g., the role of the immunoglobulin system), the model includes only age, sex, and genetic principal components as covariates. Important confounders such as BMI, alcohol use, or medication (e.g., statins) have not been controlled for. Since TG/HDL levels are strongly influenced by environment and lifestyle, it is entirely plausible that some high-attention features reflect environmental tagging, not biological causality.

      Reply 1-6. In the current framework, we included age, sex, and genetic principal components to account for demographic and population-structure effects, focusing on genetic contributions within a controlled baseline. We acknowledge that non-genetic covariates can influence downstream biological states and may indirectly shape attention at the gene or system level. Accurately modeling such effects requires an extended framework where environmental variables directly modulate gene and system embeddings rather than being implicitly absorbed by the attention mechanism. We have clarified these limitations in the Discussion along with plans to incorporate explicit confounder modeling in future extensions of G2PT.

      Comment 1-7. Oversimplified Treatment of SNP-to-Gene Mapping: The SNP-to-gene mapping strategy combines cS2G, eQTL, and nearest-gene annotations, but the limitations of this approach are not adequately addressed. The manuscript does not specify how conflicts between methods are resolved or what fraction of SNPs map ambiguously to multiple genes. Supplementary Figure 2 shows model performance degrades when using only nearest-gene mapping, but there is no systematic analysis of how mapping uncertainties propagate through the hierarchy and affect attention or interpretation.

      Reply 1-7. In the revision (Results), we have clarified how conflicts between cS2G, eQTL, and nearest-gene annotations are resolved, and we have reported the proportion of SNPs that map to multiple genes across these three annotation approaches. We note that the hierarchical attention mechanism enables the model to prioritize among alternative gene mappings in a data-driven manner, and this is a major strength of the approach. As shown in Fig. 3 (Results, reproduced below), SNP-to-gene attention weights reveal dominant linkages, reducing the impact of mapping uncertainty on interpretation. We now explicitly describe this mechanism and acknowledge that further work in probabilistic mapping and fine-mapping approaches is a valuable future direction for improving resolution and interpretability.

      "For SNPs with several potential SNP-to-gene mappings (Methods), we found that G2PT often prioritized one of these genes in particular due to its membership in a high-attention system. For example, the chr11q23.3 locus contains multiple genes including the APOA1/C3/A4/A5 gene cluster (Fig. 3c) which is well-known to govern lipid transport, an important system for G2PT predictions (Fig. 3a). Due to high linkage disequilibrium in the region, all of its associated SNPs had multiple alternative gene mappings available. For example, SNP rs1145189 mapped not only to APOA5 but to the more proximal BUD13, a gene functioning in spliceosomal assembly (a system receiving substantially lower G2PT attention). Here, the relevant information flow learned by G2PT was from rs1145189 to APOA5 to lipid transport and protein-lipid complex remodeling (Fig. 3c; and conversely, deprioritizing BUD13 as an effector gene for TG/HDL). We found that this particular genetic flow was corroborated by exome sequencing, which implicates APOA5 but not BUD13 in regulation of TG/HDL, using data that were not available to G2PT. Similarly, two other SNPs at this locus - rs518547 and rs11216169 - had potential mappings to their closest gene SIK3, where they reside within an intron, but also to regulatory elements for the more distant lipid transport genes APOC3 and APOA4. Here, G2PT preferentially weighted the mappings to APOC3 and APOA4 rather than to SIK3 (Fig. 3c)."

      Comment 1-8. Naive Scoring of System Importance: The method used to quantify the biological relevance of systems (i.e., correlating attention scores with predicted phenotype values) risks circular reasoning. Since the model is trained to optimize prediction, systems that contribute strongly to prediction will naturally show high correlation-even if they are not biologically causal. No comparison is made with established gene set enrichment methods applied to GWAS summary statistics. The approach lacks an independent benchmark to validate that the "important" systems are biologically meaningful.

      Reply 1-8. As requested, we compared G2PT's system-level importance scores with results from MAGMA competitive gene-set analysis, an established enrichment approach. This analysis indeed shows significant correlation between the systems identified by the two approaches (ρ = 0.26, p .01; Supplementary Table. 2), reflecting a shared emphasis on canonical lipid processes. We also observed systems detected by G2PT but not strongly detected by MAGMA's linear enrichment model-for example, the lipopolysaccharide-mediated signaling pathway (Kalita et al. 2022)

      Comment 1-9. No External Validation to Assess Generalizability. All evaluations are performed using cross-validation within the UK Biobank. There is no assessment of generalizability to independent cohorts or diverse ancestries. Given population structure, genotyping platform, and phenotype measurement variability, external validation is essential before claiming the method is suitable for broader use in polygenic risk assessment.

      Reply 1-9. To externally validate the G2PT model requires individual level genotype data with paired TG/HDL measurements, sample size at the scale of the UK Biobank, and GPU access to this data. Thus, we approached the All of Us program, a large and diverse cohort with individual level data and T2D conditions with HbA1C measurements. We first processed the All of Us genotype and phenotype data as we had processed UKBB data (Methods), resulting in 41,849 participants with T2D and 80,491 without T2D across various ethnicities. We then transferred the trained T2D G2PT model to the AoU Workbench and evaluated its performance. The model demonstrated robust discriminative capability with an explained variance of 0.025, as shown in the new Fig. 2d, (reproduced above).

      Comment 1-10. Computational Burden and Scalability Are Not Addressed: The paper notes that training the model requires 168 GPU hours on 4×A30 GPUs for just ~5,000 SNPs. However, there is no discussion of whether G2PT can scale to larger SNP sets (e.g., genome-wide imputed data) or more complex biological hierarchies (e.g., Reactome pathways). Without addressing scalability, the model's applicability to real-world, large-scale genomic datasets remains unclear.

      Reply 1-10. We have addressed scalability with both engineering optimizations and new scalability experiments. First, we refactored the model to use the xFormer memory-efficient attention for the hierarchical graph transformer (Lefaudeux et al., 2022), which also helps full parallelization of training, reducing bottlenecks. Second, we added a scaling study with progressively increasing SNP count. On 4×A30 GPUs, end-to-end training time for the 5k-SNP setting decreased from 4000 to 400 min. (approximately 7 GPU-hours, ×10). These new results are given in Supplementary Fig. 7, reproduced below.

      Minor Comment:

      Comment 1-11. Attention Weights as Mechanistic Insight: The paper equates high attention scores with biological importance, for example in highlighting the immunoglobulin system. There is no causal validation showing that altering the highlighted SNPs, genes, or systems has an actual effect on TG/HDL. Attention weights in transformer models are known to sometimes reflect spurious correlations, especially in high-dimensional settings. The correlation between attention scores and predictions (Supplementary Fig. 3a,b) does not constitute biological evidence. The interpretability claims can be restated without supporting functional or causal validation.

      Reply 1-11. We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. We agree that attention weights are not causal evidence. In the revision, we (1) reframe attention-based findings as hypothesis-generating rather than mechanistic, and (2) add an explicit limitation noting that correlations between attention scores and predictions do not constitute biological validation.

      Response to Reviewer 2:

      This manuscript describes the introduction of the Genotype-to-Phenotype Transformer (G2PT), described by the authors as "a framework for modeling hierarchical information flow among variants, genes, multigenic systems, and phenotypes." The authors used the ratio TG/HDL as a trait for proof of concept of this tool.

      This is a potentially interesting computational tool of interest to bioinformaticians, computational genomicists, and biologists.

      We thank the reviewer for their overall positive assessment of our study.

      Comment 2-1. The rationale for choosing the TG/HDL ratio for this proof of concept analysis is not well justified beyond it being a marker for insulin resistance. Overall the use of a ratio may be problematic (see below). Analyses of TG and HDL separately as individual quantitative traits would be of interest. And an analysis of a dichotomous clinical trait (T2DM or CAD) would also be of great interest.

      Reply 2-1. We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. In the revised manuscript, we have expanded our analyses beyond the TG/HDL ratio to include TG and HDL as individual quantitative traits (Fig. 2, reproduced below). These additional analyses demonstrate that G2PT captures predictive signals robustly across each lipid component, not solely through their ratio. Furthermore, to address the reviewer's interest in clinical outcomes, we incorporated an analysis of type 2 diabetes (T2D) as a dichotomous trait of direct clinical relevance. Collectively, these results strengthen the rationale for our chosen phenotype and show that the G2PT framework generalizes effectively across quantitative and binary traits, consistently outperforming advanced PRS and machine learning benchmarks.

      Comment 2-2. The approach to mapping SNPs to genes does not incorporate the most advanced approaches. This should be described in more detail.

      Reply 2-2. We agree that the choice of SNP-to-gene mapping materially affects both performance and interpretability-indeed, our epistasis simulations suggest that more accurate mappings can improve recovery and localization. In this proof-of-concept work we use a straightforward, modular mapping sufficient to demonstrate the modeling framework, and we have clarified this in the Methods. The architecture is designed to plug-and-play alternative SNP-to-gene maps (e.g., eQTL/colocalization-based assignments, promoter-capture Hi-C). A dedicated follow-up study will systematically compare these alternatives and quantify their impact on attribution and downstream discovery.

      Comment 2-3. The example of gene prioritization at the A1/C3/A4/A5 gene locus is not particularly illuminating, as the prioritized genes are already well-known to influence TG and HDL-C levels and the TG/HDL ratio. Can the authors provide an example where G2PT prioritized a gene at a locus that is not already a well-known regulator of TG and HDL metabolism?

      Reply 2-3. We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have revised the manuscript to de-emphasize the well-established APOA1 locus and instead highlight the less expected "Positive regulation of immunoglobulin production" system (Figure 3a,b, Discussion). Here our model prioritizes the gene TNFSF13 based on specific variants that are not previously associated with TG or HDL (e.g., rs5030405, rs1858406, shown in blue). This finding points to an intriguing, non-canonical link between B-cell regulation and lipid metabolism. While full exploration of this finding is beyond the scope of the present methods paper, this example demonstrates G2PT's ability to identify novel, high-priority candidates in atypical systems.

      Comment 2-4. The identification of epistatic interactions is a potentially interesting application of G2PT. However, suppl table 1 shows a very limited number of such interactions with even fewer genes, and most of these are well established biological interactions (such as LPL/apoA5). The TGFB1 and FKBP1A interaction is interesting and should be discussed. What is needed for increasing the number of potential interactions, greater power?

      Reply 2-4. We are glad the reviewer appreciates the use of the G2PT model to identify epistatic interactions. We have now discussed a potential mechanism of epistasis between TGFB1 and FKBP1A in the protein dephosphorylation system (Discussion). In addition, we have addressed the reviewer's question about statistical power through extensive epistasis simulations (Fig. 5 and Supplementary Fig. 6), which show that G2PT's detection ability scales strongly with sample size-1,000 samples are insufficient, performance improves at 5,000, and power becomes reliable at 100,000. Realistic simulations (Fig. 5b-d) further demonstrate that under biologically plausible architectures, G2PT can robustly recover specific interactions even within complex genetic backgrounds

      Comment 2-5. Furthermore, the use of the TG/HDL ratio for the assessment of epistatic interactions may be problematic. For example, if one SNP affected only TG and the other only HDL-C, it would appear to be an epistatic interaction with regard to the ratio, although the biological epistasis may be limited to non-existent.

      Reply 2-5. We have greatly expanded the example phenotypes modeled in our study, Please see our reply 2-1 above.

      Response to Reviewer 3:

      This manuscript by Lee et al provides a sensible and powerful approach to polygenic score prediction. The model aggregates information from SNPs to genes to systems, using a transformer based architecture, which appears to increase predictive performance, produce interpretable outputs of genes and systems that underlie risk, and identify candidates for epistasis tests.

      I think the manuscript is clear and well written, and conducted via state-of-the-art approaches. I don't have any concerns regarding the claims that are made.

      We thank the reviewer for their very positive assessment of our study.

      Major comments:

      Comment 3-1. Specifically, lipid based traits are perhaps the most well-powered and the most biologically coherent; they are also very well-studied biologically and thus overrepresented in the gene ontology. It is unclear whether this approach will work as well for a trait like Schizophrenia for which the underlying pathways are not as well captured in existing ontologies. The authors anticipate this in their limitations section, and I am not expecting them to solve every issue with this, but it would be nice to expand the testing a little bit beyond only this one trait.

      Reply 3-1. We appreciate the reviewer's suggestion to expand beyond a single lipid trait. In the revised manuscript, we have included analyses of additional phenotypes, including low-density lipoprotein (LDL) and T2D (Fig. 2). These additions demonstrate the broader applicability of our framework beyond a single trait class.

      Comment 3-2. It also seems like the authors have not compared their method to the truly latest PRS methods, such as PRS-CSx and SBayesR. I would suggest adding some of the methods shown to be the best from this recent paper: https://www.nature.com/articles/s41598-025-02903-1

      Reply 3-2. We agree these are important comparators. Accordingly, we have extended our comparison to include PRS‑CS (Ge et al., 2019) and SBayesRC (Zheng et al., 2024), following its strong performance demonstrated in recent benchmarking studies (see Figure 2 above). We confirmed that G2PT outperforms advanced PRS methods for all TG/HDL ratio, LDL, and T2D phenotypes.

      Comment 3-3. Another major comment regards whether this method could be applied to traits with just GWAS summary statistics, rather than individual level data. This would not enable identification of specific methods underlying an individual, but it could still learn SNP based weights that could be mapped to genes and systems that could help explain risk when the model is applied to individuals (kind of like a pretraining step?)

      Reply 3-3. We appreciate this suggestion. While SNP weights from GWAS summary statistics could, in principle, serve as informative priors for attention values, incorporating them would require a sophisticated mathematical formulation that is beyond the scope of this study. Our current framework also relies on individual-level genotype and phenotype data to capture multilevel information flow and individual-specific variation.

      Minor comments:

      Comment 3-4. Why the need to constrain to a small number of SNPs? Is it just computational cost? If so, what would happen as power increases and more SNPs exceed the thresholds used?

      Reply 3-4. Yes, it's about computational cost, but we've now modified the code for improved computational efficiency. First, we refactored the model to use the xFormer memory-efficient attention for the hierarchical graph transformer (Lefaudeux et al., 2022), which also helps full parallelization of training, reducing bottleneck effects. Second, we added a scaling study of the impact of varying SNP count. On 4×A30 GPUs, end-to-end training time for the 5k-SNP setting decreased from 65 hours to 7 GPU-hours (×9). We expect performance can potentially increase if more SNPs are provided to the model based on Fig. 2 (reproduced above). With the optimized implementation, users can raise SNP thresholds as power increases; the expected behavior is improved accuracy up to a plateau, while hierarchical sparsity maintains training tractability and ensures well-regularized results.

      Comment 3-5. What type of sample size/power does this method require to work well? If others were to use it, how many SNPs/samples would be needed to obtain good performance?

      Reply 3-5. To address this comment, we quantified performance as a function of training size by subsampling the cohort and retraining G2PT with identical architecture and SNP set. New Supplementary Fig. 3 (reproduced below) shows monotonic gains with sample size across three representative phenotypes. We found that stable performance is reached by ~100k samples. These trends hold for continuous traits (TG/HDL, LDL) and more modestly for a binary trait (T2D), consistent with lower per-sample information for case-control settings.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      This manuscript describes the introduction of the Genotype-to-Phenotype Transformer (G2PT), described by the authors as "a framework for modeling hierarchical information flow among variants, genes, multigenic systems, and phenotypes." The authors used the ratio TG/HDL as a trait for proof of concept of this tool.

      Specific comments:

      1. The rationale for choosing the TG/HDL ratio for this proof of concept analysis is not well justified beyond it being a marker for insulin resistance. Overall the use of a ratio may be problematic (see below). Analyses of TG and HDL separately as individual quantitative traits would be of interest. And an analysis of a dichotomous clinical trait (T2DM or CAD) would also be of great interest.
      2. The approach to mapping SNPs to genes does not incorporate the most advanced approaches. This should be described in more detail.
      3. The example of gene prioritization at the A1/C3/A4/A5 gene locus is not particularly illuminating, as the prioritized genes are already well-known to influence TG and HDL-C levels and the TG/HDL ratio. Can the authors provide an example where G2PT prioritized a gene at a locus that is not already a well-known regulator of TG and HDL metabolism?
      4. The identification of epistatic interactions is a potentially interesting application of G2PT. However, suppl table 1 shows a very limited number of such interactions with even fewer genes, and most of these are well established biological interactions (such as LPL/apoA5). The TGFB1 and FKBP1A interaction is interesting and should be discussed. What is needed for increasing the number of potential interactions, greater power?
      5. Furthermore, the use of the TG/HDL ratio for the assessment of epistatic interactions may be problematic. For example, if one SNP affected only TG and the other only HDL-C, it would appear to be an epistatic interaction with regard to the ratio, although the biological epistasis may be limited to non-existent.

      Significance

      This is a potentially interesting computational tool of interest to bioinformaticians, computational genomicists, and biologists.

      The proof of concept offered here using a single ratio is not sufficient to conclude its potential utility.

      My expertise is in genetics and molecular mechanisms of lipid metabolism.

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      The authors introduce G2PT, a hierarchical graph transformer model that integrates genetic variants (SNPs), gene annotations, and multigenic systems (Gene Ontology) to predict and interpret complex traits.

      Major Comments:

      1. Insufficient Specification of Model Architecture: The description of the "hierarchical graph transformer" lacks technical depth. Key implementation details are missing: how node embeddings are initialized for SNPs, genes, and systems; how graph connectivity is defined at each level (e.g., adjacency matrices used in Equations 5-9, the sparsity); justification for the choice of embedding dimension and number of attention heads, including any sensitivity analysis; and the architecture of the feed-forward neural networks (e.g., number of layers, activation functions, and hidden dimensions).
      2. No Simulation Studies to Validate Epistasis Detection: The ground truth epistasis interaction should use the ones that have been manually validated by literature. The central claim of discovering epistatic interactions relies heavily on the model's attention mechanism and downstream statistical filtering. However, no simulation studies are presented to validate that G2PT can reliably detect epistasis when ground-truth interactions are known. Demonstrating robust detection of non-additive interactions under varying genetic architectures and noise levels in simulated genotype-phenotype datasets is essential to substantiate the method's core capability.
      3. Lack of Justification for Model Complexity and Missing Ablation Insights: While Supplementary Figure 2 presents ablation studies, the manuscript needs to justify the high computational cost (168 GPU hours using 4×A30 GPUs) of the full model. It remains unclear how much performance gain is specifically due to reverse propagation (Equations 8-9), which is claimed to capture biological context. The benefit of using a full Gene Ontology hierarchy versus a flat system list is not quantified. There is also no comparison between bidirectional versus unidirectional propagation. Overall, the added complexity is not empirically shown to be necessary.
      4. Non-Equivalent Benchmarking Against PRS Methods: Figure 2 compares G2PT to polygenic risk score (PRS) methods such as LDpred2 and Lassosum, but G2PT is run only on SNPs pre-filtered by marginal association (p-values between 10⁻⁵ and 10⁻⁸), while the PRS methods use genome-wide SNPs. This introduces a strong bias in G2PT's favor by effectively removing noise. A fair comparison would require: (a) running LDpred2 and Lassosum on the same pre-filtered SNP sets as G2PT, or (b) running G2PT on genome-wide or LD-pruned SNP sets. The reported superior performance of G2PT may be driven primarily by this input filtering, not the model architecture.
      5. No Details on Hyperparameter Optimization: Although the manuscript mentions grid search for hyperparameter tuning, it provides no information about which parameters were optimized (e.g., learning rate, dropout rate, weight decay, attention dropout, FFNN dimensions), what search space was explored, or what final values were selected. There is also no assessment of how sensitive the model's performance is to these choices. Better transparency would help facilitate reproducibility
      6. Absence of Control for Key Confounders: In interpreting attention scores as reflecting genetic relevance (e.g., the role of the immunoglobulin system), the model includes only age, sex, and genetic principal components as covariates. Important confounders such as BMI, alcohol use, or medication (e.g., statins) have not been controlled for. Since TG/HDL levels are strongly influenced by environment and lifestyle, it is entirely plausible that some high-attention features reflect environmental tagging, not biological causality.
      7. Oversimplified Treatment of SNP-to-Gene Mapping: The SNP-to-gene mapping strategy combines cS2G, eQTL, and nearest-gene annotations, but the limitations of this approach are not adequately addressed. The manuscript does not specify how conflicts between methods are resolved or what fraction of SNPs map ambiguously to multiple genes. Supplementary Figure 2 shows model performance degrades when using only nearest-gene mapping, but there is no systematic analysis of how mapping uncertainties propagate through the hierarchy and affect attention or interpretation.
      8. Naive Scoring of System Importance: The method used to quantify the biological relevance of systems (i.e., correlating attention scores with predicted phenotype values) risks circular reasoning. Since the model is trained to optimize prediction, systems that contribute strongly to prediction will naturally show high correlation-even if they are not biologically causal. No comparison is made with established gene set enrichment methods applied to GWAS summary statistics. The approach lacks an independent benchmark to validate that the "important" systems are biologically meaningful.
      9. No External Validation to Assess Generalizability: All evaluations are performed using cross-validation within the UK Biobank. There is no assessment of generalizability to independent cohorts or diverse ancestries. Given population structure, genotyping platform, and phenotype measurement variability, external validation is essential before claiming the method is suitable for broader use in polygenic risk assessment.
      10. Computational Burden and Scalability Are Not Addressed: The paper notes that training the model requires 168 GPU hours on 4×A30 GPUs for just ~5,000 SNPs. However, there is no discussion of whether G2PT can scale to larger SNP sets (e.g., genome-wide imputed data) or more complex biological hierarchies (e.g., Reactome pathways). Without addressing scalability, the model's applicability to real-world, large-scale genomic datasets remains unclear.

      Minor:

      1. Attention Weights as Mechanistic Insight: The paper equates high attention scores with biological importance, for example in highlighting the immunoglobulin system. There is no causal validation showing that altering the highlighted SNPs, genes, or systems has an actual effect on TG/HDL. Attention weights in transformer models are known to sometimes reflect spurious correlations, especially in high-dimensional settings. The correlation between attention scores and predictions (Supplementary Fig. 3a,b) does not constitute biological evidence. The interpretability claims can be restated without supporting functional or causal validation.

      Significance

      Novelty

      This work presents novelty by introducing the first transformer-based model that integrates the GO hierarchy to enable bidirectional mapping between genotype and phenotype. Additionally, the use of attention mechanisms to screen for epistasis offers a novel and computationally efficient alternative to traditional exhaustive SNP-SNP interaction tests.

      Impact

      Target Audience

      • Specialized: Computational biologists working on interpretable machine learning methods in genomics.
      • Broader: Geneticists investigating polygenic traits and drug developers focusing on pathway-level therapeutic targets.

      Limitations vs. Contributions

      While the work presents a clear conceptual advance by incorporating hierarchical biological priors and attention mechanisms, the technical contribution is somewhat limited by its validation on a single trait and the absence of simulation-based benchmarking. Nevertheless, the framework shows potential if extended to other traits and experimentally validated.

      Overall Assessment

      Recommendation: Major Revision

      Strengths:

      • Predictive performance appears strong.
      • The use of biological priors enables interpretability at the pathway level.

      Major Weaknesses:

      • The current validation is limited to a single trait, restricting generalizability.
      • The manuscript lacks a complete and clear description of the model architecture.
      • No simulations are provided to assess the method's ability to recover known epistatic interactions or pathways.

      Reviewer Expertise: Machine learning applications in genomics and genetics.

    1. Solid foods should be avoided for 6 hours, clear liquids for 2-3 hours, and dark liquidsfor 4 hours before sedation

      Solid foods should be avoided for 6 hours, clear liquids for 2–3 hours, and dark liquids for 4 hours before sedation. Sedasyondan önce:

      Katı gıdalar: 6 saat

      Berrak sıvılar (su gibi): 2–3 saat

      Koyu sıvılar (süt, meyve suyu vb.): 4 saat süreyle verilmemelidir.

    Annotators

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Fungal survival and pathogenicity rely on the ability to undergo reversible morphological transitions, which are often linked to nutrient availability. In this study, the authors uncover a conserved connection between glycolytic activity and sulfur amino acid biosynthesis that drives morphogenesis in two fungal model systems. By disentangling this process from canonical cAMP signaling, the authors identify a new metabolic axis that integrates central carbon metabolism with developmental plasticity and virulence.

      Strengths:

      The study integrates different experimental approaches, including genetic, biochemical, transcriptomic, and morphological analyses, and convincingly demonstrates that perturbations in glycolysis alter sulfur metabolic pathways and thus impact pseudohyphal and hyphal differentiation. Overall, this work offers new and important insights into how metabolic fluxes are intertwined with fungal developmental programs and therefore opens new perspectives to investigate morphological transitioning in fungi.

      We thank the reviewer for finding this study to be of importance and for appreciating our multipronged approach to substantiate our finding that perturbations in glycolysis alter sulfur metabolism and thus impact pseudohyphal and hyphal differentiation in fungi.

      Weaknesses:

      A few aspects could be improved to strengthen the conclusions. Firstly, the striking transcriptomic changes observed upon 2DG treatment should be analyzed in S. cerevisiae adh1 and pfk1 deletion strains, for instance, through qPCR or western blot analyses of sulfur metabolism genes, to confirm that observed changes in 2DG conditions mirror those seen in genetic mutants. Secondly, differences between methionine and cysteine in their ability to rescue the mutant phenotype in both species are not mentioned, nor discussed in more detail. This is especially important as there seem to be differences between S. cerevisiae and C. albicans, which might point to subtle but specific metabolic adaptations.

      The authors are also encouraged to refine several figure elements for clarity and comparability (e.g., harmonized axes in bar plots), condense the discussion to emphasize the conceptual advances over a summary of the results, and shorten figure legends.

      We are grateful for this valuable and constructive feedback, and we agree with the reviewer on the necessity of performing RT-qPCR analysis of sulfur metabolism genes in ∆∆pfk1 and ∆∆adh1 strains of S. cerevisiae to validate our RNA-Seq results using 2DG. We have performed this experiment, and our results show that several genes involved in the de novo biosynthesis of sulfur-containing amino acids are downregulated in both the ∆∆pfk1 and ∆∆adh1 strains, corroborating the downregulation of sulfur metabolism genes in the 2DG treated samples. This new data is now included in the revised manuscript as Supplementary Figure 2C. 

      Furthermore, we acknowledge the reviewer’s point regarding the significance of comparing the differences in the ability of methionine and cysteine to rescue filamentation defects exhibited by the mutants, between S. cerevisiae and C. albicans. The observed differences between S. cerevisiae and C. albicans likely highlight species-specific metabolic adaptations within the sulfur assimilation pathway.  While both yeasts employ the transsulfuration pathway to interconvert these sulfur-containing amino acids, the precise regulatory points including the specific enzymes, their compartmentalization, and transcriptional control are not identical. For instance, differences in the feedback inhibition mechanisms or the expression levels of key transsulfuration enzymes between S. cerevisiae and C. albicans could explain the variations in the phenotypic rescue experiments (Chebaro et al., 2017; Lombardi et al., 2024; Rouillon et al., 2000; Shrivastava et al., 2021; Thomas and Surdin-Kerjan, 1997). Furthermore, the species-specific differences in amino acid transport systems (permeases) adds another layer of complexity. S. cerevisiae primarily uses multiple, low-affinity permeases for cysteine transport (Gap1, Bap2, Bap3, Tat1, Tat2, Agp1, Gnp1, Yct1), while relying on a limited set of high-affinity transporters (like Mup1) for methionine transport, with the added complexity that its methionine transporters can also transport cysteine (Düring-Olsen et al., 1999; Huang et al., 2017; Kosugi et al., 2001; Menant et al., 2006). In contrast, C. albicans utilizes a high-affinity transporters for the uptake of both amino acids, employing Cyn1 specifically for cysteine and Mup1 for methionine, indicating a greater reliance on dedicated transport mechanisms for these sulfur-containing molecules in the pathogenic yeast (Schrevens et al., 2018; Yadav and Bachhawat, 2011). A combination of the aforesaid factors could be the potential reason for the differences in the ability of cysteine and methionine to rescue filamentation in S. cerevisiae and C. albicans.

      Finally, we have enhanced the quantitative rigor and clarity of the data presentation in the revised manuscript by implementing Y-axis uniformity across all relevant bar graphs to facilitate a more robust and direct comparative analysis. We have also condensed the discussion to emphasize the conceptual advances and have shortened the figure legends as per the reviewer suggestions

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript investigates the interplay between glycolysis and sulfur metabolism in regulating fungal morphogenesis and virulence. Using both Saccharomyces cerevisiae and Candida albicans, the authors demonstrate that glycolytic flux is essential for morphogenesis under nitrogen-limiting conditions, acting independently of the established cAMP-PKA pathway. Transcriptomic and genetic analyses reveal that glycolysis influences the de novo biosynthesis of sulfur-containing amino acids, specifically cysteine and methionine. Notably, supplementation with sulfur sources restores morphogenetic and virulence defects in glycolysis-deficient mutants, thereby linking core carbon metabolism with sulfur assimilation and fungal pathogenicity.

      Strengths:

      The work identifies a previously uncharacterized link between glycolysis and sulfur metabolism in fungi, bridging metabolic and morphogenetic regulation, which is an important conceptual advance and fungal pathogenicity. Demonstrating that adding cysteine supplementation rescues virulence defects in animal models connects basic metabolism to infection outcomes, which adds to biomedical importance.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for the positive comments on our work. We are pleased that they recognize the novel metabolic link between glycolysis and sulfur metabolism as a key conceptual advance in fungal morphogenesis. 

      Weaknesses:

      The proposed model that glycolytic flux modulates Met30 activity post-translationally remains speculative. While data support Met4 stabilization in met30 deletion strains, the mechanism of Met30 modulation by glycolysis is not demonstrated.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable feedback. The activity of the SCF<sup>Met30</sup> E3 ubiquitin ligase, mediated by the F box protein Met30, is dynamically regulated through both proteolytic degradation and its dissociation from the SCF complex, to coordinate sulfur metabolism and cell cycle progression (Smothers et al., 2000; Yen et al., 2005). Our transcriptomic (RNA-seq analysis) and protein expression analysis (Fig. 3J) confirms that Met30 expression is not differentially regulated in the presence of 2DG, effectively eliminating changes in synthesis or SCF<sup>Met30</sup> proteasomal degradation as the dominant regulatory mechanism. This observation is consistent with the established paradigm wherein stress signals, such as cadmium (Cd<sup>2+</sup>) exposure, rapidly inactivates the SCF<sup>Met30</sup> E3 ubiquitin ligase via the dissociation of Met30 from the Skp1 subunit of the SCF complex (Lauinger et al., 2024; Yen et al., 2005). We therefore propose that active glycolytic flux modulates SCF<sup>Met30</sup> activity post-translationally, specifically by triggering Met30 detachment from the SCF complex. This mechanism would stabilize the primary substrate, the transcription factor Met4, thus promoting the biosynthesis of sulfur-containing amino acids. Mechanistic validation of this hypothesis, particularly the assessment of Met30 dissociation from the SCF<sup>Met30</sup> complex via immunoprecipitation (IP), is technically challenging. Since these experiments will involve isolation of cells from colonies undergoing pseudohyphal differentiation, on solid media (given that pseudohyphal differentiation does not occur in liquid media that is limiting for nitrogen (Gancedo, 2001; Gimeno et al., 1992)), current cell yields (OD<sub>600</sub>≈1 from ≈80-100 colonies) are significantly below the amount of cells that is needed to obtain the required amount of total protein concentration, for standard pull down assays (OD<Sub>600</sub>≈600-800 is required to achieve 1-2 mg/ml of total protein which is the standard requirement for pull down protocols in S. cerevisiae (Lauinger et al., 2024)).

      Given that the primary objective of our study is to establish the novel regulatory link between glycolysis and sulfur metabolism in the context of fungal morphogenesis, we would like to explore these crucial mechanistic details, in depth, in a subsequent study.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This study investigates the connection between glycolysis and the biosynthesis of sulfur-containing amino acids in controlling fungal morphogenesis, using Saccharomyces cerevisiae and C. albicans as model organisms. The authors identify a conserved metabolic axis that integrates glycolysis with cysteine/methionine biosynthetic pathways to influence morphological transitions. This work broadens the current understanding of fungal morphogenesis, which has largely focused on gene regulatory networks and cAMP-dependent signaling pathways, by emphasizing the contribution of metabolic control mechanisms. However, despite the novel conceptual framework, the study provides limited mechanistic characterization of how the sulfur metabolism and glycolysis blockade directly drive morphological outcomes. In particular, the rationale for selecting specific gene deletions, such as Met32 (and not Met4), or the Met30 deletion used to probe this pathway, is not clearly explained, making it difficult to assess whether these targets comprehensively represent the metabolic nodes proposed to be critical. Further supportive data and experimental validation would strengthen the claims on connections between glycolysis, sulfur amino acid metabolism, and virulence.

      Strengths:

      (1) The delineation of how glycolytic flux regulates fungal morphogenesis through a cAMP-independent mechanism is a significant advancement. The coupling of glycolysis with the de novo biosynthesis of sulfur-containing amino acids, a requirement for morphogenesis, introduces a novel and unexpected layer of regulation.

      (2) Demonstrating this mechanism in both S. cerevisiae and C. albicans strengthens the argument for its evolutionary conservation and biological importance.

      (3) The ability to rescue the morphogenesis defect through exogenous supplementation of sulfur-containing amino acids provides functional validation.

      (4) The findings from the murine Pfk1-deficient model underscore the clinical significance of metabolic pathways in fungal infections.

      We are grateful for this comprehensive and insightful summary of our work. We deeply appreciate the reviewer's recognition of the key conceptual breakthroughs regarding the metabolic regulation of fungal morphogenesis and the clinical relevance of our findings.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While the link between glycolysis and sulfur amino acid biosynthesis is established via transcriptomic and proteomic analysis, the specific regulation connecting these pathways via Met30 remains to be elucidated. For example, what are the expression and protein levels of Met30 in the initial analysis from Figure 2? How specific is this effect on Met30 in anaerobic versus aerobic glycolysis, especially when the pentose phosphate pathway is involved in the growth of the cells when glycolysis is perturbed ?

      We are grateful for the insightful feedback provided by the reviewer. S. cerevisiae is a Crabtree positive organism that primarily uses anaerobic glycolysis to metabolize glucose, under glucose-replete conditions (Barford and Hall, 1979; De Deken, 1966) and our pseudohyphal differentiation assays are performed in glucose-rich conditions (Gimeno et al., 1992). Furthermore, perturbation of glycolysis is known to induce compensatory upregulation of the Pentose Phosphate Pathway (PPP) (Ralser et al., 2007) and we have also observed the upregulation of the gene that encodes for transketolase-1 (Tkl1), a key enzyme in the PPP, in our RNA-seq data. Importantly, our transcriptomic (RNA-seq analysis) and protein expression analysis (Fig. 3J) confirms that Met30 expression is not differentially regulated in the presence of 2DG, effectively eliminating changes in synthesis or SCF<sup>Met30</sup> proteasomal degradation as the dominant regulatory mechanism.  This aligns with the established paradigm wherein stress signals, such as cadmium (Cd<sup>2+</sup>) exposure, rapidly inactivates SCF<sup>Met30</sup> E3 ubiquitin ligase via Met30 dissociation from the Skp1 subunit of the complex (Lauinger et al., 2024; Yen et al., 2005). We therefore propose that active glycolytic flux modulates SCF<sup>Met30</sup> activity post-translationally, specifically by triggering Met30 detachment from the SCF complex. This mechanism would stabilize the primary substrate, the transcription factor Met4, thus promoting the biosynthesis of sulfur-containing amino acids. Further experiments are required to delineate the specific role of pentose phosphate pathway in the aforesaid proposed regulation of the Met30 activity under glycolysis perturbation and this will be explored in our subsequent study.

      (2) Including detailed metabolite profiling could have strengthened the metabolic connection and provided additional insights into intermediate flux changes, i.e., measuring levels of metabolites to check if cysteine or methionine levels are influenced intracellularly. Also, it is expected to see how Met30 deletion could affect cell growth. Data on Met30 deletion and its effect on growth are not included, especially given that a viable heterozygous Met30 strain has been established. Measuring the cysteine or methionine levels using metabolomic analysis would further strengthen the claims in every section.

      We are grateful to the reviewer for this constructive feedback. To address the potential impact of met30 deletion on cell growth, we have included new data (Suppl. Fig. 4A) demonstrating that the deletion of a single copy of met30 in diploid S. cerevisiae does not compromise overall cell growth under nitrogen-limiting conditions as the ∆met30 strain grows similar to the wild-type strain. 

      Our pseudohyphal/hyphal differentiation assays show that the defects induced by glycolytic perturbation is fully rescued by the exogenous supplementation of sulfur-containing amino acids, cysteine or methionine. Since these data conclusively demonstrate that the primary metabolic limitation caused by the perturbation of glycolysis, which leads to filamentation defects is sulfur metabolism, we posit that performing comprehensive metabolic profiling would primarily reconfirm the aforesaid results. We believe that our in vitro and in vivo sulfur add-back experiments sufficiently substantiate the novel regulatory metabolic link between glycolysis and sulfur metabolism.

      (3) In comparison with the previous bioRxiv (doi: https://doi.org/10.1101/2025.05.14.654021) of this article in May 2025 to the recent bioRxiv of this article (doi: https://doi.org/10.1101/2025.05.14.654021), there have been some changes, and Met30 deletion has been recently included, and the chemical perturbation of glycolysis has been added as new data. Although the changes incorporated in the recent version of the article improved the illustration of the hypothesis in Figure 6, which connects glycolysis to Sulfur metabolism, the gene expression and protein levels of all genes involved in the illustrated hypothesis are not consistently shown. For example, in some cases, the Met4 expression is not shown (Figure 4), and the Met30 expression is not shown during profiling (gene expression or protein levels) throughout the manuscript. Lack of consistency in profiling the same set of key genes makes understanding more complicated.

      We thank the reviewer for this feedback which helps us to clarify the scope of our transcriptomic analysis. Our decision to focus our RT-qPCR experiments on downstream targets, while excluding met4 and met30 from the RT-qPCR analysis, is based on their known regulatory mechanisms. Met4 activity is predominantly regulated by post-translational ubiquitination by the SCFMet30 complex followed by its degradation (Rouillon et al., 2000; Shrivastava et al., 2021; Smothers et al., 2000)  while Met30 activity is primarily regulated by its auto-degradation or its dissociation from the SCFMet30 complex (Lauinger et al., 2024; Smothers et al., 2000; Yen et al., 2005).  Consistent with this, our RNA-Seq results indicate that neither met4 nor met30 transcripts are differentially expressed, in response to 2DG addition. For all our RT-qPCR analysis in S. cerevisiae and C. albicans, we have consistently used the same set of sulfur metabolism genes and these include met32, met3, met5, met10 and met17. Our data on protein expression analysis of Met30 in S. cerevisiae (Fig. 3J) confirms that Met30 expression is not differentially regulated in the presence of 2DG, effectively eliminating changes in synthesis or SCFMet30 proteasomal degradation as the dominant regulatory mechanism.

      (4) The demonstrated link between glycolysis and sulfur amino acid biosynthesis, along with its implications for virulence in C. albicans, is important for understanding fungal adaptation, as mentioned in the article; however, the Met4 activation was not fully characterized, nor were the data presented when virulence was assessed in Figure 4. Why is Met4 not included in Figure 4D and I? Especially, according to Figure 6, Met4 activation is crucial and guides the differences between glycolysis-active and inactive conditions.

      We thank the reviewer for their input. As the Met4 transcription factor in C. albicans is primarily regulated post-translationally through its degradation and inactivation by the SCFMet30 E3 ubiquitin ligase complex (Shrivastava et al., 2021), we opted to monitor the transcriptional status of downstream targets of Met4 (i.e., genes directly regulated by Met4), as these are the genes that exhibit the most direct and functionally relevant transcriptional changes in response to the altered Met4 levels.

      (5) Similarly, the rationale behind selecting Met32 for characterizing sulfur metabolism is unclear. Deletion of Met32 resulted in a significant reduction in pseudohyphal differentiation; why is this attributed only to Met32? What happens if Met4 is deleted? It is not justified why Met32, rather than Met4, was chosen. Figure 6 clearly hypothesizes that Met4 activation is the key to the mechanism.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for this insightful query regarding our selection of the met32 for our gene deletion experiments. The choice of ∆∆met32 strain was strategically motivated by its unique phenotypic properties within the de novo biosynthesis of sulfur-containing amino acids pathway. While deletions of most the genes that encode for proteins involved in the de novo biosynthesis of sulfurcontaining amino acids, result in auxotrophy for methionine or cysteine, ∆∆met32 strain does not exhibit this phenotype (Blaiseau et al., 1997). This key distinction is attributed to the functional redundancy provided by the paralogous gene, met31 (Blaiseau et al., 1997). Crucially, given that the deletion of the central transcriptional regulator, met4, results in cysteine/methionine auxotrophy, the use of the ∆∆met32 strain provides an essential, viable experimental model for investigating the role of sulfur metabolism during pseudohyphal differentiation in S. cerevisiae.

      (6) The comparative RT-qPCR in Figure 5 did not account for sulfur metabolism genes, whereas it was focused only on virulence and hyphal differentiation. Is there data to support the levels of sulfur metabolism genes?

      We thank the reviewer for this feedback. We wish to respectfully clarify that the data pertaining to expression of sulfur metabolism genes in the presence of 2DG or in the ∆∆pfk1 strain in C. albicans are already included and discussed within the manuscript. These results can be found in Figure 4, panels D and I, respectively.

      (7) To validate the proposed interlink between sulfur metabolism and virulence, it is recommended that the gene sets (illustrated in Figure 6) be consistently included across all comparative data included throughout the comparisons. Excluding sulfur metabolism genes in Figure 5 prevents the experiment from demonstrating the coordinated role of glycolysis perturbation → sulfur metabolism → virulence. The same is true for other comparisons, where the lack of data on Met30, Met4, etc., makes it hard.to connect the hypothesis. It is also recommended to check the gene expression of other genes related to the cAMP pathway and report them to confirm the cAMP-independent mechanism. For example, gap2 deletion was used to confirm the effects of cAMP supplementation, but the expression of this gene was not assessed in the RNA-seq analysis in Figure 2. It would be beneficial to show the expression of cAMP-related genes to completely confirm that they do not play a role in the claims in Figure 2.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable feedback. The transcriptional analysis of the sulfur metabolism genes in the presence of 2DG and the ∆∆pfk1 strain is shown in Figures 4D and 4I.

      Our RNA-seq analysis (Author response image 1) confirms that there is no significant transcriptional change in the expression of cAMP-PKA pathway associated genes (Log2 fold change ≥ 1 for upregulated genes and Log2 fold change ≤ -1 for downregulated genes) in 2DG treated cells compared to the untreated control cells, reinforcing our conclusion that the glycolytic regulation of fungal morphogenesis is mediated through a cAMP-PKA pathway independent mechanism.

      Author response image 1.

      (8) Although the NAC supplementation study is included in the new version of the article compared to the previous version in BioRxiv (May 2025), the link to sulfur metabolism is not well characterized in Figure 5 and their related datasets. The main focus of the manuscript is to delineate the role of sulfur metabolism; hence, it is anticipated that Figure 5 will include sulfur-related metabolic genes and their links to pfk1 deletion, using RT-PCR measurements as shown for the virulence genes.

      We thank the reviewer for this question. The relevant data are indeed present within the current submission. We respectfully direct the reviewer's attention to Figure 4, panels D and I, where the data pertaining to expression of sulfur metabolism genes in the presence of 2DG or in the ∆∆pfk1 strain in C. albicans can be found.

      (9) The manuscript would benefit from more information added to the introduction section and literature supports for some of the findings reported earlier, including the role of (i) cAMP-PKA and MAPK pathways, (ii) what is known in the literature that reports about the treatment with 2DG (role of Snf1, HXT1, and HXT3), as well as how gpa2 is involved. Some sentences in the manuscripts are repetitive; it would be beneficial to add more relevant sections to the introduction and discussion to clarify the rationale for gene choices.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable feedback. We have incorporated these changes in our revised manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 107: As morphological transitions are indeed a conserved phenomenon across fungal species, hosts & environmental niches, the authors could refer to a few more here (infection structures like appressoria; fruiting bodies, etc.).

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable feedback. We have incorporated these changes in our revised manuscript.

      Line 119/120: That's a bit misleading in my opinion. Gpr1 acts as a key sensor of external carbon, while Ras proteins control the cAMP pathway as intracellular sensory proteins. That should be stated more clearly. cAMP is the output and not the sensor.

      We appreciate the reviewer's detailed attention to this signaling network. We have revised the manuscript to precisely reflect this established signaling hierarchy for maximum clarity.

      (2) Line 180: ..differentiation

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable feedback. We have incorporated this change in our revised manuscript.

      (3) Figure 1 panels C & F. The authors should provide the same scale for all experiments. Otherwise, the interpretation can be difficult. The same applies to the different bar plots in Figure 4. Have the authors quantified pseudohyphal differentiation in the cAMP add-back assays? I agree that the chosen images look convincing, but they don't reflect quantitative analyses.

      We thank the reviewer for detailed and constructive feedback. We have changed the Y-axis and made it more uniform to improve the clarity of our data presentation in the revised manuscript.

      We have also incorporated the quantitative analysis of the cAMP add-back assays in S. cerevisiae, in Figure 2 Panel L.

      (4) Line 367/68: "cysteine or methionine was able to completely rescue". Here, the authors should phrase their wording more carefully. Figure 3C shows the complete rescue of the phenotype qualitatively, but Figure 3D clearly shows that there are differences between the supplementation of cysteine and methionine, with the latter not fully restoring the phenotype.

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer's meticulous attention to the data interpretation. We fully agree that the initial phrasing in lines 367/368 requires adjustment, as Figure 3D establishes a quantitative difference in the efficiency of phenotypic rescue between cysteine and methionine supplementation. We have revised the text to articulate this difference.

      (5) Line 568: Here, apparently, the ability to rescue the differentiation phenotype is reversed compared to the experiment with S. cerevisiae. Cysteine only results in ~20% hyphal cells, while methionine restores to wild-type-like hyphal formation. Can the authors comment on where these differences might originate from? Is there a difference in the uptake of cysteine vs. methionine in the two species or consumption rates?

      We thank the reviewer for their detailed and constructive feedback. We believe this phenotypic difference can be due to the distinct metabolic prioritization of sulfur amino acids in C. albicans. Methionine is a known trigger for hyphal differentiation in C. albicans and serves as the immediate precursor for the universal methyl donor, S-adenosylmethionine (SAM) (Schrevens et al., 2018). (Kraidlova et al., 2016). The morphological transition to hyphae involves a complex regulatory cascade which requires high rates of methylation, and this requires a rapid and direct conversion of methionine into SAM (Kraidlova et al., 2016; Schrevens et al., 2018). Cysteine, however, must first be converted into methionine via the transsulfuration pathway to produce SAM, making it metabolically less efficient for these aforesaid processes.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The study's comprehensive experimental approach with integrating pharmacological inhibition, genetic manipulation, transcriptomics, and infection animal model, provides strong evidence for a conserved mechanism, though some aspects need further clarification.

      Major Comments:

      (1) While the data suggest that glycolysis affects Met30 activity post-translationally, the underlying mechanism remains speculative. The authors should perform co-immunoprecipitation or ubiquitination assays to confirm whether glycolytic perturbation alters Met30-SCF complex interactions or Met4 ubiquitination levels.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable feedback. The activity of the SCF<sup>Met30</sup> E3 ubiquitin ligase, mediated by the F box protein Met30, is dynamically regulated through both proteolytic degradation and its dissociation from the SCF complex, to coordinate sulfur metabolism and cell cycle progression (Smothers et al., 2000; Yen et al., 2005). Our transcriptomic (RNA-seq analysis) and protein expression analysis (Fig. 3J) confirms that Met30 expression is not differentially regulated in the presence of 2DG, effectively eliminating changes in synthesis or SCF<sup>Met30</sup> proteasomal degradation as the dominant regulatory mechanism. This observation is consistent with the established paradigm wherein stress signals, such as cadmium (Cd<sup>2+</sup>) exposure, rapidly inactivates the SCF<sup>Met30</sup> E3 ubiquitin ligase via the dissociation of Met30 from the Skp1 subunit of the SCF complex (Lauinger et al., 2024; Yen et al., 2005). We therefore propose that active glycolytic flux modulates SCF<sup>Met30</sup> activity post-translationally, specifically by triggering Met30 detachment from the SCF complex. This mechanism would stabilize the primary substrate, the transcription factor Met4, thus promoting the biosynthesis of sulfur-containing amino acids. Mechanistic validation of this hypothesis, particularly the assessment of Met30 dissociation from the SCF<sup>Met30 </sup>complex via immunoprecipitation (IP), is technically challenging. Since these experiments will involve isolation of cells from colonies undergoing pseudohyphal differentiation, on solid media (given that pseudohyphal differentiation does not occur in liquid media that is limiting for nitrogen (Gancedo, 2001; Gimeno et al., 1992)), current cell yields (OD<sup>600</sup>≈1 from ≈80-100 colonies) are significantly below the amount of cells that is needed to obtain the required amount of total protein concentration, for standard pull down assays (OD600≈600-800 is required to achieve 1-2 mg/ml of total protein which is the standard requirement for pull down protocols in S. cerevisiae (Lauinger et al., 2024)).

      Given that the primary objective of our study is to establish the novel regulatory link between glycolysis and sulfur metabolism in the context of fungal morphogenesis, we would like to explore these crucial mechanistic details, in depth, in a subsequent study.

      (2) 2DG can exert pleiotropic effects unrelated to glycolytic inhibition (e.g., ER stress, autophagy induction). The authors are encouraged to perform complementary metabolic flux analyses, such as quantification of glycolytic intermediates or ATP levels, to confirm specific glycolytic inhibition.

      We appreciate the reviewer's concern regarding the potential pleiotropic effects of 2DG. While we acknowledge that 2DG may induce secondary cellular stress, we are confident that the observed phenotypes are robustly attributed to glycolytic inhibition based on our complementary genetic evidence. Specifically, the deletion strains ∆∆pfk1 and ∆∆adh1, which genetically perturb distinct steps in glycolysis, recapitulate the phenotypic results observed with 2DG treatment. Given this strong congruence between chemical inhibition and specific genetic deletions of key glycolytic enzymes, we are confident that our observed phenotypes are predominantly driven by the perturbation of the glycolytic pathway by 2DG.

      (3) The differential rescue effects (cysteine-only in inhibitor assays vs. both cysteine and methionine in genetic mutants) require further explanation. The authors should discuss potential differences in metabolic interconversion or amino acid transport that may account for this observation.

      We thank the reviewer for their valuable feedback. One explanation for the observed differential rescue effects of cysteine and methionine can be due to the distinct amino acid transport systems used by S. cerevisiae to transport these amino acids. S. cerevisiae primarily uses multiple, lowaffinity permeases (Gap1, Bap2, Bap3, Tat1, Tat2, Agp1, Gnp1, Yct1) for cysteine transport, while relying on a limited set of high-affinity transporters (like Mup1) for methionine transport, with the added complexity that its methionine transporters can also transport cysteine (Düring-Olsen et al., 1999; Huang et al., 2017; Kosugi et al., 2001; Menant et al., 2006). Hence, it is likely that cysteine uptake could be happening at a higher efficiency in S. cerevisiae compared to methionine uptake. Therefore, to achieve a comparable functional rescue by exogenous supplementation of methionine, it is necessary to use a higher concentration of methionine. When we performed our rescue experiments using higher concentrations of methionine, we did not see any rescue of pseudohyphal differentiation in the presence of 2DG and in fact we noticed that, at higher concentrations of methionine, the wild-type strain failed to undergo pseudohyphal differentiation even in the absence of 2DG. This is likely due to the fact that increasing the methionine concentration raises the overall nitrogen content of the medium, thereby making the medium less nitrogen-starved. This presents a major experimental constraint, as pseudohyphal differentiation is strictly dependent on nitrogen limitation, and the elevated nitrogen resulting from the higher methionine concentration can inhibit pseudohyphal differentiation.

      (4) NAC may influence host redox balance or immune responses. The discussion should consider whether the observed virulence rescue could partly result from host-directed effects.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable feedback. We acknowledge the role of NAC in host directed immune response. It is important to note that, in the context of certain bacterial pathogens, NAC has been reported to augment cellular respiration, subsequently increasing Reactive Oxygen Species (ROS) generation, which contributes to pathogen clearance (Shee et al., 2022). Interestingly, in our study, NAC supplementation to the mice was given prior to the infection and maintained continuously throughout the duration of the experiment. This continuous supply of NAC likely contributes to the rescue of virulence defects exhibited by the ∆∆pfk1 strain (Fig. 5I and J). Essentially, NAC likely allows the mutant to fully activate its essential virulence strategies (including morphological switching), to cause a successful infection in the host. As per the reviewer suggestion, this has been included in the discussion section of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Most of the comments related to improving the manuscript have been provided in the public review. Here are some specifics for the authors to consider:

      (1) It is important to clarify the rationale for choosing specific gene deletions over other key genes (e.g., Met32 and Met30) and explain why Met4 was not included, given its proposed central role in Figure 6.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for this insightful query regarding our selection of the met32 for our gene deletion experiments. The choice of ∆∆met32 strain was strategically motivated by its unique phenotypic properties within the de novo biosynthesis of sulfur-containing amino acids pathway. While deletions of most the genes that encode for proteins involved in the de novo biosynthesis of sulfurcontaining amino acids, result in auxotrophy for methionine or cysteine, ∆∆met32 strain does not exhibit this phenotype (Blaiseau et al., 1997). This key distinction is attributed to the functional redundancy provided by the paralogous gene, met31 (Blaiseau et al., 1997). Crucially, given that the deletion of the central transcriptional regulator, met4, results in cysteine/methionine auxotrophy, the use of the ∆∆met32 strain provides an essential, viable experimental model for investigating the role of sulfur metabolism during pseudohyphal differentiation in S. cerevisiae.

      (2) Comparison of consistent gene and protein expression data (Met30, Met4, Met32) across all relevant figures and analyses would strengthen the mechanistic connection in a better way. Some data that might help connect the sections is not included; please see the public review for more details.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable input, which helps us to clarify the scope of our transcriptomic analysis. Our decision to focus our RT-qPCR experiments on downstream targets, while excluding Met4 and Met30 from the RT-qPCR analysis, is based on their known regulatory mechanisms. Met4 activity is predominantly regulated by post-translational ubiquitination by the SCFMet30 complex followed by its degradation (Rouillon et al., 2000; Shrivastava et al., 2021; Smothers et al., 2000)  while Met30 activity is primarily regulated by its auto-degradation or its dissociation from the SCFMet30 complex (Lauinger et al., 2024; Smothers et al., 2000; Yen et al., 2005).  Consistent with this, our RNA-Seq results indicate that neither met4 nor met30 transcripts are differentially expressed, in response to 2DG addition. For all our RT-qPCR analysis in S. cerevisiae and C. albicans, we have consistently used the same set of sulfur metabolism genes and these include met32, met3, met5, met10 and met17. Our data on protein expression analysis of Met30 in S, cerevisiae (Fig. 3J) confirms that Met30 expression is not differentially regulated in the presence of 2DG, effectively eliminating changes in synthesis or SCFMet30 proteasomal degradation as the dominant regulatory mechanism.

      (3) Suggested to include metabolomic profiling (cysteine, methionine, and intermediate metabolites) to substantiate the proposed metabolic flux between glycolysis and sulfur metabolism.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable input. Our pseudohyphal/hyphal differentiation assays show that the defects induced by glycolytic perturbation is fully rescued by the exogenous supplementation of sulfur-containing amino acids, cysteine or methionine. Since these data conclusively demonstrate that the primary metabolic limitation caused by the perturbation of glycolysis, which leads to filamentation defects, is sulfur metabolism, we posit that performing comprehensive metabolic profiling would primarily reconfirm the aforesaid results. We believe that our in vitro and in vivo sulfur add-back experiments sufficiently substantiate the novel regulatory metabolic link between glycolysis and sulfur-metabolism.

      (4) Data on the effects of Met30 deletion on cell growth are currently not included, and relevant controls should be included to ensure observed phenotypes are not due to general growth defects.

      We are grateful to the reviewer for this constructive feedback. To address the potential impact of met30 deletion on cell growth, we have included new data (Suppl. Fig. 4A) demonstrating that the deletion of a single copy of met30 in diploid S. cerevisiae does not compromise overall growth under nitrogen-limiting conditions as the ∆met30 strain grows similar to the wild-type strain.

      (5) Expanding RT-qPCR and data from transcriptomic analyses to include sulfur metabolism genes and key cAMP pathway genes to confirm the proposed cAMP-independent mechanism during virulence characterization is necessary.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable feedback. The transcriptional analysis of the sulfur metabolism genes in the presence of 2DG and the ∆∆pfk1 strain is shown in Figures 4D and 4I. 

      In order to confirm that glycolysis is critical for fungal morphogenesis in a cAMP-PKA pathway independent manner under nitrogen-limiting conditions in C. albicans, we performed cAMP add-back assays. Interestingly, corroborating our S. cerevisiae data, the exogenous addition of cAMP failed to rescue hyphal differentiation defect caused by the perturbation of glycolysis through 2DG addition or by the deletion of the pfk1 gene, under nitrogen-limiting condition in C. albicans. This data is now included in Suppl. Fig. 5B.

      (6) Enhancing the introduction and discussion by providing a clearer rationale for gene selection and more detailed references to established pathways (cAMP-PKA, MAPK, Snf1/HXT regulation, gpa2 involvement) is needed to reinstate the hypothesis.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable feedback. We have incorporated these changes in our revised manuscript.

      (7) Reducing redundancy in the text and improving figure consistency, particularly by ensuring that the gene sets depicted in Figure 6 are represented across all datasets, would strengthen the interconnections among sections.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable feedback.  We have incorporated these changes in our revised manuscript.

      References

      Barford JP, Hall RJ. 1979. An examination of the crabtree effect in Saccharomyces cerevisiae: The role of respiratory adaptation. J Gen Microbiol. https://doi.org/10.1099/00221287-114-2-267

      Blaiseau, P. L., & Thomas, D. (1998). Multiple transcriptional activation complexes tether the yeast activator Met4 to DNA. The EMBO journal, 17(21), 6327–6336. https://doi.org/10.1093/emboj/17.21.6327

      Chebaro, Y., Lorenz, M., Fa, A., Zheng, R., & Gustin, M. (2017). Adaptation of Candida albicans to Reactive Sulfur Species. Genetics, 206(1), 151–162. https://doi.org/10.1534/genetics.116.199679

      De Deken R. H. (1966). The Crabtree effect: a regulatory system in yeast. Journal of general microbiology, 44(2), 149–156. https://doi.org/10.1099/00221287-44-2-149

      Düring-Olsen, L., Regenberg, B., Gjermansen, C., Kielland-Brandt, M. C., & Hansen, J. (1999). Cysteine uptake by Saccharomyces cerevisiae is accomplished by multiple permeases. Current genetics, 35(6), 609–617. https://doi.org/10.1007/s002940050459

      Gancedo J. M. (2001). Control of pseudohyphae formation in Saccharomyces cerevisiae. FEMS microbiology reviews, 25(1), 107–123. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1574-6976.2001.tb00573.x

      Gimeno, C. J., Ljungdahl, P. O., Styles, C. A., & Fink, G. R. (1992). Unipolar cell divisions in the yeast S. cerevisiae lead to filamentous growth: regulation by starvation and RAS. Cell, 68(6), 1077–1090. https://doi.org/10.1016/0092-8674(92)90079-r

      Huang, C. W., Walker, M. E., Fedrizzi, B., Gardner, R. C., & Jiranek, V. (2017). Yeast genes involved in regulating cysteine uptake affect production of hydrogen sulfide from cysteine during fermentation. FEMS yeast research, 17(5), 10.1093/femsyr/fox046. https://doi.org/10.1093/femsyr/fox046

      Kosugi, A., Koizumi, Y., Yanagida, F., & Udaka, S. (2001). MUP1, high affinity methionine permease, is involved in cysteine uptake by Saccharomyces cerevisiae. Bioscience, biotechnology, and biochemistry, 65(3), 728–731. https://doi.org/10.1271/bbb.65.728

      Kraidlova, L., Schrevens, S., Tournu, H., Van Zeebroeck, G., Sychrova, H., & Van Dijck, P. (2016). Characterization of the Candida albicans Amino Acid Permease Family: Gap2 Is the Only General Amino Acid Permease and Gap4 Is an S-Adenosylmethionine (SAM) Transporter Required for SAM-Induced Morphogenesis. mSphere, 1(6), e00284-16. https://doi.org/10.1128/mSphere.00284-16

      Lauinger, L., Andronicos, A., Flick, K., Yu, C., Durairaj, G., Huang, L., & Kaiser, P. (2024). Cadmium binding by the F-box domain induces p97-mediated SCF complex disassembly to activate stress response programs. Nature communications, 15(1), 3894. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-024-48184-6

      Lombardi, L., Salzberg, L. I., Cinnéide, E. Ó., O'Brien, C., Morio, F., Turner, S. A., Byrne, K. P., & Butler, G. (2024). Alternative sulphur metabolism in the fungal pathogen Candida parapsilosis. Nature communications, 15(1), 9190. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-024-53442-8

      Menant, A., Barbey, R., & Thomas, D. (2006). Substrate-mediated remodeling of methionine transport by multiple ubiquitin-dependent mechanisms in yeast cells. The EMBO journal, 25(19), 4436–4447. https://doi.org/10.1038/sj.emboj.7601330

      Ralser, M., Wamelink, M. M., Kowald, A., Gerisch, B., Heeren, G., Struys, E. A., Klipp, E., Jakobs, C., Breitenbach, M., Lehrach, H., & Krobitsch, S. (2007). Dynamic rerouting of the carbohydrate flux is key to counteracting oxidative stress. Journal of biology, 6(4), 10. https://doi.org/10.1186/jbiol61

      Rouillon, A., Barbey, R., Patton, E. E., Tyers, M., & Thomas, D. (2000). Feedback-regulated degradation of the transcriptional activator Met4 is triggered by the SCF(Met30 )complex. The EMBO journal, 19(2), 282–294. https://doi.org/10.1093/emboj/19.2.282

      Schrevens, S., Van Zeebroeck, G., Riedelberger, M., Tournu, H., Kuchler, K., & Van Dijck, P. (2018). Methionine is required for cAMP-PKA-mediated morphogenesis and virulence of Candida albicans. Molecular microbiology, 108(3), 258–275. https://doi.org/10.1111/mmi.13933

      Shee, S., Singh, S., Tripathi, A., Thakur, C., Kumar T, A., Das, M., Yadav, V., Kohli, S., Rajmani, R. S., Chandra, N., Chakrapani, H., Drlica, K., & Singh, A. (2022). Moxifloxacin-Mediated Killing of Mycobacterium tuberculosis Involves Respiratory Downshift, Reductive Stress, and Accumulation of Reactive Oxygen Species. Antimicrobial agents and chemotherapy, 66(9), e0059222. https://doi.org/10.1128/aac.00592-22

      Shrivastava, M., Feng, J., Coles, M., Clark, B., Islam, A., Dumeaux, V., & Whiteway, M. (2021). Modulation of the complex regulatory network for methionine biosynthesis in fungi. Genetics, 217(2), iyaa049. https://doi.org/10.1093/genetics/iyaa049

      Smothers, D. B., Kozubowski, L., Dixon, C., Goebl, M. G., & Mathias, N. (2000). The abundance of Met30p limits SCF(Met30p) complex activity and is regulated by methionine availability. Molecular and cellular biology, 20(21), 7845–7852. https://doi.org/10.1128/MCB.20.21.7845-7852.2000

      Thomas, D., & Surdin-Kerjan, Y. (1997). Metabolism of sulfur amino acids in Saccharomyces cerevisiae. Microbiology and molecular biology reviews : MMBR, 61(4), 503–532. https://doi.org/10.1128/mmbr.61.4.503532.1997

      Yadav, A. K., & Bachhawat, A. K. (2011). CgCYN1, a plasma membrane cystine-specific transporter of Candida glabrata with orthologues prevalent among pathogenic yeast and fungi. The Journal of biological chemistry, 286(22), 19714–19723. https://doi.org/10.1074/jbc.M111.240648

      Yen, J. L., Su, N. Y., & Kaiser, P. (2005). The yeast ubiquitin ligase SCFMet30 regulates heavy metal response. Molecular biology of the cell, 16(4), 1872–1882. https://doi.org/10.1091/mbc.e04-12-1130

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Joint Public Review:

      In this work, the authors present DeepTX, a computational tool for studying transcriptional bursting using single-cell RNA sequencing (scRNA-seq) data and deep learning. The method aims to infer transcriptional burst dynamics-including key model parameters and the associated steady-state distributions-directly from noisy single-cell data. The authors apply DeepTX to datasets from DNA damage experiments, revealing distinct regulatory patterns: IdU treatment in mouse stem cells increases burst size, promoting differentiation, while 5FU alters burst frequency in human cancer cells, driving apoptosis or survival depending on dose. These findings underscore the role of burst regulation in mediating cell fate responses to DNA damage.

      The main strength of this study lies in its methodological contribution. DeepTX integrates a non-Markovian mechanistic model with deep learning to approximate steady-state mRNA distributions as mixtures of negative binomial distributions, enabling genome-scale parameter inference with reduced computational cost. The authors provide a clear discussion of the framework's assumptions, including reliance on steady-state data and the inherent unidentifiability of parameter sets, and they outline how the model could be extended to other regulatory processes.

      The revised manuscript addresses many of the original concerns, particularly regarding sample size requirements, distributional assumptions, and the biological interpretation of inferred parameters. However, the framework remains limited by the constraints of snapshot data and cannot yet resolve dynamic heterogeneity or causality. The manuscript would also benefit from a broader contextualisation of DeepTX within the landscape of existing tools linking mechanistic modelling and single-cell transcriptomics. Finally, the interpretation of pathway enrichment analyses still warrants clarification.

      Overall, this work represents a valuable contribution to the integration of mechanistic models with highdimensional single-cell data. It will be of interest to researchers in systems biology, bioinformatics, and computational modelling.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      We thank the authors for their thorough revision and for addressing many of the points raised during the initial review. The revised manuscript presents an improved and clearer account of the methodology and its implications. However, several aspects would benefit from further clarification and refinement to strengthen the presentation and avoid overstatement.

      (1) Contextualization within the existing literature

      The manuscript would benefit from placing DeepTX more clearly in the context of other computational tools developed to connect mechanistic modelling and single-cell RNA sequencing data. This is an active area of research with notable recent contributions, including Sukys and Grima (bioRxiv, 2024), Garrido-Rodriguez et al. (PLOS Comp Biol, 2021), and Maizels (2024). Positioning DeepTX in relation to these and other relevant efforts would help readers appreciate its specific advances and contributions.

      We sincerely thank you for this valuable suggestion. We agree that situating DeepTX within the broader landscape of computational approaches linking mechanistic modeling and single-cell RNA sequencing data will clarify its contributions and advances. In this revised version, we have explicitly discussed the comparison and relation of DeepTX in the context of this active area using an individual paragraph in the Discussion section.

      Specifically, we mentioned that the DeepTX research paradigm contributes to a growing line of area aiming to link mechanistic models of gene regulation with scRNA-seq data. Maizels provided a comprehensive review of computational strategies for incorporating dynamic mechanisms into single-cell transcriptomics (Maizels RJ, 2024). In this context, RNA velocity is one of the most important examples as it infers short-term transcriptional trends based on splicing kinetics and deterministic ODEs model. However, such approaches are limited by their deterministic assumptions and cannot fully capture the stochastic nature of gene regulation. DeepTX can be viewed as an extension of this framework to stochastic modelling, explicitly addressing transcriptional bursting kinetics under DNA damage. Similarly, DeepCycle, developed by Sukys and Grima (Sukys A & Grima R, 2025), investigates transcriptional burst kinetics during the cell cycle, employing a stochastic age-dependent model and a neural network to infer burst parameters while correcting for measurement noise. By contrast, MIGNON integrates genomic variation data and static transcriptomic measurements into a mechanistic pathway model (HiPathia) to infer pathway-level activity changes, rather than gene-level stochastic transcriptional dynamics (Garrido-Rodriguez M et al., 2021). In this sense, DeepTX and MIGNON are complementary, with DeepTX resolving burst kinetics at the single-gene level and MIGNON emphasizing pathway responses to genomic perturbations, which could inspire future extensions of DeepTX that incorporate sequence-level information.

      (2) Interpretation of GO analysis

      The interpretation of the GO enrichment results in Figure 4D should be revised. While the text currently associates the enriched terms with signal transduction and cell cycle G2/M phase transition, the most significant terms relate to mitotic cell cycle checkpoint signaling. This distinction should be made clear in the main text, and the conclusions drawn from the GO analysis should be aligned more closely with the statistical results.

      We sincerely appreciate you for the insightful comment. We have carefully re-examined the GO enrichment results shown in Figure 4D and agree that the most significantly enriched terms correspond to mitotic cell cycle checkpoint signaling and signal transduction in response to DNA damage, rather than general G2/M phase transition processes. Accordingly, we have revised the main text to highlight the biological significance of mitotic cell cycle checkpoint signaling.

      Specifically, we now emphasize two key points: DNA damage and mitotic checkpoint activation are closely interconnected. (1) The mitotic checkpoint serves as a crucial safeguard to ensure accurate chromosome segregation and maintain genomic stability under DNA damage conditions. Activation of the mitotic checkpoint can influence cell fate decisions and differentiation potential (Kim EM & Burke DJ, 2008; Lawrence KS et al., 2015). (2) Sustained activation of the spindle assembly checkpoint (SAC) has been reported to induce mitotic slippage and polyploidization, which in turn may enhance the differentiation potential of embryonic stem cells  (Mantel C et al., 2007). These revisions ensure that our interpretation is consistent with the statistical enrichment results and better reflect the underlying biological processes implicated by the data.

      (3) Justification for training on simulated data

      The decision to train the model on simulated data should be clearly justified. While the advantage of having access to ground-truth parameters is understood, the manuscript would benefit from a discussion of the limitations of this approach, particularly in terms of generalizability to real datasets. Moreover, it is worth noting that many annotated scRNA-seq datasets are publicly available and could, in principle, be used to complement the training strategy.

      We thank you for this insightful comment. We chose to train DeepTXsolver on simulated data because no experimental dataset currently provides genome-wide transcriptional burst kinetics with known ground truth, which is essential for supervised learning. Simulation enables us to (i) generate large, fully annotated datasets spanning the biologically relevant parameter space, (ii) expose the solver to diverse bursting regimes (e.g., low/high burst frequency, small/large burst size, unimodal/bimodal distributions), and (iii) quantitatively benchmark model accuracy, parameter identifiability, and robustness prior to deployment on real scRNA-seq data.

      We acknowledge, however, that simulation-based training has inherent limitations in terms of generalizability. Real biological systems may deviate from the idealized bursting model, exhibit more complex noise structures, or display parameter distributions that differ from those in simulations. Moreover, the lack of ground-truth parameters in experimental scRNA-seq datasets prevents an absolute evaluation of inference accuracy. In the future work, publicly available annotated scRNA-seq datasets could be used to complement this simulation-based training strategy and enhance generalizability. We have revised the manuscript to explicitly discuss both the rationale for using simulated data and the potential limitations of this approach.

      (4) Benchmarking against external methods

      The performance of DeepTX is primarily compared to a prior method from the same group. To strengthen the methodological claims, it would be preferable to include benchmarking against additional established tools from the broader literature. This would offer a more objective evaluation of the performance gains attributed to DeepTX.

      We thank you for this constructive suggestion. We fully agree that benchmarking DeepTX against additional established tools from the broader literatures would provide a more comprehensive and objective evaluation of DeepTX . In the revised manuscript, we have included comparative analyses with other widely used methods, including nnRNA (From Shahrezaei group (Tang W et al., 2023)), txABC (from our group (Luo S et al., 2023)), txBurst (from Sandberg group (Larsson AJM et al., 2019)), txInfer (from Junhao group (Gu J et al., 2025)) (Supplementary Figure S4). The comparative results indicate that our method demonstrates superior performance in both efficiency and accuracy.

      (5) Interpretation of Figures 4-6

      The revised figures are clear and informative; however, the associated interpretations in the main text remain too strong relative to the type of analysis performed. For instance, in Figure 4, it is suggested that changes in burst size are linked to DNA damage-induced signalling cascades that affect cell cycle progression and fate decisions. While this is a plausible hypothesis, GO and GSEA analyses are correlative by nature and not sufficient to support such a mechanistic claim on their own. These analyses should be presented as exploratory, and the strength of the conclusions drawn should be tempered accordingly. Similar caution should be applied to the interpretations of Figures 5 and 6.

      We thank you for this important comment. In the revised manuscript, we have carefully moderated the interpretation of the GO and GSEA results in Figures 4, 5, and 6. Specifically, we now present these analyses as exploratory and emphasize their correlative nature, avoiding causal claims that go beyond the scope of the data. The text has been rephrased to highlight the observed associations rather than implying direct causal relationships.

      For Figure 4, we emphasize that while it is tempting to hypothesize that enhanced burst size may contribute to DNA damage-related checkpoint activation and thereby influence cell cycle progression and differentiation, our current results only indicate an association between burst size enhancement and pathways involved in DNA damage response and checkpoint signaling.

      For Figure 5, we emphasize that although our GO analysis cannot establish causality, the results are consistent with an association between 5-FU-induced changes in burst kinetics and pathways related to oxidative stress and apoptosis. Based on this, we propose a model outlining a potential process through which DNA damage may ultimately lead to cellular apoptosis.

      For Figure 6, we emphasize that these enrichment results suggest that high-dose 5FU treatment may be associated with processes such as telomerase activation and mitochondrial function maintenance, both of which have been implicated in cell survival and apoptosis evasion in previous experimental studies. For example, prior work indicates that hTERT translocation can activate telomerase pathways to support telomere maintenance and reduce oxidative stress, which is thought to contribute to apoptosis resistance. While our enrichment analysis cannot establish causality, the observed transcriptional bursting changes are consistent with these reported survival-associated mechanisms.

      (6) Discussion section framing

      The initial paragraphs of the discussion section make broad biological claims about the role of transcriptional bursting in cellular decision-making. While transcriptional bursting is undoubtedly relevant, the manuscript would benefit from a more cautious framing. It would be more appropriate to foreground the methodological contributions of DeepTX, and to present the biological insights as hypotheses or observations that may guide future experimental investigation, rather than as established conclusions.

      We thank you for this insightful comment. We have revised the discussion to clarify and appropriately temper our claims regarding transcriptional bursting. First, we now explicitly recognize that transcriptional bursting is one of multiple contributors to cellular variability, rather than the sole or dominant factor driving cellular decision-making. Second, we have restructured the opening of the discussion to prioritize the methodological contributions of DeepTX, highlighting its strength as a framework for inferring genomewide burst kinetics from scRNA-seq data. Finally, the biological insights derived from our analysis are now presented as correlative observations and potential hypotheses, which may inform and guide future experimental investigations, rather than as definitive mechanistic conclusions.

      Small Comments

      (1) Presentation of discrete distributions: In several figures (e.g., Figure 2B and Supplementary Figures S4, S6, and S8), the comparisons between empirical mRNA distributions and DeepTX-inferred distributions are visually represented using connecting lines, which may give the impression that continuous distributions are being compared to discrete ones. Given the focus on transcriptional bursting, a process inherently tied to discrete stochastic events, this representation could be misleading. The figure captions and visual style should be revised to clarify that all distributions are discrete and to avoid potential confusion. In general, it is recommended to avoid connecting points in discrete distributions with lines, as this can suggest interpolation or comparison with continuous distributions. This applies to Figures 2A and 2B in particular.

      We thank you for this valuable suggestion. To prevent any potential misinterpretation of discrete distributions as continuous ones, we have revised the visual representation of the empirical and DeepTXinferred mRNA distributions in Figures 2B, and Supplementary Figures S4, S6, and S8. Specifically, we have replaced the line plots with step plots, which more accurately capture the discrete nature of transcriptional bursting. Additionally, we have updated the figure captions to clearly state that all distributions are discrete.

      (2) Transcription is always a multi-step process. While the manuscript aims to model additional complexity introduced by DNA damage, the current phrasing (e.g., on page 5) could be read as implying that transcription becomes multi-step only under damage conditions. This should be clarified.

      We thank you for this helpful observation. We agree that transcription is inherently a multi-step process under all conditions. To avoid any possible misunderstanding, we have revised the text to clarify this point.

      Specifically, we now explain that many previous studies have employed simplified two-state models to approximate transcriptional dynamics, however, the gene expression process is inherently a multi-step process, which particularly cannot be neglected under conditions of DNA damage. DNA damage can result in slowing or even stopping the RNA pol II movement and cause many macromolecules to be recruited for damage repair. This process will affect the spatially localized behavior of the promoter, causing the dwell time of promoter inactivation and activation that cannot be approximated by a simple two state. Our work adopts a multi-step model because it is more appropriate for capturing the additional complexity introduced by DNA damage.

      (3) The first sentence of the discussion section overstates the importance of transcriptional bursting. While it is a key source of variability, it is not the only nor always the dominant one. Furthermore, its role in DNA damage response remains an emerging hypothesis rather than a general principle. The claims in this section should be moderated accordingly.

      We thank you for this valuable feedback. In the revised discussion, we have moderated the statements in the opening paragraph to better reflect the current understanding. Specifically, we now acknowledge that transcriptional bursting represents one of multiple sources of variability and is not always the dominant contributor. In addition, we have reframed the role of transcriptional bursting in DNA damage response as an emerging hypothesis, rather than a general principle. To further address this concern, we replaced conclusion-like statements with more cautious, hypothesis-oriented phrasing, presenting our observations as potential directions for future experimental validation.

      References

      Maizels, R.J. 2024. A dynamical perspective: moving towards mechanism in single-cell transcriptomics. Philos Trans R Soc Lond B Biol Sci 379: 20230049. DOI: https://dx.doi.org/10.1098/rstb.2023.0049, PMID: 38432314

      Sukys, A., Grima, R. 2025. Cell-cycle dependence of bursty gene expression: insights from fitting mechanistic models to single-cell RNA-seq data. Nucleic Acids Research 53. DOI: https://dx.doi.org/10.1093/nar/gkaf295, PMID: 40240003

      Garrido-Rodriguez, M., Lopez-Lopez, D., Ortuno, F.M., Peña-Chilet, M., Muñoz, E., Calzado, M.A., Dopazo, J. 2021. A versatile workflow to integrate RNA-seq genomic and transcriptomic data into mechanistic models of signaling pathways. PLoS Computational Biology 17: e1008748. DOI: https://dx.doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1008748, PMID: 33571195

      Kim, E.M., Burke, D.J. 2008. DNA damage activates the SAC in an ATM/ATR-dependent manner, independently of the kinetochore. PLoS Genet 4: e1000015. DOI: https://dx.doi.org/10.1371/journal.pgen.1000015, PMID: 18454191

      Lawrence, K.S., Chau, T., Engebrecht, J. 2015. DNA damage response and spindle assembly checkpoint function throughout the cell cycle to ensure genomic integrity. PLoS Genet 11: e1005150.DOI: https://dx.doi.org/10.1371/journal.pgen.1005150, PMID: 25898113

      Mantel, C., Guo, Y., Lee, M.R., Kim, M.K., Han, M.K., Shibayama, H., Fukuda, S., Yoder, M.C., Pelus, L.M., Kim, K.S., Broxmeyer, H.E. 2007. Checkpoint-apoptosis uncoupling in human and mouse embryonic stem cells: a source of karyotpic instability. Blood 109: 4518-4527. DOI: https://dx.doi.org/10.1182/blood-2006-10-054247, PMID: 17289813

      Tang, W., Jørgensen, A.C.S., Marguerat, S., Thomas, P., Shahrezaei, V. 2023. Modelling capture efficiency of single-cell RNA-sequencing data improves inference of transcriptome-wide burst kinetics. Bioinformatics 39. DOI: https://dx.doi.org/10.1093/bioinformatics/btad395, PMID: 37354494

      Luo, S., Zhang, Z., Wang, Z., Yang, X., Chen, X., Zhou, T., Zhang, J. 2023. Inferring transcriptional bursting kinetics from single-cell snapshot data using a generalized telegraph model. Royal Society Open Science 10: 221057. DOI: https://dx.doi.org/10.1098/rsos.221057, PMID: 37035293

      Larsson, A.J.M., Johnsson, P., Hagemann-Jensen, M., Hartmanis, L., Faridani, O.R., Reinius, B., Segerstolpe, A., Rivera, C.M., Ren, B., Sandberg, R. 2019. Genomic encoding of transcriptional burst kinetics. Nature 565: 251-254. DOI: https://dx.doi.org/10.1038/s41586-018-0836-1, PMID: 30602787

      Gu, J., Laszik, N., Miles, C.E., Allard, J., Downing, T.L., Read, E.L. 2025. Scalable inference and identifiability of kinetic parameters for transcriptional bursting from single cell data. Bioinformatics. DOI: https://dx.doi.org/10.1093/bioinformatics/btaf581, PMID: 41131798.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This study presents valuable findings that advance our understanding of mural cell dynamics and vascular pathology in a zebrafish model of cerebral small vessel disease. The authors provide compelling evidence that partial loss of foxf2 function leads to progressive, cell-intrinsic defects in pericytes and associated endothelial abnormalities across the lifespan, leveraging powerful in vivo imaging and genetic tools. The strength of evidence could be further improved by additional mechanistic insight and quantitative or lineage-tracing analyses to clarify how pericyte number and identity are affected in the mutant model.

      Thank you to the reviewers for insightful comments and for the time spent reviewing the manuscript. We have strengthened the data through responding to the comments.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The paper by Graff et al. investigates the function of foxf2 in zebrafish to understand the progression of cerebral small vessel disease. The authors use a partial loss of foxf2 (zebrafish possess two foxf2 genes, foxf2a and foxf2b, and the authors mainly analyze homozygous mutants in foxf2a) to investigate the role of foxf2 signaling in regulating pericyte biology. They find that the number of pericytes is reduced in foxf2a mutants and that the remaining pericytes display alterations in their morphologies. The authors further find that mutant animals can develop to adulthood, but that in adult animals, both endothelial and pericyte morphologies are affected. They also show that mutant pericytes can partially repopulate the brain after genetic ablation.

      (1) Weaknesses: The results are mainly descriptive, and it is not clear how they will advance the field at their current state, given that a publication on mice has already examined the loss of foxf2 phenotype on pericyte biology (Reyahi, 2015, Dev. Cell).

      The Reyahi paper was the earliest report of foxf2 mutant brain pericytes and remains illuminating. The work was very well technically executed. Our manuscript expands and at times, contradicts, their findings. We realized that we did not fully discuss this in our discussion, and this has now been updated. The biggest difference between the two studies is in the direction of change in pericytes after foxf2 knockout, a major finding in both papers. This is where it is important to understand the differences in methods. Reyahi et al., used a conditional knockout under Wnt1:Cre which will ablate pericytes derived from neural crest, but not those derived from mesoderm, nor will it affect foxf2 expression in endothelial cells. Our model is a full constitutive knockout of the gene in all brain pericytes and endothelial cells. For GOF, Reyahi used a transgenic model with a human FOXF2 BAC integrated into the mouse germline.

      Both studies are important. We do not know enough about human phenotypes in patients with strokeassociated human FOXF2 SNVs to know the direction of change in pericyte numbers. We showed that the SNVs reduce FOXF2 gene expression in vitro (Ryu, 2022). Here we demonstrate dosage sensitivity in fish (showing phenotypes when 1 of 4 foxf2a + foxf2b alleles are lost, Figure 1F), supporting that slight reductions of FOXF2 in humans could lead to severe brain vessel phenotypes. For this reason, our work is complementary to the previously published work and suggests that future studies should focus on understanding the role of dosage, cell autonomy, and human pericyte phenotypes with respect to FOXF2. While some experiments are parallel in mouse and fish, we go further to look at cell death and regeneration, and to understand the consequences on the whole brain vasculature.

      (2) Reyahi et al. showed that loss of foxf2 in mice leads to a marked downregulation of pdgfrb expression in perivascular cells. In contrast to expectation, perivascular cell numbers were higher in mutant animals, but these cells did not differentiate properly. The authors use a transgenic driver line expressing gal4 under the control of the pdgfrb promoter and observe a reduction in pericyte (pdgfrb-expressing) cells in foxf2a mutants. In light of the mouse data, this result might be due to a similar downregulation of pdgfrb expression in fish, which would lead to a downregulation of gal4 expression and hence reduced labelling of pericytes. The authors show a reduction of pdgfrb expression also in zebrafish in foxf2b mutants (Chauhan et al., The Lancet Neurology 2016).

      Reyahi detected more pericytes in the Wnt1:Cre mouse, while we detected fewer in the foxf2a (and foxf2a;foxf2b) mutants. This may be because of different methods. For instance, because the mouse knockout is not a constitutive Foxf2 knockout, the observed increase in pericytes may be because mesodermal-derived pericytes proliferate more highly when the neural crest-derived pericytes are absent. Or does endothelial foxf2 activate pericyte proliferation when foxf2 is lost in some pericytes? It is also possible that mouse foxf2 has a different role from its fish ortholog. Despite these differences, there are common conclusions from both models. For instance, both mouse and fish show foxf2 controls capillary pericyte numbers, albeit in different directions. Both show hemorrhage and loss of vascular stability as a result. Both papers identify the developmental window as critical for setting up the correct numbers of pericytes.  

      As the reviewer suggested, it was important to test whether pdgfrb is downregulated in fish as it is in mice. To do this, we measured expression of pdgfrb in foxf2 mutants using hybridization chain reaction (HCR) of pdgfrb in foxf2 mutants. The results show no change in pdgfrb mRNA in foxf2a mutants at two independent experiments (Fig S3). Independently, we integrated pdgfrb transgene intensity (using a single allele of the transgene so there are no dose effects) in foxf2a mutants vs. wildtype. We found no difference (Fig S3) suggesting that pdgfrb is a reliable reporter for counting pericytes in the foxf2a knockout. The reviewer is correct that we previously showed downregulation of pdgfrb in foxf2b mutants at 4 dpf using colorimetric ISH. foxf2a and foxf2b are unlinked, independent genes (~400 M years apart in evolution) and may have different regulation.

      (3) It would be important to clarify whether, also in zebrafish, foxf2a/foxf2b mutants have reduced or augmented numbers of perivascular cells and how this compares to the data in the mouse.  

      We discuss methodological differences between Reyahi and our work in point (1) above. The reduction in pericytes in foxf2a;foxf2b mutants has been previously published (Ryu, 2022, Supplemental Figure 1) and shown again here in Supplemental Figure 2). Numbers are reduced in double mutants up to 10 dpf, suggesting no recovery. Further, in response to reviewer comments, we have quantified pericytes in the whole fish brain (Figure 3E-G) and show reduced pericytes in the adult, reduced vessel network length, and importantly that the pericyte density is reduced. In aggregate, our data shows pericyte reduction at 5 developmental stages from embryo through adult. The reason for different results from the mouse is unknown and may reflect a technical difference (constitutive vs Wnt1:Cre) or a species difference.  

      (4) The authors should perform additional characterization of perivascular cells using marker gene expression (for a list of markers, see e.g., Shih et al. Development 2021) and/or genetic lineage tracing.

      This is a good point. We have added HCR analysis of additional markers. Results show co-expression of foxf2a, foxf2b, nduf4la2 and pdgfrb in brain pericytes (Fig 2, Fig S3).

      (5) The authors motivate using foxf2a mutants as a model of reduced foxf2 dosage, "similar to human heterozygous loss of FOXF2". However, it is not clear how the different foxf2 genes in zebrafish interact with each other transcriptionally. Is there upregulation of foxf2b in foxf2a mutants and vice versa? This is important to consider, as Reyahi et al. showed that foxf2 gene dosage in mice appears to be important, with an increase in foxf2 gene dosage (through transgene expression) leading to a reduction in perivascular cell numbers.

      We agree that dosage is a very important concept and show phenotypes in foxf2a heterozygotes (Fig 1F). To test the potential compensation from foxf2b, we have added qPCR for foxf2b in foxf2a mutants as well as HCR of foxf2b in foxf2a mutants (Fig S3C,D). There is no change in foxf2b expression in foxf2a mutants. We discuss dosage in our discussion.

      (6) Figures 3 and 4 lack data quantification. The authors describe the existence of vascular defects in adult fish, but no quantifiable parameters or quantifications are provided. This needs to be added.

      This query was technically challenging to address, but very worthwhile. We have not seen published methods for quantifying brain pericytes along with the vascular network (certainly not in zebrafish adults), so we developed new methods of analyzing whole brain vascular parameters of cleared adult brains (Figure S6) using a combination of segmentation methods for pericytes, endothelium and smooth muscle. We have added another author (David Elliott) as he was instrumental in designing methods. We find a significant decrease in vessel network length in foxf2a mutants at 3 month and 6 months (Figures 3F and 4G). Similarly, we show a lower number of brain pericytes in foxf2a mutants (Figure 3E). Finally, we added whole brain analysis of smooth muscle coverage (Figure 4) and show no change in vSMC number or coverage of vessels at 5 and 10 dpf or adult, respectively, pointing to pericytes being the cells most affected. Thank you, this query pushed us in a very productive direction. These methods will be extremely useful in the future!

      (7) The analysis of pericyte phenotypes and morphologies is not clear. On page 6, the authors state: "In the wildtype brain, adult pericytes have a clear oblong cell body with long, slender primary processes that extend from the cytoplasm with secondary processes that wrap around the circumference of the blood vessel." Further down on the same page, the authors note: "In wildtype adult brains, we identified three subtypes of pericytes, ensheathing, mesh and thin-strand, previously characterized in murine models." In conclusion, not all pericytes have long, slender primary processes, but there are at least three different sub-types? Did the authors analyze how they might be distributed along different branch orders of the vasculature, as they are in the mouse?

      We have reworded the text on page 5/6 to be clearer that embryonic pericytes are thin strand only. Additional pericyte subtypes develop later are seen in the mature vasculature of the adult. We could not find a way to accurately analyze pericyte subtypes in the adult brain. The imaging analysis to count pericytes used soma as machine learning algorithms have been developed to count nuclei but not analyze processes.

      (8) Which type of pericyte is affected in foxf2a mutant animals? Can the authors identify the branch order of the vasculature for both wildtype and mutant animals and compare which subtype of pericyte might be most affected? Are all subtypes of pericytes similarly affected in mutant animals? There also seems to be a reduction in smooth muscle cell coverage.

      Please see the response to (7) about pericyte subtypes. In response to the reviewer’s query, we have now analyzed vSMCs in the embryonic and adult brain. In the embryonic brain we see no statistical differences in vSMC number at 5 and 10 dpf (Figure 4). In the adult, vSMC length (total length of vSMCs in a brain) and vSMC coverage (proportion of brain vessels with vSMCs) are not significantly different. This data is important because it suggests that foxf2a has a more important role in pericytes than in vSMCs.

      (9) Regarding pericyte regeneration data (Figure 7): Are the values in Figure 7D not significantly different from each other (no significance given)?

      Any graphs missing bars have no significance and were left off for clarity. We have stated this in the statistical methods.  

      (10) In the discussion, the authors state that "pericyte processes have not been studied in zebrafish".

      Ando et al. (Development 2016) studied pericyte processes in early zebrafish embryos, and Leonard et al. (Development 2022) studied zebrafish pericytes and their processes in the developing fin. We apologize, this was not meant to say that pericyte processes had not been studied before, we have reworded this to make clear the intent of the sentence. We were trying to emphasize that we are the first to quantify processes at different stages, especially  in foxf2 mutants. Processes change morphology over development, especially after 5 dpf, something that our data captures. Our images are of stages that have not been previously characterized. We added a reference to Mae et al., who found similar process length changes in a mouse knockout of a different gene, and to Leonard who previously showed overlap of processes in a different context in fish.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates the developmental and lifelong consequences of reduced foxf2 dosage in zebrafish, a gene associated with human stroke risk and cerebral small vessel disease (CSVD). The authors show that a ~50% reduction in foxf2 function through homozygous loss of foxf2a leads to a significant decrease in brain pericyte number, along with striking abnormalities in pericyte morphologyincluding enlarged soma and extended processes-during larval stages. These defects are not corrected over time but instead persist and worsen with age, ultimately affecting the surrounding endothelium. The study also makes an important contribution by characterizing pericyte behavior in wild-type zebrafish using a clever pericyte-specific Brainbow approach, revealing novel interactions such as pericyte process overlap not previously reported in mammals.

      Strengths:

      This work provides mechanistic insight into how subtle, developmental changes in mural cell biology and coverage of the vasculature can drive long-term vascular pathology. The authors make strong use of zebrafish imaging tools, including longitudinal analysis in transgenic lines to follow pericyte number and morphology over larval development, and then applied tissue clearing and whole brain imaging at 3 and 11 months to further dissect the longitudinal effects of foxf2a loss. The ability to track individual pericytes in vivo reveals cell-intrinsic defects and process degeneration with high spatiotemporal resolution. Their use of a pericyte-specific Zebrabow line also allows, for the first time, detailed visualization of pericytepericyte interactions in the developing brain, highlighting structural features and behaviors that challenge existing models based on mouse studies. Together, these findings make the zebrafish a valuable model for studying the cellular dynamics of CSVD.

      Weaknesses:

      (11) While the findings are compelling, several aspects could be strengthened. First, quantifying pericyte coverage across distinct brain regions (forebrain, midbrain, hindbrain) would clarify whether foxf2a loss differentially impacts specific pericyte lineages, given known regional differences in developmental origin, with forebrain pericytes being neural crest-derived and hindbrain pericytes being mesoderm-derived.

      In recently published work from our lab, we published that both neural crest and mesodermal cells contribute to pericytes in both the mid and hindbrain, and could not confirm earlier work suggesting more rigid compartmental origins (Ahuja, 2024). In the Ahuja, 2024 paper we noted that lineage experiments are often limited by n’s which is why this may not have been discovered before. This makes us skeptical that counting different regions will allow us to interpret data about neural crest and mesoderm. Further, Ahuja 2024 shows that pericyte intermediate progenitors from both mesoderm and neural crest are indistinguishable at 30 hpf through single cell sequencing and have converged on a common phenotype.  

      (12) Second, measuring foxf2b expression in foxf2a mutants would better support the interpretation that total FOXF2 dosage is reduced in a graded fashion in heterozygote and homozygote foxf2a mutants.

      We have done both qPCR for foxf2b in foxf2a mutants and HCR (quantitative ISH). This is now reported in Fig S3. 

      (13) Finally, quantifying vascular density in adult mutants would help determine whether observed endothelial changes are a downstream consequence of prolonged pericyte loss. Correlating these vascular changes with local pericyte depletion would also help clarify causality.

      We have added this data to Figure 3 and 4. Please also see response (6).

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The goal of the work by Graff et al. is to model CSVD in the zebrafish using foxf2a mutants. The mutants show loss of cerebral pericyte coverage that persists through adulthood, but it seems foxf2a does not regulate the regenerative capacity of these cells. The findings are interesting and build on previous work from the group. Limitations of the work include little mechanistic insight into how foxf2a alters pericyte recruitment/differentiation/survival/proliferation in this context, and the overlap of these studies with previous work in fox2a/b double mutants. However, the data analysis is clean and compelling, and the findings will contribute to the field.

      (14) Please make Figures 5C and 5E red-green colorblind friendly.

      Thank you. We have changed the colors to light blue and yellow to be colorblind friendly.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (15) I'm not sure this reviewer totally agrees with the assessment that foxf2a loss of function, while foxf2b remains normal, is the same as FOXF2 heterozygous loss of function in humans. The discussion of the gene dosage needs to be better framed, and the authors should carry out qPCR to show that foxf2b levels are not altered in the foxf2a mutant background.

      We have added data on foxf2b expression in foxf2a mutants to Fig S3. We have updated the results.

      (16) Figure 4/SF7- is the aneurysm phenotype derived from the ECs or pericytes? Cell-type-specific rescues would be interesting to determine if phenotypes are rescued, especially the developmental phenotypes (it is appreciated that carrying out rescue experiments until adulthood is complex). When is the earliest time point that aneurysm-like structures are seen?

      This is a fascinating question, especially as we show that endothelial cells (vessel network length) are affected in the adult mutants. The foxf2a mutants that we work with here are constitutive knockouts. While a strategy to rescue foxf2a in specific lineages is being developed in the laboratory this will require a multi-generation breeding effort to get drivers, transgenes and mutants on the same background, and these fish are not currently available. Thank you for this comment- it is something we want to follow up on.

      (17) Figure 5 - This is very nice analysis.

      Thank you! We think it is informative too.

      (18) Figure 6 - needs to contain control images

      We have added wildtype images to figure 6A.

      (19) Figure 7- vessel images should be shown to demonstrate the specificity of NTR treatment to the pericytes.

      We have added the vessel images to Figure 7. We apologize for the omission.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      One possible remaining conceptual concern that might require future work is determining whether STN primarily mediates higher-level cognitive avoidance or if its activation primarily modulates motor tone.

      Our results using viral and electrolytic lesions (Fig. 11) and optogenetic inhibition of STN neurons (Fig. 10) show that signaled active avoidance is virtually abolished, and this effect is reproduced when we selectively inhibit STN fibers in the midbrain (Fig. 12). Inhibition of STN projections in either the substantia nigra pars reticulata (SNr) or the midbrain reticular tegmentum (mRt) eliminates cued avoidance responses while leaving escape responses intact. Importantly, mice continue to escape during US presentation after lesions or during photoinhibition, demonstrating that basic motor capabilities and the ability to generate rapid defensive actions are preserved.

      These findings argue against the idea that STN’s role in avoidance reflects a nonspecific suppression or facilitation of motor tone, even if the STN also contributes to general movement control. Instead, they show that STN output is required for generating “cognitively” guided cued actions that depend on interpreting sensory information and applying learned contingencies to decide when to act. Thus, while STN activity can modulate movement parameters, the loss-of-function results point to a more selective role in supporting cued, goal-directed avoidance behavior rather than a general adjustment of motor tone.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      All previous weaknesses have been addressed. The authors should explain how inhibition of the STN impairing active avoidance is consistent with the STN encoding cautious action. If 'caution' is related to avoid latency, why does STN lesion or inhibition increase avoid latency, and therefore increase caution? Wouldn't the opposite be more consistent with the statement that the STN 'encodes cautious action'?

      The reviewer’s interpretation treats any increase in avoidance latency as evidence of “more caution,” but this holds only when animals are performing the avoidance behavior normally. In our intact animals, avoidance rates remain high across AA1 → AA2 → AA3, and the active avoidance trials (CS1) used to measure latency are identical across tasks (e.g., in AA2 the only change is that intertrial crossings are punished). Under these conditions, changes in latency genuinely reflect adjustments in caution, because the behavior itself is intact, actions remain tightly coupled to the cue, and the trials are identical.

      This logic does not apply when STN function is disrupted. STN inhibition or lesions reduce avoidance to near chance levels; the few crossings that do occur are poorly aligned to the CS and many likely reflect random movement rather than a cued avoidance response. Once performance collapses, latency can no longer be assumed to reflect the same cognitive process. Thus, interpreting longer latencies during STN inactivation as “more caution” would be erroneous, and we never make that claim.

      A simple analogy may help clarify this distinction. Consider a pedestrian deciding when to cross the street after a green light. If the road is deserted (like AA1), the person may step off the curb quickly. If the road is busy with many cars that could cause harm (like AA2), they may wait longer to ensure that all cars have stopped. This extra hesitation reflects caution, not an inability to cross. However, if the pedestrian is impaired (e.g., cannot clearly see the light, struggles to coordinate movements, or cannot reliably make decisions), a delayed crossing would not indicate greater caution—it would reflect a breakdown in the ability to perform the behavior itself. The same principle applies to our data: we interpret latency as “caution” only when animals are performing the active avoidance behavior normally, success rates remain high, and the trial rules are identical. Under STN inhibition or lesion, when active avoidance collapses, the latency of the few crossings that still occur can no longer be interpreted as reflecting caution. We have added these points to the Discussion.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Original Weaknesses:

      I found the experimental design and presentation convoluted and some of the results over-interpreted.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment, but the concern as stated is too general for us to address in a concrete way. The revised manuscript has been substantially reorganized, with simplified terminology, streamlined figures, and removal of an entire set of experiments to avoid over-interpretation. We are confident that the experimental design and results are now presented clearly and without extrapolation beyond the data. If there are specific points the reviewer finds convoluted or over-interpreted, we would be happy to address them directly.

      As presented, I don't understand this idea that delayed movement is necessarily indicative of cautious movements. Is the distribution of responses multi-modal in a way that might support this idea; or do the authors simply take a normal distribution and assert that the slower responses represent 'caution'? Even if responses are multi-modal and clearly distinguished by 'type', why should readers think this that delayed responses imply cautious responding instead of say: habituation or sensitization to cue/shock, variability in attention, motivation, or stress; or merely uncertainty which seems plausible given what I understand of the task design where the same mice are repeatedly tested in changing conditions. This relates to a major claim (i.e., in the title).

      We appreciate the reviewer’s question and address each component directly.

      (1) What we mean by “caution” and how it is operationalized

      In our study, caution is defined operationally as a systematic increase in avoidance latency when the behavioral demand becomes higher, while the trial structure and required response remain unchanged. Specifically, CS1 trials are identical in AA1, AA2, and AA3. Thus, when mice take longer to initiate the same action under more demanding contexts, the added time reflects additional evaluation before acting—consistent with longestablished interpretations of latency shifts in cognitive psychology (see papers by Donders, Sternberg, Posner) and interpretations of deliberation time in speed-accuracy tradeoff literature.

      (2) Why this interpretation does not rely on multi-modal response distributions We do not claim that “cautious” responses form a separate mode in the latency distribution. The distributions are unimodal, and caution is inferred from conditiondependent shifts in these distributions across identical trials, not from the existence of multiple peaks (see Zhou et al, 2022). Latency shifts across conditions with identical trial structure are widely used as behavioral indices of deliberation or caution.

      (3) Why alternative explanations (habituation/sensitization, motivation, attention, stress, uncertainty) do not account for these latency changes

      Importantly, nothing changes in CS1 trials between AA1 and AA2 with respect to the cue, shock, or required response. Therefore:

      - Habituation/sensitization to the cue or shock cannot explain the latency shift (the stimuli and trial type are unchanged). We have previously examined cue-evoked orienting responses and their habituation in detail (Zhou et al., 2023), and those measurements are dissociable from the latency effects described here.

      - Motivation or attention are unlikely to change selectively for identical CS1 trials when the task manipulation only adds a contingency to intertrial crossings.

      - Uncertainty also does not increase for CS1 trials, they remain fully predictable and unchanged between conditions.

      - Stress is too broad a construct to be meaningful unless clearly operationalized; moreover, any stress differences that arise from task structure would covary with caution rather than replace the interpretation.

      (4) Clarifying “types” of responses

      The reviewer’s question about “response types” appears to conflate behavioral latencies with the neuronal response “types” defined in the manuscript. The term “type” in this paper refers to neuronal activation derived from movement-based clustering, not to distinct behavioral categories of avoidance, which we term modes.

      In sum, we interpret increased CS1 latency as “caution” only when performance remains intact and trial structure is identical between conditions; under those criteria, latency reliably reflects additional cognitive evaluation before acting, rather than nonspecific changes in sensory processing, motivation, etc.

      Related to the last, I'm struggling to understand the rationale for dividing cells into 'types' based their physiological responses in some experiments.

      There is longstanding precedent in systems neuroscience for classifying neurons by their physiological response patterns, because neurons that respond similarly often play similar functional roles. For example, place cells, grid cells, direction cells, in vivo, and regular spiking, burst firing, and tonic firing in vitro are all defined by characteristic activity patterns in response to stimuli rather than anatomy or genetics alone. In the same spirit, our classifications simply reflect clusters of neurons that exhibit similar ΔF/F dynamics around behaviorally relevant events, such as movement sensitivity or avoidance modes. This is a standard analytic approach used in many studies. Thus, our rationale is not arbitrary: the “classes” and “types” arise from data-driven clustering of physiological responses, consistent with widespread practice, and they help reveal functional distinctions within the STN that would otherwise remain obscured.

      In several figures the number of subjects used was not described. This is necessary. Also necessary is some assessment of the variability across subjects.

      All the results described include the number of animals. To eliminate uncertainty, we now also include this information in figure legends.

      The only measure of error shown in many figures relates trial-to-trial or event variability, which is minimal because in many cases it appears that hundreds of trials may have been averaged per animal, but this doesn't provide a strong view of biological variability (i.e., are results consistent across animals?).

      The concern appears to stem from a misunderstanding of what the mixed-effects models quantify. The figure panels often show session-averaged traces for clarity, all statistical inferences in the paper are made at the level of animals, not trials. Mixed-effects modeling is explicitly designed for hierarchical datasets such as ours, where many trials are nested within sessions, which are themselves nested within animals.

      In our models, animal is the clustering (random) factor, and sessions are nested within animals, so variability across animals is directly estimated and used to compute the population-level effects. This approach is not only appropriate but is the most stringent and widely recommended method for analyzing behavioral and neural data with repeated measures. In other words, the significance tests and confidence intervals already fully incorporate biological variability across animals.

      Thus, although hundreds of trials per animal may be illustrated for visualization, the inferences reflect between-animal consistency, not within-animal trial repetition. The fact that the mixed-effects results are robust across animals supports the biological reliability of the findings.

      It is not clear if or how spread of expression outside of target STN was evaluated, and if or how or how many mice were excluded due to spread or fiber placements. Inadequate histological validation is presented and neighboring regions that would be difficult to completely avoid, such as paraSTN may be contributing to some of the effects.

      The STN is a compact structure with clear anatomical boundaries, and our injections were rigorously validated to ensure targeting specificity. As detailed in the Methods, every mouse underwent histological verification, and injections were quantified using the Brain Atlas Analyzer app (available on OriginLab), which we developed to align serial sections to the Allen Brain Atlas. This approach provides precise, slice-by-slice confirmation of viral spread. We have performed thousands of AAV injections and probe implants in our lab, incorporating over the years highly reliable stereotaxic procedures with multiple depth and angle checks and tools. For this study specifically, fewer than 10% of mice were excluded due to off-target expression or fiber/lesion placement. None of the included cases showed spread into adjacent structures.

      Regarding paraSTN: anatomically, paraSTN is a very small extension contiguous with STN. Our study did not attempt to dissociate subregions within STN, and the viral expression patterns we report fall within the accepted boundaries of STN. Importantly, none of our photometry probes or miniscope lenses sampled paraSTN, so contributions from that region are extremely unlikely to account for any of our neural activity results.

      Finally, our paper employs five independent loss-of-function approaches—optogenetic inhibition of STN neurons, selective inhibition of STN projections to the midbrain (in two sites: SNr and mRt), and STN lesions (electrolytic and viral). All methods converge on the same conclusion, providing strong evidence that the effects we report arise from manipulation of STN itself rather than from neighboring regions.

      Raw example traces are not provided.

      We do not think raw traces are useful here. All figures contain average traces to reflect the average activity of the estimated populations, which are already clustered per classes and types.

      The timeline of the spontaneous movement and avoidance sessions were not clear, nor the number of events or sessions per animal and how this was set. It is not clear if there was pre-training or habituation, if many or variable sessions were combined per animal, or what the time gaps between sessions was, or if or how any of these parameters might influence interpretation of the results.

      As noted, we have enhanced the description of the sessions, including the number of animals and sessions, which are daily and always equal per animals in each group of experiments. The sessions are part of the random effects in the model. In addition, we now include schematics to facilitate understanding of the procedures.  

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors removed the optogenetic stimulation experiments, but then also added a lot of new analyses. Overall the scope of their conclusions are essentially unchanged. Part of the eLife model is to leave it to the authors discretion how they choose to present their work. But my overall view of it is unchanged. There are elements that I found clear, well executed, and compelling. But other elements that I found difficult to understand and where I could not follow or concur with their conclusions.

      We respectfully disagree with the assertion that the scope of our conclusions remains unchanged. The revised manuscript differs in several fundamental ways:

      (1) Removal of all optogenetic excitation experiments

      These experiments were a substantial portion of the original manuscript, and their removal eliminated an entire set of claims regarding the causal control of cautious responding by STN excitation. The revised manuscript no longer makes these claims.

      (2) Addition of analyses that directly address the reviewers’ central concerns The new analyses using mixed-effects modeling, window-specific covariates, and movement/baseline controls were added precisely because reviewers requested clearer dissociation of sensory, motor, and task-related contributions. These additions changed not only the presentation but the interpretation of the neural signals. We now conclude that STN encodes movement, caution, and aversive signals in separable ways—not that it exclusively or causally regulates caution.

      (3) Clear narrowing of conclusions

      Our current conclusions are more circumscribed and data-driven than in the original submission. For example, we removed all claims that STN activation “controls caution,” relying instead on loss-of-function data showing that STN is necessary for performing cued avoidance—not for generating cautious latency shifts. This is a substantial conceptual refinement resulting directly from the review process.

      (4) Reorganization to improve clarity

      Nearly every section has been restructured, including terminology (mode/type/class), figure organization, and explanations of behavioral windows. These revisions were implemented to ensure that readers can follow the logic of the analyses.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s recognition that several elements were clear and compelling. For the remaining points they found difficult to understand, we have addressed each one in detail in the response and revised the manuscript accordingly. If there are still aspects that remain unclear, we would welcome explicit identification of those points so that we can clarify them further.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Show individual data points on bar plots

      - partially addressed. Individual data points are still not shown.

      Wherever feasible, we display individual data points (e.g., Figures 1 and 2) to convey variability directly. However, in cases where figures depict hundreds of paired (repeatedmeasures) data points, showing all points without connecting them would not be appropriate, while linking them would make the figures visually cluttered and uninterpretable. All plots and traces include measures of variability (SEM), and the raw data will be shared on Dryad. When error bars are not visible, they are smaller than the trace thickness or bar line—for example, in Figure 5B, the black circles and orange triangles include error bars, but they are smaller than the symbol size.

      Also, to minimize visual clutter, only a subset of relevant comparisons is highlighted with asterisks, whereas all relevant statistical results, comparisons, and mouse/session numbers are fully reported in the Results section, with statistical analyses accounting for the clustering of data within subjects and sessions.

      (2) The active avoidance experiments are confusing when they are introduced in the results section. More explanation of what paradigms were used and what each CS means at the time these are introduced would add clarity. For example AA1, AA2 etc are explained only with references to other papers, but a brief description of each protocol and a schematic figure would really help.

      - partially addressed. A schematic figure showing the timeline would still be helpful.

      As suggested, we have added an additional panel to Fig. 5A with a schematic describing

      AA1-3 tasks. In addition, the avoidance protocols are described briefly but clearly in the Results section (second paragraph of “STN neurons activate during goal-directed avoidance contingencies”) and in greater detail in the Methods section. As stated, these tasks were conducted sequentially, and mice underwent the same number of sessions per procedure, which are indicated. All relevant procedural information has been included in these sections. Mice underwent daily sessions and learnt these tasks within 1-2 sessions, progressing sequentially across tasks with an equal number of sessions per task (7 per task), and the resulting data were combined and clustered by mouse/session in the statistical models.

      (3) How do the Class 1, 2, 3 avoids relate to Class 1 , 2, 3 neural types established in Figure 3? It seems like they are not related, and if that is the case they should be named something different from each other to avoid confusion.

      -not sufficiently addressed. The new naming system of neural 'classes' and 'types' helps with understanding that these are completely different ways of separating subpopulations within the STN. However, it is still unclear why the authors re-type the neurons based on their relation to avoids, when they classify the neurons based on their relationship to speed earlier. And it is unclear whether these neural classes and neural types have anything to do with each other. Are the neural Types related to the neural classes in any way? and what is the overlap between neural types vs classes? Which separation method is more useful for functionally defining STN populations?

      The remaining confusion stems from treating several independent analyses as if they were different versions of the same classification. In reality, each analysis asks a distinct question, and the resulting groupings are not expected to overlap or correspond. We clarify this explicitly below.

      - Movement onset neuron classes (Class A, B, C; Fig. 3):

      These classes categorize neurons based on how their ΔF/F changes around spontaneous movement onset. This analysis identifies which neurons encode the initiation and direction of movement. For instance, Class B neurons (15.9%) were inhibited as movement slowed before onset but did not show sharp activation at onset, whereas Class C neurons (27.6%) displayed a pronounced activation time-locked to movement initiation. Directional analyses revealed that Class C neurons discharged strongly during contraversive turns, while Class B neurons showed a weaker ipsiversive bias. Because neurons were defined per session and many of these recordings did not include avoidance-task sessions, these movement-onset classes were not used in the avoidance analyses.

      - Movement-sensitivity neuron classes (Class 1, 2, 3, 4; Fig. 7):

      These classes categorize neurons based on the cross-correlation between ΔF/F and head speed, capturing how each neuron’s activity scales with movement features across the entire recording session. This analysis identifies neurons that are strongly speed-modulated, weakly speed-modulated, or largely insensitive to movement. These movement-sensitivity classes were then carried forward into the avoidance analyses to ask how neurons with different kinematic relationships participate during task performance; for example, whether neurons that are insensitive to movement nonetheless show strong activation during avoidance actions.

      - Avoidance modes (Mode 1, 2, 3; Fig. 8)

      Here we classify actions, not neurons. K-means clustering is applied to the movementspeed time series during CS1 active avoidance trials only, which allows us to identify distinct action modes or variants—fast-onset versus delayed avoidance responses. This action-based classification ensures that we compare neural activity across identical movements, eliminating a major confound in studies that do not explicitly separate action variants. First, we examine how population activity differs across these avoidance modes, reflecting neural encoding of the distinct actions themselves. Second, within each mode, we then classify neurons into “types,” which simply describes how different neurons activate during that specific avoidance action (as noted next).

      - Neuron activation types within each mode (Type a, b, c; Fig.9)

      This analysis extends the mode-based approach by classifying neuronal activation patterns only within each specific avoidance mode. For each mode, we apply k-means clustering to the ΔF/F time series to identify three activation types—e.g., neurons showing little or no response, neurons showing moderate activation, and neurons showing strong or sharply timed activation. Because all trials within a mode have identical movement profiles, these activation types capture the variability of neural responses to the same avoidance behavior. Importantly, these activation “types” (a, b,

      c) are not global neuron categories. They do not correspond to, nor are they intended to map onto, the movement-based neuron classes defined earlier. Instead, they describe how neurons differ in their activation during a particular behavioral mode—that is, within a specific set of behaviorally matched trials. Because modes are defined at the trial level, the neurons contributing to each mode can differ: some neurons have trials belonging to one mode, others to two or all three. Thus, Type a/b/c groupings are not fixed properties of neurons. To prevent confusion, we refer to them explicitly as neuronal activation types, emphasizing that they characterize mode-specific response patterns rather than global cell identities.

      In conclusion, the categorizations serve entirely different analytical purposes and should not be interpreted as competing classifications. The mode-specific “types” do not reclassify or replace the movement-sensitivity classes; they capture how neurons differ within a single, well-defined avoidance action, while the movement classes reflect how neurons relate to movements in general. Each classification relates to different set of questions and overlap between them is not expected.

      To make this as clear as possible we added the following paragraph to the Results:  

      “To avoid confusion between analyses, it is important to note that the movement-sensitivity classes defined here (Class 1–4; Fig. 7) are conceptually distinct from both the movementonset classes (Class A–C; Fig. 3) and the neuronal activation “types” introduced later in the avoidance-mode analysis. The Class 1–4 grouping reflects how neurons relate to movement across the entire session, based on their cross-correlation with speed. The onset classes A–C capture neural activity specifically around spontaneous movement initiation during general exploration. In contrast, the later activation “types” are derived within each avoidance mode and describe how neurons differ in their activation patterns during identical CS1 avoidance responses. These classifications answer different questions about STN function and are not intended to correspond to one another.”

      (4) Similarly having 3 different cell types (a,b,c) in the active avoidance seems unrelated to the original classification of cell types (1,2,3), and these are different for each class of avoid. This is very confusing and it is unclear how any of these types relate to each other. Presumable the same mouse has all three classes of avoids, so there are recording from each cell during each type of avoid. So the authors could compare one cell during each avoid and determine whether it relates to movement or sound or something else. It is interesting that types a,b,c have the exact same proportions in each class of avoid, and really makes it important to investigate if these are the exact same cells or not. Also, these mice could be recorded during open field so the original neural classification (class 1, 2,3) could be applied to these same cells and then the authors can see whether each cell type defined in the open field has different response to the different avoid types. As it stands, the paper simply finds that during movement and during avoidance behaviors different cells in the STN do different things. - Similarly, the authors somewhat addressed the neural types issue, but figure 9 still has 9 different neural types and it is unclear whether the same cells that are type 'a' in mode 1 avoids are also type 'a' in mode 2 avoids, or do some switch to type b? Is there consistency between cell types across avoid modes? The authors show that type 'c' neurons are differentially elevated in mode 3 vs 2, but also describes neurons as type '2c' and statistically compare them to type '1c' neurons. Are these the same neurons? or are type 2c neurons different cells vs type 1c neurons? This is still unclear and requires clarification to be interpretable.

      We believe the remaining confusion arises from treating the different classification schemes as if they were alternative labels applied to the same neurons, when in fact they serve entirely separate analytical purposes and may not include the same neurons (see previous point). Because these classifications answer different questions, they are not expected to overlap, nor is overlap required for the interpretations we draw. It is therefore not appropriate to compare a neuron’s “type” in one avoidance mode to its movement class, or to ask whether types a/b/c across different modes are “the same cells,” since modes are defined by trial-level movement clustering rather than by neuron identity. Importantly, Types a/b/c are not intended as a new global classification of neurons; they simply summarize the variability of neuronal responses within each behaviorally matched mode. We agree that future studies could expand our findings, but that is beyond the already wide scope of the present paper. Our current analyses demonstrate a key conceptual point: when movement is held constant (via modes), STN neurons still show heterogeneous, outcome- and caution-related patterns, indicating encoding that cannot be reduced to movement alone.

      Relatedly, was the association with speed used to define each neural "class" done in the active avoidance context or in a separate (e.g. open field) experiment? This is not clear in the text.

      The cross-correlation classes were derived from the entire recording session, which included open-field and avoidance tasks recordings. The tasks include long intertrial periods with spontaneous movements. We found no difference in classes when we include only a portion of the session, such as the open field or if we exclude the avoidance interval where actions occur.

      Finally, in figure 7, why is there a separate avoid trace for each neural class? With the GRIN lens, the authors are presumably getting a sample of all cell types during each avoid, so why do the avoids differ depending on the cell type recorded?

      The entire STN population is not recorded within a single session; each session contributes only a subset of neurons to the dataset. Consequently, each neural class is composed of neurons drawn from partially non-overlapping sets of sessions, each with its own movement traces. For this reason, we plot avoidance traces separately for each neural class to maintain strict within-session correspondence between neural activity and the behavior collected in the same sessions. This prevents mixing behavioral data across sessions that did not contribute neurons to that class and ensures that all neural– behavioral comparisons remain appropriately matched. We have clarified this rationale in the revised manuscript. We note that averaging movement across classes—as is often done—would obscure these distinctions and would not preserve the necessary correspondence between neural activity and behavior. This is also clarified in Results.

      (5) The use of the same colors to mean two different things in figure 9 is confusing. AA1 vs AA2 shouldn't be the same colors as light-naïve vs light signaling CS.

      -addressed, but the authors still sometimes use the same colors to mean different things in adjacent figures (e.g. the red, blue, black colors in figure 1 and figure 2 mean totally different things) and use different colors within the same figure to represent the same thing (Figure 9AB vs Figure 9CD). This is suboptimal.

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, in Figure 2, we changed the colors, so readers do not assume they are related to Fig. 1.

      In Figure 9, we changed the colors in C,D to match the colors in A,B.

      (6) The exact timeline of the optogenetics experiments should be presented as a schematic for understandability. It is not clear which conditions each mouse experienced in which order. This is critical to the interpretation of figure 9 and the reduction of passive avoids during STN stimulation. Did these mice have the CS1+STN stimulation pairing or the STN+US pairing prior to this experiment? If they did, the stimulation of the STN could be strongly associated with either punishment or with the CS1 that predicts punishment. If that is the case, stimulating the STN during CS2 could be like presenting CS1+CS2 at the same time and could be confusing. The authors should make it clear whether the mice were naïve during this passive avoid experiment or whether they had experienced STN stimulation paired with anything prior to this experiment.

      -addressed

      (7) Similarly, the duration of the STN stimulation should be made clear on the plots that show behavior over time (e.g. Figure 9E).

      -addressed

      (8) There is just so much data and so many conditions for each experiment here. The paper is dense and difficult to read. It would really benefit readability if the authors put only the key experiments and key figure panels in the main text and moved much of the repetative figure panels to supplemental figures. The addition of schematic drawings for behavioral experiment timing and for the different AA1, AA2, AA3 conditions would also really improve clarity.

      -partially addressed. The paper is still dense and difficult to read. No experimental schematics were added.

      As suggested, we now added the schematic to Fig. 5A.  

      New Comments:

      (9) Description of the animals used and institutional approval are missing from the methods.

      The information on animal strains and institutional approval is already included in the manuscript. The first paragraph of the Methods section states:

      “… All procedures were reviewed and approved by the institutional animal care and use committee and conducted in adult (>8 weeks) male and female mice. …”

      Additionally, the next subsection, “Strains and Adeno-Associated Viruses (AAVs),” fully specifies all mouse lines used. We therefore believe that the required descriptions of animals and institutional approval are already present and meet standard reporting.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Wang, Zhou et al. investigated coordination between the prefrontal cortex (PFC) and the hippocampus (Hp), during reward delivery, by analyzing beta oscillations. Beta oscillations are associated with various cognitive functions, but their role in coordinating brain networks during learning is still not thoroughly understood. The authors focused on the changes in power, peak frequencies, and coherence of beta oscillations in two regions when rats learn a spatial task over days. Inconsistent with the authors' hypothesis, beta oscillations in those two regions during reward delivery were not coupled in spectral or temporal aspects. They were, however, able to show reverse changes in beta oscillations in PFC and Hp as the animal's performance got better. The authors were also able to show a small subset of cell populations in PFC that are modulated by both beta oscillations in PFC and sharp wave ripples in Hp. A similarly modulated cell population was not observed in Hp. These results are valuable in pointing out distinct periods during a spatial task when two regions modulate their activity independently from each other.

      The authors included a detailed analysis of the data to support their conclusions. However, some clarifications would help their presentation, as well as help readers to have a clear understanding.

      (1) The crucial time point of the analysis is the goal entry. However, it needs a better explanation in the methods or in figures of what a goal entry in their behavioral task means.

      (2) Regarding Figure 2, the authors have mentioned in the methods that PFC tetrodes have targeted both hemispheres. It might be trivial, but a supplementary graph or a paragraph about differences or similarities between contralateral and ipsilateral tetrodes to Hp might help readers.

      (3) The authors have looked at changes in burst properties over days of training. For the coincidence of beta bursts between PFC and Hp, is there a change in the coincidence of bursts depending on the day or performance of the animal?

      (4) Regarding the changes in performance through days as well as variance of the beta burst frequency variance (Figures 3C and 4C); was there a change in the number of the beta bursts as animals learn the task, which might affect variance indirectly?

      (5) In the behavioral task, within a session, animals needed to alternate between two wells, but the central arm (1) was in the same location. Did the authors alternate the location of well number 1 between days to different arms? It is possible that having well number 1 in the same location through days might have an effect on beta bursts, as they would get more rewards in well number 1?

      (6) The animals did not increase their performance in the F maze as much as they increased it in the Y maze. It would be more helpful to see a comparison between mazes in Figure 5 in terms of beta burst timing. It seems like in Y maze, unrewarded trials have earlier beta bursts in Y maze compared to F maze. Also, is there a difference in beta burst frequencies of rewarded and unrewarded trials?

      (7) For individual cell analysis, the authors recorded from Hp and the behavioral task involved spatial learning. It would be helpful to readers if authors mention about place field properties of the cells they have recorded from. It is known that reward cells firing near reward locations have a higher rate to participate in a sharp wave ripple. Factoring in the place field properties of the cells into the analysis might give a clearer picture of the lack of modulation of HP cells by beta and sharp wave ripples.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) When presenting the power spectra for the representative example (Figure 1), it would be appropriate to display a broader frequency band-including delta, theta, and gamma (up to ~100 Hz), rather than only the beta band. What was the rat's locomotor state (e.g., running speed) after entering the reward location, during which the LFPs were recorded? If the rats stopped at the goal but still consumed the reward (i.e., exhibited very low running speed), theta rhythms might still occasionally occur, and sharp-wave ripples (SWRs) could be observed during rest. Do beta bursts also occur during navigation prior to goal entry? It would be beneficial to display these rhythmic activities continuously across both the navigation and goal entry phases. Additionally, given that the hippocampal theta rhythm is typically around 7-8 Hz, while a peak at approximately 15-16 Hz is visible in the power spectra in Figure 1C, the authors should clarify whether the 22 Hz beta activity represents a genuine oscillation rather than a harmonic of the theta rhythm.

      (2) The authors claim that beta activity is independent between CA1 and PFC, based on the low coherence between these regions. However, it is challenging to discern beta-specific coherence in CA1; instead, coherence appears elevated across a broader frequency band (Figure 2 and Figure 2-1D). An alternative explanation could be that the uncoupled beta between CA1 and PFC results from low local beta coherence within CA1 itself.

      (3) In Figure 2-1E-F, visual inspection of the box plots reveals minimal differences between PFC-Ind and PFC-Coin/CA1-Coin conditions, despite reported statistical significance. It may be necessary to verify whether the significance arises from a large sample size.

      (4) In Figure 3 and Figure 4, although differences in power and frequency appear to change significantly across days, these changes are not easily discernible by visual inspection. It is worth considering whether these variations are related to increased task familiarity over days, potentially accompanied by higher running speeds.

      (5) The stronger spiking modulation by local beta oscillations shown in Figure 6 could also be interpreted in the context of uncoupled beta between CA1 and PFC. In this analysis, only spikes occurring during beta bursts should be included, rather than all spikes within a trial. The authors should verify the dataset used and consider including a representative example illustrating beta modulation of single-unit spiking.

      (6) As observed in Figure 7D, CA1 beta bursts continue to occur even after 2.5 seconds following goal entry, when SWRs begin to emerge. Do these oscillations alternate over time, or do they coexist with some form of cross-frequency coupling?

    3. Author response:

      Public Reviews:.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Wang, Zhou et al. investigated coordination between the prefrontal cortex (PFC) and the hippocampus (Hp), during reward delivery, by analyzing beta oscillations. Beta oscillations are associated with various cognitive functions, but their role in coordinating brain networks during learning is still not thoroughly understood. The authors focused on the changes in power, peak frequencies, and coherence of beta oscillations in two regions when rats learn a spatial task over days. Inconsistent with the authors' hypothesis, beta oscillations in those two regions during reward delivery were not coupled in spectral or temporal aspects. They were, however, able to show reverse changes in beta oscillations in PFC and Hp as the animal's performance got better. The authors were also able to show a small subset of cell populations in PFC that are modulated by both beta oscillations in PFC and sharp wave ripples in Hp. A similarly modulated cell population was not observed in Hp. These results are valuable in pointing out distinct periods during a spatial task when two regions modulate their activity independently from each other.

      The authors included a detailed analysis of the data to support their conclusions. However, some clarifications would help their presentation, as well as help readers to have a clear understanding.

      (1) The crucial time point of the analysis is the goal entry. However, it needs a better explanation in the methods or in figures of what a goal entry in their behavioral task means.

      We appreciate Reviewer 1 pointing out this shortcoming and will clarify the description in the revised manuscript. Each goal is located at the end of the arm, and is equipped with a reward delivery unit. The unit has an infrared sensor. The rat breaks the infrared beam when it enters the goal.

      (2) Regarding Figure 2, the authors have mentioned in the methods that PFC tetrodes have targeted both hemispheres. It might be trivial, but a supplementary graph or a paragraph about differences or similarities between contralateral and ipsilateral tetrodes to Hp might help readers.

      We will provide the requested analysis in the full revision. We saw both hemispheres had similar properties.

      (3) The authors have looked at changes in burst properties over days of training. For the coincidence of beta bursts between PFC and Hp, is there a change in the coincidence of bursts depending on the day or performance of the animal?

      We will provide the requested analysis in the full revision.

      (4) Regarding the changes in performance through days as well as variance of the beta burst frequency variance (Figures 3C and 4C); was there a change in the number of the beta bursts as animals learn the task, which might affect variance indirectly?

      The analysis we can do here is to control for differences in the number of bursts for each category (days/performance quintile) by resampling the data to match the burst count between categories.

      (5) In the behavioral task, within a session, animals needed to alternate between two wells, but the central arm (1) was in the same location. Did the authors alternate the location of well number 1 between days to different arms? It is possible that having well number 1 in the same location through days might have an effect on beta bursts, as they would get more rewards in well number 1?

      The central arm remained the same across days since we needed the animals to learn the alternation task. In our experience, the animal needs a few days to learn the alternation rule when we switch the central arm location. For this experiment, we were interested in the initial learning process, and we kept the central constant. Switching the central arm location is a great suggestion for a follow up experiment where we can understand the effects of reward contingency change has on beta bursts.

      (6) The animals did not increase their performance in the F maze as much as they increased it in the Y maze. It would be more helpful to see a comparison between mazes in Figure 5 in terms of beta burst timing. It seems like in Y maze, unrewarded trials have earlier beta bursts in Y maze compared to F maze. Also, is there a difference in beta burst frequencies of rewarded and unrewarded trials?

      We will add this analysis in the revised manuscript.

      (7) For individual cell analysis, the authors recorded from Hp and the behavioral task involved spatial learning. It would be helpful to readers if authors mention about place field properties of the cells they have recorded from. It is known that reward cells firing near reward locations have a higher rate to participate in a sharp wave ripple. Factoring in the place field propertiesd of the cells into the analysis might give a clearer picture of the lack of modulation of HP cells by beta and sharp wave ripples.

      This is a great suggestion, and we will address this in the full revision.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      We thank Reviewer 2 for their helpful comments and will address these in full in the revision. These are great suggestions to provide greater detail on the spectral and behavioral data at the goal.

      (1) When presenting the power spectra for the representative example (Figure 1), it would be appropriate to display a broader frequency band-including delta, theta, and gamma (up to ~100 Hz), rather than only the beta band.

      We will show more examples of power spectra with a wider frequency range. We did examine the wider spectra and noticed power in the beta frequency band was more prominent than others.

      What was the rat's locomotor state (e.g., running speed) after entering the reward location, during which the LFPs were recorded?

      We will add the time aligned speed profile to the spectra and raw data examples. Because goal entry is defined as the time the animals break the infrared beam at the goal (response to Reviewer 1), the rat would have come to a stop.

      If the rats stopped at the goal but still consumed the reward (i.e., exhibited very low running speed), theta rhythms might still occasionally occur, and sharp-wave ripples (SWRs) could be observed during rest.

      We typically find low theta power in the hippocampus after the animal reaches the goal location and as it consumes reward. Reviewer 2 is correct about occasional theta power at the goal. We have observed this but mostly before the animal leaves the goal location. We did find SWRs during goal periods. One example is shown in Fig. 7A.

      Do beta bursts also occur during navigation prior to goal entry?

      We did not find consistent beta bursts in PFC or CA1 on approach to goal entry. We can provide the analyses in our full revision. In our initial exploratory analysis, we found beta bursts was most prominent after goal entry, which led us to focus on post-goal entry beta for this manuscript. However, beta oscillations in the hippocampus during locomotion or exploration has been reported (Ahmed & Mehta, 2012; Berke et al., 2008; França et al., 2014; França et al., 2021; Iwasaki et al., 2021; Lansink et al., 2016; Rangel et al., 2015).

      It would be beneficial to display these rhythmic activities continuously across both the navigation and goal entry phases. Additionally, given that the hippocampal theta rhythm is typically around 7-8 Hz, while a peak at approximately 15-16 Hz is visible in the power spectra in Figure 1C, the authors should clarify whether the 22 Hz beta activity represents a genuine oscillation rather than a harmonic of the theta rhythm.

      To ensure we fully address this concern, we can provide further spectral analysis in our revised manuscript to show theta power in CA1 is reduced after goal entry. We were initially concerned about the possibility that the 22Hz power in CA1 may be a harmonic rather than a standalone oscillation band. If these are harmonics of theta, we should expect to find coincident theta at the time of bursts in the beta frequency. In Fig. 1B, Fig. 2A, we show examples of the raw LFP traces from CA1. Here, the detected bursts are not accompanied by visible theta frequency activity. For PFC, we do not always see persistent theta frequency oscillations like CA1. In PFC, we found beta bursts were frequent and visually identifiable when examining the LFP. We provided examples of the PFC LFP (Fig. 1B, Fig. 1-1, and Fig. 2A). In these cases, we see clear beta frequency oscillations lasting several cycles and these are not accompanied by any oscillations in the theta frequency in the LFP trace.

      (2) The authors claim that beta activity is independent between CA1 and PFC, based on the low coherence between these regions. However, it is challenging to discern beta-specific coherence in CA1; instead, coherence appears elevated across a broader frequency band (Figure 2 and Figure 2-1D). An alternative explanation could be that the uncoupled beta between CA1 and PFC results from low local beta coherence within CA1 itself.

      This is a legitimate concern, and we used three methods to characterize coherence and coordination between the two regions. First, we calculated coherence for tetrode pairs for times when the animal was at goals (Fig. 2B), which provides a general estimation of coherence across frequencies but lack any temporal resolution. Second, we calculated burst aligned coherence (Fig. 2-1), which provides temporal resolution relative to the burst, but the multi-taper method is constrained by the time-frequency resolution trade off. Third, we quantified the timing between the burst peaks (Fig. 2D), which will describe timing differences but the peaks for the bursts may not be symmetric. Thus, each method has its own caveats, but we drew our conclusion from the combination of results from these three analyses, which pointed to similar conclusions.

      Reviewer 2 is correct in pointing out the uniformly high coherence within CA1 across the frequency range we examined. When we inspected the raw LFP across multiple tetrodes in CA1, they were similar to each other (Fig. 2A). This likely reflects the uniformity in the LFP across recording sites in CA1, which is what we saw with coherence values across the frequency range (Fig. 2B). We found CA1 coherence between tetrode pairs within CA1 across the range, were statistically higher, compared to tetrode pairs in PFC (Fig. 2B and C), thus our results are unlikely to be explained by low beta coherence within CA1 itself. The burst aligned coherence using a multi-taper method also supports this. The coherence values within CA1 at the time of CA1 bursts is ~0.8-0.9.

      (3) In Figure 2-1E-F, visual inspection of the box plots reveals minimal differences between PFC-Ind and PFC-Coin/CA1-Coin conditions, despite reported statistical significance. It may be necessary to verify whether the significance arises from a large sample size.

      We will include the sample sizes for each of the boxplots, these should be the same as the power comparison in Fig. 2-1 A-C. The LFP within a one second window centered around the bursts are usually very similar, and the multi-taper method will return high coherence values. The p-values from statistical comparisons between the boxes are corrected using the Benjamini-Hochberg method.

      (4) In Figure 3 and Figure 4, although differences in power and frequency appear to change significantly across days, these changes are not easily discernible by visual inspection. It is worth considering whether these variations are related to increased task familiarity over days, potentially accompanied by higher running speeds.

      We agree with Reviewer 2 that familiarity increases across days, and the animal is likely running faster. The analysis for Fig. 3 and 4 includes only data from periods when the animal was at the goal and was not moving. We used linear mixed effects models to quantify the relationship between power, frequency and day or behavioral quintile.

      (5) The stronger spiking modulation by local beta oscillations shown in Figure 6 could also be interpreted in the context of uncoupled beta between CA1 and PFC. In this analysis, only spikes occurring during beta bursts should be included, rather than all spikes within a trial. The authors should verify the dataset used and consider including a representative example illustrating beta modulation of single-unit spiking.

      We agree with Reviewer 2 that the stronger modulation to local beta is another piece of evidence indicating uncoupled beta between the two regions. We appreciate this suggestion and will add examples illustrating beta modulation for single units. We want to clarify the spikes were only from periods when the animal is at the goal location on each trial and does not include the running period between goals.

      (6) As observed in Figure 7D, CA1 beta bursts continue to occur even after 2.5 seconds following goal entry, when SWRs begin to emerge. Do these oscillations alternate over time, or do they coexist with some form of cross-frequency coupling?

      This is a very interesting and helpful suggestion. Although we found SWRs generally appear later than beta bursts, it is possible the two are related on a finer timescale pointing to coordination. Our cross-correlation analysis between PFC and CA1 beta bursts only showed the relationship on the timescale of seconds. We will show a higher time-resolution version of this analysis in the revision.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper explored the role of beta rhythms in the context of spatial learning and mPFC-hippocampal dynamics. The authors characterized mPFC and hippocampal beta oscillations, examining how their coordination and their spectral profiles related to learning and prefrontal neuronal firing. Rats performed two tasks, a Y-maze and an F-maze, with the F-maze task being more cognitively demanding. Across learning, prefrontal beta oscillation power increased while beta frequency decreased. In contrast, hippocampal beta power and beta frequency decreased. This was particularly the case for the well-performed and well-learned Y-maze paradigm. The authors identified the timing of beta oscillations, revealing an interesting shift in beta burst timing relative to reward entry as learning progressed. They also discovered an interesting population of prefrontal neurons that were tuned to both prefrontal beta and hippocampal sharp-wave ripple events, revealing a spectrum of SWR-excited and SWR-inhibited neurons that were differentially phase locked to prefrontal beta rhythms.

      In sum, the authors set out to examine how beta rhythms and their coordination were related to learning and goal occupancy. The authors identified a set of learning and goal-related correlates at the level of LFP and spike-LFP interactions, but did not report on spike-behavioral correlates.

      Strengths:

      Pairing dual recordings of medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) and CA1 with learning of spatial memory tasks is a strength of this paper. The authors also discovered an interesting population of prefrontal neurons modulated by both beta and CA1 sharp-wave ripple (SWR) events, showing a relationship between SWR-excited and SWR-inhibited neurons and beta oscillation phase.

      Weaknesses:

      Moreover, there is little detail provided about sample sizes and how data sampling is being performed (e.g., rats, sessions, or trials), raising generalizability concerns.

      We appreciate Reviewer 3’s thoughtful suggestions for making our claims convincing. We will include information about sample sizes and address each detailed recommendation in the revised manuscript.

      The authors report on a task where rats were performing sub-optimally (F-maze), weakening claims.

      Our experiment was designed to allow us to examine within the same animal, a well-performed task (Y) and a less well-performed task (F). This contrast allows us to determine differences in neural correlates. We can further dissect the relevant differences to take advantage of this experiment design.

      Likewise, it is questionable as to whether mPFC and hippocampus are dually required to perform a no-delay Y-maze task at day 5, where rats are performing near 100%.

      We agree with Reviewer 3 that the mPFC and hippocampus may not be required when the animal reaches stable performance on day 5 (Deceuninck & Kloosterman, 2024). The data we collected spans the full range of early learning (day 1) to proficiency (day 5). We wanted to understand the dynamics of beta across these learning stages.

      Recent studies suggest mPFC and hippocampus are likely to be needed, in some capacity, for learning continuous spatial alternation tasks on a range of maze geometries. Lesions, inactivation or waking activity perturbation of hippocampus or hippocampus and mPFC on the W maze alternation task slowed learning (Jadhav et al., 2012; Kim & Frank, 2009; Maharjan et al., 2018). More recently, optogenetic silencing of mPFC after sharp wave ripples on the Y maze alternation affected performance when the center arm was switched (den Bakker et al., 2023). The Y and F mazes in our study both share the continuous alternation rule, where the animal needed to avoid visiting a previously visited location on the outbound choice relative to the center, and always return to the center location.

      Further, the performance characteristics on the outbound and inbound components of our Y task is similar to the W task. We have analyzed the “inbound” and “outbound” performance of the animals on the Y maze alternation task, and they are similar to the W maze alternation task. The “inbound” or reference location component is learned quickly whereas the ”outbound”, alternation component is learned slowly. We can add this analysis to the revised manuscript.

      There would be little reason to suspect strong oscillatory coupling when task performance is poor and/or independent of mPFC-HPC communication (Jones and Wilson, 2005) potentially weakening conclusions about independent beta rhythms.

      Although many studies have examined the oscillatory coupling properties at the theta frequency between mPFC-HPC (Hyman et al., 2005; Jones & Wilson, 2005; Siapas et al., 2005), our understanding of beta frequency coordination between the two regions is less established, especially at goal locations. Beta frequency coordination at goal locations may or may not follow similar properties to theta frequency coupling. In this manuscript we are reporting the properties of goal-location beta frequency activity in mPFC-HPC networks. We are not aware of prior work describing these properties at this stage of a spatial navigation task, especially their coordination in time.

      References

      Ahmed, O. J., & Mehta, M. R. (2012). Running speed alters the frequency of hippocampal gamma oscillations. J Neurosci, 32(21), 7373-7383. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.5110-11.2012

      Berke, J. D., Hetrick, V., Breck, J., & Greene, R. W. (2008). Transient 23-30 Hz oscillations in mouse hippocampus during exploration of novel environments. Hippocampus, 18(5), 519-529. https://doi.org/10.1002/hipo.20435

      Deceuninck, L., & Kloosterman, F. (2024). Disruption of awake sharp-wave ripples does not affect memorization of locations in repeated-acquisition spatial memory tasks. Elife, 13. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.84004

      den Bakker, H., Van Dijck, M., Sun, J. J., & Kloosterman, F. (2023). Sharp-wave-ripple-associated activity in the medial prefrontal cortex supports spatial rule switching. Cell Rep, 42(8), 112959. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.celrep.2023.112959

      França, A. S., do Nascimento, G. C., Lopes-dos-Santos, V., Muratori, L., Ribeiro, S., Lobão-Soares, B., & Tort, A. B. (2014). Beta2 oscillations (23-30 Hz) in the mouse hippocampus during novel object recognition. Eur J Neurosci, 40(11), 3693-3703. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejn.12739

      França, A. S. C., Borgesius, N. Z., Souza, B. C., & Cohen, M. X. (2021). Beta2 Oscillations in Hippocampal-Cortical Circuits During Novelty Detection. Front Syst Neurosci, 15, 617388. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnsys.2021.617388

      Hyman, J. M., Zilli, E. A., Paley, A. M., & Hasselmo, M. E. (2005). Medial prefrontal cortex cells show dynamic modulation with the hippocampal theta rhythm dependent on behavior. Hippocampus, 15(6), 739-749. https://doi.org/10.1002/hipo.20106

      Iwasaki, S., Sasaki, T., & Ikegaya, Y. (2021). Hippocampal beta oscillations predict mouse object-location associative memory performance. Hippocampus, 31(5), 503-511. https://doi.org/10.1002/hipo.23311

      Jadhav, S. P., Kemere, C., German, P. W., & Frank, L. M. (2012). Awake hippocampal sharp-wave ripples support spatial memory. Science (New York, N.Y.), 336(6087), 1454-1458. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1217230

      Jones, M. W., & Wilson, M. A. (2005). Theta Rhythms Coordinate Hippocampal–Prefrontal Interactions in a Spatial Memory Task. PLoS Biology, 3(12). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pbio.0030402

      Kim, S. M., & Frank, L. M. (2009). Hippocampal Lesions Impair Rapid Learning of a Continuous Spatial Alternation Task. PLoS ONE, 4(5). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0005494

      Lansink, C. S., Meijer, G. T., Lankelma, J. V., Vinck, M. A., Jackson, J. C., & Pennartz, C. M. (2016). Reward Expectancy Strengthens CA1 Theta and Beta Band Synchronization and Hippocampal-Ventral Striatal Coupling. J Neurosci, 36(41), 10598-10610. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.0682-16.2016

      Maharjan, D. M., Dai, Y. Y., Glantz, E. H., & Jadhav, S. P. (2018). Disruption of dorsal hippocampal - prefrontal interactions using chemogenetic inactivation impairs spatial learning. Neurobiol Learn Mem, 155, 351-360. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nlm.2018.08.023

      Rangel, L. M., Chiba, A. A., & Quinn, L. K. (2015). Theta and beta oscillatory dynamics in the dentate gyrus reveal a shift in network processing state during cue encounters. Front Syst Neurosci, 9, 96. https://doi.org/10.3389/fnsys.2015.00096

      Siapas, A. G., Lubenov, E. V., & Wilson, M. A. (2005). Prefrontal Phase Locking to Hippocampal Theta Oscillations. Neuron, 46(1), 141-151. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2005.02.028.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors set out to understand how animals respond to visible light in an animal without eyes. To do so, they used the C. elegans model, which lacks eyes, but nonetheless exhibits robust responses to visible light at several wavelengths. Here, the authors report a promoter that is activated by visible light and independent of known pathways of light responses.

      Strengths:

      The authors convincingly demonstrate that visible light activates the expression of the cyp-14A5 promoter-driven gene expression in a variety of contexts and report the finding that this pathway is activated via the ZIP-2 transcriptionally regulated signaling pathway.

      Weaknesses:

      Because the ZIP-2 pathway has been reported to be activated predominantly by changes in the bacterial food source of C. elegans -- or exposure of animals to pathogens -- it remains unclear if visible light activates a pathway in C. elegans (animals) or if visible light potentially is sensed by the bacteria on the plate, which also lack eyes. Specifically, it is possible that the plates are seeded with excess E. coli, that E. coli is altered by light in some way, and in this context, alters its behavior in such a way that activates a known bacterially responsive pathway in the animals. This weakness would not affect the ability to use this novel discovery as a tool, which would still be useful to the field, but it does leave some questions about the applicability to the original question of how animals sense light in the absence of eyes.

      Thank you for the insightful questions and suggestions. We have now performed a key experiment requested. Interesting new data (Fig. S1I) show that light induction of cyp-14A5p::GFP requires live bacteria that maintain a non-starved physiological state. Neither plates without food nor plates with heat-killed OP50 support robust induction. We now include this interesting new result in the paper and revised discussion on the bacteria-modulated mechanism but note that this bacterial requirement does not alter the central conclusions of the study. Rather, it reveals an intriguing mechanistic layer, namely, that bacterial metabolic activity likely influences the animal’s sensitivity to environmental light. We are pursuing this host–microbe interaction in a separate study. In the present work, we focus on the intrinsic regulation and functional significance of cyp-14A5 under standard laboratory conditions with live OP50. Accordingly, we have revised the Results and Discussion to reflect the appropriate scope.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Ji, Ma, and colleagues report the discovery of a mechanism in C. elegans that mediates transcriptional responses to low-intensity light stimuli. They find that light-induced transcription requires a pair of bZIP transcription factors and induces expression of a cytochrome P450 effector. This unexpected light-sensing mechanism is required for physiologically relevant gene expression that controls behavioral plasticity. The authors further show that this mechanism can be co-opted to create light-inducible transgenes.

      Strengths:

      The authors rigorously demonstrate that ambient light stimuli regulate gene expression via a mechanism that requires the bZIP factors ZIP-2 and CEBP-2. Transcriptional responses to light stimuli are measured using transgenes and using measurements of endogenous transcripts. The study shows proper genetic controls for these effects. The study shows that this light-response does not require known photoreceptors, is tuned to specific wavelengths, and is highly unlikely to be an artifact of temperature-sensing. The study further shows that the function of ZIP-2 and CEBP-2 in light-sensing can be distinguished from their previously reported role in mediating transcriptional responses to pathogenic bacteria. The study includes experiments that demonstrate that regulatory motifs from a known light-response gene can be used to confer light-regulated gene expression, demonstrating sufficiency and suggesting an application of these discoveries in engineering inducible transgenes. Finally, the study shows that ambient light and the transcription factors that transduce it into gene expression changes are required to stabilize a learned olfactory behavior, suggesting a physiological function for this mechanism.

      Weaknesses:

      The study implies but does not show that the effects of ambient light on stabilizing a learned olfactory behavior are through the described pathway. To show this clearly, the authors should determine whether ambient light has any effect on mutants lacking CYP-14A5, ZIP-2, or CEBP-2. Other minor edits to the text and figures are suggested.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment. Our study indeed implies that ambient light stabilizes learned olfactory behavior through effects on the described pathway. Importantly, the existing data already address this point. Mutants lacking CYP-14A5, ZIP-2, or CEBP-2 display impaired olfactory memory even when exposed to ambient light, indicating that these genes are required for the behavioral effect of light. Consistent with this, ambient light robustly induces cyp-14A5p::GFP in wild-type animals but fails to do so in zip-2 and cebp-2 mutants, demonstrating that light-dependent transcriptional activation is blocked upstream in these pathway mutants. Together, these results support the conclusion that ambient light acts through the ZIP-2 → CEBP-2 → CYP-14A5 pathway to stabilize memory. Minor textual and figure revisions have been made where helpful to clarify this point.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Ji et al. report a novel and interesting light-induced transcriptional response pathway in the eyeless roundworm Caenorhabditis elegans that involves a cytochrome P450 family protein (CYP-14A5) and functions independently from previously established photosensory mechanisms. Although the exact mechanisms underlying photoactivation of this pathway remain unclear, light-dependent induction of CYP-14A5 requires bZIP transcription factors ZIP-2 and CEBP-2 that have been previously implicated in worm responses to pathogens. The authors then suggest that light-induced CYP-14A5 activity in the C. elegans hypoderm can unexpectedly and cell-non-autonomously contribute to retention of an olfactory memory. Finally, the authors demonstrate the potential for this pathway to enable robust light-induced control of gene expression and behavior, albeit with some restrictions. Overall, the evidence supporting the claims of the authors is convincing, and the authors' work suggests numerous interesting lines of future inquiry.

      (1) The authors determine that light, but not several other stressors tested (temperature, hypoxia, and food deprivation), can induce transcription of cyp-15A5. The authors use these experiments to suggest the potential specificity of the induction of CYP-14A5 by light. Given the established relationship between light and oxidative stress and the authors' later identification of ZIP-2, testing the effect of an oxidative stressor or pathogen exposure on transcription of cyp-14A5 would further strengthen the validity of this statement and potentially shed some insight into the underlying mechanisms.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s thoughtful suggestion. We would like to clarify that the “specificity” we refer to is the strong and preferential induction of cyp-14A5 by light among pathogen or detoxification-related genes, rather than an assertion that cyp-14A5 is exclusively light-responsive. This does not preclude the possibility that cyp-14A5 can also be activated under other conditions. Indeed, prior work from the Troemel laboratory has identified cyp-14A5 as one of many pathogen-inducible genes, consistent with its role in stress physiology. Our data show that classical pathogen-responsive genes (e.g., irg-1) are not induced by light, whereas cyp-14A5 is strongly induced, highlighting the selective engagement of this cytochrome P450 by light under the conditions tested. We have revised the text to clarify this point.

      (2) The authors suggest that short-wavelength light more robustly increases transcription of cyp-14A5 compared to equally intense longer wavelengths (Figure 2F and 2G). Here, however, the authors report intensities in lux of wavelengths tested. Measurements of and reporting the specific spectra of the incident lights and their corresponding irradiances (ideally, in some form of mW/mm2 - see Ward et al., 2008, Edwards et al., 2008, Bhatla and Horvitz, 2015, De Magalhaes Filho et al., 2018, Ghosh et al., 2021, among others, for examples) is critical for appropriate comparisons across wavelengths and facilitates cross-checking with previous studies of C. elegans light responses. On a related and more minor note, the authors place an ultraviolet shield in front of a visible light LED to test potential effects of ultraviolet light on transcription of cyp-14A5. A measurement of the spectrum of the visible light LED would help confirm if such an experiment was required. Regardless, the principal conclusions the authors made from these experiments will likely remain unchanged.

      Thank you. We have revised the text to clarify this point. “Using controlled light versus dark conditions, we confirmed the finding from an integrated cyp-14A5p::GFP reporter and observed its robust widespread GFP expression in many tissues induced by moderate-intensity (500-3000 Lux, 16-48 hr duration) LED light exposure (Fig. 1A). The photometric Lux range is approximately 0.1–0.60 mW/cm<sup>2</sup> in radiometric (total radiant power) metric given the spectrum of the LED light source.”

      (3) The authors report an interesting observation that animals exposed to ambient light (~600 lux) exhibit significantly increased memory retention compared to those maintained in darkness (Figure 4). Furthermore, light deprivation within the first 2-4 hours after learning appears to eliminate the effect of light on memory retention. These processes depend on CYP-14A5, loss of which can be rescued by re-expression of cyp-14A5 in mutant animals using a hypoderm-specific- and non-light-inducible- promoter. Taken together, the authors argue convincingly that hypodermal expression of cyp-14A5 can contribute to the retention of the olfactory memory. More broadly, these experiments suggest that cell-non-autonomous signaling can enhance retention of olfactory memory. How retention of the olfactory memory is enhanced by light generally remains unclear. In addition, the authors' experiments in Figure 1B demonstrate - at least by use of the transcriptional reporter - that light-dependent induction of cyp-14A5 transcription at 500 - 1000 lux is minimal and especially so at short duration exposures. Additional experiments, including verification of light-dependent changes in CYP-14A5 levels in the olfactory memory behavioral setup, would help further interpret these otherwise interesting results.

      We thank the reviewer for these thoughtful comments. We agree that understanding how light enhances memory retention at a mechanistic level is an important direction for future work. Regarding the light intensities used in Figure 1B, we would like to clarify that 500–1000 lux does produce a measurable and statistically significant induction of cyp-14A5p::GFP, although the magnitude is lower than that observed at higher intensities. We interpret this modest induction as physiologically relevant: intermediate light levels appear sufficient to engage the CYP-14A5–dependent program required for memory stabilization, whereas stronger light intensities are detrimental to learning and reduce behavioral performance. Thus, the behavioral paradigm uses a light regime that activates the pathway without introducing stress-associated confounders.

      (4) The experiments in Figure 4 nicely validate the usage of the cyp-14A5 promoter as a potential tool for light-dependent induction of gene expression. Despite the limitations of this tool, including those presented by the authors, it could prove useful for the community.

      Thank you and we agree. In addition, we have included in the revised manuscript the single-copy integration strains based on UAS-GAL4 that produced similar results as transgenic strains and will be even more flexible and useful for the community.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      While appreciating the quality and presentation of this important study, we had two major concerns that the authors need to address.

      (1) Bacteria-versus-worm origin:

      To rule out a bacterially derived stimulus, we suggest testing whether cyp-14A5p::GFP is inducible without bacteria (or killed bacteria). Checking whether the canonical immune reporters irg-5p::GFP and gst-4p::GFP are also light-inducible will further clarify this point.

      We have now performed the key experiment requested by the reviewers. Interesting new data (Fig. S1I) show that light induction of cyp-14A5p::GFP requires live bacteria that maintain a non-starved physiological state. Neither plates without food nor plates with heat-killed OP50 support robust induction. Importantly, this requirement does not alter any of the central conclusions of the study. Rather, it reveals an intriguing mechanistic layer, namely, that bacterial metabolic activity influences the animal’s sensitivity to environmental light. We are pursuing this host–microbe interaction in a separate study. In the present work, we focus on the regulation and functional significance of cyp-14A5 under standard laboratory conditions with live OP50.

      We included the data (Fig. 2D) to show that the canonical immune reporter irg-1p::GFP is not induced by the light condition that robustly induced cyp-14A5p::GFP, and gst-4p::GFP is only very mildly induced (Fig. S1J).

      (2) Pathway-behaviour link:

      The behavioural relevance of the newly described pathway is intriguing, but it needs direct support. Ideally, this would require comparing memory in WT, zip-2-/-, cebp-2-/-, and cyp-14A5-/- under both dark and light conditions. But at the very least, it would require testing if constitutive CYP-14A5 rescue in the dark bypasses the requirement of light.

      We respectfully submit that additional experiments are not required to support the behavioral conclusions. Our model posits that cyp-14A5 is required but not sufficient for memory stabilization, one component within a broader set of light-induced genes. Thus, constitutive hypodermal expression of cyp-14A5 would not be expected to bypass the requirement for ambient light. The existing data are fully consistent with this framework and conclusions of the paper.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Overall, I think this paper is interesting to the field of C. elegans researchers at a minimum, as a light-inducible gene expression system might have a variety of uses throughout the diverse research paradigms that use this model system. With that said, I have a couple of suggestions that I think would substantially impact the ability to interpret these findings, which might be useful for broader implications of the study.

      (1) Most importantly, the supplemental table of RNA-seq data should likely be updated and discussed further beyond the cyp-14A5 findings. First, the authors report 7,902 genes are differentially expressed in response to light and then break these into upregulated and downregulated genes. But there are only 1,785 upregulated genes and 3,632 downregulated genes. This adds up to 5417 genes, but doesn't match the 7,902 genes reported to change, and I could not find in the text if some other filters were applied that might explain this not adding up.

      Thank you for this helpful comment. We agree that the exact numbers depend on statistical thresholds and are therefore somewhat arbitrary. To avoid implying unwarranted precision, we have revised the text to state that “thousands of genes are differentially regulated by light.”

      (2) Among the upregulated genes in response to light are irg-5, irg-4, irg-6, irg-8, and gst-4. Indeed, all of these well-studied genes (or most) show even more induction by light than cyp-14A5. It is my opinion that this result needs further criticism as there are existing GFP reporters for gst-4 and irg-5 that are similarly well studied to irg-1, which is in the paper (and is not upregulated). In my opinion, the authors should test if they see activation of the irg-4 and gst-4 GFP reporters by light as well. This would not only validate their RNA-seq but might provide more important evidence for the field, as these other reporters are not considered light-inducible previously. If they are, several major studies might be impacted by this.

      Thank you for the comments. We have irg-1p::GFP and gst-4p::GFP in the lab but did not find other reporters for the genes mentioned from CGC. Neither of the two reporters showed light induction (Figs. 2D and S1J) as strongly as cyp-14A5p::GFP. It is possible that irg-1 and gst-4 RNA levels are up-regulated but not reflected in our transgenic reporters that used their promoters to drive GFP expression. Stronger light induction of cyp-14A5p::GFP is unlikely caused by the multi-copy nature of the transgene since newly generated single-copy integration strains based on the UAS-GAL4 system produced similar robust results for light induction (Fig. S1I and see Method).

      (3) Along the same lines, if at least 4 (and likely more) well characterized immune response genes are activated by light and these genes are known to mostly respond to differences in C. elegans bacterial food source/diet, then it stands to reason that maybe in this experimental context the light is not acting on "animals" at all, but rather triggering changes in E. coli (i.e. changing E. coli metabolism or pathogenicity like properties). If true, then perhaps the light affects bacteria in such a way that it activates a previously known bacterial pathogen response mechanism. This should be easy to test by seeing if this reporter is still activated by light in the presence of diverse bacterial diets, which are available from the CGC (CeMBio collection, for example). This is likely very important to the conclusions of the manuscript as it relates to animals sensing light, but might not be as important to the use of this system as a tool.

      Thank you for the insightful questions and suggestions. Interesting new data (Fig. S1I) show that light induction of cyp-14A5p::GFP requires live bacteria that maintain a non-starved physiological state. Neither plates without food nor plates with heat-killed OP50 support robust induction. Importantly, this requirement does not alter any of the central conclusions of the study. Rather, it reveals an intriguing mechanistic layer, namely, that bacterial metabolic activity influences the animal’s sensitivity to environmental light. We are pursuing this host–microbe interaction in a separate study. In the present work, we focus on the regulation and functional significance of cyp-14A5 under standard laboratory conditions with live OP50. We have revised the Results and Discussion to reflect the appropriate scope of our study and implications of the new findings.

      (4) Lastly, it seems unlikely that nearly half the C. elegans genome is transcriptionally regulated by light (or nearly half of the detected genes in the RNA-seq results). It seems likely that this list of 7,902 genes contains false positives. I would suggest upping some sort of filter, like moving to padj < 0.01 instead of 0.05, or adding a 4-fold change filter (2-fold and 0.01 still results in near 5000+ genes changing, which might explain the difference in up and down genes just being due to different padj filters. Along these lines, it is worth noting that the padj is generated using DESeq2 it appears and one of the first assumptions of DESeq2 is that the median expressed genes do not change, and there is a normalization. However, if MOST genes do change in expression, then one of the fundamental assumptions of DESeq2 is not valid, and thus would mean it might not be an appropriate analysis tool - perhaps there is some other normalization that could be done before running DESeq2 due to some other noise present in the RNA-seq runs?

      Thank you for this helpful comment. We agree that the exact numbers depend on statistical thresholds and are therefore somewhat arbitrary. To avoid implying unwarranted precision, we have revised the text to state that “thousands of genes are differentially regulated by light.”

      (5) Minor point - I would delete the reference to ER in line 92. While most CYPs do localize to the ER, the images shown are not clearly ER and probably do not have enough resolution to make claims about subcellular localization. To me, it would be easier to just delete this claim as it is not required for the main claims of the manuscript.

      Reference deleted.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have one request for clarification that likely requires additional data. Figure 3 shows that ambient light stabilizes learned changes to chemotaxis and further shows that CYP-14A5 has a similar function. The implication is that light promotes CYP-14A5 expression, which somehow promotes memory consolidation. The authors should test whether memory consolidation in cyp-15A5, zip-2, or cebp-2 mutants is no longer affected by ambient light.

      It is also possible to test whether forced expression of CYP14A5 can bypass the effect of 'no light' conditions on memory consolidation.

      Thank you for the comments. We respectfully submit that additional experiments are not required to support the behavioral conclusions. Our model posits that cyp-14A5 is required but not sufficient for memory stabilization, one component within a broader set of light-induced genes. Thus, constitutive hypodermal expression of cyp-14A5 would not be expected to bypass the requirement for ambient light. The existing data are fully consistent with this framework and conclusions of the paper.

      I have several minor suggestions relating to the text and figures.

      (1) In the introduction, the authors assert that little is known about non-visual light sensing and then list many examples of molecular mechanisms of non-visual light-sensing. They should emphasize that non-visual light sensing is important and accomplished by diverse molecular mechanisms.

      Agree and revised accordingly.

      (2) Check spacing between gene names (line 109).

      Corrected.

      (3) There should be a new paragraph break when the uORF experiments are described (line 146).

      Corrected.

      (4) 'Phenoptosis' is an esoteric word. Please define it (line 206).

      Corrected.

      (5) 'p' in the transgene name cyp-14A5p::nlp-22 is in italics, unlike the rest of the manuscript.

      Corrected.

      (6) 'Acknowledgment' should be 'Acknowledgments' (line 384).

      Corrected.

      (7) The color map in panel 1B should have units.

      It was arbitrary unit (now added) to highlight relative not absolute differences.

      (8) In panel 1E, it is confusing to have 'DARK' denoted by reddish bars and 'LIGHT' denoted by bluish bars. Perhaps 'DARK' is black/dark grey and 'LIGHT' is white?

      Corrected.

      (9) In panel 1D, it takes a minute to find the purple diamond. Please mark up the volcano plot to make it easier.

      Corrected.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors generally present convincing experiments detailing interesting results in a well-written manuscript.

      One quick note: the same Bhatla and Horvitz (2015) papers appear to be cited twice [line 52].

      Corrected.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the latest reviews:

      "One remaining question is the interpretation of matching variants with very low stable posterior probabilities (~0), which the authors have analyzed in detail but without fully conclusive findings. I agree with the authors that this event is relatively rare and the current sample size is limited but this might be something to keep in mind for future studies."

      Fine-mapping stabilityon matching variants with very low stable posterior probability

      We thank Reviewer 2 for encouraging us to think more about how low stable posterior probability matching variants can be interpreted. We describe a few plausible interpretations, even though – as Reviewer 2 and we have both acknowledged – our present experiments do not point to a clear and conclusive account.

      One explanation is that the locus captured by the variant might not be well-resolved, in the sense that many correlated variants exist around the locus. Thus, the variant itself is unlikely causal, but the set of variants in high LD with it may contain the true causal variant, or it's possible that the causal variant itself was not sequenced but lies in that locus. A comparison of LD patterns across ancestries at the locus would be helpful here.

      Another explanation rests on the following observation. For a variant to be matching between top and stable PICS and to also have very small stable PP, it has to have the largest PP after residualization on the ALL slice but also have positive PP with gene expression on many other slices. In other words, failing to control for potential confounders shrinks the PP. If one assumes that the matching variant is truly causal, then our observation points to an example of negative confounding (aka suppressor effect). This can occur when the confounders (PCs) are correlated with allele dosage at the causal variant in a different direction than their correlation with gene expression, so that the crude association between unresidualized gene expression and causal variant allele dosage is biased toward 0.

      Although our present study does not allow us to systematically confirm either interpretation – since we found that matching variants were depleted in causal variants in our simulations, violating the second argument, but we also found functional enrichment in analyses of GEUVADIS data though only 17 matching variants with low stable PP were reported – we believe a larger-scale study using larger cohort sizes (at least 1000 individuals per ancestry) and many more simulations (to increase yield of such cases) would be insightful.

      ———

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews:

      Reviewer #1:

      Major comments:

      (1) It would be interesting to see how much fine-mapping stability can improve the fine-mapping results in cross-population. One can simulate data using true genotype data and quantify the amount the fine-mapping methods improve utilizing the stability idea.

      We agree, and have performed simulation studies where we assume that causal variants are shared across populations. Specifically, by mirroring the simulation approach described in Wang et al. (2020), we generated 2,400 synthetic gene expression phenotypes across 22 autosomes, using GEUVADIS gene expression metadata (i.e., gene transcription start site) to ensure largely cis expression phenotypes were simulated. We additionally generated 1,440 synthetic gene expression phenotypes that incorporate environmental heterogeneity, to motivate our pursuit of fine-mapping stability in the first place (see Response to Reviewer 2, Comment 6). These are described in Results section “Simulation study”:

      We evaluated the performance of the PICS algorithm, specifically comparing the approach incorporating stability guidance against the residualization approach that is more commonly used — similar to our application to the real GEUVADIS data. We additionally investigated two ways of “combining” the residualization and stability guidance approaches: (1) running stability-guided PICS on residualized phenotypes; (2) prioritizing matching variants returned by both approaches. See Response to Reviewer 2, Comment 5.

      (2) I would be very interested to see how other fine-mapping methods (FINEMAP, SuSiE, and CAVIAR) perform via the stability idea.

      Thank you for this valuable comment. We ran SuSiE on the same set of simulated datasets. Specifically, we ran a version that uses residualized phenotypes (supposedly removing the effects of population structure), and also a version that incorporates stability. The second version is similar to how we incorporate stability in PICS. We investigated the performance of Stable SuSiE in a similar manner to our investigation of PICS. First we compared the performance relative to SuSiE that was run on residualized phenotypes. Motivated by our finding in PICS that prioritizing matching variants improves causal variant recovery, we did the same analysis for SuSiE. This analysis is described in Results section “Stability guidance improves causal variant recovery in SuSiE.”

      We reported overall matching frequencies and causal variant recovery rates of top and stable variants for SuSiE in Figures 2C&D.

      Frequencies with which Stable and Top SuSiE variants match, stratified by the simulation parameters, are summarized in Supplementary File 2C (reproduced for convenience in Response to Reviewer 2, Comment 3). Causal variant recovery rates split by the number of causal variants simulated, and stratified by both signal-to-noise ratio and the number of credible sets included, are reported in Figure 2—figure supplements 16-18. We reproduce Figure 2—figure supplement 18 (three causal variants scenario) below for convenience. Analogous recovery rates for matching versus non-matching top or stable variants are reported in Figure 2—figure supplements 19, 21 and 23.

      (3) I am a little bit concerned about the PICS's assumption about one causal variant. The authors mentioned this assumption as one of their method limitations. However, given the utility of existing fine-mapping methods (FINEMAP and SuSiE), it is worth exploring this domain.

      Thank you for raising this fair concern. We explored this domain, by considering simulations that include two and three causal variants (see Response to Reviewer 2, Comment 3). We looked at how well PICS recovers causal variants, and found that each potential set largely does not contain more than one causal variant (Figure 2—figure supplements 20 and 22). This can be explained by the fact that PICS potential sets are constructed from variants with a minimum linkage disequilibrium to a focal variant. On the other hand, in SuSiE, we observed multiple causal variants appearing in lower credible sets when applying stability guidance (Figure 2—figure supplements 21 and 23). A more extensive study involving more fine-mapping methods and metrics specific to violation of the one causal variant assumption could be pursued in future work.

      Reviewer #2:

      Aw et al. presents a new stability-guided fine-mapping method by extending the previously proposed PICS method. They applied their stability-based method to fine-map cis-eQTLs in the GEUVADIS dataset and compared it against what they call residualization-based method. They evaluated the performance of the proposed method using publicly available functional annotations and claimed the variants identified by their proposed stability-based method are more enriched for these functional annotations.

      While the reviewer acknowledges the contribution of the present work, there are a couple of major concerns as described below.

      Major:

      (1) It is critical to evaluate the proposed method in simulation settings, where we know which variants are truly causal. While I acknowledge their empirical approach using the functional annotations, a more unbiased, comprehensive evaluation in simulations would be necessary to assess its performance against the existing methods.

      Thank you for this point. We agree. We have performed a simulation study where we assume that causal variants are shared across populations (see response to Reviewer 1, Comment 1). Specifically, by mirroring the simulation approach described in Wang et al. (2020), we generated 2,400 synthetic gene expression phenotypes across 22 autosomes, using GEUVADIS gene expression metadata (i.e., gene transcription start site) to ensure cis expression phenotypes were simulated.

      (2) Also, simulations would be required to assess how the method is sensitive to different parameters, e.g., LD threshold, resampling number, or number of potential sets.

      Thank you for raising this point. The underlying PICS algorithm was not proposed by us, so we followed the default parameters set (LD threshold, r<sup>2</sup> \= 0.5; see Taylor et al., 2021 Bioinformatics) to focus on how stability considerations will impact the existing fine-mapping algorithm. We attempted to derive the asymptotic joint distribution of the p-values, but it was too difficult. Hence, we used 500 permutations because such a large number would allow large-sample asymptotics to kick in. However, following your critical suggestion we varied the number of potential sets in our analyses of simulated data. We briefly mention this in the Results.

      “In the Supplement, we also describe findings from investigations into the impact of including more potential sets on matching frequency and causal variant recovery…”

      A detailed write-up is provided in Supplementary File 1 Section S2 (p.2):

      “The number of credible or potential sets is a parameter in many fine-mapping algorithms. Focusing on stability-guided approaches, we consider how including more potential sets for stable fine-mapping algorithms affects both causal variant recovery and matching frequency in simulations…

      Causal variant recovery. We investigate both Stable PICS and Stable SuSiE. Focusing first on simulations with one causal variant, we observe a modest gain in causal variant recovery for both Stable PICS and Stable SuSiE, most noticeably when the number of sets was increased from 1 to 2 under the lowest signal-to-noise ratio setting…”

      We observed that increasing the number of potential sets helps with recovering causal variants for Stable PICS (Figure 2—figure supplements 13-15). This observation also accounts for the comparable power that Stable PICS has with SuSiE in simulations with low signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), when we increase the number of credible sets or potential sets (Figure 2—figure supplements 10-12).

      (3) Given the previous studies have identified multiple putative causal variants in both GWAS and eQTL, I think it's better to model multiple causal variants in any modern fine-mapping methods. At least, a simulation to assess its impact would be appreciated.

      We agree. In our simulations we considered up to three causal variants in cis, and evaluated how well the top three Potential Sets recovered all causal variants (Figure 2—figure supplements 13-15; Figure 2—figure supplement 15). We also reported the frequency of variant matches between Top and Stable PICS stratified by the number of causal variants simulated in Supplementary File 2B and 2C. Note Supplementary File 2C is for results from SuSiE fine-mapping; see Response to Reviewer 1, Comment 2.

      Supplementary File 2B. Frequencies with which Stable and Top PICS have matching variants for the same potential set. For each SNR/ “No. Causal Variants” scenario, the number of matching variants is reported in parentheses.

      Supplementary File 2C. Frequencies with which Stable and Top SuSiE have matching variants for the same credible set. For each SNR/ “No. Causal Variants” scenario, the number of matching variants is reported in parentheses.

      (4) Relatedly, I wonder what fraction of non-matching variants are due to the lack of multiple causal variant modeling.

      PICS handles multiple causal variants by including more potential sets to return, owing to the important caveat that causal variants in high LD cannot be statistically distinguished. For example, if one believes there are three causal variants that are not too tightly linked, one could make PICS return three potential sets rather than just one. To answer the question using our simulation study, we subsetted our results to just scenarios where the top and stable variants do not match. This mimics the exact scenario of having modeled multiple causal variants but still not yielding matching variants, so we can investigate whether these non-matching variants are in fact enriched in the true causal variants.

      Because we expect causal variants to appear in some potential set, we specifically considered whether these non-matching causal variants might match along different potential sets across the different methods. In other words, we compared the stable variant with the top variant from another potential set for the other approach (e.g., Stable PICS Potential Set 1 variant vs Top PICS Potential Set 2 variant). First, we computed the frequency with which such pairs of variants match. A high frequency would demonstrate that, even if the corresponding potential sets do not have a variant match, there could still be a match between non-corresponding potential sets across the two approaches, which shows that multiple causal variant modeling boosts identification of matching variants between both approaches — regardless of whether the matching variant is in fact causal.

      Low frequencies were observed. For example, when restricting to simulations where Top and Stable PICS Potential Set 1 variants did not match, about 2-3% of variants matched between the Potential Set 1 variant in Stable PICS and Potential Sets 2 and 3 variants in Top PICS; or between the Potential Set 1 variant in Top PICS and Potential Sets 2 and 3 variants in Stable PICS (Supplementary File 2D). When looking at non-matching Potential Set 2 or Potential Set 3 variants, we do see an increase in matching frequencies (between 10-20%) between Potential Set 2 variants and other potential set variants between the different approaches. However, these percentages are still small compared to the matching frequencies we observed between corresponding potential sets (e.g., for simulations with one causal variant this was 70-90% between Top and Stable PICS Potential Set 1, and for simulations with two and three causal variants this was 55-78% and 57-79% respectively).

      We next checked whether these “off-diagonal” matching variants corresponded to the true causal variants simulated. Here we find that the causal variant recovery rate is mostly less than the corresponding rate for diagonally matching variants, which together with the low matching frequency suggests that the enrichment of causal variants of “off-diagonal” matching variants is much weaker than in the diagonally matching approach. In other words, the fraction of non-matching (causal) variants due to the lack of multiple causal variant modeling is low.

      We discuss these findings in Supplementary File 1 Section S2 (bottom of p.2).

      (5) I wonder if you can combine the stability-based and the residualization-based approach, i.e., using the residualized phenotypes for the stability-based approach. Would that further improve the accuracy or not?

      This is a good idea, thank you for suggesting it. We pursued this combined approach on simulated gene expression phenotypes, but did not observe significant gains in causal variant recovery (Figure 2B; Figure 2—figure supplements 2, 13 and 15). We reported this Results “Searching for matching variants between Top PICS and Stable PICS improves causal variant Recovery.”

      “We thus explore ways to combine the residualization and stability-driven approaches, by considering (i) combining them into a single fine-mapping algorithm (we call the resulting procedure Combined PICS); and (ii) prioritizing matching variants between the two algorithms. Comparing the performance of Combined PICS against both Top and Stable PICS, however, we find no significant difference in its ability to recover causal variants (Figure 2B)...”

      However, we also confirmed in our simulations that prioritizing matching variants between the two approaches led to gains in causal variant recovery (Figure 2D; Figure 2—figure supplements 4, 19, 20 and 22). We reported this Results “Searching for matching variants between Top PICS and Stable PICS improves causal variant Recovery.”

      “On the other hand, matching variants between Top and Stable PICS are significantly more likely to be causal. Across all simulations, a matching variant in Potential Set 1 is 2.5X as likely to be causal than either a non-matching top or stable variant (Figure 2D) — a result that was qualitatively consistent even when we stratified simulations by SNR and number of causal variants simulated (Figure 2—figure supplements 19, 20 and 22)...”

      This finding is consistent with our analysis of real GEUVADIS gene expression data, where we reported larger functional significance of matching variants relative to non-matching variants returned by either Top of Stable PICS.

      (6) The authors state that confounding in cohorts with diverse ancestries poses potential difficulties in identifying the correct causal variants. However, I don't see that they directly address whether the stability approach is mitigating this. It is hard to say whether the stability approach is helping beyond what simpler post-hoc QC (e.g., thresholding) can do.

      Thank you for raising this fair point. Here is a model we have in mind. Gene expression phenotypes (Y) can be explained by both genotypic effects (G, as in genotypic allelic dosage) and the environment (E): Y = G + E. However, both G and E depend on ancestry (A), so that Y = G|A+E|A. Suppose that the causal variants are shared across ancestries, so that (G|A=a)=G for all ancestries a. Suppose however that environments are heterogeneous by ancestry: (E|A=a) = e(a) for some function e that depends non-trivially on a. This would violate the exchangeability of exogenous E in the full sample, but by performing fine-mapping on each ancestry stratum, the exchangeability of exogenous E is preserved. This provides theoretical justification for the stability approach.

      We next turned to simulations, where we investigated 1,440 simulated gene expression phenotypes capturing various ways in which ancestry induces heterogeneity in the exogenous E variable (simulation details in Lines 576-610 of Materials and Methods). We ran Stable PICS, as well as a version of PICS that did not residualize phenotypes or apply the stability principle. We observed that (i) causal variant recovery performance was not significantly different between the two approaches (Figure 2—figure supplements 24-32); but (ii) disagreement between the approaches can be considerable, especially when the signal-to-noise ratio is low (Supplementary File 2A). For example, in a set of simulations with three causal variants, with SNR = 0.11 and E heterogeneous by ancestry by letting E be drawn from N(2σ,σ<sup>2</sup>) for only GBR individuals (rest are N(0,σ<sup>2</sup>)), there was disagreement between Potential Set 1 and 2 variants in 25% of simulations — though recovery rates were similar (Probability of recovering at least one causal variant: 75% for Plain PICS and 80% for Stable PICS). These points suggest that confounding in cohorts can reduce power in methods not adjusting or accounting for ancestral heterogeneity, but can be remedied by approaches that do so. We report this analysis in Results “Simulations justify exploration of stability guidance”

      In the current version of our work, we have evaluated, using both simulations and empirical evidence, different ways to combine approaches to boost causal variant recovery. Our simulation study shows that prioritizing matching variants across multiple methods improves causal variant recovery. On GEUVADIS data, where we might not know which variants are causal, we already demonstrated that matching variants are enriched for functional annotations. Therefore, our analyses justify that the adverse consequence of confounding on reducing fine-mapping accuracy can be mitigated by prioritizing matching variants between algorithms including those that account for stability.

      (7) For non-matching variants, I wonder what the difference of posterior probabilities is between the stable and top variants in each method. If the difference is small, maybe it is due to noise rather than signal.

      We have reported differences in posterior probabilities returned by Stable and Top PICS for GEUVADIS data; see Figure 3—figure supplement 1. For completeness, we compute the differences in posterior probabilities and summarize these differences both as histograms and as numerical summary statistics.

      Potential Set 1

      - Number of non-matching variants = 9,921

      - Table of Summary Statistics of (Stable Posterior Probability – Top Posterior Probability)

      Author response table 1.

      - Histogram of (Stable Posterior Probability – Top Posterior Probability)

      Author response image 1.

      Potential Set 2

      - Number of non-matching variants = 14,454

      - Table of Summary Statistics of (Stable Posterior Probability – Top Posterior Probability)

      Author response table 2.

      - Histogram of (Stable Posterior Probability – Top Posterior Probability)

      Author response image 2.

      Potential Set 3

      - Number of non-matching variants = 16,814

      - Table of Summary Statistics of (Stable Posterior Probability – Top Posterior Probability)

      Author response table 3.

      - Histogram of (Stable Posterior Probability – Top Posterior Probability)

      Author response image 3.

      We also compared the difference in posterior probabilities between non-matching variants returned by Stable PICS and Top PICS for our 2,400 simulated gene expression phenotypes. Focusing on just Potential Set 1 variants, we find two equally likely scenarios, as demonstrated by two distinct clusters of points in a “posterior probability-posterior probability” plot. The first is, as pointed out, a small difference in posterior probability (points lying close to y=x). The second, however, reveals stable variants with very small posterior probability (of order 4 x 10<sup>–5</sup> to 0.05) but with a non-matching top variant taking on posterior probability well distributed along [0,1]. Moving down to Potential Sets 2 and 3, the distribution of pairs of posterior probabilities appears less clustered, indicating less tendency for posterior probability differences to be small ( Figure 2—figure supplement 8).

      Here are the histograms and numerical summary statistics.

      Potential Set 1

      - Number of non-matching variants = 663 (out of 2,400)

      - Table of Summary Statistics of (Stable Posterior Probability – Top Posterior Probability)

      Author response table 4.

      - Histogram of (Stable Posterior Probability – Top Posterior Probability)

      Author response image 4.

      Potential Set 2

      Number of non-matching variants = 1,429 (out of 2,400)

      - Table of Summary Statistics of (Stable Posterior Probability – Top Posterior Probability)

      Author response table 5.

      - Histogram of (Stable Posterior Probability – Top Posterior Probability)

      Author response image 5.

      Potential Set 3

      - Number of non-matching variants = 1,810 (out of 2,400)

      - Table of Summary Statistics of (Stable Posterior Probability – Top Posterior Probability)

      Author response table 6.

      - Histogram of (Stable Posterior Probability – Top Posterior Probability)

      Author response image 6.

      (8) It's a bit surprising that you observed matching variants with (stable) posterior probability ~ 0 (SFig. 1). What are the interpretations for these variants? Do you observe functional enrichment even for low posterior probability matching variants?

      Thank you for this question. We have performed a thorough analysis of matching variants with very low stable posterior probability, which we define as having a posterior probability < 0.01 (Supplementary File 1 Section S11). Here, we briefly summarize the analysis and key findings.

      Analysis

      First, such variants occur very rarely — only 8 across all three potential sets in simulations, and 17 across all three potential sets for GEUVADIS (the latter variants are listed in Supplementary 2E). We begin interpreting these variants by looking at allele frequency heterogeneity by ancestry, support size — defined as the number of variants with positive posterior probability in the ALL slice* — and the number of slices including the stable variant (i.e., the stable variant reported positive posterior probability for the slice).

      *Note that the stable variant posterior probability need not be at least 1/(Support Size). This is because the algorithm may have picked a SNP that has a lower posterior probability in the ALL slice (i.e., not the top variant) but happens to appear in the most number of other slices (i.e., a stable variant).

      For variants arising from simulations, because we know the true causal variants, we check if these variants are causal. For GEUVADIS fine-mapped variants, we rely on functional annotations to compare their relative enrichment against other matching variants that did not have very low stable posterior probability.

      Findings

      While we caution against generalizing from observations reported here, which are based on very small sample sizes, we noticed the following. In simulations, matching variants with very low stable posterior probability are largely depleted in causal variants, although factors such as the number of slices including the stable variant may still be useful. In GEUVADIS, however, these variants can still be functionally enriched. We reported three examples in Supplementary File 1 Section S11 (pp. 8-9 of Supplement), where the variants were enriched in either VEP or biologically interpretable functional annotations, and were also reported in earlier studies. We partially reproduce our report below for convenience.

      “However, we occasionally found variants that stand out for having large functional annotation scores. We list one below for each potential set.

      - Potential Set 1 reported the variant rs12224894 from fine-mapping ENSG00000255284.1 (accession code AP006621.3) in Chromosome 11. This variant stood out for lying in the promoter flanking region of multiple cell types and being relatively enriched for GC content with a 75bp flanking region. This variant has been reported as a cis eQTL for AP006632 (using whole blood gene expression, rather than lymphoblastoid cell line gene expression in this study) in a clinical trial study of patients with systemic lupus erythematosus (Davenport et al., 2018). Its nearest gene is GATD1, a ubiquitously expressed gene that codes for a protein and is predicted to regulate enzymatic and catabolic activity. This variant appeared in all 6 slices, with a moderate support size of 23.

      - Potential Set 2 reported the variant rs9912201 from fine-mapping ENSG00000108592.9 (mapped to FTSJ3) in Chromosome 17. Its FIRE score is 0.976, which is close to the maximum FIRE score reported across all Potential Set 2 matching variants. This variant has been reported as a SNP in high LD to a GWAS hit SNP rs7223966 in a pan-cancer study (Gong et al., 2018). This variant appeared in all 6 slices, with a moderate support size of 32.

      - Potential Set 3 reported the variant rs625750 from fine-mapping ENSG00000254614.1 (mapped to CAPN1-AS1, an RNA gene) in Chromosome 11. Its FIRE score is 0.971 and its B statistic is 0.405 (region under selection), which lie at the extreme quantiles of the distributions of these scores for Potential Set 3 matching variants with stable posterior probability at least 0.01. Its associated mutation has been predicted to affect transcription factor binding, as computed using several position weight matrices (Kheradpour and Kellis, 2014). This variant appeared in just 3 slices, possibly owing to the considerable allele frequency difference between ancestries (maximum AF difference = 0.22). However, it has a small support size of 4 and a moderately high Top PICS posterior probability of 0.64.

      To summarize, our analysis of GEUVADIS fine-mapped variants demonstrates that matching variants with very low stable posterior probability could still be functionally important, even for lower potential sets, conditional on supportive scores in interpretable features such as the number of slices containing the stable variant and the posterior probability support size…”

    1. Homologous Chromosomes

      Here’s a complete explanation of Homologous Chromosomes with appropriate labeled images to help you see and understand the concept clearly.


      🧬 Homologous Chromosomes — With Images

      Image

      Image

      Image

      📌 What the Images Show

      • Pair of homologous chromosomes: Two chromosomes of similar shape/size (one from each parent) shown side by side.
      • Diagram of homologous pairing and crossing-over: Shows how non-sister chromatids can exchange genetic material in meiosis.
      • Detailed structure with sister chromatids: Each duplicated chromosome has two sister chromatids.

      🧠 English Explanation

      Definition

      Homologous chromosomes are paired chromosomes in a diploid cell that:

      1. Have the same genes at the same positions (loci) — even if the versions (alleles) may differ. (Wikipedia)

      2. Are similar in size and shape They align with each other during meiosis. (khanacademy.org)

      3. Come as one from each parent In humans, cells typically have 23 homologous pairs (46 total chromosomes). (ThoughtCo)


      How They Appear

      • Each homologous chromosome is a single chromosome before DNA replication.
      • After DNA replicates, each one consists of two identical sister chromatids joined at a centromere.

      Importance in Meiosis

      • Homologous pairs pair up (synapsis) in meiosis I. (Biology LibreTexts)
      • During this pairing, crossing over can occur — where non-sister chromatids exchange DNA. This creates genetic variation in gametes. (Genomics Education Programme)

      🈶 中文解释(Chinese Explanation)

      定义:什么是同源染色体

      同源染色体 是二倍体细胞中 成对出现 的染色体:

      1. 相同位置(基因座)上有相同的基因, 但这些基因可能是不同形式(等位基因)。 (Wikipedia)

      2. 它们 大小、形状、带纹很相似。 (khanacademy.org)

      3. 每对染色体中,一条来自母亲,一条来自父亲。 (ThoughtCo)


      它们的外观

      • 在 DNA 复制之前,每一条是单一染色体。
      • 复制后,每条都变成 两个姐妹染色单体(sister chromatids),通过 着丝点 连接起来。

      在减数分裂中的角色

      • 减数分裂 I 时,同源染色体会 配对联会。 (Biology LibreTexts)
      • 在配对过程中,非姐妹染色单体之间可能发生交叉互换(crossing over),促使基因重新组合,从而增加遗传多样性。 (Genomics Education Programme)

      🧩 Key Features of Homologous Chromosomes

      | Feature | English | 中文 | | ------------------- | -------------------------------- | ---------------- | | Pair of chromosomes | Same genes, same positions | 含有相同基因且位置一致的染色体对 | | Origin | One from mother, one from father | 来自父母双方各一条 | | Replication | Becomes two sister chromatids | 复制后形成两个姐妹染色单体 | | Role in meiosis | Pairing & crossing-over | 在减数分裂中配对并发生交叉互换 | | Genetic variation | Increased by crossing-over | 由交叉互换增加遗传多样性 |


      If you want, I can also show you diagrams of meiosis I focusing on homologous chromosome behavior, or a labeled worksheet style diagram in both English and Chinese!

    2. condensed

      Here’s a thorough explanation of “condensed” in both English and 中文, now with appropriate illustrative images from the internet** to help you visualize the meanings. 👇


      🌧️ 1. “Condensed” — Gas → Liquid (Science/Physics)

      Meaning: When a gas cools down and turns into a liquid, that liquid is described as condensed. This is a common phase change in the water cycle (vapour → water droplets). (Wikipedia)

      Image

      Image

      Image

      👉 English explanation:

      • Condensation is when gas molecules slow down, come together, and form liquid. (acs.org)
      • The liquid formed by this process is condensed water.

      👉 中文解释:

      • 凝结(condensation)是当气体(如水蒸气)冷却、运动变慢,并聚集成液体时发生的过程。 (Wikipedia)
      • 这种形成的液体称为凝结的(水)

      Examples:

      • Water vapour condenses on the glass. 水蒸气在玻璃上凝结成水滴
      • Rain forms when condensed water in clouds becomes heavy. 当云中的凝结水变得很重时就会下雨。

      🥛 2. “Condensed” — Concentrated Liquid (Food)

      Meaning: When much of the water is removed from a liquid (like milk), what’s left is thicker and more concentrated — we call it condensed. (Wikipedia)

      👉 English explanation:

      • Condensed milk is milk with most water removed — it’s thick and sweet (especially with added sugar). (Wikipedia)

      👉 中文解释:

      • 炼乳 / 奶浓缩液 是把牛奶的大部分水分蒸发掉后得到的厚而甜的牛奶。 (Wikipedia)

      Examples:

      • She stirred condensed milk into her coffee. 她往咖啡里加了炼乳

      📝 3. “Condensed” — Shortened Text / Summary

      Meaning: When extra details are removed and information is presented in a shorter, tighter form, that version is called condensed.

      👉 English:

      • A condensed summary keeps the main ideas but is much shorter.

      👉 中文:

      • 精简版 / 简写版 是指去掉细节,只保留重点内容的版本。

      Examples:

      • This is a condensed version of the report. 这是报告的精简版

      (Note: Internet images for “condensed text summary diagram” commonly show further visualizations but may be behind paid stock image sites. (Shutterstock))


      📌 Quick Bilingual Recap

      | Usage (English) | 中文解释 | Key Idea | | ---------------------------- | --------------- | --------------------------- | | condensed water | 凝结水 / 凝结的液体 | gas → liquid | | condensed milk | 炼乳 / 浓缩牛奶 | water removed, concentrated | | condensed summary / text | 精简版 / 简写版 | shorter, fewer details |


      If you’d like, I can also generate a printable infographic combining these meanings visually with labels in both English and Chinese. Would you like that? 😊

    3. complementary bases.

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — complementary bases (thorough explanation)

      1) What complementary bases means (core idea)

      Complementary bases are pairs of nitrogenous bases that fit together in a specific way in DNA (and RNA).

      Complementary bases = bases that pair in a fixed, matching pattern

      They are called complementary because:

      • One base always matches with only one other base
      • The pairing is predictable and consistent

      2) The complementary base-pairing rules (must know)

      In DNA:

      • Adenine (A) pairs with Thymine (T)
      • Cytosine (C) pairs with Guanine (G)

      In RNA:

      • Adenine (A) pairs with Uracil (U)
      • Cytosine (C) pairs with Guanine (G)

      📌 These rules never change.


      3) Why these bases pair together

      Complementary pairing happens because of:

      • Shape → bases fit together like puzzle pieces
      • Hydrogen bonding → specific bases can form hydrogen bonds with each other

      Details:

      • A–T form 2 hydrogen bonds
      • C–G form 3 hydrogen bonds (stronger)

      This keeps DNA:

      • Stable
      • Uniform in width

      4) Complementary bases in DNA structure

      DNA looks like a twisted ladder:

      • The sides → sugar–phosphate backbones
      • The rungs → complementary base pairs

      Each rung is:

      • One base from one strand
      • Its complementary base from the other strand

      5) Why complementary bases are essential (Science 10 focus)

      A) DNA replication

      • DNA strands separate
      • Each strand uses complementary bases to build a new strand
      • Result: two identical DNA molecules

      B) Transcription (DNA → RNA)

      • RNA is built using complementary base pairing
      • Ensures accurate genetic instructions

      C) Genetic accuracy

      • Complementary pairing prevents many errors
      • Maintains stable inheritance of traits

      6) Example (exam-style)

      If one DNA strand is:

      A T G C C A

      The complementary strand is:

      T A C G G T


      One-sentence exam summary

      Complementary bases are specific base pairs (A–T and C–G) that hold DNA strands together and allow accurate replication.


      中文 — complementary bases(互补碱基) 详细解释

      1) 什么是互补碱基(核心概念)

      互补碱基是指在 DNA(或 RNA)中,只能按照固定规则配对的碱基

      互补碱基 = 能一一对应配对的碱基


      2) 互补配对规则(必背)

      DNA 中:

      • A(腺嘌呤) ↔ T(胸腺嘧啶)
      • C(胞嘧啶) ↔ G(鸟嘌呤)

      RNA 中:

      • A ↔ U(尿嘧啶)
      • C ↔ G

      3) 为什么叫“互补”

      互补的原因是:

      • 形状匹配
      • 氢键数量固定

      具体来说:

      • A–T:2 条氢键
      • C–G:3 条氢键(更牢固)

      这保证了 DNA 结构:

      • 稳定
      • 宽度一致

      4) 互补碱基在 DNA 中的位置

      DNA 像一把梯子:

      • 两侧:糖—磷酸骨架
      • 横档:互补碱基对

      每一个“横档”就是一对互补碱基。


      5) 互补碱基为什么重要(考试重点)

      ① DNA 复制

      • 旧链作模板
      • 通过互补配对生成新链
      • 遗传信息准确复制

      ② 转录(DNA → RNA)

      • RNA 按互补规则合成
      • 遗传信息得以表达

      ③ 遗传稳定性

      • 减少错误
      • 保证性状正确遗传

      6) 考试例题示范

      如果 DNA 一条链是:

      A T G C

      互补链是:

      T A C G


      一句话考试版总结

      互补碱基是 DNA 中按照 A–T、C–G 规则配对的碱基,保证遗传信息准确复制。

      如果你愿意,我可以把 complementary bases → DNA replication → transcription 做成 Science 10 中英对照流程图 / 互动闪卡,直接用于课堂或复习。

    4. rung

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — rung (thorough explanation)

      1) What “rung” means (core idea)

      A rung is a horizontal step or bar that connects the two sides of a ladder.

      Rung = one step of a ladder

      You climb a ladder by stepping on its rungs.


      2) “Rung” as a metaphor in biology (Science 10 focus)

      In biology, rung is often used as a comparison (metaphor) when explaining DNA structure.

      • DNA is often described as a twisted ladder
      • The sides of the ladder → sugar–phosphate backbones
      • The rungs of the ladder → paired nitrogenous bases

      📌 Each DNA rung is made of a base pair:

      • A–T (adenine–thymine)
      • C–G (cytosine–guanine)

      These base pairs are held together by hydrogen bonds.


      3) What makes up a DNA “rung”

      Each rung consists of:

      • Two nitrogenous bases
      • Joined by hydrogen bonds
      • One base from each DNA strand

      Example:

      One rung = A on one strand + T on the other strand


      4) Why the “rung” idea helps understanding

      The ladder model helps students visualize that:

      • DNA has two strands
      • The strands are connected at regular intervals
      • The order of rungs carries genetic information

      📌 The sequence of rungs = genetic code.


      5) Everyday uses of “rung”

      • Ladder rung
      • A rung on a career ladder (metaphor)
      • A rung in a rope ladder

      One-sentence exam summary

      A rung is a horizontal step of a ladder; in DNA, rungs represent paired nitrogenous bases connecting the two strands.


      中文 — rung(梯级 / 横档) 详细解释

      1) “rung”的基本含义

      Rung 指的是梯子上的横档或踏板,用来踩踏和攀爬。

      Rung = 梯子的一格横档


      2) 生物学中的 rung(DNA 比喻,重点)

      在生物学中,DNA 常被比作一把梯子

      • 梯子的两侧 → 糖—磷酸骨架
      • 梯子的横档(rungs)→ 碱基对

      📌 每一个 DNA 的“rung”由一对碱基组成:

      • A–T
      • C–G

      3) DNA 横档的作用

      • 把两条 DNA 链连接在一起
      • 保持双螺旋结构稳定
      • 横档的排列顺序储存遗传信息

      一句话考试版总结

      Rung 指梯子的横档,在 DNA 中用来比喻连接两条链的碱基对。

      如果你需要,我可以把 ladder model → rung → base pair → hydrogen bond 做成 Science 10 中英对照图解或互动闪卡,非常适合课堂讲解与复习。

    5. strands

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — strands (thorough explanation)

      1) What “strands” means (core idea)

      Strands are long, thin lines or threads of material. In science, the word is often used to describe structures that are stretched out rather than clumped or round.

      Strand = a long, thin piece of something


      2) “Strands” in biology (Science 10 focus)

      A) DNA strands

      DNA is made of two strands that twist together to form a double helix.

      • Each strand is a long chain of nucleotides
      • The two strands are held together by base pairing
      • The strands run in opposite directions (antiparallel)

      📌 One strand is not enough for stable DNA → two strands are needed.


      B) RNA strand

      RNA usually has only one strand.

      • Single-stranded structure
      • Made of nucleotides like DNA
      • Used to carry and translate genetic information

      📌 This is why RNA is more flexible but less stable than DNA.


      C) Protein strands (fibers)

      Some proteins form strand-like fibers, such as:

      • Muscle proteins
      • Collagen fibers
      • Keratin in hair and nails

      3) “Strands” outside biology (quick examples)

      • Hair strands → individual hairs
      • Fiber strands → threads in fabric or rope
      • Data strands → sequences of information (metaphorical use)

      4) Strand vs chain vs helix (common confusion)

      | Term | Meaning | | ------------ | ---------------------------- | | Strand | One long, thin line | | Chain | Many units linked together | | Double helix | Two strands twisted together |

      📌 In DNA:

      • Each strand is a chain
      • Two strands form a double helix

      5) Why strands matter in genetics

      • The order of bases along a strand carries information
      • Complementary strands allow accurate copying
      • Strand separation is essential for replication and transcription

      One-sentence exam summary

      Strands are long, thin chains; DNA has two strands, while RNA usually has one.


      中文 — strands(链 / 丝状结构) 详细解释

      1) “strands”的基本含义

      Strands 指的是 细长、线状的结构

      Strand = 一条细长的链或丝


      2) 生物学中的 strands(重点)

      A) DNA 链

      DNA 由 两条链(两条 strand)组成:

      • 每条链由核苷酸连接而成
      • 两条链通过碱基配对结合
      • 共同形成 双螺旋结构

      B) RNA 链

      RNA 通常是 单链结构

      • 只有一条 strand
      • 用于传递和执行遗传信息

      C) 蛋白质纤维

      某些蛋白质呈丝状结构

      • 肌肉纤维
      • 胶原蛋白
      • 角蛋白(头发)

      3) strand 与相关词的区别

      | 英文 | 中文 | 说明 | | ------------ | --- | ------- | | strand | 链 | 一条细长结构 | | chain | 链条 | 多个单位连接 | | double helix | 双螺旋 | 两条链扭在一起 |


      一句话考试版总结

      DNA 是双链结构,RNA 通常是单链结构。

      如果你愿意,我可以把 strand → nucleotide → base pairing → double helix 做成 Science 10 中英对照概念图或互动闪卡,直接用于复习或教学。

    6. ribonucleic

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — ribonucleic (thorough explanation)

      1) What ribonucleic means (core idea)

      Ribonucleic means related to RNA (ribonucleic acid). The word is most commonly seen in ribonucleic acid, abbreviated as RNA.

      Ribonucleic = having to do with RNA


      2) Why it’s called “ribonucleic”

      The name comes from its components:

      • Ribo-ribose sugar
      • -nucleic → found in the nucleus (or related to genetic material)

      So:

      Ribonucleic acid = nucleic acid containing ribose sugar


      3) What ribonucleic acid (RNA) is

      RNA is a molecule that:

      • Carries genetic instructions
      • Helps make proteins
      • Works closely with DNA

      Unlike DNA, RNA is usually:

      • Single-stranded
      • Shorter
      • Less stable

      4) Structure of ribonucleic acid (exam focus)

      Each RNA nucleotide has:

      1. Phosphate group
      2. Ribose sugar
      3. Nitrogenous base

      RNA bases are:

      • Adenine (A)
      • Uracil (U) ← replaces thymine
      • Cytosine (C)
      • Guanine (G)

      📌 The presence of ribose sugar is what makes RNA “ribo”-nucleic.


      5) Main types of ribonucleic acid

      mRNA (messenger RNA)

      • Carries instructions from DNA to ribosomes

      tRNA (transfer RNA)

      • Brings amino acids to build proteins

      rRNA (ribosomal RNA)

      • Forms part of the ribosome

      All of these are ribonucleic acids.


      6) Ribonucleic vs deoxyribonucleic (RNA vs DNA)

      | Feature | Ribonucleic (RNA) | Deoxyribonucleic (DNA) | | --------- | ----------------- | ---------------------- | | Sugar | Ribose | Deoxyribose | | Strands | Single | Double | | Bases | A, U, C, G | A, T, C, G | | Function | Protein synthesis | Store genetic info | | Stability | Lower | Higher |


      7) Why ribonucleic acid is important

      Without ribonucleic acid:

      • Genetic information could not be used
      • Proteins could not be made
      • Cells could not function properly

      DNA stores information; ribonucleic acid uses it


      One-sentence exam summary

      Ribonucleic refers to RNA, a nucleic acid containing ribose sugar that helps convert genetic information into proteins.


      中文 — ribonucleic(核糖核酸的) 详细解释

      1) “ribonucleic”的基本含义

      Ribonucleic 指的是与 RNA(核糖核酸)有关的

      Ribonucleic = 核糖核酸的


      2) 为什么叫“核糖核酸”

      • ribo-:核糖
      • nucleic:核酸 / 遗传物质

      RNA 是含有核糖的核酸


      3) RNA 是什么

      RNA(核糖核酸)是:

      • 遗传信息的“执行者”
      • 参与蛋白质合成
      • 帮助细胞工作的重要分子

      4) RNA 的结构(考试重点)

      RNA 的每个核苷酸包括:

      1. 磷酸基团
      2. 核糖
      3. 含氮碱基

      RNA 的碱基是:

      • A、U、C、G

      5) RNA 的主要类型

      • 信使 RNA(mRNA):传递指令
      • 转运 RNA(tRNA):搬运氨基酸
      • 核糖体 RNA(rRNA):构成核糖体

      6) RNA 与 DNA 的区别(常考)

      | 项目 | RNA | DNA | | -- | ----- | ------ | | 糖 | 核糖 | 脱氧核糖 | | 结构 | 单链 | 双链 | | 功能 | 蛋白质合成 | 储存遗传信息 |


      一句话考试版总结

      Ribonucleic 指的是核糖核酸(RNA),一种含核糖、参与蛋白质合成的核酸。

      如果你愿意,我可以把 ribonucleic / deoxyribonucleic / nucleotide / base 做成 Science 10 中英对照概念链或互动闪卡,方便你系统复习。

    7. Thymine

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — Thymine (T) (thorough explanation)

      1) What thymine is (core idea)

      Thymine is a nitrogenous base found only in DNA. It is one of the four bases that make up the DNA genetic code.

      Thymine = a DNA base that pairs with adenine


      2) Where thymine is found

      • DNA
      • RNA ❌ (RNA uses uracil instead)

      Each thymine base is part of a nucleotide, attached to:

      • Deoxyribose sugar
      • Phosphate group

      3) Thymine’s base-pairing rule (exam essential)

      In DNA:

      • Thymine (T) pairs with Adenine (A)
      • Held together by 2 hydrogen bonds

      This specific pairing:

      • Keeps DNA strands aligned
      • Allows accurate DNA replication

      4) Chemical group of thymine

      Thymine belongs to the pyrimidines, which:

      • Have a single-ring structure
      • Are smaller than purines

      Pyrimidines: Cytosine (C), Thymine (T), Uracil (U) Purines: Adenine (A), Guanine (G)

      Purine–pyrimidine pairing keeps the DNA double helix a constant width.


      5) Role of thymine in DNA

      • Thymine helps store genetic information
      • The order of T bases (with A, C, G) determines genes
      • Correct T–A pairing ensures genetic stability

      A mistake involving thymine (a mutation) can:

      • Change a gene
      • Alter protein structure
      • Affect traits

      6) Thymine vs uracil (common exam comparison)

      | Feature | Thymine (T) | Uracil (U) | | ---------- | ----------- | ----------- | | Found in | DNA | RNA | | Pairs with | Adenine | Adenine | | Stability | More stable | Less stable |

      📌 Thymine makes DNA more stable for long-term information storage.


      One-sentence exam summary

      Thymine is a pyrimidine nitrogenous base found only in DNA that pairs with adenine using two hydrogen bonds.


      中文 — Thymine(胸腺嘧啶,T) 详细解释

      1) 什么是胸腺嘧啶(核心概念)

      胸腺嘧啶(Thymine,T)是一种只存在于 DNA 中的含氮碱基,是 DNA 遗传信息的重要组成部分。

      胸腺嘧啶 = DNA 中与腺嘌呤配对的碱基


      2) 胸腺嘧啶出现在哪里

      • DNA 中有
      • RNA 中没有(RNA 用的是尿嘧啶 U

      3) 胸腺嘧啶的配对规则(必考)

      DNA 中:

      • T ↔ A
      • 通过 2 条氢键连接

      这种精确配对保证 DNA 复制准确


      4) 胸腺嘧啶的类别

      胸腺嘧啶属于 嘧啶(pyrimidine)

      • 单环结构
      • 分子较小

      5) 胸腺嘧啶的作用

      • 参与遗传信息储存
      • 确保 DNA 双螺旋结构稳定
      • 维持遗传信息长期保存

      6) 胸腺嘧啶 vs 尿嘧啶(常考对比)

      | 项目 | 胸腺嘧啶 | 尿嘧啶 | | ---- | ---- | --- | | 所在分子 | DNA | RNA | | 配对对象 | 腺嘌呤 | 腺嘌呤 | | 稳定性 | 更高 | 较低 |


      一句话考试版总结

      胸腺嘧啶是 DNA 中与腺嘌呤配对、具有两条氢键的嘧啶碱基。

      如果你需要,我可以把 A–T vs C–G稳定性比较或把 四种 DNA 碱基整理成 Science 10 中英对照闪卡 / 互动图表,方便系统复习与教学。

    8. Guanine

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — Guanine (G) (thorough explanation)

      1) What guanine is (core idea)

      Guanine is a nitrogenous base found in DNA and RNA. It is one of the four bases that make up the genetic code.

      Guanine = a nitrogen-containing base that stores genetic information


      2) Where guanine is found

      Guanine appears in:

      • DNA
      • RNA

      It is always part of a nucleotide, attached to:

      • A sugar (deoxyribose in DNA, ribose in RNA)
      • A phosphate group

      3) Guanine’s base-pairing rule (exam essential)

      In DNA:

      • Guanine (G) pairs with Cytosine (C)
      • They are held together by 3 hydrogen bonds

      In RNA:

      • Guanine (G) pairs with Cytosine (C)

      📌 Because there are three hydrogen bonds, G–C pairs are stronger and more stable than A–T pairs.


      4) Guanine’s chemical group

      Guanine belongs to the purines, which:

      • Have a double-ring structure
      • Are larger than pyrimidines

      Purines: Adenine (A), Guanine (G) Pyrimidines: Cytosine (C), Thymine (T), Uracil (U)

      This size matching (purine–pyrimidine) keeps the DNA double helix uniform in width.


      5) Role of guanine in DNA

      In DNA:

      • Guanine attaches to the sugar to form a nucleotide
      • The sequence of G (with A, T, C) determines genetic instructions
      • Accurate G–C pairing ensures correct DNA replication

      Changes involving guanine can cause mutations, potentially affecting proteins and traits.


      6) Guanine and DNA stability

      • Regions with many G–C pairs are more thermally stable
      • Such regions often occur in important regulatory areas of DNA

      One-sentence exam summary

      Guanine is a purine nitrogenous base that pairs with cytosine using three hydrogen bonds in DNA and RNA.


      中文 — Guanine(鸟嘌呤,G) 详细解释

      1) 什么是鸟嘌呤(核心概念)

      鸟嘌呤(Guanine,G)是一种存在于 DNA 和 RNA 中的含氮碱基,是遗传信息的重要组成部分。

      鸟嘌呤 = DNA / RNA 中的遗传“字母”之一


      2) 鸟嘌呤出现在哪里

      鸟嘌呤存在于:

      • DNA
      • RNA

      它与:

      • 磷酸基团 一起组成 核苷酸

      3) 鸟嘌呤的配对规则(必考)

      DNA 中:

      • G ↔ C
      • 通过 3 条氢键连接

      RNA 中:

      • G ↔ C

      📌 三条氢键使 G–C 配对更加牢固。


      4) 鸟嘌呤的类别

      鸟嘌呤属于 嘌呤(purine)

      • 双环结构
      • 分子较大

      对比:

      • 嘌呤:A、G
      • 嘧啶:C、T、U

      5) 鸟嘌呤在 DNA 中的作用

      • 与脱氧核糖结合形成核苷酸
      • 与胞嘧啶精确配对
      • 确保 DNA 复制的准确性

      碱基变化可能导致突变


      一句话考试版总结

      鸟嘌呤是 DNA 和 RNA 中与胞嘧啶配对、具有三条氢键的嘌呤碱基。

      如果你需要,我可以把 A–T vs C–G稳定性对比、或把四种碱基做成 Science 10 中英对照闪卡 / 互动图解,直接用于复习或教学。

    9. Cytosine

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — Cytosine (C) (thorough explanation)

      1) What cytosine is (core idea)

      Cytosine is a nitrogenous base found in DNA and RNA. It is one of the four main bases that make up the genetic code.

      Cytosine = a nitrogen-containing base that helps store genetic information


      2) Where cytosine is found

      Cytosine occurs in:

      • DNA
      • RNA

      It is always part of a nucleotide, attached to:

      • A sugar (deoxyribose in DNA, ribose in RNA)
      • A phosphate group

      3) Cytosine’s base-pairing rule (exam essential)

      In DNA:

      • Cytosine (C) pairs with Guanine (G)
      • They are held together by 3 hydrogen bonds

      In RNA:

      • Cytosine (C) pairs with Guanine (G)

      📌 The three hydrogen bonds make the C–G pair stronger than the A–T pair.


      4) Cytosine’s chemical group

      Cytosine belongs to the pyrimidines, which:

      • Have a single-ring structure
      • Are smaller than purines

      Purines (double ring):

      • Adenine (A)
      • Guanine (G)

      Pyrimidines (single ring):

      • Cytosine (C)
      • Thymine (T)
      • Uracil (U)

      This size matching keeps the DNA double helix uniform in width.


      5) Role of cytosine in DNA

      In DNA:

      • Cytosine attaches to the sugar to form a nucleotide
      • The order of cytosine (with A, T, G) determines genetic instructions
      • Accurate C–G pairing ensures correct DNA replication

      A change in cytosine (mutation) can:

      • Alter genes
      • Affect proteins
      • Change traits

      6) Cytosine and genetic stability

      Because C–G pairs have three hydrogen bonds:

      • Regions rich in C and G are more stable
      • They often occur in important regulatory regions of DNA

      One-sentence exam summary

      Cytosine is a pyrimidine nitrogenous base that pairs with guanine using three hydrogen bonds in DNA and RNA.


      中文 — Cytosine(胞嘧啶,C) 详细解释

      1) 什么是胞嘧啶(核心概念)

      胞嘧啶(Cytosine,C)是一种存在于 DNA 和 RNA 中的含氮碱基,是遗传信息的基本组成单位之一。

      胞嘧啶 = DNA / RNA 中的重要碱基


      2) 胞嘧啶出现在哪里

      胞嘧啶存在于:

      • DNA
      • RNA

      它与:

      • 糖(DNA 中是脱氧核糖)
      • 磷酸基团 一起构成核苷酸

      3) 胞嘧啶的配对规则(必考)

      DNA 中:

      • C ↔ G
      • 通过 3 条氢键连接

      RNA 中:

      • C ↔ G

      📌 三条氢键使 C–G 配对更牢固。


      4) 胞嘧啶的类别

      胞嘧啶属于 嘧啶(pyrimidine)

      • 单环结构
      • 分子较小

      嘌呤(双环):A、G 嘧啶(单环):C、T、U


      5) 胞嘧啶在 DNA 中的作用

      • 与脱氧核糖结合形成核苷酸
      • 与鸟嘌呤精确配对
      • 保证 DNA 复制的准确性

      碱基变化可能导致突变


      6) 一句话考试版总结

      胞嘧啶是 DNA 和 RNA 中与鸟嘌呤配对的嘧啶碱基,具有三条氢键。

      如果你愿意,我可以把 Adenine / Thymine / Cytosine / Guanine 做成 Science 10 中英对照碱基配对表或互动闪卡,非常适合系统复习与教学。

    10. Adenine

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — Adenine (A) (thorough explanation)

      1) What adenine is (core idea)

      Adenine is a nitrogenous base found in DNA and RNA. It is one of the letters of the genetic code.

      Adenine = a nitrogen-containing base that carries genetic information


      2) Where adenine is found

      Adenine appears in several key biological molecules:

      • DNA → pairs with thymine (T)
      • RNA → pairs with uracil (U)
      • ATP → part of the energy molecule used by cells

      3) Adenine’s base-pairing rules (exam essential)

      In DNA:

      • A pairs with T
      • Held together by 2 hydrogen bonds

      In RNA:

      • A pairs with U

      These pairing rules ensure accurate DNA replication and correct protein synthesis.


      4) Adenine’s chemical group

      Adenine belongs to the purines, which:

      • Have a double-ring structure
      • Are larger than pyrimidines

      Purines: Adenine (A), Guanine (G) Pyrimidines: Cytosine (C), Thymine (T), Uracil (U)

      This size difference explains why:

      • Purine always pairs with pyrimidine
      • DNA maintains a uniform width

      5) Role of adenine in DNA

      In DNA:

      • Adenine attaches to deoxyribose sugar
      • Becomes part of a nucleotide
      • The sequence of adenine (with other bases) determines genetic instructions

      Changing adenine’s position can:

      • Alter genes
      • Cause mutations
      • Affect traits

      6) Adenine in energy (ATP connection)

      Adenine is part of ATP (adenosine triphosphate):

      • Adenine + ribose = adenosine
      • Adenosine + 3 phosphates = ATP

      ATP provides energy for:

      • Muscle contraction
      • Active transport
      • Chemical reactions

      One-sentence exam summary

      Adenine is a purine nitrogenous base that pairs with thymine in DNA and with uracil in RNA.


      中文 — Adenine(腺嘌呤,A) 详细解释

      1) 什么是腺嘌呤(核心概念)

      腺嘌呤(Adenine,A)是一种含氮碱基,存在于 DNA 和 RNA 中,是遗传信息的“字母”之一。

      腺嘌呤 = DNA / RNA 中的重要遗传碱基


      2) 腺嘌呤出现在哪里

      • DNA:与 胸腺嘧啶(T)配对
      • RNA:与 尿嘧啶(U)配对
      • ATP:能量分子的重要组成部分

      3) 腺嘌呤的配对规则(必考)

      DNA 中:

      • A ↔ T(2 条氢键)

      RNA 中:

      • A ↔ U

      这些规则保证了遗传信息的准确复制和表达


      4) 腺嘌呤的类别

      腺嘌呤属于 嘌呤(purine)

      • 结构为双环
      • 体积较大

      嘌呤:A、G 嘧啶:C、T、U


      5) 腺嘌呤在 DNA 中的作用

      • 与脱氧核糖结合
      • 构成核苷酸
      • 其排列顺序决定遗传信息

      碱基变化可能导致突变


      6) 腺嘌呤与能量(ATP)

      腺嘌呤是 ATP(三磷酸腺苷)的一部分:

      • 为细胞活动提供能量

      一句话考试版总结

      腺嘌呤是 DNA 中与 T 配对、RNA 中与 U 配对的嘌呤碱基。

      如果你需要,我可以把 Adenine / Thymine / Cytosine / Guanine 做成 Science 10 中英对照碱基配对表或互动闪卡,方便系统复习。

    11. nitrogenousbase

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — nitrogenous base (thorough explanation)

      1) What a nitrogenous base is (core idea)

      A nitrogenous base is a nitrogen-containing molecule that is part of a nucleotide, the building block of DNA and RNA.

      Nitrogenous base = the “letter” of the genetic code

      Each nucleotide has:

      1. A phosphate group
      2. A sugar
      3. A nitrogenous base

      The sequence of bases stores genetic information.


      2) The five nitrogenous bases (must know)

      In DNA:

      • Adenine (A)
      • Thymine (T)
      • Cytosine (C)
      • Guanine (G)

      In RNA:

      • Adenine (A)
      • Uracil (U) (replaces thymine)
      • Cytosine (C)
      • Guanine (G)

      📌 Only the bases change; the sugar–phosphate backbone stays the same.


      3) Two base groups: purines vs pyrimidines

      Purines (two rings):

      • Adenine (A)
      • Guanine (G)

      Pyrimidines (one ring):

      • Cytosine (C)
      • Thymine (T)
      • Uracil (U)

      This size difference explains base pairing rules.


      4) Base pairing rules (DNA vs RNA)

      DNA base pairing:

      • A pairs with T (2 hydrogen bonds)
      • C pairs with G (3 hydrogen bonds)

      RNA base pairing:

      • A pairs with U
      • C pairs with G

      Hydrogen bonds hold paired bases together, forming the double helix in DNA.


      5) Why nitrogenous bases matter

      Nitrogenous bases:

      • Store genetic information
      • Determine proteins made by a cell
      • Allow DNA to replicate accurately
      • Enable RNA to carry instructions for protein synthesis

      Changing a base (a mutation) can change traits.


      6) Base vs nucleotide (common confusion)

      • Nitrogenous base → one component (A, T/U, C, G)
      • Nucleotide → base + sugar + phosphate

      Bases encode information; nucleotides build the molecule.


      One-sentence exam summary

      Nitrogenous bases are nitrogen-containing molecules in DNA and RNA whose sequence stores genetic information.


      中文 — nitrogenous base(含氮碱基) 详细解释

      1) 什么是含氮碱基(核心概念)

      含氮碱基含有氮原子的分子,是 DNA 和 RNA 的核苷酸组成部分之一

      含氮碱基 = 遗传信息的“字母”

      每个核苷酸由:

      1. 磷酸
      2. 含氮碱基 组成。

      2) 五种含氮碱基(必背)

      DNA 中:

      • 腺嘌呤(A)
      • 胸腺嘧啶(T)
      • 胞嘧啶(C)
      • 鸟嘌呤(G)

      RNA 中:

      • 腺嘌呤(A)
      • 尿嘧啶(U)
      • 胞嘧啶(C)
      • 鸟嘌呤(G)

      3) 含氮碱基的两大类

      嘌呤(双环):

      • A、G

      嘧啶(单环):

      • C、T、U

      4) 碱基配对规则(考试重点)

      DNA:

      • A ↔ T
      • C ↔ G

      RNA:

      • A ↔ U
      • C ↔ G

      这些配对通过氢键连接,使 DNA 形成双螺旋结构


      5) 含氮碱基的重要性

      • 决定遗传信息
      • 指导蛋白质合成
      • 保证 DNA 复制准确
      • 碱基改变会导致突变

      一句话考试版总结

      含氮碱基是 DNA 和 RNA 中储存遗传信息的关键成分。

      如果你需要,我可以把 nitrogenous base → nucleotide → DNA → gene 做成 Science 10 中英对照速记卡或互动图解,非常适合系统复习。

    12. sugar

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — Sugar in DNA (thorough explanation)

      1) What the sugar in DNA is

      The sugar found in DNA is called deoxyribose. It is a five-carbon sugar (a pentose) and is one of the three essential parts of a DNA nucleotide.

      DNA sugar = deoxyribose

      Each DNA nucleotide contains:

      1. A phosphate group
      2. Deoxyribose sugar
      3. A nitrogenous base (A, T, C, or G)

      2) Why it’s called deoxyribose

      • Deoxy-” means missing an oxygen
      • Deoxyribose has one less oxygen atom than ribose (the sugar in RNA)

      📌 This small difference makes DNA:

      • More stable
      • Better for long-term information storage

      3) What the sugar does in DNA (key functions)

      A) Forms the backbone

      • Deoxyribose links to phosphate groups
      • Together they form the sugar–phosphate backbone
      • This backbone gives DNA its shape and strength

      B) Connects to bases

      • Each sugar attaches to one nitrogenous base
      • The sequence of bases carries genetic information
      • The sugar itself does not code information, but holds it in place

      4) How sugars link DNA together

      • The sugar of one nucleotide bonds to the phosphate of the next
      • This creates a long chain called a polynucleotide
      • The bonds are called phosphodiester bonds

      Two sugar–phosphate backbones twist together to form the double helix.


      5) DNA sugar vs RNA sugar (common exam comparison)

      | Feature | DNA | RNA | | ------------------- | ------------------ | ------------------ | | Sugar | Deoxyribose | Ribose | | Oxygen at 2′ carbon | ❌ Missing | ✅ Present | | Stability | More stable | Less stable | | Function | Store genetic info | Help make proteins |


      6) Why sugar matters (big picture)

      Without the sugar:

      • DNA nucleotides could not link
      • DNA would fall apart
      • Genetic information could not be stored or copied

      Sugar = the structural “frame” that holds DNA together


      One-sentence exam summary

      The sugar in DNA is deoxyribose, which forms the sugar–phosphate backbone and supports the structure of the DNA molecule.


      中文 — DNA 中的糖(详细解释)

      1) DNA 中的糖是什么

      DNA 中的糖叫 脱氧核糖(deoxyribose),是一种五碳糖

      DNA 的糖 = 脱氧核糖

      每个 DNA 核苷酸由三部分组成:

      1. 磷酸基团
      2. 脱氧核糖
      3. 含氮碱基(A、T、C、G)

      2) 为什么叫“脱氧”核糖

      • “脱氧”表示 少一个氧原子
      • 脱氧核糖比 RNA 中的核糖 少一个氧

      📌 这使 DNA:

      • 稳定
      • 适合长期储存遗传信息

      3) 糖在 DNA 中的作用(重点)

      ① 构成骨架

      • 脱氧核糖与磷酸交替连接
      • 形成 糖—磷酸骨架
      • 为 DNA 提供支撑和形状

      ② 连接碱基

      • 每个糖连接一个碱基
      • 碱基顺序决定遗传信息
      • 糖本身不存信息,但固定信息

      4) DNA 是如何连成链的

      • 一个核苷酸的糖
      • 与下一个核苷酸的磷酸相连
      • 形成 磷酸二酯键

      两条这样的链相互缠绕,形成 DNA 双螺旋结构


      5) DNA 糖 vs RNA 糖(常考对比)

      | 项目 | DNA | RNA | | --- | ------ | ----- | | 糖 | 脱氧核糖 | 核糖 | | 氧原子 | 少一个 | 多一个 | | 稳定性 | 高 | 低 | | 功能 | 储存遗传信息 | 蛋白质合成 |


      一句话考试版总结

      DNA 中的糖是脱氧核糖,它与磷酸一起形成 DNA 的骨架结构。

      如果你需要,我可以把 nucleotide → sugar → phosphate → DNA backbone 做成 中英对照闪卡或可交互 HTML 图解,直接用于 Science 10 复习或教学。

    13. phosphategroup

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — phosphate group (thorough explanation)

      1) What a phosphate group is (core idea)

      A phosphate group is a chemical group made of one phosphorus atom bonded to four oxygen atoms (PO₄³⁻).

      In biology, phosphate groups are extremely important because they:

      • Form part of DNA and RNA
      • Store and transfer energy
      • Help link molecules together

      Phosphate group = a key chemical unit for structure and energy


      2) Phosphate group in nucleotides (Science 10 focus)

      In DNA and RNA, every nucleotide contains:

      1. A phosphate group
      2. A sugar
      3. A nitrogenous base

      The phosphate group:

      • Connects to the sugar of one nucleotide
      • Links to the sugar of the next nucleotide

      This creates the sugar–phosphate backbone of DNA and RNA.

      📌 Without phosphate groups, nucleotides could not form long chains.


      3) Phosphodiester bonds (important term)

      Phosphate groups form phosphodiester bonds, which:

      • Join one sugar to the next sugar
      • Hold DNA and RNA strands together
      • Are very strong and stable

      This is why DNA can safely store genetic information.


      4) Phosphate groups and energy (ATP connection)

      Phosphate groups are also central to energy transfer.

      In ATP (adenosine triphosphate):

      • Energy is stored in the bonds between phosphate groups
      • When a phosphate group is removed, energy is released

      📌 This energy powers cell activities like:

      • Movement
      • Active transport
      • Protein synthesis

      5) Other roles of phosphate groups

      Phosphate groups also:

      • Help regulate enzymes (phosphorylation)
      • Are part of cell membranes (phospholipids)
      • Carry negative charge, helping DNA dissolve in water

      One-sentence exam summary

      A phosphate group links nucleotides together to form the sugar–phosphate backbone of DNA and stores energy in molecules like ATP.


      中文 — phosphate group(磷酸基团) 详细解释

      1) 什么是磷酸基团(核心概念)

      磷酸基团是一种由 1 个磷原子和 4 个氧原子组成的化学基团(PO₄³⁻)。

      在生物体内,磷酸基团非常重要,因为它:

      • 构成 DNA 和 RNA
      • 参与 能量储存和释放
      • 帮助分子彼此连接

      磷酸基团 = 结构与能量的关键单位


      2) 磷酸基团在核苷酸中的作用(必考)

      DNA 和 RNA 中的每个核苷酸都包含:

      1. 磷酸基团
      2. 含氮碱基

      磷酸基团的作用:

      • 把一个核苷酸的糖
      • 与下一个核苷酸的糖连接起来

      从而形成 糖—磷酸骨架


      3) 磷酸二酯键(重要名词)

      磷酸基团形成的磷酸二酯键

      • 把相邻核苷酸连接起来
      • 使 DNA / RNA 链稳定
      • 是遗传信息的“支架”

      4) 磷酸基团与能量(ATP)

      ATP(三磷酸腺苷)中:

      • 能量储存在磷酸基团之间的键中
      • 当磷酸基团被移除时,释放能量

      这些能量用于:

      • 肌肉收缩
      • 主动运输
      • 生物合成

      5) 磷酸基团的其他作用

      • 调控蛋白质活性(磷酸化)
      • 构成细胞膜(磷脂)
      • 使 DNA 带负电、易溶于水

      一句话考试版总结

      磷酸基团把核苷酸连接成 DNA 的骨架,并在 ATP 中储存和释放能量。

      如果你愿意,我可以把 phosphate group → nucleotide → DNA backbone → ATP 做成 Science 10 中英对照概念图或互动闪卡,非常适合你现在的生物复习进度。

    14. blooms

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — algal blooms (thorough explanation)

      1) What algal blooms are (core idea)

      Algal blooms occur when algae grow very quickly and in large numbers in a body of water, often turning the water green, blue-green, or brown.

      Algal bloom = rapid overgrowth of algae in water

      Blooms commonly happen in ponds, lakes, rivers, and coastal waters.


      2) Why algal blooms happen

      Algal blooms are caused by a combination of favorable conditions:

      • Excess nutrients (especially nitrogen and phosphorus)

      • From fertilizers, sewage, farm runoff

      • Warm temperatures
      • Strong sunlight
      • Still or slow-moving water

      This nutrient enrichment is called eutrophication.


      3) Types of algal blooms

      A) Non-toxic blooms

      • Algae grow rapidly
      • Water looks green or cloudy
      • Still harmful if oxygen drops

      B) Harmful algal blooms (HABs)

      • Often caused by cyanobacteria (blue-green algae)
      • Can release toxins
      • Dangerous to fish, pets, wildlife, and humans

      4) Why algal blooms are harmful (Science 10 focus)

      Even though algae are producers, blooms can damage ecosystems:

      • Block sunlight → underwater plants die
      • Reduce oxygen when algae die and decompose
      • Cause fish kills
      • Disrupt food webs
      • Some toxins cause illness if water is swallowed or touched

      📌 This oxygen loss is called hypoxia.


      5) Effects on humans

      Algal blooms can:

      • Contaminate drinking water
      • Close beaches and lakes
      • Kill fish and livestock
      • Cause skin irritation, stomach illness, or neurological symptoms

      6) Algal blooms in ponds (exam-friendly example)

      In a pond:

      1. Fertilizer runoff enters the water
      2. Algae multiply rapidly
      3. Oxygen levels drop
      4. Fish and insects may die
      5. Pond biodiversity decreases

      7) How algal blooms can be reduced

      • Reduce fertilizer use
      • Improve wastewater treatment
      • Protect shoreline vegetation
      • Control nutrient runoff

      One-sentence exam summary

      Algal blooms are rapid increases in algae caused by excess nutrients, often leading to low oxygen and ecosystem damage.


      中文 — algal blooms(藻华 / 藻类暴发) 详细解释

      1) 什么是藻华(核心概念)

      藻华(algal blooms)是指藻类在水体中迅速、大量繁殖的现象,常使水体呈现绿色、蓝绿色或褐色

      藻华 = 藻类数量突然暴增


      2) 藻华产生的原因

      藻华通常由以下因素共同引起:

      • 养分过多(氮、磷)
      • 水温升高
      • 阳光充足
      • 水流缓慢或静止

      这种水体富营养化过程叫 水体富营养化


      3) 藻华的类型

      ① 无毒藻华

      • 藻类大量繁殖
      • 会导致水体缺氧

      ② 有害藻华

      • 常由蓝藻(蓝绿藻)引起
      • 释放毒素
      • 对鱼类、人类和动物有危险

      4) 藻华为什么有害(考试重点)

      • 遮挡阳光,水草死亡
      • 藻类分解消耗氧气
      • 造成鱼类死亡
      • 破坏生态系统平衡

      5) 对人类的影响

      • 饮用水污染
      • 湖泊和海滩关闭
      • 人和动物中毒

      6) 池塘中的藻华示例(常考)

      1. 肥料进入池塘
      2. 藻类迅速繁殖
      3. 水中氧气下降
      4. 鱼类死亡
      5. 生物多样性下降

      一句话考试版总结

      藻华是由养分过多引起的藻类快速繁殖,会导致水体缺氧和生态破坏。

      如果你需要,我可以把 algae / algal / algal bloom / eutrophication 做成 Science 10 中英对照概念图或互动闪卡,直接用于考试复习。

    15. algal

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — algal (thorough explanation)

      1) What algal means (core idea)

      Algal is an adjective that means related to or caused by algae.

      Algal = having to do with algae

      It is used to describe things like algal cells, algal growth, or algal blooms.


      2) What algae are (quick reminder)

      Algae are mostly aquatic, photosynthetic organisms. They can be:

      • Microscopic (single-celled)
      • Macroscopic (large seaweeds)

      Algae are not true plants, but many behave like plants because they:

      • Contain chlorophyll
      • Perform photosynthesis

      3) Common uses of “algal” in science (Science 10 focus)

      Algal growth

      • Increase in algae due to sunlight and nutrients

      Algal bloom

      • A rapid increase in algae population
      • Often turns water green
      • Can reduce oxygen in water and harm animals

      Algal cells

      • Individual algae cells seen under a microscope

      Algal mats

      • Thick layers of algae covering water surfaces or rocks

      4) Algal blooms — important ecological example

      Algal blooms often occur when:

      • Nutrients (nitrogen, phosphorus) are high
      • Water is warm
      • Sunlight is abundant

      Effects:

      • Block sunlight for other plants
      • Reduce dissolved oxygen
      • May produce toxins (in some species)

      📌 This process is linked to eutrophication.


      5) Why algal organisms are important

      Algal organisms:

      • Are primary producers
      • Form the base of many aquatic food chains
      • Produce a large amount of Earth’s oxygen
      • Support ecosystems like ponds, lakes, and oceans

      6) Grammar note

      • Algae → noun (plural)
      • Alga → noun (singular)
      • Algal → adjective

      📌 Example:

      Algal growth increases in warm, nutrient-rich water.


      中文 — algal(藻类的 / 与藻类有关的) 详细解释

      1) “algal”的基本含义

      Algal 是一个形容词,意思是 “与藻类有关的”

      Algal = 藻类的


      2) 藻类是什么(简单回顾)

      藻类是大多生活在水中的能进行光合作用的生物,可以是:

      • 单细胞(显微藻类)
      • 多细胞(大型海藻)

      3) “algal”的常见科学用法(考试常见)

      • 藻类生长(algal growth)
      • 藻华 / 藻类暴发(algal bloom)
      • 藻类细胞(algal cells)
      • 藻毯(algal mats)

      4) 藻华(重点)

      藻华通常发生在:

      • 养分多
      • 温度高
      • 光照强

      影响:

      • 水体缺氧
      • 鱼类死亡
      • 水质恶化

      5) 藻类的重要性

      • 是水生生态系统的生产者
      • 是食物链的基础
      • 产生大量氧气

      6) 词性总结(考试加分点)

      • alga:单数,藻
      • algae:复数,藻类
      • algal:形容词,藻类的

      一句话考试版总结

      Algal means related to algae, especially in aquatic ecosystems. Algal 指与藻类有关的事物。

      如果你需要,我可以把 alga / algae / algal 做成 Science 10 中英对照速记卡或易错点练习题,非常适合考试复习。

    16. amoebas

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — amoebas (thorough explanation)

      1) What amoebas are (core idea)

      Amoebas are microscopic, single-celled protists that usually live in water or moist environments. They are famous for their constantly changing shape.

      Amoeba = one cell that changes shape to move and eat


      2) Where amoebas live

      Amoebas are commonly found in:

      • Ponds and lakes
      • Wet soil
      • Slow-moving freshwater
      • Inside other organisms (some species)

      Most amoebas are free-living and harmless, but a few can cause disease.


      3) How amoebas move — pseudopodia

      Amoebas move using pseudopodia (“false feet”).

      • The cell membrane pushes outward
      • Cytoplasm flows into the extension
      • The cell slowly pulls itself forward

      This movement is called amoeboid movement.


      4) How amoebas eat (ingestion by phagocytosis)

      Amoebas are heterotrophic (they must eat food).

      Steps:

      1. Amoeba surrounds food with pseudopodia
      2. Food is engulfed
      3. A food vacuole forms
      4. Enzymes digest the food
      5. Nutrients enter the cytoplasm
      6. Waste is released

      This feeding method is called phagocytosis.


      5) Important cell structures (Science 10 focus)

      | Structure | Function | | ------------------- | -------------------------- | | Pseudopodia | Movement and feeding | | Cell membrane | Controls entry and exit | | Cytoplasm | Site of chemical reactions | | Nucleus | Controls cell activities | | Food vacuole | Digestion | | Contractile vacuole | Pumps out excess water |


      6) Water balance (very important)

      Because amoebas live in freshwater:

      • Water constantly enters the cell by osmosis
      • The contractile vacuole removes extra water
      • This prevents the cell from bursting

      7) How amoebas reproduce

      • Reproduce by binary fission
      • One cell divides into two identical cells
      • This is asexual reproduction

      8) Why amoebas are important

      • Feed on bacteria → help control populations
      • Part of aquatic food webs
      • Used in biology to study cell movement and feeding
      • Show how one cell can perform all life functions

      One-sentence exam summary

      Amoebas are single-celled protists that move and eat using pseudopodia.


      中文 — amoebas(变形虫) 详细解释

      1) 变形虫是什么(核心概念)

      变形虫(amoebas)是生活在水或潮湿环境中的单细胞原生生物。 它们最显著的特点是形状不断变化

      变形虫 = 靠改变形状来运动和进食的单细胞生物


      2) 变形虫的生活环境

      • 池塘
      • 湖泊
      • 潮湿土壤
      • 其他生物体内

      大多数变形虫对人类无害。


      3) 变形虫如何运动 —— 伪足

      变形虫通过伪足运动:

      • 细胞向前伸出伪足
      • 细胞质流入
      • 整个细胞向前移动

      这种方式叫 变形运动


      4) 变形虫如何进食(吞噬作用)

      变形虫是异养生物,进食过程如下:

      1. 伪足包围食物
      2. 食物被吞入
      3. 形成食物泡
      4. 消化酶分解食物
      5. 营养进入细胞质
      6. 废物排出

      这种方式称为 吞噬作用(phagocytosis)


      5) 重要结构(考试重点)

      | 结构 | 功能 | | --- | ------- | | 伪足 | 运动、捕食 | | 细胞膜 | 控制物质进出 | | 细胞质 | 生命活动场所 | | 细胞核 | 控制细胞 | | 食物泡 | 消化 | | 伸缩泡 | 排水、防止胀破 |


      6) 一句话考试版总结

      变形虫是通过伪足运动和进食的单细胞原生生物。

      如果你需要,我可以把 Amoeba / Paramecium / Euglena 做成 Science 10 中英对照比较表或互动闪卡,非常适合系统复习与课堂讲解。

    17. Euglena

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — Euglena (thorough explanation)

      1) What Euglena is (core idea)

      Euglena is a microscopic, single-celled protist that lives mainly in freshwater. It is special because it can act like both a plant and an animal.

      Euglena = a mix of plant-like and animal-like traits


      2) Why Euglena is unique (exam favorite)

      Euglena is often used to show that living things do not always fit neatly into one group.

      • Plant-like:

      • Has chloroplasts

      • Can do photosynthesis
      • Animal-like:

      • Can move

      • Can feed on organic matter when light is unavailable

      This flexible nutrition is called mixotrophic.


      3) How Euglena moves

      Euglena moves using a flagellum (a long, whip-like structure).

      • The flagellum spins or whips
      • Pulls the cell through water
      • Allows Euglena to move toward light

      4) How Euglena gets energy (two ways)

      A) Photosynthesis (like plants)

      • Uses chloroplasts
      • Needs light, carbon dioxide, and water
      • Produces glucose and oxygen

      B) Heterotrophic feeding (like animals)

      • When light is limited
      • Absorbs nutrients from the environment

      5) Important cell structures (Science 10 focus)

      | Structure | Function | | ------------------- | -------------------------------------- | | Flagellum | Movement | | Eyespot (stigma) | Detects light | | Chloroplasts | Photosynthesis | | Nucleus | Controls cell activities | | Pellicle | Flexible outer layer (not a cell wall) | | Contractile vacuole | Removes excess water |


      6) Eyespot and light detection (very important)

      Euglena has a red eyespot that:

      • Detects the direction of light
      • Helps Euglena swim toward light
      • Increases photosynthesis efficiency

      This behavior is called phototaxis.


      7) Where Euglena lives

      • Ponds
      • Lakes
      • Slow-moving freshwater
      • Nutrient-rich water

      Euglena often thrives in water with plenty of light.


      8) How Euglena reproduces

      • Reproduces by binary fission
      • One cell divides into two identical cells

      One-sentence exam summary

      Euglena is a single-celled protist that can photosynthesize like a plant and move like an animal using a flagellum.


      中文 — Euglena(眼虫) 详细解释

      1) 眼虫是什么(核心概念)

      眼虫(Euglena)是一种生活在淡水中的单细胞原生生物。 它的最大特点是:既像植物,又像动物

      眼虫 = 兼具植物和动物特征的原生生物


      2) 眼虫为什么特殊(考试重点)

      • 像植物

      • 有叶绿体

      • 能进行光合作用
      • 像动物

      • 能主动运动

      • 缺光时可吸收有机物获取能量

      这种双重营养方式称为 混合营养(mixotrophic)


      3) 眼虫如何运动

      • 通过一根鞭毛运动
      • 鞭毛摆动,推动细胞前进

      4) 眼虫如何获取能量

      ① 光合作用(有光时)

      • 利用叶绿体
      • 制造葡萄糖

      ② 异养方式(无光时)

      • 从环境中吸收营养

      5) 重要结构(必考)

      | 结构 | 功能 | | --- | ------- | | 鞭毛 | 运动 | | 眼点 | 感光 | | 叶绿体 | 光合作用 | | 细胞核 | 控制生命活动 | | 表膜 | 保护并保持形状 | | 伸缩泡 | 排出多余水分 |


      6) 眼点的作用(高频考点)

      • 感知光线方向
      • 帮助眼虫向光移动
      • 提高光合作用效率

      这种向光移动的行为叫 趋光性


      一句话考试版总结

      眼虫是一种能进行光合作用、又能主动运动的单细胞原生生物。

      如果你愿意,我可以把 Euglena / Paramecium / Amoeba 做成 Science 10 中英对照对比表或互动闪卡,非常适合系统复习。

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The melibiose permease from Salmonella enterica serovar Typhimurium (MelBSt) is a member of the Major Facilitator Superfamily (MFS). It catalyzes the symport of a galactopyranoside with Na⁺, H⁺, or Li⁺, and serves as a prototype model system for investigating cation-coupled transport mechanisms. In cation-coupled symporters, a coupling cation typically moves down its electrochemical gradient to drive the uphill transport of a primary substrate; however, the precise role and molecular contribution of the cation in substrate binding and translocation remain unclear. In a prior study, the authors showed that the binding affinity for melibiose is increased in the presence of Na+ by about 8-fold, but the molecular basis for the cooperative mechanism remains unclear. The objective of this study was to better understand the allosteric coupling between the Na+ and melibiose binding sites. To verify the sugar-recognition specific determinants, the authors solved the outward-facing crystal structures of a uniport mutant D59C with four sugar ligands containing different numbers of monosaccharide units (α-NPG, melibiose, raffinose, or α-MG). The structure with α-NPG bound has improved resolution (2.7 Å) compared to a previously published structure and to those with other sugars. These structures show that the specificity is clearly directed toward the galactosyl moiety. However, the increased affinity for α-NPG involves its hydrophobic phenyl group, positioned at 4 Å-distance from the phenyl group of Tyr26 forms a strong stacking interaction. Moreover, a water molecule bound to OH-4 in the structure with α-NPG was proposed to contribute to the sugar recognition and appears on the pathway between the two specificity-determining pockets. Next, the authors analyzed by hydrogen-to-deuterium exchange coupled to mass spectrometry (HDX-MS) the changes in structural dynamics of the transporter induced by melibiose, Na+, or both. The data support the conclusion that the binding of the coupling cation at a remote location stabilizes the sugar-binding residues to switch to a higher-affinity state. Therefore, the coupling cation in this symporter was proposed to be an allosteric activator.

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript is generally well written.

      (2) This study builds on the authors' accumulated knowledge of the melibiose permease and integrates structural and HDX-MS analyses to better understand the communication between the sodium ion and sugar binding sites. A high sequence coverage was obtained for the HDX-MS data (86-87%), which is high for a membrane protein.

      The revised manuscript shows clear improvement, and the authors have addressed my concerns in a satisfactory manner. Of note, I noticed two mistakes that should be corrected:

      - page 11. Unless I am mistaken, the sentence "In contrast, Na+ alone or with melibiose primarily caused deprotections" should be corrected with "protections". The authors may wish to verify this sentence and also the previous one in the main text.

      - Figure 8 displays two cytoplasmic gates (one of them should be periplasmic)

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      eLife Assessment

      This manuscript presents useful insights into the molecular basis underlying the positive cooperativity between the co-transported substrates (galactoside sugar and sodium ion) in the melibiose transporter MelB. Building on years of previous studies, this work improves on the resolution of previously published structures and reports the presence of a water molecule in the sugar binding site that would appear to be key for its recognition, introduces further structures bound to different substrates, and utilizes HDX-MS to further understand the positive cooperativity between sugar and the co-transported sodium cation. Although the experimental work is solid, the presentation of the data lacks clarity, and in particular, the HDX-MS data interpretation requires further explanation in both methodology and discussion, as well as a clearer description of the new insight that is obtained in relation to previous studies. The work will be of interest to biologists and biochemists working on cation-coupled symporters, which mediate the transport of a wide range of solutes across cell membranes.

      We express our gratitude to the associate editor, review editor, and reviewers for their favorable evaluation of this manuscript, as well as their constructive comments and encouragement. Their feedback has been integrated to fortify the evidence, refine the data analysis, and elevate the presentation of the results, thereby enhancing the overall quality and clarity of the manuscript.

      A brief summary of the modifications in this revision:

      (a) We performed four new experiments: 1) intact cell [<sup>3</sup>H]raffinose transport assay; 2) intact cell p-nitrophenol detection to demonstrate α-NPG transport; 3) ITC binding assay for the D59C mutant; and 4) molecular dynamics to simulate the water-1 in sugar-binding site and the dynamics of side chains in the Na<sup>+</sup>- and melibiose-binding pockets. All data consistently support the conclusion draw in this article.

      (b) We have added a new figure to show the apo state dynamics (the new Fig. 5a,b) and annotated the amino acid residue positions and marked positions in sugar- or Na<sup>+</sup>-binding pockets.

      (c) As suggested by reviewer-3, we have moved the individual mapping of ligand effects on HDX data to the main figure, combined with the residual plots, and marked the amino-acid residue positions.

      (d) We have added more deuterium uptake plots to cover all residues in the sugar- or Na<sup>+</sup>-binding pockets in the current figure 7 (previously figure 6).

      (e) We have added a new figure 8 showing the positions at the well-studied cytoplasmic gating salt-bridge network and other loops likely important for conformational changes, along with a membrane topology marked with the HDX data. We have added a new figure 9 from MD simulations.

      Reviewer #1:

      While the structure of the melibiose permease in both outward and inward-facing forms has been solved previously, there remain unanswered questions regarding its mechanism. Hariharan et al set out to address this with further crystallographic studies complemented with ITC and hydrogen-deuterium exchange (HDX) mass spectrometry.

      (1) They first report 4 different crystal structures of galactose derivatives to explore molecular recognition, showing that the galactose moiety itself is the main source of specificity. Interestingly, they observe a water-mediated hydrogen bonding interaction with the protein and suggest that this water molecule may be important in binding.

      We thank you for understanding what we've presented in this manuscript.

      (2) The results from the crystallography appear sensible, though the resolution of the data is low, with only the structure with NPG better than 3Å. However, it is a bit difficult to understand what novel information is being brought out here and what is known about the ligands. For instance, are these molecules transported by the protein or do they just bind? They measure the affinity by ITC, but draw very few conclusions about how the affinity correlates with the binding modes. Can the protein transport the trisaccharide raffinose?

      The four structures with bound sugars of different sizes were used to identify the binding motif on both the primary substrate (sugar) and the transporter (MelB<sub>St</sub>). Although the resolutions of the structures complexed with melibiose, raffinose, or a-MG are relatively low, the size and shape of the densities at each structure are consistent with the corresponding sugar molecules, which provide valuable data for confirming the pose of the bound sugar proposed previously. In this revision, we further refine the α-NPG-bound structure to 2.60 Å. The identified water-1 in this study further confirms the orientation of C4-OH. Notably, this transporter does not recognize or transport glucosides in which the orientation of the C4-OH at the glucopyranosyl ring is opposite. To verify the water in the sugar-binding site, we initiated a new collaborative study using MD simulations. Results showed that Wat-1 exhibited nearly full occupancy when melibiose was present, regardless of whether Na<sup>+</sup> was bound at the cation-binding site.

      As detailed in the Summary, we added two additional sets of transport assays and confirmed that raffinose and α-NPG are transportable substrates of MelB<sub>St</sub>. For α-NPG transport, we measured the end products of the process—enzyme hydrolysis and membrane diffusion of p-nitrophenol released from intracellular α-NPG.

      As a bonus, based on the WT-like downhill α-NPG transport activity by the D59C uniporter mutant that failed in active transport against a sugar concentration gradient, we further emphasized that the sugar translocation pathway is isolated from the cation-binding site. The new data strongly support the allosteric effects of cation binding on sugar-binding affinity. Thank you for this helpful suggestion.

      A meaningful analysis of ITC data heavily depends on the quality of the data. My laboratory has extensive experience with ITC and has gained rich, insightful mechanistic knowledge of MelB<sub>St</sub>. Because of the low affinity in raffinose and a-MG, unfortunately, no further information can be convincingly obtained. Therefore, we did not dissect the enthalpic and entropic contributions but focused on the Kd value and binding stoichiometry.

      (3) The HDX also appears to be well done; however, in the manuscript as written, it is difficult to understand how this relates to the overall mechanism of the protein and the conformational changes that the protein undergoes.

      We are sorry for not presenting our data clearly in the initial submission. In this revised manuscript, we have made numerous improvements, as described in the Summary. These enhancements in the HDX data analysis provided new mechanistic insights into the allosteric effects, leading us to conclude that protein dynamics and conformational transitions are coupled with sugar-binding affinity. Na<sup>+</sup> binding restricts protein conformational flexibility, thereby increasing sugar-binding affinity. The HDX study revealed that the major dynamic region includes a sugar-binding residue, Arg149, which also plays a gating role. Structurally, this dual-function residue undergoes significant displacement during the sugar-affinity-coupled conformational transition, thereby coupling the sugar binding and structural dynamics.

      Reviewer #2:

      This manuscript from Hariharan, Shi, Viner, and Guan presents x-ray crystallographic structures of membrane protein MelB and HDX-MS analysis of ligand-induced dynamics. This work improves on the resolution of previously published structures, introduces further sugar-bound structures, and utilises HDX to explore in further depth the previously observed positive cooperatively to cotransported cation Na<sup>+</sup>. The work presented here builds on years of previous study and adds substantial new details into how Na<sup>+</sup> binding facilitates melibiose binding and deepens the fundamental understanding of the molecular basis underlying the symport mechanism of cation-coupled transporters. However, the presentation of the data lacks clarity, and in particular, the HDX-MS data interpretation requires further explanation in both methodology and discussion.

      We appreciate this reviewer's time in reading our previous articles related to this manuscript.

      Comments on Crystallography and biochemical work:

      (1) It is not clear what Figure 2 is comparing. The text suggests this figure is a comparison of the lower resolution structure to the structure presented in this work; however, the figure legend does not mention which is which, and both images include a modelled water molecule that was not assigned due to poor resolution previously, as stated by the authors, in the previously generated structure. This figure should be more clearly explained.

      This figure is a stereo view of a density map created in cross-eye style. In this revision, we changed this figure to Fig. 3 and showed only the density for sugar and water-1. 

      (2) It is slightly unclear what the ITC measurements add to this current manuscript. The authors comment that raffinose exhibiting poor binding affinity despite having more sugar units is surprising, but it is not surprising to me. No additional interactions can be mapped to these units on their structure, and while it fits into the substrate binding cavity, the extra bulk of additional sugar units is likely to reduce affinity. In fact, from their listed ITC measurements, this appears to be the trend. Additionally, the D59C mutant utilised here in structural determination is deficient in sodium/cation binding. The reported allostery of sodium-sugar binding will likely influence the sugar binding motif as represented by these structures. This is clearly represented by the authors' own ITC work. The ITC included in this work was carried out on the WT protein in the presence of Na<sup>+</sup>. The authors could benefit from clarifying how this work fits with the structural work or carrying out ITC with the D59C mutant, or additionally, in the absence of sodium.

      Thank this reviewer for your helpful suggestions. We have performed the suggested ITC measurements with the D59C mutant. The purpose of the ITC experiments was to demonstrate that MelB<sub>St</sub> can bind raffinose and α-MG to support the crystal structures.

      Comments on HDX-MS work:

      While the use of HDX-MS to deepen the understanding of ligand allostery is an elegant use of the technique, this reviewer advises the authors to refer to the Masson et al. (2019) recommendations for the HDX-MS article (https://doi.org/10.1038/s41592-019-0459-y) on how to best present this data. For example:

      All authors value this reviewer's comments and suggestions, which have been included in this revision.

      (1) The Methodology includes a lipid removal step. Based on other included methods, I assumed that the HDX-MS was being carried out in detergent-solubilised protein samples. I therefore do not see the need for a lipid removal step that is usually included for bilayer reconstituted samples. I note that this methodology is the same as previously used for MelB. It should be clarified why this step was included, if it was in fact used, aka, further details on the sample preparation should be included.

      Yes, a lipid/detergent removal step was included in this study and previous ones, and this information was clearly described in the Methods.

      (2) A summary of HDX conditions and results should be given as recommended, including the mean peptide length and average redundancy per state alongside other included information such as reaction temperature, sequence coverage, etc., as prepared for previous publications from the authors, i.e., Hariharan et al., 2024.

      We have updated the Table S2 and addressed the reviewer’ request for the details of HDX experiments.

      (3) Uptake plots per peptide for the HDX-MS data should be included as supporting information outside of the few examples given in Figure 6.

      We have prepared and presented deuterium uptake time-course plots for any peptides with ΔD > threshold in Fig. S5a-c.

      (4) A reference should be given to the hybrid significance testing method utilised. Additionally, as stated by Hageman and Weis (2019) (doi:10.1021/acs.analchem.9b01325), the use of P < 0.05 greatly increases the likelihood of false positive ΔD identifications. While the authors include multiple levels of significance, what they refer to as high and lower significant results, this reviewer understands that working with dynamic transporters can lead to increased data variation; a statement of why certain statistical criteria were chosen should be included, and possibly accompanied by volcano plots. The legend of Figure 6 should include what P value is meant by * and ** rather than statistically significant and highly statistically significant.

      We appreciate this comment and have cited the suggested article on the hybrid significance method. We fully acknowledge that using a cutoff of P < 0.05 can increase the likelihood of false-positive identifications. By applying multiple levels of statistical testing, we determined that P < 0.05 is an appropriate threshold for this study. The threshold values were presented in the residual plots and explained in the text. For the previous Fig. 6 (renamed Fig. S4b in the current version), we have reported the P value. *, < 0.05; **, < 0.01. (The text for 0.01 was not visible in the previous version. Sorry for the confusion.)

      (5) Line 316 states a significant difference in seen in dynamics, how is significance measured here? There is no S.D. given in Table S4. Can the authors further comment on the potential involvement in solvent accessibility and buried helices that might influence the overall dynamics outside of their role in sugar vs sodium binding? An expected low rate of exchange suggests that dynamics are likely influenced by solvent accessibility or peptide hydrophobicity. The increased dynamics at peptides covering the Na binding site on overall more dynamic helices suggests that there is no difference between the dynamics of each site.

      The current Table S3 (combined from previous Tables S3 and S4 as suggested) was prepared to provide an overall view of the dynamic regions with SD values provided. For other questions, if we understand correctly, this reviewer asked us to comment on the effects of solvent accessibility or hydrophobic regions on the overall dynamics outside the binding residues of the peptides that cover them. Since HDX rates are influenced by two linked factors: solvent accessibility and hydrogen-bonding interactions that reflect structural dynamics, poor solvent accessibility in buried regions should result in low deuterium uptakes. The peptides in our dataset that include the Na<sup>+</sup>-binding site showed lower HDX, likely due to limited solvent accessibility and lower structural stability. It is unclear what this reviewer meant by "increased dynamics at peptides covering the Na binding site on overall more dynamic helices." We did not observe increased dynamics in peptides covering the Na<sup>+</sup>-binding site; instead, all Na<sup>+</sup>-binding residues and nearby sugar-binding residues have lower degrees of deuteriation.

      (6) Previously stated HDX-MS results of MelB (Hariharan et al., 2024) state that the transmembrane helices are less dynamic than polypeptide termini and loops with similar distributions across all transmembrane bundles. The previous data was obtained in the presence of sodium. Does this remove the difference in dynamics in the sugar-binding helices and the cation-binding helices? Including this comparison would support the statement that the sodium-bound MelB is more stable than the Apo state, along with the lack of deprotection observed in the differential analysis.

      Thanks for this suggestion. The previous datasets were collected in the presence of Na<sup>+</sup>. In the current study, we also have two Na<sup>+</sup>-containing datasets. Both showed similar results: the multiple overlapping peptides covering the sugar-binding residues on helices I and V have higher HDX rates than those peptides covering the Na<sup>+</sup>-binding residues, even when Na<sup>+</sup> was present.

      (7) Have the authors considered carrying out an HDX-MS comparison between the WT and the D59C mutant? This may provide some further information on the WT structure (particularly a comparison with sugar-bound). This could be tied into a nice discussion of their structural data.

      Thank you for this suggestion. Comparing HDX-MS between the WT and the D59C mutant is certainly interesting, especially with the increasing amount of structural, biochemical, and biophysical data now available for this mutant. However, due to limited resources, we might consider it later.

      (8) Have the authors considered utilising Li<sup>+</sup> to infer how cation selectivity impacts the allostery? Do they expect similar stabilisation of a higher-affinity sugar binding state with all cations?

      We have shown that Li<sup>+</sup> also works positively with melibiose. Li<sup>+</sup> binds to MelB<sub>St</sub> with a higher affinity than Na<sup>+</sup> and modifies MelB<sub>St</sub> differently. It is important to study this thoroughly and separately. To answer the second question, H<sup>+</sup> is a weak coupling cation with little effect on melibiose binding. Since its pKa is around 6.5, only a small population of MelB<sub>St</sub> is protonated at pH 7.5. The order of sugar-binding cooperativity is highest with Na<sup>+</sup>, then Li<sup>+</sup>, and finally H<sup>+</sup>.

      (9) MD of MelB suggests all transmembrane helices are reorientated during substrate translocation, yet substrate and cotransporter ligand binding only significantly impacts a small number of helices. Can the authors comment on the ensemble of states expected from each HDX experiment? The data presented here instead shows overall stabilisation of the transporter. This data can be compared to that of HDX on MFS sugar cation symporter XylE, where substrate binding induces a transition to the OF state. There is no discussion of how this HDX data compares to previous MFS sugar transporter HDX. The manuscript could benefit from this comparison rather than a comparison to LacY. It is unlikely that there are universal mechanisms that can be inferred even from these model proteins. Highlighting differences between these transport systems provides broader insights into this protein class. Doi: 10.1021/jacs.2c06148 and 10.1038/s41467-018-06704-1.

      The sugar translocation free-energy landscape simulations showed that both helix bundles move relative to the membrane plane. This analysis aimed to clarify a hypothesis in the field—that the MFS transporter can use an asymmetric mode to perform the conformational transition between inward- and outward-facing states. In the case of MelB<sub>St</sub>, we clearly demonstrated that both domains move and each helix bundle moves as a unit. So only a small number of helices and loops showed labeling changes. Thanks for the suggestion about comparing with XylE. We have included that in the discussion.

      (10) Additionally, the recent publication of SMFS data (by the authors: doi:10.1016/j.str.2022.11.011) states the following: "In the presence of either melibiose or a coupling Na<sup>+</sup>-cation, however, MelB increasingly populates the mechanically less stable state which shows a destabilized middle-loop C3." And "In the presence of both substrate and co-substrate, this mechanically less stable state of MelB is predominant.". It would benefit the authors to comment on these data in contrast to the HDX obtained here. Additionally, is the C3 loop covered, and does it show the destabilization suggested by these studies? HDX can provide a plethora of results that are missing from the current analysis on ligand allostery. The authors instead chose to reference CD and thermal denaturation methods as comparisons.

      Thank this reviewer for reading the single-molecule force spectroscopy (SMFS) study on MelB<sub>St</sub>.  The C3 loop mentioned in this SMFS article is partially covered in the dataset Mel or Mel plus Na<sup>+</sup> vs. apo, and there is more coverage in the Na<sup>+</sup> vs. apo dataset. In either condition, no deprotection was detected. The labeling time point might not be long enough to detect it.

      Reviewer #3:

      Summary:

      The melibiose permease from Salmonella enterica serovar Typhimurium (MelB<sub>St</sub>) is a member of the Major Facilitator Superfamily (MFS). It catalyzes the symport of a galactopyranoside with Na<sup>+</sup>, H<sup>+</sup>, or Li<sup>+</sup>, and serves as a prototype model system for investigating cation-coupled transport mechanisms. In cation-coupled symporters, a coupling cation typically moves down its electrochemical gradient to drive the uphill transport of a primary substrate; however, the precise role and molecular contribution of the cation in substrate binding and translocation remain unclear. In a prior study, the authors showed that the binding affinity for melibiose is increased in the presence of Na<sup>+</sup> by about 8-fold, but the molecular basis for the cooperative mechanism remains unclear. The objective of this study was to better understand the allosteric coupling between the Na<sup>+</sup> and melibiose binding sites. To verify the sugar-recognition specific determinants, the authors solved the outward-facing crystal structures of a uniport mutant D59C with four sugar ligands containing different numbers of monosaccharide units (α-NPG, melibiose, raffinose, or α-MG). The structure with α-NPG bound has improved resolution (2.7 Å) compared to a previously published structure and to those with other sugars. These structures show that the specificity is clearly directed toward the galactosyl moiety. However, the increased affinity for α-NPG involves its hydrophobic phenyl group, positioned at 4 Å-distance from the phenyl group of Tyr26, which forms a strong stacking interaction. Moreover, a water molecule bound to OH-4 in the structure with α-NPG was proposed to contribute to the sugar recognition and appears on the pathway between the two specificity-determining pockets. Next, the authors analyzed by hydrogen-to-deuterium exchange coupled to mass spectrometry (HDX-MS) the changes in structural dynamics of the transporter induced by melibiose, Na<sup>+</sup>, or both. The data support the conclusion that the binding of the coupling cation at a remote location stabilizes the sugar-binding residues to switch to a higher-affinity state. Therefore, the coupling cation in this symporter was proposed to be an allosteric activator.

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript is generally well written.

      (2) This study builds on the authors' accumulated knowledge of the melibiose permease and integrates structural and HDX-MS analyses to better understand the communication between the sodium ion and sugar binding sites. A high sequence coverage was obtained for the HDX-MS data (86-87%), which is high for a membrane protein.

      Thank this reviewer for your positive comments.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) I am not sure that the resolution of the structure (2.7 Å) is sufficiently high to unambiguously establish the presence of a water molecule bound to OH-4 of the α-NPG sugar. In Figure 2, the density for water 1 is not obvious to me, although it is indeed plausible that water mediates the interaction between OH4/OH6 and the residues Q372 and T373.

      A water molecule can be modeled at a resolution ranging from 2.4 to 3.2 Å, and the quality of the model depends on the map quality and water location. In this revision, we refined the resolution to 2.6 Å using the same dataset and also performed all-atom MD simulations. All results support the occupancy of water-1 in the sugar-bound MelB<sub>St</sub>.

      (2) Site-directed mutagenesis could help strengthen the conclusions of the authors. Would the mutation(s) of Q372 and/or T373 support the water hypothesis by decreasing the affinity for sugars? Mutations of Thr121, Arg 295, combined with functional and/or HDX-MS analyses, may also help support some of the claims of the authors regarding the allosteric communication between the two substrate-binding sites.

      The authors thank this reviewer for the thoughtful suggestions. MelB<sub>St</sub> has been subjected to Cys-scanning mutagenesis (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbc.2021.101090). Placing a Cys residue at Gln372 significantly decreased the transport initial rate, accumulation, and melibiose fermentation, with minimal effect on protein expression, as shown in Figure 2 of this JBC article, which could support its role in the binding pocket. The T373C mutant retained most of the WT's activities. Our previous studies showed that Thr121 is only responsible for Na<sup>+</sup> binding in MelB<sub>St</sub>, and mutations decreased protein stability; now, HDX reveals that this is the rigid position. Additionally, our previous studies indicated that Arg295 is another conformationally important residue. In this version, we have added more HDX analysis to explore the relationship between the two substrate-binding sites with conformational dynamics, especially focusing on the gating salt-bridge network including Arg295, which has provided meaningful new insights.

      (3) The main conclusion of the authors is that the binding of the coupling cation stabilizes those dynamic sidechains in the sugar-binding pocket, leading to a high-affinity state. This is visible when comparing panels c and a from Figure S5. However, there is both increased protection (blue, near the sugar) and decreased protection in other areas (red). The latter was less commented, could the increased flexibility in these red regions facilitate the transition between inward- and outward-facing conformations? The HDX changes induced by the different ligands were compared to the apo form (see Figure S5). It might be worth it for data presentation to also analyze the deuterium uptake difference by comparing the conditions sodium ion+melibiose vs melibiose alone. It would make the effect of Na<sup>+</sup> on the structural dynamics of the melibiose-bound transporter more visible. Similarly, the deuterium uptake difference between sodium ion+melibiose vs sodium ion alone could be analyzed too, in order to plot the effect of melibiose on the Na<sup>+</sup>-bound transporter.

      Thanks for this important question. We have added more discussion of the deprotected data and prepared a new Fig. 8b to highlight the melibiose-binding-induced flexibility in several loops, especially the gating area on both sides of the membrane. We also proposed that these changes might facilitate the formation of the transition-competent state. The overall effects induced by substrate binding are relatively small, and the datasets for apo and Na were collected separately, so comparing melibiose&Na<sup>+</sup> versus Na<sup>+</sup> might not be as precise. In fact, the Na<sup>+</sup> effects on the sugar-binding site can be clearly seen in the deuterium uptake plots shown in Figures 7-8, by comparing the first and last panels.

      (4) For non-specialists, it would be beneficial to better introduce and explain the choice of using D59C for the structural analyses.

      Asp59 is the only site that responds to the binding of all coupling cations: Na<sup>+</sup>, Li<sup>+</sup>, or H<sup>+</sup>. Notably, this thermostable mutant D59C selectively abolishes all cation binding and associated cotransport activities, but it maintains intact sugar binding and exhibits conformational transition as the WT, as demonstrated by electroneutral transport reactions including α-NPG transport showed in this articles, and melibiose exchange and fermentation showed previously. Therefore, the structural data derived from this mutant are significant and offer important mechanistic insights into sugar transport, which supports the conclusion that the Na<sup>+</sup> functions as allosteric activator.

      (5) In Figure 5a, deuterium changes are plotted as a function of peptide ID number. It is hardly informative without making it clearer which regions it corresponds to. Only one peptide is indicated (213-226). I would recommend indicating more of them in areas where deuterium changes are substantial.

      We appreciate this comment and have modified the plots by marking the residue position as well as labeled several peptides of significant HDX in the Fig 5b. We also provided a deuteriation map based on peptide coverage (Fig. 5a).

      (6) From prior work of the authors, melibiose binding also substantially increases the affinity of the sodium ion. Can the authors interpret this observation based on the HDX data?

      This is an intriguing mechanistic question. In this HDX study, we found that the cation-binding pocket and nearby sugar-binding residues are conformationally rigid, while some sugar-binding residues farther from the cation-binding pocket are flexible. We concluded that conformational dynamics regulate sugar-binding affinity, but the increase in Na-binding affinity caused by melibiose is not related to protein dynamics. Our previous interpretation based on structural data remains our preferred explanation; therefore, the bound melibiose physically prevents the release of Na<sup>+</sup> or Li<sup>+</sup> from the cation-binding pocket. We also proposed the mechanism of intracellular NA<sup>+</sup> release in the 2024 JBC paper (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jbc.2024.107427); after sugar release, the rotamer change of Asp55 will help NA<sup>+</sup> exit the cation pocket into the empty sugar pocket, and the negative membrane potential inside the cell will further facilitate movement from MelB<sub>St</sub> to the cytosol.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      (1) It would help the reader if the previous work were introduced more clearly, and if the results of the experiments reported in this manuscript were put into the context of the previous work. Lines 283-296 discuss observations that are similar to previous reported structures as well as novel interpretations. It would help the reader to be clearer about what the new observations are.

      Thank you for the important comment. We have revised accordingly by adding related citations and words “as showed previously” when we stated our previous observations.

      (2) The affinity by ITC is measured for various ligands, but very few conclusions are drawn about how the affinity correlates with the binding modes. Are the other ligands that are investigated in this study transported by the protein, or do they just bind? Can the protein transport the trisaccharide raffinose? The authors comment that raffinose exhibiting poor binding affinity despite having more sugar units is surprising, but this is not surprising to me. No additional interactions can be mapped to these units on their structure, and while it fits into the substrate binding cavity, the extra bulk of additional sugar units is likely to reduce affinity. In fact, from their listed ITC measurements, this appears to be the trend.

      Additionally, the D59C mutant utilized here in structural determination is deficient in sodium/cation binding. The reported allostery of sodium-sugar binding will likely influence the sugar binding motif as represented by these structures. This is clearly represented by the authors' own ITC work. The ITC included in this work was carried out on the WT protein in the presence of Na<sup>+</sup>. The authors could benefit from clarifying how this work fits with the structural work or carrying out ITC with the D59C mutant, or additionally, in the absence of sodium. For non-specialists, please better introduce and explain the choice of using D59C for the structural analyses.

      Thank you for the meaningful comments. We have comprehensively addressed all the concerns and suggestions as listed in the summary of this revision. Notably, the D59C mutant does not catalyze any electrogenic melibiose transport involved in a cation transduction but catalyze downhill transport location of the galactosides, as shown by the downhill α-NPG transport assay in Fig. 1a. The intact downhill transport results from D59C mutant further supports the allosteric coupling between the cation- and sugar-binding sites.

      The binding isotherm and poor affinity of the ITC measurements do not support to further analyze the binding mode since none showed sigmoidal curve, so the enthalpy change cannot be accurately determined. But authors thank this comment.

      (3) It is not clear what Figure 2 is comparing. The text suggests this figure is a comparison of the lower resolution structure to the structure presented in this work; however, the figure legend does not mention which is which, and both images include a modelled water molecule that was not assigned due to poor resolution previously, as stated by the authors, in the previously generated structure. This figure should be more clearly explained.

      We have addressed these concerns in the response to the Public Reviews at reviewer-2 #1.

      (4) I am not sure that the resolution of the structure (2.7 Å) is sufficiently high to unambiguously establish the presence of a water molecule bound to OH-4 of the α-NPG sugar. In Figure 2, the density for water 1 is not obvious to me, although it is indeed plausible that water mediates the interaction between OH4/OH6 and the residues Q372 and T373. Please change line 278 to state "this OH-4 water molecule is likely part of sugar binding".

      We have addressed these concerns in the response to the Public Reviews at reviewer-3 #1.

      (5) Line 290-296: The Thr121 is not represented in any figures, while the Lys377 is. Their relative positioning between sugar water and sodium is not made clear by any figure.

      Thanks for this comment. This information has been clearly presented in the Figs. 7-8. Lys377 is closer to the cation site and related far from the sugar-binding site.

      (6) Methodology includes a lipid removal step. Based on other included methods, I assumed that the HDX-MS was being carried out in detergent-solubilized protein samples. I therefore do not see the need for a lipid removal step that is usually included for bilayer reconstituted samples. I note that this methodology is the same as previously used for MelB. It should be clarified why this step was included, if it was in fact used, aka, further details on the sample preparation should be included.

      (7) A summary of HDX conditions and results should be given as recommended, including the mean peptide length and average redundancy per state alongside other included information such as reaction temperature, sequence coverage, etc., as prepared for previous publications from the authors, i.e., Hariharan et al., 2024.

      We have addressed these concerns in the response to the Public Reviews at reviewer-2 #4.

      (8) Uptake plots per peptide for the HDX-MS data should be included as supporting information outside of the few examples given in Figure 6.

      We have addressed these concerns in the response to the Public Reviews at reviewer-2 #4.

      (9) A reference should be given to the hybrid significance testing method utilised. Additionally, as stated by Hageman and Weis (2019) (doi:10.1021/acs.analchem.9b01325), the use of P < 0.05 greatly increases the likelihood of false positive ΔD identifications. While the authors include multiple levels of significance, what they refer to as high and lower significant results, and this reviewer understands that working with dynamic transporters can lead to increased data variation, a statement of why certain statistical criteria were chosen should be included, and possibly accompanied by volcano plots. The legend of Figure 6 should include what P value is meant by * and ** rather than statistically significant and highly statistically significant.

      We have addressed these concerns in the response to the Public Reviews at reviewer-2 #4.

      (10) The table (S3) and figure (S4) showing uncovered residues is an unclear interpretation of the data; this would be better given as a peptide sequence coverage heat map. This would also be more informative for the redundancy in covered regions, too. In this way, S3 and S4 can be combined.

      We have addressed these concerns in the response to the Public Reviews at reviewer-2 #4.

      (11) Residual plots in Figure 5 could be improved by a topological map to indicate how peptide number resembles the protein amino acid sequence.

      Thanks for the request, due to the figure 6 is big so that we add a transmembrane topology plot colored with the HDX results in Fig. 8c.

      (12) The presentation of data in S5 could be clarified. Does the number of results given in the brackets indicate overlapping peptides? What are the lengths of each of these peptides? Classical HDX data presentation utilizes blue for protection and red for deprotection. The use of yellow ribbons to show protection in non-sugar binding residues takes some interpretation and could be clarified by also depicting in a different blue. I also don't see the need to include ribbon and cartoon representation when also using colors to depict protection and deprotection. The authors should change or clarify this choice.

      We have moved this figure into the current Fig. 6b as suggested by Reviewer-3. To address your questions listed in the figure legend, the number of results shown in brackets indeed indicates overlapping peptides. What are the lengths of each of these peptides? The sequences of each peptide are shown in Figures 7-8 and are also included in Supplemental Figure S5. Regarding the use of color, both blue and green were used to distinguish peptides protecting the substrate-binding site from other regions. The ribbon and cartoon representations are provided for clarity, as the cartoon style hides many helices.

      (13) In Table S5, the difference between valid points and protection is unclear. And what is indicated by numbers in brackets or slashes? Additionally, it should be highlighted again here that single-residue information is inferred from peptide-level data. By value, are the authors referring to peptide-level differential data?

      Please review our responses in the Public Reviews at reviewer-2 #5.

      (14) Line 316 states a significant difference in seen in dynamics, how is significance measured here? There is no S.D. given in Table S4. Can the authors further comment on the potential involvement in solvent accessibility and buried helices that might influence the overall dynamics outside of their role in sugar vs sodium binding? An expected low rate of exchange suggests that dynamics are likely influenced by solvent accessibility or peptide hydrophobicity? The increased dynamics at peptides covering the Na binding site on overall more dynamic helices suggests that there isn't a difference between the dynamics of each site.

      Please review our responses in the Public Reviews at reviewer-2 #5.

      (15) Previously stated HDX-MS results of MelB (Hariharan et al., 2024) state that the transmembrane helices are less dynamic than polypeptide termini and loops with similar distributions across all transmembrane bundles. The previous data was obtained in the presence of sodium. Does this remove the difference in dynamics in the sugar-binding helices and the cation-binding helices? Including this comparison would support the statement that the sodium-bound MelB is more stable than the Apo state, along with the lack of deprotection observed in the differential analysis.

      Please review our responses in the Public Reviews.

      (16) MD of MelB suggests all transmembrane helices are reorientated during substrate translocation, yet substrate and cotransporter ligand binding only significantly impacts a small number of helices. Can the authors comment on the ensemble of states expected from each HDX experiment? The data presented here instead shows overall stabilisation of the transporter. This data can be compared to that of HDX on MFS sugar cation symporter XylE, where substrate binding induces a transition to the OF state. There is no discussion of how this HDX data compares to previous MFS sugar transporter HDX. The manuscript could benefit from this comparison rather than a comparison to LacY. It is unlikely that there are universal mechanisms that can be inferred even from these model proteins. Highlighting differences instead between these transport systems provides broader insights into this protein class. Doi: 10.1021/jacs.2c06148 and 10.1038/s41467-018-06704-1.

      Please review our responses in the Public Reviews.

      (17) Additionally, the recent publication of SMFS data (by the authors: doi:10.1016/j.str.2022.11.011) states the following: "In the presence of either melibiose or a coupling Na<sup>+</sup>-cation, however, MelB increasingly populates the mechanically less stable state which shows a destabilized middle-loop C3." And "In the presence of both substrate and co-substrate this mechanically less stable state of MelB is predominant.". It would benefit the authors to comment on these data in contrast to the HDX obtained here. Additionally, is the C3 loop covered, and does it show the destabilization suggested by these studies? HDX can provide a plethora of results that are missing from the current analysis on ligand allostery. The authors instead chose to reference CD and thermal denaturation methods as comparisons.

      Please review our responses in the Public Reviews.

      (18) The main conclusion of the authors is that the binding of the coupling cation stabilizes those dynamic sidechains in the sugar-binding pocket, leading to a high-affinity state. This is visible when comparing panels c and a from Figure S5. However, there is both increased protection (blue, near the sugar) and decreased protection in other areas (red). The latter was less commented, could the increased flexibility in these red regions facilitate the transition between inward- and outward-facing conformations? The HDX changes induced by the different ligands were compared to the apo form (see Figure S5). It might be worth it for data presentation more visible to also analyze the deuterium uptake difference by comparing the conditions sodium ion+melibiose vs melibiose alone. You would make the effect of Na<sup>+</sup> on the structural dynamics of the melibiose-bound transporter. Similarly, the deuterium uptake difference between sodium ion+melibiose vs sodium ion alone could be analyzed too, in order to plot the effect of melibiose on the Na<sup>+</sup>-bound transporter.

      Please review our responses in the Public Reviews.

      (19) In Figure 5a, deuterium changes are plotted as a function of peptide ID number. It is hardly informative without making it clearer which regions it corresponds to. Only one peptide is indicated (213-226); I would recommend indicating more of them, in areas where deuterium changes are substantial.

      Please review our responses in the Public Reviews.

      (20) Figure 6, please indicate in the legend what the black and blue lines are (I assume black is for the apo?)

      We are sorry that we did not make it clear. Yes, the black was used for apo state and blue was used for all bound states

      (21) From prior work of the authors, melibiose binding also substantially increases the affinity of the sodium ion. Can the authors interpret this observation based on the HDX data?

      Please review our responses in the Public Reviews.

      Addressing the following three points would strengthen the manuscript, but also involve a significant amount of additional experimental work. If the authors decide not to carry out the experiments described below, they can still improve the assessment by focusing on points (1-21) described above.

      (22) Have the authors considered carrying out an HDX-MS comparison between the WT and the D59C mutant? This may provide some further information on the WT structure (particularly a comparison with sugar-bound). This could be tied into a nice discussion of their structural data.

      Please review our responses in the Public Reviews.

      (23) Have the authors considered utilising Li<sup>+</sup> to infer how cation selectivity impacts the allostery? Do they expect similar stabilisation of a higher-affinity sugar binding state with all cations?

      Please review our responses in the Public Reviews.

      (24) Site-directed mutagenesis could help strengthen the conclusions. Would the mutation(s) of Q372 and/or T373 support the water hypothesis by decreasing the affinity for sugars? Mutations of Thr 121 and Arg 295, combined with functional and/or HDX-MS analyses, may also help support some of the authors' claims regarding allosteric communication between the two substrate-binding sites.

      Please review our responses in the Public Reviews.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Reviewer #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      __Summary

      Köver et al. examine the genetic and environmental underpinnings of multicellular-like phenotypes (MLPs) in fission yeast, studying 57 natural isolates of Schizosaccharomyces pombe. They uncover that a noteworthy subset of these isolates can develop MLPs, with the extent of these phenotypes varying according to growth media. Among these, two strains demonstrate pronounced MLP across a range of conditions. By genetically manipulating one strain with an MLP phenotype (distinct from the previously mentioned two strains), they provide evidence that genes such as MBX2 and SRB11 play a direct role in MLP formation, strengthening their genetic mapping findings. The study also reveals that while some key genes and their phenotypic effects are strikingly similar between budding and fission yeast, other aspects of MLP formation are not conserved, which is an intriguing finding.

      Overall, the manuscript is well-written, dense yet logically structured, and the figures are well presented. The combination of phenotypic, genetic, and bioinformatics analyses, particularly from wet lab experiments, is commendable. The study addresses a significant gap in our understanding, primarily explored in budding yeast, by providing comprehensive data on MLP diversity in fission yeast and the interplay of genetic and environmental factors.

      In summary, I enjoyed reading the manuscript and have only a few minor suggestions to strengthen the paper:

      Minor revisions:

      1. Although this may seem like a minor revision, but it is a crucial point. Please make sure that all raw data used to generate figures, run stats, sequence data, and scripts used to run data analysis are made publicly available. Provide relevant accession numbers and links to public data repositories. It is important that others can download the various types of data that went into the major conclusions of this paper in order to replicate your analysis or expand upon the scope of this work. I am not sure if the journal has a policy regarding this, but it should be followed to allow for transparency and reproducibility of the research.__

      Reply: We very much agree with the reviewer that sharing raw data and scripts is an essential part of open science. All code and data are deposited to Github (https://github.com/BKover99/S.-Pombe-MLPs) and Figshare (https://figshare.com/articles/software/S_-Pombe-MLPs/25750980), which have now been updated to reflect our revisions. Additionally, the sequenced genomes have been deposited to ENA (PRJEB69522). Where external data was used, it was properly referenced and specifically included in Supplementary Table 3.

      Two out of 57 strains exhibit strong and consistent MLP across multiple environments. Providing more information on these strains (JB914 and JB953), such as their natural habitats and distinct appearances of their MLP phenotypes under varying conditions, would provide valuable insights.

      First, a brief discussion highlighting what differentiates these two strains from the rest would be helpful for readers (e.g. insight into their unique genetic and environmental background that might be linked to the MLP phenotype).

      Additionally, culture tube and microscopy images of these strains, similar to those presented for JB759 in Figure 2A, can be included in the supplementary materials. My reasoning is that these images could help illustrate variation or lack thereof in aggregative group size across different media.

      Reply: We thank the reviewer for highlighting this issue. Our further investigation into these strains has added additional interesting insights. JB914 and JB953 were isolated from molasses in Jamaica and the exudate of Eucalyptus in Australia, respectively, though it remains unclear whether these environments are related or even selective for the ability of these strains to form MLPs. We note that the environment from which a strain is isolated is an incomplete way of assessing its ecology. Indeed, recent research suggests that the primary habitat of S. pombe is honeybee honey and suggests that bees, which may be attracted to a number of sugary substances, may be a vector by which fission yeast are transported (1). Therefore, isolation from a particular nectar or food production environment might not reflect significant ecological differences. We now refer to the location of strain isolation in the manuscript text (lines 208-209).

      However, there is more to learn from the genetic backgrounds of these two strains. We found that JB914 possesses the same variant in srb11 causally related to MLPs as JB759, the MLP-forming parental strain for our QTL analysis. To understand whether the appearance of this variant in these two strains derived from a single mutation event or was a case of convergent evolution, we analysed homology between the genomes of JB759 and JB914, focusing specifically on that variant. We found an approximately 20kb region of homology between JB759 and JB914 surrounding the srb11 truncation variant, in contrast to the majority of the genome, which does not share homology between those two strains (New Supplementary Figure 9A, B)). This result suggests that, while the two strains are largely unrelated, that specific region shares a recent common ancestor and is likely a result of interbreeding across strains.

      Importantly, this analysis further emphasizes the point that the srb11 variant segregates with the MLP-forming phenotype. We conclude this because none of the other strains similar to JB759 (either across the whole genome, or specifically in the region surrounding srb11) exhibit MLPs (New Supplementary Figure 9C). This thereby further complements our QTL analysis on the significance of this variant. We have added this analysis to the manuscript text (lines 337-349).

      Furthermore, we searched other strains which exhibited MLPs in our experiments (e.g. JB953) for frame shifts, insertions or deletions in any other genes in the CKM module or in the genes that were identified in our deletion library screen as adhesive, and did not identify any severe mutations falling into coding regions (other than the srb11 truncation in JB914 and JB759). This indicates that MLPs in these other strains may be caused by differences in regulatory regions surrounding these genes, or variants in other genes that were not identified in our screen. We have added this analysis to our manuscript (lines 424-425) and Supplementary Table 13.

      We agree that microscopy and culture tube images of JB914 and JB953 may give insight into the nature of the MLPs exhibited by those strains. We have included such images of cultures grown in YES, EMM and EMM-Phosphate media in our revision (Lines 207-208, Supplementary Figures 4 and 5). These images are consistent with our adhesion assay screen and show that JB914 and JB953 are adhesive at the microscopic level in the relevant conditions (EMM or EMM-Phosphate).

      The phenotypic outcome of overexpressing MXB2 is striking, as shown in Supplementary Figure 4C. Incorporating at least one of the culture tube images depicting large flocs into the main text, perhaps adjacent to Figure 3 panel D, would improve the visual appeal and highlight this key finding (at the moment those images are only shown in the supplementary materials).

      Reply: We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. In response to Reviewer 2's suggestion to overexpress mbx2 in YES, we created new mbx2 overexpression strains that could overexpress mbx2 in YES, which was not possible in our previous strain in which mbx2 overexpression was triggered by removal of thymine from the media. We have replaced our original data from Figure 3D with data from the new mbx2 overexpression experiment, including flask images.

      I know that the authors discuss the knowledge gap in the intro and results, but the abstract does not mention this critical gap. Please stress this critical gap (i.e., MLPs understudied in fission yeast) with a brief sentence in the abstract. Similarly, please consider writing a brief concluding sentence summarizing the paper's most significant finding referring to the knowledge gap would provide a clearer takeaway message for the reader - the abstract ends abruptly without any conclusion.

      Reply: We agree and have now emphasized the critical gap in our abstract:

      "As MLP formation remains understudied in fission yeast compared to budding yeast, we aimed to narrow this gap." at lines 18-19.

      Additionally, we added the following final sentence to give the reader a clearer takeaway message:

      "Our findings provide a comprehensive genetic survey of MLP formation in fission yeast, and a functional description of a causal mutation that drives MLP formation in nature." at lines 31-32.

      1. The observation that strains with adhesive phenotypes have a lower growth rate compared to non-adhesive strains is a noteworthy point (lines 532-535). This represents yet another example of this classical trade-off. This point could be emphasized in the Discussion or alongside the relevant result, with a brief speculative explanation for this phenomenon.

      Reply: We agree that the nature of the trade-off between MLP formation is an interesting discussion point that could arise from our work. Understanding this trade-off is made more complicated by the fact that growth is always condition-dependent, and measuring growth in strains exhibiting MLPs is non-trivial, as adhesion to labware and thick clumps of cells separated by regions of cell-free media can add variability. Nonetheless, there has been some previous work on this problem. In S. cerevisiae, it was shown that larger group size correlates with slower growth rate (3), and that flocculating cells grow more slowly (4). In S. cerevisiae, cAMP, a signalling molecule heavily involved in regulating growth in response to nutrient availability, also regulates filamentation (5). However, the relationship between flocculation and slow growth is not consistent in the literature. In some settings overexpressing the flocculins FLO8, FLO5, and FLO10 results in slower growth (6), while in others it does not (7). In addition, ethanol production has been shown to improve for biofilms (7).

      Furthermore, in S. cerevisiae, MLP-forming cells grow better in low sucrose concentrations (8) and under various stress conditions (4). Flocculating cells have also shown faster fermentation in media containing common industrial bioproduction inhibitors, despite slower fermentation than non-flocculating cells in non-inhibitory media (9). However, any consequence of this possible advantage on growth has not been characterised.

      In S. pombe, there is less work on this topic; however, it has been shown that deletions of rpl3201 and rpl3202, which code for ribosomal proteins, cause flocculation and slow growth (10). In that case, it is not clear if there is any causal relationship between slow growth and flocculation or if they are both parallel consequences of the ribosomal pathway disruption. We have added some of these points to the portion of the discussion that discusses this tradeoff (Lines 477-499).

      To get a better understanding of this tradeoff in our system, we took several approaches. First, we added a supporting analysis (New Supplementary Figure 12B), using published growth data based on measurements on agar plates for the S. pombe gene deletion library (11). There, the authors defined a set of deletion strains that grow more slowly on EMM than the wild-type lab strain. We found that our MLP hit strains were significantly enriched in this "EMM-slow" category. This information is now included in the manuscript (Lines 409-413, New Supplementary Figure 12B).

      It is, however, possible that for the assays from that work, the appearance of slow growth on solid agar in adhesive cells could be partially artifactual. Indeed, we have observed that adhesive cells tend to stick to flasks and, when grown on agar plates, cells in the same colony can stick to one another rather than to inoculation loops or pin pads. Both of these dynamics can reduce initial inoculation densities. This is less of a concern for our adhesion assay and Figures 2E, 5B, and 5F, because our before-wash intensity was done with a 7x7 pinned square about 10x10 mm2. Nonetheless, as we wanted to make a point about srb10 and srb11 mutants growing faster than other deletion mutants that exhibit MLP-formation, we also conducted growth assays in liquid media (New Figure 5F).

      We observed that srb10Δ and srb11Δ strains (which exhibit MLPs in EMM) show growth curves similar to wild-type cells in minimal (EMM) and rich media (YES). On the other hand, other strains that grow similarly to wild type cells in YES, such as tlg2Δ and rpa12Δ, grow much more slowly in EMM when they clump together. There are also some strains, mus7Δ and kgd2Δ, that grow more slowly in both YES and EMM but are only adhesive in EMM.

      The text mentions two lab strains, JB22 and JB50, displaying strong adhesion under phosphate starvation (lines 525-526), yet the data point for JB22 in Figure 2C is not labeled.

      Reply: We agree that highlighting JB22 on the figure is crucial, given that it was mentioned in the main text. JB22 is now highlighted in green on Fig 2C.

      1. Although I generally avoid commenting on formatting, I found the manuscript to be dense. As mentioned above, I truly enjoyed reading it! But I couldn't help but think of ways to make the manuscript more concise for readers. The Results section spans nine pages (excluding figure captions), and the Discussion is five pages long. The main text contains 6 figures with approximately 27 panels and 32 plots and Venn diagrams, while the supplementary material has 11 figures with 22 panels and about 59 plots. Altogether, the manuscript comprises 17 figures, 49 panels, and roughly 91 plots and Venn diagrams! While I will not request any changes, I encourage the authors to consider streamlining the text/data where possible to focus on the core theme of the study.

      We thank the reviewer for these suggestions and have reorganised some of our figures and text to appear less dense. We have also added several figures and panels in response to reviewer comments. While we endeavor to make our points clear and concise in the main figures, we believe that it is important to retain key supplementary figures so that an interested reader can evaluate the data in more detail:

      A summary of our major changes to the figures is below, and we also provide a manuscript with changes tracked for the reviewers' convenience:

      Fig 2:

      Added Panel E in response to reviewer comments. Fig 3:

      Removed axes for pfl3 and pfl7 from Fig 3C, as the point was made by the other genes displayed (mbx2, pfl8 and gsf2) Replaced Fig 3D with similar data from an improved experiment in response to reviewer comments. Added New Fig 3F from Original Supp Fig 5 Fig 5:

      Moved Original Fig 5A to New Supp Fig 10A. Added New Fig 5F in response to reviewer comments. Original Supp Fig 4 / New Supp Fig 6:

      Removed mbx2 overexpression images from Original Fig 4C, to be replaced by new overexpression data and images in New Fig 3D. Added flask images for srb10 and srb11 deletion mutants from Original Supp Fig 5A to New Supp Fig 6C. Added microscope image for srb11 deletion mutant from Ooriginal Supp Fig 5A to New Supp Fig 6C. Added adhesion assay results from Original Supp Fig 5C to New Supp Fig 6C. Added New Supp Fig 6D in response to review Original Supp Fig 5

      Removed this figure. Original Supp Fig 5A and 5B were moved to New Supp Fig 6. Original Supp Fig 5B was removed to make the manuscript more concise. Original Supp Figs 6, 7 and 8 were combined into New Supp Fig 8.

      Original Supp Fig 6A and 6B are now New Supp Fig 8A and 8B. Original Supp Fig 7 is now New Supp Fig 8C. Original Supp Fig 8A is now New Supp Fig 8D and 8E. Original Supp Fig 8B is now New Supp Fig 8F Original Supp Fig 9/New Supp Fig 10

      Added Original Fig 5A as new Supp Fig 10A. Original Supp Fig 11/New Supp Fig 12

      Removed Original Fig 11B and the relevant text to make the manuscript more concise. Added New Supp Fig 12B in response to reviewer comments. New Supplementary Figures added in response to reviewer comments:

      New Supp Fig 4: Microscopy images of natural isolates. New Supp Fig 5: Flask images of natural isolates New Supp Fig 7: Microscopy and flask images of mbx2 overexpression strains. New Supp Fig 9: Genomic comparisons between JB759 and the MLP-forming wild isolate, JB914. Removed some less relevant points from our discussion, to reduce the length.

      Added new Supplementary Tables:

      Supplementary Table 13: Variants in candidate genes. Added in response to reviewer comments Supplementary Table 14: List of plasmids used in the study.

      **Referees cross-commenting**

      There are many useful recommendations from all the other reviewers that will help improve the final product. Once those points are revised, I think this will be a nice paper of interest to folks interested in natural variation in MLPs and its genetic background.

      Significance

      My expertise: evolutionary genetics, evolution of multicellularity, yeast genetics, experimental evolution

      Overall, the manuscript is well-written, dense yet logically structured, and the figures are well presented. The combination of phenotypic, genetic, and bioinformatics analyses, particularly from wet lab experiments, is commendable. The study addresses a significant gap in our understanding, primarily explored in budding yeast, by providing comprehensive data on MLP diversity in fission yeast and the interplay of genetic and environmental factors.

      In summary, I enjoyed reading the manuscript and have only a few minor suggestions to strengthen the paper.

      Reviewer #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      REVIEWER COMMENTS

      Yeast species, including fission yeast and budding yeast, could form multicellular-like phenotypes (MLP). In this work, Kӧvér and colleagues found most proteins involved in MLP formation are not functionally conserved between S. pombe and budding yeast by bioinformatic analysis. The authors analyzed 57 natural S. pombe isolates and found MLP formation to widely vary across different nutrient and drug conditions. The authors demonstrate that MLP formation correlated with expression levels of the transcription factor gene mbx2 and several flocculins. The authors also show that Cdk8 kinase module and srub11 deletions also resulted in MLP formation. The experimental design is logic, the manuscript is well-written and organized. I have a few concerns that should be addressed before the publication.

      Major points:

      1) Line 61-62, how did the authors grow yeast cells in the liquid medium? Shaking or static? If shaking, the nutrient should be even distributed in the medium.

      If static culture, most single yeast cells could precipitate on the bottom, how do you address the advantage of flocculation for increasing the sedimentation? In addition, under static culture, the bottom will have less air than the up medium, how to balance the air and nutrients?

      Reply: In line 61-62 we stated that "Similarly, flocculation could increase sedimentation in liquid media, thereby assisting the search for more nutrient-rich or less stressful environments (4)".

      Our intent was to speculate on the advantages of multicellular-like growth, and cited a review article which has mentioned sedimentation. After further consideration, we decided that this is a minor point and is rather speculative, and removed it altogether from the manuscript.

      In response to the Reviewer's question about how cells were grown in liquid medium, throughout the paper we used shaking cultures for our flocculation assays and for pre-cultures. We have made this more clear in the text where it was ambiguous (e.g. line 189, throughout the methods section, and in the legend of Fig. 2A).

      2) Line 555, it will be interesting to test whether overexpression of mbx2 could cause flocculation in YES medium. In Figure 3D, the authors use two control strains, but only one mbx2 OE strain, mbx2 OE should be tested in both strains. In addition, did the authors transform empty plasmid into the control strains, please indicate in the figure.

      In this experiment, mbx2 was overexpressed using a thiamine-repressible nmt1 promoter, which is a standard construct in fission yeast studies. Assaying MLP formation was not feasible in YES with this strain, because YES is a rich media made up of yeast extract which contains thiamine. Thus, we could not remove thiamine from the media to trigger mbx2 overexpression.

      In order to test the influence of mbx2 overexpression in YES, we constructed strains in which mbx2 was integrated into the genome and expression was driven by the rpl2102 promoter, which has been shown to provide constitutive moderate expression levels (12). We observed strong flocculation in both EMM and YES (Fig 3D, New Supplementary Figure 7) . We did not see strong flocculation in a control in which GFP was expressed under the rpl2102 promoter. The flocculation phenotype was so strong that our original adhesion assay protocol required modification for this experiment, including resuspension in 10 mM EDTA before repinning (Methods). We observed strong adhesion for the mbx2 overexpression strains (Fig 3D), but not for control strains in YES. We could not check adhesion in EMM for those strains because cells pinned on EMM did not survive resuspension in EDTA.

      We performed these experiments in two backgrounds, 968 h90 (JB50), which is one of the parental strains of the segregant library analysed in Figure 3 and 972 h- (JB22), which is an appropriate background for the gene deletion collection.

      We have replaced the data from the original Figure 3D with the new adhesion assay and added New Supplementary Figure 7 to the manuscript (Lines 236-244).

      This result also helped us to further refine our model for the pathway. We can now say that the repression of MLPs in rich media must act via Mbx2, as overexpression of mbx2 is sufficient to abolish it, and is likely to act transcriptionally (if it acted on the protein level, the mild overexpression would likely not have led to the phenotype) (Figure 6, Lines 554-556 in the discussion)

      3) Line 600-601, the authors may do the backcross of srb11Δ::Kan to exclude the possibility caused by other mutations.

      Reply: We thank the reviewer for noticing our concern about suppressor mutations arising in the srb11Δ strain obtained from our deletion library. This initial concern arose following the observation that while qualitatively the srb11Δ::Kan and srb11Δ(CRISPR) strains were both strongly adhesive, there was a minor quantitative difference in their adhesion.

      As we obtained this strain from an h+ deletion library strain backcrossed with a prototrophic h- strain (JB22) in order to restore auxotrophies (13), the chances for a suppressor mutation to arise are very low. We have therefore removed that language from our text. We now suspect that a more likely explanation for this small difference could be the strain background, as our CRISPR engineered strain was made in a JB50 background which has the h90 mating type, while the deletion library strains are h- without auxotrophic markers.

      We would like to emphasize, however, that despite this quantitative difference in the adhesion phenotype between the two srb11Δ strains, they both have a large increase in the adhesion phenotype relative to the respective wild-type strains. To address this point, we have removed the unnecessary statistical comparison of these two deletion strains and focused on their qualitatively high levels of adhesion in the text (lines 267-269) and in our Revised Supplementary Figure 6D.

      Minor points:

      1) Line 506, what are the growth conditions of cells in Figure 2A? Did the authors use the liquid or solid medium? Please mention in the Methods or figure legends.

      Reply: We have updated the manuscript to include the relevant details in the text (line 189), figure caption for Fig. 2A and in the methods section (lines 829-831).

      2) Line 533-535, please explain why the strains exhibiting strong adhesion have a decreased growth rate. Is there any related research? Please add some references.

      Reply: Please see reply to Reviewer 1, comment 5.

      **Referees cross-commenting**

      I agree with most of the comments from other reviewers. This publication may indeed be of interest to a minor area. But the results and the interpretations of the data are interesting and warranted, the findings are scientifically important.

      Significance

      The authors did many large-scale screens and bioinformatic analyses. The experiments in the manuscript are generally logical and sound. This study is useful for deciphering the mechanism of multicellular-like phenotype formation in the fission yeast, with some implications for some other organisms.

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Summary: Using a variety of targeted and genome wide analyses, the authors investigate the basis for "multicellular-like phenotypes" in S. pombe. Authors developed several methodologies to detect and quantify "multicellular-like phenotypes" (flocculation, aggregation...) and defined genes involved in these processes in laboratory and wild S. pombe.

      SECTION A - Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      This is a very solid manuscript that is well-written and supported by convincing data. While one can imagine many additional experiments, the manuscript stands on its own and presents a quite exhaustive analysis of the area. I commend the author for their rigorous work and clear presentation. They are only a few minor points that warrant comments or corrections: - Supplementary Figure 1 is a typical example of the "necessity" to have statistics and P-values everywhere. The data are convincing but what is the evidence that the Filtering assay and the Plate-reader assay values should be linearly related? Lets imagine that Plate-reader assay value is proportional to the square of the Filtering assay value. What would be the Pearson R and P-value in this case? What is most appropriate? Why would one use a linear correlation? What is the "real" significance?

      Reply: We thank the reviewer for pointing out that the data in Supplementary Figure 1 does not appear to be linear and, therefore, reporting the Pearson correlation coefficient may not be the best way to represent the relationship between the two assays. The nonlinear nature of this data could indicate that

      The filtering assay saturates before the plate reader assay, and is less able to distinguish between strains that flocculate strongly and The filtering assay may be more sensitive for strains that show lower levels of flocculation. In general, we observed fewer strains with intermediate phenotypes for both assays, making it difficult to ascertain the true relationship between them; however, we believe that the key result is that the strains with the highest level of flocculation have the highest values in both assays. To capture this aspect of the data, we now report the Spearman correlation which is non-parametric and indicates how similar the ranking of each strain is based on both assays. With the alternative hypothesis being that the correlation is > 0, we report a Spearman correlation coefficient of 0.24 and a P-value of 0.04 (lines 823-826)

      • Minor points: * They are several "personal communications" in the manuscript (page 11, page 18, page 23). It should be checked whether this is accepted in the journal that publishes this manuscript.

      Reply: We thank the reviewer for highlighting this issue. We had three instances of "personal communications" in our original submission.

      The first instance was an acknowledgement for advice on our DNA extraction protocol from Dan Jeffares. We now include this in the Acknowledgements section instead.

      The second communication with Angad Garg described that they observed flocculation while growing cells in phosphate starvation conditions, which was not reported in their publication (14). Though we appreciate their willingness to share unpublished data with us, we have removed this observation from our manuscript and instead rely only on our own observations and arguments based on their published RNA-seq data to make our point.

      The third personal communication with Olivia Hillson supplements a minor hypothesis, namely that deletion of SPNCRNA.781 might cause MLP formation by affecting the promoter of hsr1, for which we had access to unpublished ChIP-seq data, showing its binding to flocculins. Recently published work from a different group (15) also suggests this link between hsr1 and flocculation and is now discussed in our manuscript instead of the result based on unpublished data obtained from personal communication at Lines 397-398.

      * Page 4 check "a few regulators"

      Reply: For clarity, this has now been changed to "several regulatory proteins" at Line 108. The specific proteins we are referring to are highlighted in Figure 1C.

      * Page 19, line 567: "remaining 8 strains" may be confusing as Material and Methods states "remaining 10 strains".

      Reply: Two of the 10 strains were found to be redundant after sequencing as explained in the Methods (Lines 930-934). Therefore, we only added 8 new strains to the analysis. We thank the reviewer for highlighting this as a potential source of misunderstanding, and clarified this point in the text (Lines 247-250 and in the methods).

      **Referees cross-commenting**

      I concur with most comments. Overall, the reviewers agree that this is a solid piece of work that could benefit from minor modifications and should be published. I reiterate that, for me, despite its quality, this publication will only be of interest to specialists.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):

      A limited number of studies have investigated "multicellular-like phenotypes" in S. pombe. This manuscript brings therefore new and solid information. Yet, despite an impressive amount of work, our conceptual advance in understanding this process and its phylogenetic conservation remains limited. This is probably best illustrated in the figure 6 that summarize the study and contains 3 question marks and an additional unknown mechanism. (Most of the solid arrows in this figure correspond to interactions within the Mediator complex that were well known before this study.) In addition, while only few studies have been published in this area, the authors' findings are often only bringing additional support to already published observations. Overall, while this manuscript will be of interest to a restricted group of aficionados, it will most likely not attract the attention of a wide readership.

      __ Reviewer #4 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):__

      In this manuscript, the authors explore how multicellular-like phenotypes (MLPs) arise in the fission yeast S. pombe. Although yeasts are characterized as unicellular fungi, diverse species show MLPs, including filamentous growth on agar plates and flocculation in liquid media. MLPs may provide certain advantages in nutritionally poor conditions and protection against external challenges, upon which natural selection can then act. Previous work on MLPs has mostly been carried out in the budding yeasts S. cerevisiae and C. albicans, and little was known about these behaviors in S. pombe. The authors thus set out to investigate both genetic and environmental regulators of MLP formation.

      First, their analysis of published data revealed a limited number of shared regulators of MLP between S. pombe, S. cerevisiae, and C. albicans, although the cell adhesion proteins themselves are largely not conserved. Next, the authors screened a set of non-clonal natural isolates using two high-throughput assays that they developed and found that MLPs vary in strains and depending on nutrient conditions. Focusing on a natural isolate that showed both adhesion on agar plates and flocculation in liquid medium, they then analyzed a segregant library generated from this and a laboratory strain using their assays. Using QTL analysis, they uncovered a frameshift in the srb11 gene, which encodes a subunit of the Mediator complex, as the likely causal inducer of MLP. This was confirmed by additional analyses of strains lacking srb11 or other members of Mediator. Furthermore, the authors showed that loss of srb11 function resulted in the upregulation of the Mbx2 transcription factor, which was both necessary and sufficient for MLP formation in this background. Finally, screening of two additional yeast strain collections (gene and long intergenic non-coding RNA deletion) identified both known and novel regulators representing different pathways that may be involved in MLP formation.

      Altogether, this study provides new perspectives into our understanding of the diverse inputs that regulate multicellular-like phenotypes in yeast.

      Major comments:

      • The methods for screening for adhesion and flocculation are well described, with representative figures that show plates and flasks. However, there are few microscopy images of cells, and it would be interesting and helpful for the reader to have an idea of how cells look when they exhibit MLPs. For instance, are there any differences in cell shape or size when strains present different degrees of adhesion or flocculation? In addition, the authors mention that mutants with strong adhesion generally had lower colony density and are likely to be slower growing. Although their analyses suggest otherwise (page 22), this has a potential for introducing error in their observations, and including images of the adhesion/flocculation phenotypes may provide further support for their conclusions. I suggest that the authors present microscopy images 1) similar to what is shown for JB759 in Figure 2A and 2) of cells growing on agar in the adhesion assay. This could be included for the different Mediator subunit deletions that they tested, where there appear to be varying phenotypes. It could also be informative for a subset of the 31 high-confidence candidates that they identified in their screen.

      Reply: We thank the reviewer for highlighting the need for further microscopic characterisation of MLP forming strains. We therefore now include images of JB914, JB953 (New Supplementary Figures 4, Figure 2E) in liquid media in EMM, EMM-Phosphate, and YES; an srb11 deletion strain (Figure 3F), and mbx2 overexpression strains (New Supplementary Figure 7).

      • Upon identifying a frameshift in srb11 that is responsible for the MLP, the authors assessed whether deletion of other Mediator subunits would result in the same phenotype. They found that srb10 and srb11 deletions both flocculate and show adhesion, while other mutants had milder phenotypes. However, the authors also found that a new deletion of srb11 that they generated had a stronger adhesion phenotype than the srb11 deletion from the prototrophic deletion library, which was attributed this the accumulation of suppressor mutations in the strains of the deletion collection. As the authors make clear distinctions between the phenotypes of different Mediator mutants, I suggest generating and analyzing "clean" deletions of the 6 other subunits that they tested. This would strengthen their conclusion and help to rule out accumulated suppressors as the cause of the differences in the observed phenotypes.

      Reply: We thank the reviewer for noticing our concern about suppressor mutations in the manuscript. As we describe above in response to a similar question from reviewer 2, as the prototrophic deletion library from which we extracted the Mediator deletion strains had been backcrossed during its construction (13), we no longer suspect that small difference between the srb11Δ::Kan strain from the deletion library and the newly created srb11Δ (CRISPR) strains is due to suppressor mutations. Rather, we think they may be a result of the difference in genetic background and possibly mating type between the two strains. We also want to emphasize that this difference is small compared to the difference between the adhesion ratios of the srb11Δ strains and their respective control strains.

      Nevertheless, we made clean, independent Mediator mutants for 5 out of 6 Mediator genes tested (med10Δ, med13Δ, med19Δ, med27Δ, and srb10Δ) as well as an additional mutant that we didn't have in our library, med12Δ (Figure R9). When running the assay on these new strains we got an overall lower dynamic range, possibly due to variations in the water flow rate relative to the first assay. However, we saw a strong phenotype for both library and our own srb10Δ and CRISPR srb11Δ strains. We did not see a significant increase in adhesion for the other Mediator deletion mutants in EMM relative to wild type with the exception of for med10Δ in both the library strain and for our clean mutant, for which we did not observe a phenotype in our previous experiment. We included the experiment for the newly created mutants as New Supplementary Figure S6E and described them in lines 276-281 in our revised manuscript.

      Minor comments:

      • One point that recurs in the manuscript is the idea that mutations that give rise to strong MLPs also generally lead to slower growth, representing a potential trade-off. This idea could be reinforced with measurements of growth rate or generation time by optical density or cell number, for instance, rather than comparisons of colony density. Also, it would be interesting to mention if the slow growth phenotype is only observed in MLP-inducing conditions or also in rich medium.

      Reply: As described above in response to item 5 from Reviewer 1, we have conducted growth assays in liquid media for srb10Δ, srb11Δ, and other mutants from our adhesion screen (tlg2Δ, rpa12Δ, mus7Δ and kgd2Δ) that showed a similar phenotype to those genes in both minimal (EMM) and rich (YES) media. We observe that in rich media, srb10Δ and srb11Δ cells grow similarly to control strains, and they exhibit a lower decrease in growth rate than the other similarly adhesive strains. Both mus7Δ and kgd2Δ cells grow more slowly, even in rich media.

      We have also added data on the tradeoff between growth and adhesion based on growth on solid media from (11) for all mutants identified in our screen (New Supp Fig 12B)).

      Thus, the relationship between slow growth and clumpiness depends on the mutation, and specifically, mutations of the Mediator, including those to srb11 and srb10, seem to decrease the impact of any tradeoff between growth and adhesion.

      • The authors show that the MLPs of the srb10 and srb11 deletions occur through mbx2 upregulation. Do the varying strengths of the phenotypes of the strains lacking different Mediator subunits correlate with mbx2 levels in these backgrounds?

      Reply: There is some evidence from previous work that the relationship between the strength of the MLPs and the expression of mbx2 may not be perfectly proportional. In (16), med12Δ had a higher (though qualitatively comparable) level of mbx2 upregulation than srb10Δ (New Supp Fig 8E), even though that paper reported a milder phenotype for med12Δ than for srb10Δ cells. We did not observe a significant increase in adhesion in our med12Δ strain (New Supp Fig 6D). This suggests that in the case of these mutants, it is not simply the level of mbx2 that controls MLP formation, but that there are likely additional regulatory mechanisms. We have added some discussion on this context in the manuscript (lines 545-547).

      **Referees cross-commenting**

      I agree overall with the comments and suggestions from the other reviewers. The revision would require only minor modifications. The paper is interesting both for the combination of methodologies used and its findings, and I believe that it would benefit a growing community of researchers.

      Reviewer #4 (Significance (Required)):

      This study employed a variety of methods that allowed the authors to uncover previously unknown regulators of MLPs. Taking advantage of the diversity of natural fission yeast isolates as well as the constructed gene and non-coding RNA deletion collections, the authors identified novel genetic determinants that give rise to MLPs, opening new avenues into this exciting area of research. The overall conclusions of the work are solid and supported by the reported results and analyses. This study will be appreciated by a broad audience of readers who are interested in understanding how organisms respond to environmental challenges as well as how MLPs may result in emergent properties that play key roles in these responses. Some of the limitations of the work are described above, with recommendations for addressing these points.

      Keywords for my field of expertise: fission yeast, cell cycle, transcription, replication.

      References for Response to Reviews

      1. Brysch-Herzberg M, Jia GS, Seidel M, Assali I, Du LL. Insights into the ecology of Schizosaccharomyces species in natural and artificial habitats. Antonie Van Leeuwenhoek. 2022 May 1;115(5):661-95.
      2. Jeffares DC, Rallis C, Rieux A, Speed D, Převorovský M, Mourier T, et al. The genomic and phenotypic diversity of Schizosaccharomyces pombe. Nat Genet. 2015 Mar;47(3):235-41.
      3. Ratcliff WC, Denison RF, Borrello M, Travisano M. Experimental evolution of multicellularity. Proc Natl Acad Sci. 2012 Jan 31;109(5):1595-600.
      4. Smukalla S, Caldara M, Pochet N, Beauvais A, Guadagnini S, Yan C, et al. FLO1 is a variable green beard gene that drives biofilm-like cooperation in budding yeast. Cell. 2008 Nov 14;135(4):726-37.
      5. Lorenz MC, Heitman J. Yeast pseudohyphal growth is regulated by GPA2, a G protein alpha homolog. EMBO J. 1997 Dec 1;16(23):7008-18.
      6. Ignacia DGL, Bennis NX, Wheeler C, Tu LCL, Keijzer J, Cardoso CC, et al. Functional analysis of Saccharomyces cerevisiae FLO genes through optogenetic control. FEMS Yeast Res. 2025 Sept 24;25:foaf057.
      7. Wang Z, Xu W, Gao Y, Zha M, Zhang D, Peng X, et al. Engineering Saccharomyces cerevisiae for improved biofilm formation and ethanol production in continuous fermentation. Biotechnol Biofuels Bioprod. 2023 July 31;16(1):119.
      8. Koschwanez JH, Foster KR, Murray AW. Improved use of a public good selects for the evolution of undifferentiated multicellularity. eLife. 2013 Apr 2;2:e00367.
      9. Westman JO, Mapelli V, Taherzadeh MJ, Franzén CJ. Flocculation Causes Inhibitor Tolerance in Saccharomyces cerevisiae for Second-Generation Bioethanol Production. Appl Environ Microbiol. 2014 Nov;80(22):6908-18.
      10. Li R, Li X, Sun L, Chen F, Liu Z, Gu Y, et al. Reduction of Ribosome Level Triggers Flocculation of Fission Yeast Cells. Eukaryot Cell. 2013 Mar;12(3):450-9.
      11. Rodríguez-López M, Bordin N, Lees J, Scholes H, Hassan S, Saintain Q, et al. Broad functional profiling of fission yeast proteins using phenomics and machine learning. Marston AL, James DE, editors. eLife. 2023 Oct 3;12:RP88229.
      12. Hebra T, Smrčková H, Elkatmis B, Převorovský M, Pluskal T. POMBOX: A Fission Yeast Cloning Toolkit for Molecular and Synthetic Biology. ACS Synth Biol. 2024 Feb 16;13(2):558-67.
      13. Malecki M, Bähler J. Identifying genes required for respiratory growth of fission yeast. Wellcome Open Res. 2016 Nov 15;1:12.
      14. Garg A, Sanchez AM, Miele M, Schwer B, Shuman S. Cellular responses to long-term phosphate starvation of fission yeast: Maf1 determines fate choice between quiescence and death associated with aberrant tRNA biogenesis. Nucleic Acids Res. 2023 Feb 16;51(7):3094-115.
      15. Ohsawa S, Schwaiger M, Iesmantavicius V, Hashimoto R, Moriyama H, Matoba H, et al. Nitrogen signaling factor triggers a respiration-like gene expression program in fission yeast. EMBO J. 2024 Oct 15;43(20):4604-24.
      16. Linder T, Rasmussen NN, Samuelsen CO, Chatzidaki E, Baraznenok V, Beve J, et al. Two conserved modules of Schizosaccharomyces pombe Mediator regulate distinct cellular pathways. Nucleic Acids Res. 2008 May;36(8):2489-504.
    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #4

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      In this manuscript, the authors explore how multicellular-like phenotypes (MLPs) arise in the fission yeast S. pombe. Although yeasts are characterized as unicellular fungi, diverse species show MLPs, including filamentous growth on agar plates and flocculation in liquid media. MLPs may provide certain advantages in nutritionally poor conditions and protection against external challenges, upon which natural selection can then act. Previous work on MLPs has mostly been carried out in the budding yeasts S. cerevisiae and C. albicans, and little was known about these behaviors in S. pombe. The authors thus set out to investigate both genetic and environmental regulators of MLP formation.

      First, their analysis of published data revealed a limited number of shared regulators of MLP between S. pombe, S. cerevisiae, and C. albicans, although the cell adhesion proteins themselves are largely not conserved. Next, the authors screened a set of non-clonal natural isolates using two high-throughput assays that they developed and found that MLPs vary in strains and depending on nutrient conditions. Focusing on a natural isolate that showed both adhesion on agar plates and flocculation in liquid medium, they then analyzed a segregant library generated from this and a laboratory strain using their assays. Using QTL analysis, they uncovered a frameshift in the srb11 gene, which encodes a subunit of the Mediator complex, as the likely causal inducer of MLP. This was confirmed by additional analyses of strains lacking srb11 or other members of Mediator. Furthermore, the authors showed that loss of srb11 function resulted in the upregulation of the Mbx2 transcription factor, which was both necessary and sufficient for MLP formation in this background. Finally, screening of two additional yeast strain collections (gene and long intergenic non-coding RNA deletion) identified both known and novel regulators representing different pathways that may be involved in MLP formation.

      Altogether, this study provides new perspectives into our understanding of the diverse inputs that regulate multicellular-like phenotypes in yeast.

      Major comments:

      • The methods for screening for adhesion and flocculation are well described, with representative figures that show plates and flasks. However, there are few microscopy images of cells, and it would be interesting and helpful for the reader to have an idea of how cells look when they exhibit MLPs. For instance, are there any differences in cell shape or size when strains present different degrees of adhesion or flocculation? In addition, the authors mention that mutants with strong adhesion generally had lower colony density and are likely to be slower growing. Although their analyses suggest otherwise (page 22), this has a potential for introducing error in their observations, and including images of the adhesion/flocculation phenotypes may provide further support for their conclusions. I suggest that the authors present microscopy images 1) similar to what is shown for JB759 in Figure 2A and 2) of cells growing on agar in the adhesion assay. This could be included for the different Mediator subunit deletions that they tested, where there appear to be varying phenotypes. It could also be informative for a subset of the 31 high-confidence candidates that they identified in their screen.
      • Upon identifying a frameshift in srb11 that is responsible for the MLP, the authors assessed whether deletion of other Mediator subunits would result in the same phenotype. They found that srb10 and srb11 deletions both flocculate and show adhesion, while other mutants had milder phenotypes. However, the authors also found that a new deletion of srb11 that they generated had a stronger adhesion phenotype than the srb11 deletion from the prototrophic deletion library, which was attributed this the accumulation of suppressor mutations in the strains of the deletion collection. As the authors make clear distinctions between the phenotypes of different Mediator mutants, I suggest generating and analyzing "clean" deletions of the 6 other subunits that they tested. This would strengthen their conclusion and help to rule out accumulated suppressors as the cause of the differences in the observed phenotypes.

      Minor comments:

      • One point that recurs in the manuscript is the idea that mutations that give rise to strong MLPs also generally lead to slower growth, representing a potential trade-off. This idea could be reinforced with measurements of growth rate or generation time by optical density or cell number, for instance, rather than comparisons of colony density. Also, it would be interesting to mention if the slow growth phenotype is only observed in MLP-inducing conditions or also in rich medium.
      • The authors show that the MLPs of the srb10 and srb11 deletions occur through mbx2 upregulation. Do the varying strengths of the phenotypes of the strains lacking different Mediator subunits correlate with mbx2 levels in these backgrounds?

      Referees cross-commenting

      I agree overall with the comments and suggestions from the other reviewers. The revision would require only minor modifications. The paper is interesting both for the combination of methodologies used and its findings, and I believe that it would benefit a growing community of researchers.

      Significance

      This study employed a variety of methods that allowed the authors to uncover previously unknown regulators of MLPs. Taking advantage of the diversity of natural fission yeast isolates as well as the constructed gene and non-coding RNA deletion collections, the authors identified novel genetic determinants that give rise to MLPs, opening new avenues into this exciting area of research. The overall conclusions of the work are solid and supported by the reported results and analyses. This study will be appreciated by a broad audience of readers who are interested in understanding how organisms respond to environmental challenges as well as how MLPs may result in emergent properties that play key roles in these responses. Some of the limitations of the work are described above, with recommendations for addressing these points.

      Keywords for my field of expertise: fission yeast, cell cycle, transcription, replication.

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary

      Köver et al. examine the genetic and environmental underpinnings of multicellular-like phenotypes (MLPs) in fission yeast, studying 57 natural isolates of Schizosaccharomyces pombe. They uncover that a noteworthy subset of these isolates can develop MLPs, with the extent of these phenotypes varying according to growth media. Among these, two strains demonstrate pronounced MLP across a range of conditions. By genetically manipulating one strain with an MLP phenotype (distinct from the previously mentioned two strains), they provide evidence that genes such as MBX2 and SRB11 play a direct role in MLP formation, strengthening their genetic mapping findings. The study also reveals that while some key genes and their phenotypic effects are strikingly similar between budding and fission yeast, other aspects of MLP formation are not conserved, which is an intriguing finding.

      Overall, the manuscript is well-written, dense yet logically structured, and the figures are well presented. The combination of phenotypic, genetic, and bioinformatics analyses, particularly from wet lab experiments, is commendable. The study addresses a significant gap in our understanding, primarily explored in budding yeast, by providing comprehensive data on MLP diversity in fission yeast and the interplay of genetic and environmental factors.

      In summary, I enjoyed reading the manuscript and have only a few minor suggestions to strengthen the paper:

      Minor revisions:

      1. Although this may seem like a minor revision, but it is a crucial point. Please make sure that all raw data used to generate figures, run stats, sequence data, and scripts used to run data analysis are made publicly available. Provide relevant accession numbers and links to public data repositories. It is important that others can download the various types of data that went into the major conclusions of this paper in order to replicate your analysis or expand upon the scope of this work. I am not sure if the journal has a policy regarding this, but it should be followed to allow for transparency and reproducibility of the research.
      2. Two out of 57 strains exhibit strong and consistent MLP across multiple environments. Providing more information on these strains (JB914 and JB953), such as their natural habitats and distinct appearances of their MLP phenotypes under varying conditions, would provide valuable insights.

      First, a brief discussion highlighting what differentiates these two strains from the rest would be helpful for readers (e.g. insight into their unique genetic and environmental background that might be linked to the MLP phenotype).

      Additionally, culture tube and microscopy images of these strains, similar to those presented for JB759 in Figure 2A, can be included in the supplementary materials. My reasoning is that these images could help illustrate variation or lack thereof in aggregative group size across different media. 3. The phenotypic outcome of overexpressing MXB2 is striking, as shown in Supplementary Figure 4C. Incorporating at least one of the culture tube images depicting large flocs into the main text, perhaps adjacent to Figure 3 panel D, would improve the visual appeal and highlight this key finding (at the moment those images are only shown in the supplementary materials). 4. I know that the authors discuss the knowledge gap in the intro and results, but the abstract does not mention this critical gap. Please stress this critical gap (i.e., MLPs understudied in fission yeast) with a brief sentence in the abstract. Similarly, please consider writing a brief concluding sentence summarizing the paper's most significant finding referring to the knowledge gap would provide a clearer takeaway message for the reader - the abstract ends abruptly without any conclusion. 5. The observation that strains with adhesive phenotypes have a lower growth rate compared to non-adhesive strains is a noteworthy point (lines 532-535). This represents yet another example of this classical trade-off. This point could be emphasized in the Discussion or alongside the relevant result, with a brief speculative explanation for this phenomenon. 6. The text mentions two lab strains, JB22 and JB50, displaying strong adhesion under phosphate starvation (lines 525-526), yet the data point for JB22 in Figure 2C is not labeled. 7. Although I generally avoid commenting on formatting, I found the manuscript to be dense. As mentioned above, I truly enjoyed reading it! But I couldn't help but think of ways to make the manuscript more concise for readers. The Results section spans nine pages (excluding figure captions), and the Discussion is five pages long. The main text contains 6 figures with approximately 27 panels and 32 plots and Venn diagrams, while the supplementary material has 11 figures with 22 panels and about 59 plots. Altogether, the manuscript comprises 17 figures, 49 panels, and roughly 91 plots and Venn diagrams! While I will not request any changes, I encourage the authors to consider streamlining the text/data where possible to focus on the core theme of the study.

      Referees cross-commenting

      There are many useful recommendations from all the other reviewers that will help improve the final product. Once those points are revised, I think this will be a nice paper of interest to folks interested in natural variation in MLPs and its genetic background.

      Significance

      My expertise: evolutionary genetics, evolution of multicellularity, yeast genetics, experimental evolution

      Overall, the manuscript is well-written, dense yet logically structured, and the figures are well presented. The combination of phenotypic, genetic, and bioinformatics analyses, particularly from wet lab experiments, is commendable. The study addresses a significant gap in our understanding, primarily explored in budding yeast, by providing comprehensive data on MLP diversity in fission yeast and the interplay of genetic and environmental factors.

      In summary, I enjoyed reading the manuscript and have only a few minor suggestions to strengthen the paper.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors analyze transcription in single cells before and after 4000 rads of ionizing radiation. They use Seuratv5 for their analyses, which allows them to show that most of the genes cluster along the proximal-distal axis. Due to the high heterogeneity in the transcripts, they use the Herfindahl-Hirschman index (HHI) from Economics, which measures market concentration. Using the HHI, they find that genes involved in several processes (like cell death, response to ROS, DNA damage response (DDR)) are relatively similar across clusters. However, ligands activating the JAK/STAT, Pvr, and JNK pathways and transcription factors Ets21C and dysf are upregulated regionally. The JAK/STAT ligands Upd1,2,3 require p53 for their upregulation after irradiation, but the normal expression of Upd1 in unirradiated discs is p53-independent. This analysis also identified a cluster of cells that expressed tribbles, encoding a factor that downregulates mitosis-promoting String and Twine, that appears to be G2/M arrested and expressed numerous genes involved in apoptosis, DDR, the aforementioned ligands and TFs. As such, the tribbles-high cluster contains much of the heterogeneity.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors have used robust methods for rearing Drosophila larvae, irradiating wing discs and analyzing the data with Seurat v5 and HHI.<br /> (2) These data will be informative for the field.<br /> (3) Most of the data is well-presented.<br /> (4) The literature is appropriately cited.

      Weaknesses

      The authors have addressed my concerns in the revised article.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewing Editor Comment:

      The reviewers felt that the study could be improved by (1) better integrating the results with the existing literature in the field

      (1) In the Introduction and Results section of the manuscript, we had made every attempt to cite the relevant literature. (Reviewer 1 stated that “The literature is appropriately cited”). We agree with the Reviewing Editor that rather than simply cite the relevant literature, we could have done a better job of integrating our findings with what has been previously discovered by others. We have attempted to do this in the revised manuscript. Also, we have included many additional citations in the Introduction and in the first section of the Results where work by others has provided a framework for interpreting our single-cell studies.

      and (2) manipulating Trib expression and analyzing the expression of 1-2 HIX genes.

      (2) We are grateful for this suggestion. As suggested by the Reviewing Editor we have attempted to increase and decrease trbl expression and assess the effect on expression of two genes, Swim and CG15784.

      We increased trbl levels in the wing pouch using rn-Gal4, tub-Gal80<sup>ts</sup> and UAS-trbl. By transferring larvae for 24 h from 18oC to 31oC, we were able to induce trbl expression in the wing pouch. When these larvae were irradiated at 4000 rad, we found reduced levels of apoptosis in the wing pouch of discs that overexpressed trbl (Figure 7-figure supplement 1). This indicated that upregulation of trbl is radioprotective. Consistent with our findings, others have previously shown that upregulation of trbl and stalling in the G2 phase of the cells cycle protects cells from JNK-induced apoptosis (Cosolo et al., 2019, PMID:30735120) or that downregulating the G2/M progression promoting factor string protects cells from X-ray radiation induced apoptosis (Ruiz-Losada et al., 2021, PMID:34824391).

      As suggested by the Reviewing Editor, we also examined the effect of trbl overexpression on the induction of two “highly induced by X-ray irradiation (HIX)” gene, Swim and CG15784. Increasing trbl expression had no effect on the induction of Swim and only a modest decrease in the induction of CG15784 (Figure 7-figure supplement 2). Thus, increasing trbl expression, is in itself, insufficient to promote HIX gene expression indicating that other factors are necessary for HIX gene induction.

      We also attempted to reduce trbl expression, using three different RNAi lines. While some of these lines have been used previously by others to reduce trbl expression under unirradiated conditions (Cosolo et al., 2019, PMID:30735120), we nevertheless wanted to check if they reduced trbl induction following irradiation. For each of the three lines, we observed no obvious reduction in trbl RNA following irradiation when visualized using HCR (Author response image 1). Thus, any effects on gene expression that we observe could not be attributed to a decrease in trbl expression. We have therefore included the images showing a lack of knockdown in this Response to Reviews document but not included these experiments in the revised manuscript.

      Author response image 1.

      RNA in situ hybridizations using the hybridization chain reaction performed using probes to trbl. In A-F, the RNAi is expressed using nubbin-Gal4. In G-I the RNAi is expressed using rn-Gal4, tub-Gal80<sup>ts</sup>. white-RNAi was used as a control (A, B, G, H). Three different RNAi lines directed against trbl were tested: Vienna lines VDRC 106774 (C, D) and VDRC 22113 (E, F), and Bloomington line BL42523. In no case was a reduction in trbl RNA upregulation in the wing pouch following 4000 rad observed, except for one disc (n = 6) of VDRC 106774 crossed to nubbin-gal4.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors analyze transcription in single cells before and after 4000 rads of ionizing radiation. They use Seuratv5 for their analyses, which allows them to show that most of the genes cluster along the proximal-distal axis. Due to the high heterogeneity in the transcripts, they use the Herfindahl-Hirschman index (HHI) from Economics, which measures market concentration. Using the HHI, they find that genes involved in several processes (like cell death, response to ROS, DNA damage response (DDR)) are relatively similar across clusters. However, ligands activating the JAK/STAT, Pvr, and JNK pathways and transcription factors Ets21C and dysf are upregulated regionally. The JAK/STAT ligands Upd1,2,3 require p53 for their upregulation after irradiation, but the normal expression of Upd1 in unirradiated discs is p53-independent. This analysis also identified a cluster of cells that expressed tribbles, encoding a factor that downregulates mitosis-promoting String and Twine, that appears to be G2/M arrested and expressed numerous genes involved in apoptosis, DDR, the aforementioned ligands, and TFs. As such, the tribbles-high cluster contains much of the heterogeneity.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors have used robust methods for rearing Drosophila larvae, irradiating wing discs, and analyzing the data with Seurat v5 and HHI.

      (2) These data will be informative for the field.

      (3) Most of the data is well-presented

      (4) The literature is appropriately cited.

      We thank the reviewer for these comments.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The data in Figure 1 are single-image representations. I assume that counting the number of nuclei that are positive for these markers is difficult, but it would be good to get a sense of how representative these images are and how many discs were analyzed for each condition in B-M.

      For each condition at least 5 discs were imaged but we imaged up to 15 discs in some cases. We tried to choose a representative disc for each condition after looking at all of them. All discs imaged under each condition are shown below; the disc chosen for the figure is indicated with an asterisk. All scale bars are 100 mm.

      Author response image 2.

      Images for discs shown in Manuscript Figure 1panels B, C

      Author response image 3.

      Images for discs shown in Manuscript Figure 1panels D, E

      Author response image 4.

      Images used in Manuscript Figure 1, F, G

      Author response image 5.

      Images used in Manuscript Figure 1H, I

      Author response image 6.

      Images used in Manuscript Figure 1J, K

      Author response image 7.

      Images used in Manuscript Figure 1L, M

      (2) Some of the figures are unclear.

      It is unclear to us exactly which figures the Reviewer is referring to. Perhaps this is the same issue mentioned below in “Recommendations for the authors”. We address it below.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Regarding Figure 1, what is stained in blue? Is it DAPI? If so, this should be added to the figure legend.

      Thank you for pointing out this omission. This has been addressed in the revised manuscript.

      It is very difficult to see blue on black, so could the authors please outline the discs?

      Alternatively, they could show DAPI in green and the markers (pH2Av, etc) in magenta.

      We used DAPI (blue) as a way of outlining the discs. While we appreciate the reviewer’s concern, after reviewing the images, we found that the blue is clearly visible when the document is viewed on the screen. It is less obvious if the document is printed on some kinds or printers. Since boosting this channel would make the signal from the channels more difficult to see, we left the images as they were.

      (2) Figure 3, Figure Supplement 2, panel B. It is not possible to read the gene names in the panel's current form. Please break this up into 4 lines (as much as possible from the current 2).

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have done this in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript investigates the question of cellular heterogeneity using the response of Drosophila wing imaginal discs to ionizing radiation as a model system. A key advance here is the focus on quantitatively expressing various measures of heterogeneity, leveraging single-cell RNAseq approaches. To achieve this goal, the manuscript creatively uses a metric from the social sciences called the HHI to quantify the spatial heterogeneity of expression of individual genes across the identified cell clusters. Inter- and intra-regional levels of heterogeneity are revealed. Some highlights include the identification of spatial heterogeneity in the expression of ligands and transcription factors after IR. Expression of some of these genes shows dependence on p53. An intriguing finding, made possible by using an alternative clustering method focusing on cell cycle progression, was the identification of a high-trbl subset of cells characterized by concordant expression of multiple apoptosis, DNA damage repair, ROS-related genes, certain ligands, and transcription factors, collectively representing HIX genes. This high-trbl set of cells may correspond to an IR-induced G2/M arrested cell state.

      Overall, the data presented in the manuscript are of high quality but are largely descriptive. This study is therefore perceived as a resource that can serve as an inspiration for the field to carry out follow-up experiments.

      Thank you for your assessment of the work.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I suggest two major points for improvement:

      (1) It is important to test whether manipulation of trbl levels (i.e., overexpression, knockdown, mutation) would result in measurable biological outcomes after IR, such as altered HIX gene expression, altered cell cycle progression, or both. This may help disentangle the question of whether high trbl expression and correlated HIX gene expression are a cause or consequence of G2/M stalling.

      We have described these experiments at the beginning of this Response to Reviews document when addressing the comments made by the Reviewing Editor. Please see Figure 7, figure supplements 1 and 2. These experiments suggest that upregulation of trbl offers some protection from radiation-induced death, yet it is itself insufficient to induce expression of two HIX genes tested. As we have also described earlier, three different RNAi lines tested did not reduce trbl upregulation after irradiation.

      (2) A more extensive characterization of the high-trbl cell state would also be appropriate, particularly in terms of their relationship to the cell cycle.

      We attempted to address this issue in two ways. First, we used the expression of a trbl-gfp transgene and RNA in-situ hybridization experiments to visualize the distribution of the high-trbl cells (shown in new manuscript figure, Figure 6-figure supplement 3). When examining trbl RNA in irradiated discs, there is no obvious demarcation between cells that express high levels of trbl and other cells. This is also apparent in the UMAP shown in Figure 6A and A’. Most cells seem to express trbl; cells in the “high trbl” cluster simply express more trbl than others. We observed cells expressing trbl and PCNA as well as cells expressing only one of those two genes at detectable levels. Thus, it was not possible to distinguish the “high trbl” cells from other cells by this approach.

      We decided instead to focus on examining the expression of other cell-cycle genes in the high-trbl cluster. We have added a paragraph in the Results section that details our findings. Many transcriptional changes are indeed consistent with stalling in G2 such as high levels of trbl and low levels of string (stg). Additionally, that the cells are likely in G2 is consistent with reduced levels of genes that are normally expressed at other stages of the cell cycle: G1 genes such as E2f1 and Dp, S-phase genes such as several Mcm genes, PCNA and RnrS, and genes that encode mitotic proteins such as polo, Incenp and claspin. There are however, several anomalies such as slightly increased expression of the early-G1 cyclin, CycD, and the retinoblastoma ortholog Rbf. Thus, at least as assessed by the transcriptome, this cluster may not correspond to a cell state that is found under normal physiological conditions.

      (3) Minor: p. 12, line 3. Figure 5A is mentioned, but it seems that it should be 4A instead.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have addressed this in our revisions.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Strengths:

      Overall, the manuscript makes a compelling case for heterogeneity in gene expression changes that occur in response to uniform induction of damage by X-rays in a single-layer epithelium. This is an important finding that would be of interest to researchers in the field of DNA damage responses, regeneration, and development.

      Weaknesses:

      This work would be more useful to the field if the authors could provide a more comprehensive discussion of both the impact and the limitations of their findings, as explained below.

      Propidium iodide staining was used as a quality control step to exclude cells with a compromised cell membrane. But this would exclude dead/dying cells that result from irradiation. What fraction of the total do these cells represent? Based on the literature, including works cited by the authors, up to 85% of cells die at 4000R, but this likely happens over a longer period than 4 hours after irradiation. Even if only half of the 85% are PI-positive by 4 hr, this still removes about 40% of the cell population from analysis. The remaining cells that manage to stay alive (excluding PI) at 4 hours and included in the analysis may or may not be representative of the whole disc. More relevant time points that anticipate apoptosis at 4 hr may be 2 hr after irradiation, at which time pro-apoptotic gene expression peaks (Wichmann 2006). Can the authors rule out the possibility that there is heterogeneity in apoptosis gene expression, but cells with higher expression are dead by 4 hours, and what is left behind (and analyzed in this study) may be the ones with more uniform, lower expression? I am not asking the authors to redo the study with a shorter time point, but to incorporate the known schedule of events into their data interpretation.

      We thank the reviewer for these important comments. The generation of single-cell RNA-seq data from irradiated cells is tricky. Many cells have already died. Even those that do not incorporate propidium iodide are likely in early stages of apoptosis or are physiologically unhealthy and likely made it through our FACS filters. Indeed, in irradiated samples up to 57% of sequenced cells were not included in our analysis since their RNA content seemed to be of low quality. It is therefore likely that our data are biased towards cells that are less damaged. As advised by the reviewer, we will include a clearer discussion of these issues as well as the time course of events and how our analysis captures RNA levels only at a single time point.

      If cluster 3 is G1/S, cluster 5 is late S/G2, and cluster 4 is G2/M, what are clusters 0, 1, and 2 that collectively account for more than half of the cells in the wing disc? Are the proportions of clusters 3, 4, and 5 in agreement with prior studies that used FACS to quantify wing disc cells according to cell cycle stage?

      Work by others (Ruiz-Losada et al., 2021, PMID:34824391) has shown that almost 80% of cells have a 4C DNA content 4 h after 4,000 rad X-ray irradiation. The high-trbl cluster accounts for only 18% of cells and can therefore account for a minority of cells with a 4C DNA content.

      Thus clusters 0, 1 and 2 could potentially contain other populations that also have a 4C DNA content. Importantly, similar proportions of cells in these clusters are also observed in unirradiated discs.

      We expect that clusters 1 and 2 are largely comprised of cells in G2/M. Together, these clusters are marked by some genes previously found to be higher in FACS separated G2 cells compared to G1 cells (Liang et al., 2014, PMID: 24684830). These genes include Det, aurA, and ana1. Strangely, cluster 0 is not strongly marked by any of the 175 cell cycle genes used in our clustering (eff being the strongest marker) and has a lower-than-average expression of 165/175 cell cycle genes. Cluster 0 is however marked by the genes ac and sc, which are known to be expressed in proneuronal cell clusters interspersed throughout the disc that stall in G2 and form mitotically quiescent domains (Usui & Kimura 1992, Development, 116 (1992), pp. 601-610 (no PMID); Nègre et al., 2003, PMID: 12559497). Given these observations, we hypothesize that cluster 0 is largely comprised of stalled G2 cells like those found in ac/sc-expressing proneural clusters.

      The EdU data in Figure 1 is very interesting, especially the persistence in the hinge. The authors speculate that this may be due to cells staying in S phase or performing a higher level of repair-related DNA synthesis. If so, wouldn't you expect 'High PCNA' cells to overlap with the hinge clusters in Figures 6G-G'? Again, no new experiments are needed. Just a more thorough discussion of the data.

      We have found that the locations of elevated PCNA expression do not always correlate with the location of EdU incorporation either by examining scRNA-seq data or by using HCR to detect PCNA. PCNA expression is far more widespread as we now show in Figure 6-figure supplement 3.

      Trbl/G2/M cluster shows Ets21C induction, while the pattern of Ets21C induction as detected by HCR in Figures 5H-I appears in localized clusters. I thought G2/M cells are not spatially confined. Are Ets21C+ cells in Figure 5 in G2/M? Can the overlap be confirmed, for example, by co-staining for Trbl or a G2/M marker with Ets21C?

      The data show that the high-trbl cells are higher in Ets21C transcripts relative to other cell-cycle-based clusters after irradiation. This does not imply that high-trbl-cells in all regions of the disc upregulate Ets21C equally. Ets21C expression is likely heterogeneous in both ways – by location in the disc and by cell-cycle state.

      Induction of dysf in some but not all discs is interesting. What were the proportions? Any possibility of a sex-linked induction that can be addressed by separating male and female larvae?

      We can separate the cells in our dataset into male and female cells by expression of lncRNA:roX1/2. When we do this, we see X-ray induced dysf expressed similarly in both male and female cells. We think that it is therefore unlikely that this difference in expression can be attributed to cell sex. Another possibility is that dysf upregulation might be acutely sensitive to the developmental stage of the disc. This would require experiments with very precisely-staged larvae. We have not investigated this further as it is not a central issue in our paper.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Please check the color-coding in Figure 1A. The region marked as pouch appears to include hinge folds that express Zfh2 (a hinge marker) in Figure 2A (even after accounting for low Zfh2 expression in part of the pouch).

      We have corrected this and have marked the pouch region based on the analysis of expression of different hinge and pouch markers by Ayala-Camargo et al. 2013 (PMID 2398534).

      The statement 'Furthermore, within tissues, stem cells are most sensitive while differentiated cells are relatively radioresistant' needs to be qualified, as there are differences in radiosensitivity of adult versus embryonic stem cells (e.g., PMID: 30588339)

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this point to our attention and for pointing us to an article that addresses this issue in detail. We appreciate that our statement was rather simplistic – we have modified it and added two additional references.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Negreira et al. present an application of a novel single-cell genomics approach to investigate the genetic heterogeneity of Leishmania parasites. Leishmania, while also representing a major global disease with hundreds of thousands of cases annually, serves as a model to test the rigor of the sequencing strategy. Its complex karyotypic nature necessitates a method that is capable of resolving natural variation to better understand genome dynamics. Importantly, an earlier single-cell genomics platform (10x Chromium) is no longer available, and new methods need to be evaluated to fill in this gap.

      The study was designed to evaluate whether a capsule-based cell capture method combined with primary template-directed amplification (PTA) could maintain levels of genomic heterogeneity represented in an equal mixture of two Leishmania strains. This was a high bar, given the relatively small protozoan genome and prior studies that showed limitations of single-cell genomics, especially for gene-level copy number changes. Overall, the study found that semi-permeable capsules (SPC) are an effective way to isolate high-quality single cells. Additionally, short reads from amplified genomes effectively maintained the relative levels of variation in the two strains on the chromosome, gene copy, and individual base level. Thus, this method will be useful to evaluate adaptive strategies of Leishmania. Many researchers will also refer to these studies to set up SPC collection and PTA methods for their organism of choice.

      Strengths:

      (1) The use of SPC and PTA in a non-bacterial organism is novel. The study displays the utility of these methods to isolate and amplify single genomes to a level that can be sequenced, despite being a motile organism with a GC-rich genome.

      (2) The authors clearly outlined their optimization strategy and provided numerous quality-control metrics that inspire confidence in the success of achieving even chromosomal coverage relative to ploidy.

      (3) The use of two distinct Leishmania strains with known clonal status provided strong evidence that PTA-based amplification could reflect genome differences and displayed the utility of the method for studies of rare genotypes.

      (4) Evaluating the SPCs pre- and post-amplification with microscopy is a practical and robust way of determining the success of SPC formation and PTA.

      (5) The authors show that the PTA-based approach easily resolved major genotypic ploidy in agreement with a prior 10x Chromium-based study. The new method had improved resolution of drug resistance genotypes in the form of both copy-number variations and single-nucleotide polymorphisms.

      (6) In general, the authors are very thorough in describing the methods, including those used to optimize PTA lysis and amplification steps (fresh vs frozen cells, naked DNA vs sorted cells, etc). This demonstrates a depth of knowledge about the procedure and leaves few unanswered questions.

      (7) The custom, multifaceted, computational assessment of coverage evenness is a major strength of the study and demonstrates that the authors acknowledge potential computational factors that could impact the analysis.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The rationale behind some experimental/analysis choices is not well-described. For example, the rationale behind methanol fixation and heat-lysis is unclear. Additionally, the choice of various methods to assess "evenness" is not justified (e.g. why are multiple methods needed? What is the strength of each method?). Also, there is no justification for using 100k reads for subsampling. Finally, what exactly constitutes a "confidently-called SNP"?

      (2) In the methods, the STD protocol lists a 15-minute amplification at 45C whereas the PTA protocol involves 10h at 37C. This is a dramatic difference in incubation time and should be addressed when comparing results from the two methods. It is not really a fair comparison when you look at coverage levels; of course, a 10-hour incubation is going to yield more reads than a 15-minute incubation.

      (3) There is a lack of quantitative evaluations of the SPCs. e.g. How many capsules were evaluated to assess doublets? How many capsules were detected as Syto5 positive in a successful vs an unsuccessful experiment?

      (4) The authors do not address some of the amplification results obtained under various conditions. For example, why did temperature-based lysis of STD4 lead to amplification failure? Also, what is the reason for fewer "true" cells (higher background) in the PTA samples compared to the STD samples? Is this related to issues with barcoding or, alternatively, substandard amplification as indicated by lower read amounts in some capsules (knee plots in Figure 1C)?

      (5) The paper presents limited biological relevance. Without this, the paper describes an improvement in genome amplification methods and some proof-of-concept analyses. Using a 1:1 mixture of parasites with different genotypes, the authors display the utility of the method to resolve genetic diversity, but they don't seek to understand the limits of detecting this diversity. For some, the authors do not comment on the mixed karyotypes from the HU3 cells (Figure 3F) other than to state that this line was not clonal. For CNVs, the two loci evaluated were detected at relatively high copy number (according to Figure 4C, they are between 4 and 20 copies). Thus, the sensitivity of CNV detection from this data remains unclear; can this approach detect lower-level CNVs like duplications, or minor CNVs that do not show up in every cell?

      (6) The authors state that Leishmania can carry extrachromosomal copies of important genes. There is no discussion about how the presence of these molecules would affect the amplification steps and CNV detection. For example, the phi29 enzyme is very processive with circular molecules; does its presence lead to overamplification and overrepresentation in the data? Is this evident in the current study? This information would be useful for organisms that carry this type of genetic element.

      (7) The manuscript is missing a comparison with other similar studies in the field. For example, how does this coverage level compare to those achieved for other genomes? Can this method achieve amplification levels needed to assess larger genomes? Has there been any evaluation of base composition effects since Leishmania is a GC-rich genome?

      (8) Cost is mentioned as a benefit of the SPC platform, and savings are achieved when working in a plate format, but no details are included on how this was evaluated.

      (9) The Zenodo link for custom scripts does not exist, and code cannot be evaluated.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Negreira et al. propose a new scDNAseq method, using semi-permeable capsules (SPCs) and primary template-directed amplification (PTA). The authors optimize several metrics to improve their predictions, such as determining GC bias, Intra-Chromosomal fluctuation (ICF -metric to differentiate replicative and non-replicative cells) and Intra-chromosomal coefficient of variation (ICCV - chromosome read distribution). The coverage evenness was evaluated using the fini index and the median absolute pairwise difference between the counts of two consecutive bins. They validate the proposed method using two Leishmania donovani strains isolated from different countries, BPK081 (low genomic variability) and HU3 (high genomic variability). Then, they showed that the method outperforms WGA and has similar accuracy to the discontinued 10X-scDNA (10X Genomics), further improving on short CNV identification. The authors also show that the method can identify somy variations, insertions/deletions and SNP variations across cells. This is a timely and very relevant work that has a wide applicability in copy number variation assessment using single-cell data.

      I really appreciate this work. My congratulations to the authors. All my comments below only aim to improve an already solid manuscript.

      (1) Data availability: Although the authors provide a Zenodo link, the data is restricted. I also could not access the GitHub link in the Zenodo website: https://github.com/gabrielnegreira/2025_scDNA_paper. The authors should make these files available.

      (2) 2-SPC-PTA and SPC-STD cell count comparison: The authors have consistently proven that the SPC-PTA method was superior to SPC-STD. However, there are a few points that should be clarified regarding the SPC-PTA results. Is there an explanation for the lower proportion of SPC to true cells success in SPC-STD, which reflects the bimodal distribution for the reads per cell in SPC-PTA2 and a three-to-multimodal distribution in SPC-PTA1 in Figure 1B? Also, in Table 1, does the number of reads reflect the number of reads in all sequenced SPCs or only in the true cells? If it is in the SPCs, I suggest that the authors add a new column in the table with the "Number of reads in true cells" to account for this discrepancy.

      (3) The authors should evaluate the results with a higher coverage for SCP-PTA. I understand that the authors subsampled the total read to 100,000 to allow cross-sample comparisons, especially between SPC-STD and SPC-PTA. However, as they concluded that the SPC-PTA was far superior, and the samples SPC-PTA1 and SPC-PTA2 had an "elbow" of 650,493 and 448,041, respectively, it might be interesting to revisit some of the estimations using only SPC-PTA samples and a higher coverage cutoff, as 400,000.

      (4) Doublet detection: I suggest that the authors be a little more careful with their definition of doublets. The doublet detection was based on diagnostic SNPs from the two strains, BPK081 and HU3, which identify doublets between two very different and well-characterised strains. However, this method will probably not identify strain-specific doublets. This is of minor importance for cloned and stable strains with few passages, as BPK081, but might be more relevant in more heterogeneous strains, as HU3. Strain-specific doublets might also be relevant in other scenarios, as multiclonal infections with different populations from the same strain in the same geographic area. One positive point is that the "between strain doublet count" was low, so probably the within-strain doublet count should be low too. The manuscript would benefit from a discussion on this regard.

      (5) Nucleotide sequence variants and phylogeny: I believe that a more careful description of the phylogenetic analysis and some limitations of the sequence variant identification would benefit the manuscript.

      (5.1) As described in the methods, the authors intentionally selected two fairly different Leishmania donovani strains, HU3 and BPK081, and confirmed that the sequent variant methodology can separate cells from each strain. It is a solid proof of concept. However, most of the multiclonal infections in natural scenarios would be caused by parasite populations that diverge by fewer SNPs, and will be significantly harder to detect. Hence, I suggest that a short discussion about this is important.

      (5.2) The authors should expand on the description of the phylogenetic tree. In the HU3 on Figure 5F left panel, most of the variation is observed in ~8 cells, which goes from position 0 to position ~28.000.

      Most of the other cells are in very short branches, from ~29.000 to 30.4000 (5F right panel). Assuming that this representation is a phylogram, as the branches are short, these cells diverge by approximately 100-2000 SNPs. It is unexpected (but not impossible) that such ~8 divergent cells be maintained uniquely (or in very low counts) in the culture, unless this is a multiclonal infection. I would carefully investigate these cells. They might be doublets or have more missing data than other cells. I would also suggest that a quick discussion about this should be added to the manuscript.

    3. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Negreira, G. et al clearly presented the challenges of conducting genomic studies in unicellular pathogens and of addressing questions related to the balance between genome integrity and instability, pivotal for survival under the stressful conditions these organisms face and for their evolutionary success. This underlies the need for powerful approaches to perform single-cell DNA analyses suited to the small and plastic Leishmania genome. Accordingly, their goal was to develop such a novel method and demonstrate its robustness.

      In this study, the authors combined semi-permeable capsules (SPCs) with primary template-directed amplification (PTA) and adapted the system to the Leishmania genome, which is about 100 times smaller than the human genome and exhibits remarkable plasticity and mosaic aneuploidy. Given the size and organization of the Leishmania genome, the challenges were substantial; nevertheless, the authors successfully demonstrated that PTA not only works for Leishmania but also represents a significantly improved whole-genome amplification (WGA) method compared with standard approaches. They showed that SPCs provide a superior alternative for cell encapsulation, increasing throughput. The methodology enabled high-resolution karyotyping and the detection of fine-scale copy number variations (CNVs) at the single-cell level. Furthermore, it allowed discrimination between genotypically distinct cells within mixed populations.

      Strengths:

      This is a high-impact study that will likely contribute to our understanding of DNA replication and the genetic plasticity of Leishmania, including its well-documented aneuploidy, somy variations, CNVs, and SNPs - all key elements for elucidating various aspects of the parasite's biology, such as genome evolution, genetic exchange, and mechanisms of drug resistance.

      Overall, the authors clearly achieved their objectives, providing a solid rationale for the study and demonstrating how this approach can advance the investigation of Leishmania's small, plastic genome and its frequent natural strain mixtures within hosts. This methodology may also prove valuable for genomic studies of other single-celled organisms.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive feedback and appreciation of the potential applications for the methodology we describe here.

      Weaknesses:

      The discussion section could be enriched to help readers understand the significance of the work, for instance, by more clearly pointing out the obstacles to a better understanding of DNA replication in Leishmania. Or else, when they discuss the results obtained at the level of nucleotide information and the relevance of being able to compare, in their case, the two strains, they could refer to the implications of this level of precision to those studying clonal strains or field isolates, drug resistance or virulence in a more detailed way.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestions. Indeed, single-cell DNA sequencing has successfully revealed cell-to-cell variability in replication timing and fork progression in mammalian cells[1,2] and we believe that the SPC-PTA workflow could be used in similar studies in Leishmania to complement bulk-based observations[3,4]. Regarding nucleotide information, it is indeed of high relevance to detect minor circulating variants with potential virulence impact and/or effect on drug resistance which could be missed by bulk sequencing. This includes the ability to detect co-occurring variants with potential epistatic effects. These topics will be further developed in the revised version. Finally, we will explicitly discuss how this methodology can be applied beyond Leishmania, to investigate genome plasticity, adaptation, and evolutionary processes in other organisms.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Negreira et al. present an application of a novel single-cell genomics approach to investigate the genetic heterogeneity of Leishmania parasites. Leishmania, while also representing a major global disease with hundreds of thousands of cases annually, serves as a model to test the rigor of the sequencing strategy. Its complex karyotypic nature necessitates a method that is capable of resolving natural variation to better understand genome dynamics. Importantly, an earlier single-cell genomics platform (10x Chromium) is no longer available, and new methods need to be evaluated to fill in this gap.

      The study was designed to evaluate whether a capsule-based cell capture method combined with primary template-directed amplification (PTA) could maintain levels of genomic heterogeneity represented in an equal mixture of two Leishmania strains. This was a high bar, given the relatively small protozoan genome and prior studies that showed limitations of single-cell genomics, especially for gene-level copy number changes. Overall, the study found that semi-permeable capsules (SPC) are an effective way to isolate high-quality single cells. Additionally, short reads from amplified genomes effectively maintained the relative levels of variation in the two strains on the chromosome, gene copy, and individual base level. Thus, this method will be useful to evaluate adaptive strategies of Leishmania. Many researchers will also refer to these studies to set up SPC collection and PTA methods for their organism of choice.

      Strengths:

      (1) The use of SPC and PTA in a non-bacterial organism is novel. The study displays the utility of these methods to isolate and amplify single genomes to a level that can be sequenced, despite being a motile organism with a GC-rich genome.

      (2) The authors clearly outlined their optimization strategy and provided numerous quality-control metrics that inspire confidence in the success of achieving even chromosomal coverage relative to ploidy.

      (3) The use of two distinct Leishmania strains with known clonal status provided strong evidence that PTA-based amplification could reflect genome differences and displayed the utility of the method for studies of rare genotypes.

      (4) Evaluating the SPCs pre- and post-amplification with microscopy is a practical and robust way of determining the success of SPC formation and PTA.

      (5) The authors show that the PTA-based approach easily resolved major genotypic ploidy in agreement with a prior 10x Chromium-based study. The new method had improved resolution of drug resistance genotypes in the form of both copy-number variations and single-nucleotide polymorphisms.

      (6) In general, the authors are very thorough in describing the methods, including those used to optimize PTA lysis and amplification steps (fresh vs frozen cells, naked DNA vs sorted cells, etc). This demonstrates a depth of knowledge about the procedure and leaves few unanswered questions.

      (7) The custom, multifaceted, computational assessment of coverage evenness is a major strength of the study and demonstrates that the authors acknowledge potential computational factors that could impact the analysis.

      We deeply appreciate the positive and encouraging feedback on our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The rationale behind some experimental/analysis choices is not well-described. For example, the rationale behind methanol fixation and heat-lysis is unclear. Additionally, the choice of various methods to assess "evenness" is not justified (e.g. why are multiple methods needed? What is the strength of each method?). Also, there is no justification for using 100k reads for subsampling. Finally, what exactly constitutes a "confidently-called SNP"?

      The methanol fixation prior to lysis is part of the original protocol described in the Single-Microbe Genome Barcoding Kit manual and was meant to facilitate lysis and DNA denaturation in bacterial cells (for which the kit was originally developed). However, in our preliminary tests with bulk samples – described in the supplementary material – we noticed a strong negative effect on lysis efficiency/DNA recovery when parasites were fixed with methanol. Thus, we decided to test the effect of skipping this step in the single-cell DNA workflow. We kept the SPC_STD1 sample to have a safe control where the full workflow described in the kit manual was followed.

      As we were unsure if the standard lysis (25 ˚C for 15 minutes) would work efficiently for Leishmania, we included the heat-lysis (99˚C for 15 minutes) as well as the longer incubation lysis (25 ˚C for 1h). These modifications were listed as validated alternatives in the kit's manual.

      The 100k reads threshold was chosen based on the number of reads found in the 'true cell' with the lowest read count.

      Regarding variant calling, a variant was considered confidently called if it was covered, at single-cell level, by at least one deduplicated read with Phred quality above Q30 and mapping quality (MAPQ) also above 30.

      In the revised version, we will include these explanations and improve the explanation of the metrics used to estimate coverage quality.

      (2) In the methods, the STD protocol lists a 15-minute amplification at 45C whereas the PTA protocol involves 10h at 37C. This is a dramatic difference in incubation time and should be addressed when comparing results from the two methods. It is not really a fair comparison when you look at coverage levels; of course, a 10-hour incubation is going to yield more reads than a 15-minute incubation.

      We agree with the reviewer that the longer incubation period of PTA might explain the higher read count seen in the PTA samples, although the differences in amplification kinetics (linear in PTA, exponential in STD) and potential differences in amplification saturation points make it difficult to compare them. For instance, an updated version of PTA (ResolveDNA V2) uses a lower amplification time (2.5 h) and achieves similar amplification levels compared to the 10h incubation time, suggesting PTA amplification saturates well before the 10h time. In any case, all quality check metrics were done with the cells subsampled to 100 k reads to mitigate the effect of read count differences on the data quality.

      (3) There is a lack of quantitative evaluations of the SPCs. e.g. How many capsules were evaluated to assess doublets? How many capsules were detected as Syto5 positive in a successful vs an unsuccessful experiment?

      We agree with the reviewer but during experimental execution SPCs were only assessed qualitatively via microscopy following the Single-cell microbe DNA barcoding kit manual. No quantitative analysis was done and therefore we do not have this data. Regarding doublet, this was done in silico based on the detection of SPCs containing mixed genomes from the two strains used in the study as described in the Materials and Methods. As pointed by another reviewer, this only allow the detection of inter-strain doublets. In the revised version, we explain this and add an estimation of total doublets based on the inter-strain doublet rate.

      (4) The authors do not address some of the amplification results obtained under various conditions. For example, why did temperature-based lysis of STD4 lead to amplification failure? Also, what is the reason for fewer "true" cells (higher background) in the PTA samples compared to the STD samples? Is this related to issues with barcoding or, alternatively, substandard amplification as indicated by lower read amounts in some capsules (knee plots in Figure 1C)?

      After exchange with the technical support team of the SPC generator kit, it was clarified that the heat lysis done in STD4 should have had a shorter incubation time (10 minutes instead of 15 minutes). We suspect that the longer incubation time, combined with the higher temperature and the harsh lysis condition with 0.8M KOH might have damaged SPCs and therefore DNA might have leaked out of them before WGA. In the microscopy images, SPCs in STD4 show a swollen aspect not seen in the other samples. In the revised version we will explain this more clearly.

      (5) The paper presents limited biological relevance. Without this, the paper describes an improvement in genome amplification methods and some proof-of-concept analyses. Using a 1:1 mixture of parasites with different genotypes, the authors display the utility of the method to resolve genetic diversity, but they don't seek to understand the limits of detecting this diversity. For some, the authors do not comment on the mixed karyotypes from the HU3 cells (Figure 3F) other than to state that this line was not clonal. For CNVs, the two loci evaluated were detected at relatively high copy number (according to Figure 4C, they are between 4 and 20 copies). Thus, the sensitivity of CNV detection from this data remains unclear; can this approach detect lower-level CNVs like duplications, or minor CNVs that do not show up in every cell?

      As described above we will include more discussion on potential biological relevance of the method in the revised version of the manuscript. In the revised version we will attempt to use dedicated bioinformatic tools to discover de novo CNVs, as per the suggestion of other reviewers. This might also allow us to determine the detection limit of the methodology for CNVs.

      (6) The authors state that Leishmania can carry extrachromosomal copies of important genes. There is no discussion about how the presence of these molecules would affect the amplification steps and CNV detection. For example, the phi29 enzyme is very processive with circular molecules; does its presence lead to overamplification and overrepresentation in the data? Is this evident in the current study? This information would be useful for organisms that carry this type of genetic element.

      We believe our data, which uses short-read sequences, does not allow to differentiate between intra-chromosomal CNVs and linear or circular episomal CNVs, so we cannot define if circular CNVs are over-amplified. Of note, we have previously demonstrated that the M-locus CNV in chromosome 36 is intrachromosomal, not circular (episomal)[5].

      (7) The manuscript is missing a comparison with other similar studies in the field. For example, how does this coverage level compare to those achieved for other genomes? Can this method achieve amplification levels needed to assess larger genomes? Has there been any evaluation of base composition effects since Leishmania is a GC-rich genome?

      We believe the SPC-PTA workflow can be applied to organisms with larger genomes as PTA was developed specifically for mammalian cells[6], and also because, in our hands, it outperformed the 10X scDNA solution, which was developed for mammals.

      We believe direct comparison with other studies regarding coverage levels is elusive because other steps in the workflow apart from the WGA, such as the library preparation (PCR-based in our case), as well as genome features like GC content, size, and presence of repetitive regions, can also affect coverage levels and evenness. One strength of our approach was the use a single sample (the 50/50 mix between two L. donovani strain) for all conditions, thus removing potential parasite-specific biases. In addition, the application of a multiplexing system during barcoding allowed us to combine all samples prior to library preparation, thus removing potential differences introduced by this step.

      Regarding the effect of GC-content, we did notice a positive bias in all samples in regions with higher GC content, which had to be corrected in silico. This was the opposite to a negative bias observed in previous study[7] likely due to differences in WGA and/or library preparation. In the revised version, we will include a supplementary figure showing the GC bias.

      (8) Cost is mentioned as a benefit of the SPC platform, and savings are achieved when working in a plate format, but no details are included on how this was evaluated.

      In the revised version we will provide precise cost estimates and the rationale for the estimation.

      (9) The Zenodo link for custom scripts does not exist, and code cannot be evaluated.

      The full Zenodo link (https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.17094083) will be included in the revised version.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary

      In this manuscript, Negreira et al. propose a new scDNAseq method, using semi-permeable capsules (SPCs) and primary template-directed amplification (PTA). The authors optimize several metrics to improve their predictions, such as determining GC bias, Intra-Chromosomal fluctuation (ICF -metric to differentiate replicative and non-replicative cells) and Intra-chromosomal coefficient of variation (ICCV - chromosome read distribution). The coverage evenness was evaluated using the fini index and the median absolute pairwise difference between the counts of two consecutive bins. They validate the proposed method using two Leishmania donovani strains isolated from different countries, BPK081 (low genomic variability) and HU3 (high genomic variability). Then, they showed that the method outperforms WGA and has similar accuracy to the discontinued 10X-scDNA (10X Genomics), further improving on short CNV identification. The authors also show that the method can identify somy variations, insertions/deletions and SNP variations across cells. This is a timely and very relevant work that has a wide applicability in copy number variation assessment using single-cell data.

      Strengths

      I really appreciate this work. My congratulations to the authors. All my comments below only aim to improve an already solid manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for the enthusiasm and positive feedback.

      Weaknesses

      (1) Data availability: Although the authors provide a Zenodo link, the data is restricted. I also could not access the GitHub link in the Zenodo website: https://github.com/gabrielnegreira/2025_scDNA_paper. The authors should make these files available.

      Both the Zenodo (https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.17094083) and the GitHub (https://github.com/gabrielnegreira/2025_scDNA_paper) repositories are now publicly available.

      (2) 2-SPC-PTA and SPC-STD cell count comparison: The authors have consistently proven that the SPC-PTA method was superior to SPC-STD. However, there are a few points that should be clarified regarding the SPC-PTA results. Is there an explanation for the lower proportion of SPC to true cells success in SPC-STD, which reflects the bimodal distribution for the reads per cell in SPC-PTA2 and a three-to-multimodal distribution in SPC-PTA1 in Figure 1B? Also, in Table 1, does the number of reads reflect the number of reads in all sequenced SPCs or only in the true cells? If it is in the SPCs, I suggest that the authors add a new column in the table with the "Number of reads in true cells" to account for this discrepancy.

      The reason for the higher presence of 'background' SPCs in the PTA samples is not clear, but we hypothesize that it could be due to PTA favoring amplification of small, free floating DNA molecules that might have been trapped in cell-free SPCs, as PTA works with shorter amplicons. Also, the longer incubation time seen in PTA (10 h) might have allowed enhanced amplification of low quantities of free-floating DNA to detectable levels. Regarding Table 1, indeed it only show the total number of reads per sample. In the revised version we will include the suggested column to Table 1.

      (3) The authors should evaluate the results with a higher coverage for SCP-PTA. I understand that the authors subsampled the total read to 100,000 to allow cross-sample comparisons, especially between SPC-STD and SPC-PTA. However, as they concluded that the SPC-PTA was far superior, and the samples SPC-PTA1 and SPC-PTA2 had an "elbow" of 650,493 and 448,041, respectively, it might be interesting to revisit some of the estimations using only SPC-PTA samples and a higher coverage cutoff, as 400,000.

      We believe the 100.000 cutoff is already high for aneuploidy analysis as we have successfully reconstructed parasite karyotype with 20.000 reads per cell8, so a higher cutoff will likely not improve it. For CNV analysis, in the revised version, we will try to identify de novo CNVs using dedicated bioinformatic tools as per other reviewer suggestions. There, we will also test if a higher CNV detection sensitivity is achieved using the suggested 400,000 reads cutoff for the PTA samples.

      (4) Doublet detection: I suggest that the authors be a little more careful with their definition of doublets. The doublet detection was based on diagnostic SNPs from the two strains, BPK081 and HU3, which identify doublets between two very different and well-characterised strains. However, this method will probably not identify strain-specific doublets. This is of minor importance for cloned and stable strains with few passages, as BPK081, but might be more relevant in more heterogeneous strains, as HU3. Strain-specific doublets might also be relevant in other scenarios, as multiclonal infections with different populations from the same strain in the same geographic area. One positive point is that the "between strain doublet count" was low, so probably the within-strain doublet count should be low too. The manuscript would benefit from a discussion on this regard.

      We fully agree with the reviewer. We will make it clear in the revised version that we quantify inter-strain doublets only, and we will also provide an estimation of total doublets based on the inter-strain doublet rate.

      (5) Nucleotide sequence variants and phylogeny: I believe that a more careful description of the phylogenetic analysis and some limitations of the sequence variant identification would benefit the manuscript.

      (5.1) As described in the methods, the authors intentionally selected two fairly different Leishmania donovani strains, HU3 and BPK081, and confirmed that the sequent variant methodology can separate cells from each strain. It is a solid proof of concept. However, most of the multiclonal infections in natural scenarios would be caused by parasite populations that diverge by fewer SNPs, and will be significantly harder to detect. Hence, I suggest that a short discussion about this is important.

      We will add a short discussion clarifying the limitations, while noting that our data demonstrate the ability of the approach to resolve very closely related cells, as illustrated by the fine-scale genetic differences observed within the clonal BPK081 population and by the detection of rare variants at targeted loci. We will also emphasize that the sensitivity to detect closely related genotypes depends on sequencing depth and the genomic regions considered.

      (5.2) The authors should expand on the description of the phylogenetic tree. In the HU3 on Figure 5F left panel, most of the variation is observed in ~8 cells, which goes from position 0 to position ~28.000. Most of the other cells are in very short branches, from ~29.000 to 30.4000 (5F right panel). Assuming that this representation is a phylogram, as the branches are short, these cells diverge by approximately 100-2000 SNPs. It is unexpected (but not impossible) that such ~8 divergent cells be maintained uniquely (or in very low counts) in the culture, unless this is a multiclonal infection. I would carefully investigate these cells. They might be doublets or have more missing data than other cells. I would also suggest that a quick discussion about this should be added to the manuscript.

      In the revised version we will improve the description of the phylogenetic analysis. We will also investigate deeper the 8 mentioned cells to define if they have confounding factors that might have led to their discrepancy. The possibility of multiclonal infection in HU3 is not excluded as this strain was not cloned after isolation.

      References:

      (1) Dileep, V., Gilbert, D. M., Dileep, V. & Gilbert, D. M. Single-cell replication profiling to measure stochastic variation in mammalian replication timing. Nat. Commun. 9, 427 (2018).

      (2) Miura, H. et al. Single-cell DNA replication profiling identifies spatiotemporal developmental dynamics of chromosome organization. Nat. Genet. 51, 1356–1368 (2019).

      (3) Marques, C. A. et al. Genome-wide mapping reveals single-origin chromosome replication in Leishmania, a eukaryotic microbe. Genome Biol. 16, 230 (2015).

      (4) Damasceno, J. D. et al. Leishmania major chromosomes are replicated from a single high-efficiency locus supplemented by thousands of lower efficiency initiation events. Cell Rep. 44, 116094 (2025).

      (5) Imamura, H. et al. Evolutionary genomics of epidemic visceral leishmaniasis in the Indian subcontinent. eLife 5, e12613 (2016).

      (6) Gonzalez-Pena, V. et al. Accurate genomic variant detection in single cells with primary template-directed amplification. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 118, e2024176118 (2021).

      (7) Imamura, H. et al. Evaluation of whole genome amplification and bioinformatic methods for the characterization of Leishmania genomes at a single cell level. Sci. Rep. 10, 15043 (2020).

      (8) Negreira, G. H. et al. High throughput single-cell genome sequencing gives insights into the generation and evolution of mosaic aneuploidy in Leishmania donovani. Nucleic Acids Res. 50, 293–305 (2022).

    1. Synthèse du Webinaire : Aménagements d'Examens pour les Élèves à Besoins Éducatifs Particuliers

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document de synthèse résume les points clés du webinaire organisé par la FCPE nationale le 20 novembre 2025, animé par Guillaume Laffitte, conseiller technique académique pour l'École inclusive, et Laurence Noël, chef de la division des examens et concours (DEC) de l'académie de Montpellier.

      L'objectif central était de clarifier les droits, les procédures et les délais concernant les aménagements d'examens.

      Les aménagements ne sont pas des faveurs, mais un droit fondamental pour garantir l'égalité des chances et permettre une évaluation juste et adaptée aux besoins de chaque élève.

      Le concept central est la cohérence du "parcours de l'élève" : les aménagements aux examens doivent être l'aboutissement logique des aides pédagogiques mises en place durant toute la scolarité.

      Deux acteurs principaux collaborent : le Pôle École Inclusive, qui se concentre sur l'accompagnement pédagogique en amont, et la Division des Examens et Concours (DEC), qui gère le cadre réglementaire et logistique des épreuves.

      La procédure de demande se divise en deux voies : une procédure simplifiée pour les élèves bénéficiant déjà d'un PAP, PAI ou PPS, et une procédure complète pour les autres cas ou les demandes nouvelles.

      L'anticipation est cruciale : les démarches doivent être entamées dès la classe de quatrième pour le brevet et en seconde pour le baccalauréat.

      Enfin, des outils pédagogiques innovants comme les "matrices pédagogiques" sont encouragés pour renforcer l'autonomie des élèves, illustrant une évolution vers une "école pour tous" où les adaptations bénéfiques pour certains le sont pour l'ensemble des élèves.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Principes Fondamentaux et Philosophie

      Le webinaire établit d'emblée que les démarches d'aménagement d'examen sont essentielles pour garantir l'égalité des chances. Elles constituent un parcours souvent lourd et mal compris pour les familles.

      Un Droit, Pas une Faveur : Il est rappelé que les aménagements sont un "droit indispensable pour que chaque élève soit évalué dans des conditions le plus juste et adaptée à leurs besoins".

      De l'École Inclusive à l'École pour Tous : Guillaume Laffitte propose de dépasser le terme "école inclusive" pour viser une "école pour tous", qui répond aux besoins de chacun sans étiqueter les élèves. La diversité est présentée comme normale et bénéfique.

      Le Parcours de l'Élève : L'idée centrale est que l'examen n'est pas une simple étape, mais l'aboutissement de toute la scolarité.

      Il doit exister une cohérence systématique entre les aménagements pédagogiques fournis en classe tout au long du parcours et ceux accordés lors des épreuves. Cette continuité renforce l'autonomie de l'élève.

      "Il faut vraiment qu'on puisse corréler systématiquement [...] le parcours de l'élève jusqu'aux épreuves pour le candidat, parce qu'il faut une cohérence et c'est comme ça qu'on peut renforcer finalement les élèves face à leur autonomie en situation d'apprentissage." - Guillaume Laffitte

      2. Les Acteurs Clés et Leurs Rôles

      La gestion des aménagements repose sur la collaboration de deux services principaux au sein du rectorat, ici illustrés par l'Académie de Montpellier.

      Le Pôle Académique École Inclusive

      Dirigé par Guillaume Laffitte, ce pôle se concentre sur l'accompagnement pédagogique de l'élève tout au long de sa scolarité.

      Coordination : Il pilote l'organisation de l'école inclusive au niveau académique, en s'appuyant sur les orientations nationales.

      Collaboration : Il travaille en lien étroit avec tous les services de l'académie, notamment la Division des Examens et Concours (DEC).

      Création de Ressources : Il produit des guides pour les familles et les équipes, comme le "guide académique pour les aménagements des examens, mais du parcours de l'élève jusqu'aux aménagements des examens".

      Priorités Académiques : L'une des priorités est l'utilisation des matrices pédagogiques comme réponse pédagogique cohérente.

      La Division des Examens et Concours (DEC)

      Dirigée par Laurence Noël, la DEC est le service administratif et logistique qui organise l'ensemble des épreuves et gère l'application réglementaire des aménagements.

      Chaque rectorat possède une DEC (à Paris, il s'agit du SIEC).

      Missions principales :

      Organisation Globale : Organisation de tous les examens (DNB, CAP, Baccalauréats, BTS, etc.) et des concours de recrutement de l'Éducation Nationale.

      Volet Sujets : Élaboration et adaptation des sujets d'examen (ex: dictée aménagée, sujets agrandis, sujets en braille).

      Volet Organisationnel : Gestion des inscriptions, élaboration des calendriers (en tenant compte des tiers temps qui allongent la durée des épreuves), répartition des candidats dans les centres, et communication des aménagements aux chefs de centre.

      Volet Logistique : Fourniture de matériel spécifique comme les copies spéciales (mais pas les ordinateurs ou le mobilier ergonomique).

      Volet Administratif :

      Notification : C'est la DEC qui envoie la décision officielle d'aménagement (la "notification") aux familles via l'application Cyclades.  

      Recours : Elle traite les recours des familles en cas de désaccord avec une décision.   

      Fraudes : Elle gère les commissions de discipline, y compris celles liées à un mauvais usage des aménagements (ex: aide humaine qui donne les réponses, ordinateur non vidé de son contenu).

      3. Le Cadre des Aménagements d'Examens

      Types d'Aménagements Possibles

      Les aménagements peuvent porter sur divers aspects de l'épreuve pour répondre aux besoins spécifiques du candidat.

      Catégorie

      Exemples d'aménagements

      Temps

      - Temps majoré (ex: tiers temps) pour les épreuves écrites, orales ou pratiques.<br>- Temps compensatoire pour permettre des soins ou des pauses.<br>- Temps pour se lever et faire quelques pas.

      Espace

      - Composition en rez-de-chaussée.<br>- Placement spécifique dans la salle (près d'une fenêtre).<br>- Composition dans une salle isolée.

      Aides Techniques

      - Utilisation d'un ordinateur (personnel ou fourni par le centre).<br>- Matériel spécifique (tables ou chaises ergonomiques, non fournies par la DEC).<br>- Sujets adaptés : en braille, agrandis, sur support numérique.

      Aides Humaines

      - Secrétaire : Tâches d'exécution pure (lecteur, scripteur sous la dictée).<br>- Assistant : Marge d'autonomie (reformulation ou séquençage des consignes, recentrage de l'attention).<br>- AESH : Missions précises définies dans le cadre d'un PPS.

      Adaptations & Dispenses

      - Adaptation de l'épreuve : Dictée aménagée pour le DNB.<br>\

      • Dispense d'épreuve : Très réglementée et spécifique à chaque examen (ex: dispense de langue vivante, non applicable à tous les diplômes).<br>\

      • Étalement : Possibilité de passer les épreuves sur plusieurs sessions consécutives.<br>\

      • Conservation des notes : Les notes obtenues peuvent être conservées durant cinq ans.

      Correction

      - Anonymat respecté : Le correcteur n'a pas connaissance du handicap.<br>\

      • Non-pénalisation de l'orthographe : Si validé, un sigle sur la copie anonyme l'indique au correcteur.

      Les "Matrices Pédagogiques" : Un Outil d'Avenir

      Fortement mises en avant par Guillaume Laffitte, les matrices sont des outils méthodologiques qui aident l'élève à séquencer une tâche et à organiser sa pensée.

      Principe : Elles ne sont pas une antisèche, mais une fiche qui guide l'élève dans les étapes d'une tâche (ex: comment utiliser son brouillon, construire un fil conducteur, organiser son temps).

      Cohérence : Elles permettent à l'élève d'utiliser le jour de l'examen un outil qu'il maîtrise déjà pour l'avoir utilisé en classe.

      Autonomie : Elles visent à rendre l'élève plus autonome et à renforcer son estime de soi.

      Statut : L'utilisation de matrices est un aménagement réglementaire autorisé pour les examens.

      _"Ce qui réussit à l'élève qui a le plus de besoins, il n'y a pas de raison que ce ne soit pas utile à tous.

      C'est ce qu'on appelle la conception universelle des apprentissages."_ - Guillaume Laffitte

      Distinction Cruciale : Dispense d'Enseignement et Aménagement d'Examen

      Il est essentiel de ne pas confondre ces deux notions :

      Dispense d'enseignement : Décision très rare, prise uniquement par le recteur à la demande des parents, pour un élève en situation de handicap.

      Elle a un impact majeur sur le parcours et l'orientation future de l'élève et doit être évaluée en cohérence avec les examens à venir.

      Dispense d'épreuve d'examen : Fait partie des aménagements possibles mais est strictement encadrée par la réglementation de chaque diplôme.

      La DEC ne peut valider une dispense que si le règlement de l'examen le permet.

      4. Procédures de Demande d'Aménagement

      La procédure a été simplifiée en 2020 pour garantir la continuité entre le parcours scolaire et les examens. Elle s'articule en deux voies principales.

      Pour Qui ?

      Tout candidat présentant un handicap (reconnu par la MDPH), un trouble de santé invalidant (dans le cadre d'un PAP ou PAI) ou une limitation temporaire d'activité (ex: bras cassé avant l'épreuve) peut demander un aménagement, quel que soit son statut (scolarisé, candidat individuel, etc.).

      Procédure Simplifiée

      Conditions : Réservée aux élèves scolarisés en établissement public ou privé sous contrat, disposant d'un PAP, PAI ou PPS valide, et dont les aménagements demandés pour l'examen sont identiques à ceux déjà mis en place durant leur scolarité.

      Processus : La demande ne nécessite pas l'avis d'un médecin. Le chef d'établissement signe le formulaire, qui est ensuite transmis à la DEC.

      Procédure Complète

      Conditions : S'applique à tous les autres candidats (individuels, hors contrat), à ceux qui n'ont pas de plan formalisé (PAP, PAI, PPS), ou à ceux qui demandent des aménagements différents ou nouveaux par rapport à leur scolarité.

      Elle est également requise en cas d'aggravation de l'état de santé ou pour une majoration de temps au-delà du tiers temps (mi-temps).

      Processus : Le dossier est examiné par l'équipe pédagogique et doit obligatoirement recevoir l'avis d'un médecin de l'Éducation Nationale avant d'être transmis à la DEC.

      Calendrier et Délais Clés

      L'anticipation est le maître-mot. L'interlocuteur principal pour les familles est le chef d'établissement.

      Examen

      Moment pour Entamer la Procédure

      DNB / CFG

      En classe de quatrième

      Baccalauréats (général, techno, pro)

      Fin du second trimestre de la classe de seconde

      Autres examens (CAP, BTS, etc.)

      Au cours de l'année de l'examen

      La demande formelle et la transmission des pièces se font généralement au moment de l'inscription à l'examen. Le respect des délais est impératif pour permettre à la DEC d'organiser la logistique (ex: la production d'un sujet en braille demande un mois).

      Le Processus de Traitement et de Notification

      1. Instruction : Les services de la DEC étudient le dossier et vérifient sa conformité réglementaire.

      2. Décision : Le recteur prend la décision finale.

      3. Notification : La DEC informe officiellement la famille de la décision via l'application Cyclades. Les notifications sont envoyées entre février et mai.

      4. Conservation : La notification est à conserver précieusement, à présenter à chaque épreuve avec la convocation, et peut servir de pièce justificative pour de futures demandes.

      5. Données Chiffrées et Tendances (Académie de Montpellier)

      Les statistiques de l'Académie de Montpellier illustrent une forte augmentation des demandes d'aménagement.

      Indicateur

      Données 2020

      Données 2025 (prévisionnel)

      % de candidats avec aménagement

      10 %

      13,51 %

      Nombre total de dossiers

      ~10 000

      14 000

      Nombre total de mesures d'aménagement

      15 000

      76 000

      Moyenne de mesures par candidat

      ~1,5

      ~5,5

      Taux de notifications positives

      N/A

      99,67 %

      Mesures les plus courantes :

      • Tiers temps

      • Dictée aménagée (DNB)

      • Autorisation de la calculatrice

      • Aide humaine pour le séquençage ou la reformulation des consignes

      6. Points de Vigilance et Conseils Pratiques

      Confiance et Autonomie : Les deux intervenants insistent sur la nécessité de faire confiance aux capacités des enfants, de viser leur autonomie et de s'assurer que les aménagements demandés correspondent réellement à leurs besoins et à leurs habitudes de travail.

      Utilisation de l'ordinateur : Si un ordinateur personnel est autorisé, il doit être entièrement vide de tout dossier et présenté au chef de centre pour vérification avant chaque épreuve.

      Il faut bien distinguer la demande de "sujet sur support numérique" de la "composition sur ordinateur".

      Enregistrement régulier : En cas de composition sur ordinateur, il est vital d'enregistrer le travail très régulièrement sur le disque dur ET sur une clé USB pour éviter toute perte en cas de problème technique.

      Contacter le Centre d'Examen : Pour des aménagements lourds ou spécifiques (notamment liés à l'espace, comme un fauteuil roulant), il est conseillé de prendre contact en amont avec le chef du centre d'examen.

      Recours : Si un aménagement accordé n'est pas respecté le jour de l'épreuve, la famille doit adresser un recours écrit au recteur.

      La DEC mènera alors une enquête.

    1. Briefing : Bien Choisir ses Spécialités au Lycée

      Résumé Exécutif

      Le choix des spécialités au lycée constitue un pivot stratégique déterminant pour la réussite au baccalauréat et l'orientation vers l'enseignement supérieur.

      Avec un coefficient de 16 pour chaque épreuve terminale, ces matières pèsent lourdement dans l'obtention du diplôme et la qualité du dossier Parcoursup.

      La stratégie de sélection doit idéalement équilibrer les compétences réelles de l'élève (stratégie de performance) et les prérequis des formations visées (stratégie de projet).

      Un point de vigilance majeur concerne les mathématiques : bien que réintégrées dans le tronc commun, ce niveau est jugé insuffisant pour la quasi-totalité des filières scientifiques et économiques sélectives, rendant le choix de la spécialité mathématique indispensable pour ces parcours.

      1. Cadre Général et Enjeux du Choix

      Depuis la réforme du baccalauréat, les élèves doivent choisir trois spécialités en classe de Première, pour n'en conserver que deux en Terminale.

      Impact sur le Baccalauréat : Les spécialités représentent un engagement de travail significatif (4 heures par semaine en Première, 6 heures en Terminale) et sont dotées d'un coefficient élevé (16).

      Calendrier de décision :

      En Seconde : Choix provisoire en février (2ème conseil de classe) et choix définitif au 3ème conseil de classe.    ◦ En Première : Choix de l'abandon d'une spécialité entre janvier et mars pour une décision finale en fin d'année.

      Flexibilité limitée : Un changement de spécialité en début de Première est possible uniquement avant les vacances de la Toussaint, sous réserve de justification et de capacité à rattraper les cours manqués.

      2. Offre et Accessibilité des Enseignements

      Il existe actuellement 13 spécialités au total. Cependant, la disponibilité varie selon les établissements.

      Les Spécialités "Prioritaires"

      Sept spécialités sont jugées prioritaires et sont normalement proposées dans tous les lycées car elles ouvrent les perspectives les plus larges :

      1. Mathématiques

      2. Physique-Chimie

      3. Sciences de la Vie et de la Terre (SVT)

      4. Sciences Économiques et Sociales (SES)

      5. Histoire-Géographie, Géopolitique et Sciences Politiques (HGGSP)

      6. Humanités, Littérature et Philosophie (HLP)

      7. Langues, Littératures et Cultures Étrangères (LLCE)

      Les Spécialités "Rares" et alternatives

      Certaines matières (Arts, Sport - EPPCS, Langues de l'Antiquité) ne sont pas présentes partout. En cas d'absence dans le lycée de secteur, des solutions existent :

      Mutualisation : Partenariats entre lycées (déplacement de l'élève ou cours en visioconférence).

      CNED : Enseignement à distance, nécessitant une grande autonomie de l'élève.

      3. Analyse Statistique et Performance

      Les effectifs en Première générale (~380 000 élèves) révèlent une hiérarchie marquée dans les choix :

      | Spécialité | Part des élèves (approx.) | Observations | | --- | --- | --- | | Mathématiques | 2/3 des élèves | Forte déperdition entre la 1ère et la Terminale. | | Physique-Chimie | 1/2 des élèves | Souvent couplée aux mathématiques. | | SVT | ~45% des élèves | Troisième pilier scientifique classique. | | HGGSP | 1/3 des élèves | Profils diversifiés (sciences po, droit, lettres). |

      Le facteur "Effectif / Réussite" : Les données du ministère indiquent que les spécialités à petits effectifs (Italien, Espagnol, Sport) affichent souvent de meilleures moyennes au baccalauréat. Cela s'explique par un accompagnement plus individualisé et un "choix du cœur" qui booste la motivation, contrairement aux choix purement stratégiques parfois subis.

      4. Stratégies de Sélection Recommandées

      Deux approches principales doivent être croisées pour un choix optimal :

      La Stratégie de Performance (Le Dossier)

      L'objectif est de maximiser les notes pour le baccalauréat et Parcoursup. Il est conseillé de choisir des matières où l'élève excelle déjà. Un bon dossier dans une spécialité cohérente est plus valorisé qu'un dossier médiocre dans une spécialité jugée "prestigieuse".

      La Stratégie de Projet (L'Orientation)

      Certaines formations supérieures exigent des parcours spécifiques :

      Filières Scientifiques (Ingénieurs, Prépa MP) : Mathématiques et Physique-Chimie sont quasi-indispensables en Terminale.

      Santé (PASS/L.AS) : Un duo parmi Mathématiques, Physique-Chimie et SVT est requis.

      Économie (Prépa ECG) : La spécialité Mathématiques est essentielle.

      Droit / Sciences Po : Pas de spécialité imposée, mais HGGSP, SES ou HLP sont recommandées pour la cohérence du profil.

      5. Le Cas Critique des Mathématiques

      L'enseignement des mathématiques est le point de crispation majeur de la réforme.

      Le Tronc Commun : Insuffisant pour la majorité des poursuites d'études scientifiques ou économiques.

      L'Option "Maths Complémentaires" : Destinée aux élèves ayant suivi la spécialité en Première mais souhaitant l'arrêter en Terminale tout en gardant un socle pour des études de santé ou de sciences sociales.

      L'Option "Maths Expertes" : Un ajout de 3 heures pour les profils très scientifiques. Bien que non exigée officiellement, elle facilite grandement l'entrée en prépa mathématiques.

      6. Accompagnement et Ressources

      Le rôle des parents doit être celui d'un accompagnateur objectif, évitant de projeter ses propres désirs sur l'enfant.

      Acteurs à solliciter

      1. Le Professeur Principal : Pivot de l'orientation au sein du lycée.

      2. Les Psy-EN (Psychologues de l'Éducation Nationale) : Pour des conseils individualisés sur le profil de l'élève (disponibles en lycée ou en CIO).

      3. Les Étudiants : Lors des salons spécialisés, ils offrent un retour d'expérience concret sur la charge de travail et la réalité des cours.

      Outils disponibles

      Simulateurs de spécialités : Pour visualiser les débouchés en fonction des combinaisons choisies.

      Parcoursup : La "Carte des formations" (mise à jour mi-décembre) permet de consulter les "attendus" de chaque cursus sans avoir besoin de compte.

      Journées Portes Ouvertes (JPO) : Indispensables pour confirmer si une spécialité est réellement nécessaire pour une école spécifique.

      "Le choix au lycée ne ferme pas de porte de manière définitive, sauf pour des filières extrêmement spécifiques comme la santé (PASS).

      L'enseignement supérieur s'adapte en proposant parfois des remises à niveau, mais la cohérence du parcours reste le meilleur gage de succès."

    1. Briefing sur la Plateforme Avenir : Un Outil d'Accompagnement à l'Orientation de la 5ème à la Terminale

      Résumé Exécutif

      La plateforme Avenir, développée par l'Office national d'information sur les enseignements et les professions (Onisep), constitue le pivot numérique du « parcours Avenir ».

      Conçue pour accompagner les élèves de la classe de 5ème jusqu'à la Terminale, elle vise à rendre la démarche d'orientation plus lisible, interactive et personnalisée.

      L'objectif central est de permettre à chaque élève de construire progressivement son projet scolaire et professionnel en fonction de ses compétences et centres d'intérêt, tout en atténuant la pression liée aux choix d'orientation. Intégrée aux établissements scolaires, la plateforme favorise la coéducation en impliquant les équipes éducatives et les familles dans un cadre sécurisé et structuré sur le long terme.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. L'Onisep : Missions et Valeurs de l'Opérateur d'État

      L'Onisep est un opérateur public placé sous la double tutelle du ministère de l'Éducation nationale et du ministère de l'Enseignement supérieur et de la Recherche. Sa mission repose sur deux piliers : informer et accompagner.

      1.1 Un maillage territorial dense

      L'Onisep s'appuie sur des services centraux en région parisienne et sur 17 directions territoriales (incluant la Corse et l'Outre-mer). Ce réseau permet :

      • L'alimentation continue de bases de données documentaires sur les formations, les métiers et les établissements.

      • Un déploiement de la plateforme au plus près des usagers via des présentations en établissement et lors de salons.

      1.2 Principes fondamentaux

      L'action de l'Onisep et de la plateforme Avenir est guidée par des valeurs d'inclusion et d'équité :

      Égalité d'accès : Un socle commun d'information pour tous.

      Lutte contre les stéréotypes : Déconstruction des préjugés sur les métiers et promotion de l'égalité garçons-filles.

      Inclusion : Ressources spécifiques pour les élèves en situation de handicap.

      Développement durable : Sensibilisation aux enjeux écologiques dans les parcours professionnels.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Structure et Fonctionnalités de la Plateforme Avenir

      La plateforme a été conçue de manière intuitive avec le concours d'élèves, d'enseignants, de psychologues de l'Éducation nationale et de parents. Elle s'articule autour de quatre onglets principaux.

      2.1 L'Agenda de l'orientation

      Il ne s'agit pas d'un cahier de textes scolaire, mais d'un calendrier dédié exclusivement à l'orientation. L'élève y trouve :

      Activités en médiation : Séances programmées par les enseignants.

      Événements suggérés : Forums des métiers, journées portes ouvertes ou salons régionaux.

      Dates institutionnelles : Repères clés (notamment pour Parcoursup en Terminale).

      2.2 Les Objectifs annuels

      Les objectifs sont adaptés à chaque niveau scolaire pour garantir une progression cohérente.

      | Niveau | Exemples d'Objectifs Incontournables | | --- | --- | | Collège (3ème) | Lister ses goûts et points forts ; identifier les voies après la 3ème ; préparer et réaliser un stage de découverte. | | Lycée (Terminale) | Préparer l'accès à l'enseignement supérieur ; finaliser son projet pour Parcoursup. |

      2.3 Les Outils d'exploration

      La plateforme propose des modules interactifs pour aider l'élève à se découvrir :

      « Je découvre des métiers » : Outil ludique explorant des thématiques modernes (ex: impact de l'intelligence artificielle sur les métiers).

      Fiches métiers et vidéos : Contenus contextualisés permettant de « liker » des professions pour les enregistrer dans son profil.

      2.4 L'Espace « Me faire accompagner »

      Ce volet rappelle l'importance de l'accompagnement humain. Il facilite la mise en relation avec :

      • Le psychologue de l'Éducation nationale (PsyEN) de l'établissement.

      • Le service « Mon orientation en ligne », un support gratuit accessible par chat, mail ou téléphone.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Dispositifs Spécifiques pour le Lycée : Le Module « Mon Projet Sup »

      Pour les lycéens, la plateforme intègre l'outil Mon Projet Sup, dont la mission principale est de lutter contre l'autocensure.

      Personnalisation : L'outil part des centres d'intérêt, des enseignements de spécialité choisis et des préférences géographiques de l'élève.

      Suggestions intelligentes : Il propose des formations ambitieuses ou des « plans B » réalistes auxquels l'élève n'aurait pas forcément pensé.

      Lien avec Parcoursup : Bien qu'indépendant du système d'affectation, il permet de préparer ses vœux et d'explorer la carte des formations de manière fluide.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Le Portfolio : Une Mémoire du Cheminement

      Le portfolio est l'espace où l'élève consigne toutes ses traces d'apprentissage et de réflexion de la 5ème à la Terminale.

      Continuité : Les données suivent l'élève même s'il change d'établissement, d'académie ou de région.

      Conservation : Le contenu est conservé jusqu'à trois ans après la Terminale pour faciliter d'éventuelles réorientations ou reprises d'études.

      Contenus stockés : Projets d'études, CV, lettres de motivation, comptes rendus d'entretiens avec les PsyEN et documents personnels (ex: interviews de professionnels, brochures d'entreprises).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Gouvernance des Données et Rôle des Acteurs

      5.1 Accès et Connexion

      L'accès à Avenir se fait via les identifiants nationaux sécurisés :

      EduConnect pour la majorité des élèves de l'Éducation nationale.

      EduAgri pour l'enseignement agricole.

      Note : Les parents n'ont pas de compte propre mais sont invités à explorer la plateforme « côte à côte » avec leur enfant.

      5.2 Confidentialité et Droits

      RGPD : La plateforme respecte strictement les normes de protection des données personnelles.

      Visibilité restreinte : Les enseignants voient le tableau de bord des objectifs (auto-évaluation de l'élève) et le portfolio pour conseiller l'élève, mais n'ont pas accès à l'espace de stockage privé ni aux comptes rendus confidentiels des psychologues.

      Droit à l'erreur : L'élève est acteur de son profil ; il peut modifier ou supprimer ses centres d'intérêt et métiers favoris à tout moment.

      5.3 Déploiement dans les établissements

      Le déploiement est progressif.

      Le « plan Avenir » prévoit la formation des enseignants, en priorité les professeurs principaux de 3ème.

      La mise en œuvre dépend du projet de chaque établissement (utilisation durant les heures dédiées à l'orientation, vie de classe ou demi-journées thématiques).

      La plateforme est un outil pédagogique à la main des équipes, respectant leur liberté pédagogique.

    1. Synthèse : Prévention et lutte contre le harcèlement scolaire (Webinaire FCPE-MAE)

      Résumé exécutif

      Le harcèlement scolaire est une problématique systémique qui touche environ un élève sur dix.

      Face à ce constat, le webinaire organisé par la FCPE et la MAE souligne l'impératif d'une action concertée entre parents, professionnels de l'éducation et partenaires institutionnels.

      L'approche défendue repose sur trois piliers : la détection précoce des signaux d'alerte, l'utilisation d'outils pédagogiques adaptés à chaque tranche d'âge (de la maternelle au lycée), et une coéducation active.

      La MAE, partenaire historique de l'enseignement public, met à disposition des ressources gratuites et agréées par le Ministère de l'Éducation nationale, s'inscrivant notamment dans le cadre du programme national Phare.

      L'objectif central est de briser le silence et de passer d'une logique de réaction à une culture de prévention durable.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Analyse du phénomène de harcèlement scolaire

      Définitions et mécanismes

      Le harcèlement se caractérise par un rapport de force déséquilibré où une ou plusieurs personnes exercent une pression ou un contrôle répété sur une victime.

      Formes constatées : Insultes, moqueries, rumeurs, humiliations et mises à l'écart.

      Évolution : Les situations débutent souvent par des faits perçus comme « pour rire » avant de déraper vers une souffrance physique et psychologique grave.

      Le défi du cyber-harcèlement

      Le cyber-harcèlement transpose ces violences sur les réseaux sociaux, les messageries, les forums et les jeux vidéo.

      Gravité : La circulation des attaques est extrêmement rapide et peut toucher une audience très large.

      Traces : Les agressions en ligne laissent des marques durables et ne s'arrêtent pas aux portes de l'école.

      Statistique clé : Un collégien sur cinq a déjà été victime d'au moins un acte de cyber-violence répété.

      Signaux d'alerte pour les adultes

      La vigilance des parents et des enseignants doit se porter sur les changements de comportement :

      État émotionnel : Isolement, colère, tristesse subite.

      Vie scolaire : Baisse des résultats, refus d'aller en cours ou de participer à certaines activités.

      Santé physique : Troubles du sommeil, de l'appétit, maux de tête ou de ventre fréquents.

      Signes matériels : Vêtements abîmés, perte d'effets personnels.

      Rapport au numérique : Enfant qui cache son téléphone ou le consulte avec une angoisse permanente.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      2. Le cadre institutionnel et l'engagement de la MAE

      Un acteur historique

      Fondée en 1932 par des enseignants, la MAE est une mutuelle issue de l'économie sociale et solidaire. Elle bénéficie de l'agrément national du Ministère de l'Éducation nationale pour intervenir dans les établissements scolaires.

      Soutien aux familles et garanties

      Au-delà de la prévention, la MAE propose des protections spécifiques dans ses contrats d'assurance :

      • Soutien psychologique en cas de harcèlement avéré.

      • Assistance juridique en cas d'atteinte à l'image de l'enfant.

      • Aide à la suppression de contenus malveillants sur Internet.

      Le programme Phare

      Les outils présentés s'inscrivent dans le dispositif ministériel Phare, qui repose sur cinq piliers :

      1. Éduquer pour prévenir les phénomènes de harcèlement.

      2. Former une communauté protectrice autour des élèves.

      3. Intervenir efficacement sur les situations de harcèlement.

      4. Associer les parents et les partenaires.

      5. Mobiliser les instances de démocratie scolaire (CESCE).

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      3. Ressources et outils pédagogiques par cycles

      Les ressources proposées sont gratuites et conçues en collaboration avec des professionnels de l'éducation (notamment l'AGEEM pour le premier degré).

      Pour les 3 - 11 ans (Maternelle et Élémentaire)

      | Outil | Description | Objectif | | --- | --- | --- | | Album "Maël le roi des bêtises" | Support de 25 pages avec cahier d'activités. | Apprendre le respect des différences et le vivre-ensemble dès le plus jeune âge. | | BD "Main dans la main" | Format innovant (illustration à gauche, exploitation pédagogique à droite). | Présenter les points de vue de tous les acteurs : victime, harceleur, aidant, suiveur, adulte. | | Jeu de l'oie "Non au harcèlement" | Mallette physique ou version dématérialisée (TBI). | Utiliser le jeu comme prétexte au débat et à l'échange collectif. |

      Pour les 11 - 18 ans (Collège et Lycée)

      Jeu de l'oie spécialisé : Orienté vers le harcèlement sexuel, sexiste et homophobe (Cycle 4).

      BD "La Jungle" : Récit d'une rentrée en collège basée sur des témoignages réels, incluant une trousse à outils et des liens utiles.

      "Le Labyrinthe de Nina" (Serious Game) :

      Concept : Jeu immersif où le joueur explore le smartphone d'une lycéenne disparue pour comprendre les mécanismes du cyber-harcèlement.  

      Partenariat : Développé avec l'association e-Enfance (gestionnaire du 3018).  

      Versions : Une version grand public (60 min) et une version "Express" (30 min) pour les ateliers scolaires, facilitant la médiation par l'enseignant.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      4. Supports multimédias et prévention numérique

      La MAE développe des formats variés pour s'adapter aux nouveaux usages des familles :

      Podcasts :

      Au-delà du miroir : Témoignages de jeunes sur la différence, la discrimination et la résilience.  

      Nos enfants, les écrans et Internet : Épisodes dédiés à la pornographie en ligne, aux réseaux sociaux et aux jeux vidéo.   

      Parentalité accompagnée : Focus sur la santé mentale et l'égalité filles-garçons.

      Vidéos "3 minutes pour comprendre" : Décryptage par Natacha Waro, psychologue clinicienne, pour identifier les signaux d'alerte et savoir comment agir.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      5. Modalités de déploiement et collaboration territoriale

      Accès aux outils

      Numérique : Téléchargement gratuit sur les sites mae.fr ou labyrinthedenina.fr, et sur les stores d'applications mobiles (Android/iOS).

      Physique : Les mallettes et albums sont distribués via les réseaux de délégués départementaux de la MAE. Les parents peuvent solliciter ces délégués via un formulaire sur le site national.

      Rôle des parents et coéducation

      Ambassadeurs : Les parents d'élèves sont encouragés à informer les directions d'école de l'existence de ces outils agréés.

      Actions locales : Collaboration possible pour organiser des "Cafés parents", des tables rondes ou des animations lors des assemblées générales de la FCPE.

      Obligations légales : Il est rappelé que depuis 2022, les enseignants ont l'obligation de se former à la lutte contre le harcèlement scolaire.

      Vigilance sur les intervenants

      Il est crucial de vérifier l'agrément des intervenants extérieurs.

      Le Ministère de l'Éducation nationale publie une liste officielle des associations autorisées à intervenir en milieu scolaire afin d'éviter les dérives ou les discours non conformes aux valeurs de la République.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Reviewer #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      The manuscript by Wu and Griffin describes a mechanism where CHD4 and BRG1, two chromatin remodelling enzymes, have antagonistic functions to regulate extracellular matrix (ECM) plasmin activity and sterile inflammatory phenotype in the endothelial cells of the developing liver. As a follow up from a previous study, the authors investigate the phenotype of embryonic-lethal endothelial-specific CHD4-knockout, leading to liver phenotype and embryo death, and the rescue of this phenotype when subsequently BRG1 is knocked-out also in the endothelium. First, the authors show that the increase in plasmin activator uPAR (which leads to ECM degradation) in CHD4-KO embryos can be rescued by BRG1-KO, and that both CHD4 and BRG1 interact with the uPAR promoter. However, the authors demonstrate that reducing plasminogen by genetic knockout is unable to rescue the CHD4-KO embryos alone, suggesting an additional mechanism. By RNAseq analysis, the authors identify sterile inflammation as another potential contributor to the lethal phenotype of CHD4-KO embryos through increased expression of ICAM-1 in endothelial cells, also showing binding of both chromatin remodellers to ICAM-1 promoter. Finally, the authors use nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug carprofen, alone or in combination with plasminogen genetic knockout, and demonstrate CHD4-KO lethal embryonic phenotype rescue with the combination of plasminogen reduction and inflammation reduction, highlighting the synergistic role of both ECM degradation and sterile inflammation in this genetic KO.

      The findings of the manuscript are interesting, experiments well controlled and paper well written. While the work is of potential specialist interest to the field of liver development, there are several issues which authors should address before this paper can be published:

      Major issues:

      1. The authors still see embryonic lethality of some embryos with endothelial BRG1-KO or combined endothelial CHD4/BRG1-KO - could the authors please show or at least comment in the discussion why those animals are dying?

      We observed no dead Brg1-ECko or Brg1/Chd4-ECdko embryos by E14.5. However, at E17.5, there was an 18.8% lethality rate for Brg1-ECko mutants and a 12.5% rate for Brg1/Chd4-ECdko mutants (Fig. 1B). The reasons behind the incomplete rescue of Brg1/Chd4-ECdko embryos and the cause of death in Brg1-ECko mutants remain unknown, as we have mentioned in the revised discussion (see lines 311-316).

      1. In the qRT-PCR results Fig.2c, what is each dot?

      Each dot represents transcripts acquired from a separate embryo. We have modified the figure legend for clarification.

      1. In the same figure, I would expect that in CHD4-KO there is no CHD4 transcript, and in BRG1-KO there is no BRG1 transcript, rather than the reduction shown, which seems quite noisy (though significant) - is it this a result of normalisation? Or is indeed only a certain amount of the transcript reduced?

      The VE-Cadherin Cre mouse line utilized in this study is reported to have progressive Cre expression and activity from E8.5 to E13.5 and only to reach full penetrance across all vasculature at E14.51. The liver sinusoidal ECs (LSECs) analyzed in Fig. 2C were isolated at E12.5, before Cre activity reached its full penetrance. This is likely the primary cause of the variability in gene excision seen in this panel.

      1. In the same figure, is the statistical testing performed before or after normalisation? This can introduce errors if done after normalisation.

      Normalization was performed before statistical analysis to combine relative transcript counts from embryos harvested in multiple litters. This is now clarified in our methods (see lines 486-489).

      1. In some cases, the authors show immunofluorescence images but do not specify how many biological replicates this represents (e.g. Fig.1d, 4c-d). This should be added.

      We have updated the legends for Figs. 1E, 4C-D, and 6E-F, as suggested.

      1. I also encourage the authors to present a supplementary figure with at least one other biological replicate shown for imaging data (optional).

      We appreciated this suggestion but opted not to add additional supplemental figures, which might have been confusing to readers.

      1. The plasminogen reduction by genetic modulation results in drastic changes to the embryos' appearance - is this a whole embryo KO or endothelial-specific KO? Can authors at least comment on the differences?

      The plasminogen-deficient embryos used in this study were global knockouts; this is now clarified on line 177. The Chd4-ECko embryos with varying degrees of plasminogen deficiency that are shown in Fig. 2F were dissected at E17.5, which is ~3 days after the typical time of death for Chd4-ECko embryos. This explains why the dead and partially resorbed mutants in Fig. 2F look so different from their control (Plg-/-) littermate and from the E14.5 Chd4-ECko embryos shown in Fig. 1C.

      1. In Fig.2b, do I understand correctly only 1 sample was analysed with different areas plotted on the graph? If so, this experiment should be repeated on another set of embryos to be robust, and data plotted as a mean of each embryo (rather than areas).

      Each dot represents the mean value obtained after quantifying 4 fluorescent areas within a liver section from a single embryo. The N number indicates the number of embryos used from each genotype. We have updated the figure legend accordingly.

      1. Also in some graphs, authors specify that it was more than n>x embryos, but then - what are the dots on the graph representing? Each embryo? This should be specified (e.g. Fig.2b-c, but please check this in all the figure legends).

      Thank you for this question. We have worked to clarify the legends for all our graphs. Overall, for graphs related to embryos, each dot represents data from a single embryo. Since the sample sizes vary across genotypes, we used the smallest sample size taken from the mutant groups when listing our minimum N.

      1. "we found Plaur was the only gene that was induced in CHD4-ECko LSECs at E12.5 (Figure S3D)." - I am not sure this is correct, as gene Plau is also increased in 2/3 samples?

      Although Plau transcripts were also increased in Chd4-ECko LSECs compared to control samples, our statistical analysis showed a p-value of 0.0564, which was deemed non-significant according to our cutoff criteria of p

      1. I find the title and the running title somewhat misleading and too broad; the authors should specify more detail in the title about the content of the paper - the current statement of the title is somewhat true but shown only for one genetic model and not confirmed for all types of "lethal embryonic liver degeneration".

      We have updated the title to incorporate this suggestion. The revised title is ‘Plasmin activity and sterile inflammation synergize to promote lethal embryonic liver degeneration in endothelial chromatin remodeler mutants.’ The revised running title is ‘Plasmin and inflammation in endothelial mutant livers.’

      Minor issues:

      1. If an animal licence was used, its number should be specified in the ethics or methods section

      We have added this information to the methods (see line 383).

      1. In fig.3g it is very hard to see each of the samples, could authors try to improve this graph for clarity using colours-or split Y axis - or both?

      We have revised Fig. 3G to include a split y-axis, as suggested.

      1. "This indicates that ECs can play a pro-inflammatory role in embryonic livers and highlights the need for tight regulation to ensure normal liver growth." This sentence for me is misleading, EC are producing inflammatory signals only during the CHD4-KO according to the author's data, and authors do not show such data in normal homeostasis condition. Actually, the pro-inflammatory role here seems detrimental, and ECs should not exhibit it for correct development. The authors should rephrase this to be clearer.

      The detrimental inflammation observed when Chd4 was deleted in ECs indicates that endothelial CHD4 normally suppresses inflammation during liver development (Fig. 3F-G, and 4A-B). When endothelial CHD4 functions properly, there is no excessive cytokine activation and inflammation. We have modified the sentence to help clarify this information (see lines 295-297).

      Significance

      General assessment: The study is well controlled and well written. The findings are interesting. The limitation of the findings is only 1 combination genetic model being studied, and it is unclear if the synergistic effect of sterile inflammation and ECM degradation is broadly applicable to other models, where embryo dies because of liver failure.

      Advance: The study makes an incremental advance, following up findings from a previous study. However, it is conceptually interesting.

      Audience: The audience for this manuscript would be a liver development specialist. However, broader concepts could also be applicable to liver disease.

      Expertise: I research in the field of liver regeneration and disease.

      __Reviewer #2 __

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      In essence, Wu et Al find that Chd4 mutant mice exhibit embryonic liver degeneration due to uPA-mediated plasmin hyperactivity and an ICAM-1-driven hyperinflammation and that additional mutation of BRG1 opposes this liver degeneration, possibly via ICAM-1.

      Generally, this is an excellent manuscript with a very logical sequence of experiments, although it has shortcomings such as validating their findings in an independent system, ideally human, and further establishing the translational relevance. Establishing translational relevance through mechanistic experiments that identify specific inflammatory tissue pathways, such as by blocking ICAM-1 and TNF-alpha, could also define developmental aberrations as a model for broader (patho)physiology and thereby enhance the impact on the field.

      Major

      1. The embryonic and postnatal survival data of Chd4-ECko and Brg1/Chd4-Ecdko mice should be included in Fig. 1

      We revised Fig. 1 to add representative photos and lethality rates for control and mutant embryos at E17.5 (see new Fig. 1B). All Chd4-ECko embryos we dissected at E17.5 were dead, which was consistent with our previous report2. Although Brg1/Chd4-ECdko embryos were largely rescued at E17.5, these mutants still die soon after birth due to lung development issues, as we previously reported3.

      1. What is the impact of Chd4-ECko and Brg1/Chd4-ECdko on the multicellular microenvironment? At a minimum, IF or spatial transcriptomics for hepatocyte and biliary markers, pericytes, and other mesenchymal cells would be recommended. Can there be a distinction made on what type of endothelial cell is affected? (sinusoidal lineage, vs. venous vs. lymphatic)

      To assess whether the multicellular microenvironment of Chd4-ECko livers was altered, we performed immunostaining for various cellular markers from E12.5 to E14.5. These markers included LYVE-1 for liver sinusoids; PROX1 and E-cadherin (ECAD) for hepatocytes; CD41 for platelets and megakaryocytes; CD45 for leukocytes; CD68 and F4/80 for macrophages; MPO for neutrophils; TER119 for erythroid cells; and a-smooth muscle actin (SMA) for pericytes and smooth muscle cells (see Fig. 4D and__ Fig. R1*__). Across all the images we examined, no obvious cell-type-specific differences were observed between control and mutant livers.

      Biliary epithelial cells, which begin to differentiate at approximately E15.54, were also assessed using cytokeratin 19 (CK19) immunostaining; however, no CK19-positive cells were detected in control livers at E14.5 (see Fig. R2*). Note that although LYVE-1 is also expressed by lymphatic endothelial cells, lymphatic vessels are not yet established in the liver at E14.52. Therefore, LYVE-1 staining is appropriate for identifying liver sinusoidal ECs at this stage of development. Our data indicate that the affected vasculature in Chd4-ECko livers is predominantly localized to the liver periphery (see Fig. 1D), which LYVE-1 staining shows to be mostly populated by sinusoidal vessels (Fig. R1B and R1F).

      *Please see uploaded Response to Reviewers PDF for Figures R1 and R2

      1. The experiments showing how endothelial Chd4 loss leads to a hyperinflammatory endothelial-and potentially hepatoblast-state are important. However, the relevance of immune cell infiltration in the hematopoietic-developing liver remains unclear. Which immune cells are presumably recruited to inflame the microenvironment then? Bone-marrow-derived? This aspect would benefit from experimental clarification, for example, using migration and/or direct co-culture versus indirect cell co-culture-ideally with or without ICAM-1 blockade-in vitro assays to determine if direct crosstalk with the CD45+ immune cell compartment explains the hyperinflammatory endothelia phenotype.

      In mice, the first hematopoietic cells emerge in the yolk sac at E7.55. Subsequently, embryonic hematopoiesis takes place in the aorta-gonad-mesonephros (AGM) region and the placenta, before immature hematopoietic cells migrate to the fetal liver. After E11.0, the fetal liver becomes the main hematopoietic organ, supporting the expansion and differentiation of hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells into all mature blood cell lineages5-8. Around E16.5, hematopoietic cells migrate to the bone marrow9, so the bone marrow is not a relevant source of infiltrating immune cells in our E12.5-14.5 Chd4-ECko mutants. We therefore examined immune cell populations, including leukocytes, macrophages, and neutrophils, in Chd4-ECko livers. No enrichment of specific immune cell types was observed in Chd4-ECko livers compared with controls at E13.5-14.5 (Fig. R1). Since immune cells develop within fetal livers at this stage, these findings suggest that they are locally activated rather than recruited to Chd4-ECko livers. Moreover, because fetal livers contain a heterogeneous mixture of immature and mature hematopoietic and immune cells, appropriate in vitro cell models to assess immune cell activation in this context are currently lacking. We have added comments to the introduction to address some of these points (see lines 66-68).

      1. Related to the previous comment: Can the authors validate their findings in an independent, ideally human, cell-based system?

      To explore this, we analyzed PLAUR and ICAM1 transcripts following CHD4 and/or BRG1 knockdown in primary human umbilical vein endothelial cells (HUVECs) for 48 hours. No antagonistic regulation of either gene was detected in HUVECs (Fig. R3*). Moreover, while Icam1 transcription was antagonistically regulated by CHD4 and BRG1 in the mouse MS1 EC line (see Fig. 5A), transcriptional regulation of Plaur by these remodelers was observed only in isolated LSECs and not in cultured MS1 cells. Together, these findings demonstrate that BRG1 and CHD4 play context-specific roles when regulating Icam1 and Plaur transcription in different EC types. Furthermore, in vitro versus in vivo EC environments may additionally influence BRG1 and CHD4 activity.

      *Please see uploaded Response to Reviewers PDF for Figure R3

      1. Identifying the specific hematopoietic/immune subset could further increase the paper's impact, as it would more definitively clarify the mechanism in the developing endothelial niche.

      Please see our response to question # 3.

      1. Also, can the authors show experimentally whether, conversely, Chd4 overexpression can limit an endothelial-type of inflammatory liver injury?

      We agree that exploring this suggestion would provide useful insights. However, we currently lack a genetic or inducible endothelial-specific Chd4 overexpression model, which makes it challenging to link our embryonic findings to the context of adult liver injury. For now, our study demonstrates that hepatic ECs regulate sterile inflammation to support embryonic liver development. Future development of appropriate genetic tools will allow us to determine if the role of endothelial CHD4 that is demonstrated in the current study is recapitulated in adult inflammatory liver injury models.

      Minor

      1. A separate figure panel for Chd4fl/fl; Vav-Cre+ appears reasonable, instead of being shown as a table.

      Thank you. Please see our new Fig. S1, which includes representative images (and lethality rates) of control and Chd4fl/fl;Vav-Cre+ embryos at E18.5.

      Significance:

      Generally, this is an excellent manuscript with a strong developmental biology focus, and its translational relevance is not immediately apparent; however, establishing such a link could significantly increase its impact. For example, the significance of these findings in ischemia-reperfusion injury, SOS/VOD, and sepsis could offer therapeutic avenues to stabilize endothelial function.

      The advance is the elegant discovery of a multifactorial endothelial-stabilizing mechanism in development, although its applicability to scenarios beyond developmental mutation remains unknown.

      The strengths are the clear and transparent experimental interrogation. Rightfully, the authors acknowledge that there would be a benefit in finalizing inflammatory blockade, genetic or antibody-mediated, to pin down the mechanistic circuit.

      The reviewer's expertise is: childhood liver diseases, developmental liver organoid generation, stem cells (iPSCs), cell reprogramming

      Reviewer #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity:

      1. Wu et al. report antagonistic roles for chromatin remodelers Chd4 and Brg1, in endothelial cells, during liver development. There is a major flaw in the study which makes it difficult to interpret the conclusions. The genotypes of the mouse models used are flawed. The comparison should be made between two single knockouts (Chd4 single, Brg1 single), double mutants (Chd4/Brg1) and proper controls. For both "single KO", one allele of the other gene is also deleted - Chd4 -Ecko has one allele of Brg1 deleted and vice versa. Also, the proper control should be Chd4 fl/flBrg1fl/fl without the Cre. Since 3 alleles (not just two that belong to the same gene) are deleted in a single knockout, it is impossible to assign the effect to one gene.

      We acknowledge the fact that the single Brg1 and Chd4 EC knockouts in this study each carry a heterozygous deletion allele for the other remodeler (exact genotypes are shown in Fig. 1A). The mating strategy that yielded these mutants was chosen for three reasons. First, we have found that genetic background influences the embryonic phenotypes of these chromatin remodeler mutants3. Moreover, embryonic development at the stages analyzed in this study occurs quickly and requires precise timing for comparative analysis between genotypes. Therefore, it is most rigorous to study littermates when comparing single- and double-mutant embryos for BRG1 and CHD4. To achieve this, we used Brg1fl/fl;Chd4fl/fl females rather than Brg1fl/+;Chd4fl/+ females for timed matings. Although the former females cannot produce single knockout embryos without a compound heterozygous allele of the other remodeler, these females allowed us to generate single- and double-knockouts at a rate of 1/8 embryos. If we had used Brg1fl/+;Chd4fl/+ females for timed matings, we would have been able to generate “clean” single mutants with wildtype alleles of the other remodeler, but the single- and double-knockout generation rate would have been 1/32 embryos. This would have been an impractical mutant generation rate for this study. Second, our prior research demonstrates that heterozygous deletion of Chd4 or Brg1 does not produce the liver phenotypes seen with the respective homozygous deletions2,3. Third, the complete lethality of Chd4-ECko (Brg1fl/+;Chd4fl/fl;VE-cadherin-Cre+) mutants in this study demonstrates that deleting one allele of Brg1 cannot rescue Chd4-related lethality.

      As for controls in this study, we saw no evidence of phenotypes or of any gene deletion in our Cre- embryos (either in this study or in previous ones analyzing similar phenotypes2,3). Therefore, we used Cre- embryos for controls because they were generated at a 1/2 rate by our timed matings, which boosted our output for analyses.

      Specific points

      1. Fig 2c Plaur transcript - no statistical comparison between 2nd and 4th column, Chd4 Ecko vs double mutant. If there is not statistical difference, does not explain the rescue in double mutants

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have included a comparison between Chd4-ECko and Brg1/Chd4-ECdko in our revised Fig 2C. The Kruskal-Wallis test showed a significant difference between the Chd4-Ecko and Brg1/Chd4-ECdkogroups (p=0.016). This indicates that Plaur induction in Chd4-Ecko LSECs is rescued in Brg1/Chd4-ECdko LSECs.

      1. Fig 2e. Comparison should be made between Plg-/- Chd4 fl/fl and Plg-/- Chd4 fl/fl Cre, not other genotypes

      This experiment aims to determine whether different levels of plasminogen (Plg) reduction can rescue the lethality caused by Chd4 deletion. To do this, we set up the mating strategy shown in Fig. 2E to produce appropriate littermate controls and to compare lethality among Plg+/+;Chd4-ECko, Plg+/-;Chd4-ECko, and Plg-/-;Chd4-ECko embryos. This comparison would not have been possible with embryos generated only from mice on a Plg-/- background.

      1. Fig. 4. How does Chd4 or Brg1 activity in endothelial cells lead to Icam1 activation in epithelial cells?

      Since cytokines like IFNg, TNFa, and IL1b can induce ICAM-1 expression in hepatocytes10, we speculate that ICAM-1 expression in hepatoblasts (ECAD+ cells in Fig. 4D) was induced by the elevated TNFa and IL1b produced in Chd4-ECko livers (Fig. 3G).

      1. Mice used in Figure 5 are Cdf4 fl/+ and Cdf4 fl/fl, no Brg1 deletion. The authors improperly compare these to Chd4-Ecko which have one allele of Brg1 deleted. The rescue needs to be done in the same genotype Chd4-Ecko.

      Please note that data from Fig. 5 were generated from cultured ECs (MS1 cells).

      Significance

      Wu et al. report antagonistic roles for chromatin remodelers Chd4 and Brg1, in endothelial cells, during liver development. There is a major flaw in the study which makes it difficult to interpret the conclusions. Genotypes that were chosen for the study make the data not interpretable

      Please see our response to your Question #1


      In summary, we have included the following changes to this revised manuscript:

      • New Figure 1B: Representative images and lethality rates for control, Chd4-ECko, Brg1-ECko, and Brg1/Chd4-ECdko embryos at E17.5.
      • New Figure 2C: qRT-PCR analysis of Chd4, Brg1, and Plaur gene transcripts in E12.5 control and mutant LSECs.
      • Regraphing of Figure 3G: qRT-PCR analysis of Tnf, Il6, and Il1b gene transcripts in E14.5 control and mutant livers.
      • New Figure S1: Representative images and lethality rates for control, Chd4fl/+;Vav-Cre+, and Chd4fl/fl;Vav-Cre+embryos at E18.5. References for this revision:

      Alva JA, Zovein AC, Monvoisin A, Murphy T, Salazar A, Harvey NL, Carmeliet P, Iruela-Arispe ML. VE-Cadherin-Cre-recombinase Transgenic Mouse: A Tool for Lineage Analysis and Gene Deletion in Endothelial Cells. Dev Dyn. 2006;235:759-767. doi: 10.1002/dvdy.20643 Crosswhite PL, Podsiadlowska JJ, Curtis CD, Gao S, Xia L, Srinivasan RS, Griffin CT. CHD4-regulated plasmin activation impacts lymphovenous hemostasis and hepatic vascular integrity. J Clin Invest. 2016;126:2254-2266. doi: 10.1172/JCI84652 Wu ML, Wheeler K, Silasi R, Lupu F, Griffin CT. Endothelial Chromatin-Remodeling Enzymes Regulate the Production of Critical ECM Components During Murine Lung Development. Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol. 2024;44:1784-1798. doi: 10.1161/ATVBAHA.124.320881 Shiojiri N, Inujima S, Ishikawa K, Terada K, Mori M. Cell lineage analysis during liver development using the spfash-heterozygous mouse. Lab Invest. 2001;81:17-25. doi: 10.1038/labinvest.3780208 Soares-da-Silva F, Peixoto M, Cumano A, Pinto-do OP. Crosstalk Between the Hepatic and Hematopoietic Systems During Embryonic Development. Front Cell Dev Biol. 2020;8:612. doi: 10.3389/fcell.2020.00612 Ema H, Nakauchi H. Expansion of hematopoietic stem cells in the developing liver of a mouse embryo. Blood. 2000;95:2284-2288. Kieusseian A, Brunet de la Grange P, Burlen-Defranoux O, Godin I, Cumano A. Immature hematopoietic stem cells undergo maturation in the fetal liver. Development. 2012;139:3521-3530. doi: 10.1242/dev.079210 Freitas-Lopes MA, Mafra K, David BA, Carvalho-Gontijo R, Menezes GB. Differential Location and Distribution of Hepatic Immune Cells. Cells. 2017;6. doi: 10.3390/cells6040048 Christensen JL, Wright DE, Wagers AJ, Weissman IL. Circulation and chemotaxis of fetal hematopoietic stem cells. PLoS Biol. 2004;2:E75. doi: 10.1371/journal.pbio.0020075 Satoh S, Nussler AK, Liu ZZ, Thomson AW. Proinflammatory cytokines and endotoxin stimulate ICAM-1 gene expression and secretion by normal human hepatocytes. Immunology. 1994;82:571-576.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Wu et al. report antagonistic roles for chromatin remodelers Chd4 and Brg1, in endothelial cells, during liver development. There is a major flaw in the study which makes it difficult to interpret the conclusions. The genotypes of the mouse models used are flawed. The comparison should be made between two single knockouts (Chd4 single, Brg1 single), double mutants (Chd4/Brg1) and proper controls. For both "single KO", one allele of the other gene is also deleted - Chd4 -Ecko has one allele of Brg1 deleted and vice versa. Also, the proper control should be Chd4 fl/flBrg1fl/fl without the Cre. Since 3 alleles (not just two that belong to the same gene) are deleted in single knockout it is impossible to assign the effect on one gene.

      Specific points

      1. Fig 2c Plaur transcript - no statistical comparison between 2nd and 4th column, Chd4 Ecko vs double mutant. If there is not statistical difference, does not explain the rescue in double mutants
      2. Fig 2e. Comparison should be made between Plg-/- Chd4 fl/fl and Plg-/- Chd4 fl/fl Cre, not other genotypes
      3. Fig. 4. How does Chd4 or Brg1 activity in endothelial cells lead to Icam1 activation in epithelial cells?
      4. Mice used in Figure 5 are Cdf4 fl/+ and Cdf4 fl/fl, , no Brg1 deletion. The authors improperly compare these to Chd4-Ecko which have one allele of Brg1 deleted. The rescue need s to be done in the same genotype Chd4-Ecko.

      Significance

      Wu et al. report antagonistic roles for chromatin remodelers Chd4 and Brg1, in endothelial cells, during liver development. There is a major flaw in the study which makes it difficult to interpret the conclusions. Genotypes that were chosen for the study make the data not interpretable

    1. R0:

      EDITOR:

      The reviewers agree that your manuscript addresses an important topic. They have also raised a number of well-justified concerns and points requiring clarification. I hope that you see these as opportunities to further improve your manuscript such that it may be accepted for publication.

      Review Comments to the Author

      Please use the space provided to explain your answers to the questions above. You may also include additional comments for the author, including concerns about dual publication, research ethics, or publication ethics. (Please upload your review as an attachment if it exceeds 20,000 characters)

      Reviewer #1: The author wrote this manuscript quite well. However, there are some suggestions for improving it better including,

      Abstract: The abstract is written well. However, the results showed about self-stigma representing at 49% so this result should be suggested in conclusion as well.

      Introduction: The introduction is organised and written well. However, there are some suggestions about referencing that should be revised along with Vancouver style and the journal format, such as (6)(7)(8), should be (6-8) or (Mbuthia et al., 2020) should be a number of reference. Another point, the abbreviation of drug-resistant TB (DR-TB) should be the same with DRTB in table 2 (page 10). Moreover, in terms of objective of the study, it should be written clearly. The author stated in line 98-100 (page 3), but it seems like expected outcomes rather than its objectives.

      Methodology: Ethics statement: It is a clear statement, however, the date of approval should be presented as well to ensure the data were collected after approval.

      Study population: The author stated that the target population comprised people with TB who were on treatment and were 15 years and above. However, the results showed that there were some participants aged under 15 years (0-14) as well. Thus, the author should revise and make it correct.

      Sampling procedures: The author stated that the data were collected in 12 regions, however there were only 11 regions stated in line 139-140.

      Sample size: The author showed some details of sample size calculation that met 421 persons (line 147). However, there were only 367 participants recruited to this study which is less than the appropriate sample size calculated. So, the author needs to explain more details about the sample size. It should be 421 as the result of calculation with the appropriate formula. Moreover, if there are sources of the number used to calculate, the reference needed to be stated as well.

      Eligibility criteria: In terms of inclusion and exclusion criteria, the author stated that all people with TB aged 15 years and older would be recruited to the research and all people who were below the age of 15 years were excluded. This is the main point that needs to be clarified because in the results, there are some participants aged 0-14 years as stated before. Moreover, in terms of ethics, participants aged less than 18 years cannot sign the consent form by themselves, their parents should sign the consent form. So, the author needs to revise and clarify further.

      Data collection tools and procedures: There is no information about the questionnaire well. The questionnaire should be clarified the details, especially the items used to categorise into "no stigma and stigma (binary). If you use only one item, it should not be appropriate to categorise. This is an important point of this study that needs to be explained. As well as, if the questionnaire was conducted by previous researchers, it should be cited correctly. Moreover, the author stated in this part that stigma was assessed using a set of standardised questions rated on a five-point Likert scale (0 = Strongly disagree to 4 = Strongly agree), while, in page 6, the author used (1 = Strongly agree to 5 = Strongly disagree) as well as the data were categorised in to 5 groups staring from 1.00 - 5.00. Please check the details again.

      Data analysis: The Cronbach's alpha value needs to be presented with the exact value instead of >=0.70 that it will present the reliability of tools better. Moreover, the author stated in line 181 and table 2 "TB type" but in the conclusion, the author used "treatment type". So, this point needs to be the same. For the binary classification, the author needs to explain more details about how to categorise into 2 groups: no stigma and stigma. In terms of inferential statistics, the binary logistic regression and multiple logistic regression were not used and shown in the results. So, the author needs to revise about this point again.

      Results: The sum of percentage, the details in Table 1 & 2 showed the percentage of each variable, which is good. However, the author needs to check the sum of each variable should be 100%. The author may use two decimal points for presenting the percentage. Moreover, some sub-variables which there is no data (0) does not need to present in the table. Please find the details in the attached file.

      In table 2, inferential statistics, the author stated in data analysis that binary logistic regression and multiple logistic regression would be used to analyse to identify the predictors. However, in the results, there is no any results based on these statistics. So, the author needs to revise about the statistics stated in data analysis. Moreover, about chi-square, the author needs to check the assumption of chi-square because No cell should have an expected frequency < 1, and at least 80% of cells should have expected frequencies of 5 or more. So, if it does not meet the assumption, its results might be wrong.

      Aged 0-14, the author stated in the methodology that the participants need to be 15 years or over. So, please check the data again.

      Some words should be changed for example in line 213 from prevented to obstructed. Moreover, about abbreviation "DSTB and DRTB", for DSTB, the author did not state before so it needs to be mentioned in previous part first before using in this part. As well as, DRTB, the author used DR-TB in line 79 so it needs to be the same, with or without -.

      Discussion: The author wrote this part quite well, however, the author needs to check about the number of percentage presented in this part again. Moreover, citation should be revise and rewrite following the format.

      References: In terms of references, the author should check the format of Vancouver style referencing in both in-cited and references part again. As well as, the author needs to check the format along with the journal format. For example, (xx) to [xx]. Please revise and rewrite following the formats.

      Reviewer #2: Please see my report. I think the manuscript transition from a dissertation to a paper is incomplete. Please review my report for details. I raise concerns regarding the sampling, statistical analysis and the conclusions made regarding the results.

      Reviewer #3: This cross-sectional study tackles an important global health problem, TB-related stigma among people with TB. This study has significant merits including 367 people living with tuberculosis sampled over one year; and captures various contexts, specifically 180 health facilities across 11counties aiming for a nationally representative survey of TB-related stigma in Kenya. Two hundred and twenty-eight patients provided information regarding TB-related stigma, of whom 24 reported experiencing TB-related stigma.

      Several areas remain unclear to me and require further clarification, elaboration or consideration for reformatting.

      1. The referencing style used is inconsistent. e.g. introduction section lines 60-61(Mbuthia et al. 2020), whereas other areas have a different style that is numbered. Consider reformatting for consistency.

      2. Previous research on TB-related stigma measurement and its implications to TB related outcomes in the Kenyan context has not been highlighted.

      3. Ethics statement section could be aligned for consistent formatting with other text sections of the manuscript.

      4. The sample size calculation could be further clarified for the readers to judge its robustness. a. Is there a proportion of TB-related stigma assumed from a previous study? b. What is the rationale of a 90% response rate? – Lines 147 to 150. c. What was the actual response rate?

      5. From the manuscript, the sample size calculated was 421 TB patients, but only 367 are reported and 228 TB patients provide information related to TB stigma. These patients were sampled over one year from 180 health facilities across 11 counties in Kenya. a. Further clarification on the sampling frame is needed. b. How many patients were sampled per health facility? Was there any gender consideration per health facility? c. How were the 12 regions chosen and how do they relate to the current national or programmatic divisions? d. It is indicated that one county was chosen from the 12 regions but only 11 counties included.

      6. Elaborating on the tool and procedures used is needed for the readers to judge the robustness of the methodology used. This information is crucial in the methods section. Lines 164-165: “Stigma was assessed using a set of standardized questions rated on a five-point Likert scale (0 = Strongly Disagree to 4 = Strongly Agree).”

      (i) What is the set of standardized questions? (ii) What tool was used? (iii) Has this tool been previously used in the literature? (iv) Has the tool been previously used in the Kenyan context? (v) Is this a validated tool? (vi) In what language/s were the questions asked? (vii) Who administered the survey? Provide relevant references.

      These details are missing in the methods section; and need to be considered for inclusion in the main text and/or supplementary material based on journal guidelines.

      1. What do the authors think could be the implications of handling neutral scores as missing? Lines 189-190: ‘Responses with a "Neutral" score were treated as missing in the binary variable.’ Please elaborate and describe the possible limitation.

      2. Lines 192 to 194: “Variables with p-values <0.05 in bivariate analysis were entered into a multivariate logistic regression model to identify independent predictors of TB-related stigma” – Do the authors mean a multivariable logistic regression model?

      3. In the results section, 10 participants are aged 0-14 years however, one of the study inclusion criteria is that participants should be aged 15 years and above. Further clarification is needed.

      4. Are the age group categories shown in Table 1 meaningful? Would other summary descriptive statistics for age central tendency and dispersion be considered to provide more information about patient characteristics.

      5. The term “Pagan” in Table 1 may be considered derogatory – consider an alternative word.

      6. Several other participant characteristics would be important to understand TB-related stigma, including: a) the type of tuberculosis; b) the timing of treatment for the TB patient at which this survey was being performed; c) disclosure of a TB diagnosis; among others. There is existing global, regional and particularly Kenyan literature that supports the importance of these particular characteristics. Consider including these in Table 1.

      7. Lines 228-230: “Out of 367 participants, 228 individuals with TB shared their experiences regarding stigma. Among them, 24 (11%) reported experiencing TB-related stigma, while 204 (89%) did not. The remaining 139 participants did not provide an opinion and were excluded from the bivariate analysis.” a. Based on this statement, it is not clear what the procedures for study participation were. The study was to assess TB-related stigma, but 139 participants did not provide an opinion. Please elaborate the study procedures for the readers to gain clarity. b. What are the characteristics of the individuals of TB patients who did not share their experiences regarding stigma? c. Were they different from those who did?

      8. Clarification is needed regarding the proportions of stigma provided in different sections of the manuscript. TB-related stigma dimensions in Figure 2 report relatively high TB-related stigma levels (49% for self-stigma, 68% of community-level stigma); compared to the overall TB-related stigma reported as 11% and also shown in Table 2.

      9. Consider including whether the type of TB was pulmonary or not, in Table 2. This is not clear.

      10. Data analysis:

      Lines 171-175: “Exploratory factor analysis (EFA) was conducted to test the internal consistency and construct validity of the stigma scale in the Kenyan context. Cronbach’s alpha was calculated to assess internal reliability, with values ≥0.7 indicating acceptable consistency. The principal components extraction method was used to identify underlying factors, with factor loadings ≥0.4 considered acceptable.”

      • Although this section is included in the data analysis methods section, there is no data in the manuscript to support this. Please provide this information if it is available.

      Lines 182-186: “Stigma-related responses covering domains such as guilt, fear, social avoidance, and disclosure concerns were numerically encoded (1 = Strongly Agree to 5 = Strongly Disagree). Scores were aggregated row-wise per participant to generate a mean stigma score, which was then categorized as follows: 1.00–1.49: Strongly Disagree, 1.50–2.49: Disagree, 2.50–3.49: Neutral, 3.50–4.49: Agree and 4.50–5.00: Strongly Agree.”

      • Similarly, although this section is included in the data analysis methods section, there is no data in the manuscript to support this. Stigma is reported as a binary variable and not continuous. Please provide this information if it is available.

      Lines 192-194: Variables with p-values <0.05 in bivariate analysis were entered into a multivariate logistic regression model to identify independent predictors of TB-related stigma. Outputs are presented in Table 1 and Table 2 of the Results section.

      • Again, this section is included in the data analysis methods section, but there is no data in the manuscript to support this. No results are provided for multivariable logistic regression in Table 1 or Table 2. Please provide this information if it is available.

      Was there a justification of including age group instead of age as a continuous variable instead in the data analyses models used?

      Was the sample size calculated powered to determine the factors associated with TB-related stigma?

      1. Results, Discussion and Conclusion. The main confusion for me is around denominators and the respective proportions related to TB stigma that have been presented. Clarification on this is needed.

      2. Study limitations need to be acknowledged.

    1. Analyse du Microlycée de Sénart : Une Approche Pédagogique Alternative pour les Décrocheurs Scolaires

      Synthèse

      Le microlycée de Sénart est un établissement public qui incarne une approche pédagogique radicalement différente, conçue pour rescolariser les jeunes de 17 à 26 ans ayant quitté le système traditionnel.

      Face au phénomène national de 100 000 décrocheurs annuels, cette structure offre une "seconde chance" à 90 élèves, en s'attaquant aux causes profondes de leur déscolarisation : phobie scolaire, harcèlement, problèmes psychologiques ou mauvaise orientation.

      La méthode du microlycée repose sur trois piliers fondamentaux : la flexibilité, la confiance et la co-construction.

      Le cadre scolaire est volontairement assoupli : les retards sont tolérés, il n'y a pas de sanctions, et certaines règles des lycées classiques sont levées, comme l'interdiction du téléphone en cours ou de la cigarette (par dérogation).

      Les classes à effectifs réduits (neuf élèves) permettent une relation enseignant-élève intime et familière, caractérisée par le tutoiement et un suivi proactif, comme les appels quotidiens aux absents pour les encourager.

      L'évaluation est entièrement réinventée pour ne plus être une source de jugement destructeur.

      Les notes sur 20 sont remplacées par des pourcentages de réussite que les élèves peuvent discuter, voire négocier, avec leurs professeurs.

      Ce système de "co-construction" vise à faire de l'évaluation un outil d'apprentissage, renforçant l'autonomie et la confiance de l'élève.

      De même, le conseil de classe est transformé en un format de "speed dating" où chaque élève échange directement avec ses professeurs, devenant ainsi un acteur central de son parcours.

      Les parcours d'élèves comme Romain, Lola et Léo témoignent de l'efficacité de cette approche. Ils illustrent la capacité de l'établissement à reconstruire des jeunes brisés par le système traditionnel, en leur redonnant le goût d'apprendre et en leur permettant de se réconcilier avec l'école et avec eux-mêmes.

      Le dispositif inclut également un soutien crucial aux familles, via des groupes de parole, qui partagent leur désarroi et leur soulagement.

      Malgré un taux d'abandon de 20% en cours d'année, le microlycée parvient à mener 7 élèves sur 10 jusqu'au baccalauréat, prouvant la pertinence de son modèle atypique.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Contexte et Mission du Microlycée de Sénart

      Le microlycée de Sénart, ouvert en septembre 2000, est l'une des 61 structures publiques en France dédiées à la rescolarisation des élèves décrocheurs.

      Chaque année, 100 000 jeunes quittent le lycée sans diplôme, soit 9% des élèves.

      L'établissement accueille 90 de ces jeunes, âgés de 17 à 26 ans, de la seconde à la terminale.

      Les raisons du décrochage sont multiples et complexes :

      • Phobie scolaire

      • Refus du système éducatif traditionnel

      • Problèmes psychologiques

      • Harcèlement scolaire

      • Mauvaise orientation

      La mission principale de l'établissement est de "réapprendre à aimer l'école" à ces jeunes en leur offrant un cadre bienveillant et des méthodes alternatives.

      2. Une Approche Pédagogique Fondée sur la Confiance et la Flexibilité

      Le programme de l'Éducation Nationale est suivi à la lettre, mais les méthodes d'enseignement et le cadre de vie scolaire sont radicalement différents de ceux d'un lycée traditionnel.

      2.1. Un Cadre Souple et Non-Punitif

      L'objectif est de dédramatiser l'école en supprimant les sources de stress et de conflit.

      Absence de Sanctions : Les retards sont autorisés et il n'y a pas de sanctions disciplinaires. Comme le souligne une enseignante, "on a d'autres moyens aussi de faire en sorte que ces jeunes puissent raccrocher".

      Tolérance et Flexibilité : Les élèves peuvent utiliser leur téléphone portable pour écouter de la musique en cours. La cigarette est autorisée dans des zones dédiées, sur dérogation de l'inspection académique.

      Suivi Proactif : Une professeure, Christine, appelle chaque jour les dizaines d'élèves absents, non pas pour les réprimander, mais pour les encourager à revenir. "Je t'appelle pour t'encourager à revenir à l'école [...] courage".

      2.2. La Relation Enseignant-Élève

      Le rapport entre les professeurs et les élèves est au cœur du dispositif.

      Effectifs Réduits : Les classes ne comptent que neuf élèves, favorisant une interaction directe et personnalisée.

      Proximité et Familiarité : Le tutoiement est la norme et les élèves sont appelés par leur prénom. Un élève explique : "Ça apporte plutôt je me trouve plus à l'aise en fait avec les profs [...] on commence à prendre confiance".

      Enseignants Volontaires et Formés : Les 14 professeurs sont tous volontaires et suivent des formations spécifiques pour encadrer ces élèves. Une professeure de français, Emmanuel, témoigne de la valeur de son travail : "Ce qu'il m'apporte de plus fondamental, c'est un sens profond à ce que je fais [...] j'ai l'impression de pouvoir accompagner ces jeunes jusqu'à une reprise de confiance en eux".

      3. L'Évaluation Réinventée : De la Sanction à la Co-construction

      L'un des aspects les plus innovants du microlycée est sa redéfinition complète du système de notation, souvent vécu comme un "jugement de la personne" dans le système classique.

      Pas de Note sur 20 : Les copies ne sont pas notées sur 20 mais reçoivent un pourcentage de réussite.

      La Co-construction : L'évaluation n'est pas un verdict final mais le début d'un dialogue. L'élève peut discuter son résultat avec le professeur.

      Emmanuel Catinois, professeure de français, précise : "C'est ce qu'on appelle la co-construction, c'est on construit ensemble l'évaluation. L'idée c'est que l'évaluation, ça ne doit pas être un coup prêt, une note qui sanctionne, mais une note sur laquelle on peut s'appuyer, une note qui aide".

      Le Droit à l'Erreur : Les élèves ont la possibilité de retravailler une partie d'un devoir pour améliorer leur score. Romain, un élève, apprécie cette méthode : "Je peux le refaire, je peux me reprendre et elle va accepter [...] au moins on peut justifier au lieu de perdre des points bêtement".

      4. Parcours d'Élèves : Portraits de la Reconstruction

      Les profils des élèves sont variés, issus de tous les milieux sociaux, et illustrent les défis auxquels le microlycée répond.

      | Élève | Âge | Parcours Avant le Microlycée | Situation au Microlycée | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Romain | 17 | Ancien "premier de la classe", il tombe en dépression après le divorce de ses parents. Déscolarisé pendant deux ans. | Est devenu le meilleur élève de sa classe. Se réconcilie avec l'école grâce à la nouvelle approche de l'évaluation et des conseils de classe. | | Lola | \- | Déscolarisée pendant deux ans après avoir été harcelée au collège en raison de son homosexualité. A fait une tentative de suicide et a été hospitalisée six mois en psychiatrie. | A réappris à "aimer les lycées, à aimer les cours". Malgré d'importantes lacunes scolaires, l'équipe pédagogique parie sur elle en la faisant passer en classe supérieure. | | Léo | 19 | Décrit comme "je-m'en-foutiste", il a été renvoyé de plusieurs lycées. A décroché pendant deux ans, vivant la nuit et faisant des petits boulots. | Participe activement en cours, a pris le rôle d' "intendant café" et s'est réconcilié avec le français, écrivant désormais des chansons. |

      5. Le Rôle Crucial des Familles

      Le microlycée reconnaît que le décrochage scolaire est une épreuve pour toute la famille et intègre les parents dans son dispositif.

      Groupe de Parole : Un professeur anime des réunions régulières pour les parents, leur permettant de partager leur "désarroi" et de se soutenir mutuellement.

      Témoignages Émouvants : Les parents expriment un immense soulagement.

      Claude, père de Lola : "On est complètement paumé [...] Aujourd'hui [...] regardez c'est le sourire, Lola elle a un soir magnifique".    ◦ Laurence, mère de Romain : "Vous nous avez sauvé [...] le Romain de l'année dernière [...] à se poser des grosses questions est-ce qu'il va pas franchir une autre étape. Et puis aujourd'hui où je retrouve un môme de 17 ans vraiment bien dans ses baskets [...] c'est le jour et la nuit, on respire enfin".

      Forte Demande : L'établissement est perçu comme une "bouée de sauvetage". Chaque année, 40 familles postulent mais 20 candidatures doivent être refusées faute de place.

      6. Le Conseil de Classe : Un Modèle de Transparence et d'Implication

      Le traditionnel conseil de classe à huis clos est remplacé par un format innovant, conçu pour rendre l'élève acteur de son parcours.

      Format "Speed Dating" : Chaque élève rencontre individuellement chaque professeur pendant trois minutes pour discuter de ses résultats et de ses appréciations.

      Transparence Totale : "Il ne faut pas qu'il y ait des choses qui se disent sans la présence des élèves, rien n'est secret".

      Implication de l'Élève : Les élèves valident ou non les commentaires des professeurs. Romain explique : "On a l'interaction avec le prof et il nous met son commentaire devant nous et on valide ou pas [...] Ça m'apporte que je vois l'avis du prof en face de moi et qu'il fasse pas derrière mon dos".

      Renforcement de la Confiance : Cette pratique est jugée essentielle pour associer des élèves "adultes" (plus de 17 ans) à la construction de leur scolarité, ce qui "permet la confiance et le raccrochage".

      7. Résultats, Défis et Perspectives

      Le modèle du microlycée de Sénart, bien qu'exigeant, affiche des résultats probants.

      Taux de Réussite : 7 élèves sur 10 qui poursuivent leur scolarité au microlycée décrochent leur baccalauréat.

      Taux d'Abandon : Le parcours reste difficile, et 20% des élèves abandonnent en cours d'année.

      Défis Pédagogiques : L'équipe doit gérer des écarts de niveau considérables, comme celui de Lola qui a un niveau de 5ème en langues. L'établissement fait alors "le pari de la seconde chance" en adaptant ses décisions pour ne pas décourager les élèves malgré leurs lacunes.

      Transformation Personnelle : Au-delà du succès scolaire, l'établissement permet aux élèves de se reconstruire, de reprendre confiance et de développer de nouveaux projets, à l'image de Léo qui compose des chansons : "Apprendre, me cultiver et revenir avec des phrases de prof de français".

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      SECTION A - Evidence, Reproducibility, and Clarity Summary The study investigates the neurodevelopmental impact of trisomy 21 on human cortical excitatory neurons derived from induced pluripotent stem cells (hiPSCs). Key findings include a modest reduction in spontaneous firing, a marked deficit in synchronized bursting, decreased neuronal connectivity, and altered ion channel expression-particularly a downregulation of voltage‐gated potassium channels and HCN1. These conclusions are supported by a combination of in vitro calcium imaging, electrophysiological recordings, viral monosynaptic tracing, RNA sequencing, and in vivo transplantation with two‐photon imaging.

      Major Comments • Convincing Nature of Key Conclusions: The study's conclusions are generally well supported by a diverse set of experimental approaches. However, certain claims regarding the intrinsic properties of the excitatory network would benefit from further qualification. In particular, the assertion that reduced synchronization is solely attributable to altered ion channel expression might be considered somewhat preliminary without additional corroborative experiments.

      1.1) We agree with the reviewer and now write in the abstract: 'Together, these findings demonstrate long-lasting impairments in human cortical excitatory neuron network function associated with Trisomy 21 .' And in the Introduction: 'Collectively, the observed changes in ion channel expression, neuronal connectivity, and network activity synchronization may contribute to functional differences relevant to the cognitive and intellectual features associated with Down syndrome.'

      • One major limitation of the current experimental design is the reliance on predominantly excitatory neuronal cultures derived from hiPSCs. Although the authors convincingly demonstrate differences in network synchronization and connectivity between trisomic (TS21) and control neurons, the almost exclusive focus on excitatory cells limits the physiological relevance of the in vitro network. In the developing cortex, interneurons and astrocytes play crucial roles in modulating network excitability, synaptogenesis, and plasticity. Therefore, incorporating these cell types-either through co-culture systems or through directed differentiation protocols that yield a more heterogeneous neuronal population-could help to determine whether the observed deficits are intrinsic to excitatory neurons or are compounded by a lack of proper inhibitory regulation and glial support. 1.2) Thank you for this thoughtful comment. We agree that interneurons and astrocytes are crucial for network function. To clarify, astrocytes are generated in this culture system, as we previously reported in our characterisation of the timecourse of network development using this approach (Kirwan et al., Development 2025). However, our primary goal was to first isolate and define the cell-autonomous defects intrinsic to TS21 excitatory neurons, minimizing the complexity introduced by additional neuronal types. This focused approach was chosen also because engineering a stable co-culture system with reproducible excitatory/inhibitory (E/I) proportions is a significant undertaking that extends beyond the scope of this initial investigation, and has proven challenging to date for the field. By establishing this foundational phenotype, our work complements prior studies on interneuron and glial contributions. Future studies building on this work will be essential to dissect the more complex, non-cell-autonomous effects within a heterogeneous network. Importantly, since our initial submission, two highly relevant preprints have emerged-including a notable study from the Geschwind laboratory at UCLA (Vuong et al., bioRxiv, 2025; Risgaard et al., bioRxiv, 2025), as well as our own complementary study Lattke et al, under revision, that highlight widespread transcriptional changes in excitatory cells of the human fetal DS cortex, providing strong validation for our central findings. This convergence of results from multiple groups underscores the timeliness and importance of our work.

      • Furthermore, the assessment of neuronal connectivity via pseudotyped rabies virus tracing, while innovative, has inherent limitations. The quantification of connectivity as a ratio of red-to-green fluorescence pixels may be influenced by differential viral infection efficiencies, variations in the expression levels of the TVA receptor, or even by the lower basal activity levels observed in TS21 cultures. Complementary approaches-such as electron microscopy for synaptic density analysis or functional connectivity measurements using multi-electrode arrays (MEAs)-could provide additional structural and functional insights that would validate the rabies tracing data. 1.3) Thank you for this constructive feedback. While we cannot formally exclude that TS21 cells might express the TVA receptor at lower levels due to generalized gene dysregulation, we infected all WT and TS21 cultures in parallel using identical virus preparations and titers to minimize technical variability. Crucially, we also addressed the potential confound of differential basal activity by performing the rabies tracing under TTX incubation (see Suppl. Fig. 7), which blocks network activity and ensures that viral spread reflects structural connectivity alone.

      While complementary methods like EM or MEA could provide additional insight, they fall outside the scope of the current study. We are confident that our rigorous controls validate our use of the rabies tracing method to assess structural connectivity.

      • Qualification of Claims: Some conclusions, particularly those linking specific ion channel dysregulation (e.g., HCN1 loss) directly to network deficits, might be better presented as preliminary. The authors could temper their language to indicate that while the evidence is suggestive, the mechanistic link remains to be fully established. 1.4) We have revised the text to more clearly indicate that the link between HCN1 dysregulation and network deficits is correlative and remains to be fully established. While our ex vivo recordings suggest altered Ih-like currents consistent with reduced HCN1 expression, we now present these findings as preliminary and hypothesis-generating, pending further functional validation. We write in the discussion: However, further targeted functional validation will be needed to confirm a causal link.

      • Need for Additional Experiments: Additional experiments that could further consolidate the current findings include: o Inclusion of Inhibitory Neurons or Co-culture Systems: Incorporating interneurons or astrocytes would help determine whether the observed deficits are solely intrinsic to excitatory neurons. See 1.2 o Alternative Connectivity Assessments: Complementing the rabies virus tracing with electron microscopy or multi-electrode array (MEA) recordings would add structural and functional validation of the connectivity differences. See 1.3 o Extended Temporal Profiling: Monitoring network activity over a longer developmental window would clarify whether the observed deficits represent a delay or a permanent alteration in network maturation. 1.5) In vivo we were able to track the cells for up to five months post-transplantation supporting the interpretation of a permanent alteration.

      • Reproducibility and Statistical Rigor: The methods and data presentation are largely clear, with adequate replication and appropriate statistical analyses. Nonetheless, a more detailed description of the experimental replicates, particularly regarding the viral tracing and in vivo transplantation studies, would enhance reproducibility. The availability of raw data and scripts for calcium imaging analysis would also further support independent verification. We thank the reviewer for these suggestions and we now provide a more detailed description of replicates. We also add the raw data.

      Minor Comments • Experimental Details: Minor revisions could include clarifying the infection efficiency and expression levels of the viral constructs used in connectivity assays to rule out technical variability.

      See 1.3

      • Literature Context: The authors reference prior studies appropriately; however, integrating a brief discussion comparing their findings with alternative DS models (e.g., organoids or other hiPSC-derived systems) would improve contextual clarity. We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We have now added a brief discussion comparing our findings with those reported in alternative Down syndrome models, including brain organoids and other hiPSC-derived systems. This addition helps to contextualize our results within the broader field and highlights the unique strengths and limitations of our in vitro and in vivo xenograft approach. We write: 'Our findings align with and extend previous studies using alternative Down syndrome models, such as brain organoids and other hiPSC-derived systems. Organoid models have provided valuable insights into early neurodevelopmental phenotypes in DS, including altered interneuron proportions (Xu et al Cell Stem Cell 2019) but also suggest that variability across isogenic lines can overshadow subtle trisomy 21 neurodevelopmental phenotypes (Czerminski et al Front in Neurosci 2023). However, these systems often lack the structural complexity, vascularization, and long-term maturation achievable in vivo. By using a xenotransplantation model, we were able to assess the maturation and functional properties of human neurons within a physiologically relevant environment over extended time frames, offering complementary insights into DS-associated circuit dysfunction (Huo et al Stem Cell Reports 2018; Real et al., 2018).

      • Presentation and Clarity: Figures are generally clear,.But the manuscript contains a minor labeling error. On page 13, the figure is erroneously labeled as "Fig6A", whereas, based on the context and corresponding data, it should be "Fig5A". I recommend that the authors correct this mistake to ensure consistency and avoid potential confusion for readers. Thank you for pointing this out. This has been corrected in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      SECTION B - Significance • Nature and Significance of the Advance: The work offers a substantial conceptual advance by providing a mechanistic link between trisomy 21 and impaired neuronal network synchronization. Technically, the study integrates state-of-the-art imaging, electrophysiology, and transcriptomic profiling, thereby offering a multifaceted view of DS-related neural dysfunction. Clinically, the findings have the potential to inform future therapeutic strategies targeting network connectivity and ion channel function in Down syndrome.

      We thank the reviewer for this very supportive comment.

      • Context in the Existing Literature: The study builds on previous observations of altered network activity in DS patients and DS mouse models (e.g., altered EEG synchronization and reduced synaptic connectivity). It extends these findings to human-derived neuronal models, thus bridging a gap between clinical observations and molecular/cellular mechanisms. Relevant literature includes studies on DS neurodevelopment and the role of ion channels in synaptic maturation. • Target Audience: The reported findings will be of interest to researchers in neurodevelopmental disorders, Down syndrome, and ion channel physiology. Additionally, the study may attract the attention of those working on hiPSC-derived models of neurological diseases, as well as clinicians interested in the pathophysiology of DS. • Keywords and Field Contextualization: Keywords: Down syndrome, trisomy 21, neuronal connectivity, synchronized network activity, hiPSC-derived cortical neurons, ion channel dysregulation.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Summary The manuscript by Peter et al., reports on the neuronal activity and connectivity of iPSC-derived human cortical neurons from Down syndrome (DS) that is caused by caused by trisomy of the human chromosome 21 (TS21). Major points: Although the manuscript is potentially interesting, the results appear somehow preliminary and need to be corroborated by control experiments and quantifications of effects to fully sustain the conclusions. (1) The authors have not assessed the percentage of WT and TS21 cells that acquire a neuronal or glia identity in their cultures. Indeed, the origin of alterations in network activity and connectivity observed in TS21 neurons could simply derive from reduced number of neurons arising from TS21 iPSC. Alternatively, the same alteration in network activity and connectivity could derive from a multitude of other factors including deficits in neuronal development, neurite extension, or intrinsic electrophysiological properties. In the current version of the manuscript, none of these has been investigated. 2.1) We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. In response, we included an in vivo characterization of cell-type proportions at the same time points where we observed network activity defects using in vivo calcium imaging (see Supplementary Fig. 6).

      Previous work has identified several cellular and molecular phenotypes in human cells, postmortem tissue, and mouse models-including those mentioned by the reviewer. In this study, our focus was on investigating neural network activity, intrinsic electrophysiological properties both in vitro and in vivo, and preliminary bulk RNA sequencing. We have also independently measured cell proportions in the human fetal cortex and conducted a more extensive transcriptomic analysis of Ts21 versus control cells in a separate study (Lattke et al., under revision). We observed a reduction of RORB/FOXP1-expressing Layer 4 neurons in the human fetal cortex at midgestation, as well as increased GFAP+ cells, reduced progenitors and a non significant reduction of Cux2+ cells in late stage DS human cell transplants, along with a gene network dysregulation specifically affecting excitatory neurons (Lattke et al., under revision). Here, we provide complementary findings, demonstrating reduced excitatory neuron network connectivity in vitro and decreased neural network synchronised activity in both in vitro and in vivo models (see also 2.8). We agree with the reviewer that this could be for a number of reasons, both cell autonomous (channel expression and/or function) or non-autonomous (connectivity and/or network composition - as reflected in differences in proportions of SATB2+ neurons generated in TS21 cortical differentiations).

      (2) Electrophysiological properties of TS21 and WT neurons at day 53/54 in vitro indicate an extremely immature stage of development (i.e. RMP between -36 and -27 mV with most of the cells firing a single action potential after current injection) in the utilized culture conditions: This is far from ideal for in vitro neuronal-network studies. Finally, reduced activity of HCN1 channels should be confirmed by specific recordings isolating or blocking the related current.

      2.2) Thank you for this thoughtful comment. We have also conducted ex vivo electrophysiological recordings and found that the neurons exhibit relatively immature properties, consistent with the known slow developmental trajectory of human neuron cultures. In light of this and the absence of direct confirmatory evidence, we now refer to the observed reduction in HCN1 as preliminary.

      Main points highlighting the preliminary character of the study. 1) In Figure 1 immunofluorescence images of the neuronal differentiation markers (Tbr1, Ctip2 and Tuj1) are showed. However, no quantification of the percentage of cells expressing these markers for WT and TS21 neurons is reported. On the other hand, simple inspection of the representative images clearly seams to indicate a difference between the two genotypes, with TS21 cultures showing lower number of cells expressing neuronal markers. This quantification should be corroborated by a similar staining for an astrocyte marker (GFAP, but not S100b since is triplicated in DS). This is an extremely important point since it is obvious that any change in the percentage of neurons (or the neuron/astrocyte ratio) in the cultures will strongly affect the resulting network activity (shown in Figure 2) and the connectivity (showed in Figure 4). Possibly, the quantification should be done at the same time points of the calcium imaging experiments.

      2.3) See 2.1. We included an in vivo characterization of cell-type proportions at the same time points where we observed network activity defects using in vivo calcium imaging. (see Supplementary Fig. 6).

      2) In Figure 2 the authors show some calcium imaging traces of WT and TS21 cultures at different time points. However, they again do not show any quantification of neuronal activity. A power spectra analysis is shown in Supplementary Figure 2, but only for WT cultures, while in Supplementary Figure 3 a comparison between WT and Ts21 power spectra is done, but only at the 50 day time point, while difference in synchrony are assessed at 60 days. At minimum, the author should include in main Figure 2 the quantification of the mean calcium event rate and mean event amplitude at the different time points and the power spectra analysis for both WT and TS21 cultures at the same timepoints.

      2.4) We thank the reviewer for this comment. We now add the power spectra analysis in the main Figure 2 and quantification of the mean calcium burst rate and mean event amplitude in SuppFig. 4.

      Of note, the synchronized neuronal activity is present in WT cultures at day 60, but totally lost at subsequent time-points (70 and 80 days). The results of this later time points are different from previous data from the same lab (Kirwan et al., 2015). How might these data be explained? It would be important to rule out any potential issues with the health of the culture that could explain the loss of neuronal activity.It would be beneficial to check cell viability at the different time points to exclude possible confounding factors ? A propidium staining or a MTT assay would strongly improve the soundness of the calcium data.

      2.5) We thank the reviewer for this important observation. The difference from the findings reported in Kirwan et al., 2015 is due to the use of a different neuronal differentiation medium in the current study (BrainPhys versus N2B27). BrainPhys medium supports robust early network activity compared to N2B27 (onset before day 60 in BrainPhys, post-day 60 in N2B27), resulting in an earlier decline in synchrony at later stages (day 70-80 in BrainPhys, compared with day 90-100 in N2B27). Importantly, in our in vivo xenograft model, burst activity is sustained up to at least 5 months post-transplantation (mpt), indicating that the neurons retain the capacity for network activity over extended periods in a more physiological environment. We adapted the text accordingly.

      3) In Figure 3 there is no quantification of the number and/or density of transplanted neurons for WT and TS21, but only representative images. As above, inspection of the representative images seems to show a decrease in cells labeled by the Tbr1 neuronal marker for TS21 cells. Moreover, the in vivo calcium imaging of transplanted WT and TS21 cells lacks most of the quantification normally done in calcium imaging experiments. Are the event rate and event amplitude different between WT and TS21 neurons ? The measure of neuronal synchrony by mean pixel correlation is not well explained, but it looks somehow simplistic. Neuronal synchrony can be more precisely measured by cross-correlation analysis or spike time tiling coefficients on the traces from single-neuron ROI rather than on all pixels in the field of view, as apparently was done here.

      2.6) We thank the reviewer for these valuable points. We now include quantification of the number and density of transplanted neurons for both WT and Ts21 grafts in Extended Data Figure 5 (see 2.1).

      Regarding the in vivo calcium imaging, we appreciate the reviewer's suggestion to include additional standard metrics. We have quantified the event rate in Real et al 2018. These analyses reveal that Ts21 neurons show a reduction in event rate.

      We agree that our initial description of the synchrony analysis using mean pixel correlation was not sufficiently detailed. We have now clarified this in the Methods and Results, and we acknowledge its limitations. Importantly, we note that the reduced synchronisation is a highly consistent phenotype, observed across at least six independent donor pairs, different differentiation protocols, and both in vitro (and in two independent labs) and in vivo settings. As suggested, future studies using ROI-based approaches-such as cross-correlation or spike-time tiling coefficients-would provide a more refined characterization of synchrony at the single-neuron level (Sintes et al, in preparation). We now include this point in the discussion.

      4) The results on reduced neuronal connectivity in Figure 3 look very striking. However, these results should be accompanied by control experiments to verify the number of neuronal cells and neurite extension in WT and Ts21 cultures. These two parameters could indeed strongly influence the results. As the cultures appear to grow in clusters, bright-field images and TuJ1 staining of the cultures will also greatly help to understand the degree of morphological interconnection between the clusters.

      We now add Tuj1 staining in Supplementary figure 10.

      5) The authors performed RNA-seq experiments on day 50 cultures. Why the authors do not show the complete differential gene expression analysis, but only a small subset of genes? A comprehensive volcano plot and the complete list of identified genes with logFC and FDR values would be helpful. If possible, comparison of the present data (particularly on KCN and HCN expression changes) with published and publicly available expression datasets of other human or human Down syndrome iPSC-derived neurons or human Down syndrome brains will greatly increase the soundness of the present findings. In addition, the gene ontology (GO) results are mentioned in the text, but are not presented. Showing the complete GO analysis for both up and downregulated genes will help the reader to better understand the RNA-seq results. Notably, the results shown in Supplementary Figure on GRIN2A and GRIN2B expression (with values of 300-700 counts versus 2000-4000 counts, respectively) clearly indicate that in both WT and TS21 cultures the NMDA developmental switch has not occurred yet at the 50 days timepoint.

      We now show volcano plots in Supplementary Fig. 11.

      6) The measure of hyperpolarization-activated currents shown in Figure 5 lack proper control experiments. First, the hyperpolarizing current in TS21 cells do not reach a steady-state as the controls. The two curves are therefore hard to compare. To exclude possible difference in kinetic activation, the authors should have prolonged the current injection period (1-2 seconds). Second, to ultimately prove that such currents are mediated by HCN channels in WT cells the authors should perform some control experiments with a specific HCN blocker. A good example of a suitable protocol, with also current blockers to exclude all other possible current contributions, is the one reported in Matt et al Cell. Mol. Life Sci. 68, 125-137 (2011).

      2.7) We thank the reviewer for this detailed and helpful comment. We agree that to definitively identify the recorded currents as Ih, it would be necessary to isolate them pharmacologically using specific HCN channel blockers and appropriate controls, such as those described in Matt et al., Cell. Mol. Life Sci. Unfortunately, due to current constraints, we no longer have access to the animals used in this study and cannot allocate the necessary time or resources, we are unable to perform the additional experiments at this stage.

      However, our goal here was to use electrophysiological recordings as an indication of altered HCN channel activity, which we then support with molecular evidence. We now emphasize this point more clearly in the revised manuscript.

      7) The manuscript lacks information on the statistical analysis used. Also, the numerosity of samples is not clear. Were the dots shown in some graph technical replicates from a single neuronal induction or were all independent neuronal inductions or a mix of the two ? Please clarify.

      We now clarify the numbers in the Figure legend.

      8) The method section lacks important information to guarantee reproducibility. Just a few examples: • Only electrophysiology methods for slice are reported, but not for in vitro culture.

      We now clarify these details in the methods.

      • Details on Laminin coating is lacking. What concentration was used ? Was poly-ornithine or poly-lysine used before Laminin coating ? We now clarify these details in the methods.

      • How long cells were switched to BrainPhys medium before calcium imaging ? We now clarify these details in the methods.

      Minor point/typos etc.

      Introduction • Page 4 line 6: in the line "Trisomy 21 in humans commonly results in a range in developmental and morphological changes in the forebrain ..." "in" could be replaced by "of". We have fixed this. • Page 5 line 2: please remove "an" before the word "another". We have fixed this. • Page 5 line 2: please replace "ecitatory" with "excitatory". We have fixed this typo.

      Results • Page 10 line 25: The concept of "pixel-wise" appears for the first time in this section and could be better introduced to facilitate the understanding of the experiment. • In the "results" section, page 11 line 1 and 4, references are made to "Figure 4D" and "4F," but these figures do not appear to be present in the figure section. Upon reviewing the rest of the section, the data seem to refer to "Figure 3D" and "3E." We have fixed this. Discussion • Page 15 line 20: please replace "synchronised" with "synchronized". We have fixed this typo. • Page 16 line 11: please replace "T21" with "TS21". We have fixed this typo. Methods • Page 19 line 12: "Pens/Strep" has to be replaced by Pen/Strep. We have fixed this typo. • Page 20 line 20: "Tocris Biocience" has to be replaced by "Tocris Bioscience". We have fixed this typo. • Page 21 line 2: "Addegene" has to be replaced by "Addgene". We have fixed this typo. Figures • Figure 3: the schematic experimental design (Fig. 3A) could be enlarged to match the width of the images/graphs below. We have fixed this. • Figure 5: the reviewer suggests resizing/repositioning the graphs in Fig. 1A so that they match the width of those below. We have fixed this. • Figure S1D: In all the figures of the paper, the respective controls for the TS21 1 and TS21 2 lines are labelled as "WT1/WT2," while in these graphs, they are called "Ctrl1" and "Ctrl2." To ensure consistency throughout the paper, it is suggested to change the names in these graphs. We have fixed this. • Figure S4L: The graph is not very clear, especially regarding the significance reported at -50 pA, please modify the graphical visualization and/or add a legend in the caption. We have fixed this.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      Nature and significance of the advance for the field. The results presented in the manuscript are potentially interesting and useful, but not completely novel (currents deregulation has already been highlighted in mouse models of Down Syndrome).

      2.8) We thank the reviewer for this comment. While we agree that current deregulation has been observed in mouse models of Down syndrome, the novelty and significance of our study lie in demonstrating these alterations directly in human neurons using both in vitro and in vivo xenograft models.

      This is a critical advance because the human cortex has distinct developmental and functional properties not fully recapitulated in mice. In fact, three recent studies have already highlighted significant defects mainly in excitatory neurons within the fetal human DS cortex (Vuong et al., bioRxiv, 2025; Risgaard et al., bioRxiv, 2025; Lattke et al, under revision). Our work builds directly on these observations by providing, for the first time, an electrophysiological and network-level characterization of these human-specific deficits.

      Our findings thus provide translationally relevant insight that is not merely confirmatory but extends previous work by grounding it in a human cellular context.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary

      The manuscript by Peter et al., reports on the neuronal activity and connectivity of iPSC-derived human cortical neurons from Down syndrome (DS) that is caused by caused by trisomy of the human chromosome 21 (TS21).

      Major points:

      Although the manuscript is potentially interesting, the results appear somehow preliminary and need to be corroborated by control experiments and quantifications of effects to fully sustain the conclusions.

      (1) The authors have not assessed the percentage of WT and TS21 cells that acquire a neuronal or glia identity in their cultures. Indeed, the origin of alterations in network activity and connectivity observed in TS21 neurons could simply derive from reduced number of neurons arising from TS21 iPSC. Alternatively, the same alteration in network activity and connectivity could derive from a multitude of other factors including deficits in neuronal development, neurite extension, or intrinsic electrophysiological properties. In the current version of the manuscript, none of these has been investigated.

      (2) Electrophysiological properties of TS21 and WT neurons at day 53/54 in vitro indicate an extremely immature stage of development (i.e. RMP between -36 and -27 mV with most of the cells firing a single action potential after current injection) in the utilized culture conditions: This is far from ideal for in vitro neuronal-network studies. Finally, reduced activity of HCN1 channels should be confirmed by specific recordings isolating or blocking the related current.

      Main points highlighting the preliminary character of the study.

      1) In Figure 1 immunofluorescence images of the neuronal differentiation markers (Tbr1, Ctip2 and Tuj1) are showed. However, no quantification of the percentage of cells expressing these markers for WT and TS21 neurons is reported. On the other hand, simple inspection of the representative images clearly seams to indicate a difference between the two genotypes, with TS21 cultures showing lower number of cells expressing neuronal markers. This quantification should be corroborated by a similar staining for an astrocyte marker (GFAP, but not S100b since is triplicated in DS). This is an extremely important point since it is obvious that any change in the percentage of neurons (or the neuron/astrocyte ratio) in the cultures will strongly affect the resulting network activity (shown in Figure 2) and the connectivity (showed in Figure 4). Possibly, the quantification should be done at the same time points of the calcium imaging experiments.

      2) In Figure 2 the authors show some calcium imaging traces of WT and TS21 cultures at different time points. However, they again do not show any quantification of neuronal activity. A power spectra analysis is shown in Supplementary Figure 2, but only for WT cultures, while in Supplementary Figure 3 a comparison between WT and Ts21 power spectra is done, but only at the 50 day time point, while difference in synchrony are assessed at 60 days. At minimum, the author should include in main Figure 2 the quantification of the mean calcium event rate and mean event amplitude at the different time points and the power spectra analysis for both WT and TS21 cultures at the same timepoints.

      Of note, the synchronized neuronal activity is present in WT cultures at day 60, but totally lost at subsequent time-points (70 and 80 days). The results of this later time points are different from previous data from the same lab (Kirwan et al., 2015). How might these data be explained? It would be important to rule out any potential issues with the health of the culture that could explain the loss of neuronal activity.It would be beneficial to check cell viability at the different time points to exclude possible confounding factors ? A propidium staining or a MTT assay would strongly improve the soundness of the calcium data.

      3) In Figure 3 there is no quantification of the number and/or density of transplanted neurons for WT and TS21, but only representative images. As above, inspection of the representative images seems to show a decrease in cells labeled by the Tbr1 neuronal marker for TS21 cells. Moreover, the in vivo calcium imaging of transplanted WT and TS21 cells lacks most of the quantification normally done in calcium imaging experiments. Are the event rate and event amplitude different between WT and TS21 neurons ? The measure of neuronal synchrony by mean pixel correlation is not well explained, but it looks somehow simplistic. Neuronal synchrony can be more precisely measured by cross-correlation analysis or spike time tiling coefficients on the traces from single-neuron ROI rather than on all pixels in the field of view, as apparently was done here.

      4) The results on reduced neuronal connectivity in Figure 3 look very striking. However, these results should be accompanied by control experiments to verify the number of neuronal cells and neurite extension in WT and Ts21 cultures. These two parameters could indeed strongly influence the results. As the cultures appear to grow in clusters, bright-field images and TuJ1 staining of the cultures will also greatly help to understand the degree of morphological interconnection between the clusters.

      5) The authors performed RNA-seq experiments on day 50 cultures. Why the authors do not show the complete differential gene expression analysis, but only a small subset of genes? A comprehensive volcano plot and the complete list of identified genes with logFC and FDR values would be helpful. If possible, comparison of the present data (particularly on KCN and HCN expression changes) with published and publicly available expression datasets of other human or human Down syndrome iPSC-derived neurons or human Down syndrome brains will greatly increase the soundness of the present findings. In addition, the gene ontology (GO) results are mentioned in the text, but are not presented. Showing the complete GO analysis for both up and downregulated genes will help the reader to better understand the RNA-seq results. Notably, the results shown in Supplementary Figure on GRIN2A and GRIN2B expression (with values of 300-700 counts versus 2000-4000 counts, respectively) clearly indicate that in both WT and TS21 cultures the NMDA developmental switch has not occurred yet at the 50 days timepoint.

      6) The measure of hyperpolarization-activated currents shown in Figure 5 lack proper control experiments. First, the hyperpolarizing current in TS21 cells do not reach a steady-state as the controls. The two curves are therefore hard to compare. To exclude possible difference in kinetic activation, the authors should have prolonged the current injection period (1-2 seconds). Second, to ultimately prove that such currents are mediated by HCN channels in WT cells the authors should perform some control experiments with a specific HCN blocker. A good example of a suitable protocol, with also current blockers to exclude all other possible current contributions, is the one reported in Matt et al Cell. Mol. Life Sci. 68, 125-137 (2011).

      7) The manuscript lacks information on the statistical analysis used. Also, the numerosity of samples is not clear. Were the dots shown in some graph technical replicates from a single neuronal induction or were all independent neuronal inductions or a mix of the two ? Please clarify.

      8) The method section lacks important information to guarantee reproducibility. Just a few examples: - Only electrophysiology methods for slice are reported, but not for in vitro culture. - Details on Laminin coating is lacking. What concentration was used ? Was poly-ornithine or poly-lysine used before Laminin coating ? - How long cells were switched to BrainPhys medium before calcium imaging ?

      Minor point/typos etc.

      Introduction

      • Page 4 line 6: in the line "Trisomy 21 in humans commonly results in a range in developmental and morphological changes in the forebrain ..." "in" could be replaced by "of".
      • Page 5 line 2: please remove "an" before the word "another".
      • Page 5 line 2: please replace "ecitatory" with "excitatory"

      Results

      • Page 10 line 25: The concept of "pixel-wise" appears for the first time in this section and could be better introduced to facilitate the understanding of the experiment.
      • In the "results" section, page 11 line 1 and 4, references are made to "Figure 4D" and "4F," but these figures do not appear to be present in the figure section. Upon reviewing the rest of the section, the data seem to refer to "Figure 3D" and "3E."

      Discussion

      • Page 15 line 20: please replace "synchronised" with "synchronized".
      • Page 16 line 11: please replace "T21" with "TS21".

      Methods

      • Page 19 line 12: "Pens/Strep" has to be replaced by Pen/Strep.
      • Page 20 line 20: "Tocris Biocience" has to be replaced by "Tocris Bioscience".
      • Page 21 line 2: "Addegene" has to be replaced by "Addgene".

      Figures

      • Figure 3: the schematic experimental design (Fig. 3A) could be enlarged to match the width of the images/graphs below.
      • Figure 5: the reviewer suggests resizing/repositioning the graphs in Fig. 1A so that they match the width of those below.
      • Figure S1D: In all the figures of the paper, the respective controls for the TS21 1 and TS21 2 lines are labelled as "WT1/WT2," while in these graphs, they are called "Ctrl1" and "Ctrl2." To ensure consistency throughout the paper, it is suggested to change the names in these graphs.
      • Figure S4L: The graph is not very clear, especially regarding the significance reported at -50 pA, please modify the graphical visualization and/or add a legend in the caption.

      Significance

      Nature and significance of the advance for the field. The results presented in the manuscript are potentially interesting and useful, but not completely novel (currents deregulation has already been highlighted in mouse models of Down Syndrome).

      Work in the context of the existing literature. This work follows the line of evidence that characterizes Down Syndrome in human neurons (Huo, H.-Q. et al. Stem Cell Rep. 10, 1251-1266 (2018); Briggs, J. A. et al. Etiology. Stem Cells 31, 467-478 (2013)), both in vitro and in xenotransplanted mice, by corrborating some important findings already found in animal models (Stern, S., Segal, M. & Moses, E. EBioMedicine 2, 1048-1062 (2015); Cramer, N. P., Xu, X., F. Haydar, T. & Galdzicki, Z. Physiol. Rep. 3, e12655 (2015); Stern, S., Keren, R., Kim, Y. & Moses, E. http://biorxiv.org/lookup/doi/10.1101/467522 (2018) doi:10.1101/467522.

      Audience. Scientists in the field of pre-clinical biomedical research, especially those working on neurodevelopmental disorders and iPSC-based non-animal models.

      Field of expertise. In vitro electrophysiology, Neurodevelopmental disorders, Down Syndrome, ips cells.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary: 

      This study is an evaluation of patient variants in the kidney isoform of AE1 linked to distal renal tubular acidosis. Drawing on observations in the mouse kidney, this study extends findings to autophagy pathways in a kidney epithelial cell line. 

      Strengths: 

      Experimental data are convincing and nicely done.

      Thank you

      Weaknesses: 

      Some data are lacking or not explained clearly. Mutations are not consistently evaluated throughout the study, which makes it difficult to draw meaningful conclusions.

      We have revised our manuscript to clarify some earlier explanations and provided rationale for focusing on specific variants throughout the study.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Context and significance: 

      Distal renal tubular acidosis (dRTA) can be caused by mutations in a Cl-/HCO3- exchanger (kAE1) encoded by the SLC4A1 gene. The precise mechanisms underlying the pathogenesis of the disease due to these mutations are unclear, but it is thought that loss of the renal intercalated cells (ICs) that express kAE1 and/or aberrant autophagy pathway function in the remaining ICs may contribute to the disease. Understanding how mutations in SLC4A1 affect cell physiology and cells within the kidney, a major goal of this study, is an important first step to unraveling the pathophysiology of this complex heritable kidney disease. 

      Summary: 

      The authors identify a number of new mutations in the SLC4A1 gene in patients with diagnosed dRTA that they use for heterologous experiments in vitro. They also use a dRTA mouse model with a different SLC4A1 mutation for experiments in mouse kidneys. Contrary to previous work that speculated dRTA was caused mainly by trafficking defects of kAE1, the authors observe that their new mutants (with the exception of Y413H, which they only use in Figure 1) traffic and localize at least partly to the basolateral membrane of polarized heterologous mIMCD3 cells, an immortalized murine collecting duct cell line. They go on to show that the remaining mutants induce abnormalities in the expression of autophagy markers and increased numbers of autophagosomes, along with an alkalinized intracellular pH. They also reported that cells expressing the mutated kAE1 had increased mitochondrial content coupled with lower rates of ATP synthesis. The authors also observed a partial rescue of the effects of kAE1 variants through artificially acidifying the intracellular pH. Taken together, this suggests a mechanism for dRTA independent of impaired kAE1 trafficking and dependent on intracellular pH changes that future studies should explore. 

      Strengths: 

      The authors corroborate their findings in cell culture with a well-characterized dRTA KI mouse and provide convincing quantification of their images from the in vitro and mouse experiments

      Thank you  

      Weaknesses: 

      The data largely support the claims as stated, with some minor suggestions for improving the clarity of the work. Some of the mutants induce different strengths of effects on autophagy and the various assays than others, and it is not clear why this is from the present manuscript, given that they propose pHi and the unifying mechanism

      We have modified our manuscript to discuss the various strengths of the mutants and emphasize that alteration of cytosolic pH by kAE1 variants may not be the only mechanism leading to dRTA.  

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary: 

      The authors have identified novel dRTA causing SLC4A1 mutations and studied the resulting kAE1 proteins to determine how they cause dRTA. Based on a previous study on mice expressing the dRTA kAE1 R607H variant, the authors hypothesize that kAE1 variants cause an increase in intracellular pH, which disrupts autophagic and degradative flux pathways. The authors clone these new kAE1 variants and study their transport function and subcellular localization in mIMCD cells. The authors show increased abundance of LC3B II in mIMCD cells expressing some of the kAE1 variants, as well as reduced autophagic flux using eGFP-RFP-LC3. These data, as well as the abundance of autophagosomes, serve as the key evidence that these kAE1 mutants disrupt autophagy. Furthermore, the authors demonstrate that decreasing the intracellular pH abrogates the expression of LC3B II in mIMCD cells expressing mutant SLC4A1. Lastly, the authors argue that mitochondrial function, and specifically ATP synthesis, is suppressed in mIMCD cells expressing dRTA variants and that mitochondria are less abundant in AICs from the kidney of R607H kAE1 mice. While the manuscript does reveal some interesting new results about novel dRTA causing kAE1 mutations, the quality of the data to support the hypothesis that these mutations cause a reduction in autophagic flux can be improved. In particular, the precise method of how the western blots and the immunofluorescence data were quantified, with included controls, would enhance the quality of the data and offer more supportive evidence of the authors' conclusions. 

      Strengths: 

      The authors cloned novel dRTA causing kAE1 mutants into expression vectors to study the subcellular localization and transport properties of the variants. The immunofluorescence images are generally of high quality, and the authors do well to include multiple samples for all of their western blots.

      Thank you

      Weaknesses: 

      Inconsistent results are reported for some of the variants. For example, R295H causes intracellular alkalinization but also has no effect on intracellular pH when measured by BCECF. The authors also appear to have performed these in vitro studies on mIMCD cells that were not polarized, and therefore, the localization of kAE1 to the basolateral membrane seems unlikely, based upon images included in the manuscript. Additionally, there is no in vivo work to demonstrate that these kAE1 variants alter intracellular pH, including the R607H mouse, which is available to the authors. The western blots are of varying quality, and it is often unclear which of the bands are being quantified. For example, LAMP1 is reported at 100kDa, the authors show three bands, and it is unclear which one(s) are used to quantify protein abundance. Strikingly, the authors report a nonsensical value for their quantification of LCRB II in Figure 2, where the ratio of LCRB II to total LCRB (I + II) is greater than one. The control experiments with starvation and bafilomyocin are not supportive and significantly reduce enthusiasm for the authors' findings regarding autophagy. There are labeling errors between the manuscript and the figures, which suggest a lack of vigilance in the drafting process.

      The R295H variant was identified in a dRTA patient and as such, it was important to report it. However, this is the first mutation located in the amino-terminus of the protein, which may be involved in protein-protein interactions, so other mechanisms may cause dRTA for this variant. We have therefore modified our manuscript to state that alteration of cytosolic pH may not be the only mechanism leading to dRTA. At this time, we are not able to measure cytosolic pH in vivo and hope to be able to do it in the future.

      In our revised manuscript, we also show cell surface biotinylation results supporting that plasma membrane abundance of the kAE1 S525F and R589H variants is not significantly different than WT in non-polarized mIMCD3 cells (Figure 3 A&B), in line with the predominant basolateral localization of the variants in polarized cells (Figure 1C). Therefore, these two mutant proteins are not mis-trafficked in non-polarized cells.  Finally, we have clarified which bands have been used for quantification and corrected quantifications (including ratio measurements).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) R295H is recessively inherited, whereas Y413H is dominantly inherited: this is interesting and may be linked to their cellular expression and function. Is this information known for the other mutations examined in this study? 

      The S25F and R589H dRTA variants have both been reported to exhibit autosomal dominant inheritance. This information is now updated in lines 146 and 158-159.

      (2) R589H expression levels are evaluated in the Western blot of Figure 1, but localization and activity are not examined in Figure 2. However, R589H is included in autophagy experiments shown in later figures. Similarly, mutant R607H is the subject of several experiments further into the manuscript, but no initial analysis is provided for this variant. 

      Protein abundance and localization of the R589H mutant in mIMCD3 cells have been shown in our previous publication in Supplementary Fig 5D and Supplementary Fig 2J [1]. This now indicated on lines 158-159. Our previous paper also presented a detailed study of the R607H dRTA mutant, the mouse model corresponding to the human R589H mutation. This is now indicated on lines 70, 118-119 and 180. The present study builds upon those published findings.

      (3) This inconsistency is confusing, detracts from the usefulness of the study, and makes the comparative analysis of mutations incomplete. It is difficult to extrapolate from published studies in MDCK1 cells, which show different results on trafficking. 

      The mIMCD3 cell line, which more closely resembles the physiology of the mouse collecting duct than MDCK cells, was selected for this study and our previous one [1]. Accordingly, the results obtained are better aligned with in vivo evidence. In contrast, differences in mutant protein expression and localization observed in other cell lines, like the MDCK cells, are likely attributable to differences in their cellular origin. 

      (4) In Figure 2, could the authors explain why total LC3B is graphed for the data shown in mouse lysates, whereas the ratio of bands is analysed for cell lysates? Both sets of data show the two LC3B bands.

      Total LC3B levels were significantly increased in the mutant compared to WT; however, no significant difference was observed in the lipidation ratio. For this reason, that graph is not shown in the main paper but has been included in the Supplementary Figure 1D. 

      (5) In Figure 3, representative fluorescence images should be shown for all cell lines.

      We have now included representative immunofluorescence images for all cell lines in Figure 3C.

      (6) pH effects: Suggest that steady state pHi (Figure 3E) and rate of alkalization (Figure 1F) would be more effective together in Figure 1. The authors should show data for the effect of nigericin on cytoplasmic pH in Figure 3. If the rate of alkalinization in the mutant cells is reduced, shouldn't the intracellular steady state pH be more acidic? A cartoon depicting the transporter activity in the cell and the expected changes in pHi would be helpful. Is there a way to activate/inhibit NHE1 and rescue the effect of the mutant kAE1? It is unclear if the link between the mutant kAE1 and mitochondrial ATP production is a consequence of the intracellular pH or an indirect effect.

      We opted to keep the effect of nigericin on pHi in Supplementary Fig1A given that Figure 3 already contains 11 panels. Also, in intercalated cells, the kAE1 protein physiologically exports 1 molecule of bicarbonate in exchange of 1 chloride ion import hence a reduced transport activity would result in a more alkaline intracellular pH. To clarify this point, we have included a diagram in Figure 1E as suggested. However, to calculate the rate of intracellular alkalinisation, the transporter is functioning in the opposite direction, i.e. extruding chloride and importing bicarbonate (see methods protocol for transport assay). Therefore, in this assay (Figure 1G), a defective chloride/bicarbonate activity results in a reduced rate of intracellular alkalinisation rate. This is now explained on lines 169-172.

      Disruption of NHE1 function would impair sodium homeostasis and as such, potentially affect the activity of other proteins associated with acid-base balance and autophagy in collecting duct cells. Therefore, any resulting effects may not be confidently attributed specifically to the mutant kAE1. With nigericin, we aimed to alter pHi while affecting the least possible other ion concentration. Due to space considerations, Figure 1 has been reorganised to include the rate of alkalinisation and pHi (panels F and G). 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors could improve the readability of this manuscript for a general audience by clarifying and summarizing the respective phenotype(s)/effect(s) of the different mutants in some kind of table in the main figures. It is hard to keep track of the different disease mutants alongside the KI mouse mutations, as the text frequently discusses multiple mutants at a time. 

      As requested, we added two tables (Supplementary Tables 1 & 2) in Supplementary files summarizing the data obtained in this study. We hope this will help the readership to keep track of each variant’s phenotype.

      (2) The subtitle of the results section of Figure 2 should be reworded to reflect that  whole kidney lysates are used for the KI mice and not the other mutants.

      As requested, the title in the Results section has been modified (lines 178-179).

      (3) More discussion of why the different mutants cause different strengths of phenotypes should be included.

      Different variants induce different degree of functional defects as seen in Figure 1F & G. The kAE1 R295H, the only amino acid substitution in the amino-terminal cytosol causing dRTA, does not affect the transporter’s function or cells’ pHi. Therefore, this variant may cause dRTA via a different pathway than transport-defective S525F or partially inactive R589H variants that both affect pHi. Our study does not exclude that dRTA may be caused by other defects than pHi alterations, including defective proteinprotein interactions. This discussion is now included in the manuscript on lines 386-391.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In general, I found the subject matter of this manuscript interesting and of value to the scientific community. The interpretation of the data and how much it supports the conclusion that "kAE1 variants increases pHi which alters mitochondrial function and leads to reduced cellular energy levels that eventually attenuate energy-dependent autophagic pathways" is largely incomplete. There are significant concerns about the quantification of Western blot data. Additionally, including the R607H variant in the in vitro experiments would improve the interpretation and extrapolation of in vitro data to the kidney.

      We apologize for the confusion with R589H and R607H variants. The R607H mutant is the murine ortholog to the human R589H dRTA variation. To clarify this, we have added this information on line 180, in addition to lines 118-119 and line 70.

      Suggestions:

      (1) Can an anion replacement experiment be performed in the mIMCD cells (no Cl or no HCO3) to determine that bicarbonate transport through AE1 is responsible for the reduced ATP rates in Figure 5? Inclusion of WT +dox control would be helpful to convince the reader of the effects.

      Because Seahorse real-time cell metabolism ATP rates measurements require specific and patented buffers with un-specified compositions, it was not possible to modify the Cl⁻ or HCO₃⁻ content during the ATP measurement assay. All cell lines, including empty vector cells (EV) were treated with doxycycline; thus, WT + dox was already included. The empty vector cell line treated with doxycycline allowed the exclusion of specific effects of doxycycline on mitochondrial activity as a control. This is now clarified in Figure 5 legend, lines 655-656.

      (2) Can the authors measure pHi in fresh kidney sections from the R607H mouse?

      Unfortunately, we are not currently able to measure pHi in fresh kidney sections and although we recognize it would benefit greatly to our study, establishing a new collaboration to perform this measurement would significantly delay the publication of this work; therefore, these results will not be available for the present manuscript. 

      (3) Does pH 7.0 media have any effect on autophagy, as shown in Figure 3? Why was pH 6.6 selected?

      The idea was to artificially acidify pHi in mutant cell lines (that have a steady state alkaline pHi) and assess whether this acidification corrects autophagy defects. We first determined that incubation in cell culture medium at pH 6.6 with 0.033 µM nigericin (final potassium concentration: 168 mM) for 2 hours provided optimal conditions, i.e. ensuring cell viability over the 2-hour period while effectively lowering intracellular pH to 6.9, as demonstrated in Supplementary Figure 1A-C.

      (4) In vitro experiments should be performed on polarized cells with kAE1 properly inserted in the basolateral membrane. Experiments on subconfluent, non-polarized cells do not support the hypothesis that transport functions of AE1 initiate the cascade of events attributed to these SLC4A1 mutations.

      To address this point, we have performed cell surface biotinylations on 70-80 % confluent mIMCD3 cells expressing kAE1 WT, S525F or R589H mutants and show that cell surface abundance of the mutants is not significantly different from the WT protein. This is now shown in Figure 3 A&B. As cell surface biotinylation provides a more quantitative assessment of protein cell surface abundance, we have removed the immunofluorescence images from non-polarised cells and replaced them with representative immunoblots from a cell surface biotinylation assay.

      Concerns:

      (1) No information about the B1 ATPase antibody used.

      Now provided in Supplementary Material, ATP6V1B1 Antibody from Bicell cat#20901.

      (2) No actin band in Figure 1E (as prepared).

      Actin bands are provided for each blot in Figure 1D.

      (3) Figures 1E and 1F are labelled wrong in the figure versus the results section. 

      Thank you for letting us know, this is now corrected.

      (4) The cortical sections shown in Figure 4 for the KI/KI do not appear to have the morphology of a CCD. The authors may want to consider including glomeruli to convince the reader of the localization of the tubules. Same concern with Figure 5G and I. The WT image in 5G does not have the morphology of a CCD. Principal cells should be predominant, and ICs should be dispersed.

      Both figures 4 and 5 have been updated with images showing glomeruli (light blue “G” on figure) with neighbour and dispersed IC staining.

      (5) The quantification of LAMP1 in Figure 4 is unclear. How did the authors determine the boundary of AICs, and how did they calculate the volume of lysosomes? If a zstack was used, how are the authors sure that their 10um section includes the entire AIC?

      The quantification of LAMP1 is detailed under “Image analysis”, then “Volocity” sections in Supplementary Material. The boundary of A-IC was manually detected in Volocity based on the presence of the H<sup>+</sup>-ATPase before Volocity analysis for lysosomal volume as described in the Methods.

      The 10 micron sections are expected to include full AIC as well as partial AIC, but the frequency of these events should be the same between WT and variants’ sections, therefore they were all included in the analysis if cells displayed H<sup>+</sup>-ATPase signal. 

      (6) Figure 5: There is no description of how ATP rates are calculated from the provided traces.

      We used Agilent Seahorse XF ATP rate assay kit for this experiment. In this assay, the total ATP rate is the sum of ATP production rate from both glycolysis and oxidative phosphorylation. Glycolysis releases protons in a 1:1 ratio with ATP hence the glycolytic ATP rate is calculated from the glycolytic proton efflux rate (glycoPER). GlycoPER is determined by subtracting respiration linked proton efflux from total proton efflux by inhibiting complex I and III. This information is now added to Supplementary Material, in the “Metabolic Flux analysis” section.

      (7) Figure labels in Figure 5 are wrong. It seems 5H (as presented) should actually be labeled 5G. In 5H (G?), why did some cells not have any TOM20 pixel intensity for S525F and R589H variants?

      Confocal image acquisition in this experiment was kept under the same settings to allow comparison between samples. Therefore, some cells show dimer fluorescence than others. From the figure 5 panels, all cells showed TOM 20 pixel intensity. Figure 5H panel has been relabelled Figure 5G.

      (8) In Figure 2, the summary graphs show analysis of more samples than are visible on the included western blots. What is the rationale for this? Why does S525F have 9 samples in BafA1 while R295H only has 3 (2H)? Yet, R295H has 6 samples in 2I. In 2D, S525F has at least 9 samples. Explain.

      Figure 2A-C shows representative immunoblots, among several ones independently conducted. Therefore, the final number of samples is higher than showed on Figure 2. This is now indicated in Figure 2 legend, line 603. It became clear quite early in our study that the recessive kAE1 R295H variant does not behave similarly to the other variants studied, maybe because it affects the cytosolic domain, so we did not perform as many replicates for this variant as we did for the others. However, we felt it was valuable to the research community to report the characterization of this variant and decided to keep it in our study. 

      (9) In general, the actin loading does not appear to be equal between samples. And some figures show the same actin blot twice (2A, C) while some show independent actin bands for LC3B and p62. Equal loading seems a fairly significant control, considering the importance of quantification in the figures.

      In addition to performing protein assays, we systematically conduct immunoblot with anti-b-actin antibody to control for loading variability. When possible, two or three proteins, including actin, are detected on the same blot, when molecular weight differ enough. This sometimes results in b-actin being used as a loading control for two different proteins, as seen on Figure 2A and 2C. This is now indicated on lines 605606.

      (10) In the Supplemental Figure 2, which band is being quantified for mature CTSD at 33kDa? Same for intermediate CTSD. The quantification of V-ATPase seems questionable based on the actin variance shown in the blot. Surely the ratio of the fourth sample is greater than 1.

      Supplementary Figure 2 has been updated to include arrows indicating which band was selected for the quantification. After verifying the measurements of band intensities from “Image Lab” quantification software, we confirm the results, including that fourth KI/KI sample has a ratio of 0.78 (Adj Total Band Vol (Int), lanes 10). Screen shots of quantifications are attached below.

      Author response image 1.

      Author response image 2.

      (11) Why are the experiments performed on non-confluent IMCD cells? Figure 1D shows good basolateral localization of AE1, yet the other experiments in the manuscript appear to use IMCD cells in low confluent states, without proper localization of AE1. Figure 3A shows AE1 dispersed throughout the cytoplasm. Why have the authors decided to study the effects of an anion exchanger without it being properly localized to the basolateral membrane? Shouldn't all experiments be performed in polarized IMCDs? If AE1 isnt properly in the membrane, and the cells do not have defined apico-basolateral polarity, then what role can AE1-mediated intracellular pH change have on the results of the experiments? Were the pHi experiments in 3E performed on polarized cells? Or even 1F?

      To address this point, we have performed cell surface biotinylations on 70-80 % confluent mIMCD3 cells expressing kAE1 WT, S525F or R589H mutants and show that cell surface abundance of the mutants is not significantly different from the WT protein. This is now shown in Figure 3A & B. As it provides a more quantitative assessment of protein cell surface abundance, we have removed the immunofluorescence images from non-polarised cells and replaced them with a representative immunoblot from a cell surface biotinylation assay.

      (12) As mentioned in the public comments, how is the ratio A/(A+B) greater than 1? With A and B > 0. In Figure 3, the data is reasonable, but in Figure 2, the data is simply impossible. What is the explanation for this phenomenon? Why was this presentation of data approved? Is it supposedly a fold of WT, like 2K and 2L? Is the reader also to believe that total LC3B is 2-fold greater in KI/KI mice, as shown in 2K? My eyes, though not densitometry equipment, cannot confirm this. The actin bands are not equal. Yet again, there are 4 lanes of KI/KI mice, but the quantification shows 5 samples.

      The ratios in figure 2D, 2F, 2H and 2L have been re-calculated and corrected. As indicated above, immunoblots are representative and quantification of additional blots has been included in the graphs.

      (12) Spelling error Figure 4B: cels.

      Corrected

      References 

      (1) Mumtaz, R. et al. Intercalated Cell Depletion and Vacuolar H+-ATPase Mistargeting in an Ae1 R607H Knockin Model. Journal of the American Society of Nephrology 28, 1507–1520 (2017).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Lahtinen et al. evaluated the association between polygenic scores and mortality. This question has been intensely studied (Sakaue 2020 Nature Medicine, Jukarainen 2022 Nature Medicine, Argentieri 2025 Nature Medicine), where most studies use PRS as an instrument to attribute death to different causes. The presented study focuses on polygenic scores of non-fatal outcomes and separates the cause of death into "external" and "internal". The majority of the results are descriptive, and the data doesn't have the power to distinguish effect sizes of the interesting comparisons: (1) differences between external vs. internal (2) differences between PGI effect and measured phenotype. I have two main comments:

      (1) The authors should clarify whether the p-value reported in the text will remain significant after multiple testing adjustment. Some of the large effects might be significant; for example, Figure 2C

      We have now added Benjamini-Hochberg multiple-testing adjusted p-values in the text each time we present nominal p-values. Additionally, supplementary tables S5 and S6 provide multiple-adjusted p-values for all analysed PGIs.

      Although this was not always the case, many comparisons remained significant after multiple testing adjustments, especially in Figure 2C that the reviewer commented on. In the revised version, we have placed more emphasis on describing these HRs that have low p-values after multiple-test adjustment. The revised text for Figure 2C in the Results section now reads:

      Panel C analyses mortality in three age-specific follow-up periods. The PGIs were more predictive of death in younger age groups, although the difference between the 25–64 and 65–79 age groups was small, except for the PGI of ADHD (HR=1.14, 95% CI 1.08; 1.21 for 25–64-year-olds; HR=1.04, 95% CI 1.00; 1.08 for 65–79-year-olds; p=0.008 for difference, p=0.27 after multiple-testing adjustment). PGIs predicted death only negligibly among those aged 80+, and the largest differences between the age groups 25–64 and 80+ were for PGIs of self-rated health (HR 0.87, 95% CI 0.82; 0.93 for 25–64-year-olds, HR 1.00, 95% CI 0.94; 1.04 for 80+ year-olds, p=2*10<sup>-4</sup> for difference, p=0.006 after multiple-testing adjustment), ADHD (HR 1.14, 95% CI 1.08; 1.21 for 25–64-year-olds, HR 0.99, 95% CI 0.95; 1.03 for 80+ year-olds, p=7*10<sup>-4</sup> for difference, p=0.012 after multiple-testing adjustment) and depressive symptoms (HR 1.12, 95% CI 1.06; 1.18 for 25–64-year-olds, HR 1.00, 95% CI 0.96; 1.04 for 80+ year-olds, p=0.002 for difference, p=0.032 after multiple-testing adjustment). Additionally, the difference in HRs between these age groups achieved significance after multiple testing adjustment at the conventional 5% level for PGIs of cigarettes per day, educational attainment, and ever smoking.

      We have also included the recent study by Argentieri et al. (2025) in the literature review, which was missing from our previous version. We appreciate the reference. Other references mentioned were already included in the previous version of the manuscript.

      (note that the small prediction accuracy of PGI in older age groups has been extensively studied, see Jiang, Holmes, and McVean, 2021, PLoS Genetics).

      We would like to thank the reviewer for suggesting the relevant reference by Jiang et al. We have now expanded on the discussion of age-specific differences in the discussion section and included this reference.

      (2) The authors might check if PGI+Phenotype has improved performance over Phenotype only. This is similar to Model 2 in Table 1, but slightly different.

      The reviewer raises an interesting angle to approach the analysis. We have now added an analysis assessing the information criteria and the significance of improvement between nested models in Supplementary table S8. All the tested PGI+phenotype models show improvement over the phenotype-only model that is statistically significant at all conventional levels when tested by likelihood-ratio tests between nested models . Additionally,  improvement was found when using Akaike and Bayesian (Schwarz) information criteria (albeit sometimes modest in size). We have added a passage in the results section briefly summarising this analysis:

      Supplementary table S8 presents information criteria and significance tests on corresponding models. Models with PGI+phenotype (Models 2a–f) showed improvement over models with the phenotype only (Models 1a, 1c, 1e, 1g, 1i, 1k, with a p=0.0006 or lower) in terms of both Akaike information criterion (AIC) as well as Bayesian (Schwarz) information criterion (BIC) with a p=0.0006 or lower in all comparisons. The full Model 4 again showed improvement over the model with all PGIs jointly (Model 3b, with a p=0.0002 or p=0.00002, depending on continuous/categorical phenotype measurement), which had a lower AIC but not BIC.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary:

      This study provides a comprehensive evaluation of the association between polygenic indices (PGIs) for 35 lifestyle and behavioral traits and all-cause mortality, using data from Finnish population- and family-based cohorts. The analysis was stratified by sex, cause of death (natural vs. external), age at death, and participants' educational attainment. Additional analyses focused on the six most predictive PGIs, examining their independent associations after mutual adjustment and adjustment for corresponding directly measured baseline risk factors.

      Strengths:

      Large sample size with long-term follow-up.

      Use of both population- and family-based analytical approaches to evaluate associations.

      Weaknesses:

      It is unclear whether the PGIs used for each trait represent the most current or optimal versions based on the latest GWAS data.

      To our reading, this comment is closely related to the “recommendations for the author” number 3 by reviewer 2, and we thus address them together. 

      If the Finnish data used in this study also contributed to the development of some of the PGIs, there is a risk of overestimating their associations with mortality due to overfitting or "double-dipping." Similar inflation of effect sizes has been observed in studies using the UK Biobank, which is widely used for PGI construction.

      To our reading, this comment is closely related to the “recommendations for the author” 4 by reviewer 2, and we thus address them together.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Specific comments:

      (1) Cited reference 1 also investigated the PRS association with life span; cited reference 8 explains PRS association with healthy lifespan. Can authors be clearer about what is new in the context of these references? Specifically, what are the PGIs studied here that were not analyzed in the cited analyses?

      Although some previous studies on the topic do exist, our analysis arguably has novelty in touching upon several unstudied or scarcely studied themes. These include:

      A set of PGIs focusing on social, psychological, and behavioural phenotypes or PGIs for typically non-fatal health conditions.

      An assessment of direct genetic effects/ confounding with a within-sibship design.

      An assessment of potential heterogeneous effects by several socio-demographic characteristics.

      An analysis of external causes of deaths (which can be hypothesised to be particularly relevant here, given the choice of our PGIs not focusing directly on typical causes of death).

      A detailed assessment of the interplay of the most predictive PGIs with their corresponding phenotypes.

      We have substantially revised the Introduction section focusing on making these novel contributions more explicit.

      (2) In the Methods section, it is not very clear why the authors specifically study the "within-sibship" samples. Is this for avoiding nurturing effects from parental genotypes or for controlling assortative mating? The authors should clarify the rationale behind the design.

      The substance-related rationale behind this approach was briefly discussed in the Introduction section while in the Methods section, we focused more on the technical description of our analyses. However, it is certainly worthwhile to clarify to the reader why within-sibship methods have been used. The revised passage in the methods section now states:

      “In addition to this population sample, we used a within-sibship analysis sample to assess the extent of direct and indirect genetic associations captured by the PGIs, as discussed in the introduction.”

      (3) Residual correlations of PGIs were no more than 0.050..." As a minor comment, since PGIs is a noisy variable, the correlation would be low; however, I don't think there are better ways to evaluate Cox assumptions, and in many cases, this assumption is not correct for strong predictors.

      Yes, these points are true. Overall, it is often implausible that empirical distributions exactly match distributional assumptions in statistical models. For example, it may not be realistic to expect that the mortality hazards across categories of independent variables stay exactly proportional during long mortality-follow-ups; some deviations from constant proportions are almost inevitable. However, there are reasonable grounds to argue that in case of moderate violations of the proportional hazards assumption, the estimates still remain interpretable for practical uses. They can be read as approximating average relative hazards over the study period (for discussion, see pages 42–47 in Allison P. 2014. Event history and survival analysis: Regression for longitudinal event data (second edition). Thousand Oaks: SAGE).

      (4) "PGI of ADHD (HR=1.08 95%CI 1.04;1.11 among men; HR=1.01 95%CI 0.97;1.05 among women; p=0.012 for difference)." Is this difference significant after multiple testing correction?

      We have presented multiple-testing adjusted p-values together with nominal ones in this and in all other instances where they are mentioned in the text. Additionally, Supplementary tables S5–S6 present multiple-adjusted p-values for each PGIs studied.

      (5) "Panel D displays that most PGIs had stronger associations with external (accidents, violent, suicide, and alcohol related deaths) than natural causes of death." Similar to the comment above, are there any results that are significantly different between internal and external?

      We have added the p-values of those variables that had larger differences in the revised text. Quoting from the revised article: “The HR differences between external and natural causes of death were nominally significant at the conventional 5% level for cannabis use (p=0.016), drinks per week (p=0.028), left out of social activity (p=0.029), ADHD (p=0.031), BMI (p=0.035) and height (p=0.049), but none of these differences remained significant after adjusting for 35 multiple tests. “

      (6) Table 1: The effect of the phenotype is stronger than the PGI; this is expected as PGI is a weak predictor and can be considered as "noised" measurement of true genetic value (Becker 2021 Nature Human behavior). Is there a way to adjust for the impact of noise in PGI at tagging genetic value and compare if the PGI effect is different from the phenotype effect?

      PGIs are certainly imperfect measures that contain a lot of noise. However, extracting new information from what is unknown is an extremely demanding exercise, and still further complicated for example, by that we do not know the exact benchmark of total genetic effect we should be aiming at. Different methods of heritability estimation, for instance, often give dramatically differing results – for reasons that are still up to scrutiny.

      We are thus not familiar with a method that could achieve satisfactory answer for this challenging task.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (3) Justification and Selection of PGIs:

      For several traits, such as BMI, multiple polygenic indices (PGIs) are currently available. The criteria used to select specific PGIs for this study are not clearly described. A more systematic and reproducible approach-for example, leveraging metadata from the PGS Catalog-could strengthen the justification for PGI selection and enhance the study's generalizability.

      There are numerous PGIs developed in the extensive GWAS literature, but a finite set of PGIs always needs to be chosen for any analysis. The rationale behind our decision to include every PGI from the repository of Becker et al. 2021 (full reference in the manuscript, see also https://www.thessgac.org/pgi-repository) that was available for the Finnish data (including the possibility to exclude overlapping samples, see our response to the next comment for more discussion) was to provide rigorous analysis by limiting the researchers degrees of freedom in arbitrarily choosing PGIs. Although it would have been tempting to not use some PGIs that were not expected to substantially correlate with mortality, we believe that our conservative strategy increases the credibility of the reported p-values, particularly the multiple adjustment should now work as intended. 

      We also mention now this rationale when discussing the chosen PGIs in the methods section: “As the independent variables of main interest, we used 35 different PGIs in the Polygenic Index repository by Becker et al., which were mainly based on GWASes using UK Biobank and 23andMe, Inc. data samples, but also other data collections. They were tailored for the Finnish data, i.e., excluding overlapping individuals between the original GWAS and our analysis and performing linkage-disequilibrium adjustment. We used every single-trait PGI defined in the repository (except for subjective well-being, for which we were unable to obtain a meta-analysis version that excluded the overlapping samples). By limiting the researchers’ freedom in selecting the measures, this conservative strategy should increase the validity of our estimates, particularly with regards to multiple-testing adjusted p-values.”

      (4) Overlap Between PGI Training Data and Study Sample:

      The authors should describe any overlap between the data used to develop the PGIs and the current study sample. If such overlap exists, it may lead to overestimation of effect sizes due to "double-dipping." A discussion of this issue and its potential implications is warranted, as similar concerns have been raised in studies using UK Biobank data.

      This is, fortunately, not a concern of our analysis. Overlapping samples were excluded in creating the PGIs that we used. We have now described this more clearly in the revised methods section.

      (1) Clarify the Methodology for Family-Based Cox Analysis:

      It is unclear what specific method was used to perform Cox regression in the family-based analysis. Please provide additional methodological details. ”

      We have described the method further and added an additional reference in the revision. The text now stands:

      “We compared these models to the corresponding within-sibship models, using the sibship identifier as the strata variable. This method employs a sibship-specific (instead of a whole-sample-wide baseline hazard in the population models) baseline hazard, and corresponds to a fixed-effects model in some other regression frameworks (e.g., linear model with sibship-specific intercepts)”

      (2) Clarify Timing of Measured Risk Factors Relative to Follow-Up:

      The main text should provide more detailed information regarding the timing of data collection for directly measured risk factors. Specifically, it should be clarified whether the measurements used correspond to the first available data for each individual after the start of follow-up, or if a different criterion was applied.

      BMI, self-rated health, alcohol consumption and smoking status were measured at the baseline survey of each dataset. Education was registered as the highest completed degree up to the end of 2019. Depression was a composite of survey self-report (at the time of the baseline survey), as well as depression-related medicine purchases and hospitalizations over a two-year period before the start of the individual’s follow-up.

      We have added more comprehensive information on the measurement of the phenotypes of interest in Supplementary table 2, including the timing of the measurement.

    1. Author response:

      Point-by-point description of the revisions:

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      Summary

      In this article, the authors used the synthetic TALE DNA binding proteins, tagged with YFP, which were designed to target five specific repeat elements in Trypanosoma brucei genome, including centromere and telomeres-associated repeats and those of a transposon element. This is in order to detect and identified, using YFP-pulldown, specific proteins that bind to these repetitive sequences in T. brucei chromatin. Validation of the approach was done using a TALE protein designed to target the telomere repeat (TelR-TALE) that detected many of the proteins that were previously implicated with telomeric functions. A TALE protein designed to target the 70 bp repeats that reside adjacent to the VSG genes (70R-TALE) detected proteins that function in DNA repair and the protein designed to target the 177 bp repeat arrays (177R-TALE) identified kinetochore proteins associated T. brucei mega base chromosomes, as well as in intermediate and mini-chromosomes, which imply that kinetochore assembly and segregation mechanisms are similar in all T. brucei chromosome.

      Major comments:

      Are the key conclusions convincing?

      The authors reported that they have successfully used TALE-based affinity selection of proteinassociated with repetitive sequences in the T. brucei genome. They claimed that this study has provided new information regarding the relevance of the repetitive region in the genome to chromosome integrity, telomere biology, chromosomal segregation and immune evasion strategies. These conclusions are based on high-quality research, and it is, basically, merits publication, provided that some major concerns, raised below, will be addressed before acceptance for publication.

      (1) The authors used TALE-YFP approach to examine the proteome associated with five different repetitive regions of the T. brucei genome and confirmed the binding of TALE-YFP with Chip-seq analyses. Ultimately, they got the list of proteins that bound to synthetic proteins, by affinity purification and LS-MS analysis and concluded that these proteins bind to different repetitive regions of the genome. There are two control proteins, one is TRF-YFP and the other KKT2-YFP, used to confirm the interactions. However, there are no experiment that confirms that the analysis gives some insight into the role of any putative or new protein in telomere biology, VSG gene regulation or chromosomal segregation. The proteins, which have already been reported by other studies, are mentioned. Although the author discovered many proteins in these repetitive regions, their role is yet unknown. It is recommended to take one or more of the new putative proteins from the repetitive elements and show whether or not they (1) bind directly to the specific repetitive sequence (e.g., by EMSA); (2) it is recommended that the authors will knockdown of one or a small sample of the new discovered proteins, which may shed light on their function at the repetitive region, as a proof of concept.

      The main request from Referee 1 is for individual evaluation of protein-DNA interaction for a few candidates identified in our TALE-YFP affinity purifications, particularly using EMSA to identify binding to the DNA repeats used for the TALE selection. In our opinion, such an approach would not actually provide the validation anticipated by the reviewer. The power of TALE-YFP affinity selection is that it enriches for protein complexes that associate with the chromatin that coats the target DNA repetitive elements rather than only identifying individual proteins or components of a complex that directly bind to DNA assembled in chromatin.

      The referee suggests we express recombinant proteins and perform EMSA for selected candidates, but many of the identified proteins are unlikely to directly bind to DNA – they are more likely to associate with a combination of features present in DNA and/or chromatin (e.g. specific histone variants or histone post-translational modifications). Of course, a positive result would provide some validation but only IF the tested protein can bind DNA in isolation – thus, a negative result would be uninformative.

      In fact, our finding that KKT proteins are enriched using the 177R-TALE (minichromosome repeat sequence) identifies components of the trypanosome kinetochore known (KKT2) or predicted (KKT3) to directly bind DNA (Marciano et al., 2021; PMID: 34081090), and likewise the TelR-TALE identifies the TRF component that is known to directly associate with telomeric (TTAGGG)n repeats (Reis et al 2018; PMID: 29385523). This provides reassurance on the specificity of the selection, as does the lack of cross selectivity between different TALEs used (see later point 3 below). The enrichment of the respective DNA repeats quantitated in Figure 2B (originally Figure S1) also provides strong evidence for TALE selectivity.

      It is very likely that most of the components enriched on the repetitive elements targeted by our TALE-YFP proteins do not bind repetitive DNA directly. The TRF telomere binding protein is an exception – but it is the only obvious DNA binding protein amongst the many proteins identified as being enriched in our TelR-TALE-YFP and TRF-YFP affinity selections.

      The referee also suggests that follow up experiments using knockdown of the identified proteins found to be enriched on repetitive DNA elements would be informative. In our opinion, this manuscript presents the development of a new methodology previously not applied to trypanosomes, and referee 2 highlights the value of this methodological development which will be relevant for a large community of kinetoplastid researchers. In-depth follow-up analyses would be beyond the scope of this current study but of course will be pursued in future. To be meaningful such knockdown analyses would need to be comprehensive in terms of their phenotypic characterisation (e.g. quantitative effects on chromosome biology and cell cycle progression, rates and mechanism of recombination underlying antigenic variation, etc) – simple RNAi knockdowns would provide information on fitness but little more. This information is already publicly available from genome-wide RNAi screens (www.tritrypDB.org), with further information on protein location available from the genome-wide protein localisation resource (Tryptag.org). Hence basic information is available on all targets selected by the TALEs after RNAi knock down but in-depth follow-up functional analysis of several proteins would require specific targeted assays beyond the scope of this study.

      (2) NonR-TALE-YFP does not have a binding site in the genome, but YFP protein should still be expressed by T. brucei clones with NLS. The authors have to explain why there is no signal detected in the nucleus, while a prominent signal was detected near kDNA (see Fig.2). Why is the expression of YFP in NonR-TALE almost not shown compared to other TALE clones?

      The NonR-TALE-YFP immunolocalisation signal indeed is apparently located close to the kDNA and away from the nucleus. We are not sure why this is so, but the construct is sequence validated and correct. However, we note that artefactual localisation of proteins fused to a globular eGFP tag, compared to a short linear epitope V5 tag, near to the kinetoplast has been previously reported (Pyrih et al, 2023; PMID: 37669165).

      The expression of NonR-TALE-YFP is shown in Supplementary Fig. S2 in comparison to other TALE proteins. Although it is evident that NonR-TALE-YFP is expressed at lower levels than other TALEs (the different TALEs have different expression levels), it is likely that in each case the TALE proteins would be in relative excess.

      It is possible that the absence of a target sequence for the NonR-TALE-YFP in the nucleus affects its stability and cellular location. Understanding these differences is tangential to the aim of this study.

      However, importantly, NonR-TALE-YFP is not the only control for used for specificity in our affinity purifications. Instead, the lack of cross-selection of the same proteins by different TALEs (e.g. TelR-TALE-YFP, 177R-TALE-YFP) and the lack of enrichment of any proteins of interest by the well expressed ingiR-TALE-YFP or 147R-TALE-YFP proteins each provide strong evidence for the specificity of the selection using TALEs, as does the enrichment of similar protein sets following affinity purification of the TelR-TALE-YFP and TRF-YFP proteins which both bind telomeric (TTAGGG)n repeats. Moreover, control affinity purifications to assess background were performed using cells that completely lack an expressed YFP protein which further support specificity (Figure 6).

      We have added text to highlight these important points in the revised manuscript:

      Page 8:

      “However, the expression level of NonR-TALE-YFP was lower than other TALE-YFP proteins; this may relate to the lack of DNA binding sites for NonR-TALE-YFP in the nucleus.”

      Page 8:

      “NonR-TALE-YFP displayed a diffuse nuclear and cytoplasmic signal; unexpectedly the cytoplasmic signal appeared to be in the vicinity the kDNA of the kinetoplast (mitochrondria). We note that artefactual localisation of some proteins fused to an eGFP tag has previously been observed in T. brucei (Pyrih et al, 2023).”

      Page 10:

      Moreover, a similar set of enriched proteins was identified in TelR-TALE-YFP affinity purifications whether compared with cells expressing no YFP fusion protein (No-YFP), the NonR-TALE-YFP or the ingiR-TALE-YFP as controls (Fig. S7B, S8A; Tables S3, S4). Thus, the most enriched proteins are specific to TelR-TALE-YFP-associated chromatin rather than to the TALE-YFP synthetic protein module or other chromatin.

      (3) As a proof of concept, the author showed that the TALE method determined the same interacting partners enrichment in TelR-TALE as compared to TRF-YFP. And they show the same interacting partners for other TALE proteins, whether compared with WT cells or with the NonR-TALE parasites. It may be because NonR-TALE parasites have almost no (or very little) YFP expression (see Fig. S3) as compared to other TALE clones and the TRF-YFP clone. To address this concern, there should be a control included, with proper YFP expression.

      See response to point 2, but we reiterate that the ingi-TALE -YFP and 147R-TALE-YFP proteins are well expressed (western original Fig. S3 now Fig. S2) but few proteins are detected as being enriched or correspond to those enriched in TelR-TALE-YFP or TRF-YFP affinity purifications (see Fig. S9). Therefore, the ingi-TALE -YFP and 147R-TALE-YFP proteins provide good additional negative controls for specificity as requested. To further reassure the referee we have also included additional volcano plots which compare TelR-TALE-YFP, 70R-TALE-YFP or 177R-TALE-YFP to the ingiR-TALE-YFP affinity selection (new Figure S8). As with No-YFP or NonR-TALE-YFP controls, the use of ingiR-TALE-YFP as a negative control demonstrates that known telomere associated proteins are enriched in TelR-TALE-YFP affinity purification, RPA subunits enriched with 70R-TALE-YFP and Kinetochore KKT poroteins enriched with 177RTALE-YFP. These analyses demonstrate specificity in the proteins enriched following affinity purification of our different TALE-YFPs and provide support to strengthen our original findings.

      We now refer to use of No-YFP, NonR-TALE-YFP, and ingiR-TALE -YFP as controls for comparison to TelR-TALE-YFP, 70R-TALE-YFP or 177R-TALE-YFP in several places:

      Page10:

      “Moreover, a similar set of enriched proteins was identified in TelR-TALE-YFP affinity purifications whether compared with cells expressing no YFP fusion protein (No-YFP), the NonR-TALE-YFP or the ingiR-TALE-YFP as controls (Fig. S7B, S8A; Tables S3, S4).”

      Page 11:

      “Thus, the nuclear ingiR-TALE-YFP provides an additional chromatin-associated negative control for affinity purifications with the TelR-TALE-YFP, 70R-TALE-YFP and 177R-TALE-YFP proteins (Fig. S8).”

      “Proteins identified as being enriched with 70R-TALE-YFP (Figure 6D) were similar in comparisons with either the No-YFP, NonR-TALE-YFP or ingiR-TALE-YFP as negative controls.”

      Top Page 12:

      “The same kinetochore proteins were enriched regardless of whether the 177R-TALE proteomics data was compared with No-YFP, NonR-TALE or ingiR-TALE-YFP controls.”

      Discussion Page 13:

      “Regardless, the 147R-TALE and ingiR-TALE proteins were well expressed in T. brucei cells, but their affinity selection did not significantly enrich for any relevant proteins. Thus, 147R-TALE and ingiR-TALE provide reassurance for the overall specificity for proteins enriched TelR-TALE, 70R-TALE and 177R-TALE affinity purifications.”

      (4) After the artificial expression of repetitive sequence binding five-TALE proteins, the question is if there is any competition for the TALE proteins with the corresponding endogenous proteins? Is there any effect on parasite survival or health, compared to the control after the expression of these five TALEs YFP protein? It is recommended to add parasite growth curves, for all the TALE proteins expressing cultures.

      Growth curves for cells expressing TelR-TALE-YFP, 177R-TALE-YFP and ingiR-TALE-YFP are now included (New Fig S3A). No deficit in growth was evident while passaging 70R-TALE-YFP, 147R-TALE-YFP, NonR-TALE-YFP cell lines (indeed they grew slightly better than controls).

      The following text has been added page 8:

      “Cell lines expressing representative TALE-YFP proteins displayed no fitness deficit (Fig. S3A).”

      (5) Since the experiments were performed using whole-cell extracts without prior nuclear fractionation, the authors should consider the possibility that some identified proteins may have originated from compartments other than the nucleus. Specifically, the detection of certain binding proteins might reflect sequence homology (or partial homology) between mitochondrial DNA (maxicircles and minicircles) and repetitive regions in the nuclear genome. Additionally, the lack of subcellular separation raises the concern that cytoplasmic proteins could have been co-purified due to whole cell lysis, making it challenging to discern whether the observed proteome truly represents the nuclear interactome.

      In our experimental design, we confirmed bioinformatically that the repeat sequences targeted were not represented elsewhere in the nuclear or mitochondrial genome (kDNA). The absence of subcellular fractionation could result in some cytoplasmic protein selection, but this is unlikely since each TALE targets a specific DNA sequence but is otherwise identical such that cross-selection of the same contaminating protein set would be anticipated if there was significant non-specific binding. We have previously successfully affinity selected 15 chromatin modifiers and identified associated proteins without major issues concerning cytoplasmic protein contamination (Staneva et al 2021 and 2022; PMID: 34407985 and 36169304). Of course, the possibility that some proteins are contaminants will need to be borne in mind in any future follow-up analysis of proteins of interest that we identified as being enriched on specific types of repetitive element in T. brucei. Proteins that are also detected in negative control, or negative affinity selections such as No-YFP, NoR-YFP, IngiR-TALE or 147R-TALE must be disregarded.

      (6) Should the authors qualify some of their claims as preliminary or speculative, or remove them altogether?

      As mentioned earlier, the author claimed that this study has provided new information concerning telomere biology, chromosomal segregation mechanisms, and immune evasion strategies. But there are no experiments that provides a role for any unknown or known protein in these processes. Thus, it is suggested to select one or two proteins of choice from the list and validate their direct binding to repetitive region(s), and their role in that region of interaction.

      As highlighted in response to point 1 the suggested validation and follow up experiments may well not be informative and are beyond the scope of the methodological development presented in this manuscript. Referee 2 describes the study in its current form as “a significant conceptual and technical advancement” and “This approach enhances our understanding of chromatin organization in these regions and provides a foundation for investigating the functional roles of associated proteins in parasite biology.”

      The Referee’s phrase ‘validate their direct binding to repetitive region(s)’ here may also mean to test if any of the additional proteins that we identified as being enriched with a specific TALE protein actually display enrichment over the repeat regions when examined by an orthogonal method. A key unexpected finding was that kinetochore proteins including KKT2 are enriched in our affinity purifications of the 177R-TALE-YFP that targets 177bp repeats (Figure 6F). By conducting ChIP-seq for the kinetochore specific protein KKT2 using YFP-KKT2 we confirmed that KKT2 is indeed enriched on 177bp repeat DNA but not flanking DNA (Figure 7). Moreover, several known telomere-associated proteins are detected in our affinity selections of TelRTALE-YFP (Figure 6B, FigS6; see also Reis et al, 2018 Nuc. Acids Res. PMID: 29385523; Weisert et al, 2024 Sci. Reports PMID: 39681615).

      Would additional experiments be essential to support the claims of the paper? Request additional experiments only where necessary for the paper as it is, and do not ask authors to open new lines of experimentation.

      The answer for this question depends on what the authors want to present as the achievements of the present study. If the achievement of the paper was is the creation of a new tool for discovering new proteins, associated with the repeat regions, I recommend that they add a proof for direct interactions between a sample the newly discovered proteins and the relevant repeats, as a proof of concept discussed above, However, if the authors like to claim that the study achieved new functional insights for these interactions they will have to expand the study, as mentioned above, to support the proof of concept.

      See our response to point 1 and the point we labelled ‘6’ above.

      Are the suggested experiments realistic in terms of time and resources? It would help if you could add an estimated cost and time investment for substantial experiments.

      I think that they are realistic. If the authors decided to check the capacity of a small sample of proteins (which was unknown before as a repetitive region binding proteins) to interacts directly with the repeated sequence, it will substantially add of the study (e.g., by EMSA; estimated time: 1 months). If the authors will decide to check the also the function of one of at least one such a newly detected proteins (e.g., by KD), I estimate the will take 3-6 months.

      As highlighted previously the proposed EMSA experiment may well be uninformative for protein complex components identified in our study or for isolated proteins that directly bind DNA in the context of a complex and chromatin. RNAi knockdown data and cell location data (as well as developmental expression and orthology data) is already available through tritrypDB.org and trtyptag.org

      Are the data and the methods presented in such a way that they can be reproduced? Yes

      Are the experiments adequately replicated, and statistical analysis adequate?

      The authors did not mention replicates. There is no statistical analysis mentioned.

      The figure legends indicate that all volcano plots of TALE affinity selections were derived from three biological replicates. Cutoffs used for significance: P < 0.05 (Student's t-test).

      For ChiP-seq two biological replicates were analysed for each cell line expressing the specific YFP tagged protein of interest (TALE or KKT2). This is now stated in the relevant figure legends – apologies for this oversight. The resulting data are available for scrutiny at GEO: GSE295698.

      Minor comments:

      Specific experimental issues that are easily addressable.

      The following suggestions can be incorporated:

      (1) Page 18, in the material method section author mentioned four drugs: Blasticidine, Phleomycin and G418, and hygromycin. It is recommended to mention the purpose of using these selective drugs for the parasite. If clonal selection has been done, then it should also be mentioned.

      We erroneously added information on several drugs used for selection in our labaoratory. In fact all TALE-YFP construct carry the Bleomycin resistance genes which we select for using Phleomycin. Also, clones were derived by limiting dilution immediately after transfection. We have amended the text accordingly:

      Page 17/18:

      “Cell cultures were maintained below 3 x 106 cells/ml. Pleomycin 2.5 µg/ml was used to select transformants containing the TALE construct BleoR gene.”

      “Electroporated bloodstream cells were added to 30 ml HMI-9 medium and two 10-fold serial dilutions were performed in order to isolate clonal Pleomycin resistant populations from the transfection. 1 ml of transfected cells were plated per well on 24-well plates (1 plate per serial dilution) and incubated at 37°C and 5% CO2 for a minimum of 6 h before adding 1 ml media containing 2X concentration Pleomycin (5 µg/ml) per well.”

      (2) In the method section the authors mentioned that there is only one site for binding of NonR-TALE in the parasite genome. But in Fig. 1C, the authors showed zero binding site. So, there is one binding site for NonR-TALE-YFP in the genome or zero?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this discrepancy. We have checked the latest Tb427v12 genome assembly for predicted NonR-TALE binding sites and there are no exact matches. We have corrected the text accordingly.

      Page 7:

      “A control NonR-TALE protein was also designed which was predicted to have no target sequence in the T. brucei genome.”

      Page 17:

      “A control NonR-TALE predicted to have no recognised target in the T. brucei geneome was designed as follows: BLAST searches were used to identify exact matches in the TREU927 reference genome. Candidate sequences with one or more match were discarded.”

      (3) The authors used two different anti-GFP antibodies, one from Roche and the other from Thermo Fisher. Why were two different antibodies used for the same protein?

      We have found that only some anti-GFP antibodies are effective for affinity selection of associated proteins, whereas others are better suited for immunolocalisation. The respective suppliers’ antibodies were optimised for each application.

      (4) Page 6: in the introduction, the authors give the number of total VSG genes as 2,634. Is it known how many of them are pseudogenes?

      This value corresponds to the number reported by Consentino et al. 2021 (PMID: 34541528) for subtelomeric VSGs, which is similar to the value reported by Muller et al 2018 (PMID: 30333624) (2486), both in the same strain of trypanosomes as used by us. Based on the earlier analysis by Cross et al (PMID: 24992042), 80% of the identified VSGs in their study (2584) are pseudogenes. This approximates to the estimation by Consentino of 346/2634 (13%) being fully functional VSG genes at subtelomeres, or 17% when considering VSGs at all genomic locations (433/2872).

      (5) I found several typos throughout the manuscript.

      Thank you for raising this, we have read through the manuscipt several times and hopefully corrected all outstanding typos.

      (6) Fig. 1C: Table: below TOTAL 2nd line: the number should be 1838 (rather than 1828)

      Corrected- thank you.

      - Are prior studies referenced appropriately? Yes

      - Are the text and figures clear and accurate? Yes

      - Do you have suggestions that would help the authors improve the presentation of their data and conclusions? Suggested above

      Reviewer #1 (Significance):

      Describe the nature and significance of the advance (e.g., conceptual, technical, clinical) for the field:

      This study represents a significant conceptual and technical advancement by employing a synthetic TALE DNA-binding protein tagged with YFP to selectively identify proteins associated with five distinct repetitive regions of T. brucei chromatin. To the best of my knowledge, it is the first report to utilize TALE-YFP for affinity-based isolation of protein complexes bound to repetitive genomic sequences in T. brucei. This approach enhances our understanding of chromatin organization in these regions and provides a foundation for investigating the functional roles of associated proteins in parasite biology. Importantly, any essential or unique interacting partners identified could serve as potential targets for therapeutic intervention.

      - Place the work in the context of the existing literature (provide references, where appropriate). I agree with the information that has already described in the submitted manuscript, regarding its potential addition of the data resulted and the technology established to the study of VSGs expression, kinetochore mechanism and telomere biology.

      - State what audience might be interested in and influenced by the reported findings. These findings will be of particular interest to researchers studying the molecular biology of kinetoplastid parasites and other unicellular organisms, as well as scientists investigating chromatin structure and the functional roles of repetitive genomic elements in higher eukaryotes.

      - (1) Define your field of expertise with a few keywords to help the authors contextualize your point of view. Protein-DNA interactions/ chromatin/ DNA replication/ Trypanosomes

      - (2) Indicate if there are any parts of the paper that you do not have sufficient expertise to evaluate. None

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity):

      Summary

      Carloni et al. comprehensively analyze which proteins bind repetitive genomic elements in Trypanosoma brucei. For this, they perform mass spectrometry on custom-designed, tagged programmable DNA-binding proteins. After extensively verifying their programmable DNA-binding proteins (using bioinformatic analysis to infer target sites, microscopy to measure localization, ChIP-seq to identify binding sites), they present, among others, two major findings: 1) 14 of the 25 known T. brucei kinetochore proteins are enriched at 177bp repeats. As T. brucei's 177bp repeatcontaining intermediate-sized and mini-chromosomes lack centromere repeats but are stable over mitosis, Carloni et al. use their data to hypothesize that a 'rudimentary' kinetochore assembles at the 177bp repeats of these chromosomes to segregate them. 2) 70bp repeats are enriched with the Replication Protein A complex, which, notably, is required for homologous recombination. Homologous recombination is the pathway used for recombination-based antigenic variation of the 70bp-repeat-adjacent variant surface glycoproteins.

      Major Comments

      None. The experiments are well-controlled, claims well-supported, and methods clearly described. Conclusions are convincing.

      Thank you for these positive comments.

      Minor Comments

      (1) Fig. 2 - I couldn't find an uncropped version showing multiple cells. If it exists, it should be linked in the legend or main text; Otherwise, this should be added to the supplement.

      The images presented represent reproducible analyses, and independently verified by two of the authors. Although wider field of view images do not provide the resolution to be informative on cell location, as requested we have provided uncropped images in new Fig. S4 for all the cell lines shown in Figure 2A.

      In addition, we have included as supplementary images (Fig. S3B) additional images of TelRTALE-YFP, 177R-TALE-YFP and ingiR-TALE YFP localisation to provide additional support their observed locations presented in Figure 1. The set of cells and images presented in Figure 2A and in Fig S3B were prepared and obtained by a different authors, independently and reproducibly validating the location of the tagged protein.

      (2) I think Suppl. Fig. 1 is very valuable, as it is a quantification and summary of the ChIP-seq data. I think the authors could consider making this a panel of a main figure. For the main figure, I think the plot could be trimmed down to only show the background and the relevant repeat for each TALE protein, leaving out the non-target repeats. (This relates to minor comment 6.) Also, I believe, it was not explained how background enrichment was calculated.

      We are grateful for the reviewer’s positive view of original Fig. S1 and appreciate the suggestion. We have now moved these analysis to part B of main Figure 2 in the revised manuscript – now Figure 2B. We have also provided additional details in the Methods section on the approaches used to assess background enrichment.

      Page 19:

      “Background enrichment calculation

      The genome was divided into 50 bp sliding windows, and each window was annotated based on overlapping genomic features, including CIR147, 177 bp repeats, 70 bp repeats, and telomeric (TTAGGG)n repeats. Windows that did not overlap with any of these annotated repeat elements were defined as "background" regions and used to establish the baseline ChIP-seq signal. Enrichment for each window was calculated using bamCompare, as log₂(IP/Input). To adjust for background signal amongst all samples, enrichment values for each sample were further normalized against the corresponding No-YFP ChIP-seq dataset.”

      Note: While revising the manuscript we also noticed that the script had a nomalization error. We have therefore included a corrected version of these analyses as Figure 2B (old Fig. S1)

      (3) Generally, I would plot enrichment on a log2 axis. This concerns several figures with ChIP-seq data.

      Our ChIP-seq enrichment is calculated by bamCompare. The resulting enrichment values are indeed log2 (IP/Input). We have made this clear in the updated figures/legends.

      (4) Fig. 4C - The violin plots are very hard to interpret, as the plots are very narrow compared to the line thickness, making it hard to judge the actual volume. For example, in Centromere 5, YFP-KKT2 is less enriched than 147R-TALE over most of the centromere with some peaks of much higher enrichment (as visible in panel B), however, in panel C, it is very hard to see this same information. I'm sure there is some way to present this better, either using a different type of plot or by improving the spacing of the existing plot.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion; we have elected to provide a Split-Violin plot instead. This improves the presentation of the data for each centromere. The original violin plot in Figure 4C has been replaced with this Split-Violin plot (still Figure 4C).

      (5) Fig. 6 - The panels are missing an x-axis label (although it is obvious from the plot what is displayed).

      Maybe the "WT NO-YFP vs" part that is repeated in all the plot titles could be removed from the title and only be part of the x-axis label?

      In fact, to save space the X axis was labelled inside each volcano plot but we neglected to indicate that values are a log2 scale indicating enrichment. This has been rectified – see Figure 6, and Fig. S7, S8 and S9.

      (6) Fig. 7 - I would like to have a quantification for the examples shown here. In fact, such a quantification already exists in Suppl. Figure 1. I think the relevant plots of that quantification (YFPKKT2 over 177bp-repeats and centromere-repeats) with some control could be included in Fig. 7 as panel C. This opportunity could be used to show enrichment separated out for intermediate-sized, mini-, and megabase-chromosomes. (relates to minor comment 2 & 8)

      The CIR147 sequence is found exclusively on megabase-sized chromosomes, while the 177 bp repeats are located on intermediate- and mini-sized chromosomes. Due to limitations in the current genome assembly, it is not possible to reliably classify all chromosomes into intermediate- or mini- sized categories based on their length. Therefore, original Supplementary Fig. S1 presented the YFP-KKT2 enrichment over CIR147 and 177 bp repeats as a representative comparison between megabase chromosomes and the remaining chromosomes (corrected version now presented as main Figure 2B). Additionally, to allow direct comparison of YFP-KKT2 enrichment on CIR147 and 177 bp repeats we have included a new plot in Figure 7C which shows the relative enrichment of YFP-KKT2 on these two repeat types.

      We have added the following text , page 12:

      “Taking into account the relative to the number of CIR147 and 177 bp repeats in the current T.brucei genome (Cosentino et al., 2021; Rabuffo et al., 2024), comparative analyses demonstrated that YFP-KKT2 is enriched on both CIR147 and 177 bp repeats (Figure 7C).”

      (7) Suppl. Fig. 8 A - I believe there is a mistake here: KKT5 occurs twice in the plot, the one in the overlap region should be KKT1-4 instead, correct?

      Thanks for spotting this. It has been corrected

      (8) The way that the authors mapped ChIP-seq data is potentially problematic when analyzing the same repeat type in different regions of the genome. The authors assigned reads that had multiple equally good mapping positions to one of these mapping positions, randomly.

      This is perfectly fine when analysing repeats by their type, independent of their position on the genome, which is what the authors did for the main conclusions of the work.

      However, several figures show the same type of repeat at different positions in the genome. Here, the authors risk that enrichment in one region of the genome 'spills' over to all other regions with the same sequence. Particularly, where they show YFP-KKT2 enrichment over intermediate- and mini-chromosomes (Fig. 7) due to the spillover, one cannot be sure to have found KKT2 in both regions.

      Instead, the authors could analyze only uniquely mapping reads / read-pairs where at least one mate is uniquely mapping. I realize that with this strict filtering, data will be much more sparse. Hence, I would suggest keeping the original plots and adding one more quantification where the enrichment over the whole region (e.g., all 177bp repeats on intermediate-/mini-chromosomes) is plotted using the unique reads (this could even be supplementary). This also applies to Fig. 4 B & C.

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful comments. Repetitive sequences are indeed challenging to analyze accurately, particularly in the context of short read ChIP-seq data. In our study, we aimed to address YFP-KKT2 enrichment not only over CIR147 repeats but also on 177 bp repeats, using both ChIP-seq and proteomics using synthetic TALE proteins targeted to the different repeat types. We appreciate the referees suggestion to consider uniquely mapped reads, however, in the updated genome assembly, the 177 bp repeats are frequently immediately followed by long stretches of 70 bp repeats which can span several kilobases. The size and repetitive nature of these regions exceeds the resolution limits of ChIP-seq. It is therefore difficult to precisely quantify enrichment across all chromosomes.

      Additionally, the repeat sequences are highly similar, and relying solely on uniquely mapped reads would result in the exclusion of most reads originating from these regions, significantly underestimating the relative signals. To address this, we used Bowtie2 with settings that allow multi-mapping, assigning reads randomly among equivalent mapping positions, but ensuring each read is counted only once. This approach is designed to evenly distribute signal across all repetitive regions and preserve a meaningful average.

      Single molecule methods such as DiMeLo (Altemose et al. 2022; PMID: 35396487) will need to be developed for T. brucei to allow more accurate and chromosome specific mapping of kinetochore or telomere protein occupancy at repeat-unique sequence boundaries on individual chromosomes.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance):

      This work is of high significance for chromosome/centromere biology, parasitology, and the study of antigenic variation. For chromosome/centromere biology, the conceptual advancement of different types of kinetochores for different chromosomes is a novelty, as far as I know. It would certainly be interesting to apply this study as a technical blueprint for other organisms with minichromosomes or chromosomes without known centromeric repeats. I can imagine a broad range of labs studying other organisms with comparable chromosomes to take note of and build on this study. For parasitology and the study of antigenic variation, it is crucial to know how intermediate- and mini-chromosomes are stable through cell division, as these chromosomes harbor a large portion of the antigenic repertoire. Moreover, this study also found a novel link between the homologous repair pathway and variant surface glycoproteins, via the 70bp repeats. How and at which stages during the process, 70bp repeats are involved in antigenic variation is an unresolved, and very actively studied, question in the field. Of course, apart from the basic biological research audience, insights into antigenic variation always have the potential for clinical implications, as T. brucei causes sleeping sickness in humans and nagana in cattle. Due to antigenic variation, T. brucei infections can be chronic.

      Thank you for supporting the novelty and broad interest of our manuscript

      My field of expertise / Point of view:

      I'm a computer scientist by training and am now a postdoctoral bioinformatician in a molecular parasitology laboratory. The laboratory is working on antigenic variation in T. brucei. The focus of my work is on analyzing sequencing data (such as ChIP-seq data) and algorithmically improving bioinformatic tools.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors assess the role of map3k1 in adult Planaria through whole body RNAi for various periods of time. The authors' prior work has shown that neoblasts (stem cells that can regenerate the entire body) for various tissues are intermingled in the body. Neoblasts divide to produce progenitors that migrate within a "target zone" to the "differentiated target tissues" where they differentiate into a specific cell type. Here the authors show that map3k1-i animals have ectopic eyes that form along the "normal" migration path of eye progenitors, ectopic neurons and glands along the AP axis and pharynx in ectopic anterior positions. The rest of the study shows that positional information is largely unaffected by loss of map3k1. However, loss of map3k1 leads to premature differentiated of progenitors along their normal migratory route. They also show that "long-term" whole body depletion of map3k1 results in mis-specified organs and teratomas. In short, this study convincingly demonstrates that in planaria, map3k1 maintains progenitor cells in an undifferentiated state, preventing premature fate commitment until they encounter the appropriate signals, either positional cues within a designated region or contact-dependent inputs from surrounding tissues.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study has appropriate controls, sample sizes and statistics.

      (2) The work is high-quality.

      (3) The conclusions are supported by the data.

      (4) Planaria is a good system to analyze the function of map3k1, which exists in mammals but not other invertebrates.

      Weaknesses:

      None noted.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors assess the role of map3k1 in adult Planaria through whole body RNAi for various periods of time. The authors' prior work has shown that neoblasts (stem cells that can regenerate the entire body) for various tissues are intermingled in the body. Neoblasts divide to produce progenitors that migrate within a "target zone" to the "differentiated target tissues" where they differentiate into a specific cell type. Here the authors show that map3k1-i animals have ectopic eyes that form along the "normal" migration path of eye progenitors (Fig. 1), ectopic neurons and glands along the AP axis (Fig. 2) and pharynx in ectopic anterior positions (Fig. 3). The rest of the study show that positional information is largely unaffected by loss of map3k1 (Fig. 4,5). However, loss of map3k1 leads to premature differentiated of progenitors along their normal migratory route (Fig. 6). They also show that an ill-defined "long-term" whole body depletion of map3k1 results in mis-specified organs and teratomas.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study has appropriate controls, sample sizes and statistics.

      (2) The work appears to be high-quality.

      (3) The conclusions are supported by the data.

      (4) Planaria is a good system to analyze the function of map3k1, which exists in mammals but not in other invertebrates.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The paper is largely descriptive with no mechanistic insights. 

      The mechanistic insights we aim to address are primarily at the cellular systems level – how adult progenitor cells produce pattern. Specifically, we uncovered strong evidence that regulation of differentiation is an active process occurring in migratory progenitors and that this regulation is a major component of pattern formation during the adult processes of tissue turnover and regeneration. The map3k1 phenotype provided a tool used to reveal the existence of this regulation, and to understand the patterning abnormalities prevented by this regulatory mechanism. We updated the text in several places to make clearer some of this emphasis. For example, in the Discussion: "We suggest that differentiation is restricted during migratory targeting as an essential component of pattern formation, with the map3k1 RNAi phenotype indicating the existence and purpose of this element of patterning." 

      Naturally, identifying a particular molecule involved in this process is of interest for understanding molecular mechanism; this would allow for comparison to other cellular systems in other organisms and would focus future molecular inquiry. Future molecular studies into the mechanism of Map3k1 regulation and its downstream signaling will be fascinating as next steps towards understanding the process at the molecular level more deeply. We also added some discussion considering the types of upstream activation cues that could potentially be associated with Map3k1 regulation to suppress differentiation. 

      (2) Given the severe phenotypes of long-term depletion of map3k1, it is important that this exact timepoint is provided in the methods, figures, figure legends and results. 

      We removed the use of the term “long-term” and instead added timepoints used to all figure legends. We also added a summary of timepoints used in the methods section and included RNAi timepoint labels in figures where a phenotype progression over time is relevant to interpretation. For timecourses, we also added suitable time information to text in the results. 

      (3) Figure 1C, the ectopic eyes are difficult to see, please add arrows. 

      To improve visualization, we replaced the example animal in the original Figure 1C with one that has a stronger phenotype, including arrows pointing to every ectopic event. Additionally, we included magnified images of optic cup cells and photoreceptor neurons in the trunk and tail region. This is now Figure 1B.

      (4) line 217 - why does the n=2/12 animals not match the values in Figure 3B, which is 11/12 and 12/12. The numbers don't add up. Please correct/explain. 

      In Figure 3B in the submitted version (3/18 had cells in the tail) had more animals scored (6 animals from a replicate experiment where 1/6 showed the cells in the tail) than the total scored (2/12 had cells in the tail) in the text, which did not have the animals from the replicate added during writing. The results are the same, just different sample sizes were noted in those locations and we fixed this issue. In the updated Figure 3, the order of presentation has shifted (e.g., prior 3B is now in 3C and Figure 3_figure supplement 1). We made sure to include numbers to all figure panels. 

      (5) Figure panels do not match what is written in the results section. There is no Figure 6E. Please correct.

      Thank you for catching this. We have gone through figures and text after editing to make sure that text callouts are appropriately matched to the figures. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The flatworm planarian Schmidtea mediterranea is an excellent model for understanding cell fate specification during tissue regeneration and adult tissue maintenance. Planarian stem cells, known as neoblasts, are continuously deployed to support cellular turnover and repair tissues damaged or lost due to injury. This reparative process requires great precision to recognize the location, timing, and cellular fate of a defined number of neoblast progeny. Understanding the molecular mechanisms driving this process could have important implications for regenerative medicine and enhance our understanding of how form and function are maintained in long-lived organisms such as humans. Unfortunately, the molecular basis guiding cell fate and differentiation remains poorly understood.

      In this manuscript, Canales et al. identified the role of the map3k1 gene in mediating the differentiation of progenitor cells at the proper target tissue. The map3k1 function in planarians appears evolutionarily conserved as it has been implicated in regulating cell proliferation, differentiation, and cell death in mammals. The results show that the downregulation of map3k1 with RNAi leads to spatial patterning defects in different tissue types, including the eye, pharynx, and the nervous system. Intriguingly, long-term map3k1-RNAi resulted in ectopic outgrowths consistent with teratomas in planarians. The findings suggest that map3k1 mediates signaling, regulating the timing and location of cellular progenitors to maintain correct patterning during adult tissue maintenance.

      Strengths:

      The authors provide an entry point to understanding molecular mechanisms regulating progenitor cell differentiation and patterning during adult tissue maintenance.

      The diverse set of approaches and methods applied to characterize map3k1 function strengthens the case for conserved evolutionary mechanisms in a selected number of tissue types. The creativity using transplantation experiments is commendable, and the findings with the teratoma phenotype are intriguing and worth characterizing.

      Thank you to the reviewer for the positive feedback

      Weaknesses:

      The article presents a provocative idea related to the importance of positional control for organs and cells, which is at least in part regulated by map3k1. Nonetheless, the role of map3k1 or its potential interaction with regulators of the anterior-posterior, mediolateral axes, and PCGs is somewhat superficial. The authors could elaborate or even speculate more in the discussion section and the different scenarios incorporating these axial modulators into the map3k1 model presented in Figure 8 

      First, to strengthen the support for our finding that positional information is largely unaffected in map3k1 RNAi animals, we added data regarding the expression of additional relevant position control genes (PCGs) –ndl-4, ptk7, sp5, and wnt11-1 – to the PCG panel in Figure 5. The expression domain of ndl-4, an FGF receptor-like protein family member that contributes to head patterning and anterior pole maintenance, was normal in map3k1 RNAi. wnt11-1, a PCG with expression concentrated in the posterior end of the animal and with expression dependent on general Wnt activity, was also normal in map3k1 RNAi animals. ptk7, RNAi of which can result in supernumerary pharynges, also showed normal expression in map3k1 RNAi animals. Finally, sp5, a Wnt-activated gene with expression in the tail, also showed normal expression in map3k1 RNAi animals. 

      Second, to further support the conclusion that cells are not suitably responding to positional information after map3k1 RNAi, which we argue normally dictates where differentiation should occur, we added examples of differentiated cell types that are ectopically positioned within an atypical PCG expression domain for that cell type (Figure 5C). This underscores that following map3k1 RNAi the PCG expression domains do not change, but the pattern of differentiated cell types relative to these domains does shift. We also added data showing that regenerating tails had a proper wntP-2 gradient, but an anterior regenerating pharynx appeared outside of this wntP-2<sup>+</sup> zone and inside of an ndl-5<sup>+</sup> zone (Figure 5- figure supplement 1E). We added some discussion of these new data in the Figure 5 results section. We also noted, regarding independent recent map3k1 work (Lo, 2025), some evidence exists that a minor posterior shift in ndl-5 expression can occur after map3k1 RNAi.

      Next, we added a new element to the model figure (Figure 8B) depicting that PCG expression domains remain normal after map3k1 RNAi, with ectopic differentiation occurring in an incorrect positional information environment. We refer to this new panel in the discussion: "We suggest that map3k1 is not required for the spatial distribution of progenitor-extrinsic differentiation-promoting cues themselves, but for progenitors to be restricted from differentiating until these cues are received (Figure 8B)."; we then follow this statement with a summary in the Discussion of six pieces of evidence that support this model.

      Finally, we added some additional text to the discussion section about candidate mechanisms by which extrinsic cues could potentially regulate Map3k1, pointing to potential future inquiry directions. We suggest that map3k1 is not involved in regulating PCG activity domains themselves, but instead acts as a brake on differentiation within migratory progenitors through active signaling. This brake is then lifted when the progenitors hit their correct PCG-based migratory target, or when they hit their target tissue. How that occurs mechanistically is unknown. One scenario is that each progenitor is tuned to respond to a particular PCG-regulated environment (such as a particular ECM or signaling environment) to generate a molecular change that inactivates Map3K1 signaling, such as by inactivating or disengaging an RTK signal. Alternatively, the migratory process in progenitors could engage the Map3K1 signal, enabling signal cessation with arrival at a target location. When Map3K1 is active it could result in a transcriptional state that prevents full expression of differentiated factors required for maturation, tissue incorporation, and cessation of migration. These considerations are now added to the discussion.

      The article can be improved by addressing inconsistencies and adding details to the results, including the main figures and supplements. This represents one of the most significant weaknesses of this otherwise intriguing manuscript. Below are some examples of a few figures, but the authors are expected to pay close attention to the remaining figures in the paper.

      Details associated with the number of animals per experiment, statistical methods used, and detailed descriptions of figures appear inconsistent or lacking in almost all figures. In some instances, the percentage of animals affected by the phenotype is shown without detailing the number of animals in the experiment or the number of repeats. Figures and their legends throughout the paper lack details on what is represented and sometimes are mislabeled or unrelated. 

      We endeavored to ensure that these noted details are present throughout the legends and figures for all figure panels.

      Specifically, the arrows in Figure 1A are different colors. Still, no reasoning is given for this, and in the exact figure, the top side (1A) shows the percentages and the number of animals below. 

      The only reason for the different colored arrows was for visibility purposes. To avoid confusion, we now use white arrows for all FISH images in figure 1, and where ever else possible. We also replaced the percentages with n numbers in the bottom left corner of the live images in Figure 1A. 

      Conversely, in Figures 1B, C, and D, no details on the number of animals or percentages are shown, nor an explanation of why opsin was used in Figure 1A but not 1B. 

      The original Figure 1B represented a few different examples of ectopic eye/eye cell patterns in the map3k1 RNAi animals to demonstrate the variable and disorganized nature of the phenotype. To address this, we added further explanation in the legend. We also merged 1A and 1B for simplicity of interpretation. opsin was used in Figure 1A to label cell bodies of photoreceptors. anti-Arrestin was used in the example FISH images to see if these cells were interconnected via projections, which we now clarify in the legend and in the text. 

      Is Figure 1B missing an image for the respective control? Figure 1C needs details regarding what the two smaller boxes underneath are. 

      The control for Figure 1B was in Figure 1A; the merger of Figures 1A/B should address this. Boxes in Figure 1C were labelled with numbers corresponding to the image above them.

      Figure 1C could use an AP labeling map in 10 days (e.g., AP6 has one optic cup present). Figure 1C and F counts do not match. 

      We added a cartoon to 1C to show the region imaged. Note that the 36d trunk image (now Fig. 1B) has now been replaced with a full animal image and magnified boxes that show locations of example ectopic cells. That cell in 1C was categorized as in AP5. Note that additional animals were analyzed and data added to the distribution (now Fig. 1D). 

      In Figure 1C, we do not know the number of animals tested, controls used, the scale bar sizes in the first two images, nor the degree of magnification used despite the pharynx region appearing magnified in the second image.  Figure 1C is also shown out of chronological order; 36 days post RNAi is shown before 10 days post RNAi. Moreover, the legends for Figures 1C and 1D are swapped.

      We have endeavored to ensure sample numbers, control images, and appropriate scale bar notation in legends are present for all images. Figure 1C has now been split into two panels: Figure 1B and Figure 1C. It does not follow a chronological order in presentation for the following logic flow: we uncover and describe the phenotype; then, with knowledge of the defect, we walk back to see how early the phenotype starts after RNAi and what the pattern of ectopic cell distribution is when the phenotype starts to emerge (using the knowledge of which cells are affected from the overt phenotype described in 1A/B). 

      Additionally, Figure 1F and many other figures throughout the paper lack overall statistical considerations. Furthermore, Figure 1F has three components, but only one is labeled. Labeling each of them individually and describing them in the corresponding figure legend may be more appropriate.

      The main point of the graphs in 1F (now 1D) was the overt overall pattern difference with the wild-type, which never has ectopic eye cells in the midbody or tail, and that the ectopic eye cells progress throughout the entire AP axis. However, we concur that a statistical test is a reasonable thing to show here and that is now included in the legend. The 3 components (in Figure 1F, now Figure 1D) where kept together with one figure label (D) for simplicity, but were rearranged (top and bottom) with a cartoon to the side and with modified labeling for extra clarity. 

      Figure 2C shows images of gene expression for two genes, but the counts are shown for only one in Figure 2D. It is challenging to follow the author's conclusions without apparent reasoning and by only displaying quantitative considerations for one case but not the other. These inconsistencies are also observed in different figures. 

      In Figure 2C, FISH images of cintillo+ and dd_17258+ neurons are shown to display the specificity of this effect to some neurons and not others. Because cintillo+ cells did not expand at all (n=24/24 animals), the counts for them would all be zero values. We only counted data for dd_17258 cells because it was the neuron that expanded compared to the control animals. We have now added a note in the legend explaining this.

      In Figure 2D, 24/24 animals were reported to show the phenotype, but only eight were counted (is there a reason for this?).

      8 animals were used to quantitatively characterize the spread of cells along the AP axis, as it was deemed an adequate sample size to capture the change in distribution of 17258+ cells from being head restricted to being present throughout the body. Through multiple cohorts of animals in replicates, a total of 24/24 examined animals showed this expansion phenotype. Double FISH experiments were additionally carried out using dd_17258 and various PCGs; these data are now included in Figure 5C, and these animals were added to the total counts regarding quantitative analysis of the phenotype in Figure 2D. 

      In Figure 2E, the expression for three genes is shown, with some displaying anterior and posterior regions while others only show the anterior picture. Is there a particular reason for this? 

      The original first panel in Figure 2E showed an example of a non-expanding gland cell type, dd_9223, which is very restricted to the head in both control and map3k1 RNAi animals. Because we did not observe a phenotype for this cell type (no cells in all control and map3k1 RNAi animal tails), we only included tail images of cell types that showed an abnormal phenotype with clear expanded to the posterior (dd_8476 and dd_7131). However, we have now included tail images of dd_9223 cells and added data for dd_9223 to the graph in Figure 2E. 

      Also, in Figure 2F, the counts are shown for only the posterior region of two genes out of the three displayed in Figure 2E. It is unclear why the authors do not show counts for the anterior areas considered in Figure 2E. Furthermore, the legend for Figure 2D is missing, and the legend for 2F is mislabeled as a description for Figure 2D.

      We now include tail images for dd_9223 in Figure 2E to show that there are no ectopic cells in tails. We did not originally include counts of dd_9223 because there was no phenotype observed. dd_7131 and dd_8476 cell types appeared in the posterior of even control animals at a low frequency, unlike dd_9223 cells. However, we did now add counts for dd_9223 tail regions in the graph. We did not count the anterior regions of the animal because our goal was to show data for the visible phenotype (ectopic cells in the tail) not only with an example image, but also by showing the number of cells in the tail with a graph and statistical test. Legends have been updated with correct details.

      Supplement Figure 1 B reports data up to 6 weeks, but no text in the manuscript or supplement mentions any experiment going up to 6 weeks. There are no statistics for data in Supplement Figure 1E. Any significance between groups is unclear.

      More details about the RNAi feeding schedules have been added in the methods section. All RNAi timepoints are now specified specifically in the legends. The Figure 1F and Figure 1- figure supplement 1E (additional data: ovo<sup>+</sup>; smedwi-1<sup>-</sup> cell counts) and legends now mention the statistical tests performed and annotations (not significant *ns) or p values have been added to the graphs. For simplicity, we decided to include all smedwi-1+ counts together rather than splitting them into low and high smedwi-1+ cells, because we weren't really making any claims about low and high cells. 

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      It would be good to acknowledge in the discussion the recent paper from the Petersen lab on map3k1, published in PLoS Genet 2025, especially if the results differ between the two labs.

      We added reference/discussion regarding the recent PLoS Genetics Lo, 2025 map3k1 paper at several suitable points in the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Please pay close attention to the description of experimental details and the consistency throughout the paper. It seems like the reader has to assume or come across information that is not readily available from the text or the legends in the paper. This is an interesting paper with intriguing findings. However, the version presented here appears rushed or put together on the flight.

      Thank you for your thorough feedback. We have endeavored to ensure all appropriate details are present in figures and/or figure legends.

    1. So all data that you might find is a simplification. There are many seemingly simple questions that in some situations or for some people, have no simple answers, questions like: What country are you from? What if you were born in one country, but moved to another shortly after? What if you are from a country that no longer exists like Czechoslovakia? Or from an occupied territory? How many people live in this house? Does a college student returning home for the summer count as living in that house? How many words are in this chapter? Different programs use different rules for what counts as a “word” E.g., this page has “2 + 2 = 4”, which Microsoft Word counts as 5 words, and Google Docs counts as 3 words.

      Simplifying data may frequently be convenient when creating a widely-applicable program, but it involves leaving at least one group or perspective out. Because of this, simplification of data often contains inherent bias and developers should be aware of this.

    2. What country are you from? What if you were born in one country, but moved to another shortly after? What if you are from a country that no longer exists like Czechoslovakia? Or from an occupied territory? How many people live in this house? Does a college student returning home for the summer count as living in that house? How many words are in this chapter? Different programs use different rules for what counts as a “word” E.g., this page has “2 + 2 = 4”, which Microsoft Word counts as 5 words, and Google Docs counts as 3 words.

      This definitely opened my perspective on data constraints. In the reflection before, I figured that the best way to store information for social media would be through pre-set categories (for things like relationship status, address, etc), but there are definitely important details that can be hard to simplify and cut out (though, I'm sure no one needs additional details on someone's relationship status). I guess that's why there are some instances where you're able to put down a permanent address and a temporary address for those who are only residing somewhere for a short-term opportunity.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors of this study developed a closed-loop optogenetic stimulation system with high temporal precision in rats to examine the effect of medial septum (MS) stimulation on the disruption of hippocampal activity at both behavioral and compressed time scales. They found that this manipulation preserved hippocampus single-cell-level spatial coding but affected theta sequences and performance during a spatial alternation task. The performance deficits were observed during the more cognitively demanding component of the task and even persisted after the stimulation was turned off. However, the effects of this disruption were confined to locomotor periods and did not impact waking rest replay, even during the early phase of stimulation-on. Their conclusion is consistent with previous findings from the Pastalkova lab, where MS disruption (using different methods) affected theta sequences and task performance but spared replay (Wang et al., 2015; Wang et al., 2016). However, it differs from a recent study in which optogenetic disruption of EC inputs during running affected both theta sequences and replay (Liu et al., 2023).

      Strengths:

      The experiments were well designed and controlled, and the results were generally well presented.

      Weaknesses:

      Major concerns are primarily technical but also conceptual. To further increase the impact of this study by contrasting findings from different disruptions, it is necessary to better align the analysis and detection methods.

      Major concerns:

      (1) To show that MS disruption does not affect spatial tuning, the authors computed the KL divergence of tuning curves between stimulation-on and stimulation-off conditions. I have two main questions about this analysis:

      (1.1) The authors seem to impose stringent inclusion criteria requiring a large number of spikes and a strong concentration of tuning curves. These criteria may have selected strongly spatially tuned cells, which are typically more stable and potentially less vulnerable to perturbations. Based on the Figure 2 caption, it seems that fewer than 10% of cells were included in the KL divergence analysis, which is lower than the usual proportion of place cells reported in the literature. What is the rationale for using such strict inclusion criteria? What happens to the cells that are not as strongly tuned but are still identified as significant place cells?

      (1.2) The KL divergence was computed between stimulation-on and stimulation-off conditions within the same animal group. However, the authors also showed that MS stimulation had lasting effects on theta sequences and performance even during stimulation-off periods. Would that lasting effect also influence spatial tuning? Based on these questions, the authors should perform additional analyses that directly measure spatial tuning quality and compare results across control and experimental groups - for example, spatial information of spikes (Skaggs et al., 1996), tuning stability, field length, and decoding error during running.

      (2) The authors compared their results with those from Liu et al. (2023) and proposed that the different outcomes could be explained by different sites of disruption. However, the detection and quantification methods for theta sequences and replay differ substantially between the two studies, emphasizing different aspects of the phenomenon. I am not suggesting that either method is superior, but providing additional analyses using aligned detection methods would better support the authors' interpretations and benefit the field by enabling clearer comparisons across studies. In the current analysis, the power spectrum of the decoded ahead/behind distance only indicates that there is a rhythmic pattern, without specifying the decoding features at different theta phases. Moreover, the continuous non-local representations during ripples could include stationary representations of a location or zigzag representations that do not exhibit a linear sequential trace. Given that, the authors should show averaged decoding results corrected by the animal's actual position within theta cycles and compute a quadrant ratio. For replay analysis, they could use a linear fit (as in Liu et al., 2023) and report the proportion of significant replay events.

      (3) The finding that theta sequences and performance were impaired even during stimulation-off periods is particularly interesting and warrants deeper exploration. In the Discussion, the authors claim that this may arise from "the rapid plasticity engaged during early learning." However, this explanation does not fully account for the observation. Previous studies have shown that theta sequences can develop very rapidly (Feng et al., Foster lab, 2015; Zhou et al., Dragoi lab, 2025). If the authors hypothesize that rapid plasticity during early stimulation-on disrupts the theta sequence, then the plasticity window must also be short and terminate during the subsequent stimulation-off period. Otherwise, why can't animals redevelop theta sequences during stimulation-off? The authors should conduct additional analyses during the stimulation-off periods of the W-maze task. For example:

      (3.1) What is the spike-theta phase relationship? Do the phases return to normal or remain altered as during stimulation-on?

      (3.2) Is there a significant place-field remapping from stimulation-on to stimulation-off? (Supplementary Figure 3F includes only a small subset of cells; what if population vector correlations are computed across all cells, or Bayesian decoding of stimulation-on spikes is performed using stimulation-off tuning curves?)

      (3.3) The authors should also discuss why the stimulation-off epochs were not sufficient to support learning, and if the stimulation-off place cell sequences could have supported replay.

      (4) Citations and/or discussion of key studies relevant to the current work are missing: Wang et al. in Pastalkova lab 2015-2016 studies for disruption of theta sequence (but not place cell sequence) disrupting learning but not replay, Drieu et al. in Zugaro lab 2018 study on disruption of theta sequence affecting sleep replay, Farooq and Dragoi 2019 for association between a lack of theta sequence and presence of waking rest replay during postnatal development, etc. The authors should discuss what the conceptually new findings in the current study are, given the findings of the previous literature above.

      (5) The assessment of theta sequence is not state-of-the-art:

      (5.1) Detecting the peak of cross-correlograms between neurons (CCG) relates to behavioral timescale CCG, not the theta sequence one; for the theta sequence, the closest to zero local peak should be used instead.

      (5.2) How were other methods of detecting theta sequences performing on the stimulation-on/stimulation-off data: Bayesian decoding, firing sequences?

      (5.3) How was phase precession during stimulation-on/stimulation-off?

      (6) It would be important to calculate additional variables in the replay part of the study to compare the quality of replay across the 2 groups:

      (6.1) Proportion of significant replay events out of the detected multiunit events.

      (6.2) The average extent of trajectory depicted by the significant replay events in the targeted compared to the control, stimulation-on/stimulation-off.

    2. Author response:

      We thank all reviewers for their overall assessment, thoughtful comments, and suggestions. We are working to address each reviewer’s comment in detail. In this provisional response, we provide clarifications regarding our experimental approach and the novelty of our work, and include additional analyses that we have performed since the submission of the manuscript. We are also happy to report that we have now shared the raw data, intermediate analysis files, and the complete repository to facilitate replication of the analysis and figures.

      Code repo: github.com/LorenFrankLab/ms_stim_analysis

      Data repo: dandiarchive.org/dandiset/001634

      Docker containers (see GitHub repo for use instructions):

      Database: https://hub.docker.com/r/samuelbray32/spyglass-db-ms_stim_analysis

      Python notebooks: https://hub.docker.com/r/samuelbray32/spyglass-hub-ms_stim_analysis

      (1) Novelty and contrast with earlier manipulations:

      We thank the reviewers for suggesting that we explicitly contrast our results with prior pharmacological (Wang et al., 2016; Wang et al., 2015; Koenig et al., 2011; Brandon et al., 2014), systemic (Robbe & Buzsaki 2009; Petersen and Buzsáki 2020), and behavioral (Drieu et al., 2018) manipulations that also assessed some of the physiological features we evaluated. We will add a discussion of these studies, which will help us emphasize both the insights and discrepancies observed using these prior approaches. We will also more clearly explain the the novelty and importance of our specific approach for temporally and physiologically precise manipulation. Specifically, our approach (closed-loop theta-phase stimulation during locomotion) provides a level of physiological specificity that made it possible to dissociate theta-state dynamics from other hippocampal processes. This in turn allowed us to address a question that has remained unresolved across prior studies: Are hippocampal spatial sequences during locomotion (i.e., theta sequences) necessary to learn a novel hippocampal-dependent task?

      (2) Additional analysis on SWRs during rest:

      since submitting the manuscript, we have conducted additional analysis on the rate and length of SWRs in the rest box and found that their rate and length are also indistinguishable between targeted and control animals (effect of manipulation between control and targeted animals; rSWR rate: p=0.45; rSWR length: p=0.94, mixed effect model). We also find evidence for sequential neural representations in the rest box, when the encoding was performed in the behavioral arena. Example trajectories are shown below. These results are consistent with our observations on SWRs rate, length, and content in the behavioral arena. Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating and quantifying the results of decoding the rSWRs and will include those in the next version of the manuscript.

      Author response image 1.

      Sequential replay events observed in the rest box

      (3) Theta sequence measurement in the absence of theta:

      In the next version of the manuscript, we will explicitly explain why our manipulation makes it is more appropriate to measure sequential hippocampal representations during locomotion (i.e., theta sequences) without using theta oscillation or an epoch-averaged relatively large sliding window as a reference. The key insight here is that our manipulation suppresses theta and thus makes it difficult or impossible to accurately identify theta phase. We understand that theta-phase based approaches were used in prior work; however, these prior analyses may have confounded the absence of hippocampal theta sequences during locomotion by the inability to detect theta oscillatory phase reliably. We will show that our method of using clusterless Bayesian decoding in which we estimate the decoded position at every 2ms timestep is indeed able to capture endogenous hippocampal sequences even without imposing any requirements of aligning to theta oscillations, thus providing an unbiased estimate of the rhythmicity of hippocampal spatial representations.

      (4) Additional analysis on place cell stability and tuning:

      We thank the reviewer for this question. For the KL divergence analysis, we have imposed a spike-count criterion (100 spikes for each interval type —stimulation-off, stimulation-on, and the stimulus sub-interval) and a coverage criterion (50% HPD of the units’ spatial firing distribution was contained within 40cm on the linear track and 100cm on the w-track). These criteria were chosen to ensure that spatial tuning curves were sufficiently well sampled and localized to allow reliable estimation of KL divergence, which is particularly sensitive to noise arising from low spike counts or diffuse firing. Based on the reviewer’s suggestion, we have relaxed the unit inclusion criteria for KL divergence by relaxing the criteria for number of spikes and spatial coverage criterion to include more weakly tuned place cells and replicated our results (p=.146). Further, we have also evaluated the stability of place field order between stimulation-on and stimulation-off conditions using more standard methods (as in Wang et. al., 2015; spearman correlation of place field order, control vs targeted, p = .920, t-test). These results are consistent with our observations about place field stability during stimulation-off and stimulation-on conditions (Fig. 2F).

      Author response image 2.

      Spearman correlation of place field order during stimulation-on and stimulation-off conditions.

    1. Synthèse : Enfants Violents à l'École - Entre Aide et Répression

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les tensions et les débats entourant la gestion de la violence chez les jeunes enfants au sein du système scolaire et de la société française.

      Il ressort que l'école se trouve démunie face à des comportements extrêmes, conduisant à la création de structures expérimentales comme "r'école" pour éviter la déscolarisation.

      Parallèlement, une tendance croissante à la médicalisation des troubles du comportement, incarnée par le diagnostic d'hyperactivité et la prescription de Ritaline, suscite une vive controverse.

      Des experts dénoncent l'influence du lobbying pharmaceutique et une simplification qui ignore les causes profondes de la souffrance de l'enfant.

      Cette approche s'inscrit dans un contexte de "psychose médiatique" qui exagère le phénomène de la violence infantile, contredit par la réalité judiciaire qui atteste de la rareté des cas criminels chez les très jeunes.

      L'analyse des cas individuels révèle que la violence est souvent le symptôme d'une souffrance psychique profonde, liée à des contextes familiaux difficiles (ruptures, violence parentale) et socio-économiques précaires.

      Face à des réponses répressives ou médicamenteuses, des initiatives de prévention de proximité, comme l'association "Mission Possible", démontrent qu'un accompagnement axé sur l'écoute et le soutien aux familles est non seulement plus humain, mais aussi considérablement moins coûteux et plus efficace à long terme pour la société.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Le Défi de l'École Face aux Comportements Extrêmes

      Le système éducatif est confronté à une difficulté croissante pour gérer les comportements violents et ingérables de certains très jeunes élèves.

      Les enseignants et les directions d'école expriment un sentiment d'impuissance et de manque de formation, menant à des situations d'échec et à l'exclusion des enfants concernés comme ultime recours.

      Le Cas d'Ethan Paul et Hamadi (6 ans) : Ces deux élèves de CP ont été exclus de leur école pour "comportement violent et ingérable".

      Ethan Paul aurait tenté d'étrangler un camarade, conduisant des parents à porter plainte. Sa maîtresse reconnaît son échec :

      "Je n'ai pas réussi à ce qu'ils puissent être intégrés en classe et faire les apprentissages de la place de façon satisfaisante." Elle décrit un enfant en "très très très très grande souffrance".

      La Structure "r'école" : Mise en place en janvier 2009 par le rectorat de Paris, cette structure unique en France accueille pour trois mois des enfants exclus.

      Objectif : Éviter la déscolarisation en offrant une "surveillance éducative renforcée" et en réapprenant aux enfants les règles de la vie en groupe.  

      Fonctionnement : Les enfants sont pris en charge par un personnel mixte (enseignante, auxiliaire de vie scolaire), mais seule l'enseignante est spécifiquement formée. Les crises de violence y sont fréquentes et difficiles à gérer pour le personnel.   

      Limites : Bien que présentée comme le "seul espoir", cette solution est coûteuse et soulève le risque de créer des filières alternatives pour enfants "difficiles", comme le souligne Jean-Louis Barateau, initiateur du projet : "Ça pourrait être dangereux si on multipliait des r'écoles au point d'avoir finalement des écoles alternatives."

      2. La Médicalisation de la Violence Infantile : Une Solution Controversée

      Face à l'inquiétude grandissante, une approche tendant à considérer les troubles du comportement comme des pathologies médicales à traiter a émergé, non sans susciter de vives critiques.

      2.1. Le Rapport de l'INSERM et la Récupération Politique

      Le Rapport (2006) : Consacré aux "troubles des conduites", ce rapport d'experts visait à dépister les "facteurs de risque" et de "vulnérabilité" chez l'enfant.

      La Controverse : Le rapport a servi de caution scientifique à un projet de loi sur la délinquance des mineurs, porté par Nicolas Sarkozy, alors ministre de l'Intérieur.

      Celui-ci affirmait : "Plutôt on n'intervient plus mieux on a de chances d'éviter le drame d'un enfant qui évolue vers la délinquance."

      La Réponse de la Société Civile : Des experts ayant participé au rapport ont précisé n'avoir "jamais écrit un rapport sur la prévention de la délinquance".

      En réaction, la pétition "Pas de zéro de conduite pour les enfants de 3 ans" a recueilli près de 200 000 signatures, dénonçant le risque de transformer des comportements normaux (morsures, colères) en symptômes d'un trouble mental à rééduquer.

      2.2. L'Hyperactivité et la Ritaline : Remède ou Simplification ?

      Le diagnostic de "l'hyperactivité avec déficit de l'attention" (TDAH) et son traitement par la Ritaline, une amphétamine, sont au cœur du débat.

      La Défense du Traitement : La pédopsychiatre Marie-France Le Heuzey justifie son usage pour "améliorer la qualité de vie et d'améliorer le quotidien de ces enfants", soulignant la souffrance liée au rejet social et familial.

      Pour elle, si le médicament permet à l'enfant de ne plus être puni et aux parents de moins se disputer, "on a aussi fait du bien largement à l'enfant".

      La Critique de la Sur-médicalisation :

      Rareté de la pathologie : Selon le Pr Bernard Golse (Hôpital Necker), l'hyperactivité "vraie" est très rare (1 à 2 cas pour 1000), loin des 5 à 10% avancés par certains. Il dénonce "l'effet direct du lobbying pharmaceutique qui veut élargir coûte que coûte la prescription de médicaments".   

      Création de la demande : Philippe Pignarre, ancien cadre de l'industrie pharmaceutique, explique la stratégie marketing : "L'industrie pharmaceutique travaille à créer à la fois l'offre et la demande... On va la créer la demande en disant aux gens... ce que vous saviez pas, c'est qu'il a un trouble mental et qu'on peut soigner ce trouble mental."   

      Traitement des symptômes, pas des causes : La Ritaline, surnommée "pilule de l'obéissance", agit sur les symptômes mais ne traite pas les causes sous-jacentes de la souffrance.

      2.3. L'Expérience Vécue : Le Cas d'Aymeric

      Aymeric, 16 ans, a été traité à la Ritaline pendant des années.

      Son témoignage illustre l'ambivalence du traitement : "C'était bien mais c'est pas bien. Pourquoi c'était bien ? Parce que ça me calmait d'un côté. Mais... c'était bien pour eux, mais pour moi c'était pas bien parce que là je mangeais plus... j'étais tout le temps fatigué."

      3. Psychose Médiatique et Réalité Judiciaire

      La perception publique de la violence infantile est fortement influencée par un traitement médiatique qui tend à se focaliser sur des faits divers extrêmes, créant une forme de psychose collective.

      L'Affaire d'Uckange (2009) : Un Emballement Révélateur :

      ◦ Un garçon de 5 ans est accusé d'avoir poignardé sa sœur de 8 ans, prétendument sous l'influence de jeux vidéo.

      L'affaire est largement médiatisée, et la thèse de l'enfant coupable est acceptée par les médias, la police et la justice.   

      ◦ Quelques jours plus tard, la mère avoue être l'auteure du coup de couteau. L'affaire démontre la rapidité avec laquelle "les médias ont véhiculé un peu trop vite le scénario de l'enfant criminel".

      La Perspective des Magistrats : La juge pour enfants Marie-Pierre Hourcade affirme que les affaires de violence au pénal impliquant de très jeunes enfants sont très rares.

      Le critère de la responsabilité pénale est le discernement, qui apparaît vers 7-8 ans. "En aucune façon le parquet ne nous saisit pour des situations de violences commises par des très jeunes enfants."

      4. Derrière la Violence : Souffrance Psychique et Contexte Familial

      L'analyse approfondie des cas révèle que les comportements violents sont presque toujours l'expression d'une souffrance profonde, souvent enracinée dans des histoires familiales et sociales complexes.

      L'Expression de la Souffrance : Le Cas de Sami (13 ans) :

      ◦ Retiré à 8 ans d'un contexte familial violent, Sami a été ballotté de foyer en foyer. Sa violence est une manifestation de sa tristesse face aux ruptures affectives répétées.  

      ◦ Le Dr Roger Teboul, psychiatre, explique : "Bien souvent, quand vous parlez de la violence, vous parlez de la tristesse... Le seul truc qui permet de tenir, c'est d'être en colère."

      L'objectif de son service est de permettre à ces jeunes d'exprimer leur tristesse pour ne plus avoir à l'agir par la violence.

      L'Impact du Contexte Socio-économique : Le Cas de Florian (7 ans) :

      ◦ Florian vit dans un quartier précaire d'Amiens. Sa mère élève seule 5 enfants avec le RMI. L'État s'est largement désengagé du quartier.  

      ◦ Cet environnement de précarité rend l'éducation extrêmement difficile. La mère de Florian exprime sa peur que son fils devienne délinquant si elle n'est pas soutenue.

      5. Stratégies d'Intervention : La Prévention comme Alternative

      Face aux approches répressives ou médicales, les initiatives de prévention axées sur l'accompagnement et le soutien des familles démontrent leur pertinence humaine et économique.

      "Mission Possible" : Un Modèle de Prévention de Proximité :

      ◦ Créée par le juge des enfants Claude Baud, cette association à Amiens accueille librement des familles sans obligation judiciaire.  

      ◦ Elle offre un soutien aux parents, souvent démunis et en rupture avec les services sociaux, sans les juger ni les culpabiliser.   

      ◦ Elle apprend aux enfants les règles de vie en société par le dialogue et un cadre clair, en cherchant à comprendre le sens de leurs comportements plutôt qu'à les étiqueter.

      L'Analyse d'un Juge : Coût et Efficacité : Claude Baud souligne les avantages de la prévention :

      Moins Stigmatisant : "Un parcours judiciaire pour un enfant est dix fois plus stigmatisant qu'un parcours de prévention."   

      Moins Coûteux : Il établit une comparaison financière éloquente :      

      Prévention (Mission Possible) : 8 € par jour et par enfant.     

      Placement Éducatif : 200 à 400 € par jour.    

      Détention en section mineurs : 700 à 1000 € par jour.

      La conclusion est claire : investir dans des moyens humains, de l'écoute et du personnel bien formé pour aider les familles et les enfants en souffrance est infiniment moins coûteux que de devoir gérer, quelques années plus tard, les conséquences de cette souffrance non traitée.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study examines the role of the long non-coding RNA Dreg1 in regulating Gata3 expression and ILC2 development. Using Dreg1-deficient mice, the authors show a selective loss of ILC2s but not T or NK cells, suggesting a lineage-specific requirement for Dreg1. By integrating public chromatin and TF-binding datasets, they propose a Tcf1-Dreg1-Gata3 regulatory axis. The topic is relevant for understanding epigenetic regulation of ILC differentiation.

      Strengths:

      (1) Clear in vivo evidence for a lineage-specific role of Dreg1.

      (2) Comprehensive integration of genomic datasets.

      (3) Cross-species comparison linking mouse and human regulatory regions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Mechanistic conclusions remain correlative, relying on public data.

      (2) Lack of direct chromatin or transcriptional validation of Tcf1-mediated regulation.

      (3) Human enhancer function is not experimentally confirmed.

      (4) Insufficient methodological detail and limited mechanistic discussion.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors investigate the role of the long non-coding RNA Dreg1 for the development, differentiation, or maintenance of group 2 ILC (ILC2). Dreg1 is encoded close to the Gata3 locus, a transcription factor implicated in the differentiation of T cells and ILC, and in particular of type 2 immune cells (i.e., Th2 cells and ILC2). The center of the paper is the generation of a Dreg1-deficient mouse. While Dreg1-/- mice did not show any profound ab T or gd T cell, ILC1, ILC3, and NK cell phenotypes, ILC2 frequencies were reduced in various organs tested (small intestine, lung, visceral adipose tissue). In the bone marrow, immature ILC2 or ILC2 progenitors were reduced, whereas a common ILC progenitor was overrepresented, suggesting a differentiation block. Using ATAC-seq, the authors find that the promoter of Dreg1 is open in early lymphoid progenitors, and the acquisition of chromatin accessibility downstream correlates with increased Dreg1 expression in ILC2 progenitors. Examining publicly available Tcf1 CUT&Run data, they find that Tcf1 was specifically bound to the accessible sites of the Dreg1 locus in early innate lymphoid progenitors. Finally, the syntenic region in the human genome contains two non-coding RNA genes with an expression pattern resembling mouse Dreg1.

      The topic of the manuscript is interesting. However, there are various limitations that are summarized below.

      (1) The authors generated a new mouse model. The strategy should be better described, including the genetic background of the initially microinjected material. How many generations was the targeted offspring backcrossed to C57BL/6J?

      (2) The data is obtained from mice in which the Dreg1 gene is deleted in all cells. A cell-intrinsic role of Dreg1 in ILC2 has not been demonstrated. It should be shown that Dreg1 is required in ILC2 and their progenitors.

      (3) The data on how Dreg1 contributes to the differentiation and or maintenance of ILC2 is not addressed at a very definitive level. Does Dreg1 affect Gata3 expression, mRNA stability, or turnover in ILC2? Previous work of the authors indicated that knockdown of Dreg1 does not affect Gata3 expression (PMID: 32970351).

      (4) How Dreg1 exactly affects ILC2 differentiation remains unclear.

    1. Synthèse sur la Maltraitance Infantile : Thèmes, Intervenants et Cas d'Étude

      Synthèse Exécutive

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les thèmes centraux, les dynamiques et les conséquences de la maltraitance infantile, en se basant sur une série d'études de cas et d'interventions d'experts.

      L'analyse révèle que la maltraitance est un phénomène polymorphe, incluant la violence physique extrême, le syndrome du bébé secoué, les abus sexuels et les négligences graves.

      Une conclusion alarmante émerge : dans la majorité des cas (neuf sur dix), les sévices sont infligés au sein même de la cellule familiale, transformant le lieu de sécurité supposé en principal foyer de danger.

      Le silence des victimes, la complicité passive ou active de certains membres de la famille et l'aveuglement de l'entourage constituent des obstacles majeurs à la protection des enfants.

      La chaîne d'intervention, bien que complexe, est clairement définie : elle commence par une alerte (via le 119 ou un signalement médical), se poursuit par une enquête policière (Brigade des Mineurs), aboutit à une réponse judiciaire (Procureur, Juge des enfants) et se conclut par une prise en charge spécialisée (placement, suivi psychologique).

      Les séquelles de la maltraitance sont profondes et durables, affectant les victimes sur les plans physique, psychologique et comportemental.

      Néanmoins, les témoignages de résilience, illustrés par des parcours de reconstruction personnelle et la recréation de liens affectifs, soulignent que la guérison, bien que longue et ardue, reste possible grâce à un soutien adéquat et continu.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Les Multiples Visages de la Maltraitance

      La maltraitance infantile se manifeste sous diverses formes, souvent cumulatives, allant des sévices physiques aux abus psychologiques et sexuels.

      Violences Physiques et Sévices Graves

      La violence physique est la forme la plus visible de la maltraitance. Les statistiques présentées sont alarmantes : chaque semaine en France, trois enfants meurent des suites de mauvais traitements.

      Le cas de Gaël : Adolescent de 15 ans, il a été victime de violences extrêmes de la part de son père pendant 21 mois, à l'âge de 8 ans. Ses témoignages décrivent un calvaire :

      ◦ Brûlures de cigarettes.  

      ◦ Coups portés avec divers objets : manche à balai, fourchette à poulet, bouteille de verre, assiette, pare-chocs de voiture.  

      ◦ Tentative de noyade dans la baignoire.  

      ◦ Humiliations extrêmes, comme être forcé à manger des excréments de chien.

      Son père a été condamné à 14 ans de prison ferme.

      Gaël utilise aujourd'hui la boxe à haut niveau pour "dégager la haine" et se reconstruire.

      Le cas de Dylan : Enfant de 4 ans décédé en 2003, son corps présentait d'innombrables traces de coups, de morsures et de brûlures de cigarettes, infligées par son beau-père.

      Il était devenu son "souffre-douleur" depuis plusieurs mois.

      Le Syndrome du Bébé Secoué

      Une forme de violence spécifique aux nourrissons est mise en évidence : le syndrome du bébé secoué.

      Mécanisme : Le Dr Philippe Meyer explique qu'il ne s'agit pas d'un simple jeu, mais de "mouvements très répétitifs" et "extrêmement violents".

      La tête du bébé, très lourde et mal soutenue par les muscles du cou, subit des accélérations et décélérations qui provoquent des hémorragies cérébrales (hématome sous-dural).

      Prévalence : L'hôpital Necker reçoit plus de 50 bébés par an présentant ces symptômes.

      Conséquences : Les séquelles peuvent être irréversibles, et un bébé secoué sur dix en meurt.

      Cas étudiés :

      Louis (6 jours) : Arrivé pour un hématome sous-dural, son cas est d'autant plus suspect que son frère est décédé cinq ans plus tôt dans des circonstances similaires, conduisant les médecins à faire un signalement au procureur.  

      Willy (3,5 mois) : Admis pour le même symptôme, son père avoue lui avoir porté un coup lors d'une dispute.

      Il reconnaît son geste : "J'ai craqué [...] j'ai fait ces gestes là j'ai regretté".

      Abus Sexuels

      Les abus sexuels, souvent perpétrés par des proches, sont une autre facette de la maltraitance.

      Le cas d'Elena (7 ans) : La fillette se plaint d'avoir été touchée par Yvon, l'ami de sa grand-mère.

      L'enquête de la Brigade des Mineurs révèle que l'agresseur présumé a déjà des antécédents pour "agression sexuelle sur mineur" en 1998. Confronté, il avoue les faits.

      Le cas d'Estelle : Violée de 2 à 12 ans par son grand-père maternel, elle n'a osé en parler que dix ans plus tard.

      Son parcours illustre la difficulté de la révélation et le poids de la culpabilité et de la honte, qui se sont traduits par des conduites à risque (tentatives de suicide, drogue) à l'adolescence.

      Négligences Graves et Violences Psychologiques

      La maltraitance ne se limite pas aux actes de commission.

      Le placement d'un enfant de 8 ans : La Brigade des Mineurs intervient pour retirer un enfant de sa famille suite à des "graves négligences". L'enfant n'est pas scolarisé et les services sociaux n'ont plus accès à la famille.

      Le cas de Marie : Placée à 15 ans, elle a fui une famille où, au-delà des violences physiques, régnait une "violence psychologique permanente". Elle témoigne : "chaque fois je faisais quelque chose ma mère me disait que ça allait pas tout le temps tout le temps". Cette emprise psychologique l'a conduite à des pensées suicidaires.

      2. L'Environnement Familial : Principal Foyer de Danger

      Le documentaire souligne de manière récurrente que le danger provient le plus souvent de l'entourage immédiat de l'enfant.

      La Responsabilité des Auteurs et le Silence Complice

      Les auteurs des violences sont les parents, beaux-parents ou des proches. Le silence d'un des parents peut être assimilé à une forme de complicité.

      Le cas d'Adeline, mère de Dylan : Elle est jugée pour ne pas avoir dénoncé les violences infligées par son compagnon à son fils.

      Elle a retiré Dylan de l'école pour cacher ses blessures. Son procès en appel aboutit à une peine alourdie à 20 ans de réclusion criminelle.

      Pour l'avocat du père de Dylan, son comportement n'était pas un simple silence mais une "dissimulation" active des faits, court-circuitant toute aide possible.

      L'Aveuglement et la Culpabilité de l'Entourage

      L'entourage élargi peine souvent à percevoir ou à admettre la réalité de la maltraitance, ce qui engendre une profonde culpabilité a posteriori.

      L'entourage de Gaël : La mère de Gaël, Carole, a lutté seule pendant deux ans pour récupérer son fils, séquestré par son ex-mari.

      Les grands-parents expriment leur regret : "Carole disait toujours mon enfant est en danger et nous autour d'elle, on le croyait pas [...] on ne peut pas imaginer qu'on s'est rendu compte de rien." Ils avouent même avoir pensé qu'elle "amplifiait la chose".

      L'indifférence du voisinage : Gaël raconte avoir dormi en slip sur le toit du garage, visible par des centaines de personnes, y compris les parents et enfants de l'école voisine. "Personne a jugé bon de signaler qu'il y avait un souci, c'est inadmissible."

      3. La Chaîne d'Intervention : Du Signalement à la Protection

      Le processus de prise en charge d'un enfant en danger implique une succession d'acteurs institutionnels.

      | Étape | Acteurs Clés | Actions et Observations | | --- | --- | --- | | L'Alerte | Ligne 119, entourage, écoles, médecins | Le service du 119 reçoit plus de 4000 appels par jour. L'alerte est le point de départ crucial qui déclenche l'intervention. | | Le Diagnostic Médical | Médecins hospitaliers (pédiatres, réanimateurs) | Ils sont en première ligne pour détecter les signes physiques (hématomes, fractures). Leur rôle est de soigner mais aussi de signaler les suspicions aux autorités judiciaires, comme dans le cas de Louis. | | L'Enquête Policière | Brigade de Protection des Mineurs | Les policiers mènent des auditions et des interrogatoires pour établir les faits. Leur travail consiste à démêler le vrai du faux face aux dénégations initiales des parents (cas du bébé secoué) ou à obtenir les aveux (cas d'Elena). | | La Réponse Judiciaire | Procureur de la République, Juge des enfants | Le procureur décide des suites à donner (mise en examen, contrôle judiciaire, procès). Le juge des enfants prend les mesures de protection nécessaires (enquête sociale, placement) et évalue la sécurité de l'enfant dans son milieu familial (cas d'Elena et de Marie). | | Le Placement et le Soin | Foyers, pouponnières, éducateurs spécialisés, pédopsychiatres | Lorsque le danger est avéré, les enfants sont retirés de leur famille et placés dans des structures spécialisées. Le placement est souvent un traumatisme, comme le montre l'intervention forcée pour l'enfant de 8 ans. Le soin vise à "réparer" les traumatismes (cas de Roxane et Charlotte à la pouponnière). |

      4. Les Séquelles et le Chemin de la Reconstruction

      Les conséquences de la maltraitance sont profondes et nécessitent un travail de reconstruction de longue haleine.

      Traumatismes Physiques et Psychologiques

      Séquelles physiques : Gaël conserve de multiples cicatrices de ses blessures.

      Séquelles psychologiques : Me Brun Meyrin, l'avocate de Gaël, souligne : "Il a surtout des séquelles morales dont on se demande bien comment elles pourraient ne pas avoir de conséquences dans son futur."

      La psychologue Martine Nisse explique que la communication paradoxale dans les familles maltraitantes ("c'est pour ton bien que je te frappe") rend les enfants "difficiles à comprendre".

      Comportements post-traumatiques : Les enfants placés en pouponnière manifestent des troubles du comportement :

      Roxane, exposée à la violence, développe de l'agressivité et des difficultés relationnelles ; Charlotte, bébé secoué, a appris à "éviter la relation" en se protégeant du contact physique.

      La Thérapie comme Voie de Guérison

      Le suivi psychologique est essentiel pour surmonter le traumatisme.

      Le cas d'Estelle : Après quatre ans de thérapie, elle a pu mettre des mots sur l'inceste subi et déconstruire le sentiment de culpabilité. "Là j'ai compris vraiment que j'y étais pour rien [...] la honte elle reste mais elle s'estompe."

      L'importance de la parole : L'éducateur de Marie souligne que "le fait qu'il y ait une intervention du commissariat [...] n'a pas réglé les problèmes". Il a fallu deux ans et demi pour qu'elle arrive progressivement à "prendre en main sa vie".

      La Résilience et la Reconstruction des Liens

      Malgré la gravité des faits, des parcours de résilience sont possibles.

      Gaël : La boxe lui sert d'exutoire et il retisse un lien fort avec sa mère, Carole. Il parvient à formuler : "Grâce à ma mère, je suis là."

      Marie : Bien qu'inquiète de sa majorité, elle demande à la juge de continuer à la protéger, montrant sa volonté de se construire un avenir stable.

      Cindy, mère de Roxane : En désintoxication et séparée de son conjoint violent, elle s'engage dans un processus pour recréer un lien avec ses enfants et espère pouvoir un jour les récupérer.

      5. Citations Clés

      Gaël, victime de violences paternelles : "C'est pour pouvoir me défendre, c'est pour pouvoir dégager la haine que j'ai sur lui."

      Père de Willy, auteur de secouement : "J'ai craqué [...] je pardonne pas parce qu'on fait pas ça à un bébé mais je sais que ça peut arriver à n'importe qui."

      Grand-père de Gaël, sur sa culpabilité : "Carole disait toujours mon enfant est en danger et nous autour d'elle, on le croyait pas [...] je m'imaginais jamais ce qui se passe."

      Maître Bejo, avocat du père de Dylan : "On n'est pas dans le silence, on est dans un comportement actif de dissimulation des faits et c'est ce comportement actif qui a court-circuité toutes les velléités d'intervention."

      Dr Renier, pionnier sur le syndrome du bébé secoué : "Ce qui fait la différence entre un bien-traitant pour un bébé et un non bien-traitant [...] c'est la maîtrise et la maîtrise elle est indispensable en toutes circonstances."

      Françoise Achard, médecin scolaire, aux enseignants : "On sait que tout le monde peut être maltraitant, c'est-à-dire que ces parents qui avaient l'air bien sympathiques, et ben ça veut pas dire pour autant qu'ils soient pas maltraitants dans l'intimité de leur maison."

      Martine Nisse, psychologue : "Je crois que les principaux sévices c'est la famille, c'est le principal danger pour l'enfant."

      Carole, mère de Gaël : "On essaie de récupérer mais on récupérera jamais ces années, c'est des années qui vont nous manquer toujours."

    1. Note d'information : La Stratégie d'Expansion du Groupe Emeis (ex-Orpea) dans le Secteur de la Psychiatrie en France

      Synthèse Exécutive

      Cette note d'information analyse la stratégie d'expansion du groupe privé lucratif Emeis (anciennement Orpea) dans le secteur de la psychiatrie en France.

      Elle s'appuie sur une enquête journalistique qui met en lumière comment le groupe, marqué par le scandale de ses EHPAD, capitalise sur la crise profonde de la psychiatrie publique pour s'implanter sur ce marché jugé très rentable.

      L'analyse révèle une situation de crise systémique dans le secteur public : un sous-financement chronique, un manque criant de personnel (seulement 600 pédopsychiatres en France), des infrastructures vétustes et une explosion de la demande de soins, notamment chez les jeunes depuis la crise du Covid (+77 % d'épisodes dépressifs chez les 18-24 ans).

      Dans ce contexte, Emeis déploie une stratégie agressive pour s'imposer, illustrée par un projet de clinique de 80 lits près de Strasbourg.

      Cette implantation, menée via sa filiale Clinea, s'est initialement appuyée sur une alliance "étonnante" avec un concurrent, Clinipsy.

      L'enquête suggère que cette alliance aurait pu servir de "cheval de Troie" pour Emeis, lui permettant d'obtenir des autorisations administratives que le groupe, sous le nom d'Orpea, s'était vu refuser à plusieurs reprises depuis 2007.

      Les principales préoccupations soulevées sont le risque d'affaiblissement de l'hôpital public par le débauchage de son personnel, une complémentarité illusoire où le privé se concentrerait sur les cas les plus rentables en laissant les plus complexes au public, et un modèle économique basé sur la rentabilité qui pourrait se faire au détriment de la qualité des soins par la réduction des effectifs.

      Enfin, le document souligne l'opacité de l'Agence Régionale de Santé (ARS) Grand Est, qui a refusé de communiquer des documents essentiels sur ce projet malgré les importants financements publics engagés.

      1. Le Contexte : Une Psychiatrie Publique en Crise Profonde

      La psychiatrie en France est décrite comme étant "malade" et "abandonnée par les pouvoirs publics".

      Ce secteur est devenu le "parent pauvre de la santé", confronté à un manque critique de moyens alors que les besoins de soins explosent.

      Explosion de la demande : La crise du Covid et les confinements ont provoqué une forte augmentation des pathologies mentales.

      +77 % d'épisodes dépressifs chez les 18-24 ans.    ◦ +133 % d'hospitalisations pour tentative de suicide ou automutilation.

      Manque de moyens structurel : Le secteur public souffre d'un sous-investissement chronique.

      Une politique ambulatoire non financée : Depuis les années 1980, une politique de fermeture de lits a été menée au profit de soins ambulatoires (hors de l'hôpital).

      Cependant, les moyens financiers n'ont pas suivi pour développer ces structures alternatives comme les Centres Médico-Psychologiques (CMP).  

      Pénurie de personnel : La France compte environ 600 pédopsychiatres, laissant des départements entiers sans spécialiste.  

      Diminution des capacités : L'hôpital public a perdu près de 7 000 places de prise en charge psychiatrique à temps complet en 15 ans.

      Vétusté des infrastructures : L'état des bâtiments publics est alarmant.

      À Strasbourg, le secteur de la pédopsychiatrie des Hôpitaux Universitaires est logé dans des "bâtiments complètement vétustes" et des "préfabriqués".

      L'Inspection générale des affaires sociales (Igas) a signalé des risques d'incendie et demandé un déménagement en urgence, qui n'a été annoncé que 15 ans plus tard.

      "On a alerté qu'on allait droit dans le mur et le mur aujourd'hui on se le prend en pleine face." - Un soignant, cité dans le documentaire de Laurence Deur.

      2. L'Émergence d'un Nouvel Eldorado : Le Secteur Privé Lucratif

      La défaillance du système public crée une opportunité majeure pour les groupes privés à but lucratif, qui considèrent la psychiatrie comme un "marché très rentable".

      Un secteur profitable : Selon un rapport récent du Sénat, la psychiatrie est l'un des secteurs de la santé les plus rentables, avec des marges estimées entre 5 % et 8 %.

      L'investissement principal étant l'humain, la réduction du personnel est le principal levier pour augmenter les profits.

      Une croissance rapide : La part du secteur privé lucratif dans l'offre de soins psychiatriques a considérablement augmenté :

      1975 : 11 % des lits.    ◦ Aujourd'hui : Plus de 30 % des lits.

      Un parallèle avec les EHPAD : La situation actuelle en psychiatrie est comparée à la privatisation du secteur des EHPAD dans les années 1980.

      Face à des établissements publics vieillissants et coûteux à rénover, l'État avait ouvert la porte au privé qui promettait de "faire moins cher, plus vite".

      Le rôle des ARS : Les Agences Régionales de Santé, autrefois réticentes à ouvrir la psychiatrie au privé, sont aujourd'hui plus enclines à le faire.

      Face à l'incapacité du public à répondre à la demande immense, elles autorisent l'ouverture de cliniques et d'hôpitaux de jour privés.

      3. Étude de Cas : La Stratégie d'Implantation d'Emeis à Strasbourg

      L'enquête se concentre sur un projet de clinique psychiatrique privée de 80 lits à Schiltigheim, près de Strasbourg, porté par le groupe Emeis (ex-Orpea), rebaptisé pour faire oublier le scandale révélé par le livre Les Fossoyeurs. Ce projet est jugé "démesuré" et "anachronique" par les acteurs locaux.

      Une Alliance Stratégique Inédite

      Le projet est né d'une alliance "étonnante" entre deux concurrents :

      1. Clinea : La filiale sanitaire d'Emeis/Orpea.

      2. Clinipsy : Un acteur plus petit, déjà connu pour une enquête du Parquet National Financier (PNF) concernant des autorisations obtenues en région Rhône-Alpes par d'anciens fonctionnaires de l'ARS locale, ensuite embauchés par des filiales du groupe.

      Cette collaboration entre concurrents directs est jugée inhabituelle, comparable à "si Intermarché et Leclerc montaient un supermarché ensemble".

      L'Hypothèse du "Cheval de Troie"

      L'enquête soulève l'hypothèse que cette alliance aurait servi de stratégie à Emeis pour contourner des obstacles réglementaires.

      Dissimulation : Emeis se serait "dissimulé un petit peu" derrière le nom de Clinipsy, un groupe plus petit avec une "moins mauvaise image" auprès des ARS, pour obtenir plus facilement les autorisations.

      Historique des refus : Des documents montrent qu'Orpea tentait d'ouvrir une clinique psychiatrique dans la région depuis au moins 2007 et avait essuyé au moins deux refus de la part de l'agence régionale (alors ARH).

      Depuis, Clinipsy s'est désengagé du projet de clinique de 80 lits pour se concentrer sur des hôpitaux de jour, des structures moins coûteuses et "extrêmement rentables", laissant le champ libre à Emeis pour le projet principal.

      "La question [...] se pose de savoir si Clinipsy a été un petit peu le cheval de Troie d'Orpea dans cette affaire." - Laurence Deur, journaliste.

      4. Les Risques Systémiques de la Privatisation

      L'arrivée massive d'acteurs privés lucratifs comme Emeis dans la psychiatrie fait peser plusieurs risques majeurs sur l'équilibre global du système de santé mentale.

      Le "Pillage" des Ressources Humaines du Public

      La principale inquiétude est que les nouvelles cliniques privées, en offrant de meilleures conditions de travail ou de rémunération, ne débauchent le personnel médical et soignant déjà en sous-effectif dans le secteur public.

      Un exemple concret : Un courrier de 2022 révèle qu'une clinique privée près de Nancy a débauché cinq médecins de l'hôpital public local, fragilisant ce dernier.

      L'inquiétude de la Mairie de Strasbourg : La maire, Jeanne Barségan, craint que le projet de 80 lits n'aggrave la pénurie de psychiatres et ne "vide" l'hôpital public de ses forces.

      Une Complémentarité Illusoire : Le "Triage" des Patients

      L'offre privée est souvent présentée comme "complémentaire" du public. Cependant, l'analyse montre qu'elle ne remplit pas les mêmes missions.

      Évitement des cas complexes : Le privé évite généralement les missions les plus lourdes et les moins rentables, comme l'hospitalisation sous contrainte, qui nécessite plus de personnel et de temps.

      Gestion des urgences "à la carte" : Dans le projet d'Emeis, la prise en charge des urgences se ferait "de gré à gré", sans obligation contraignante. Le médecin du privé peut accepter ou refuser un patient envoyé par le public.

      La conclusion : "Tout ce qui est complexe reste dans l'hôpital public", tandis que le privé se positionne sur des missions "plus faciles à assurer".

      Le Modèle Économique : Profit vs. Qualité des Soins

      Emeis est une entreprise cotée en bourse qui doit générer du profit pour ses actionnaires.

      Le levier du personnel : En psychiatrie, où "l'investissement, c'est l'humain", la principale méthode pour augmenter la rentabilité est de réduire les effectifs.

      Conflits sociaux : Plusieurs conflits sociaux ont éclaté dans des cliniques psychiatriques d'Emeis (Thionville, Nord, Isère) où le personnel dénonçait un manque d'effectifs et une réorganisation du travail impactant la qualité des soins.

      Une grève de trois semaines a eu lieu à Seyssins, un événement "extrêmement rare dans le privé".

      "Une entreprise est là pour faire du profit alors que l'hôpital public on lui demande pas d'être profitable, on lui demande d'être à l'équilibre." - Laurence Deur, journaliste.

      5. Le Rôle et l'Opacité des Autorités de Régulation

      L'enquête met en cause le manque de transparence de l'Agence Régionale de Santé (ARS) Grand Est.

      Rétention d'information : La journaliste a été "baladée pendant un mois et demi" sans obtenir de réponse ni les documents demandés concernant le projet de clinique Emeis.

      L'ARS a fini par envoyer un document public générique qui ne correspondait pas à la demande.

      Recours à la CADA : Il a fallu saisir la Commission d'Accès aux Documents Administratifs (CADA) pour obtenir une partie des informations.

      Enjeux financiers publics : Cette opacité est jugée problématique car le projet engage d'importants fonds publics.

      Les autorisations délivrées "valent des millions d'euros" et le groupe peut prétendre à une "dotation d'amorçage" de l'État pour financer son démarrage.

      Cette situation soulève des questions sur le contrôle et la régulation de l'expansion du secteur privé lucratif, financée en partie par de l'argent public, dans un domaine aussi sensible que la santé mentale.

  2. www.vie-publique.fr www.vie-publique.fr
    1. Synthèse du rapport : Protection de l’enfance et maltraitances — État des lieux 2025

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document de synthèse présente les principales conclusions du rapport "Protection de l’enfance et maltraitances — État des lieux 2025", publié par l’Observatoire national de la protection de l’enfance (ONPE).

      L'analyse des données, arrêtées au 31 décembre 2023, révèle plusieurs tendances structurelles profondes qui redéfinissent le paysage de la protection de l'enfance en France.

      Au 31 décembre 2023, 364 200 prestations et mesures étaient en cours pour les mineurs et 33 400 pour les jeunes majeurs, des chiffres en augmentation significative sur la dernière décennie.

      Les dynamiques clés sont les suivantes :

      1. Une croissance globale et continue : Le nombre total d'interventions pour les mineurs a augmenté de 22 % entre 2013 et 2023.

      Le taux de prise en charge pour 1 000 mineurs a quant à lui progressé de 27 % sur la même période, passant de 20,3 ‰ à 25,8 ‰, une hausse accentuée par la baisse démographique de cette tranche d'âge.

      2. Un basculement structurel vers l'accueil : Pour la première fois depuis le début du suivi, l'accueil (placement hors du domicile familial) est devenu majoritaire, représentant 52,2 % des interventions pour les mineurs.

      Cette inversion de tendance, amorcée en 2018, marque un changement profond par rapport au suivi en milieu ouvert (à domicile).

      3. La prédominance de l'hébergement en établissement : Une seconde inversion de tendance est observée dans les modalités d'accueil.

      L'hébergement en établissement (41 %) dépasse désormais l'accueil familial traditionnel chez les assistants familiaux (36 %), qui voit sa part diminuer de manière continue.

      4. Une judiciarisation accrue des mesures : La part des interventions décidées par un juge ne cesse de croître, atteignant 82,4 % de l'ensemble des mesures pour mineurs en 2023, contre 78,6 % en 2013.

      Cette tendance est particulièrement marquée pour les mesures d'accueil (92,1 %).

      5. L'impact majeur des mineurs non accompagnés (MNA) : La forte augmentation du nombre de MNA pris en charge (46 200 mineurs et jeunes majeurs fin 2023) influence profondément les statistiques globales, notamment la hausse des accueils, la prédominance masculine chez les adolescents et l'augmentation des saisines judiciaires.

      6. Des disparités territoriales persistantes et croissantes : Des écarts considérables subsistent entre les départements, que ce soit pour les taux de prise en charge globaux, les taux de judiciarisation ou les modalités d'intervention. Ces disparités tendent à se creuser au fil du temps.

      7. Une attention renforcée aux jeunes majeurs : Bien qu'en légère baisse depuis un pic en 2021, le soutien aux 18-20 ans a fortement augmenté sur dix ans (+53 %).

      Le taux de poursuite de l'accompagnement après la majorité a atteint 52 % en 2023, retrouvant son niveau d'avant 2013, signe d'une politique active contre les "sorties sèches".

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Vue d'ensemble de la prise en charge en protection de l'enfance

      1.1. Augmentation continue des interventions

      Le nombre d'interventions en protection de l'enfance pour les mineurs (0-17 ans) a connu une croissance soutenue sur la dernière décennie.

      Nombre total d'interventions : Au 31 décembre 2023, 364 200 prestations administratives et mesures judiciaires étaient en cours, soit une augmentation de 22 % par rapport à 2013 (297 500).

      Taux de prise en charge : Le taux d'intervention pour 1 000 mineurs est passé de 20,3 ‰ en 2013 à 25,8 ‰ en 2023, une augmentation de 27 %.

      Cette hausse est plus rapide que celle des effectifs en raison d'une diminution de 4 % de la population des moins de 18 ans sur la même période.

      Estimation du nombre de mineurs : En croisant diverses sources (DREES, Olinpe), le nombre de mineurs uniques suivis est estimé à environ 351 500 au 31 décembre 2023.

      | Année | Nombre de prestations et mesures | Taux pour 1 000 mineurs | | --- | --- | --- | | 2013 | 297 500 | 20 ‰ | | 2017 | 342 900 | 23 ‰ | | 2020 | 338 600 | 24 ‰ | | 2022 | 347 100 | 24 ‰ | | 2023 | 364 200 | 26 ‰ |

      Source : DREES, DPJJ, Insee, calculs ONPE

      La croissance a été particulièrement marquée entre 2022 et 2023, avec une hausse de 5 %.

      Cette dynamique fait écho à l'augmentation des saisines des juges des enfants observée après la crise sanitaire.

      1.2. Disparités territoriales croissantes

      Les écarts de prise en charge entre les départements non seulement persistent mais se sont accentués entre 2013 et 2023.

      Écart des taux : Au 31 décembre 2023, le taux de prise en charge des mineurs variait de 13,5 ‰ (Yvelines) à 48,1 ‰ (Nièvre). En 2013, l'écart était moins prononcé, allant de 10,9 ‰ à 37 ‰.

      Tendances géographiques :

      ◦ Les taux les plus faibles se concentrent majoritairement en Île-de-France et en Auvergne-Rhône-Alpes.  

      ◦ Les taux les plus élevés sont observés dans des territoires souvent moins densément peuplés.

      Évolutions hétérogènes : Entre 2013 et 2023, le taux de prise en charge a augmenté dans 98 départements, mais avec des variations extrêmes, allant de -7 % (Hauts-de-Seine, Loiret) à +101 % (Lozère).

      2. La dynamique des types d'intervention

      2.1. Une judiciarisation accrue

      La prise en charge des mineurs est majoritairement décidée par l'autorité judiciaire, et cette tendance se renforce.

      Part des mesures judiciaires : Au 31 décembre 2023, 82,4 % des 364 200 interventions résultaient d'une décision judiciaire, contre 78,6 % en 2013.

      Répartition par type d'intervention :

      Accueil : 92,1 % des mesures sont judiciaires.    ◦ Milieu ouvert : 71,7 % des mesures sont judiciaires.

      Disparités départementales : Le "taux de judiciarisation" varie fortement, de 66,9 % (Morbihan) à 94,9 % (Seine-Saint-Denis).

      Les départements des Hauts-de-France et du Grand-Est affichent des taux particulièrement élevés.

      2.2. Le basculement vers l'accueil au détriment du milieu ouvert

      Un changement structurel majeur s'est opéré : le nombre de placements d'enfants (accueil) dépasse désormais le nombre d'interventions à domicile (milieu ouvert).

      Inversion de la tendance : En 2023, les mesures d'accueil s'élèvent à près de 190 300 (52,2 % du total), tandis que les mesures en milieu ouvert sont de 174 000 (47,8 %). Le point de bascule s'est produit en 2018.

      Croissance différentielle (2013-2023) :

      ◦ Le taux de mineurs accueillis a augmenté de 40 % (passant de 9,7 ‰ à 13,5 ‰).    ◦ Le taux de mineurs suivis en milieu ouvert a augmenté de 16 % (passant de 10,7 ‰ à 12,3 ‰).

      Facteurs explicatifs : Cette évolution est notamment liée à la forte augmentation des accueils de mineurs non accompagnés (MNA) et au développement de nouvelles mesures comme le "placement à domicile", comptabilisées comme de l'accueil.

      3. L'accueil des mineurs : modalités et profils

      3.1. Évolution des modes d'hébergement : l'établissement devance la famille d'accueil

      Pour la deuxième année consécutive, l'accueil en établissement est la modalité la plus fréquente, devant l'accueil familial traditionnel.

      | Mode d'hébergement | Part en 2013 | Part en 2023 | Évolution en effectifs (2013-2023) | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | Établissement | 38 % | 41 % | +50 % | | Famille d'accueil | 52 % | 36 % | \-4 % (depuis 2019) | | Hébergement autonome | 4 % | 6 % | +143 % | | Autres modes d'hébergement | 6 % | 17 % | +321 % |

      Source : DREES, calculs ONPE. Champ : Mineurs et jeunes majeurs confiés à l'ASE.

      • La catégorie "Autres modes d'hébergement" inclut les placements chez un tiers digne de confiance, en internat, l'accueil durable et bénévole, etc. Son explosion est un facteur clé de la restructuration du secteur.

      • Cette tendance coïncide avec une baisse de 11 % du nombre d'assistants familiaux employés par les départements entre 2016 et 2023.

      3.2. Le placement direct : le recours croissant au "tiers digne de confiance"

      Le placement direct, décidé par un juge sans passer par une mesure de confiement à l'ASE, évolue également.

      • Au 31 décembre 2023, 17 100 enfants bénéficiaient d'un placement direct.

      • La part des placements chez un "tiers digne de confiance" a fortement augmenté, passant de 69 % en 2013 à 86 % en 2023.

      • Cette évolution est directement liée à la loi du 7 février 2022, qui systématise la recherche d'un membre de la famille ou d'un proche pour accueillir l'enfant.

      3.3. Profils démographiques des enfants accueillis

      Prédominance masculine : Les garçons représentent 59 % des mineurs accueillis (hors placement direct).

      Ce déséquilibre s'accentue avec l'âge, atteignant 69 % chez les 16-17 ans, principalement en raison de la population de MNA (à plus de 90 % masculine).

      Répartition par âge : Entre 2015 et 2023, la croissance des accueils a été la plus forte aux âges extrêmes : +38 % pour les moins de 6 ans et +50 % pour les 16-17 ans.

      Profil en placement direct : La population en placement direct est très différente, avec un équilibre quasi parfait entre les sexes (50,2 % de filles) et une part plus importante de 11-15 ans (39 % contre 34 %).

      4. La situation spécifique des jeunes majeurs (18-20 ans)

      4.1. Tendances générales et disparités

      L'accompagnement des jeunes majeurs a connu une croissance massive, bien qu'en léger recul depuis 2021.

      Effectifs : 33 400 jeunes majeurs étaient pris en charge fin 2023, soit une augmentation de 53 % depuis 2013. Le pic a été atteint en 2021 avec 35 100 jeunes.

      Nature de l'intervention : La prise en charge est quasi exclusivement administrative (99,8 %) et consiste très majoritairement en un accueil (92,2 %).

      Taux de prise en charge : Le taux national est de 13,6 ‰, mais les disparités départementales sont extrêmes, allant de 1,6 ‰ (Hautes-Alpes) à 28,5 ‰ (Allier).

      4.2. La poursuite de l'accompagnement après 18 ans

      Un nouvel indicateur, le "taux de poursuite en Accueil Provisoire Jeunes Majeurs (APJM)", mesure la probabilité pour un jeune confié à 17 ans de continuer à être hébergé après sa majorité.

      • Après une chute à un niveau plancher de 37 % en 2018, ce taux a connu une remontée spectaculaire pour atteindre 52 % en 2023.

      • Cette hausse s'explique par les mesures liées à la crise sanitaire puis par la Stratégie nationale de prévention et de protection de l’enfance, qui a fait de la lutte contre les "sorties sèches" un objectif prioritaire.

      5. Facteurs d'influence et dynamiques transversales

      5.1. L'impact des mineurs non accompagnés (MNA)

      Les MNA constituent une part croissante et influente de la population protégée.

      Effectifs : Au 31 décembre 2023, 46 200 mineurs et jeunes majeurs MNA étaient pris en charge, une hausse de 17 % en un an.

      Répartition : 65 % sont mineurs et 35 % sont de jeunes majeurs. Cette proportion de jeunes majeurs a diminué depuis son pic à 50 % en 2021.

      Influence statistique : Les MNA contribuent significativement à la hausse du nombre d'accueils, à la surreprésentation des garçons de 16-17 ans et à l'augmentation des saisines judiciaires.

      5.2. L'augmentation des saisines des juges des enfants

      L'activité judiciaire en assistance éducative est en forte croissance.

      • En 2023, les juges des enfants ont été saisis pour 124 117 nouveaux mineurs, un chiffre en hausse de 10 % par rapport à 2022 et de 50 % depuis 2013.

      • Le rapport note une corrélation entre la courbe des saisines judiciaires et celle des évaluations de minorité pour les MNA, suggérant un lien de cause à effet partiel.

    1. Analyse de l'Avis du CESE sur les Temps de Vie de l'Enfant

      Résumé Exécutif

      Cet avis du Conseil économique, social et environnemental (CESE), intitulé « Satisfaire les besoins fondamentaux des enfants et garantir leurs droits », dresse un constat critique de la situation des enfants en France, dont les temps de vie sont davantage structurés par les contraintes des adultes que par leurs propres besoins fondamentaux.

      Fruit d'une saisine gouvernementale faisant suite à une Convention citoyenne, le rapport souligne un décalage majeur entre les droits constitutionnels et internationaux de l'enfant et leur application effective, particulièrement pour les plus vulnérables.

      Les principales conclusions révèlent des inégalités sociales, territoriales et économiques profondes qui entravent le développement, la santé et le bien-être des enfants.

      L'avis pointe du doigt des rythmes scolaires inadaptés, une sédentarité croissante, un manque de sommeil chronique, une surexposition aux écrans, et une déconnexion préoccupante de la nature.

      La pression sur les familles, notamment monoparentales, et le manque de coordination entre les acteurs éducatifs aggravent ces constats.

      Pour y remédier, le CESE formule 19 préconisations interdépendantes visant une transformation systémique. Celles-ci incluent des mesures politiques fortes comme l'instauration d'une « clause impact enfance » dans chaque projet de loi, une réforme ambitieuse des rythmes scolaires sur la base des besoins physiologiques, et la création d'un Service Public de la Continuité Éducative (SPCE) pour assurer une meilleure coordination des acteurs.

      L'avis appelle également à renforcer le soutien à la parentalité, à garantir l'accès de tous les enfants aux loisirs, à la culture et aux activités de plein air, et à allouer des financements publics pérennes pour faire de l'enfance un véritable investissement d'avenir.

      Introduction et Contexte

      En réponse à une saisine du Premier ministre de mai 2025, le CESE a élaboré cet avis suite aux travaux d'une Convention citoyenne dédiée aux temps de vie des enfants. Cent trente-trois citoyens et un panel de vingt enfants et adolescents ont été invités à répondre à la question :

      « Comment mieux structurer les différents temps de la vie quotidienne des enfants afin qu’ils soient plus favorables à leurs apprentissages, à leur développement et à leur santé ? ».

      Le constat principal de la Convention citoyenne, repris par le CESE, est que les enfants subissent les rythmes effrénés d'une société qui construit leurs temps autour des contraintes des adultes plutôt qu'en réponse à leurs besoins biologiques et de développement.

      Le rapport du CESE, s'appuyant sur les 20 propositions citoyennes, formule 19 préconisations qui constituent une position commune de la société civile organisée.

      Cet avis s'inscrit dans la continuité de travaux antérieurs du CESE sur l'éducation, la protection de l'enfance et la santé mentale, et vise à proposer des réponses globales et articulées.

      Partie 1 : Droits et Besoins Fondamentaux de l'Enfant : Un Constat Alarmant

      A. L'Écart entre Droits Reconnus et Réalité Vécue

      La France a consacré les droits de l'enfant dans sa Constitution et a ratifié la Convention Internationale des Droits de l'Enfant (CIDE) en 1990, s'engageant sur quatre principes fondamentaux : le droit à la vie, l'intérêt supérieur de l'enfant, la non-discrimination et le respect de son opinion.

      Cependant, l'avis du CESE met en lumière une ineffectivité préoccupante de ces droits pour une part significative des enfants.

      Pauvreté et Précarité : En 2023, 21,9 % des enfants de moins de 18 ans vivent sous le seuil de pauvreté monétaire.

      À la rentrée 2025, au moins 2 159 enfants se sont retrouvés sans solution d'hébergement.

      Ces réalités percutent violemment la capacité de la société à répondre à leurs besoins fondamentaux.

      Critiques Internationales : Le Comité des droits de l'enfant de l'ONU a enjoint la France en 2023 à prendre des mesures urgentes concernant la violence, la protection de l'enfance, la détention d'enfants étrangers, la pauvreté et l'inclusion des enfants en situation de handicap.

      L'« Infantisme » : Le rapport dénonce la persistance de l'« infantisme », un concept désignant les préjugés et la discrimination fondée sur l'âge, qui considère les enfants comme des êtres inférieurs et moins dignes de respect.

      Cette culture conduit à ignorer leur parole et leur capacité à être des acteurs sociaux. Pour le combattre, le CESE réaffirme la nécessité d'un débat de société et la création d'un Code de l'enfance.

      Clause « Impact Enfance » : S'inspirant de la « clause impact jeunesse », le CESE préconise (Préconisation #1) d'intégrer un volet enfance dans chaque étude d'impact des projets de loi afin de s'assurer que toute politique publique soit fondée sur le respect des droits de l'enfant.

      B. Le Rôle de la Famille et les Obstacles Socio-économiques

      La famille est le premier lieu de développement de l'enfant, mais elle fait face à de nombreux obstacles.

      Soutien à la Parentalité : Face à la diversité des modèles familiaux (nucléaire, monoparentale, recomposée...), un soutien renforcé à la parentalité est jugé nécessaire pour aider les parents à répondre aux besoins de leurs enfants (Préconisation #7).

      Inégalités de Genre : Les femmes continuent d'assumer l'essentiel des responsabilités familiales et de la charge mentale, ce qui impacte leur santé et leur carrière.

      Le rapport souligne la nécessité d'une répartition équitable des tâches.

      Conciliation Vie Professionnelle/Familiale : Les contraintes professionnelles empiètent sur le temps familial.

      Le CESE préconise (Préconisation #2) la transposition complète de la directive européenne sur l'équilibre vie professionnelle-vie personnelle, en créant un droit à des « formules souples de travail » (aménagement du temps, télétravail) négocié dans les branches et la fonction publique.

      Enfants Séparés de leur Famille :

      Parents séparés : Il est crucial de soutenir les dispositifs comme les Espaces de rencontre pour préserver la relation parent-enfant tout en prenant en compte le point de vue de l'enfant (Préconisation #3).   

      Aide Sociale à l'Enfance (ASE) : L'avis dénonce une crise systémique de la protection de l'enfance, où les droits des enfants confiés, notamment l'accès aux loisirs et à la culture, sont négligés.

      Il est préconisé (Préconisation #4) que le Projet Pour l'Enfant (PPE) soit co-construit avec les parents et l'enfant, et qu'il intègre l'ensemble de ses besoins.

      Partie 2 : Les Enjeux des Temps et des Espaces de Vie

      L'avis analyse en profondeur la manière dont les temps et les espaces de l'enfant sont organisés, révélant de multiples fractures et inadéquations.

      A. Les Temps de Vie : Entre Contraintes et Qualité

      La vie de l'enfant est rythmée par trois grands temps : familial, scolaire, et les "tiers temps" (périscolaire, extrascolaire).

      Qualité des Temps : Le rapport insiste sur la nécessité d'un équilibre entre temps contraints et temps libre, temps individuel et collectif, activité et repos.

      La qualité des interactions avec les adultes et un environnement sécurisant sont déterminants.

      Le CESE préconise (Préconisation #6) d'intégrer des temps libres de qualité dans toutes les activités d'apprentissage.

      Le Temps Scolaire : La France se distingue par des journées scolaires longues et un temps d'instruction élevé, sans que cela se traduise par de meilleurs résultats.

      Le rythme de la semaine de quatre jours est jugé contraire aux besoins des enfants. Le CESE estime que le statu quo n'est plus tenable et appelle (Préconisation #8) à une évolution des rythmes scolaires :

      Premier degré : Réorganiser la journée et la semaine scolaire après concertation.   

      Second degré : Adapter les amplitudes horaires aux besoins physiologiques des jeunes (ex: commencer plus tard).   

      Calendrier scolaire : Organiser le calendrier hexagonal autour de deux zones de vacances, avec une alternance de 7 semaines de cours et 2 semaines de vacances.

      Les Tiers Temps et le Droit aux Loisirs : Les activités périscolaires et extrascolaires, portées par les associations et les collectivités, sont essentielles mais menacées par le désengagement de l'État et la marchandisation.

      L'accès à ces activités, ainsi qu'aux vacances, est fortement marqué par les inégalités sociales.

      Un enfant sur deux ne part pas en vacances. Le CESE réaffirme (Préconisation #9) que chaque enfant a droit aux vacances et aux loisirs, et appelle à renforcer le financement des accueils collectifs de mineurs et l'information sur les aides existantes.

      B. Les Espaces de Vie : De l'« Enfant d'Intérieur » à la Reconnexion au Dehors

      L'environnement physique joue un rôle crucial dans le développement de l'enfant.

      L'« Enfant d'Intérieur » : Le rapport alerte sur le phénomène des « enfants d'intérieur », qui passent de moins en moins de temps à l'extérieur et en contact avec la nature, en raison de la peur du risque, de l'urbanisation centrée sur la voiture et de l'attrait des écrans.

      Repenser l'Aménagement : Il est impératif de repenser l'aménagement des territoires « à hauteur d'enfant », en créant des espaces publics (rues, places) sécurisés, propices au jeu, à la socialisation et aux mobilités douces.

      Le CESE préconise (Préconisation #11) d'associer les enfants à l'élaboration des projets d'urbanisme.

      Le Bâti et le Cadre de Vie : Les bâtiments accueillant des enfants (écoles, centres de loisirs) sont souvent inadaptés, notamment face aux enjeux climatiques (vagues de chaleur).

      Leur rénovation écologique et leur accessibilité sont des priorités. Toute rénovation doit faire l'objet d'une concertation incluant les enfants et les jeunes (Préconisation #12).

      Partie 3 : Leviers d'Action pour la Santé et le Bien-être

      L'avis identifie quatre domaines d'action prioritaires pour améliorer la santé physique et mentale des enfants.

      Reconnecter à la Nature : Le contact avec la nature est fondamental pour la santé.

      Le CESE appelle à valoriser et accompagner l'éducation au dehors (Préconisation #10) et à garantir que chaque enfant bénéficie d'un accès à des espaces naturels, de sorties régulières et d'au moins un séjour en classe de découverte par cycle scolaire (Préconisation #13).

      Lutter contre le Manque de Sommeil : Le déficit de sommeil touche plus de 30 % des enfants et 70 % des adolescents, avec des conséquences graves sur l'apprentissage et la santé.

      Le CESE demande une campagne nationale de sensibilisation (Préconisation #14) et la garantie de temps de repos et de sieste dans toutes les structures, notamment en maternelle (Préconisation #15).

      Favoriser l'Activité Physique : Face à une sédentarité alarmante, il est crucial de faciliter l'accès au sport pour tous. Le CESE préconise (Préconisation #16) une tarification sociale et l'élargissement du dispositif Pass'Sport, récemment restreint.

      Mieux Réguler les Écrans : L'omniprésence des écrans a des effets néfastes documentés (sommeil, sédentarité, exposition à des contenus inappropriés). L'avis souligne la nécessité d'une meilleure régulation et d'un accompagnement à la parentalité numérique.

      Partie 4 : Gouvernance, Coordination et Financement

      Pour que ces changements soient effectifs, une transformation de la gouvernance des politiques de l'enfance est indispensable.

      Coordination des Acteurs : L'action publique est jugée trop fragmentée. Le CESE préconise (Préconisation #17) de réhabiliter le Projet Éducatif Territorial (PEDT) et d'en faire le volet éducation des Conventions Territoriales Globales (CTG) pour assurer une coordination efficace au niveau local.

      Un Service Public de la Continuité Éducative (SPCE) : Pour garantir une offre éducative cohérente sur tous les temps de l'enfant, l'avis propose la création d'un SPCE (Préconisation #18).

      Ce service, confié aux collectivités locales, serait chargé de diagnostiquer les besoins et de planifier les actions en associant tous les acteurs.

      Formation et Financement : La revalorisation des métiers éducatifs et le développement d'une culture commune des droits de l'enfant sont essentiels.

      Enfin, le CESE alerte sur l'insuffisance des budgets alloués aux politiques de l'enfance et appelle (Préconisation #19) à un effort budgétaire conséquent et pérenne de l'État et de la Sécurité sociale, considérant ces dépenses comme un investissement fondamental pour l'avenir.

      Synthèse des 19 Préconisations du CESE

      | Numéro | Thème Principal | Résumé de la Préconisation | | --- | --- | --- | | #1 | Droits de l'enfant | Mettre en œuvre une « clause impact enfance » dans chaque étude d'impact de projet de loi ou de texte réglementaire pour garantir que les politiques publiques respectent les droits de l'enfant. | | #2 | Parentalité & Travail | Créer un droit aux « formules souples de travail » (aménagement du temps, télétravail) pour les parents, par la négociation dans les branches et la fonction publique. | | #3 | Séparation parentale | Développer et soutenir financièrement les Espaces de rencontre pour aider les parents séparés à assumer leurs responsabilités parentales en prenant en compte le point de vue de l'enfant. | | #4 | Protection de l'enfance (ASE) | Rendre le Projet pour l'enfant (PPE) systématiquement co-construit avec les parents et l'enfant, et y intégrer tous les besoins, y compris les loisirs et la culture. Simplifier la gestion des actes usuels. | | #5 | Accès à la culture | Soutenir financièrement et développer tous les dispositifs culturels et artistiques pour les enfants (scolaires, ACM), via des contrats multipartites (État, collectivités, réseau culturel). | | #6 | Qualité des temps | Intégrer des temps libres de qualité dans les activités d'apprentissage, ce qui implique de former les adultes et personnels encadrants. | | #7 | Soutien à la parentalité | Mieux faire connaître, rendre accessibles et valoriser financièrement les lieux et actions d'aide aux parents (maisons des familles, groupes de parole, LAEP, PMI...). | | #8 | Rythmes scolaires | Faire évoluer les rythmes scolaires : réorganiser la journée et la semaine au primaire ; adapter les horaires aux besoins physiologiques au secondaire ; organiser un calendrier national à 2 zones (7 semaines de cours / 2 de vacances). | | #9 | Droit aux vacances et loisirs | Mobiliser les pouvoirs publics pour rendre effectif le droit aux vacances. Renforcer l'information sur les aides et financer davantage les accueils collectifs de mineurs (ACM). | | #10 | Éducation à la nature | Valoriser et accompagner l'éducation au dehors et en lien avec la nature (formation des acteurs, verdissement des espaces, aires éducatives, terrains d'aventure...). | | #11 | Aménagement du territoire | Aménager les territoires « à hauteur d'enfant » dans une démarche participative, en repensant les espaces publics comme lieux de sociabilité, de mixité et de jeu. | | #12 | Bâti et cadre de vie | Rendre obligatoire la concertation avec les enfants et les jeunes pour tout projet d'aménagement ou de rénovation de bâtiments (écoles, centres de loisirs, gymnases...). | | #13 | Lien à la nature | Garantir que chaque enfant bénéficie d'un accès à des espaces naturels, de sorties régulières, et d'au moins un séjour en classe de découverte par cycle de scolarité. | | #14 | Sommeil | Organiser une campagne nationale d'information et de sensibilisation sur le rôle fondamental du sommeil et les facteurs qui lui nuisent. | | #15 | Temps de repos | Prévoir des temps de repos, de calme et de sieste (préservée en maternelle) dans toutes les structures accueillant des enfants, et repenser les locaux pour créer une atmosphère paisible. | | #16 | Activité physique et sportive | Soutenir une tarification sociale pour l'accès au sport. Étendre et revaloriser le Pass'Sport, en y incluant les associations sportives scolaires. | | #17 | Coordination locale | Réhabiliter le Projet Éducatif Territorial (PEDT) et en faire le volet "éducation" des Conventions Territoriales Globales (CTG) pour une coordination globale des acteurs. | | #18 | Gouvernance | Créer un Service Public de la Continuité Éducative (SPCE), confié aux collectivités, pour diagnostiquer les besoins et planifier les actions éducatives sur le territoire. | | #19 | Financement | Assurer un effort budgétaire conséquent et pérenne de l'État et de la Sécurité sociale pour financer les politiques publiques en faveur de l'enfance. |

    1. Synthèse de l'Étude sur la Protection des Mineurs en Ligne

      Synthèse Exécutive

      Cette étude, menée par l'Arcom en septembre 2025, révèle que les plateformes numériques sont devenues un pilier central et inévitable de la vie des adolescents de 11 à 17 ans, avec des implications majeures en matière d'exposition aux risques et d'efficacité des mesures de protection.

      L'accès à ces services est quasi universel, de plus en plus précoce, et se fait souvent en contournant les restrictions d'âge conçues pour protéger les plus jeunes.

      Les principaux points à retenir sont les suivants :

      Usage quasi universel et intensif : 99 % des 11-17 ans utilisent au moins une plateforme en ligne, et 83 % fréquentent quotidiennement une très grande plateforme (VLOP).

      En moyenne, les adolescents utilisent 3,6 plateformes différentes chaque jour, motivés principalement par le besoin de lien social, de divertissement et d'accès à l'information.

      Contournement systématique des restrictions d'âge : L'âge moyen de la première utilisation des réseaux sociaux est de 12,3 ans, bien en deçà du seuil légal de 13 ans.

      Une part significative (62 %) des adolescents reconnaît avoir menti sur son âge lors de l'inscription, principalement pour accéder à des services pour lesquels ils n'avaient pas l'âge requis (65 %).

      Cette tendance à une inscription précoce s'accentue chez les plus jeunes générations.

      Faiblesse des mécanismes de vérification : Les systèmes de vérification d'âge des plateformes s'avèrent largement inefficaces.

      Seulement 18 % des mineurs déclarent avoir déjà dû prouver leur âge ou avoir vu leur compte bloqué.

      Les observations techniques montrent que le contournement des blocages à l'inscription est souvent simple, notamment sur des plateformes majeures comme Instagram, Snapchat et Facebook.

      Encadrement parental ambivalent et contourné : Bien que 94 % des foyers instaurent des règles sur l'usage du numérique, près de la moitié des adolescents (45 %) admettent les contourner régulièrement.

      Il existe une perception partagée des risques entre parents et enfants, mais les parents se montrent nettement plus inquiets et moins convaincus des bénéfices des plateformes.

      Perception dichotomique : Les adolescents et leurs parents entretiennent un rapport ambivalent aux plateformes, les considérant à la fois comme des outils d'intégration sociale et de divertissement indispensables, mais aussi comme des sources d'inquiétude et d'exposition à des risques graves.

      1. Contexte et Méthodologie de l'Étude

      Objectifs de l'Étude

      L'étude menée pour l'Arcom vise à dresser un état des lieux complet de la protection des mineurs dans l'univers numérique. Elle s'articule autour de trois axes principaux d'investigation :

      1. L'Exposition : Mesurer le degré de conscience des mineurs face aux risques en ligne et leur exposition réelle.

      2. La Protection : Analyser les moyens de prévention mis en place par les mineurs et leur entourage, ainsi que leurs réactions post-exposition.

      3. Les Attentes : Recueillir les attentes des mineurs, des parents et des professionnels pour une meilleure protection.

      L'objectif est de comprendre les compétences que les adolescents mobilisent pour naviguer en ligne, dans un contexte oscillant entre la conscience des dangers et la prise de risques.

      Approche Méthodologique

      Pour garantir une vision exhaustive, l'étude a été réalisée en quatre volets complémentaires entre novembre 2024 et avril 2025, en partenariat avec Ipsos BVA et OpinionWay.

      | Volet | Type d'étude | Période | Participants et Méthodes | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | 1 | Entretiens préparatoires | Nov - Déc 2024 | Entretiens avec des experts, des représentants de plateformes. | | 2 | Étude qualitative | Fév - Mars 2025 | Entretiens avec des experts (associations, psychologue, pédiatre), 16 entretiens individuels et 4 triades avec des mineurs (11-17 ans). | | 3 | Étude sémiologique et observations | Avril 2025 | Analyse des outils et CGU des plateformes ; simulation de parcours utilisateurs avec 8 profils fictifs ; focus sur les thèmes de la maigreur et du masculinisme. | | 4 | Étude quantitative | Avril 2025 | Questionnaire en ligne auprès de 2 000 mineurs (11-17 ans) et de leurs parents. |

      Le périmètre de l'étude couvre les réseaux sociaux (Snapchat, TikTok, Facebook, Instagram, etc.), les plateformes de partage de vidéos (YouTube, Twitch, etc.) et les messageries instantanées (WhatsApp, Discord, etc.).

      2. L'Usage Incontournable des Plateformes par les Mineurs

      Omniprésence et Intensité d'Usage

      Les plateformes en ligne sont omniprésentes dans la vie des 11-17 ans. L'étude révèle des chiffres qui témoignent d'une adoption quasi totale et d'un usage quotidien intensif.

      99 % des 11-17 ans utilisent au moins une plateforme en ligne.

      83 % utilisent au moins une Très Grande Plateforme en Ligne (VLOP) chaque jour.

      • En moyenne, les adolescents utilisent 3,6 plateformes différentes quotidiennement.

      La ventilation par catégorie de services montre une forte pénétration de tous les types de plateformes.

      | Catégorie de Service | Taux d'Utilisation (11-17 ans) | | --- | --- | | Plateformes de vidéos en ligne | 98 % | | Messageries instantanées | 91 % | | Réseaux sociaux | 88 % | | Jeux en ligne | 87 % | | Sites de rencontres | 15 % |

      YouTube, Snapchat, TikTok et WhatsApp sont les plateformes les plus utilisées au quotidien par plus de la moitié des 11-17 ans. L'usage quotidien des VLOP augmente de manière significative avec l'âge, passant de 62 % chez les 11 ans à 96 % chez les 17 ans.

      Motivations Principales des Adolescents

      Trois motivations majeures expliquent pourquoi les plateformes sont devenues incontournables pour les adolescents.

      1. Le besoin d'appartenance et de lien social : Les plateformes sont perçues comme un vecteur essentiel d'intégration sociale et de communication avec les pairs.

      2. La recherche de divertissement et d'évasion : Les contenus ludiques et humoristiques sont massivement plébiscités pour se détendre et s'évader du quotidien.

      3. L'accès à l'information : Les plateformes servent également de canal d'information pour se tenir au courant de l'actualité et des sujets d'intérêt.

      3. Le Contournement Systématique des Restrictions d'Âge

      Malgré les dispositifs de restriction, l'accès des mineurs aux plateformes est de plus en plus précoce, grâce à des stratégies de contournement généralisées et à une faible application des règles par les services en ligne.

      Précocité de l'Accès

      L'âge de la première utilisation des plateformes se situe bien en dessous des seuils réglementaires.

      • Âge moyen déclaré de la 1ère utilisation :

      11,2 ans pour les plateformes vidéos.    ◦ 12,3 ans pour les réseaux sociaux.

      L'étude met en évidence une tendance à un accès toujours plus précoce : 22 % des jeunes de 11 ans actuels déclarent avoir utilisé les réseaux sociaux pour la première fois à 10 ans ou moins, contre seulement 4 % des jeunes de 17 ans.

      Déclaration d'Âge et Manquements à la Vérification

      Le contournement de l'âge minimum requis est une pratique massive et assumée par les adolescents.

      62 % des adolescents reconnaissent ne pas avoir mis leur vraie date de naissance sur au moins une de leurs inscriptions.

      17 % l'ont fait sur toutes leurs inscriptions.

      La principale raison invoquée est l'impossibilité de s'inscrire autrement :

      65 % n'avaient pas l'âge minimum requis.

      31 % ne voulaient pas donner leurs données personnelles.

      12 % voulaient passer pour plus âgés.

      "Tout le monde peut y aller, parce que quand tu t'inscris, tu as juste à mettre une fausse date de naissance, ils ne la vérifient pas." - Garçon, 15 ans.

      Face à cette pratique, les mesures de contrôle des plateformes apparaissent très limitées :

      • Seulement 18 % des 11-17 ans ont déjà dû prouver leur âge ou ont vu leur compte bloqué.

      • Facebook est la plateforme où les contrôles sont les plus fréquents (12 % des utilisateurs concernés), suivie par TikTok (10 %) et Instagram (7 %).

      Failles Techniques et Contournement à l'Inscription

      Les observations de parcours utilisateurs confirment la facilité avec laquelle les restrictions peuvent être contournées.

      • L'interdiction d'inscription pour les moins de 13 ans n'est pas clairement explicitée lors du processus.

      • Sur Instagram, Snapchat et Facebook, il est possible de contourner un premier refus en modifiant simplement sa date de naissance lors d'une nouvelle tentative.

      • Le contournement est plus complexe sur d'autres plateformes comme TikTok, YouTube ou X, nécessitant des manipulations comme la réinitialisation de l'application ou la création d'une nouvelle adresse mail.

      4. Perceptions Ambivalentes et Encadrement Familial

      Une Perception Dichotomique des Risques et Bénéfices

      Les adolescents et leurs parents partagent une vision ambivalente des plateformes, oscillant entre l'attrait des bénéfices et l'inquiétude face aux risques. Cependant, les parents se montrent systématiquement plus préoccupés et moins convaincus des avantages.

      | Perception des plateformes (% d'accord) | Mineurs | Parents | | --- | --- | --- | | Permettent d’avoir une vie sociale riche | 80 % | 37 % | | Permettent d’accéder à des contenus éducatifs | 76 % | 56 % | | Exposent les mineurs à des risques graves | 77 % | 89 % | | Inquiètent quant à leur impact sur moi / votre enfant | 83 % | 86 % |

      L'Encadrement Parental : Règles et Contournement

      L'encadrement familial est une réalité dans la quasi-totalité des foyers, mais son efficacité est relative.

      94 % des familles ont instauré au moins une règle concernant l'usage du numérique, avec une moyenne de 3,5 règles par foyer.

      • Les règles les plus fréquentes sont l'interdiction du téléphone pendant les repas (63 %) et au coucher (55 %).

      Malgré ce cadre, 45 % des mineurs admettent contourner ces règles régulièrement (8 % "souvent" et 37 % "de temps en temps"). Les adolescents reconnaissent la finalité protectrice de ces règles mais développent des stratégies pour s'y soustraire.

      Utilisation des Comptes Supervisés

      Une majorité de jeunes déclarent utiliser des dispositifs de protection intégrés aux plateformes, mais une part non négligeable ignore leur statut.

      71 % des 11-17 ans déclarent utiliser au moins un compte paramétré pour un adolescent ou supervisé par un adulte.

      • Le taux d'utilisation de ces comptes varie selon les plateformes : 63 % sur Snapchat, 60 % sur TikTok, 58 % sur Instagram et 49 % sur YouTube.

      • Cependant, une part importante des jeunes (par exemple, 26 % sur Instagram) ne savent pas si leur compte est un compte "adulte" ou un compte "ado/supervisé", ce qui questionne la clarté et l'efficacité de ces dispositifs.

    1. Rapport sur l’Éducation aux Médias, à l’Information et à la Citoyenneté Numérique 2024-2025

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce rapport de l'Arcom pour l'année 2024-2025 analyse les initiatives en matière d’éducation aux médias, à l’information et à la citoyenneté numérique (EMI&CN) menées par les acteurs de l'audiovisuel et du numérique.

      L'engagement global est en nette progression, avec une augmentation de 35 % des actions déclarées par les chaînes de télévision et de radio.

      La croissance la plus spectaculaire concerne les actions de terrain, qui ont bondi de 75 %, témoignant d'une volonté d'aller à la rencontre des publics.

      Cette dynamique s'accompagne d'une diversification des publics cibles, touchant non seulement le public scolaire mais aussi de plus en plus les étudiants, le grand public, les seniors et même le public carcéral.

      Cependant, si les thématiques de la lutte contre la désinformation et la découverte du journalisme dominent, un effort reste à fournir pour diversifier les sujets abordés.

      De plus, la proportion de programmes spécifiquement dédiés au décryptage des médias reste faible sur les antennes (12 %) et les plateformes numériques (27 %).

      Les plateformes en ligne concentrent leurs efforts sur des campagnes de sensibilisation à la désinformation et à la détection des contenus générés par l'IA, en s'appuyant sur des partenariats stratégiques.

      De son côté, l'Arcom a intensifié ses propres actions, sensibilisant plus de 13 000 personnes sur tout le territoire, développant de nouvelles ressources pédagogiques et renforçant ses collaborations institutionnelles.

      Les préconisations pour l'avenir incluent le renforcement des actions de proximité, l'élargissement des publics cibles (notamment les parents et seniors), la diversification des thématiques traitées et la mise en place systématique de dispositifs d'évaluation de l'impact des actions menées.

      Contexte et Enjeux de l'EMI&CN

      L'intégration des médias audiovisuels et numériques dans la vie quotidienne des Français s'intensifie.

      Le Baromètre du numérique 2025 révèle que 94 % des 12 ans et plus utilisent Internet, dont 82 % quotidiennement, et 91 % de la population possède un smartphone.

      Cette omniprésence numérique transforme les usages : bien que la télévision demeure un média majeur, les jeunes générations se tournent massivement vers les écrans numériques pour consommer des contenus.

      Dans ce contexte, une étude de l'Arcom sur la protection des mineurs en ligne (septembre 2025) souligne que 53 % des mineurs souhaitent être mieux accompagnés face aux risques en ligne.

      Ces évolutions confirment l'impératif de renforcer les initiatives d'EMI&CN pour outiller l'ensemble des citoyens.

      L'objectif est de développer un usage critique et responsable des médias, en s'adressant tant aux publics scolaires qu'aux responsables éducatifs comme les enseignants et les parents.

      L'Arcom appelle à un engagement collectif, coordonné et durable pour répondre à ces enjeux démocratiques fondamentaux.

      Cadre Réglementaire et Rôle des Acteurs

      L'implication des différents acteurs dans l'EMI&CN est encadrée par des obligations légales et réglementaires précises, sous la supervision de l'Arcom.

      1. Les Chaînes de Télévision et de Radio

      Secteur public : Les groupes France Télévisions, Radio France et France Médias Monde sont soumis à des obligations légales issues de la loi du 30 septembre 1986. L'article 43-11 stipule qu'ils doivent :

      Secteur privé : Depuis 2020, l'Arcom intègre une stipulation relative à l'EMI&CN dans les conventions signées avec les chaînes privées. Celles-ci s'engagent à mener des actions dédiées et à en rendre compte annuellement à l'Autorité.

      2. Les Plateformes en Ligne

      Le cadre réglementaire européen et français impose des responsabilités spécifiques aux plateformes :

      Règlement sur les Services Numériques (RSN) : Ce règlement européen du 19 octobre 2022 impose aux très grandes plateformes (VLOPSEs) de lutter contre les risques systémiques, notamment la désinformation. La participation à des campagnes d'éducation aux médias est une des mesures d'atténuation prévues.

      Loi SREN : La loi du 21 mai 2024 visant à sécuriser et réguler l'espace numérique conforte les missions de l'Arcom dans la lutte contre la manipulation de l'information.

      3. Le Rôle de l'Arcom

      En tant que garante des libertés de communication, l'Arcom considère l'EMI&CN comme un volet essentiel de sa mission. Consciente que la seule régulation normative ne suffit plus, elle s'investit dans une démarche pédagogique pour donner à tous les publics les clés de compréhension des écosystèmes médiatiques. L'Arcom incite les chaînes et les plateformes à contribuer à cet effort, valorise leurs actions et présente dans ce rapport annuel une analyse des déclarations reçues.

      Analyse des Actions d'EMI&CN en 2024-2025

      Une Hausse Globale de 35 % des Actions des Médias Audiovisuels

      En 2024-2025, les chaînes de télévision et de radio ont déclaré 267 initiatives de plus que l'exercice précédent, soit une hausse de 35 %. Cette augmentation concerne tous les types d'actions : +125 sur les antennes, +45 sur le numérique et +97 sur le terrain. L'Arcom salue cet engagement constant, notamment celui des médias locaux qui jouent un rôle de relais de confiance essentiel.

      Forte Progression des Actions de Terrain (+75 %) et Diversification des Publics

      La hausse la plus significative concerne les actions de terrain, avec une progression de 75 % (près de 100 actions supplémentaires). Ces actions de contact direct gagnent en importance par rapport aux diffusions sur les antennes.

      | Type d'action | Part en 2024 | Part en 2025 | | --- | --- | --- | | Programmes diffusés sur les antennes | 70% | 64% | | Contenus sur les prolongements numériques | 13% | 14% | | Actions de terrain | 17% | 22% |

      Cette progression s'accompagne d'une diversification notable des publics ciblés. La part du public scolaire, bien que majoritaire, est passée de 58 % à 51 %, au profit des étudiants (13 %, soit +4 points) et du "tout public" (30 %, soit +8 points). Cette évolution est portée par des projets innovants touchant des publics spécifiques (seniors, public carcéral).

      Les thématiques abordées sur le terrain restent cependant concentrées sur :

      La lutte contre la désinformation (56 %)

      • La découverte du métier de journaliste (30 %)

      • L'éducation au numérique (5 %)

      Exemples d'Actions de Terrain Inspirantes

      Actions itinérantes : Le « Camion de l’info TropMytho » (Lumières sur l’info, TF1, M6, FTV, etc.) et le « Tour de France académique de l’EMI » (France Télévisions, CLEMI) vont à la rencontre des publics sur tout le territoire.

      Apprentissage par la pratique : « L’Ecole des Odyssées » (Radio France) initie 33 600 élèves de CM2 à la création de podcasts, tandis que le « Prix de la Jeune Création » (Groupe M6) encourage les talents de 18-30 ans.

      Actions auprès de publics isolés : Des ateliers en centre pénitentiaire (TF1, Ministère de la Justice) ont été organisés pour 130 détenus. Radio France a participé au festival « En Quête d’info » avec des ateliers pour seniors sur l'information via les réseaux sociaux.

      Nouvelles thématiques : France Médias Monde a animé des tables rondes sur l'intelligence artificielle lors du Sommet de la Francophonie.

      Contenus sur les Antennes et le Numérique : un Potentiel à Mieux Exploiter

      Si la diffusion de contenus éducatifs au sens large a augmenté (+23 % sur les antennes, +45 % sur le numérique), la part des programmes spécifiquement dédiés à l'EMI&CN reste faible : 12 % sur les antennes et 27 % sur le numérique. Les thèmes principaux restent la lutte contre la désinformation et l'éducation au numérique. L'Arcom encourage un traitement plus approfondi de sujets comme la distinction entre faits et opinions, la reconnaissance des ingérences étrangères ou la lutte contre la haine en ligne.

      Initiatives des Plateformes en Ligne et Réseaux Sociaux

      Les plateformes en ligne mènent des actions diversifiées, souvent en partenariat avec des acteurs de référence (associations, agences de presse, etc.). Leurs principales initiatives incluent :

      Campagnes d'EMI&CN sous forme de vidéos ou de messages d'intérêt général sur la désinformation et la détection de contenus générés par l'IA.

      Intégration de fonctionnalités pédagogiques pour expliquer le fonctionnement des services (ex: systèmes de recommandation).

      Création de ressources et d'initiatives de qualité en collaboration avec des experts de l'EMI&CN.

      L'Action de l'Arcom sur le Terrain

      L'Arcom s'investit directement sur le terrain pour sensibiliser aux enjeux de ses missions.

      Publics touchés : En 2024-2025, plus de 13 000 personnes ont été sensibilisées (enseignants, élèves, parents, conseillers numériques, bibliothécaires) sur tout le territoire, grâce aux Arcom locales et au prestataire Génération Numérique.

      Création de ressources : De nouvelles ressources ont été créées sur la haine en ligne (avec Pharos, CNCDH), l'impact de l'IA (avec "Café IA") et la découverte du numérique (avec le ministère de l'Éducation nationale, la CNIL, etc.).

      Partenariats : Un partenariat a été signé avec l'Institut Français de Presse de l'Université Paris-Panthéon-Assas.

      Actions emblématiques : Participation à la « Semaine de la presse et des médias dans l’école », au forum « Numérique en commun[s] », au Forum de la parentalité numérique, et création du Réseau francophone en EMI (REFEMI).

      Préconisations et Perspectives

      Préconisations Clés

      Pour renforcer l'efficacité des actions d'EMI&CN, l'Arcom formule quatre préconisations majeures :

      1. Multiplier les actions de proximité pour toucher les publics éloignés des écosystèmes audiovisuels et numériques.

      2. Élargir les publics cibles, en s'adressant notamment aux parents et aux seniors, qui jouent un rôle clé dans l'accompagnement et peuvent être sensibles à la désinformation.

      3. Diversifier les thématiques abordées pour permettre au public de différencier connaissances et opinions, d'identifier les ingérences numériques étrangères et de prévenir les discours de haine.

      4. Évaluer la pertinence des actions mises en place pour mesurer leur impact réel.

      Prochaines Actions de l'Arcom

      L'Arcom poursuivra son engagement à travers un programme d'actions dense début 2026 :

      | Date | Action | | --- | --- | | Janvier 2026 | Renouvellement de la convention avec le ministère de l’Éducation nationale et ses opérateurs (Réseau Canopé, CLEMI). | | Janvier 2026 | Signature d’une convention de partenariat avec Pix. | | Fin janvier 2026 | Publication d’une ressource pédagogique sur la transition écologique, en partenariat avec ARTE Education. | | À partir de jan. 2026 | Organisation par les Arcom locales de rencontres entre acteurs de l’éducation, des médias et associatifs. | | Mars 2026 | Participation à la « Semaine de la presse et des médias dans l’école » et organisation d'une table ronde sur la citoyenneté numérique. | | Courant mars 2026 | Signature d’une convention de partenariat avec l’INSPE de Lille. | | Avril 2026 | Mise en place d’un partenariat avec la Ville de Marseille pour des interventions dans les écoles primaires. |

    1. 3.7. Recommandations

      Note de synthèse : Usages des réseaux sociaux et santé des adolescents - Analyse et recommandations de l'Anses

      1. Introduction : Contexte et portée de l'expertise de l'Anses

      Face à l'expansion massive des réseaux sociaux numériques et aux préoccupations croissantes concernant leur impact sur la santé, l'Agence nationale de sécurité sanitaire de l’alimentation, de l’environnement et du travail (Anses) s'est autosaisie en septembre 2019 pour évaluer les risques sanitaires encourus par les adolescents.

      Cette démarche répond à un besoin d'expertise scientifique indépendante sur un phénomène socio-culturel majeur qui reconfigure en profondeur les modes de vie et de socialisation des plus jeunes.

      L'expertise, menée par un groupe de travail pluridisciplinaire, s'appuie sur une analyse rigoureuse de plus d'un millier d'études scientifiques internationales.

      Elle se concentre sur la population des 11-17 ans, une période charnière du développement marquée par une vulnérabilité particulière.

      L'objectif est de caractériser les usages, d'identifier les risques avérés et de formuler des recommandations pour protéger la santé de cette population.

      La conclusion centrale de l'Agence est sans équivoque : l'usage des réseaux sociaux numériques a des effets négatifs documentés sur la santé physique et mentale des adolescents.

      Ces effets ne sont pas le fruit du hasard mais découlent en grande partie de la conception même des plateformes. Ils nécessitent une réponse coordonnée et systémique impliquant les pouvoirs publics, les plateformes elles-mêmes, ainsi que les acteurs du monde éducatif et de la santé.

      2. Le Modèle Économique des Plateformes : Un Facteur de Risque Systémique

      Pour évaluer les risques sanitaires des réseaux sociaux, il est indispensable de comprendre leur fonctionnement. Leur conception n'est pas neutre mais répond à des impératifs économiques précis qui constituent le cœur du problème.

      Le modèle économique dominant des grandes plateformes repose sur la monétisation de l'attention et des données des utilisateurs.

      En offrant un accès gratuit à leurs services, ces entreprises transforment l'usager en une source de profit, principalement par la vente d'espaces publicitaires ciblés et l'exploitation de ses données comportementales.

      Ce modèle induit une course à l'engagement maximal. Pour y parvenir, les plateformes intègrent délibérément des mécanismes de captation de l'attention conçus pour influencer le comportement de l'utilisateur, maximiser le temps passé sur le service et, in fine, induire une perte de contrôle. Parmi ces techniques figurent notamment les interfaces persuasives ou trompeuses, qui exploitent des biais cognitifs pour inciter les utilisateurs à réaliser des actions qu'ils ne feraient pas autrement, et le défilement infini, qui élimine les points d'arrêt naturels pour favoriser une consultation prolongée et passive.

      Les adolescents sont particulièrement vulnérables à ces stratégies.

      Leurs capacités de régulation émotionnelle et comportementale étant encore en développement, ils peinent davantage à maîtriser leur temps de connexion.

      De plus, la conception de ces plateformes entre en résonance directe avec leurs aspirations fondamentales : besoin d'interactions sociales avec les pairs, recherche de sensations et construction de l'identité.

      Les réseaux sociaux exploitent ainsi une vulnérabilité psychologique et développementale inhérente à cette période de la vie. Ces mécanismes de conception sont à l'origine de risques sanitaires spécifiques et documentés.

      3. Principaux Risques Sanitaires Identifiés et Populations Vulnérables

      L'expertise de l'Anses établit des corrélations claires et préoccupantes entre l'usage des réseaux sociaux et la détérioration de la santé des jeunes.

      Ces risques ne sont pas des externalités malheureuses, mais des conséquences directes des stratégies de captation de l'attention et d'exploitation des vulnérabilités développementales décrites précédemment. Un constat transversal émerge de l'analyse : les filles constituent une population particulièrement à risque.

      Cette vulnérabilité accrue n'est pas monolithique ; elle résulte d'une confluence de facteurs : un temps d'usage quantitativement supérieur, une orientation vers des plateformes hautement visuelles qui exacerbent la pression sur l'apparence, et une plus grande exposition aux dynamiques de cyberviolence genrée.

      D'autres populations, comme les jeunes LGBTQIA+ ou ceux présentant des troubles préexistants (anxiodépressifs, TDAH), sont également surexposées.

      3.1. Dégradation de la Santé Mentale et de l'Image de Soi

      L'expertise de l'Anses établit que l'usage des réseaux sociaux constitue un facteur contributif aux troubles anxiodépressifs.

      Cette relation est médiée par plusieurs mécanismes psychologiques délétères, tels que la comparaison sociale ascendante, qui génère un sentiment d'insatisfaction ; le FoMO (Fear of Missing Out), qui nourrit une connexion anxiogène ; et le cyberharcèlement.

      L'expertise met en lumière un cercle vicieux : un mal-être initial peut conduire un adolescent à se réfugier dans les réseaux sociaux dans une stratégie d'« escapisme », ce qui renforce paradoxalement ses difficultés psychologiques.

      L'impact sur l'image corporelle est particulièrement prononcé. L'exposition continue à des corps idéalisés, souvent modifiés par des filtres et des retouches, favorise l'insatisfaction corporelle.

      L'expertise identifie cette exposition comme étant corrélée à l’intériorisation des idéaux corporels, l’auto-objectification et la comparaison sociale ascendante, autant de facteurs intermédiaires des troubles des conduites alimentaires.

      L'effet est amplifié par les algorithmes de personnalisation qui créent un effet « silo », enfermant les jeunes vulnérables dans des boucles de contenus délétères (valorisation de la maigreur, automutilation, suicide), banalisant ces comportements et augmentant le risque d'imitation.

      3.2. Altération du Sommeil : Un Médiateur Clé des Troubles de Santé

      L'Anses identifie la perturbation du sommeil comme un effet sanitaire majeur et un médiateur central entre l'usage des réseaux sociaux et la dégradation de la santé mentale.

      L'impact négatif sur le sommeil s'opère via trois mécanismes principaux :

      Réduction de la durée du sommeil : l'augmentation du temps d'écran retarde systématiquement l'heure du coucher.

      Altération de la qualité du sommeil : les contenus et interactions en ligne provoquent une stimulation cognitive et émotionnelle qui entrave l'endormissement et fragmente le sommeil.

      Perturbation du rythme circadien : l'exposition à la lumière bleue des écrans en soirée inhibe la sécrétion de mélatonine, l'hormone de l'endormissement.

      Or, une perturbation chronique du sommeil est elle-même un facteur de risque majeur pour le développement de troubles de santé mentale et de maladies chroniques.

      3.3. Exposition aux Conduites à Risques et aux Cyberviolences

      Les réseaux sociaux agissent comme de puissants vecteurs de conduites à risques.

      Ils contribuent à la normalisation de la consommation de substances psychoactives (alcool, tabac, cannabis) et assurent la propagation virale de défis dangereux (challenges), dont l'attrait repose sur la quête de reconnaissance sociale.

      Le cyberharcèlement est une autre menace centrale. Il prolonge les dynamiques de harcèlement hors ligne, mais son impact est amplifié par des facteurs spécifiques au numérique : l'anonymat (réel ou perçu), la persistance des contenus et l'ampleur de leur diffusion.

      L'expertise souligne que le fait d’appartenir à une communauté LGBTQIA+ est associé à une probabilité plus élevée d’être cybervictime.

      Les conséquences documentées par l'Anses sont graves :

      • Augmentation des symptômes dépressifs

      • Risque accru d'idées suicidaires et de tentatives de suicide

      • Comportements d'automutilation

      • Augmentation de l'usage problématique des réseaux sociaux

      Enfin, l'expertise alerte sur les cyberviolences à caractère sexuel, comme le sexting non consenti ou la coercition numérique. Ces pratiques constituent une nouvelle expression du sexisme, particulièrement risquée pour les filles.

      Ce tableau de risques multifactoriels, systémiquement liés à la conception des plateformes, appelle une réponse stratégique et coordonnée, que l'Anses articule en quatre axes d'intervention.

      4. Axes d'Intervention Stratégiques : Les Recommandations de l'Anses

      L'Anses préconise une approche systémique et coordonnée qui ne fait pas reposer la charge uniquement sur les individus. Les recommandations visent à la fois les plateformes, les pouvoirs publics, les acteurs de l'éducation et la communauté scientifique. L'Agence insiste sur la nécessité d'impliquer les adolescents dans l'élaboration de ces mesures pour garantir leur pertinence et faciliter leur adhésion.

      4.1. Axe 1 : Réguler et Sécuriser l'Environnement Numérique

      Cet axe vise directement les plateformes et les pouvoirs publics, considérant que la responsabilité première incombe aux concepteurs des services. Les recommandations phares incluent :

      Instaurer un cahier des charges technique pour les réseaux sociaux accessibles aux mineurs, afin de garantir un design protecteur.

      Appliquer des mécanismes fiables de vérification de l'âge et du consentement parental.

      Encadrer légalement les interfaces persuasives ou trompeuses et les algorithmes de personnalisation, en s'appuyant sur les dispositions du Digital Services Act (DSA) européen pour interdire les techniques d'influence trompeuse et la diffusion de contenus délétères.

      Imposer un paramétrage par défaut protecteur pour les comptes des mineurs (limitation des notifications, suppression des indicateurs d'activité en ligne).

      Mettre en place des procédures de signalement simples et efficaces pour les contenus problématiques.

      4.2. Axe 2 : Développer une Éducation aux Médias Numériques

      L'éducation est un levier complémentaire indispensable. Pour les parents et adolescents, il s'agit de co-construire des repères de bonnes pratiques et d'alerter sur les pressions sociales spécifiques (stéréotypes de genre, harcèlement).

      Pour le milieu scolaire, l'Anses préconise de renforcer les programmes d'éducation au numérique, de développer l'esprit critique et les compétences socio-émotionnelles, et de promouvoir des espaces de parole entre pairs.

      4.3. Axe 3 : Renforcer la Prévention des Effets sur la Santé

      Une approche de santé publique globale est nécessaire. L'Anses préconise de :

      • Mener des campagnes de sensibilisation sur l'hygiène de vie (sommeil, sédentarité) et l'hygiène numérique (risques liés à l'image de soi, aux images intimes).

      Renforcer la prévention en santé mentale, par la formation des professionnels et l'augmentation des moyens du système de santé et du personnel médical scolaire.

      Lutter activement contre les cyberviolences et toutes les formes de discrimination.

      Développer des alternatives attractives à la socialisation en ligne (infrastructures sportives, culturelles, associatives).

      4.4. Axe 4 : Soutenir la Recherche Scientifique

      Pour combler les lacunes de la recherche, l'Anses recommande de garantir l'accès des chercheurs aux données des plateformes, comme le prévoit le Digital Services Act (DSA) européen, et d'améliorer la méthodologie des études pour mieux objectiver les usages et les effets sanitaires.

      Enfin, l'Agence appelle la communauté scientifique à étudier la pertinence de qualifier l'« usage problématique » des réseaux sociaux comme une addiction comportementale, au même titre que les jeux d’argent et de hasard.

      5. Conclusion Générale

      L'expertise de l'Anses dresse un constat sévère : les effets négatifs documentés des réseaux sociaux sur la santé des adolescents sont étroitement liés aux caractéristiques de conception et au modèle économique des plateformes.

      Le problème n'est donc pas réductible à une simple question de responsabilité individuelle.

      Les stratégies de captation de l'attention sont systémiques et exploitent des vulnérabilités psychologiques propres à l'adolescence.

      Ces constats invalident l'approche de l'autorégulation et démontrent l'urgence d'adopter un cadre de gouvernance robuste pour les réseaux sociaux, à la hauteur des enjeux de santé publique.

      Si l'éducation au numérique et l'accompagnement parental sont des piliers nécessaires, ils demeurent insuffisants face à un problème d'une telle ampleur structurelle.

      L'expertise de l'Anses fournit la base factuelle pour une politique publique plus musclée, engageant la responsabilité des plateformes pour imposer des modifications profondes de leurs services.

      Une vigilance continue s'impose face aux évolutions technologiques rapides, notamment l'intégration de l'intelligence artificielle, qui pourrait démultiplier les risques identifiés.

    2. Synthèse du rapport de l'Anses sur les usages des réseaux sociaux et la santé des adolescents

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document synthétise l'avis et le rapport d'expertise collective de l'Agence nationale de sécurité sanitaire de l'alimentation, de l'environnement et du travail (Anses), publiés en décembre 2025, concernant les effets de l'usage des réseaux sociaux numériques sur la santé des adolescents de 11 à 17 ans.

      S'appuyant sur l'analyse de plus d'un millier d'études scientifiques, l'expertise établit un lien clair entre l'utilisation des réseaux sociaux et une augmentation des risques pour la santé mentale et le bien-être des jeunes.

      Les conclusions principales indiquent que le modèle économique des plateformes, fondé sur une "économie de l'attention", induit des conceptions (interfaces persuasives, défilement infini, algorithmes de personnalisation) qui exploitent les vulnérabilités propres à l'adolescence.

      Ces mécanismes favorisent un usage excessif et une perte de contrôle, entraînant des conséquences sanitaires multifactorielles.

      Les principaux effets négatifs identifiés sont :

      Perturbation du sommeil : Réduction de la durée et de la qualité du sommeil, agissant comme un médiateur clé pour d'autres troubles de santé mentale.

      Troubles anxiodépressifs : L'usage des réseaux sociaux est un facteur contributif, notamment via la comparaison sociale, le cyberharcèlement et la "peur de manquer" (FoMO).

      Image corporelle et troubles des conduites alimentaires : L'exposition à des contenus idéalisés renforce l'insatisfaction corporelle, particulièrement chez les filles.

      Conduites à risques : Les plateformes agissent comme des vecteurs pour la normalisation de la consommation de substances, la participation à des défis dangereux et l'exposition aux cyberviolences.

      L'expertise souligne que les filles constituent une population particulièrement à risque, étant plus impactées sur l'ensemble des effets sanitaires étudiés.

      Face à ce constat, l'Anses formule des recommandations structurées autour de quatre axes :

      • une régulation stricte des plateformes pour protéger les mineurs,
      • le renforcement de l'éducation aux médias,
      • des campagnes de prévention en santé publique, et
      • un soutien accru à la recherche pour combler les lacunes de connaissances.

      L'Agence conclut que si l'accompagnement parental et l'éducation sont nécessaires, ils ne peuvent se substituer à un cadre de gouvernance contraignant pour les plateformes, dont la responsabilité dans les impacts sanitaires observés est centrale.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Contexte et Organisation de l'Expertise

      1.1. Origine et Objectifs

      Face à l'expansion massive des technologies numériques et aux interrogations sur leurs effets sanitaires, l'Anses s'est autosaisie le 12 septembre 2019 pour évaluer les risques liés à leurs usages.

      L'expertise a été spécifiquement focalisée sur les risques pour la santé des adolescents (11-17 ans) liés à l'utilisation des réseaux sociaux numériques, en raison de la vulnérabilité particulière de cette période de la vie.

      Les objectifs de l'expertise étaient de :

      • Caractériser le fonctionnement et les usages des réseaux sociaux.

      • Analyser les spécificités de la population adolescente.

      • Décrire les effets sur la santé de certaines pratiques.

      • Analyser les risques sanitaires globaux.

      • Formuler des recommandations pour protéger la santé des adolescents.

      1.2. Méthodologie

      L'expertise a été menée par le groupe de travail "Effets de l’usage des outils numériques sur la santé des adolescents", créé en septembre 2020, et adoptée par le Comité d’experts spécialisé (CES) "Agents physiques et nouvelles technologies". La démarche s'est appuyée sur :

      Une revue exhaustive de la littérature scientifique académique (plus d'un millier d'articles analysés via les bases de données Scopus et Pubmed entre 2011 et 2021, complétée par des études antérieures et postérieures).

      L'analyse de la littérature grise (rapports institutionnels et associatifs).

      Une analyse du cadre législatif menée par l'Institut de recherche juridique de la Sorbonne.

      1.3. Limites de la Littérature Scientifique

      Le groupe de travail a identifié plusieurs limites aux études disponibles :

      Décalage temporel : De nombreuses études portent sur des réseaux sociaux moins populaires aujourd'hui (ex: Facebook) et peu sur des plateformes plus récentes comme TikTok.

      Mesure de l'utilisation : La plupart des études reposent sur le temps d'utilisation déclaré, une mesure sujette aux biais de mémoire et de désirabilité sociale. Un temps élevé n'est pas suffisant pour qualifier un usage de "préoccupant".

      Hétérogénéité des contextes : Les études proviennent de divers pays, mais les mécanismes d'action des plateformes étant similaires, les résultats ont été jugés transposables.

      Causalité : La majorité des études sont transversales, montrant des liens statistiques mais ne permettant pas d'établir de lien de cause à effet. Les études longitudinales, bien que moins nombreuses, apportent des éléments sur la temporalité des effets.

      2. Le Fonctionnement des Réseaux Sociaux Numériques

      2.1. Définition et Modèle Économique

      En l'absence de définition consensuelle, l'expertise s'est adossée à une conception large, similaire à celle de la loi du 7 juillet 2023 : une plateforme permettant aux utilisateurs de se connecter, communiquer et partager des contenus.

      Le modèle économique des plateformes majeures s'apparente à celui d'une régie publicitaire. La gratuité apparente du service est compensée par la monétisation des données personnelles et de l'attention des utilisateurs.

      Ce modèle incite les plateformes à maximiser le temps passé et l'engagement des utilisateurs.

      2.2. Stratégies de Captation de l'Attention

      Pour maintenir l'engagement, les plateformes déploient des stratégies de conception spécifiques :

      Algorithmes de personnalisation : Ils proposent des contenus visant à retenir l'utilisateur, créant parfois un "effet silo" qui renforce l'exposition à des contenus potentiellement délétères.

      Interfaces trompeuses (ou dark patterns) : Ce sont des mécanismes persuasifs qui exploitent des biais psychologiques pour inciter les utilisateurs à des actions qu'ils ne feraient pas autrement.

      Fonctionnalités incitatives : Le défilement infini, les notifications et les contenus éphémères sont conçus pour inciter à un usage prolongé et induire une perte de contrôle.

      Ces stratégies exploitent les vulnérabilités de l'adolescence : besoin d'interactions sociales, recherche de sensations et capacités de régulation émotionnelle encore limitées.

      3. Usages des Réseaux Sociaux par les Adolescents

      L'expertise distingue l'utilisation (interaction technique), l'usage (intégration sociale et culturelle) et la pratique (routines et savoir-faire). L'analyse se concentre sur les usages, qui sont des phénomènes complexes.

      3.1. État des Lieux

      | Donnée Clé | Valeur | Source / Année | | --- | --- | --- | | Adolescents (12-17 ans) utilisant un smartphone quotidiennement pour aller sur Internet | Près de 90 % | \- | | Adolescents (12-17 ans) passant entre 2 et 5h/jour sur leur smartphone | 42 % | Credoc, 2025 | | Adolescents (12-17 ans) passant plus de 5h/jour sur leur smartphone | 9 % | Credoc, 2025 | | Utilisation quotidienne des réseaux sociaux chez les 12-17 ans (2023) | 53 % | CREDOC, Baromètre du numérique | | Utilisation quotidienne des réseaux sociaux chez les 12-17 ans (2024) | 58 % | CREDOC, Baromètre du numérique |

      Les usages varient selon l'âge, le genre et le milieu social. Les filles consacrent plus de temps aux réseaux sociaux que les garçons, qui privilégient les jeux vidéo.

      3.2. Rôle dans la Socialisation

      Les réseaux sociaux répondent aux aspirations des adolescents (interactions, recherche d'informations auprès des pairs, prise de risques) et participent à l'exploration de leur identité. Ils prolongent et transforment les processus de socialisation, s'inscrivant dans la continuité des dynamiques familiales, scolaires et amicales.

      La sphère familiale peut jouer un rôle de régulation et de ressource, mais les usages configurent aussi un territoire informationnel propre à l'adolescent.

      4. Principaux Effets sur la Santé des Adolescents

      L'expertise révèle des conséquences négatives significatives, avec une prévalence plus marquée chez les filles pour la majorité des effets sanitaires étudiés.

      4.1. Usage Problématique et Addiction

      Le terme "addiction aux réseaux sociaux" n'est pas reconnu dans les classifications internationales (DSM-5R, ICD-11) et fait l'objet de débats. Le rapport opte pour la notion d'"usage problématique", la plus fréquente dans la littérature.

      Les outils de mesure sont hétérogènes mais s'accordent sur deux dimensions caractéristiques d'une addiction :

      • Les répercussions négatives sur la santé et les activités quotidiennes.

      • L'impossibilité de maîtriser le temps passé sur les plateformes (perte de contrôle).

      4.2. Perturbation du Sommeil

      Un impact négatif clair est démontré. Les mécanismes sont :

      Réduction de la durée du sommeil par un retard de l'heure du coucher.

      Stimulation de l'éveil (physiologique, cognitif, émotionnel) qui entrave l'endormissement.

      Exposition à la lumière bleue des écrans le soir, qui inhibe la sécrétion de mélatonine.

      Une perturbation chronique du sommeil est un facteur de risque pour des maladies physiques et mentales, et un médiateur clé entre l'usage des réseaux sociaux et les symptômes anxiodépressifs.

      4.3. Image du Corps et Troubles des Conduites Alimentaires (TCA)

      Certaines pratiques, notamment sur les réseaux "hautement visuels", sont corrélées à :

      L'intériorisation d'idéaux corporels irréalistes.

      La comparaison sociale ascendante (se comparer à des personnes perçues comme plus désirables).

      L'auto-objectification (se percevoir comme un objet à regarder).

      Ces facteurs renforcent l'insatisfaction corporelle et la surveillance de son apparence, particulièrement chez les filles, et constituent des facteurs intermédiaires des TCA.

      Les algorithmes peuvent amplifier l'exposition à des contenus valorisant la maigreur ou la musculature, exacerbant les comportements délétères.

      4.4. Troubles Anxiodépressifs et Idées Suicidaires

      L'usage des réseaux sociaux est identifié comme un facteur contributif aux troubles anxiodépressifs, sans être une cause unique. La relation est complexe et médiée par :

      • L'altération du sommeil.

      • Le cyberharcèlement.

      • La comparaison sociale.

      • Le FoMO (Fear Of Missing Out), qui peut entraîner une perte de contrôle.

      Une spirale délétère est souvent observée : un mal-être initial peut conduire à un usage compulsif des réseaux ("escapisme"), qui à son tour détériore la santé mentale.

      Les algorithmes peuvent enfermer les jeunes en détresse dans des "silos" de contenus négatifs (automutilation, suicide), banalisant ces comportements (effet Werther).

      4.5. Conduites à Risques et Cyberviolences

      Consommation de substances : Les réseaux sociaux participent à la normalisation de la consommation d'alcool, de tabac et de cannabis en exposant les jeunes à des contenus valorisants et en renforçant les normes sociales perçues.

      Défis (challenges) : La recherche de reconnaissance par les pairs peut inciter à la participation à des défis dangereux.

      Cyberharcèlement : Il s'agit souvent d'une extension du harcèlement scolaire, amplifiée par l'anonymat, la persistance des contenus et l'ampleur de leur diffusion.

      La cybervictimation est associée à une augmentation des symptômes dépressifs, des idées suicidaires et de l'automutilation.

      Sexting non consenti : La diffusion d'images intimes sans consentement est une forme de cyberviolence sexuelle aux conséquences graves, en particulier pour les filles.

      4.6. Résultats Scolaires

      L'expertise met en évidence une association négative faible entre le temps passé sur les réseaux sociaux et les résultats scolaires.

      Cependant, les limites méthodologiques des études empêchent de conclure à un lien causal direct. Le multitâche numérique et la perturbation du sommeil sont des facteurs explicatifs probables.

      5. Autres Impacts Soulignés par le Comité d'Experts

      Le CES a rappelé la pertinence d'autres enjeux sanitaires et sociétaux :

      Sédentarité et inactivité physique : Bien que l'usage nomade des smartphones ne soit pas directement synonyme de sédentarité, les longues durées d'utilisation y contribuent probablement.

      Lumière bleue : Les adolescents sont plus sensibles à la lumière bleue des écrans, ce qui augmente le risque de perturbation des rythmes circadiens et, à long terme, de troubles métaboliques ou de santé mentale.

      Impacts environnementaux : Le numérique représente près de 4 % des émissions mondiales de gaz à effet de serre, un chiffre en hausse, notamment à cause du streaming vidéo encouragé par les réseaux sociaux.

      Enjeux démocratiques : Les algorithmes peuvent polariser les opinions, diffuser de la désinformation et manipuler l'information, soulevant des questions majeures pour la construction citoyenne des adolescents.

      6. Recommandations de l'Anses

      Face à ces constats, l'Agence formule des recommandations structurées selon quatre axes d'action complémentaires.

      6.1. Réguler et Sécuriser l'Environnement Numérique

      Imposer un cahier des charges aux plateformes pour qu'elles soient accessibles aux mineurs, incluant des mécanismes fiables de vérification de l'âge.

      Encadrer légalement les interfaces persuasives et les algorithmes de personnalisation pour interdire les techniques d'influence trompeuse et limiter l'amplification de contenus préjudiciables.

      • Instaurer un paramétrage par défaut protecteur pour les comptes des mineurs (limitation des notifications, etc.).

      • Mettre en place des procédures simples et efficaces de signalement et de modération des contenus délétères.

      • Étendre aux réseaux sociaux l'encadrement des publicités prévu pour la télévision.

      6.2. Éduquer aux Médias Numériques

      Fournir des repères de bonnes pratiques aux parents et adolescents, coconstruits avec eux.

      Renforcer l'éducation au numérique à l'école, en formant du personnel dédié et en développant l'esprit critique et les compétences socio-émotionnelles des élèves.

      • Promouvoir des espaces de parole entre pairs pour réfléchir collectivement aux pratiques numériques.

      6.3. Prévenir les Effets sur la Santé

      • Mener des campagnes de santé publique sur l'hygiène de vie (sommeil, activité physique) et l'hygiène numérique (risques liés à l'image de soi, au consentement).

      Renforcer la prévention en santé mentale en formant les professionnels au contact des adolescents et en dotant les systèmes scolaire et de santé de moyens suffisants.

      Intensifier la lutte contre les cyberviolences et toutes les formes de discrimination.

      • Développer des alternatives de socialisation hors ligne (infrastructures sportives, culturelles) adaptées aux adolescents.

      6.4. Soutenir la Recherche

      Garantir l'accès aux données des plateformes pour les chercheurs, comme le prévoit le Digital Services Act (DSA) européen.

      Améliorer la méthodologie des études scientifiques en diversifiant les approches et en développant des outils de mesure plus fiables.

      • Financer la recherche sur des thèmes clés comme le cyberharcèlement, les interfaces trompeuses, les populations vulnérables et l'efficacité des actions de prévention.

      • Étudier la pertinence de qualifier l'usage problématique des réseaux sociaux comme une addiction comportementale.

    1. Synthèse de l'Avis du Conseil d'État sur la Proposition de Loi "Protéger les Mineurs en Ligne"

      1. Contexte et Objectifs de la Proposition de Loi

      Cette proposition de loi a été élaborée en réponse à des constats alarmants concernant les risques auxquels les réseaux sociaux exposent les mineurs.

      Faisant directement suite aux recommandations du rapport de la commission d’enquête sur TikTok, le texte met en lumière les dangers d'addiction et les effets psychologiques néfastes de certaines plateformes sur la santé mentale des jeunes.

      L'objectif principal du législateur est donc de renforcer de manière significative le cadre de protection des mineurs dans l'environnement numérique, en instaurant des mesures contraignantes et préventives.

      Les deux mesures phares de la proposition initiale sont les suivantes :

      Interdiction d'accès pour les moins de 15 ans : Le texte visait à imposer une obligation directe aux fournisseurs de services de réseaux sociaux de refuser l'inscription des mineurs de moins de 15 ans.

      Pour ce faire, les plateformes auraient dû mettre en œuvre des dispositifs de contrôle d'âge robustes, sous peine de sanctions financières et d'injonctions judiciaires.

      Couvre-feu numérique pour les 15-18 ans : Pour cette tranche d'âge, la proposition prévoyait une obligation de désactivation automatique de l'accès aux comptes entre 22 heures et 8 heures du matin, en s'appuyant sur les mêmes solutions techniques de vérification de l'âge.

      En complément de ce dispositif central, le texte comprend plusieurs autres mesures structurantes :

      | Mesure | Objectif Stratégique | | --- | --- | | Lutte contre la publicité pro-suicide | Compléter la liste des contenus illicites pour inclure la propagande en faveur de moyens de se donner la mort. | | Renforcement des peines | Augmenter la durée de suspension des comptes d'accès aux plateformes en cas d'infraction. | | Messages sanitaires | Imposer des informations préventives sur les publicités pour les réseaux sociaux et sur les emballages de smartphones. | | Formation scolaire | Étendre la formation sur l'usage du numérique à la sensibilisation aux enjeux de santé mentale. | | Interdiction des téléphones dans les lycées | Généraliser l'interdiction déjà en vigueur dans les collèges pour favoriser la concentration et prévenir le harcèlement. | | Création d'un délit de négligence parentale | Sanctionner les parents en cas d'usage excessif, inadapté ou non surveillé des outils numériques par leur enfant. |

      L'analyse juridique approfondie du Conseil d'État révèle cependant que, si l'intention est louable, les mécanismes proposés soulèvent des difficultés majeures de compatibilité avec le droit européen et les libertés fondamentales.

      2. Analyse Critique du Conseil d'État : Compatibilité avec le Droit Européen

      La conformité au droit de l'Union européenne est une condition essentielle de la validité de toute loi nationale.

      Le Conseil d'État souligne que le Règlement sur les Services Numériques (DSA) harmonise pleinement les règles pour les plateformes opérant dans l'UE, limitant drastiquement la capacité des États membres à leur imposer des obligations supplémentaires.

      L'avis du Conseil se révèle être une véritable leçon d'ingénierie juridique, démontrant comment atteindre un objectif de politique nationale dans le cadre contraignant d'un droit européen harmonisé.

      Le Conseil d'État met en évidence une incompatibilité juridique frontale : en imposant une obligation directe aux plateformes de refuser l'inscription des mineurs, la proposition de loi initiale violerait le principe d'harmonisation maximale du DSA, rendant la mesure juridiquement fragile et susceptible d'être invalidée.

      Pour surmonter cet obstacle majeur, le Conseil d'État propose une reformulation décisive, qui constitue le pivot de sa stratégie. Au lieu d'obliger les plateformes, la loi doit directement interdire l'accès au mineur : `

      « Il est interdit au mineur de quinze ans d’accéder à un service de réseau social en ligne »`.

      Cet acte de prohibition qualifie automatiquement un tel accès de "contenu illicite" au sens de la définition large du DSA.

      Cette reclassification est la clé de voûte de la stratégie du Conseil : elle permet de mobiliser les puissants mécanismes de régulation du DSA (injonctions de l'Arcom, signalements, sanctions) contre les plateformes sans créer une nouvelle obligation nationale, interdite par le droit européen.

      Le cadre de l'UE devient ainsi le principal outil d'application d'une politique nationale française.

      Pour renforcer l'effectivité de cette interdiction, le Conseil suggère d'ouvrir un second flanc de mise en conformité. Il préconise de prévoir la nullité de plein droit des contrats passés par un mineur en violation de cette interdiction.

      Une telle nullité priverait de base légale tout traitement de ses données personnelles, exposant les plateformes à des contrôles et sanctions de la part de la CNIL au titre du RGPD, ce qui augmente considérablement la pression en faveur du respect de la loi.

      Enfin, le Conseil recommande que la Commission européenne élabore des lignes directrices pour s'assurer que les plateformes gèrent correctement la restitution des contenus et des données aux mineurs dont les comptes sont résiliés, afin de ne pas porter atteinte à leurs droits de propriété intellectuelle.

      Cette refonte juridique est présentée comme une condition sine qua non à la viabilité du texte.

      3. Analyse Critique du Conseil d'État : Équilibre avec les Droits et Libertés Fondamentaux

      Au-delà de la conformité européenne, le Conseil d'État analyse la conciliation entre l'objectif de protection de l'enfance — une exigence constitutionnelle — et le respect des libertés fondamentales du mineur (liberté d'expression, d'information) et des droits des parents.

      Sur ce plan, le Conseil juge le dispositif initial déséquilibré et disproportionné pour trois raisons principales :

      1. Caractère général et absolu : L'interdiction s'appliquerait à tous les "réseaux sociaux" sans distinction, y compris ceux ne présentant aucun risque avéré (plateformes collaboratives, éducatives), ce qui est jugé excessif.

      2. Absence de discernement et de rôle parental : Le mécanisme initial ignore le degré de maturité de l'enfant et écarte totalement les parents de leur rôle d'accompagnement, en contradiction avec le Code civil et la Convention relative aux droits de l’enfant.

      3. Manque de justification du couvre-feu : Les bornes horaires du couvre-feu pour les 15-18 ans (22h-8h) sont jugées insuffisamment documentées et donc disproportionnées.

      Pour rééquilibrer le texte, le Conseil d'État propose une refonte qui incarne un changement de philosophie réglementaire : passer d'une interdiction étatique, brute et centrée sur la plateforme, à un système nuancé, responsabilisant les parents et centré sur le terminal. Ce mécanisme alternatif repose sur deux volets :

      Volet 1 - Interdiction Ciblée Le Gouvernement pourrait, par décret en Conseil d’État pris après avis de l’Arcom, interdire l'accès aux mineurs de moins de 15 ans à des réseaux sociaux spécifiquement identifiés comme dangereux en raison de leurs systèmes de recommandation.

      L'État utilise ici son pouvoir de prohibition de manière ciblée, là où le danger est avéré.

      Volet 2 - Autorisation Parentale Généralisée Pour tous les autres réseaux sociaux, l'accès serait interdit sauf autorisation expresse d'un parent.

      Réalisée via des dispositifs installés sur les systèmes d’exploitation des équipements terminaux distribués par les fournisseurs d’accès à l’internet (à l'instar des mécanismes de contrôle parental existants), cette autorisation serait révocable et pourrait préciser une durée d'usage.

      L'État délègue ici à une autorité parentale guidée le soin d'évaluer le risque.

      Cette approche duale résout le problème de proportionnalité, transformant une interdiction fragile en un système de régulation juridiquement beaucoup plus solide.

      4. Recommandations et Points de Vigilance sur les Autres Articles

      Le Conseil d'État a également examiné les autres articles de la proposition de loi, formulant des recommandations d'ajustement ou des réserves importantes.

      Interdiction des téléphones dans les lycées (Art. 6) : La mesure est jugée nécessaire et proportionnée.

      Le Conseil recommande d'exclure explicitement de son champ les formations de l'enseignement supérieur et de différer son entrée en vigueur à la rentrée scolaire 2026.

      Formation scolaire (Art. 4) : Jugée conforme, la mesure est cependant qualifiée de potentiellement redondante avec des dispositions déjà existantes.

      Une entrée en vigueur différée à la rentrée 2026 est également suggérée pour permettre l'adaptation des enseignants.

      Délit de négligence numérique (Art. 7) : Le Conseil exprime de fortes réserves.

      À titre principal, il estime que le droit pénal existant est suffisant.

      À titre subsidiaire, si le délit était maintenu, ses termes ("usage excessif", "outils numériques") sont jugés trop vagues et contraires au principe constitutionnel de légalité des délits et des peines.

      Publicité et emballages (Art. 3) : Ces dispositions devront être notifiées à la Commission européenne au titre de la directive "TRIS", une étape procédurale cruciale destinée à prévenir la création de barrières techniques inopinées au sein du marché unique.

      Rapport au Parlement (Art. 5) : Il est suggéré de restreindre le champ du rapport pour le concentrer sur le respect par les plateformes de leurs obligations spécifiques envers les mineurs dans le cadre du DSA.

      Ces ajustements visent à garantir la sécurité juridique et l'applicabilité concrète de l'ensemble du texte.

      5. Conclusion : Synthèse Stratégique pour la Décision

      L'avis du Conseil d'État valide sans équivoque la nécessité d'agir face aux dangers documentés que les réseaux sociaux font peser sur les mineurs et reconnaît la pertinence de l'objectif poursuivi par le législateur.

      Cependant, cette validation de l'objectif s'accompagne d'une censure quasi totale du dispositif initialement proposé. Celui-ci est jugé doublement fragile :

      1. Incompatible avec le droit de l'Union européenne, en raison de la violation du principe d'harmonisation maximale du DSA.

      2. Déséquilibré au regard des droits fondamentaux, car l'interdiction générale et le couvre-feu sont jugés disproportionnés et écartent indûment l'autorité parentale.

      En définitive, les amendements du Conseil d'État ne sont pas de simples ajustements.

      Ils constituent une refondation juridique et une véritable feuille de route stratégique et législative offerte au Parlement. Ils transforment un projet juridiquement précaire en une loi conforme, proportionnée et, par conséquent, viable et réellement efficace pour protéger les mineurs dans l'espace numérique.

    1. remains limited in absolute terms. In most cases, the ID group joins winning coalitions where its likelihood of being pivotal is limited, such as during final legislative votes. However, our findings also suggest that, in a small number of cases where the grand coalition is not brought into play, the radical right becomes a crucial partner for the EPP.

      OKAY -> takeaways - What Voting Influence tool reveals 1. ID must NOT be internally fractured in order to be pivotal (is not often the case) 2. For radical right to wield influence, THE PLENARY MUST BE VERY POLARISED 3. Overall voting influence remains limited in absolute terms -> usually joins coalitions that win by a LARGE majority, where it can therefore NOT wield a major influence. 4. In some cases where grand coalition is not formed, rad right is "crucial partner" for EPP (one of the mainstream preogressive parties)

      "For the radical right group to hold voting influence, there must be a minimum level of polarisation in plenary, and the group itself must be internally cohesive."

    1. n response to this critique of their canonical status,the Roman Catholic Counter-Reformation position wasto declare these works definitively a part of the Bible.The Catholic church to this day maintains the canoni-cal status of Tobit, Judith, the longer version of Esther,1 and 2 Maccabees, the Wisdom of Solomon, Sirach,Baruch (including the Le*er of Jeremiah), and the Addi-tions to Daniel. The Orthodox churches also maintainedthe canonical status of these works, and in addition re-garded some or all of the following books as canonical:1 Esdras, the Prayer of Manasseh, Psalm 151, 3 Maccabees,2 Esdras, and (in an appendix) 4 Maccabees. The NRSVincludes headings within the Apocryphal/Deuteroca-nonical Books calling a*ention to the varying canonicalstatus of these works.

      Canon because they wanted to politically oppose to keep power

    Annotators

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary: 

      The authors provide a resource to the systems neuroscience community, by offering their Python-based CLoPy platform for closed-loop feedback training. In addition to using neural feedback, as is common in these experiments, they include a capability to use real-time movement extracted from DeepLabCut as the control signal. The methods and repository are detailed for those who wish to use this resource. Furthermore, they demonstrate the efficacy of their system through a series of mesoscale calcium imaging experiments. These experiments use a large number of cortical regions for the control signal in the neural feedback setup, while the movement feedback experiments are analyzed more extensively.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength of the paper is the availability of their CLoPy platform. Currently, most closed-loop operant conditioning experiments are custom built by each lab and carry a relatively large startup cost to get running. This platform lowers the barrier to entry for closed-loop operant conditioning experiments, in addition to making the experiments more accessible to those with less technical expertise.

      Another strength of the paper is the use of many different cortical regions as control signals for the neurofeedback experiments. Rodent operant conditioning experiments typically record from the motor cortex and maybe one other region. Here, the authors demonstrate that mice can volitionally control many different cortical regions not limited to those previously studied, recording across many regions in the same experiment. This demonstrates the relative flexibility of modulating neural dynamics, including in non-motor regions.

      Finally, adapting the closed-loop platform to use real-time movement as a control signal is a nice addition. Incorporating movement kinematics into operant conditioning experiments has been a challenge due to the increased technical difficulties of extracting real-time kinematic data from video data at a latency where it can be used as a control signal for operant conditioning. In this paper they demonstrate that the mice can learn the task using their forelimb position, at a rate that is quicker than the neurofeedback experiments.

      Weaknesses:

      There are several weaknesses in the paper that diminish the impact of its strengths. First, the value of the CLoPy platform is not clearly articulated to the systems neuroscience community. Similarly, the resource could be better positioned within the context of the broader open-source neuroscience community. For an example of how to better frame this resource in these contexts, I recommend consulting the pyControl paper. Improving this framing will likely increase the accessibility and interest of this paper to a less technical neuroscience audience, for instance by highlighting the types of experimental questions CLoPy can enable.

      We appreciate the editor’s feedback regarding the clarity of the CLoPy platform's value and its positioning within the broader neuroscience community. We agree and understand the importance of effectively communicating the utility of CLoPy to both the systems neuroscience field and the wider open-source neuroscience community.

      To address this, we have revised the introduction and discussion sections of the manuscript to more clearly articulate the unique contributions of the CLoPy platform. Specifically:

      (1) We have emphasized how CLoPy can address experimental questions in systems neuroscience by highlighting its ability to enable real-time closed-loop experiments, such as investigating neural dynamics during behavior or studying adaptive cortical reorganization after injury. These examples are aimed at demonstrating its practical utility to the neuroscience audience.

      (2) We have positioned CLoPy within the broader open-source neuroscience ecosystem, drawing comparisons to similar resources like pyControl. We describe how CLoPy complements existing tools by focusing on real-time optical feedback and integration with genetically encoded indicators, which are becoming increasingly popular in systems neuroscience. We also emphasize its modularity and ease of adoption in experimental settings with limited resources.

      (3) To make the manuscript more accessible to a less technically inclined audience, we have restructured certain sections to focus on the types of experiments CLoPy enables, rather than the technical details of the implementation.

      We have consulted the pyControl paper, as suggested, and have used it as a reference point to improve the framing of our resource. We believe these changes will increase the accessibility and appeal of the paper to a broader neuroscience audience.

      While the dataset contains an impressive amount of animals and cortical regions for the neurofeedback experiment, and an analysis of the movement-feedback experiments, my excitement for these experiments is tempered by the relative incompleteness of the dataset, as well as its description and analysis in the text. For instance, in the neurofeedback experiment, many of these regions only have data from a single mouse, limiting the conclusions that can be drawn. Additionally, there is a lack of reporting of the quantitative results in the text of the document, which is needed to better understand the degree of the results. Finally, the writing of the results section could use some work, as it currently reads more like a methods section.

      Thank you for your thoughtful and constructive feedback on our manuscript. We appreciate the time and effort you took to review our work and provide detailed suggestions for improvement. Below, we address the key points raised in your review:

      (1) Dataset Completeness: We acknowledge that some of the neurofeedback experiments include data from only a single mouse for some cortical regions while for some cortical regions, there are several animals. This was due to practical constraints during the study, and we understand the limitations this poses for drawing broad conclusions. We felt it was still important to include these data sets with smaller sample sizes as they might be useful for others pursuing this direction in the future. To address this, we have revised the text to explicitly acknowledge these limitations and clarify that the results for some regions are exploratory in nature. We believe our flexible tool will provide a means for our lab and others include more animals representing additional cortical regions in future studies. Importantly, we have included all raw and processed data as well as code for future analysis.

      (2) Quantitative Results: We recognize the importance of reporting quantitative results in the text for better clarity and interpretation. In response, we have added more detailed description of the quantitative findings from both the neurofeedback and movement-feedback experiments. This will include effect sizes, statistical measures, and key numerical results to provide a clearer understanding of the degree and significance of the observed effects.

      (3) Results Section Writing: We appreciate your observation that parts of the results section read more like a methods section. To improve clarity and focus, we have restructured the results section to present the findings in a more concise and interpretative manner, while moving overly detailed descriptions of experimental procedures to the methods section.

      Suggestions for improved or additional experiments, data or analyses:

      Not necessary for this paper, but it would be interesting to see if the CLNF group could learn without auditory feedback.

      This is a great suggestion and certainly something that could be done in the future.

      There are no quantitative results in the results section. I would add important results to help the reader better interpret the data. For example, in: "Our results indicated that both training paradigms were able to lead mice to obtain a significantly larger number of rewards over time," You could show a number, with an appropriate comparison or statistical test, to demonstrate that learning was observed.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have mentioned quantification values in the results now, along with being mentioned in the figure legends, and we are quoting it in following sentences. “A ΔF/F0 threshold value was calculated from a baseline session on day 0 that would have allowed 25% performance. Starting from this basal performance of around 25% on day 1, mice (CLNF No-rule-change, N=23, n=60 and CLNF Rule-change, N=17, n=60) were able to discover the task rule and perform above 80% over ten days of training (Figure 4A, RM ANOVA p=2.83e-5), and Rule-change mice even learned a change in ROIs or rule reversal (Figure 4A, RM ANOVA p=8.3e-10, Table 5 for different rule changes). There were no significant differences between male and female mice (Supplementary Figure 3A).”

      For: "Performing this analysis indicated that the Raspberry Pi system could provide reliable graded feedback within ~63 {plus minus} 15 ms for CLNF experiments." The LED test shows the sending of the signal, but the actual delay for the audio generation might be longer. This is also longer than the 50 ms mentioned in the abstract.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comment. The latency reported (~63ms) was measured using the LED test, which captures the time from signal detection to output triggering on the Raspberry Pi GPIO. We agree that the total delay for auditory feedback generation could include an additional latency component related to the digital-to-analog conversion and speaker response. In our setup, we employ a fast Audiostream library written in C to generate the audio signal and expect the delay contribution to be negligible compared to the GPIO latency. Though we did not do this, it can be confirmed by an oscilloscope-based pilot measurement (for additional delay calculation). We have updated the manuscript to clarify that the 63 ± 15 ms value reflects the GPIO-triggered output latency, and we have revised the abstract to accurately state the delay as “~63 ms” rather than 50 ms. This ensures consistency and avoids underestimation of the latency. We have corrected the LED latency for CLNF and CLMF experiments in the abstract as well.

      It could be helpful to visualize an individual trial for each experiment type, for instance how the audio frequency changes as movement speed / calcium activity changes.

      We have added Supplementary Figure 8 that contains this data where you can see the target cortical activity trace, target paw speed, rewards, along with the audio frequency generated.

      The sample sizes are small (n=1) for a few groups. I am excited by the variety of regions recorded, so it could be beneficial for the authors to collect a few more animals to beef up the sample sizes.

      We've acknowledged that some of the sample sizes are small. Importantly, we have included raw and processed data as well as code for future analysis. We felt it was still important to still include these data sets with smaller sample sizes as they might be useful for others pursuing this direction in the future.

      I am curious as to why 60 trials sessions were used. Was it mostly for the convenience of a 30 min session, or were the animals getting satiated? If the former, would learning have occurred more rapidly with longer sessions?

      This is a great observation and the answer is it was mostly due to logistical reasons. We tried to not keep animals headfixed for more than 45 minutes in each session as they become less engaged with long duration headfixed sessions. After headfixing them, it takes about 15 minutes to get the experiment going and therefore 30 - 40 minutes long recorded sessions seemed appropriate before they stop being engaged or before they get satiated in the task. We provided supplemental water after the sessions and we observed that they consumed water after the sessions so they were not fully satiated during the sessions even when they performed well in the task and got maximum rewards. We also had inter-trial rest periods of 10s that elongated the session duration. We think it would be interesting to explore the relationship between session duration(number of trials) and task learning progression over the days in a separate study.

      Figure 4E is interesting, it seems like the changes in the distribution of deltaF was in both positive and negative directions, instead of just positive. I'd be curious as to the author's thoughts as to why this is the case. Relatedly, I don't see Figure 4E, and a few other subplots, mentioned in the text. As a general comment, I would address each subplot in the text.

      We have split Figure 4 into two to keep the figures more readable. Previous Figure 4E-H are now Figure 5A-D in the revised manuscript. The online real-time CLNF sessions were using a moving window average to calculate ΔF/F<sub>0</sub>  and the figures were generated by averaging the whole recorded sessions. We have added text in Methods under “Online ΔF/F<sub>0</sub>calculation” and “Offline ΔF/F<sub>0</sub> calculation” sections making it clear about how we do our ΔF/F<sub>0</sub> normalization based on average fluorescence over the entire session. Using this method of normalization does increase the baseline so that some peaks appear to be below zero. Additionally, it is unclear what strategy animals are employing to achieve the rule specific target activity. The task did not constrain them to have a specific strategy for cortical activation - they were rewarded as long as they crossed the threshold in target ROI(s). For example, in 2-ROI experiments, to increase ROI1-ROI2 target activity, they could increase activity of ROI1 relative to ROI2 or decreased activity of ROI1 relative to ROI1 - both would have led to a reward as long as the result crossed the threshold.

      We have now addressed and added reference to the figures in the text in Results under “Mice can explore and learn an arbitrary task, rule, and target conditions” and “Mice can rapidly adapt to changes in the task rule” sections - thanks for pointing this out.

      For: "In general, all ROIs assessed that encompassed sensory, pre-motor, and motor areas were capable of supporting increased reward rates over time," I would provide a visual summary showing the learning curves for the different types of regions.

      We have rewritten this section to emphasize that these conclusions were based on pooled data from multiple regions of interest. The sample sizes for each type of region are different and some are missing. We believe it would be incomplete and not comparable to present this as a regular analysis since the sample sizes were not balanced. We would be happy to dive deeper into this and point to the raw and processed dataset if anyone would like to explore this further by GitHub or other queries.

      Relatedly, I would further explain the fast vs slow learners, and if they mapped onto certain regions.

      Mice were categorized into fast or slow learners based on the slope of learning over days (reward progression over the days) as shown in Supplementary Figure 3C,D. Our initial aim was not to probe cortical regions that led to fast vs slow learning but this was a grouping we did afterwards. Based on the analysis we did, the fast learners included the sensory (V1), somatosensory (BC, HL), and motor (M1, M2) areas, while the slow learners included the motor (M1, M2), and higher order (TR, RL) cortical areas. Testing all dorsal cortical areas would be prudent to establish their role in fast or slow learning and it is an interesting future direction.

      Also I would make the labels for these plots (e.g. Supp Fig3) more intuitive, versus the acronyms currently used.

      We have made more expressive labels and explained the acronyms below the Supplementary Figure 3.

      The CLMF animals showed a decrease in latency across learning, what about the CLNF animals? There is currently no mention in the text or figures.

      We have now incorporated the CLNF task latency data into both the Results text and Figure 4C. Briefly, task latency decreased as performance improved, increased following a rule change, and then decreased again as the animals relearned the task. The previous Figure 4C has been updated to Figure 4D, and the former Figure 4D has been moved to Supplementary Figure 4E.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work, Gupta & Murphy present several parallel efforts. On one side, they present the hardware and software they use to build a head-fixed mouse experimental setup that they use to track in "real-time" the calcium activity in one or two spots at the surface of the cortex. On the other side, the present another setup that they use to take advantage of the "real-time" version of DeepLabCut with their mice. The hardware and software that they used/develop is described at length, both in the article and in a companion GitHub repository. Next, they present experimental work that they have done with these two setups, training mice to max out a virtual cursor to obtain a reward, by taking advantage of auditory tone feedback that is provided to the mice as they modulate either (1) their local cortical calcium activity, or (2) their limb position.

      Strengths:

      This work illustrates the fact that thanks to readily available experimental building blocks, body movement and calcium imaging can be carried using readily available components, including imaging the brain using an incredibly cheap consumer electronics RGB camera (RGB Raspberry Pi Camera). It is a useful source of information for researchers that may be interested in building a similar setup, given the highly detailed overview of the system. Finally, it further confirms previous findings regarding the operant conditioning of the calcium dynamics at the surface of the cortex (Clancy et al. 2020) and suggests an alternative based on deeplabcut to the motor tasks that aim to image the brain at the mesoscale during forelimb movements (Quarta et al. 2022).

      Weaknesses:

      This work covers 3 separate research endeavors: (1) The development of two separate setups, their corresponding software. (2) A study that is highly inspired from the Clancy et al. 2020 paper on the modulation of the local cortical activity measured through a mesoscale calcium imaging setup. (3) A study of the mesoscale dynamics of the cortex during forelimb movements learning. Sadly, the analyses of the physiological data appears uncomplete, and more generally the paper tends to offer overstatements regarding several points:

      In contrast to the introductory statements of the article, closed-loop physiology in rodents is a well-established research topic. Beyond auditory feedback, this includes optogenetic feedback (O'Connor et al. 2013, Abbasi et al. 2018, 2023), electrical feedback in hippocampus (Girardeau et al. 2009), and much more.

      We have included and referenced these papers in our introduction section (quoted below) and rephrased the part where our previous text indicated there are fewer studies involving closed-loop physiology.

      “Some related studies have demonstrated the feasibility of closed-loop feedback in rodents, including hippocampal electrical feedback to disrupt memory consolidation (Girardeau et al.2009), optogenetic perturbations of somatosensory circuits during behavior (O'Connor et al.2013), and more recent advances employing targeted optogenetic interventions to guide behavior (Abbasi et al. 2023).”

      The behavioral setups that are presented are representative of the state of the art in the field of mesoscale imaging/head fixed behavior community, rather than a highly innovative design. In particular, the closed-loop latency that they achieve (>60 ms) may be perceived by the mice. This is in contrast with other available closed-loop setups.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment and fully agree that our closed-loop latency is larger than that achieved in some other contemporary setups. Our primary aim in presenting this work, however, is not to compete with the lowest possible latencies, but to provide an open-source, accessible, and flexible platform that can be readily adopted by a broad range of laboratories. By building on widely available and lower-cost components, our design lowers the barrier of entry for groups that wish to implement closed-loop imaging and behavioral experiments, while still achieving latencies well within the range that can support many biologically meaningful applications.

      For example, our latency (~60 ms) remains compatible with experimental paradigms such as:

      Motor learning and skill acquisition, where sensorimotor feedback on the scale of tens to hundreds of milliseconds is sufficient to modulate performance.

      Operant conditioning and reward-based learning, in which reinforcement timing windows are typically broader and not critically dependent on sub-20 ms latencies.

      Cortical state dependent modulation, where feedback linked to slower fluctuations in brain activity (hundreds of milliseconds to seconds) can provide valuable insight.

      Studies of perception and decision-making, in which stimulus response associations often unfold on behavioral timescales longer than tens of milliseconds.

      We believe that emphasizing openness, affordability, and flexibility will encourage widespread adoption and adaptation of our setup across laboratories with different research foci. In this way, our contribution complements rather than competes with ultra-low-latency closed-loop systems, providing a practical option for diverse experimental needs.

      Through the paper, there are several statements that point out how important it is to carry out this work in a closed-loop setting with an auditory feedback, but sadly there is no "no feedback" control in cortical conditioning experiments, while there is a no-feedback condition in the forelimb movement study, which shows that learning of the task can be achieved in the absence of feedback.

      We fully agree that such a control would provide valuable insight into the contribution of feedback to learning in the CLNF paradigm. In designing our initial experiments, we envisioned multiple potential control conditions, including No-feedback and Random-feedback. However, our first and primary objective was to establish whether mice could indeed learn to modulate cortical ROI activation through auditory feedback, and to further investigate this across multiple cortical regions. For this reason, we focused on implementing the CLNF paradigm directly, without the inclusion of these additional control groups. To broaden the applicability of the system, we subsequently adapted the platform to the CLMF experiments, where we did incorporate a No-feedback group. These results, as the reviewer notes, strengthen the evidence for the role of feedback in shaping task performance. We agree that the inclusion of a No-feedback control group in the CLNF paradigm will be crucial in future studies to further dissect the specific contribution of feedback to cortical conditioning.

      The analysis of the closed-loop neuronal data behavior lacks controls. Increased performance can be achieved by modulating actively only one of the two ROIs, this is not clearly analyzed (for instance looking at the timing of the calcium signal modulation across the two ROIs. It seems that overall ROIs1 and 2 covariate, in contrast to Clancy et al. 2020. How can this be explained?

      We agree that the possibility of increased performance being driven by modulation of a single ROI is an important consideration. Our study indeed began with 1-ROI closed-loop experiments. In those early experiments, while we did observe animals improving performance across days, we realized that daily variability in ongoing cortical GCaMP activity could lead to fluctuations in threshold-crossing events. The 2-ROI design was subsequently introduced to reduce this variability, as the target activity was defined as the relative activity between the two ROIs (e.g., ROI1 – ROI2). This approach offered a more stable signal by normalizing ongoing fluctuations. In our analysis of the early 2-ROI experiments, we observed that animals adopted diverging strategies to achieve threshold crossings. Specifically, some animals increased activity in ROI1 relative to ROI2, while others decreased activity in ROI2 to accomplish the same effect. Once discovered, each animal consistently adhered to its chosen strategy throughout subsequent training sessions. This was an early and intriguing observation, but as the experiments were not originally designed to systematically test this effect, we limited our presentation to the analysis of a small number of animals (shown in Figure 11). We have added details about this observation in our Results section as well, quoted below-

      “In the 2-ROI experiment where the task rule required “ROI1 - ROI2” activity to cross a threshold for reward delivery, mice displayed divergent strategies. Some animals predominantly increased ROI1 activity, whereas others reduced ROI2 activity, both approaches leading to successful threshold crossing (Figure 11)”.

      We hope this clarifies how the use of two ROIs helps explain the apparent covariation of the signals, and why some divergence from the observations of Clancy et al. (2020) may be expected.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study demonstrates the effectiveness of a cost-effective closed-loop feedback system for modulating brain activity and behavior in head-fixed mice. Authors have tested real-time closed-loop feedback system in head-fixed mice two types of graded feedback: 1) Closed-loop neurofeedback (CLNF), where feedback is derived from neuronal activity (calcium imaging), and 2) Closed-loop movement feedback (CLMF), where feedback is based on observed body movement. It is a python based opensource system, and authors call it CLoPy. The authors also claim to provide all software, hardware schematics, and protocols to adapt it to various experimental scenarios. This system is capable and can be adapted for a wide use case scenario.

      Authors have shown that their system can control both positive (water drop) and negative reinforcement (buzzer-vibrator). This study also shows that using the close loop system mice have shown better performance, learnt arbitrary task and can adapt to change in the rule as well. By integrating real-time feedback based on cortical GCaMP imaging and behavior tracking authors have provided strong evidence that such closed-loop systems can be instrumental in exploring the dynamic interplay between brain activity and behavior.

      Strengths:

      Simplicity of feedback systems designed. Simplicity of implementation and potential adoption.

      Weaknesses:

      Long latencies, due to slow Ca2+ dynamics and slow imaging (15 FPS), may limit the application of the system.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment and agree that latency is an important factor in our setup. The latency arises partly from the inherent slow kinetics of calcium signaling and GCaMP6s, and partly from the imaging rate of 15 FPS (every 66 ms). These limitations can be addressed in several ways: for example, using faster calcium indicators such as GCaMP8f, or adapting the system to electrophysiological signals, which would require additional processing capacity. In our implementation, image acquisition was fixed at 15 FPS to enable real-time frame processing (256 × 256 resolution) on Raspberry Pi 4B devices. With newer hardware, such as the Raspberry Pi 5, substantially higher acquisition and processing rates are feasible (although we have not yet benchmarked this extensively). More powerful platforms such as Nvidia Jetson or conventional PCs would further support much faster data acquisition and processing.

      Major comments:

      (1) Page 5 paragraph 1: "We tested our CLNF system on Raspberry Pi for its compactness, general-purpose input/output (GPIO) programmability, and wide community support, while the CLMF system was tested on an Nvidia Jetson GPU device." Can these programs and hardware be integrated with windows-based system and a microcontroller (Arduino/ Tency). As for the broad adaptability that's what a lot of labs would already have (please comment/discuss)?

      While we tested our CLNF system on a Raspberry Pi (chosen for its compactness, GPIO programmability, and large user community) and our CLMF system on an Nvidia Jetson GPU device (to leverage real-time GPU-based inference), the underlying software is fully written in Python. This design choice makes the system broadly adaptable: it can be run on any device capable of executing Python scripts, including Windows-based PCs, Linux machines, and macOS systems. For hardware integration, we have confirmed that the framework works seamlessly with microcontrollers such as Arduino or Teensy, requiring only minor modifications to the main script to enable sending and receiving of GPIO signals through those boards. In fact, we are already using the same system in an in-house project on a Linux-based PC where an Arduino is connected to the computer to provide GPIO functionality. Furthermore, the system is not limited to Raspberry Pi or Arduino boards; it can be interfaced with any GPIO-capable devices, including those from Adafruit and other microcontroller platforms, depending on what is readily available in individual labs. Since many neuroscience and engineering laboratories already possess such hardware, we believe this design ensures broad accessibility and ease of integration across diverse experimental setups.

      (2) Hardware Constraints: The reliance on Raspberry Pi and Nvidia Jetson (is expensive) for real-time processing could introduce latency issues (~63 ms for CLNF and ~67 ms for CLMF). This latency might limit precision for faster or more complex behaviors, which authors should discuss in the discussion section.

      In our system, we measured latencies of approximately ~63 ms for CLNF and ~67 ms for CLMF. While such latencies indeed limit applications requiring millisecond precision, such as fast whisker movements, saccades, or fine-reaching kinematics, we emphasize that many relevant behaviors, including postural adjustments, limb movements, locomotion, and sustained cortical state changes, occur on timescales that are well within the capture range of our system. Thus, our platform is appropriate for a range of mesoscale behavioral studies that probably needs to be discussed more. It is also important to note that these latencies are not solely dictated by hardware constraints. A significant component arises from the inherent biological dynamics of the calcium indicator (GCaMP6s) and calcium signaling itself, which introduce slower temporal kinetics independent of processing delays. Newer variants, such as GCaMP8f, offer faster response times and could further reduce effective biological latency in future implementations.

      With respect to hardware, we acknowledge that Raspberry Pi provides a low-cost solution but contributes to modest computational delays, while Nvidia Jetson offers faster inference at higher cost. Our choice reflects a balance between accessibility, cost-effectiveness, and performance, making the system deployable in many laboratories. Importantly, the modular and open-source design means the pipeline can readily be adapted to higher-performance GPUs or integrated with electrophysiological recordings, which provide higher temporal resolution. Finally, we agree with the reviewer that the issue of latency highlights deeper and interesting questions regarding the temporal requirements of behavior classification. Specifically, how much data (in time) is required to reliably identify a behavior, and what is the minimum feedback delay necessary to alter neural or behavioral trajectories? These are critical questions for the design of future closed-loop systems and ones that our work helps frame.

      We have added a slightly modified version of our response above in the discussion section under “Experimental applications and implications”.

      (3) Neurofeedback Specificity: The task focuses on mesoscale imaging and ignores finer spatiotemporal details. Sub-second events might be significant in more nuanced behaviors. Can this be discussed in the discussion section?

      This is a great point  and we have added the following to the discussion section. “In the case of CLNF we have focused on regional cortical GCAMP signals that are relatively slow in kinetics. While such changes are well suited for transcranial mesoscale imaging assessment, it is possible that cellular 2-photon imaging (Yu et al. 2021) or preparations that employ cleared crystal skulls (Kim et al. 2016) could resolve more localized and higher frequency kinetic signatures.”

      (4) The activity over 6s is being averaged to determine if the threshold is being crossed before the reward is delivered. This is a rather long duration of time during which the mice may be exhibiting stereotyped behaviors that may result in the changes in DFF that are being observed. It would be interesting for the authors to compare (if data is available) the behavior of the mice in trials where they successfully crossed the threshold for reward delivery and in those trials where the threshold was not breached. How is this different from spontaneous behavior and behaviors exhibited when they are performing the test with CLNF? 

      We would like to emphasize that we are not directly averaging activity over 6 s to compare against the reward threshold. Instead, the preceding 6 s of activity is used solely to compute a dynamic baseline for ΔF/F<sub>0</sub> ( ΔF/F<sub>0</sub> = (F –F<sub>0</sub> )/F<sub>0</sub>). Here, F<sub>0</sub>is calculated as the mean fluorescence intensity over the prior 6 s window and is updated continuously throughout the session. This baseline is then subtracted from the instantaneous fluorescence signal to detect relative changes in activity. The reward threshold is therefore evaluated against these baseline-corrected ΔF/F<sub>0</sub> values at the current time point, not against an average over 6 s. This moving-window baseline correction is a standard approach in calcium imaging analyses, as it helps control for slow drifts in signal intensity, bleaching effects, or ongoing fluctuations unrelated to the behavior of interest. Thus, the 6-s window is not introducing a temporal lag in reward assignment but is instead providing a reference to detect rapid increases in cortical activity.  We have added the term dynamic baseline to the Methods to clarify.

      Recommendations for the authors

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Additional suggestions for improved or additional experiments, data or analyses.

      For: "Looking closely at their reward rate on day 5 (day of rule change), they had a higher reward rate in the second half of the session as compared to the first half, indicating they were adapting to the rule change within one session." It would be helpful to see this data, and would be good to see within-session learning on the rule change day

      Thank you for pointing this out. We had missed referencing the figure in the text, and have now added a citation to Supplementary Figure 4A, which shows the cumulative rewards for each day of training. As seen in the plot for day 5, the cumulative rewards are comparable to those on day 1, with most rewards occurring during the second half of the session.

      For: "These results suggest that motor learning led to less cortical activation across multiple regions, which may reflect more efficient processing of movement-related activity," it could also be the case that the behaviour became more stereotyped over learning, which would lead to more concentrated, correlated activity. To test this, it would be good to look at the limb variability across sessions. Similarly, if it is movement-related, there should be good decoding of limb kinematics.

      Indeed, we observed that behavior became more stereotyped over the course of learning, as shown in Supplementary Figure 4C, 4D. One plausible explanation for the reduction in cortical activation across multiple regions is that behavior itself became more stereotyped, a possibility we have explored in the manuscript. Specifically, forelimb movements during the trial became increasingly correlated as mice improved on the task, particularly in the groups that received auditory feedback (Rule-change and No-rule-change groups; Figure 8). As movements became more correlated, overall body movements during trials decreased and aligned more closely with the task rule (Figure 9D). This suggests that reduced cortical activity may in part reflect changes in behavior. Importantly, however, in the Rule-change group, we observed that on the day of the rule switch (day 5), when the target shifted from the left to the right forelimb, cortical activity increased bilaterally (Figure 9A–C). This finding highlights our central point: groups that received feedback (Rule-change and No-rule-change) were able to identify the task rule more effectively, and both their behavior and cortical activity became more specifically aligned with the rule compared to the No-feedback group. We agree with the reviewers that additional analyses along these lines would be valuable future directions. To facilitate this, we have included the movement data for readers who may wish to pursue further analyses, details can be found under “Data and code availability” in Methods section. However, given the limited sample sizes in our dataset and the need to keep the manuscript focused on the central message, we felt that including these additional analyses here would risk obscuring the main findings.

      For: "We believe the decrease in ΔF/F0peak is unlikely to be driven by changes in movement, as movement amplitudes did not decrease significantly during these periods (Figure 7D CLMF Rule-change)." I would formally compare the two conditions. This is an important control. Also, another way to see if the change in deltaF is related to movement would be to see if you can predict movement from the deltaF.

      Figure 7D in the previous version is Figure 9D in the current revision of the manuscript. We've assessed this for the examples shown based on graphing the movement data, unfortunately there is not enough of that data to do a group analysis of movement magnitude. We would suggest that this would be an excellent future direction that would take advantage of the flexible open source nature of our tool.

      Recommendations for improving the writing and presentation.

      In the abstract there is no mention of the rationale for the project, or the resulting significance. I would modify this to increase readership by the behavioral neuroscience community. Similarly, the introduction also doesn't highlight the value of this resource for the field. Again, I think the pyControl paper does a good job of this. For readability, I would add more subheadings earlier in the results, to separate the different technical aspects of the system.

      We have revised the introduction to include the rationale for the project, its potential implications, and its relevance for translational research. We have also framed the work within the broader context of the behavioral and systems neuroscience community. We greatly appreciate this suggestion, as we believe it enhances the clarity and accessibility of the manuscript for the community.

      For: "While brain activity can be controlled through feedback, other variables such as movements have been less studied, in part because their analysis in real time is more challenging." I would highlight research that has studied the control of behavior through feedback, such as the Mathis paper where mice learn to pull a joystick to a virtual box, and adapt this motion to a force perturbation.

      We have added a citation to the Mathis paper and describe this as an additional form of feedback. The text is quoted below:

      “Opportunities also exist in extending real time pose classification (Forys et al. 2020; Kane et al. 2020) and movement perturbation (Mathis et al. 2017) to shape aspects of an animal’s motor repertoire.”

      Some of the results content would be better suited for the methods, one example: "A previous version of the CLNF system was found to have non-linear audio generation above 10 kHz, partly due to problems in the audio generation library and partly due to the consumer-grade speaker hardware we were employing. This was fixed by switching to the Audiostream (https://github.com/kivy/audiostream) library for audio generation and testing the speakers to make sure they could output the commanded frequencies"

      This is now moved to the Methods section.

      For: "There are reports of cortical plasticity during motor learning tasks, both at cellular and mesoscopic scales (17-19), supporting the idea that neural efficiency could improve with learning," not sure I agree with this, the studies on cortical plasticity are usually to show a neural basis for the learning observed, efficiency is separate from this.

      We have modified this statement to remove the concept of efficiency "There are reports of cortical plasticity during motor learning tasks, both at cellular and mesoscopic scales (17-19).”

      The paragraph that opens "Distinct task- and reward-related cortical dynamics" that describes the experiment should appear in the previous section, as the data is introduced there.

      We have moved the mentioned paragraphs in the previous section where we presented the data and other experiment details. This makes the text more readable and contextual.

      I would present the different ROI rules with better descriptors and visualization to improve the readability.

      We have added Supplementary Figure 7, which provides visualizations of the ROIs across all task rules used in the CLNF experiments.

      Minor corrections to the text and figures.

      Figure 1 is a little crowded, combining the CLNF and CLMF experiments, I would turn this into a 2 panel figure, one for each, similar to how you did figure 2.

      We have revised Figure 1 to include two panels, one for CLNF and one for CLMF. The colored components indicate elements specific to each setup, while the uncolored components represent elements shared between CLNF and CLMF. Relevant text in the manuscript is updated to refer to these figures.

      For Figure 2, the organization of the CLMF section is not intuitive for the reader. I would reorder it so it has a similar flow as the CLNF experiment.

      We have revised the figure by updating the layout of panel B (CLMF) to align with panel A (CLNF), thereby creating a more intuitive and consistent flow between the panels. We appreciate this helpful suggestion, which we believe has substantially improved the clarity of the figure. The corresponding text in the manuscript has also been updated to reflect these changes.

      For Figure 3, highlight that C and E are examples. They also seem a little out of place, so they could even be removed.

      We have now explicitly labeled Figures 3C and 3E as representative examples (figure legend and on figure itself). We believe including these panels provides helpful context for readers: Figure 3C illustrates how the ROIs align on the dorsal cortical brain map with segmented cortical regions, while Figure 3E shows example paw trajectories in three dimensions, allowing visualization of the movement patterns observed during the trials.

      In the plots, I would add sample sizes, for instance, in CLNF learning curve in Figure 4A, how many animals are in each group? 

      We have labeled Figure 4 with number of animals used in CLNF (No-rule-change, N=23; Rule-change, N=17), and CLMF (Rule-change, N=8; No-rule-change, N=4; No-feedback, N=4).

      Also, Figure 7 for example, which figures are single-sessions, versus across animals? For Figure 7c, what time bin is the data taken from?

      We have clarified this now and mentioned it in all the figures. Figure 7 in the previous version is Figure 9 in the current updated manuscript. Figure 9A is from individual sessions on different days from the same mouse. Figure 9B is the group average reward centered ΔF/F<sub>0</sub> activity in different cortical regions (Rule-change, N=8; No-rule-change, N=4; No-feedback, N=4). Figure 9C shows average ΔF/F<sub>0</sub> peak values obtained within -1sec to +1sec centered around the reward point (N=8).

      It says "punish" in Figure 3, but there is no punishment?

      Yes, the task did not involve punishment. Each trial resulted in either a success, which is followed by a reward, or a failure, which is followed by a buzzer sound. To better reflect these outcomes, we have updated Figure 3 and replaced the labels “Reward” with “Success” and “Punish” with “Failure.”

      The regression on 5c doesn't look quite right, also this panel is not mentioned in the text.

      The figure referred to by the reviewer as Figure 5 is now presented as Figure 6 in the revised manuscript. Regarding the reviewer’s observation about the regression line in the left panel of Figure 5C, the apparent misalignment arises because the majority of the data points are densely clustered at the center of the scatter plot, where they overlap substantially. The regression line accurately reflects this concentration of overlapping data. To improve clarity, we have updated the figure and ensured that it is now appropriately referenced in the Results section.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) There would be many interesting observations and links between the peripheral and cortical studies if there was a body video available during the cortical study. Is there any such data available?

      We agree that a detailed analysis of behavior during the CLNF task would be necessary to explore any behavior correlates with success in the task. Unfortunately, we do not have a sufficient video of the whole body to perform such an analysis.

      (2) The text (p. 24) states: [intracortical GCAMP transients measured over days became more stereotyped in kinetics and were more correlated (to each other) as the task performance increased over the sessions (Figure 7E).] But I cannot find this quantification in the figures or text?

      Figure 7 in the previous version of the manuscript now appears as Figure 9. In this figure, we present cortical activity across selected regions during trials, and in Figure 9E we highlight that this activity becomes more correlated. Since we did not formally quantify variability, we have removed the previous claim that the activity became stereotyped and revised the text in the updated manuscript accordingly.

      Typos:

      10-serest c (page 13)

      Inverted color codes in figure 4E vs F

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      We have mostly attempted to limit the feedback to suggestions and posed a few questions that might be interesting to explore given the dataset the authors have collected.

      Comments:

      In close loop systems the latency is primary concern, and authors have successfully tested the latency of the system (Delay): from detection of an event to the reaction time was less than 67ms.

      We have commented on the issues and limitations caused by latency, and potential future directions to overcome these challenges in responses to some of the previous comments.

      Additional major comments:

      "In general, all ROIs assessed that encompassed sensory, pre-motor, and motor areas were capable of supporting increased reward rates over time (Figure 4A, Animation 1)." Fig 4A is merely showing change in task performance over time and does not have information regarding the changes observed specific to CLNF for each ROI.

      We acknowledge that the sample size for individual ROI rules was not sufficient for meaningful comparisons. To address this limitation, we pooled the data across all the rules tested. The manuscript includes a detailed list of the rules along with their corresponding sample sizes for transparency.

      A ΔF/F<sub>0</sub> threshold value was calculated from a baseline session on day 0 that would have allowed 25% performance. Starting from this basal performance of around 25% on day 1, mice (CLNF No-rule-change, n=28 and CLNF Rule-change, n=13). It is unclear what the replicates here are. Trials or mice? The corresponding Figure legend has a much smaller n value.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We realized that we had not indicated the sample replicates in the figure, and the use of n instead of N for the number of animals may have been misleading. We have now corrected the notation and clarified this information in the figure to resolve the discrepancy.

      What were the replicates for each ROI pairs evaluated?

      Each ROI rule and number of mice and trials are listed in Table 5 and Table 6.

      Our analysis revealed that certain ROI rules (see description in methods) lead to a greater increase in success rate over time than others (Supplementary Figure 3D). The Supplementary figures 3C and 3D are blurry and could use higher resolution images. 

      We have increased the font size of the text that was previously difficult to read and re-exported the figure at a higher resolution (300 DPI). We believe these changes will resolve the issue.

      Also, It will help the reader is a visual representation of the ROI pairs are provided, instead of the text view. One interesting question is whether there are anatomical biases to fast vs slow learning pairs (Directionality - anterior/posterior, distance between the selected ROIs etc). This could be interesting to tease apart.

      We have added Supplementary Figure 7, which provides visualizations of the ROIs across all task rules used in the CLNF experiments. While a detailed investigation of the anatomical basis of fast versus slow learning cortical ROIs is beyond the scope of the present study, we agree that this represents an exciting future direction for further research.

      How distant should the ROIs be to achieve increased task performance?

      We appreciate this insightful question. We did not specifically test this scenario. In our study, we selected 0.3 × 0.3 mm ROIs centered on the standard AIBS mouse brain atlas (CCF). At this resolution, ROIs do not overlap, regardless of their placement in a two-ROI experiment. Furthermore, because our threshold calculations are based on baseline recordings, we expect the system would function for any combination of ROI placements. Nonetheless, exploring this systematically would be an interesting avenue for future experiments.

      Figures:

      I would leave out some of the methodological details such as the protocol for water restriction (Fig. 3) out of the legend. This will help with readability.

      We have removed some of the methodological details, including those mentioned above, from the legend of Figure 3 in the updated manuscript.

      Fig 1 and Fig 2: In my opinion, It would be easier for the reader if the current Fig. 2, which provides a high level description of CLNF and CLBF is presented as Fig. 1. The current Fig. 1, goes into a lot of methodological implementation details, and also includes a lot of programming jargon that is being introduced early in the paper that is hard to digest early on in the paper's narrative.

      Thank you for the suggestion. In the new manuscript, Figure 1 and Figure 2 have been swapped.

      Higher-resolution images/ plots are needed in many instances. Unsure if this is the pdf compression done by the manuscript portal that is causing this.

      All figures were prepared in vector graphics format using the open-source software Inkscape. For this manuscript, we exported the images at 300 DPI, which is generally sufficient for publication-quality documents. The submission portal may apply additional processing, which could have resulted in a reduction in image quality. We will carefully review the final submission files and ensure that all figures are clear and of high quality.

      The authors repeatedly show ROI specific analysis M1_L, F1_R etc. It will be helpful to provide a key, even if redundant in all figures to help the reader.

      We have now included keys to all such abbreviations in all the figures.

      There are also instances of editorialization and interpretation e.g., "Surprisingly, the "Rule-change" mice were able to discover the change in rule and started performing above 70% within a day of the rule change, on day 6" that would be more appropriate in the main body of the paper.

      Thank you for pointing this out in the figure legend, and we have removed it now since we already discussed this in the Results.

      Minor comments

      (1) The description of Figure 1 is hard to follow and can be described better based on how the information is processed and executed in the system from source to processing and back. Using separated colors (instead of shaded of grey) for the neuro feedback and movement feedback would help as well. Common components could have a different color. The specification like the description of the config file should come later.

      Figure 1 in the previous version is Figure 2 in the updated version. We have taken suggestions from other reviewers and made the figure easier to understand and split it into two panels with color coding Green for CLNF, Pink for CLMF specific parts while common shared parts are left without any color.

      (2) Page 20 last paragraph:

      Authors are neglecting that the rule change is done one day prior and the results that you see in the second half on the 6th day are not just because of the first half of the 6th day instead combined training on the 5th day (rule change) and then the first half of the 6th day. Rephrasing this observation is essential.

      We have revised the text for clarity to indicate that the performance increase observed on day 6 is not necessarily attributable to training on that day. In fact, we noted and mentioned that mice began to perform the task better during the second half of the session on day 5 itself.

      (3)  The method section description of the CLMF setup (Page no 39 first paragraph) is more detailed, a diagram of this setup would make it easy to follow and a better read.

      We have made changes to the CLMF setup (Figure 1B) and CLMF schematic (Figure 2B) to make it easier to understand parts of the setup and flow of control.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Bansal et al examine and characterize feeding behaviour in Anopheles stephensi mosquitoes. While sharing some similarities to the well-studied Aedes aegypti mosquito, the authors demonstrate that mated-females, but not unmated (virgin) females, exhibit suppression in their blood-feeding behaviour. Using brain transcriptomic analysis comparing sugar fed, blood fed and starved mosquitoes, several candidate genes potentially responsible for influencing blood-feeding behaviour were identified, including two neuropeptides (short NPF and RYamide) that are known to modulate feeding behaviour in other mosquito species. Using molecular tools including in situ hybridization, the authors map the distribution of cells producing these neuropeptides in the nervous system and in the gut. Further, by implementing systemic RNA interference (RNAi), the study suggests that both neuropeptides appear to promote blood-feeding (but do not impact sugar feeding) although the impact was observed only after both neuropeptide genes underwent knockdown.

      While the authors have addressed most of the concerns of the original manuscript, a few issues remain. Particularly, the following two points:

      (5) Figure 4

      The authors state that there is more efficient knockdown in the head of unfed females; however, this is not accurate since they only get knockdown in unfed animals, and no evidence of any knockdown in fed animals (panel D). This point should be revised in the results test as well.

      Perhaps we do not understand the reviewer's point or there has been a misunderstanding. In Figure 4D, we show that while there is more robust gene knockdown in unfed females, blood-fed females also showed modest but measurable knockdowns ranging from 5-40% for RYamide and 2-21% for sNPF.

      NEW-

      In both the dsRNA treatments where animals were fed, neither was significantly different from control. Therefore, there is no change, and indeed this is confirmed by the author's labelling of the figure stats in panel 4D.

      In addition, do the uninjected and dsGFP-injected relative mRNA expression data reflect combined RYa and sNPF levels? Why is there no variation in these data,...

      In these qPCRs, we calculated relative mRNA expression using the delta-delta Ct method (see line 975). For each neuropeptide its respective control was used. For simplicity, we combined the RYa and sNPF control data into a single representation. The value of this control is invariant because this method sets the control baseline to a value of 1.

      NEW-

      The authors are claiming that there is no variation between individual qPCR experiments (particularly in their controls)? Normally, one uses a known standard value (or calibrator) across multiple experiments/plates so that variation across biological replicates can be assessed. This has an impact on statistical analyses since there is no variation in the control data. Indeed, this impacts all figures/datasets in the manuscript where qPCR data is presented. All the controls have zero variation!

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript investigates the regulation of host-seeking behavior in Anopheles stephensi females across different life stages and mating states. Through transcriptomic profiling, the authors identify differential gene expression between "blood-hungry" and "blood-sated" states. Two neuropeptides, sNPF and RYamide, are highlighted as potential mediators of host-seeking behavior. RNAi knockdown of these peptides alters host-seeking activity, and their expression is anatomically mapped in the mosquito brain (sNPF and RYamide) and midgut (sNPF only).

      Strengths:

      (1) The study addresses an important question in mosquito biology, with relevance to vector control and disease transmission.

      (2) Transcriptomic profiling is used to uncover gene expression changes linked to behavioral states.

      (3) The identification of sNPF and RYamide as candidate regulators provides a clear focus for downstream mechanistic work.

      (3) RNAi experiments demonstrate that these neuropeptides are necessary for normal host-seeking behavior.

      (4) Anatomical localization of neuropeptide expression adds depth to the functional findings.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The title implies that the neuropeptides promote host-seeking, but sufficiency is not demonstrated and some conclusions appear premature based on the current data. The support for this conclusion would be strengthened with functional validation using peptide injection or genetic manipulation.

      (2) The identification of candidate receptors is promising, but the manuscript would be significantly strengthened by testing whether receptor knockdowns phenocopy peptide knockdowns. Without this, it is difficult to conclude that the identified receptors mediate the behavioral effects.

      (3) Some important caveats, such as variation in knockdown efficiency and the possibility of off-target effects, are not adequately discussed.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Bansal et al. present a study on the fundamental blood and nectar feeding behaviors of the critical disease vector, Anopheles stephensi. The study encompasses not just the fundamental changes in blood feeding behaviors of the crucially understudied vector, but then uses a transcriptomic approach to identify candidate neuromodulation pathways which influence blood feeding behavior in this mosquito species. The authors then provide evidence through RNAi knockdown of candidate pathways that the neuromodulators sNPF and Rya modulate feeding either via their physiological activity in the brain alone or through joint physiological activity along the brain-gut axis (but critically not the gut alone). Overall, I found this study to be built on tractable, well-designed behavioral experiments.

      Their study begins with a well-structured experiment to assess how the feeding behaviors of A. stephensi change over the course of its life history and in response to its age, mating, and oviposition status. The authors are careful and validate their experimental paradigm in the more well-studied Ae. aegypti, and are able to recapitulate the results of prior studies, which show that mating is a prerequisite for blood feeding behaviors in Ae. aegypt. Here they find A. Stephensi, like other Anopheline mosquitoes, has a more nuanced regulation of its blood and nectar feeding behaviors.

      The authors then go on to show in a Y-maze olfactometer that ,to some degree, changes in blood feeding status depend on behavioral modulation to host cues, and this is not likely to be a simple change to the biting behaviors alone. I was especially struck by the swap in valence of the host cues for the blood-fed and mated individuals, which had not yet oviposited. This indicates that there is a change in behavior that is not simply desensitization to host cues while navigating in flight, but something much more exciting is happening.

      The authors then use a transcriptomic approach to identify candidate genes in the blood-feeding stages of the mosquito's life cycle to identify a list of 9 candidates that have a role in regulating the host-seeking status of A. stephensi. Then, through investigations of gene knockdown of candidates, they identify the dual action of RYa and sNPF and candidate neuromodulators of host-seeking in this species. Overall, I found the experiments to be well-designed. I found the molecular approach to be sound. While I do not think the molecular approach is necessarily an all-encompassing mechanism identification (owing mostly to the fact that genetic resources are not yet available in A. stephensi as they are in other dipteran models), I think it sets up a rich line of research questions for the neurobiology of mosquito behavioral plasticity and comparative evolution of neuromodulator action.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s detailed summary of our work. We thank them for their positive comments and agree with them on the shortcomings of our approach.

      Strengths:

      I am especially impressed by the authors' attention to small details in the course of this article. As I read and evaluated this article, I continued to think about how many crucial details could potentially have been missed if this had not been the approach. The attention to detail paid off in spades and allowed the authors to carefully tease apart molecular candidates of blood-seeking stages. The authors' top-down approach to identifying RYamide and sNPF starting from first principles behavioral experiments is especially comprehensive. The results from both the behavioral and molecular target studies will have broad implications for the vectorial capacity of this species and comparative evolution of neural circuit modulation.

      We really appreciate that the reviewer has recognised the attention to detail we have tried to put, thank you!

      Weaknesses:

      There are a few elements of data visualizations and methodological reporting that I found confusing on a first few read-throughs. Figure 1F, for example, was initially confusing as it made it seem as though there were multiple 2-choice assays for each of the conditions. I would recommend removing the "X" marker from the x-axis to indicate the mosquitoes did not feed from either nectar, blood, or neither in order to make it clear that there was one assay in which mosquitoes had access to both food sources, and the data quantify if they took both meals, one meal, or no meals.

      We thank the reviewer for flagging the schematic in figure 1F. As suggested, we have removed the “X” markers from the x-axis and revised the axis label from “choice of food” to “choice made” to better reflect what food the mosquitoes chose in the assay. For clarity, we have now also plotted the same data as stacked graphs at the bottom of Fig. 1F, which clearly shows the proportion of mosquitoes fed on each particular choice. We avoid the stacked graph as the sole representation of this data, as it does not capture the variability in the data.

      I would also like to know more about how the authors achieved tissue-specific knockdown for RNAi experiments. I think this is an intriguing methodology, but I could not figure out from the methods why injections either had whole-body or abdomen-specific knockdown.

      The tissue-specific knockdown (abdomen only or abdomen+head) emerged from initial standardisations where we were unable to achieve knockdown in the head unless we used higher concentrations of dsRNA and did the injections in older females. We realised that this gave us the opportunity to isolate the neuronal contribution of these neuropeptides in the phenotype produced. Further optimisations revealed that injecting dsRNA into 0-10h old females produced abdomen-specific knockdowns without affecting head expression, whereas injections into 4 days old females resulted in knockdowns in both tissues. Moreover, head knockdowns in older females required higher dsRNA concentrations, with knockdown efficiency correlating with the amount injected. In contrast, abdominal knockdowns in younger females could be achieved even with lower dsRNA amounts.

      We have mentioned the knockdown conditions- time of injection and the amount dsRNA injected- for tissue-specific knockdowns in methods but realise now that it does not explain this well enough. We have now edited it to state our methodology more clearly (see lines 932-948).

      I also found some interpretations of the transcriptomic to be overly broad for what transcriptomes can actually tell us about the organism's state. For example, the authors mention, "Interestingly, we found that after a blood meal, glucose is neither spent nor stored, and that the female brain goes into a state of metabolic 'sugar rest', while actively processing proteins (Figure S2B, S3)".

      This would require a physiological measurement to actually know. It certainly suggests that there are changes in carbohydrate metabolism, but there are too many alternative interpretations to make this broad claim from transcriptomic data alone.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out and agree with them. We have now edited our statement to read:

      “Instead, our data suggests altered carbohydrate metabolism after a blood meal, with the female brain potentially entering a state of metabolic 'sugar rest' while actively processing proteins (Figure S2B, S3). However, physiological measurements of carbohydrate and protein metabolism will be required to confirm whether glucose is indeed neither spent nor stored during this period.” See lines 271-277.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Bansal et al examine and characterize feeding behaviour in Anopheles stephensi mosquitoes. While sharing some similarities to the well-studied Aedes aegypti mosquito, the authors demonstrate that mated females, but not unmated (virgin) females, exhibit suppression in their bloodfeeding behaviour. Using brain transcriptomic analysis comparing sugar-fed, blood-fed, and starved mosquitoes, several candidate genes potentially responsible for influencing blood-feeding behaviour were identified, including two neuropeptides (short NPF and RYamide) that are known to modulate feeding behaviour in other mosquito species. Using molecular tools, including in situ hybridization, the authors map the distribution of cells producing these neuropeptides in the nervous system and in the gut. Further, by implementing systemic RNA interference (RNAi), the study suggests that both neuropeptides appear to promote blood-feeding (but do not impact sugar feeding), although the impact was observed only after both neuropeptide genes underwent knockdown.

      Strengths and/or weaknesses:

      Overall, the manuscript was well-written; however, the authors should review carefully, as some sections would benefit from restructuring to improve clarity. Some statements need to be rectified as they are factually inaccurate.

      Below are specific concerns and clarifications needed in the opinion of this reviewer:

      (1) What does "central brains" refer to in abstract and in other sections of the manuscript (including methods and results)? This term is ambiguous, and the authors should more clearly define what specific components of the central nervous system was/were used in their study.

      Central brain, or mid brain, is a commonly used term to refer to brain structures/neuropils without the optic lobes (For example: https://www.nature.com/articles/s41586-024-07686-5). In this study we have focused our analysis on the central brain circuits involved in modulating blood-feeding behaviour and have therefore excluded the optic lobes. As optic lobes account for nearly half of all the neurons in the mosquito brain (https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC8121336/), including them would have disproportionately skewed our transcriptomic data toward visual processing pathways. 

      We have indicated this in figure 3A and in the methods (see lines 800-801, 812). We have now also clarified it in the results section for neurotranscriptomics to avoid confusion (see lines 236-237).

      (2) The abstract states that two neuropeptides, sNPF and RYamide are working together, but no evidence is summarized for the latter in this section.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have now added a statement “This occurs in the context of the action of RYa in the brain” to end of the abstract, for a complete summary of our proposed model. 

      (3) Figure 1

      Panel A: This should include mating events in the reproductive cycle to demonstrate differences in the feeding behavior of Ae. aegypti.

      Our data suggest that mating can occur at any time between eclosion and oviposition in An. stephensi and between eclosion and blood feeding in Ae. aegypti. Adding these into (already busy) 1A, would cloud the purpose of the schematic, which is to indicate the time points used in the behavioural assays and transcriptomics.

      Panel F: In treatments where insects were not provided either blood or sugar, how is it that some females and males had fed? Also, it is unclear why the y-axis label is % fed when the caption indicates this is a choice assay. Also, it is interesting that sugar-starved females did not increase sugar intake. Is there any explanation for this (was it expected)?

      We apologise for the confusion. The experiment is indeed a choice assay in which sugar-starved or sugar-sated females, co-housed with males, were provided simultaneous access to both blood and sugar, and were assessed for the choice made (indicated on the x-axis): both blood and sugar, blood only, sugar only, or neither. The x-axis indicates the choice made by the mosquitoes, not the choice provided in the assay, and the y-axis indicates the percentage of males or females that made each particular choice. We have now removed the “X” markers from the x-axis and revised the axis label from “choice of food” to “choice made” to better reflect what food the mosquitoes chose to take.

      In this assay, we scored females only for the presence or absence of each meal type (blood or sugar) and are therefore unable to comment on whether sugar-starved females consumed more sugar than sugarsated females. However, when sugar-starved, a higher proportion of females consumed both blood and sugar, while fewer fed on blood alone.

      For clarity, we have now also plotted the same data as stacked graphs at the bottom of Fig. 1F, which clearly shows the proportion of mosquitoes fed on each particular choice. We avoid the stacked graph as the sole representation of this data as it does not capture the variability in the data.

      (4) Figure 3

      In the neurotranscriptome analysis of the (central) brain involving the two types of comparisons, can the authors clarify what "excluded in males" refers to? Does this imply that only genes not expressed in males were considered in the analysis? If so, what about co-expressed genes that have a specific function in female feeding behaviour?

      This is indeed correct. We reasoned that since blood feeding is exclusive to females, we should focus our analysis on genes that were specifically upregulated in them. As the reviewer points out, it is very likely that genes commonly upregulated in males and females may also promote blood feeding and we will miss out on any such candidates based on our selection criteria. 

      (5) Figure 4

      The authors state that there is more efficient knockdown in the head of unfed females; however, this is not accurate since they only get knockdown in unfed animals, and no evidence of any knockdown in fed animals (panel D). This point should be revised in the results test as well.

      Perhaps we do not understand the reviewer’s point or there has been a misunderstanding. In figure 4D, we show that while there is more robust gene knockdown in unfed females, blood-fed females also showed modest but measurable knockdowns ranging from 5-40% for RYamide and 2-21% for sNPF. 

      Relatedly, blood-feeding is decreased when both neuropeptide transcripts are targeted compared to uninjected (panel C) but not compared to dsGFP injected (panel E). Why is this the case if authors showed earlier in this figure (panel B) that dsGFP does not impact blood feeding?

      We realise this concern stems from our representation of the data. Since we had earlier determined that dsGFP-injected females fed similarly to uninjected females (fig 4B), we used these controls interchangeably in subsequent experiments. To avoid confusion, we have now only used the label ‘control’ in figure 4 (and supplementary figure S9) and specified which control was used for each experiment in the legend.

      In addition to this, we wanted to clarify that fig 4C and 4E are independent experiments. 4C is the behaviour corresponding to when the neuropeptides were knocked down in both heads and abdomens. 4E is the behaviour corresponding to when the neuropeptides were knocked down in only the abdomens. We have now added a schematic in the plots to make this clearer.

      In addition, do the uninjected and dsGFP-injected relative mRNA expression data reflect combined RYa and sNPF levels? Why is there no variation in these data,…

      In these qPCRs, we calculated relative mRNA expression using the delta-delta Ct method (see line 975). For each neuropeptide its respective control was used. For simplicity, we combined the RYa and sNPF control data into a single representation. The value of this control is invariant because this method sets the control baseline to a value of 1.

      …and how do transcript levels of RYa and sNPF compare in the brain versus the abdomen (the presentation of data doesn't make this relationship clear).

      The reviewer is correct in pointing out that we have not clarified this relationship in our current presentation. While we have not performed absolute mRNA quantifications, we extracted relative mRNA levels from qPCR data of 96h old unmanipulated control females. We observed that both sNPF and RYa transcripts are expressed at much lower levels in the abdomens, as compared to those in the heads, as shown in Author response Image 1 below. 

      Author response image 1.

      (6) As an overall comment, the figure captions are far too long and include redundant text presented in the methods and results sections.

      We thank the reviewer for flagging this and have now edited the legends to remove redundancy.  

      (7) Criteria used for identifying neuropeptides promoting blood-feeding: statement that reads "all neuropeptides, since these are known to regulate feeding behaviours". This is not accurate since not all neuropeptides govern feeding behaviors, while certainly a subset do play a role.

      We agree with the reviewer that not all neuropeptides regulate feeding behaviours. Our statement refers to the screening approach we used: in our shortlist of candidates, we chose to validate all neuropeptides.

      (8) In the section beginning with "Two neuropeptides - sNPF and RYa - showed about 25% and 40% reduced mRNA levels...", the authors state that there was no change in blood-feeding and later state the opposite. The wording should be clarified as it is unclear.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We were referring to an unchanged proportion of the blood fed females. We have now edited the text to the following: 

      “Two neuropeptides - sNPF and RYa - showed about 25% and 40% reduced mRNA levels in the heads but the proportion of females that took blood meals remained unchanged”. See lines 338-340.

      (9) Just before the conclusions section, the statement that "neuropeptide receptors are often ligandpromiscuous" is unjustified. Indeed, many studies have shown in heterologous systems that high concentrations of structurally related peptides, which are not physiologically relevant, might cross-react and activate a receptor belonging to a different peptide family; however, the natural ligand is often many times more potent (in most cases, orders of magnitude) than structurally related peptides. This is certainly the case for various RYamide and sNPF receptors characterized in various insect species.

      We agree with the reviewer and apologise for the mistake. We have now removed the statement.

      (10) Methods

      In the dsRNA-mediated gene knockdown section, the authors could more clearly describe how much dsRNA was injected per target. At the moment, the reader must carry out calculations based on the concentrations provided and the injected volume range provided later in this section.

      We have now edited the section to reflect the amount of dsRNA injected per target. Please see lines 921-931.

      It is also unclear how tissue-specific knockdown was achieved by performing injection on different days/times. The authors need to explain/support, and justify how temporal differences in injection lead to changes in tissue-specific expression. Does the blood-brain barrier limit knockdown in the brain instead, while leaving expression in the peripheral organs susceptible?

      To achieve tissue-specific knockdowns of sNPF and RYa, we optimised both the time of injection as well as the dsRNA concentration to be injected. Injecting dsRNA into 0-10h females produced abdomen-specific knockdowns without affecting head expression, whereas injections into 96h old females resulted in knockdowns in both tissues. Head knockdowns in older females required higher dsRNA concentrations, with knockdown efficiency correlating with the amount injected. In contrast, abdominal knockdowns in younger females could be achieved even with lower dsRNA amounts, reflecting the lower baseline expression of sNPF in abdomens compared to heads and the age-dependent increase in head expression (as confirmed by qPCR). It is possible that the blood-brain barrier also limits the dsRNA entering the brain, thereby requiring higher amounts to be injected for head knockdowns. 

      We have now edited this section to state our methodology more clearly (see lines 932-948).

      For example, in Figure 4, the data support that knockdown in the head/brain is only effective in unfed animals compared to uninjected animals, while there is no evidence of knockdown in the brain relative to dsGFP-injected animals. Comparatively, evidence appears to show stronger evidence of abdominal knockdown mostly for the RYa transcript (>90%) while still significantly for the sNPF transcript (>60%).

      As we explained earlier, this concern likely stems from our representation of the data. Since we had earlier determined that dsGFP-injected females fed similarly to uninjected females (fig 4B), we used these controls interchangeably in subsequent experiments. To avoid confusion, we have now only used the label ‘control’ in figure 4 (and supplementary figure S9) and specified which control was used for each experiment in the legend.

      In addition to this, we wanted to clarify that fig 4C and 4E are independent experiments. 4C is the behaviour corresponding to when the neuropeptides were knocked down in both heads and abdomens.  4E is the behaviour corresponding to when the neuropeptides were knocked down in only the abdomen. We have now added a schematic in the plots to make this clearer.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript investigates the regulation of host-seeking behavior in Anopheles stephensi females across different life stages and mating states. Through transcriptomic profiling, the authors identify differential gene expression between "blood-hungry" and "blood-sated" states. Two neuropeptides, sNPF and RYamide, are highlighted as potential mediators of host-seeking behavior. RNAi knockdown of these peptides alters host-seeking activity, and their expression is anatomically mapped in the mosquito brain (sNPF and RYamide) and midgut (sNPF only).

      Strengths:

      (1) The study addresses an important question in mosquito biology, with relevance to vector control and disease transmission.

      (2) Transcriptomic profiling is used to uncover gene expression changes linked to behavioral states.

      (3) The identification of sNPF and RYamide as candidate regulators provides a clear focus for downstream mechanistic work.

      (4) RNAi experiments demonstrate that these neuropeptides are necessary for normal host-seeking behavior.

      (5) Anatomical localization of neuropeptide expression adds depth to the functional findings.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The title implies that the neuropeptides promote host-seeking, but sufficiency is not demonstrated (for example, with peptide injection or overexpression experiments).

      Demonstrating sufficiency would require injecting sNPF peptide or its agonist. To date, no small-molecule agonists (or antagonists) that selectively mimic sNPF or RYa neuropeptides have been identified in insects. An NPY analogue, TM30335, has been reported to activate the Aedes aegypti NPY-like receptor 7 (NPYLR7; Duvall et al., 2019), which is also activated by sNPF peptides at higher doses (Liesch et al., 2013). Unfortunately, the compound is no longer available because its manufacturer, 7TM Pharma, has ceased operations. Synthesising the peptides is a possibility that we will explore in the future.

      (2) The proposed model regarding central versus peripheral (gut) peptide action is inconsistently presented and lacks strong experimental support.

      The best way to address this would be to conduct tissue-specific manipulations, the tools for which are not available in this species. Our approach to achieve head+abdomen and abdomen only knockdown was the closest we could get to achieving tissue specificity and allowed us to confirm that knockdown in the head was necessary for the phenotype. However, as the reviewer points out, this did not allow us to rule out any involvement of the abdomen. This point has been addressed in lines 364-371.

      (3) Some conclusions appear premature based on the current data and would benefit from additional functional validation.

      The most definitive way of demonstrating necessity of sNPF and RYa in blood feeding would be to generate mutant lines. While we are pursuing this line of experiments, they lie beyond the scope of a revision. In its absence, we relied on the knockdown of the genes using dsRNA. We would like to posit that despite only partial knockdown, mosquitoes do display defects in blood-feeding behaviour, without affecting sugar-feeding. We think this reflects the importance of sNPF in promoting blood feeding.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Overall, I found this manuscript to be well-prepared, visually the figures are great and clearly were carefully thought out and curated, and the research is impactful. It was a wonderful read from start to finish. I have the following recommendations:

      Thank you very much, we are very pleased to hear that you enjoyed reading our manuscript!

      (1) For future manuscripts, it would make things significantly easier on the reviewer side to submit a format that uses line numbers.

      We sincerely apologise for the oversight. We have now incorporated line numbers in the revised manuscript.

      (2) There are a few statements in the text that I think may need clarification or might be outside the bounds of what was actually studied here. For example, in the introduction "However, mating is dispensable in Anophelines even under conditions of nutritional satiety". I am uncertain what is meant by this statement - please clarify.

      We apologise for the lack of clarity in the statement and have now deleted it since we felt it was not necessary.

      (3) Typo/Grammatical minutiae:

      (a) A small idiosyncrasy of using hyphens in compound words should also be fixed throughout. Typically, you don't hyphenate if the words are being used as a noun, as in the case: e.g. "Age affects blood feeding.". However, you would hyphenate if the two words are used as a compound adjective "Age affects blood-feeding behavior". This may not be an all-inclusive list, but here are some examples where hyphens need to either be removed or added. Some examples:

      "Nutritional state also influences other internal state outputs on blood-feeding": blood-feeding -> blood feeding

      "... the modulation of blood-feeding": blood-feeding -> blood feeding

      "For example, whether virgin females take blood-meals...": blood-meals -> blood meals

      ".... how internal and external cues shape meal-choice"-> meal choice

      "blood-meal" is often used throughout the text, but is correctly "blood meal" in the figures.

      There are many more examples throughout.

      We apologise for these errors and appreciate the reviewer’s keen eye. We have now fixed them throughout the manuscript.  

      (b) Figure 1 Caption has a typo: "co-housed males were accessed for sugar-feeding" should be "co-housed males were assessed for sugar feeding"

      We apologise for the typo and thank the reviewer for spotting it. We have now corrected this.  

      (c) It would be helpful in some other figure captions to more clearly label which statement is relevant to which part of the text. For example, in Figure 4's caption.

      "C,D. Blood-feeding and sugar-feeding behaviour of females when both RYa and sNPF are knocked down in the head (C). Relative mRNA expressions of RYa and sNPF in the heads of dsRYa+dssNPF - injected blood-fed and unfed females, as compared to that in uninjected females, analysed via qPCR (D)."

      I found re-referencing C and D at the end of their statements makes it look as thought C precedes the "Relative mRNA expression" and on a first read through, I thought the figure captions were backwards. I'd recommend reformatting here and throughout consistently to only have the figure letter precede its relevant caption information, e.g.:

      "C. Blood-feeding and sugar-feeding behaviour of females when both RYa and sNPF are knocked down in the head. D. Relative mRNA expressions of RYa and sNPF in the heads of dsRYa+dssNPF - injected bloodfed and unfed females, as compared to that in uninjected females, analysed via qPCR."

      We have now edited the legends as suggested.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Separately from the clarifications and limitations listed above, the authors could strengthen their study and the conclusions drawn if they could rescue the behavioural phenotype observed following knockdown of sNPF and RYamide. This could be achieved by injection of either sNPF or RYa peptide independently or combined following knockdown to validate the role of these peptides in promoting blood-feeding in An. stephensi. Additionally, the apparent (but unclear) regionalized (or tissue-specific) knockdown of sNPF and RYamide transcripts could be visualized and verified by implementing HCR in situ hyb in knockdown animals (or immunohistochemistry using antibodies specific for these two neuropeptides). 

      In a follow up of this work, we are generating mutants and peptides for these candidates and are planning to conduct exactly the experiments the reviewer suggests.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The loss-of-function data suggest necessity but not sufficiency. Synthetic peptide injection in non-hostseeking (blood-fed mated or juvenile) mosquitoes would provide direct evidence for peptide-induced behavioral activation. The lack of these experiments weakens the central claim of the paper that these neuropeptides directly promote blood feeding.

      As noted above, we plan to synthesise the peptide to test rescue in a mutant background and sufficiency.  

      Some of the claims about knockdown efficiency and interpretation are conflicting; the authors dismiss Hairy and Prp as candidates due to 30-35% knockdown, yet base major conclusions on sNPF and RYamide knockdowns with comparable efficiencies (25-40%). This inconsistency should be addressed, or the justification for different thresholds should be clearly stated.

      We have not defined any specific knockdown efficacy thresholds in the manuscript, as these can vary considerably between genes, and in some cases, even modest reductions can be sufficient to produce detectable phenotypes. For example, knockdown efficiencies of even as low as about 25% - 40% gave us observable phenotypes for sNPF and RYa RNAi (Figure S9B-G).

      No such phenotypes were observed for Hairy (30%) or Prp (35%) knockdowns. Either these genes are not involved in blood feeding, or the knockdown was not sufficient for these specific genes to induce phenotypes. We cannot distinguish between these scenarios. 

      The observation that knockdown animals take smaller blood meals is interesting and could reflect a downstream effect of altered host-seeking or an independent physiological change. The relationship between meal size and host-seeking behavior should be clarified.

      We agree with the reviewer that the reduced meal size observed in sNPF and RYa knockdown animals could result from their inability to seek a host or due to an independent effect on blood meal intake. Unfortunately, we did not measure host-seeking in these animals. We plan to distinguish between these possibilities using mutants in future work.

      Several figures are difficult to interpret due to cluttered labeling and poorly distinguishable color schemes. Simplifying these and improving contrast (especially for co-housed vs. virgin conditions) would enhance readability. 

      We regret that the reviewer found the figures difficult to follow. We have now revised our annotations throughout the manuscript for enhanced readability. For example, “D1<sup>B”</sup> is now “D1<sup>PBM”</sup> (post-bloodmeal) and “D1<sup>O”</sup> is now “D1<sup>PO”</sup> (post-oviposition). Wherever mated females were used, we have now appended “(m)” to the annotations and consistently depicted these females with striped abdomens in all the schematics. We believe these changes will improve clarity and readability.

      The manuscript does not clearly justify the use of whole-brain RNA sequencing to identify peptides involved in metabolic or peripheral processes. Given that anticipatory feeding signals are often peripheral, the logic for brain transcriptomics should be explained.

      The reviewer is correct in pointing out that feeding signals could also emerge from peripheral tissues. Signals from these tissues – in response to both changing nutritional and reproductive states – are then integrated by the central brain to modulate feeding choices. For example, in Drosophila, increased protein intake is mediated by central brain circuitry including those in the SEZ and central complex (Munch et al., 2022; Liu et al., 2017; Goldschmidt et al., 202ti). In the context of mating, male-derived sex peptide further increases protein feeding by acting on a dedicated central brain circuitry (Walker et al., 2015). We, therefore focused on the central brain for our studies.

      The proposed model suggests brain-derived peptides initiate feeding, while gut peptides provide feedback. However, gut-specific knockdowns had no effect, undermining this hypothesis. Conversely, the authors also suggest abdominal involvement based on RNAi results. These contradictions need to be resolved into a consistent model.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point and recognise their concern. Our reasons for invoking an involvement of the gut were two-fold:

      (1) We find increased sNPF transcript expression in the entero-endocrine cells of the midgut in blood-hungry females, which returns to baseline after a blood-meal (Fig. 4L, M).

      (2) While the abdomen-only knockdowns did not affect blood feeding, every effective head knockdown that affected blood feeding also abolished abdominal transcript levels (Fig. S9C, F). (Achieving a head-only reduction proved impossible because (i) systemic dsRNA delivery inevitably reaches the abdomen and (ii) abdominal expression of both peptides is low, leaving little dynamic range for selective manipulation.) Consequently, we can only conclude the following: 1) that brain expression is required for the behaviour, 2) that we cannot exclude a contributory role for gut-derived sNPF. We have discussed this in lines 364-371.

      The identification of candidate receptors is promising, but the manuscript would be significantly strengthened by testing whether receptor knockdowns phenocopy peptide knockdowns. Without this, it is difficult to conclude that the identified receptors mediate the behavioral effects.

      We agree that functional validation of the receptors would strengthen the evidence for sNPF and RYa-mediated control of blood feeding in An. stephensi. We selected these receptors based on sequence homology. A possibility remains that sNPF neuropeptides activate more than one receptor, each modulating a distinct circuit, as shown in the case of Drosophila Tachykinin (https://pmc.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/articles/PMC10184743/). This will mean a systematic characterisation and knockdown of each of them to confirm their role. We are planning these experiments in the future.  

      The authors compared the percentage changes in sugar-fed and blood-fed animals under sugar-sated or sugar-starved conditions. Figure 1F should reflect what was discussed in the results.

      Perhaps this concern stems from our representation of the data in figure 1F? We have now edited the xaxis and revised its label from “choice of food” to “choice made” to better reflect what food the mosquitoes chose to take.

      For clarity, we have now also plotted the same data as stacked graphs at the bottom of Fig. 1F, which clearly shows the proportion of mosquitoes fed on each particular choice. We avoid the stacked graph as the sole representation of this data because it does not capture the variability in the data.

      Minor issues:

      (1) The authors used mosquitoes with belly stripes to indicate mated females. To be consistent, the post-oviposition females should also have belly stripes.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We have now edited all the figures as suggested.

      (2) In the first paragraph on the right column of the second page, the authors state, "Since females took blood-meals regardless of their prior sugar-feeding status and only sugar-feeding was selectively suppressed by prior sugar access." Just because the well-fed animals ate less than the starved animals does not mean their feeding behavior was suppressed.

      Perhaps there has been a misunderstanding in the experimental setup of figure 1F, probably stemming from our data representation. The experiment is a choice assay in which sugar-starved or sugar-sated females, co-housed with males, were provided simultaneous access to both blood and sugar, and were assessed for the choice made (indicated on the x-axis): both blood and sugar, blood only, sugar only, or neither. We scored females only for the presence or absence of each meal type (blood or sugar) and did not quantify the amount consumed.

      (3) The figure legend for Figure 1A and the naming convention for different experimental groups are difficult to follow. A simplified or consistently abbreviated scheme would help readers navigate the figures and text.

      We regret that the reviewer found the figure difficult to follow. We have now revised our annotations throughout the manuscript for enhanced readability. For example, “D1<sup>B”</sup> is now “D1<sup>PBM”</sup> (post-bloodmeal) and “D1<sup>O”</sup> is now “D1<sup>PO”</sup> (post-oviposition).

      (4) In the last paragraph of the Y-maze olfactory assay for host-seeking behaviour in An. stephensi in Methods, the authors state, "When testing blood-fed females, aged-matched sugar-fed females (bloodhungry) were included as positive controls where ever possible, with satisfactory results." The authors should explicitly describe what the criteria are for "satisfactory results".

      We apologise for the lack of clarity. We have now edited the statement to read:

      “When testing blood-fed females, age-matched sugar-fed females (blood-hungry) were included wherever possible as positive controls. These females consistently showed attraction to host cues, as expected.” See lines 786-790.

      (5) In the first paragraph of the dsRNA-mediated gene knockdown section in Methods, dsRNA against GFP is used as a negative control for the injection itself, but not for the potential off-target effect.

      We agree with the reviewer that dsGFP injections act as controls only for injection-related behavioural changes, and not for off-target effects of RNAi. We have now corrected the statement. See lines 919-920.

      To control for off-target effects, we could have designed multiple dsRNAs targeting different parts of a given gene. We regret not including these controls for potential off-target effects of dsRNAs injected. 

      (6) References numbers 48, 89, and 90 are not complete citations.

      We thank the reviewer for spotting these. We have now corrected these citations.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      First, we thank the reviewers for the valuable and constructive reviews. Thanks to these, we believe the article has been considerably improved. We have organized our response to address points that are relevant to both reviewers first, after which we address the unique concerns of each individual reviewer separately. We briefly paraphrase each concern and provide comments for clarification, outlining the precise changes that we have made to the text.

      Common Concerns (R1 & R2):

      Can you clarify how NREM and REM sleep relate to the oneirogen hypothesis?

      Within the submission draft we tried to stay agnostic as to whether mechanistically similar replay events occur during NREM or REM sleep; however, upon a more thorough literature review, we think that there is moderately greater evidence in favor of Wake-Sleep-type replay occurring during REM sleep which is related to classical psychedelic drug mechanisms of action.

      First, we should clarify that replay has been observed during both REM and NREM sleep, and dreams have been documented during both sleep stages, though the characteristics of dreams differ across stages, with NREM dreams being more closely tied to recent episodic experience and REM dreams being more bizarre/hallucinatory (see Stickgold et al., 2001 for a review). Replay during sleep has been studied most thoroughly during NREM sharp-wave ripple events, in which significant cortical-hippocampal coupling has been observed (Ji & Wilson, 2007). However, it is critical to note that the quantification methods used to identify replay events in the hippocampal literature usually focus on identifying what we term ‘episodic replay,’ which involves a near-identical recapitulation of neural trajectories that were recently experienced during waking experimental recordings (Tingley & Peyrach, 2020). In contrast, our model focuses on ‘generative replay,’ where one expects only a statistically similar reproduction of neural activity, without any particular bias towards recent or experimentally controlled experience. This latter form of replay may look closer to the ‘reactivation’ observed in cortex by many studies (e.g. Nguyen et al., 2024), where correlation structures of neural activity similar to those observed during stimulus-driven experience are recapitulated. Under experimental conditions in which an animal is experiencing highly stereotyped activity repeatedly, over extended periods of time, these two forms of replay may be difficult to dissociate.

      Interestingly, though NREM replay has been shown to couple hippocampal and cortical activity, a similar study in waking animals administered psychedelics found hippocampal replay without any obvious coupling to cortical activity (Domenico et al., 2021). This could be because the coupling was not strong enough to produce full trajectories in the cortex (psychedelic administration did not increase ‘alpha’ enough), and that a causal manipulation of apical/basal influence in the cortex may be necessary to observe the increased coupling. Alternatively, as Reviewer 1 noted, it may be that psychedelics induce a form of hippocampus-decoupled replay, as one would expect from the REM stage of a recently proposed complementary learning systems model (Singh et al., 2022). 

      Evidence in favor of a similarity between the mechanism of action of classical psychedelics and the mechanism of action of memory consolidation/learning during REM sleep is actually quite strong. In particular, studies have shown that REM sleep increases the activity of soma-targeting parvalbumin (PV) interneurons and decreases the activity of apical dendrite-targeting somatostatin (SOM) interneurons (Niethard et al., 2021), that this shift in balance is controlled by higher-order thalamic nuclei, and that this shift in balance is critical for synaptic consolidation of both monocular deprivation effects in early visual cortex (Zhou et al., 2020) and for the consolidation of auditory fear conditioning in the dorsal prefrontal cortex (Aime et al., 2022). These last studies were not discussed in our previous text–we have added them, in addition to a more nuanced description of the evidence connecting our model to NREM and REM replay. 

      Relevant modifications: Page 4, 1st paragraph; Page 11, 1st paragraph.

      Can you explain how synaptic plasticity induced by psychedelics within your model relates to learning at a behavioral level?

      While the Wake-Sleep algorithm is a useful model for unsupervised statistical learning, it is not a model of reward or fear-based conditioning, which likely occur via different mechanisms in the brain (e.g. dopamine-dependent reinforcement learning or serotonin-dependent emotional learning). The Wake-Sleep algorithm is a ‘normative plasticity algorithm,’ that connects synaptic plasticity to the formation of structured neural representations, but it is not the case that all synaptic plasticity induced by psychedelic administration within our model should induce beneficial learning effects. According to the Wake-Sleep algorithm, plasticity at apical synapses is enhanced during the Wake phase, and plasticity at basal synapses is enhanced during the Sleep phase; under the oneirogen hypothesis, hallucinatory conditions (increased ‘alpha’) cause an increase in plasticity at both apical and basal sites. Because neural activity is in a fundamentally aberrant state when ‘alpha’ is increased, there are no theoretical guarantees that plasticity will improve performance on any objective: psychedelic-induced plasticity within our model could perhaps better be thought of as ‘noise’ that may have a positive or negative effect depending on the context.

      In particular, such ‘noise’ may be beneficial for individuals or networks whose synapses have become locked in a suboptimal local minimum. The addition of large amounts of random plasticity could allow a system to extricate itself from such local minima over subsequent learning (or with careful selection of stimuli during psychedelic experience), similar to simulated annealing optimization approaches. If our model were fully validated, this view of psychedelic-induced plasticity as ‘noise’ could have relevance for efforts to alleviate the adverse effects of PTSD, early life trauma, or sensory deprivation; it may also provide a cautionary note against repeated use of psychedelic drugs within a short time frame, as the plasticity changes induced by psychedelic administration under our model are not guaranteed to be good or useful in-and-of themselves without subsequent re-learning and compensation.

      We should also note that we have deliberately avoided connecting the oneirogen hypothesis model to fear extinction experimental results that have been observed through recordings of the hippocampus or the amygdala (Bombardi & Giovanni, 2013; Jiang et al., 2009; Kelly et al., 2024; Tiwari et al., 2024). Both regions receive extensive innervation directly from serotonergic synapses originating in the dorsal raphe nucleus, which have been shown to play an important role in emotional learning (Lesch & Waider, 2012); because classical psychedelics may play a more direct role in modulating this serotonergic innervation, it is possible that fear conditioning results (in addition to the anxiolytic effects of psychedelics) cannot be attributed to a shift in balance between apical and basal synapses induced by psychedelic administration. We have provided a more detailed review of these results in the text, as well as more clarity regarding their relation to our model.

      Relevant modifications: Page 9, final paragraph; Page 12, final paragraph.

      Reviewer 1 Concerns:

      Is it reasonable to assign a scalar parameter ‘alpha’ to the effects of classical psychedelics? And is your proposed mechanism of action unique to classical psychedelics? E.g. Could this idea also apply to kappa opioid agonists, ketamine, or the neural mechanisms of hallucination disorders?

      We have clarified that within our model ‘alpha’ is a parameter that reflects the balance between apical and basal synapses in determining the activity of neurons in the network. For the sake of simplicity we used a single ‘alpha’ parameter, but realistically, each neuron would have its own ‘alpha’ parameter, and different layers or individual neurons could be affected differentially by the administration of any particular drug; therefore, our scalar ‘alpha’ value can be thought of as a mean parameter for all neurons, disregarding heterogeneity across individual neurons.

      There are many different mechanisms that could theoretically affect this ‘alpha’ parameter, including: 5-HT2a receptor agonism, kappa opioid receptor binding, ketamine administration, or possibly the effects of genetic mutations underlying the pathophysiology of complex developmental hallucination disorders. We focused exclusively on 5-HT2a receptor agonism for this study because the mechanism is comparatively simple and extensively characterized, but similar mechanisms may well be responsible for the hallucinatory symptoms of a variety of drugs and disorders.

      Relevant modifications: Page 4, first paragraph; Page 13, first paragraph.

      Can you clarify the role of 5-HT2a receptor expression on interneurons within your model?

      While we mostly focused on the effects of 5-HT2a receptors on the apical dendrites of pyramidal neurons, these receptors are also expressed on soma-targeting parvalbumin (PV) interneurons. This expression on PV interneurons is consistent with our proposed psychedelic mechanism of action, because it could lead to a coordinated decrease in the influence of somatic and proximal dendritic inputs while increasing the influence of apical dendritic inputs. We have elaborated on this point, and moved the discussion earlier in the text.

      Relevant modifications: Page 1, 1st paragraph; Page 4, 2nd paragraph.

      Discussions of indigenous use of psychedelics over millenia may amount to over-romanticization.

      We ultimately decided to remove these discussions from the main text, as they had little bearing on the content of our work. Within the Ethics Declarations section we softened our claims from “millenia” to “centuries,” as indigenous psychedelic use over this latter period of time is well-substantiated.

      Relevant modifications: removed from introduction; modified Ethics Declarations

      You isolate the 5-HT2a agonism as the mechanism of action underlying ‘alpha’ in your model, but there exist 5-HT2a agonists that do not have hallucinatory effects (e.g. lisuride). How do you explain this?

      Lisuride has much-reduced hallucinatory effects compared to other psychedelic drugs at clinical doses (though it does indeed induce hallucinations at high doses; Marona-Lewicka et al., 2002), and we should note that serotonin (5-HT) itself is pervasive in the cortex without inducing hallucinatory effects during natural function. Similarly, MDMA is a partial agonist for 5-HT2a receptors, but it has much-reduced perceptual hallucination effects relative to classical psychedelics (Green et al., 2003) in addition to many other effects not induced by classical psychedelics.

      Therefore, while we argue that 5-HT2a agonism induces an increase in influence of apical dendritic compartments and a decrease in influence of basal/somatic compartments, and that this change induces hallucinations, we also note that there are many other factors that control whether or not hallucinations are ultimately produced, so that not all 5-HT2a agonists are hallucinogenic. There are two possible additional factors that could contribute to this phenomenon: 5-HT receptor binding affinity and cellular membrane permeability.

      Importantly, many 5-HT2a receptor agonists are also 5-HT1a receptor agonists (e.g. serotonin itself and lisuride), while MDMA has also been shown to increase serotonin, norepinephrine, and dopamine release (Green et al., 2003). While 5-HT2a receptor agonism has been shown to reduce sensory stimulus responses (Michaiel et al., 2019), 5-HT1a receptor agonism inhibits spontaneous cortical activity (Azimi et al., 2020); thus one might expect the net effect of administering serotonin or a nonselective 5-HT receptor agonist to be widespread inhibition of a circuit, as has been observed in visual cortex (Azimi et al., 2020). Therefore, selective 5-HT2a agonism is critical for the induction of hallucinations according to our model, though any intervention that jointly excites pyramidal neurons’ apical dendrites and inhibits their basal/somatic compartments across a broad enough area of cortex would be predicted to have a similar effect. Lisuride has a much higher binding affinity for 5-HT1a receptors than, for instance, LSD (Marona-Lewicka et al., 2002).

      Secondly, it has recently been shown that both the head-twitch effect (a coarse behavioral readout of hallucinations in animals) and the plasticity effects of psychedelics are abolished when administering 5-HT2a agonists that are impermeable to the cellular membrane because of high polarity, and that these effects can be rescued by temporarily rendering the cellular membrane permeable (Vargas et al., 2023). This suggests that the critical hallucinatory effects of psychedelics (apical excitation according to our model) may be mediated by intracellular 5-HT2a receptors. Notably, serotonin itself is not membrane permeable in the cortex.

      Therefore, either of these two properties could play a role in whether a given 5-HT2a agonist induces hallucinatory effects. We have provided an extended discussion of these nuances in our revision.

      Relevant modifications: Page 1, paragraph 2.

      Your model proposes that an increase in top-down influence on neural activity underlies the hallucinatory effects of psychedelics. How do you explain experimental results that show increases in bottom-up functional connectivity (either from early sensory areas or the thalamus)?

      Firstly, we should note that our proposed increase in top-down influence is a causal, biophysical property, not necessarily a statistical/correlative one. As such, we will stress that the best way to test our model is via direct intervention in cortical microcircuitry, as opposed to correlative approaches taken by most fMRI studies, which have shown mixed results with regard to this particular question. Correlative approaches can be misleading due to dense recurrent coupling in the system, and due to the coarse temporal and spatial resolution provided by noninvasive recording technologies (changes in statistical/functional connectivity do not necessarily correspond to changes in causal/mechanistic connectivity, i.e. correlation does not imply causation).

      There are two experimental results that appear to contradict our hypothesis that deserve special consideration. The first shows an increase in directional thalamic influence on the distributed cortical networks after psychedelic administration (Preller et al., 2018). To explain this, we note that this study does not distinguish between lower-order sensory thalamic nuclei (e.g. the lateral and medial geniculate nuclei receiving visual and auditory stimuli respectively) and the higher-order thalamic nuclei that participate in thalamocortical connectivity loops (Whyte et al., 2024). Subsequent more fine-grained studies have noted an increase in influence of higher order thalamic nuclei on the cortex (Pizzi et al., 2023; Gaddis et al., 2022), and in fact extensive causal intervention research has shown that classical psychedelics (and 5-HT2a agonism) decrease the influence of incoming sensory stimuli on the activity of early sensory cortical areas, indicating decoupling from the sensory thalamus (Evarts et al., 1955; Azimi et al., 2020; Michaiel et al. 2019). The increased influence of higher-order thalamic nuclei is consistent with both the cortico-striatal-thalamo-cortical (CTSC) model of psychedelic action as well as the oneirogen hypothesis, since higher-order thalamic inputs modulate the apical dendrites of pyramidal neurons in cortex (Whyte et al., 2024).

      The second experimental result notes that DMT induces traveling waves during resting state activity that propagate from early visual cortex to deeper cortical layers (Alamia et al., 2020). There are several possibilities that could explain this phenomenon: 1) it could be due to the aforementioned difficulties associated with directed functional connectivity analyses, 2) it could be due to a possible high binding affinity for DMT in the visual cortex relative to other brain areas, or 3) it could be due to increases in apical influence on activity caused by local recurrent connectivity within the visual cortex which, in the absence of sensory input, could lead to propagation of neural activity from the visual cortex to the rest of the brain. This last possibility is closest to the model proposed by (Ermentrout & Cowan, 1979), and which we believe would be best explained within our framework by a topographically connected recurrent network architecture trained on video data; a potentially fruitful direction for future research.

      Relevant modifications: Page 9, paragraph 1; Page 10, final paragraph; Page 11, final paragraph.

      Shouldn’t the hallucinations generated by your model look more ‘psychedelic,’ like those produced by the DeepDream algorithm?

      We believe that the differences in hallucination visualization quality between our Wake-Sleep-trained models and DeepDream are mostly due to differences in the scale and power of the models used across these two studies. We are confident that with more resources (and potentially theoretical innovations to improve the Wake-Sleep algorithm’s performance) the produced hallucination visualizations could become more realistic.

      We note that more powerful generative models trained with backpropagation are able to produce surreal images of comparable quality (Rezende et al., 2014; Goodfellow et al., 2020; Vahdat & Kautz, 2020), though these have not yet been used as a model of psychedelic hallucinations. However, the DeepDream model operates on top of large pretrained image processing models, and does not provide an biologically mechanistic/testable interpretation of its hallucination effects. When training smaller models with a local synaptic plasticity rule (as opposed to backpropagation), the hallucination effects are less visually striking due to the reduced quality of our trained generative model, though they are still strongly tied to the statistics of sensory inputs, as quantified by our correlation similarity metric (Fig. 5b).

      To demonstrate that our proposed hallucination mechanism is capable of producing more complex hallucinations in larger, more powerful models, we employed our same hallucination generation mechanism in a pretrained Very Deep Variational Autoencoder (VDVAE) (Child et al., 2021), which is a hierarchical variational autoencoder with a nearly identical structure compared to our Wake-Sleep-trained networks, with both a bottom-up inference pathway and a top-down generative pathway that maps cleanly onto our multicompartmental neuron model. VDVAEs are trained on the same objective function as our Wake-Sleep-trained networks, but using the backpropagation algorithm. The VDVAE models were able to generate much more complex hallucinations (emergence of complex geometric patterns, smooth deformations of objects and faces), whose complexity arguably exceeds those produced by the DeepDream algorithm. Therefore while the VDVAEs are less biologically realistic (they do not learn via local synaptic plasticity), they function as a valuable high-level model of hallucination generation that complements our Wake-Sleep-trained approach. As further validation, we were also able to replicate our key results and testable predictions with these models.

      Relevant modifications: Results section “Modeling hallucinations in large-scale pretrained networks”; Figure 6, S7, S8; Page 12, paragraph 3; Methods section “Generating hallucinations in hierarchical variational autoencoders.”

      Your model assumes domination by entirely bottom-up activity during the ‘wake’ phase, and domination entirely by top-down activity during ‘sleep,’ despite experimental evidence indicating that a mixture of top-down and bottom-up inputs influence neural activity during both stages in the brain. How do you explain this?

      Our use of the Wake-Sleep algorithm, in which top-down inputs (Sleep) or bottom-up inputs (Wake) dominate network activity is an over-simplification made within our model for computational and theoretical reasons. Models that receive a mixture of top-down and bottom-up inputs during ‘Wake’ activity do exist (in particular the closely related Boltzmann machine (Ackley et al., 1985)), but these models are considerably more computationally costly to train due to a need to run extensive recurrent network relaxation dynamics for each input stimulus. Further, these models do not generalize as cleanly to processing temporal inputs. For this reason, we focused on the Wake-Sleep algorithm, at the cost of some biological realism, though we note that our model should certainly be extended to support mixed apical-basal waking regimes. We have added a discussion of this in our ‘Model Limitations’ section.

      Relevant modifications: Page 12, paragraph 4.

      Your model proposes that 5-HT2a agonism enhances glutamatergic transmission, but this is not true in the hippocampus, which shows decreases in glutamate after psychedelic administration.

      We should note that our model suggests only compartment specific increases in glutamatergic transmission; as such, our model does not predict any particular directionality for measures of glutamatergic transmission that includes signaling at both apical and basal compartments in aggregate, as was measured in the provided study (Mason et al., 2020).

      You claim that your model is consistent with the Entropic Brain theory, but you report increases in variance, not entropy. In fact, it has been shown that variance decreases while entropy increases under psychedelic administration. How do you explain this discrepancy?

      Unfortunately, ‘entropy’ and ‘variance’ are heavily overloaded terms in the noninvasive imaging literature, and the particularities of the method employed can exert a strong influence on the reported effects. The reduction in variance reported by (Carhart-Harris et al., 2016) is a very particular measure: they are reporting the variance of resting state synchronous activity, averaged across a functional subnetwork that spans many voxels; as such, the reduction in variance in this case is a reduction in broad, synchronous activity. We do not have any resting state synchronous activity in our network due to the simplified nature of our model (particularly an absence of recurrent temporal dynamics), so we see no reduction in variance in our model due to these effects.

      Other studies estimate ‘entropy’ or network state disorder via three different methods that we have been able to identify. 1) (Carhart-Harris et al., 2014) uses a different measure of variance: in this case, they subtract out synchronous activity within functional subnetworks, and calculate variability across units in the network. This measure reports increases in variance (Fig. 6), and is the closest measure to the one we employ in this study. 2) (Lebedev et al., 2016) uses sample entropy, which is a measure of temporal sequence predictability. It is specifically designed to disregard highly predictable signals, and so one might imagine that it is a measure that is robust to shared synchronous activity (e.g. resting state oscillations). 3) (Mediano et al., 2024) uses Lempel-Ziv complexity, which is, similar to sample entropy, a measure of sequence diversity; in this case the signal is binarized before calculation, which makes this method considerably different from ours. All three of the preceding methods report increases in sequence diversity, in agreement with our quantification method. Our strongest explanation for why the variance calculation in (Carhart-Harris et al., 2016) produces a variance reduction is therefore due to a reduction in low-rank synchronous activity in subnetworks during resting state.

      As for whether the entropy increase is meaningful: we share Reviewer 1’s concern that increases in entropy could simply be due to a higher degree of cognitive engagement during resting state recordings, due to the presence of sensory hallucinations or due to an inability to fall asleep. This could explain why entropy increases are much more minimal relative to non-hallucinating conditions during audiovisual task performance (Siegel et al., 2024; Mediano et al., 2024). However, we can say that our model is consistent with the Entropic Brain Theory without including any form of ‘cognitive processing’: we observe increases in variability during resting state in our model, but we observe highly similar distributions of activity when averaging over a wide variety of sensory stimulus presentations (Fig. 5b-c). This is because variability in our model is not due to unstructured noise: it corresponds to an exploration of network states that would ordinarily be visited by some stimulus. Therefore, when averaging across a wide variety of stimuli, the distribution of network states under hallucinating or non-hallucinating conditions should be highly similar.

      One final point of clarification: here we are distinguishing Entropic Brain Theory from the REBUS model–the oneirogen hypothesis is consistent with the increase in entropy observed experimentally, but in our model this entropy increase is not due to increased influence of bottom-up inputs (it is due instead to an increase in top-down influence). Therefore, one could view the oneirogen hypothesis as consistent with EBT, but inconsistent with REBUS.

      Relevant modifications: Page 10, paragraph 1.

      You relate your plasticity rule to behavioral-timescale plasticity (BTSP) in the hippocampus, but plasticity has been shown to be reduced in the hippocampus after psychedelic administration. Could you elaborate on this connection?

      When we were establishing a connection between our ‘Wake-Sleep’ plasticity rule and BTSP learning, the intended connection was exclusively to the mathematical form of the plasticity rule, in which activity in the apical dendrites of pyramidal neurons functions as an instructive signal for plasticity in basal synapses (and vice versa): we will clarify this in the text. Similarly, we point out that such a plasticity rule tends to result in correlated tuning between apical and basal dendritic compartments, which has been observed in hippocampus and cortex: this is intended as a sanity check of our mapping of the Wake-Sleep algorithm to cortical microcircuitry, and has limited further bearing on the effects of psychedelics specifically.

      Reduction in plasticity in the hippocampus after psychedelic administration could be due to a complementary learning systems-type model, in which the hippocampus becomes partly decoupled from the cortex during REM sleep (Singh et al., 2022); were this to be the case, it would not be incompatible with our model, which is mostly focused on the cortex. Notably, potentiating 5HT-2a receptors in the ventral hippocampus does not induce the head-twitch response, though it does produce anxiolytic effects (Tiwari et al., 2024), indicating that the hallucinatory and anxiolytic effects of classical psychedelics may be partly decoupled. 

      Reviewer 2 Concerns:

      Could you provide visualizations of the ‘ripple’ phenomenon that you’re referring to?

      In our revised submission, ‘ripple’ phenomena are now visible in two places: Fig 2c-d, and Fig 6 (rows 2 and 3). Because the VDVAE models used to generate Figure 6 produce higher quality generated images, the ripples appearing in these plots are likely more prototypical, but it is not easy to evaluate the quality of these visualizations relative to subjective hallucination phenomena.

      Could you provide a more nuanced description of alternative roles for top-down feedback, beyond being used exclusively for learning as depicted in your model?

      For the sake of simplicity, we only treat top-down inputs in our model as a source of an instructive teaching signal, the originator of generative replay events during the Sleep phase, and as the mechanism of hallucination generation. However, as discussed in a response to a previous question, in the cortex pyramidal neurons receive and respond to a mixture of top-down and bottom-up processing.

      There are a variety of theories for what role top-down inputs could play in determining network activity. To name several, top-down input could function as: 1) a denoising/pattern completion signal (Kadkhodaie & Simoncelli, 2021), 2) a feedback control signal (Podlaski & Machens, 2020), 3) an attention signal (Lindsay, 2020), 4) ordinary inputs for dynamic recurrent processing that play no specialized role distinct from bottom-up or lateral inputs except to provide inputs from higher-order association areas or other sensory modalities (Kar et al., 2019; Tugsbayar et al., 2025). Though our model does not include these features, they are perfectly consistent with our approach.

      In particular, denoising/pattern completion signals in the predictive coding framework (closely related to the Wake-Sleep algorithm) also play a role as an instructive learning signal (Salvatori et al., 2021); and top-down control signals can play a similar role in some models (Gilra & Gerstner, 2017; Meulemans et al., 2021). Thus, options 1 and 2 are heavily overlapping with our approach, and are a natural consequence of many biologically plausible learning algorithms that minimize a variational free energy loss (Rao & Ballard, 1997; Ackley et al., 1985). Similarly, top-down attentional signals can exist alongside top-down learning signals, and some models have argued that such signals can be heavily overlapping or mutually interchangeable (Roelfsema & van Ooyen, 2005). Lastly, generic recurrent connectivity (from any source) can be incorporated into the Wake-Sleep algorithm (Dayan & Hinton, 1996), though we avoided doing this in the present study due to an absence of empirical architecture exploration in the literature and the computational complexity associated with training on time series data.

      To conclude, there are a variety of alternative functions proposed for top-down inputs onto pyramidal neurons in the cortex, and we view these additional features as mutually compatible with our approach; for simplicity we did not include them in our Wake-Sleep-trained model, but we believe that these features are unlikely to interfere with our testable predictions or empirical results. In fact, the pretrained VDVAE models that we worked with do include top-down influence during the Wake-stage inference process, and these models recapitulated our key results and testable predictions (Fig. S8).

      Relevant modifications: Fig. S8; Page 12, paragraph 4.

    1. Synthèse et Analyse : Gestion de l'Espace pour une Vie Lycéenne Efficace

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document synthétise les enseignements du module "Gestion de l'espace" de la formation "8 étapes vers une vie lycéenne efficace et sereine".

      L'objectif central est de démontrer comment un environnement de travail physique bien organisé constitue un levier fondamental pour réduire le stress et améliorer l'efficacité scolaire.

      La méthode proposée vise à agir sur les causes du stress qui sont "100 % sous [le] contrôle" de l'élève.

      Les points critiques à retenir sont les suivants :

      La Dualité de l'Espace : La chambre d'un lycéen abrite deux énergies distinctes et complémentaires : l'espace de repos ("Yin", calme) et l'espace de travail ("Yang", efficacité).

      Une séparation, même symbolique (par un tapis, par exemple), est cruciale pour que le cerveau distingue clairement les zones de repos et de concentration.

      L'Orientation du Bureau : Travailler face à un mur peut "cloisonner les idées" et limiter la créativité.

      Il est préconisé de s'orienter vers un espace ouvert. Si cela est impossible, une image évoquant l'espace (ciel, mer) peut compenser.

      Le Bureau comme Plan de Travail : La surface du bureau doit être considérée comme une toile vierge, dédiée uniquement à la tâche en cours. Elle ne doit pas servir d'espace de stockage.

      Les "banettes" (bacs de rangement superposés) sont présentées comme une "fausse bonne idée" qui n'organise rien en profondeur.

      Le Tri Fondamental : Une réorganisation radicale et unique, appelée le "festival du rangement", est nécessaire pour vider entièrement le bureau et ses tiroirs afin de ne conserver que l'essentiel, de jeter l'inutile et de catégoriser le matériel.

      L'Organisation des Tiroirs :

      Pour maintenir l'ordre, il est recommandé d'utiliser un système de compartimentation à l'aide de petites boîtes ou de pots pour regrouper les objets par catégorie (stylos, surligneurs, trombones).

      L'intervenante, une professeure forte de 36 ans d'expérience, structure sa démarche en cinq clés, dont les deux premières, détaillées ici, posent les bases d'un espace de travail apaisant, fonctionnel et propice à la concentration.

      1. Contexte et Objectif Général de la Formation

      La vidéo s'inscrit dans une formation intitulée "8 étapes vers une vie lycéenne efficace et sereine".

      Le principe fondamental est que l'efficacité et le stress sont inversement liés : être inefficace génère du stress, et le stress nuit à l'efficacité.

      Plutôt que de traiter les symptômes du stress, cette session se concentre sur ses causes, en particulier celles sur lesquelles l'élève a un contrôle total.

      La gestion du temps est citée comme une cause majeure, mais la gestion de l'environnement de travail est présentée comme le point de départ essentiel.

      Un bureau en désordre et des cours mal classés sont identifiés comme des sources de fatigue, de perte de temps et de procrastination, créant un "cercle vicieux" qui augmente le stress avant même que le travail ne commence.

      2. Les Cinq Objectifs de la Gestion de l'Espace

      L'organisation de l'environnement de travail vise à atteindre cinq objectifs principaux :

      1. Obtenir plus de clarté dans son espace et un "visuel apaisant".

      2. S'aménager un lieu propice à la concentration, en éliminant les éléments distrayants.

      3. Retrouver les documents nécessaires avec aisance et rapidité grâce à un classement efficace.

      4. Avoir envie de s'installer à son bureau pour effectuer les tâches scolaires.

      5. Se préparer un sac de cours allégé mais contenant tout l'indispensable.

      3. Les Cinq Clés pour une Gestion Optimisée (Partie 1)

      Pour atteindre ces objectifs, l'intervenante propose cinq clés.

      La vidéo se concentre sur les deux premières.

      1. Un bureau fonctionnel (la pièce et son aménagement).

      2. Le bureau en tant que meuble et le matériel indispensable.

      3. Un classement efficace des cours.

      4. Un matériel adapté.

      5. Une checklist pour les tâches du soir.

      3.1. Clé N°1 : Un Bureau Fonctionnel (L'Espace de la Pièce)

      Cette première clé concerne l'aménagement global de la pièce de travail ("chambre-bureau").

      La Dualité Énergétique (Yin et Yang)

      La pièce est présentée comme un lieu contenant deux énergies distinctes :

      L'espace chambre (lit) : Associé à une énergie Yin, calme, propice au sommeil, au repos et au repli sur soi. Il requiert une lumière douce et l'absence d'écrans.

      L'espace bureau : Associé à une énergie Yang, tournée vers l'efficacité, l'action et l'ouverture sur l'extérieur (le travail pour le lycée). Il nécessite une lumière vive.

      Pour que le cerveau enregistre cette distinction, il est recommandé de séparer physiquement ces deux espaces.

      Si la configuration de la pièce ne le permet pas, une séparation visuelle (une étagère, un tapis de couleur vive sous le bureau) peut suffire.

      L'Importance des Espaces Ouverts

      Travailler face à un mur est déconseillé car cette disposition peut "cloisonner les idées" et nuire à la créativé.

      L'intervenante partage son expérience personnelle, expliquant qu'elle était incapable de travailler à son bureau face à un mur et préférait la table de la salle à manger qui offrait un espace dégagé.

      Solution idéale : Placer le bureau de manière à avoir un espace ouvert devant soi, avec le mur dans le dos pour un sentiment de "soutien".

      Alternative : Si le bureau doit rester face au mur, il est conseillé d'y afficher une image qui évoque l'espace (paysage maritime, ciel, envolée d'oiseaux) pour favoriser l'ouverture d'esprit.

      L'Éclairage

      Un bon éclairage est indispensable. Il est suggéré de :

      • Placer le bureau près d'une fenêtre pour maximiser la lumière naturelle.

      • Ajouter une lampe d'appoint pour éclairer le plan de travail.

      • Privilégier les lumières "chaudes" (type LED) aux lumières "froides", plus riches en rayonnements bleus, qui peuvent perturber l'endormissement le soir.

      Le Tri des Objets et Distractions

      Il est crucial de passer en revue tous les objets de la pièce et de se poser pour chacun la question :

      "Est-ce que cet objet est vraiment à sa place ?

      Est-ce qu'il va me servir dans ma scolarité ou est-ce que c'est quelque chose qui va me distraire ?".

      • Les objets distrayants (télévision, console de jeux, téléphone) doivent être rangés à l'abri du regard (par exemple, dans un meuble fermé).

      • Pour éviter d'utiliser le téléphone comme horloge, une simple montre non connectée est une alternative efficace.

      3.2. Clé N°2 : Le Bureau en tant que Meuble

      Cette seconde clé s'attache à l'organisation du bureau lui-même et de son contenu.

      Le Grand Tri ("Festival du Rangement")

      Inspirée par Marie Kondo, cette étape consiste en un tri unique et complet qui dure entre 1h30 et 2h.

      1. Vider intégralement la surface du bureau et le contenu de tous les tiroirs, en déposant tout sur le lit ou au sol.

      2. Trier chaque objet un par un :

      ◦ Jeter ce qui est usé ou cassé (stylos qui fuient, tube de colle sec).  

      ◦ Donner ce qui est en bon état mais n'est plus utilisé (cartouches d'encre d'un ancien stylo).   

      ◦ Regrouper les objets similaires par catégorie (tous les trombones ensemble, tous les surligneurs, etc.).

      La Surface du Bureau : Un Plan de Travail, Pas un Espace de Stockage

      Le principe fondamental est que le bureau est une surface de travail qui doit rester vierge.

      Analogie : On ne peint pas sur une toile déjà peinte. De même, un plan de travail doit être dégagé pour être efficace.

      Règle d'or : Seuls les outils et documents nécessaires à la tâche en cours doivent se trouver sur le bureau.

      Processus : Une fois une tâche terminée (ex: physique), on range le matériel correspondant (calculatrice, cours de physique) avant de sortir celui de la tâche suivante (ex: histoire).

      Cette méthode aide à se concentrer sur une seule chose à la fois et à ne pas se sentir dépassé.

      Le Rejet des "Banettes" (Bacs de Rangement)

      L'intervenante affirme avoir "banni les banettes" de son organisation. Elle les qualifie de "fausse bonne idée" car :

      • Elles ne classent rien, elles ne font que stocker temporairement.

      • Pour retrouver un document, il faut souvent soulever toute la pile, ce qui est une perte de temps.

      • Une alternative plus efficace sera présentée dans une future vidéo.

      L'Organisation des Tiroirs

      Pour éviter que le désordre ne revienne, il est essentiel de compartimenter l'intérieur des tiroirs.

      Méthode : Utiliser des petites boîtes (issues d'emballages) ou des petits pots (ex: pots de crème brûlée nettoyés) pour créer des compartiments dédiés à chaque catégorie d'objets (stylos, surligneurs, trombones, etc.).

      Bénéfice : Cette organisation permet de voir d'un seul coup d'œil où se trouve chaque chose et de maintenir l'ordre durablement.

      4. Prochaines Étapes Annoncées dans la Vidéo

      L'intervenante conclut en annonçant le contenu de la prochaine session, qui portera sur les trois clés restantes :

      Clé N°3 : Un classement efficace des cours, basé sur un matériel que l'intervenante utilise personnellement et juge optimal.

      Clé N°4 : Le matériel adapté, incluant des outils spécifiques qui lui ont "facilité la vie".

      Clé N°5 : Une checklist des tâches à effectuer chaque soir pour systématiser l'ordre et transformer la routine en un "rituel" apaisant, garantissant que l'espace de travail soit toujours accueillant et prêt à l'emploi.

      Il est suggéré aux élèves de mettre en pratique les clés 1 et 2 avant la prochaine vidéo pour bénéficier immédiatement d'un espace de travail dégagé et propice à la concentration.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank the editor and reviewers for their constructive questions, valuable feedback, and for approving our manuscript. We truly appreciate the opportunity to improve our work based on their insightful comments. Before addressing the editor’s and each referee’s remarks individually, we provide below a point-by-point response summarizing the revisions made.

      Duplication of control groups across experiments

      We appreciate the reviewers’ concern regarding the potential duplication of control groups. In the revised manuscript, we have explicitly clarified that independent groups of control mice were used for each experiment. These details are now clearly indicated in the Materials and Methods section to avoid any ambiguity and to reinforce the rigor of our experimental design (Page 15, Line 453-455): “Furthermore, knockout animals and those treated with pharmacological inhibitors or neutralizing antibodies shared the same control groups (chow and HFCD), as required by the animal ethics committee.”

      Validation of the MASLD model

      To strengthen the metabolic characterization of our MASLD model, we have now included additional parameters, including liver weight, Picrosirius staining and blood glucose measurements. These data are presented as new graphs in the revised manuscript and support the metabolic relevance of the HFCD diet model (Figure Suplementary S1). The corresponding description has been added to the Results section (Page 5, Lines 116-117) as follows: “Mice fed HFCD showed no increase in liver weight and collagen deposition as evidenced by Picrosirius staining (Fig. S1A and Fig. S1C)”

      Assessment of liver injury in RagKO and anti-NK1.1 mice

      We fully agree that assessment of liver injury is essential for these models. For mice treated with antiNK1.1, ALT levels are shown in Figure 4G, confirming increased liver injury after treatment. Regarding Rag⁻/⁻ mice, the animals exhibit exacerbation of liver injury when fed a HFCD diet and challenged with LPS (Page 7, Lines 183–184). The corresponding description has been added to the Results section (Page 7, Lines 175-176) as follows: “Interestingly, Rag1-deficient animals under the HFCD remained susceptible to the LPS challenge (Fig. 4C) with exacerbation of liver injury (Fig. 4D) ”

      Discussion of limitations

      We have expanded the Discussion section to provide a more comprehensive and balanced perspective on the limitations of our model and experimental approach (Page 13-14, Lines 401–414) “Our study presents several limitations that should be acknowledged and discussed. First, we cannot entirely rule out the possibility that our mice deficient in pro-inflammatory components exhibit reduced responsiveness to LPS. However, our ex vivo analyses using splenocytes from these animals revealed a preserved cytokine production following LPS stimulation. These results suggest that the in vivo differences observed are primarily driven by the MAFLD condition rather than by intrinsic defects in LPS sensitivity. Second, the absence of publicly available single-cell RNA-seq datasets from MAFLD subjects under endotoxemic or septic conditions limited our ability to perform direct translational comparisons. To overcome this, we analyzed existing MAFLD patients and experimental MAFLD datasets, which consistently demonstrated upregulation of IFN-y and TNF-α inflammatory pathways in MALFD. In line with these findings, our murine model revealed TNF-α⁺ myeloid and IFN-y⁺ NK cell populations, thereby reinforcing the validity and translational relevance of our results.”. This revision highlights the constraints of the MASLD model, the inherent variability among in vivo experiments, and the interpretative limitations related to immunodeficient mouse strains.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In Figure 4 the authors are showing the number of IFN+ positive CD4, CD8, and NK 1.1+ cells. Could they show from total IFNg production, how much it goes specifically on NK cells and how much on other cell populations since NK1.1 is NK but also NKT and gamma delta T cell marker? Also, in Figure 2E the authors see a substantial increase in IFNg signal in T cells.

      While we did not specifically assess IFNγ production in NKT cells or other minor populations, our data indicate that the NK1.1+CD3+ cells (NKT cells) cited in Page 7, Lines  188-192 were essentially absent in the liver tissue of LPS-challenged animals, as shown in Supplementary Figures 3C and S10. The corresponding description has been added to the Results section (Page 7, Lines 188-192) as follows: “We observed that the number of NK cells increased in the liver tissue of PBS-treated MAFLD mice compared with mice fed a control diet (Fig. 4E). LPS challenge increased the accumulation of NK1.1+CD3− NK cells in the liver tissue of MAFLD mice and the absence of NK1.1+CD3+ NKT cells (Fig. S3C and 4E)”.

      This absence was consistent across all experimental conditions, corroborating our focus on NK1.1+CD3− cells as the primary source of NK1.1-associated IFNγ production. Furthermore, data demonstrated in Figure 2E illustrate the presence of IFNγ primarily in NK cells. Therefore, the observed IFNγ signal, attributed to NK1.1+ cells, predominantly reflects conventional NK cells, with minimal contribution from NKT or γδ T cells.

      (2) In Figure 4C, the authors state that the results suggest that T and B cells do not contribute to susceptibility to LPS challenge. However, they observe a drop in survival compared to chow+LPS. Are the authors certain there is no statistical significance there?

      The observed decrease in survival is consistent with our expectations, as T and B cells are not the primary source of interferon-gamma (IFNγ) in this context. Even in their absence, animals remain susceptible to LPS challenge due to the presence of other IFNγ-producing cells that drive the observed lethality. We have carefully re-examined the statistical analysis and confirm that it was correctly performed.  

      (3) Since the survival curve and rate are exactly the same (60%) in Figures 3F, 3G, 4C, 4F, 5G, and 5H I would just like to double-check that the authors used different controls for each experiment.

      The number of mice used in each experiment was carefully determined to ensure sufficient statistical power while fully complying with the limits established by our institutional Animal Ethics Committee. To minimize animal use, the same control group was shared across multiple survival experiments. Despite using shared controls, the total number of animals per experimental group was adequate to produce robust and reproducible survival outcomes. All groups were properly randomized, and the shared control data were rigorously incorporated into statistical analyses. This strategy allowed us to maintain both ethical standards and the scientific rigor of our findings.

      (4) In Figure 5 the authors are saying that it is neutrophils but not monocytes mediate susceptibility of animals with NAFLD to endotoxemia. However, CXCR2i depletion and CCR2 knock out mice affect both monocytes/macrophages and neutrophils. And in Figures 5E, 5G, and 5H they see that a) LPS+CXCR2i decreases liver damage more than LPS+anti Ly6G, b) HFCD mice challenged with LPS and treated with anti-LY6G do not rescue survival to levels of CHOW LPS and c) anti Ly6G treatment helps less than CXCR2i. Therefore, from both knock out mice and depletion experiments the authors can conclude that most likely monocytes (but potentially also other cells) together with neutrophils are substantial for the development of endotoxemic shock in choline-deficient high-fat diet model.

      While neutrophils express CCR2, our data clearly show that CCR2 deficiency does not impair neutrophil migration, as demonstrated in Supplemental Figures 5A and 5B (added to the manuscript, page 8, lines 213–217). The corresponding description has been added to the Results section (Page 8, Lines 213217) as follows: ``Interestingly, animals deficient in monocyte migration (CCR2-/-) showed a high mortality rate compared to wild type after LPS challenge and neutrophil migration is not altered (Fig. 5SA and Fig. 5SB)``, In contrast, CCR2 deficiency primarily affects monocyte recruitment, yet in our experimental conditions, monocyte depletion or CCR2 knockout did not significantly alter the severity of endotoxemic shock, indicating that monocytes play a minimal role in mediating susceptibility in HFCD-fed mice.

      To specifically investigate neutrophils, we used pharmacological blockade of CXCR2 to inhibit migration and antibody-mediated neutrophil depletion. Both approaches have consistently demonstrated that neutrophils are critical factors in endotoxemic shock.

      These findings support our conclusion that neutrophils are the primary cellular contributors to susceptibility in HFCD-fed mice during endotoxemia, with monocytes making a negligible contribution under the tested conditions.

      (6) In Figure 6A (but also others with PD-L1) did the authors do isotype control? And can they show how much of PD1+ population goes on neutrophils, and how much on all the other populations?

      To address this issue, we performed additional analyses to assess the distribution of PD-L1 expression on CD45+CD11B+ leukocytes. These new results, detailed on Page 9, lines 245-250, and now presented in Supplemental Figure 6, demonstrate that PD-L1 expression is predominantly enriched in neutrophils compared to other immune subsets. This observation further reinforces our conclusion that neutrophils represent a major source of PD-L1 in our experimental model.

      To ensure the robustness of these findings, we also included FMO controls for PD-L1 staining in the newly added Supplemental Figure S6. These controls validate the specificity of our gating strategy and confirm the reliability of the detected PD-L1 signal. The corresponding description has been added to the Results section (Page 9, Lines 245-250) as follows: ``First, we observed that only the MAFLD diet caused a significant increase in PD-L1 expression in CD45+CD11b+ leukocytes after LPS challenge (Fig. S6C). We observed that within this population, neutrophils predominate in their expression when compared to monocytes (Fig. 6SA, Fig. 6SB, and Fig. 6SD). Furthermore, PD-L+1 neutrophils showed an exacerbated migration of PD-L1+ neutrophils towards the liver (Fig. 6A and 6B)”

      (7) In Figure 6D it is interesting that there is not an increase in PD-L1+ neutrophils in LPS HFCD IFNg+/+ mice in comparison to LPS chow IFNg+/+ mice, since those should be like WT mice (Figure 6A going from 50% to 97%) and so an increase should be seen?

      The apparent difference between Figures 6A and 6D likely reflects inter-experimental variability rather than a biological discrepancy. Although the absolute percentages of PD-L1⁺ neutrophils varied slightly among independent experiments, the overall phenotype and trend were consistently maintained namely, that PD-L1 expression on neutrophils is enhanced in response to LPS stimulation and modulated by IFNγ signaling. Thus, the data shown in Figure 6D are representative of this consistent phenotype despite minor quantitative variation.

      (8) In Figure 7 do the authors have isotype control for TNFa because gating seems a bit random so an isotype control graph would help a lot as supplementary information, in order to make the figure more persuasive

      To address the concern regarding gating in Figure 7, we have included the FMO showing TNFα as a histogram Supplementary Figure 8gG. These control reaffirm the accuracy and reliability of our gating strategy for TNFα, further supporting the robustness of our data. The corresponding description has been added to the Results section (Page 9, Lines 272-274) as follows:`` We observed an exacerbated TNF-α expression by PD-L1+ neutrophils from MAFLD when compared to control chow animals (Fig. 7A, Fig. 7B, Fig. 7D, and Fig8SG).

      (9) Figure 6C IFNg+/+ mice on CHOW +LPS is same as Figure 8E mice chow +LPS but just with different numbers. Can the authors explain this?

      Although the data points in Figures 6C and 8E may appear similar, we confirm that they originate from entirely independent experiments and represent distinct datasets. To enhance clarity and avoid any potential confusion, we have adjusted the figure presentation and sizing in the revised manuscript. These changes make it clear that the datasets, while comparable, are derived from separate experimental replicates.

      (10) Figure 1E chow B6+LPS is the same as Figure 5D B6+LPS but should they be different since those should be two different experiments?

      We confirm that Figures 1E and 5D correspond to data obtained from independent experiments. Although the experimental conditions were similar, each dataset was generated and analyzed separately to ensure the reproducibility and robustness of our results.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Why did you look at kidney injury in Figure 1D? I think this should be explained a little.

      We assessed kidney injury alongside ALT, a marker of liver damage, because both the liver and kidneys are among the primary organs affected during sepsis and endotoxemia. This rationale has been added to the manuscript (page 5, lines 129–131): “Remarkably, compared to the Chow group, HFCD mice exposed to LPS did not show greater changes in other organs commonly affected by endotoxemia, such as the kidneys (Figure 1D).” By evaluating markers of injury in both organs, we aimed to determine whether our physiopathological condition was liver-specific or indicative of broader systemic injury.

      (2) I know Figure 2C isn't your data, but why are there so few NK cells, considering NK cells are a resident liver cell type? Doesn't that also bring into question some of your data if there are so few NK cells? And the IFNG expression (2E) looks to mostly come from T-cells (CD8?).

      The data shown in Figure 2C were reanalyzed from a separate NAFLD model based on a 60% high-fat diet. Although this model differs from ours, the observed low number of NK cells is consistent with expectations for animals subjected solely to a hyperlipidic diet, which primarily provides an inflammatory stimulus that promotes recruitment rather than maintaining high baseline NK cell numbers.

      In our experimental model, these observations align with published data. Specifically, liver tissue from NAFLD animals typically exhibits low baseline NK cell numbers, but upon LPS challenge, there is a marked increase in NK cell recruitment to the liver. This dynamic illustrates the interplay between dietinduced inflammation and immune cell recruitment in our experimental context and supports the interpretation of our IFNγ data.

      (3) In your methods, I think you didn't explain something. You said LPS was administered to 56 week old mice, but that HFCD diet was started in 5-6 week old mice and lasted 2 weeks, then LPS was administered. So LPS administration happened when the mice were 7-8 weeks old, right?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this inconsistency in our Methods section. The reviewer is correct: the HFCD diet was initiated in 5–6-week-old mice, and LPS was administered after 2 weeks on the diet, such that LPS challenge occurred when the mice were 7–8 weeks old.

      We have revised the Methods section (add page 15-16, lines 474–480).  to clarify this timeline and ensure it is accurately described in the manuscript. The corresponding description has been added to the Materials and Methods section (Page 14, Lines 436-442) as follows: “Lipopolysaccharide (LPS; Escherichia coli (O111:B4), L2630, Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, MO, USA) was administered intraperitoneally (i.p.; 10 mg/kg) in C57BL/6, CCR2 -/-, IFN-/-, and TNFR1R2 -/- mice. The HFCD was initiated in 5–6 week-old mice, and LPS was administered after 2 weeks on the diet, meaning that LPS administration occurred when the mice were 7–8 weeks old, with body weights ranging from 22 to 26 g. LPS was previously solubilized in sterile saline and frozen at -70°C. The animals were euthanized 6 hours after LPS administration”.

      (4) Throughout the manuscript, I would consider changing the term NAFLD to something else. I think HFCD diet is a closer model to NASH, so there needs to be some discussion on that. And the field is changing these terms, so NAFLD is now MASLD and NASH is now MASH.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the terminology and disease classification. In our experimental conditions, the animals were subjected to a high-fat, choline-deficient (HFCD) diet for only two weeks, a period considered very early in the progression of diet-induced liver disease. At this stage, histological analysis revealed lipid accumulation in hepatocytes without evidence of hepatocellular injury, inflammation, or fibrosis. Therefore, our model more closely resembles the metabolic-associated fatty liver disease (MAFLD, formerly NAFLD) stage rather than the more advanced metabolic-associated steatohepatitis (MASH, formerly NASH).

      Indeed, prolonged exposure to HFCD diets, typically 8 to 16 weeks, is required to induce the inflammatory and fibrotic features characteristic of MASH. Since our objective was to study the initial metabolic and immune alterations preceding overt liver injury, we believe that using the term MAFLD more accurately reflects the pathological stage represented in our model. Accordingly, we have revised the text to align with the updated nomenclature and disease context.

      (6) I am concerned about over interpretation of the publicly available RNA-seq data in Figure 2. This data comes from human NAFLD patients with unknown endotoxemia and mouse models using a traditional high-fat diet model. So it is hard to compare these very disparate datasets to yours. Also, if these datasets have elevated IFNG, why does your model require LPS injection?

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful comments regarding the interpretation of the RNA-seq data presented in Figure 2. We would like to clarify that the human NAFLD datasets referenced in our study do not specifically include patients with endotoxemia; rather, they focus on individuals with NAFLD alone.

      Comparing data from human and murine MAFLD models, we observed that NK cells, T cells, and neutrophils are present and contribute to the hepatic inflammatory environment. Our reanalysis indicates that the elevations of IFNγ and TNF in NAFLD are primarily derived from NK cells, T cells, and myeloid cells, respectively.

      In our experimental model, LPS administration was used to evaluate whether these immune populations particularly NK cells are further potentiated under a hyperinflammatory state, leading to exacerbated IFNγ production. This approach allows us to determine whether increased IFNγ contributes to worsening outcomes in NAFLD, providing mechanistic insights that cannot be obtained from static human or traditional mouse datasets alone.

      (7) The zoom-ins for the histology (for example, Figure 1E) don't look right compared to the dotted square. The shape and area expanded don't match. And the cells in the zoom-in don't look exactly the same either.

      We have thoroughly re-examined the histological sections and the corresponding zoom-ins, including the example in Figure 1E. Upon verification, we confirm that the zoom-ins accurately represent the highlighted areas indicated by the dotted squares. The apparent discrepancies in shape or cellular appearance are likely due to minor differences in orientation or cropping during figure preparation. Nevertheless, the content and regions depicted are consistent with the original sections.  

      (8) Did the authors measure myeloid infiltration in the CCR2-/- mice? Did you measure Neutrophil infiltration in the TNF-Receptor KO mice?

      Analysis of CD45+ cell migration in CCR2 knockout mice, as shown in Supplemental Figure 5C and 5D, demonstrates that the absence of CCR2 does not impair overall leukocyte migration. Similarly, assessment of neutrophil migration in TNF receptor (TNFR1/2) knockout mice, presented in Supplemental Figure 8A, shows that neutrophil trafficking is not affected in these animals. These results indicate that the respective knockouts do not compromise the migration of the analyzed immune populations, supporting the interpretations presented in our study.

      (9) Regarding Methods for RNA-seq Analysis. Was the Mitochondrial percentage cutoff 0.8%, because that seems low. And was there not a Padj or FDR cutoff for the differential expression?

      The mitochondrial percentage in our scRNA-seq analysis reflects the proportion of mitochondrial gene expression per cell, which serves as a quality control metric. A low mitochondrial gene expression percentage, such as the 0.8% cutoff used here, is indicative of highly viable cells.

      For differential gene expression analysis, we employed the FindMarkers function in Seurat with standard parameters: adjusted p-value (Padj) < 0.05 and log2 fold change > 0.25 for upregulated genes, and adjusted p-value < 0.05 with log2 fold change < -0.25 for downregulated genes. These thresholds ensure robust identification of differentially expressed genes while balancing sensitivity and specificity.

      (10) Regarding Methods for Flow Cytometry. How were IFNG and TNF staining performed? Was this an intracellular stain? Did you need to block secretion? TNF and IFNG antibodies have the same fluorophore (PE), so were these stainings and analyses performed separately?

      Six hours after LPS challenge, non-parenchymal liver cells were isolated using Percoll gradient centrifugation. Because the animals were in a hyperinflammatory state induced by LPS, no in vitro stimulation was performed; all staining was carried out immediately after cell isolation. Detection of IFNγ and TNF was performed via intracellular staining using the Foxp3 staining kit (eBioscience). Due to both antibodies being conjugated to PE, IFN-γ and TNF-α staining and analyses were conducted in separate experiments. These distinct staining protocols and analyses are detailed in Supplemental Figures 10 and 11. The corresponding description has been added to the Materials and Methods section (Page 16, Lines 490-493) as follows: ``As animals were already in a hyperinflammatory state, no additional in vitro stimulation was required. Intracellular detection of IFN-γ and TNF-α was conducted using the Foxp3 staining kit (eBioscience). Since both antibodies were conjugated to PE, staining and analyses were performed in separate experiments``

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Achieving an NAFLD model/disease is the starting point of this study. I understand that a two-week HFCD diet period was applied due to the decrease in lymphocyte numbers. Was it enough to initiate NAFLD then? Or is it a milder metabolic disease? Which parameters have been evaluated to accept this model as a NAFLD model?

      Indeed, the two-week HFCD diet induces an early-stage form of NAFLD, characterized by initial fat accumulation in the liver without significant hepatic injury. While this represents a milder metabolic phenotype, it is sufficient to study the inflammatory and immune responses associated with NAFLD. To validate this model, we assessed multiple parameters: liver weight, blood glucose levels, and collagen deposition. These measurements confirmed the presence of early-stage NAFLD features in the animals, providing a relevant and reliable context for investigating susceptibility to endotoxemia and immune cell dynamics. They are shown in Figure Suplementary 1 and the text was included in the manuscript (Page 5, Lines 116-117): “Mice fed HFCD showed no increase in liver weight and collagen deposition as evidenced by Picrosirius staining (Fig. S1A and Fig. S1C) ”.

      (2) It is true that the CD274 gene (encoding PD-L1) and the IFNGR2 gene, corresponding to the IFNγ receptor, are among the upregulated genes when authors analyzed the publicly available RNAseq data but they are not the most significantly elevated genes. What is the reasoning behind this cherrypicking? Why are other high DEGs not analyzed but these two are analyzed?

      We highlighted the expression of the IFN-γ receptor (IFNGR2) and CD274 (encoding PD-L1) in the publicly available RNA-seq data to align and corroborate these findings with the key results observed later in our study. To avoid redundancy, we chose to present these genes in the initial figures as they are directly relevant to the subsequent analyses. Regarding the broader analysis of human RNA-seq data, our primary objective was to identify enriched biological processes and pathways, which served as a foundation for the focus and direction of this study.

      (3) Figures 3C-3G: I understand that IFNg-/- and NFR1R2a-/- mice are not showing elevated liver damage but it may simply be because of the non-responsiveness to the LPS challenge. I suggest using a different challenge or recovery experiments with the cytokines to show that the challenge is successful and results are caused by NAFLD, truly. The same goes for Figure 6: Looking at Figure 6D one may think that IFNg deficiency alters the LPS response independent of the diet condition (or NAFLD condition).

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comment and fully understand the concern regarding the potential non-responsiveness of IFN-γ⁻/⁻ and TNFR1R2a⁻/⁻ mice to the LPS challenge. To address this point and confirm that these knockout animals are indeed responsive to LPS stimulation, we conducted an additional set of ex vivo experiments.

      Specifically, WT and cytokine-deficient (IFN-γ⁻/⁻) mice were fed either Chow or HFCD for two weeks, after which spleens were collected, and splenocytes were challenged in vitro with LPS. We then quantified TNF, IFN, and IL-6 production to confirm that these mice are capable of mounting cytokine responses upon LPS stimulation.

      Due to current breeding limitations and a temporary issue in colony maintenance of TNF-deficient mice, we were unable to include TNFR1R2a⁻/⁻ animals in this additional experiment. Nevertheless, we prioritized performing the analysis with the available knockout line to avoid leaving this important point unaddressed.

      These additional data demonstrate that IFN-γ-deficient mice remain responsive to LPS, reinforcing that the differences observed in vivo are related to the NAFLD condition rather than a lack of LPS responsiveness.

      (4) Figure 1 vs Figure 4: Rag-/- mice seem more susceptible to LPS-derived death even after normal conditions. But If I compare the survival data between Figure 1 and Figure 4, Rag-/- HFCD diet mice seem to be doing better than wt mice after LPS treatment. (1 day survival vs 2 days survival). How do you explain these different outcomes?

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful question regarding the survival data in Figures 1 and 4. Although there is a one-day difference in survival outcomes, Rag-/- mice consistently exhibit increased susceptibility to LPS-induced mortality can influence the exact survival timing. Nonetheless, across all experiments, Rag-/- mice display a reproducible phenotype of heightened sensitivity to LPS challenge, which is supported by multiple independent observations in our study.

      (5) How do you explain Figure 4J in connection to the observation presented with Figure 7: TNFa tissue levels, even though significant, seem very similar between the conditions?

      We would like to clarify that the animals in this study are in a metabolic syndrome state, with early-stage NAFLD characterized by hepatic fat accumulation without significant tissue injury, as shown in Figure 1C.

      Under these conditions, the LPS challenge triggers an exacerbated inflammatory response, leading to increased secretion of IFN-γ and TNF-α, primarily from NK cells and neutrophils. While TNFα levels may appear visually similar across conditions, the HFCD mice exhibit a heightened predisposition for an amplified immune response compared to chow-fed mice. This difference is consistent with the functional outcomes observed in our study and highlights the diet-specific sensitization of the immune system.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:  

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):  

      Summary:  

      The image analysis pipeline is tested in analysing microscopy imaging data of gastruloids of varying sizes, for which an optimised protocol for in toto image acquisition is established based on whole mount sample preparation using an optimal refractive index matched mounting media, opposing dual side imaging with two-photon microscopy for enhanced laser penetration, dual view registration, and weighted fusion for improved in toto sample data representation. For enhanced imaging speed in a two-photon microscope, parallel imaging was used, and the authors performed spectral unmixing analysis to avoid issues of signal cross-talk.  

      In the image analysis pipeline, different pre-treatments are done depending on the analysis to be performed (for nuclear segmentation - contrast enhancement and normalisation; for quantitative analysis of gene expression - corrections for optical artifacts inducing signal intensity variations). Stardist3D was used for the nuclear segmentation. The study analyses into properties of gastruloid nuclear density, patterns of cell division, morphology, deformation, and gene expression.  

      Strengths:  

      The methods developed are sound, well described, and well-validated, using a sample challenging for microscopy, gastruloids. Many of the established methods are very useful (e.g. registration, corrections, signal normalisation, lazy loading bioimage visualisation, spectral decomposition analysis), facilitate the development of quantitative research, and would be of interest to the wider scientific community.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive feedback.

      Weaknesses:  

      A recommendation should be added on when or under which conditions to use this pipeline. 

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable feedback, we added the text in the revised version, ines 418 to 474. “In general, the pipeline is applicable to any tissue, but it is particularly useful for large and dense 3D samples—such as organoids, embryos, explants, spheroids, or tumors—that are typically composed of multiple cell layers and have a thickness greater than 50 µm”.

      “The processing and analysis pipeline are compatible with any type of 3D imaging data (e.g. confocal, 2 photon, light-sheet, live or fixed)”.

      “Spectral unmixing to remove signal cross-talk of multiple fluorescent targets is typically more relevant in two-photon imaging due to the broader excitation spectra of fluorophores compared to single-photon imaging. In confocal or light-sheet microscopy, alternating excitation wavelengths often circumvents the need for unmixing. Spectral decomposition performs even better with true spectral detectors; however, these are usually not non-descanned detectors, which are more appropriate for deep tissue imaging. Our approach demonstrates that simultaneous cross-talk-free four-color two-photon imaging can be achieved in dense 3D specimen with four non-descanned detectors and co-excitation by just two laser lines. Depending on the dispersion in optically dense samples, depth-dependent apparent emission spectra need to be considered”.

      “Nuclei segmentation using our trained StarDist3D model is applicable to any system under two conditions: (1) the nuclei exhibit a star-convex shape, as required by the StarDist architecture, and (2) the image resolution is sufficient in XYZ to allow resampling. The exact sampling required is object- and system-dependent, but the goal is to achieve nearly isotropic objects with diameters of approximately 15 pixels while maintaining image quality. In practice, images containing objects that are natively close to or larger than 15 pixels in diameter should segment well after resampling. Conversely, images with objects that are significantly smaller along one or more dimensions will require careful inspection of the segmentation results”.

      “Normalization is broadly applicable to multicolor data when at least one channel is expected to be ubiquitously expressed within its domain. Wavelength-dependent correction requires experimental calibration using either an ubiquitous signal at each wavelength. Importantly, this calibration only needs to be performed once for a given set of experimental conditions (e.g., fluorophores, tissue type, mounting medium)”.

      “Multi-scale analysis of gene expression and morphometrics is applicable to any 3D multicolor image. This includes both the 3D visualization tools (Napari plugins) and the various analytical plots (e.g., correlation plots, radial analysis). Multi-scale analysis can be performed even with imperfect segmentation, as long as segmentation errors tend to cancel out when averaged locally at the relevant spatial scale. However, systematic errors—such as segmentation uncertainty along the Z-axis due to strong anisotropy—may accumulate and introduce bias in downstream analyses. Caution is advised when analyzing hollow structures (e.g., curved epithelial monolayers with large cavities), as the pipeline was developed primarily for 3D bulk tissues, and appropriate masking of cavities would be needed”.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):  

      Summary:  

      This study presents an integrated experimental and computational pipeline for high-resolution, quantitative imaging and analysis of gastruloids. The experimental module employs dual-view two-photon spectral imaging combined with optimized clearing and mounting techniques to image whole-mount immunostained gastruloids. This approach enables the acquisition of comprehensive 3D images that capture both tissue-scale and single-cell level information.  

      The computational module encompasses both pre-processing of acquired images and downstream analysis, providing quantitative insights into the structural and molecular characteristics of gastruloids. The pre-processing pipeline, tailored for dual-view two-photon microscopy, includes spectral unmixing of fluorescence signals using depth-dependent spectral profiles, as well as image fusion via rigid 3D transformation based on content-based block-matching algorithms. Nuclei segmentation was performed using a custom-trained StarDist3D model, validated against 2D manual annotations, and achieving an F1 score of 85+/-3% at a 50% intersection-over-union (IoU) threshold. Another custom-trained StarDist3D model enabled accurate detection of proliferating cells and the generation of 3D spatial maps of nuclear density and proliferation probability. Moreover, the pipeline facilitates detailed morphometric analysis of cell density and nuclear deformation, revealing pronounced spatial heterogeneities during early gastruloid morphogenesis.  

      All computational tools developed in this study are released as open-source, Python-based software.  

      Strengths:  

      The authors applied two-photon microscopy to whole-mount deep imaging of gastruloids, achieving in toto visualization at single-cell resolution. By combining spectral imaging with an unmixing algorithm, they successfully separated four fluorescent signals, enabling spatial analysis of gene expression patterns.  

      The entire computational workflow, from image pre-processing to segmentation with a custom-trained StarDist3D model and subsequent quantitative analysis, is made available as open-source software. In addition, user-friendly interfaces are provided through the open-source, community-driven Napari platform, facilitating interactive exploration and analysis.

      We thank the reviewer for this positive feedback.

      Weaknesses:  

      The computational module appears promising. However, the analysis pipeline has not been validated on datasets beyond those generated by the authors, making it difficult to assess its general applicability.

      We agree that applying our analysis pipeline to published datasets—particularly those acquired with different imaging systems—would be valuable. However, only a few high-resolution datasets of large organoid samples are publicly available, and most of these either lack multiple fluorescence channels or represent 3D hollow structures. Our computational pipeline consists of several independent modules: spectral filtering, dual-view registration, local contrast enhancement, 3D nuclei segmentation, image normalization based on a ubiquitous marker, and multiscale analysis of gene expression and morphometrics. We added the following sentences to the Discussion, lines 418 to 474, and completed the discussion on applicability with a table showing the purpose, requirements, applicability and limitations of each step of the processing and analysis pipeline.

      “Spectral filtering has already been applied in other systems (e.g. [7] and [8]), but is here extended to account for imaging depth-dependent apparent emission spectra of the different fluorophores. In our pipeline, we provide code to run spectral filtering on multichannel images, integrated in Python. In order to apply the spectral filtering algorithm utilized here, spectral patterns of each fluorophore need to be calibrated as a function of imaging depth, which depend on the specific emission windows and detector settings of the microscope”.

      “Image normalization using a wavelength-dependent correction also requires calibration on a given imaging setup to measure the difference in signal decay among the different fluorophores species. To our knowledge, the calibration procedures for spectral-filtering and our image-normalization approach have not been performed previously in 3D samples, which is why validation on published datasets is not readily possible. Nevertheless, they are described in detail in the Methods section, and the code used—from the calibration measurements to the corrected images—is available open-source at the Zenodo link in the manuscript”.

      Dual-view registration, local contrast enhancement, and multiscale analysis of gene expression and morphometrics are not limited to organoid data or our specific imaging modalities. To evaluate our 3D nuclei segmentation model, we tested it on diverse systems, including gastruloids stained with the nuclear marker Draq5 from Moos et al. [1]; breast cancer spheroids; primary ductal adenocarcinoma organoids; human colon organoids and HCT116 monolayers from Ong et al. [2]; and zebrafish tissues imaged by confocal microscopy from Li et al [3]. These datasets were acquired using either light-sheet or confocal microscopy, with varying imaging parameters (e.g., objective lens, pixel size, staining method). The results are added in the manuscript, Fig. S9b.

      Besides, the nuclei segmentation component lacks benchmarking against existing methods.  

      We agree with the reviewer that a benchmark against existing segmentation methods would be very useful. We tried different pre-trained models:

      CellPose, which we tested in a previous paper ([4]) and which showed poor performances compared to our trained StarDist3D model.

      DeepStar3D ([2]) is only available in the software 3DCellScope. We could not benchmark the model on our data, because the free and accessible version of the software is limited to small datasets. An image of a single whole-mount gastruloid with one channel, having dimensions (347,467,477) was too large to be processed, see screenshot below. The segmentation model could not be extracted from the source code and tested externally because the trained DeepStar3D weights are encrypted.

      Author response image 1.

      Screenshot of the 3DCellScore software. We could not perform 3D nuclei segmentation of a whole-mount gastruloids because the image size was too large to be processed.

      AnyStar ([5]), which is a model trained from the StarDist3D architecture, was not performing well on our data because of the heterogeneous stainings. Basic pre-processing such as median and gaussian filtering did not improve the results and led to wrong segmentation of touching nuclei. AnyStar was demonstrated to segment well colon organoids in Ong et al, 2025 ([2]), but the nuclei were more homogeneously stained. Our Hoechst staining displays bright chromatin spots that are incorrectly labeled as individual nuclei.

      Cellos ([6]), another model trained from StarDist3D, was also not performing well. The objects used for training and to validate the results are sparse and not touching, so the predicted segmentation has a lot of false negatives even when lowering the probability threshold to detect more objects. Additionally, the network was trained with an anisotropy of (9,1,1), based on images with low z resolution, so it performed poorly on almost isotropic images. Adapting our images to the network’s anisotropy results in an imprecise segmentation that can not be used to measure 3D nuclei deformations.

      We tried both Cellos and AnyStar predictions on a gastruloid image from Fig. S2 of our main manuscript.  The results are added in the manuscript, Fig. S9b. Fig3 displays the results qualitatively compared to our trained model Stardist-tapenade.

      Author response image 2.

      Qualitative comparison of two published segmentation models versus our model. We show one slice from the XY plane for simplicity. Segmentations are displayed with their contours only. (Top left) Gastruloid stained with Hoechst, image extracted from Fig S2 of our manuscript. (Top right) Same image overlayed with the prediction from the Cellos model, showing many false negatives. (Bottom left) Same image overlayed with the prediction from our Stardist-tapenade model. (Bottom right) Same image overlayed with the prediction from the AnyStar model, false positives are indicated with a red arrow.

      CellPose-SAM, which is a recent model developed building on the CellPose framework. The pre-trained model performs well on gastruloids imaged using our pipeline, and performs better than StarDist3D at segmenting elongated objects such as deformed nuclei. The performances are qualitatively compared on Fig. S9a and S10.  We also demonstrate how using local contrast enhancement improves the results of CellPose-SAM (Fig. S10a), showing the versatility of the Tapenade pre-processing module. Tissue-scale, packing-related metrics from Cellpose–SAM labels qualitatively match those from stardist-tapenade as shown Fig.10c and d.

      Appraisal:  

      The authors set out to establish a quantitative imaging and analysis pipeline for gastruloids using dual-view two-photon microscopy, spectral unmixing, and a custom computational framework for 3D segmentation and gene expression analysis. This aim is largely achieved. The integration of experimental and computational modules enables high-resolution in toto imaging and robust quantitative analysis at the single-cell level. The data presented support the authors' conclusions regarding the ability to capture spatial patterns of gene expression and cellular morphology across developmental stages.  

      Impact and utility:  

      This work presents a compelling and broadly applicable methodological advance. The approach is particularly impactful for the developmental biology community, as it allows researchers to extract quantitative information from high-resolution images to better understand morphogenetic processes. The data are publicly available on Zenodo, and the software is released on GitHub, making them highly valuable resources for the community.  

      We thank the reviewer for these positive feedbacks.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary  

      The paper presents an imaging and analysis pipeline for whole-mount gastruloid imaging with two-photon microscopy. The presented pipeline includes spectral unmixing, registration, segmentation, and a wavelength-dependent intensity normalization step, followed by quantitative analysis of spatial gene expression patterns and nuclear morphometry on a tissue level. The utility of the approach is demonstrated by several experimental findings, such as establishing spatial correlations between local nuclear deformation and tissue density changes, as well as the radial distribution pattern of mesoderm markers. The pipeline is distributed as a Python package, notebooks, and multiple napari plugins.  

      Strengths  

      The paper is well-written with detailed methodological descriptions, which I think would make it a valuable reference for researchers performing similar volumetric tissue imaging experiments (gastruloids/organoids). The pipeline itself addresses many practical challenges, including resolution loss within tissue, registration of large volumes, nuclear segmentation, and intensity normalization. Especially the intensity decay measurements and wavelength-dependent intensity normalization approach using nuclear (Hoechst) signal as reference are very interesting and should be applicable to other imaging contexts. The morphometric analysis is equally well done, with the correlation between nuclear shape deformation and tissue density changes being an interesting finding. The paper is quite thorough in its technical description of the methods (which are a lot), and their experimental validation is appropriate. Finally, the provided code and napari plugins seem to be well done (I installed a selected list of the plugins and they ran without issues) and should be very helpful for the community.

      We thank the reviewer for his positive feedback and appreciation of our work.

      Weaknesses  

      I don't see any major weaknesses, and I would only have two issues that I think should be addressed in a revision:  

      (1) The demonstration notebooks lack accompanying sample datasets, preventing users from running them immediately and limiting the pipeline's accessibility. I would suggest to include (selective) demo data set that can be used to run the notebooks (e.g. for spectral unmixing) and or provide easily accessible demo input sample data for the napari plugins (I saw that there is some sample data for the processing plugin, so this maybe could already be used for the notebooks?).  

      We thank the reviewer for this relevant suggestion. The 7 notebooks were updated to automatically download sample tests. The different parts of the pipeline can now be run immediately:

      https://github.com/GuignardLab/tapenade/tree/chekcs_on_notebooks/src/tapenade/notebooks

      (2) The results for the morphometric analysis (Figure 4) seem to be only shown in lateral (xy) views without the corresponding axial (z) views. I would suggest adding this to the figure and showing the density/strain/angle distributions for those axial views as well.

      A morphometric analysis based on the axial views was added as Fig. S6a of the manuscript, complementary to the XY views.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):  

      In lines 64 and 65, it is mentioned that confocal and light-sheet microscopy remain limited to samples under 100μm in diameter. I would recommend revising this sentence. In the paper of Moos and colleagues (also cited in this manuscript; PMID: 38509326), gastruloid samples larger than 100μm are imaged in toto with an open-top dual-view and dual-illumination light-sheet microscope, and live cell behaviour is analysed. Another example, if considering also multi-angle systems, is the impressive work of McDole and colleagues (PMID: 30318151), in which one of the authors of this manuscript is a corresponding author. There, multi-angle light sheet microscopy is used for in toto imaging and reconstruction of post-implantation mouse development (samples much larger than 100μm). Some multi-sample imaging strategies have been developed for this type of imaging system, though not to the sample number extent allowed by the Viventis LS2 system or the Bruker TruLive3D imager, which have higher image quality limitations.

      We thank the reviewer for this remark. As reported in their paper, Moos et al. used dual-view light-sheet microscopy to image gastruloids, which are particularly dense and challenging tissues, with whole-mount samples of approximately 250 µm in diameter. Nevertheless, their image quality metric (DCT) shows a rapid twofold decrease within 50 µm depth (Extended Fig 5.h), whereas with two-photon microscopy, our image quality metric (FRC-QE) decreases by a factor of two over 150 µm in non-cleared samples (PBS) (see Fig. 2 c). While these two measurements (FRC-QE versus DCT) are not directly comparable, the observed difference reflects the superior depth performance of two-photon microscopy, owing in part to the use of non-descanned detectors. In our case, imaging was performed with Hoechst, a blue fluorophore suboptimal for deep imaging, whereas in the Moos dataset (Draq5, far-red), the configuration was more favorable for imaging in depth  which further supports our conclusion.

      In McDole et al, tissues reaching 250µm were imaged from 4 views, but do not reach cellular-scale resolution in deeper layers compatible with cell segmentation to our knowledge.

      We corrected the sentence ‘However, light-sheet and confocal imaging approaches remain limited to relatively small organoids typically under 100 micrometers in diameter ‘ by the following (line 64) :

      “While advances in light-sheet microscopy have extended imaging depth in organoids, maintaining high image quality throughout thick samples remains challenging. In practice, quantitative analyses are still largely restricted to organoids under roughly 100 µm in diameter”.

      It is worth mentioning that two-photon microscopes are much more widely available than light sheet microscopes, and light sheet systems with 2-photon excitation are even less accessible, which makes the described workflow of Gros and colleagues have a wide community interest.  

      We thank the reviewer for this remark, and added this suggestion line 74:

      “Finally, two-photon microscopes are typically more accessible than light-sheet systems and allow for straightforward sample mounting, as they rely on procedures comparable to standard confocal imaging”.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):  

      Suggestions:  

      A comparison with established pre-trained models for 3D organoid image segmentation (e.g., Cellos[1], AnyStar[2], and DeepStar3D[3], all based on StarDist3D) would help highlight the advantages of the authors' custom StarDist3D model, which has been specifically optimized for two-photon microscopy images.  

      (1)  Cellos: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-023-44162-6

      (2)  AnyStar: https://doi.org/10.1109/WACV57701.2024.00742

      (3)  DeepStar3D: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41592-025-02685-4

      We agree with the reviewer that a benchmark against existing segmentation methods is very useful. This is addressed in the revised version, as detailed above (Figure 3).

      Recommendations:  

      Please clarify the following point. In line 195, the authors state, "This allowed us to detect all mitotic nuclei in whole-mount samples for any stage and size." Does this mean that the custom-trained StarDist3D model can detect 100% of mitotic nuclei? It was not clear from the manuscript, figures, or videos how this was validated. Given the reported performance scores of the StarDist3D model for detecting all nuclei, claiming 100% detection of mitotic nuclei seems surprisingly high.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. As it was detailed in the methods section, the detection score reaches 82%, and only the complete pipeline (detection+minimal manual curation) allows us to detect all mitotic nuclei. To make it clearer, the following precisions were added in the Results section:

      ”To detect division events, we stained gastruloids with phosphohistone H3 (ph3) and trained a separate custom Stardist3D model using 3D annotations of nuclei expressing ph3 (see Methods III H). This model together allowed us to detect nearly all mitotic nuclei in whole-mount samples for any stage and size (Fig.3f and Suppl.Movie 4), and we used minimal manual curation to correct remaining errors.”

      Minor corrections:  

      It appears that Figures 4-6 are missing from the submitted version, but they can be found in the manuscript available on bioRxiv.

      We thank the reviewer for this remark, this was corrected immediately to add Figures 4 to 6.

      In line 185, is the intended phrase "by comparing the 2D predictions and the 2D sliced annotated segments..."? 

      To gain some clarity, we replaced the initial sentence:

      “The f1 score obtained by comparing the 3D prediction and the 3D ground-truth is well approximated by the f1 score obtained by comparing the 2D annotations and the 2D sliced annotated segments, with at most a 5% difference between the two scores.” by

      “The f1 score obtained in 3D (3D prediction compared with the 3D ground-truth) is well approximated by the f1 score obtained in 2D (2D predictions compared with the 2D sliced annotated segments). The difference between the 2 scores was at most 5%.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) How is the "local neighborhood volume" defined, and how was it computed?

      The reviewer is referring to this paragraph (the term is underscored) :

      “To probe quantities related to the tissue structure at multiple scales, we smooth their signal with a Gaussian kernel of width σ, with σ defined as the spatial scale of interest. From the segmented nuclei instances, we compute 3D fields of cell density (number of cells per unit volume), nuclear volume fraction (ratio of nuclear volume to local neighborhood volume), and nuclear volume at multiple scales.”

      To improve clarity, the phrasing has been revised: the term local neighborhood volume has been replaced by local averaging volume, and a reference to the Methods section has been added.

      From the segmented nuclei instances, we compute 3D fields of cell density (number of cells per unit volume), nuclear volume fraction (ratio of space occupied by nuclear volume within the local averaging volume, as defined in the Methods III I), and nuclear volume at multiple scales.

      (2) In the definition of inertia tensor (18), isn't the inner part normally defined in the reversed way (delta_i,j - ...)?

      We thank the reviewer for noticing this error, which we fixed in the manuscript.

      (3) For intensity normalization, the paper uses the Hoechst signal density as a proxy for a ubiquitous nuclei signal. I would assume that this is problematic, for eg, dividing cells (which would overestimate it). Would using the average Hoechst signal per nucleus mask (as segmentation is available) be a better proxy?

      We agree that this idea is appealing if one assumes a clear relationship between nuclear volume and Hoechst intensity. However, since cell and nuclear volumes vary substantially with differentiation state (see Fig. 4), such a normalization approach would introduce additional biases at large spatial scales. We believe that the most robust improvement would instead consist in masking dividing cells during the normalization procedure, as these events could be detected and excluded from the computation.

      Nonetheless, we believe the method proposed by the reviewer could prove relevant for other types of data, so we will implement this recommendation in the code available in the Tapenade package.

      (4) Figures 4-6 were part of the Supplementary Material, but should be included in the main text?

      We thank the reviewer for this remark, this was corrected immediately to add Figures 4-6.

      We also noticed a missing reference to Fig. S3 in the main text, so we added lines 302 to 307 to comment on the wavelength-dependency of the normalization method. We improved the description of Fig.6, which lacked clarity (line 316 to 321, line 327).

      (1) Moos, F., Suppinger, S., de Medeiros, G., Oost, K.C., Boni, A., Rémy, C., Weevers, S.L., Tsiairis, C., Strnad, P. and Liberali, P., 2024. Open-top multisample dual-view light-sheet microscope for live imaging of large multicellular systems. Nature Methods, 21(5), pp.798-803.

      (2) Ong, H. T.; Karatas, E.; Poquillon, T.; Grenci, G.; Furlan, A.; Dilasser, F.; Mohamad Raffi, S. B.; Blanc, D.; Drimaracci, E.; Mikec, D.; Galisot, G.; Johnson, B. A.; Liu, A. Z.; Thiel, C.; Ullrich, O.; OrgaRES Consortium; Racine, V.; Beghin, A. (2025). Digitalized organoids: integrated pipeline for high-speed 3D analysis of organoid structures using multilevel segmentation and cellular topology.  Nature Methods, 22(6), pp.1343-1354

      (3) Li, L., Wu, L., Chen, A., Delp, E.J. and Umulis, D.M., 2023. 3D nuclei segmentation for multi-cellular quantification of zebrafish embryos using NISNet3D. Electronic Imaging, 35, pp.1-9.

      (4) Vanaret, J., Dupuis, V., Lenne, P. F., Richard, F., Tlili, S., & Roudot, P. (2023). A detector-independent quality score for cell segmentation without ground truth in 3D live fluorescence microscopy. IEEE Journal of Selected Topics in Quantum Electronics, 29(4:Biophotonics), 1-12.

      (5) Dey, N., Abulnaga, M., Billot, B., Turk, E. A., Grant, E., Dalca, A. V., & Golland, P. (2024). AnyStar: Domain randomized universal star-convex 3D instance segmentation. In Proceedings of the IEEE/CVF Winter Conference on Applications of Computer Vision (pp. 7593-7603).

      (6) Mukashyaka, P., Kumar, P., Mellert, D. J., Nicholas, S., Noorbakhsh, J., Brugiolo, M., ... & Chuang, J. H. (2023). High-throughput deconvolution of 3D organoid dynamics at cellular resolution for cancer pharmacology with Cellos. Nature Communications, 14(1), 8406.

      (7) Rakhymzhan, A., Leben, R., Zimmermann, H., Günther, R., Mex, P., Reismann, D., ... & Niesner, R. A. (2017). Synergistic strategy for multicolor two-photon microscopy: application to the analysis of germinal center reactions in vivo. Scientific reports, 7(1), 7101.

      (8) Dunsing, V., Petrich, A., & Chiantia, S. (2021). Multicolor fluorescence fluctuation spectroscopy in living cells via spectral detection. Elife, 10, e69687.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper investigates the potential link between amygdala volume and social tolerance in multiple macaque species. Through a comparative lens, the authors considered tolerance grade, species, age, sex, and other factors that may contribute to differing brain volumes. They found that amygdala, but not hippocampal, volume differed across tolerance grades such that high-tolerance species showed larger amygdala than low-tolerance species of macaques. They also found that less tolerant species exhibited increases in amygdala volume with age, while more tolerant species showed the opposite. Given their wide range of species with varied biological and ecological factors, the authors' findings provide new, important evidence for changes in amygdala volume in relation to social tolerance grades. Contributions from these findings will greatly benefit future efforts in the field to characterize brain regions critical for social and emotional processing across species.

      (1) This study demonstrates a concerted and impressive effort to comparatively examine neuroanatomical contributions to sociality in monkeys. The authors impressively collected samples from 12 macaque species with multiple datapoints across species age, sex, and ecological factors. Species from all four social tolerance grades were present. Further, the age range of the animals is noteworthy, particularly the inclusion of individuals over 20 years old.

      (2) This work is the first to report neuroanatomical correlates of social tolerance grade in macaques in one coherent study. Given the prevalence of macaques as a model of social neuroscience, considerations of how socio-cognitive demands are impacted by the amygdala are highly important. The authors' findings will certainly inform future studies on this topic.

      (3) The methodology and supplemental figures for acquiring brain MRI images are nicely detailed. Clear information on these parameters is crucial for future comparative interpretations of sociality and brain volume, and the authors do an excellent job of describing this process in full.

      (4) The following comments were brought up during the review. In their revision, the authors have sufficiently addressed all of these comments by providing detailed responses and updating their manuscript. First, the revision clarified how much one could draw conclusions about "nature vs. nurture" from this study. Second, the revision also clarified the contributions of very young and very old animals in their correlations. Third, in their revision, the authors expanded on how their results could be interpreted in the context of multiple behavioral traits by Thierry (2021) by providing more detailed descriptions. Finally, during the revision, the authors clarified that both intolerant and tolerant species experience complex socio-cognitive demands and highlighted that socio-cognitive challenges arise across the tolerance spectrum under different behavioral demands.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This comparative study of macaque species and type of social interaction is both ambitious and inevitably comes with a lot of caveats. The overall conclusion is that more intolerant species have a larger amygdala. There are also opposing development profiles regarding amygdala volume depending on whether it is a tolerant or intolerant species.

      To achieve any sort of power they have combined data from 4 centres - that have all used different scanning methods and there are some resolution differences. The authors have also had to group species into 4 classifications - again to assist with any generalisations and power. They have focussed on the volumes of two structures, the amygdala and the hippocampus, which seems appropriate. Neither structure is homogeneous and so it may well be that a targeted focus on specific nuclei or subfields would help (the authors may well do this next) - but as the variables would only increase further along with the number of potential comparisons, alongside small group numbers, it seems only prudent to treat these findings are preliminary. That said, it is highly unlikely that large numbers of macaque brains will become available in the near future.

      This introduction is by way of saying that the study achieves what it sets out to do, but there are many reasons to see this study as preliminary. The main message seems to be twofold: 1) that more intolerant species have relatively larger amygdalae, and 2) that with development there is an opposite pattern of volume change (increasing with age in intolerant sp and decreasing with age in tolerant species). Finding 1 is the opposite of that predicted in Table 1 - this is fine, but it should be made clearer in the Discussion that this is the case otherwise the reader may feel confused. As I read it, the authors have switched their prediction in the Discussion, which feels uncomfortable.

      It is inevitable that the data in a study of this complexity are all too prone to post hoc considerations, to which the authors indulge. I suspect I would end up doing the same but it feels a bit like 'heads I win, tails you lose'. In the case of Grade 1 species, the individuals have a lot to learn especially if they are not top of the hierarchy, but at the same time there are fewer individuals in the troop, making predictions very tricky. As noted above, I am concerned by the seemingly opposite predictions in Table 1 and those in the Discussion regarding tolerance and amygdala volume. (It may be that the predictions in Table 1 are the opposite to how I read them, in which case the Table and preceding text needs to align.)

      Comments on revisions:

      I am happy with all of the revisions and the care shown by the authors.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      We thank Reviewer #1 for its thoughtful and constructive feedback. We found the suggestions particularly helpful in refining the conceptual framework and clarifying key aspects of our interpretations.

      Summary:

      This paper investigates the potential link between amygdala volume and social tolerance in multiple macaque species. Through a comparative lens, the authors considered tolerance grade, species, age, sex, and other factors that may contribute to differing brain volumes. They found that amygdala, but not hippocampal, volume differed across tolerance grades, such that hightolerance species showed larger amygdala than low-tolerance species of macaques. They also found that less tolerant species exhibited increases in amygdala volume with age, while more tolerant species showed the opposite. Given their wide range of species with varied biological and ecological factors, the authors' findings provide new evidence for changes in amygdala volume in relation to social tolerance grades. Contributions from these findings will greatly benefit future efforts in the field to characterize brain regions critical for social and emotional processing across species.

      Strengths:

      (1) This study demonstrates a concerted and impressive effort to comparatively examine neuroanatomical contributions to sociality in monkeys. The authors impressively collected samples from 12 macaque species with multiple datapoints across species age, sex, and ecological factors. Species from all four social tolerance grades were present. Further, the age range of the animals is noteworthy, particularly the inclusion of individuals over 20 years old - an age that is rare in the wild but more common in captive settings. 

      (2) This work is the first to report neuroanatomical correlates of social tolerance grade in macaques in one coherent study. Given the prevalence of macaques as a model of social neuroscience, considerations of how socio-cognitive demands are impacted by the amygdala are highly important. The authors' findings will certainly inform future studies on this topic.

      (3) The methodology and supplemental figures for acquiring brain MRI images are well detailed. Clear information on these parameters is crucial for future comparative interpretations of sociality and brain volume, and the authors do an excellent job of describing this process in full.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The nature vs. nurture distinction is an important one, but it may be difficult to draw conclusions about "nature" in this case, given that only two data points (from grades 3 and 4) come from animals under one year of age (Method Figure 1D). Most brains were collected after substantial social exposure-typically post age 1 or 1.5-so the data may better reflect developmental changes due to early life experience rather than innate wiring. It might be helpful to frame the findings more clearly in terms of how early experiences shape development over time, rather than as a nature vs. nurture dichotomy.

      We agree with the reviewer that presenting our findings through a strict nature vs. nurture dichotomy was potentially misleading. We have revised the introduction and the discussion (e.g. lines 85-95 and 363-365) to clarify that we examined how neurodevelopmental trajectories differ across social grades with the caveat of related to the absence of very young individuals in our samples.  We now explicitly mention that our results may reflect both early species-typical biases and experience-dependent maturation.

      We positioned our study on social tolerance in a comparative neuroscience framework and introduced a tentative working model that articulates behavioral traits, cognitive dimensions, and their potential subcortical neural substrates

      Drawing upon 18 behavioral traits identified in Thierry’s comparative analyses (Thierry, 2021, 2007), we organize these traits into three core dimensions: socio-cognitive demands, behavioral inhibition, and the predictability of the social environment (Table 1). This conceptualization does not aim to redefine social tolerance itself, but rather to provide a structured basis for testing neuroanatomical hypotheses related to social style variability. It echoes recent efforts to bridge behavioral ecology and cognitive neuroscience by linking specific mental abilities – such as executive functions or metacognition – with distinct prefrontal regions shaped by social and ecological pressures (Bouret et al., 2024).

      “Cross-fostering experiments (De Waal and Johanowicz, 1993), along with our own results, suggest that social tolerance grades reflect both early, possibly innate predispositions and later environmental shaping”.

      (2) It would be valuable to clarify how the older individuals, especially those 20+ years old, may have influenced the observed age-related correlations (e.g., positive in grades 1-2, negative in grades 3-4). Since primates show well-documented signs of aging, some discussion of the potential contribution of advanced age to the results could strengthen the interpretation.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important point. In our dataset, younger and older subjects are underrepresented, but they are distributed across all subgroups. Therefore, we do not think that it could drive the interaction effect we are reporting. In our sample, amygdala volume tended to increase with age in intolerant species and decrease in tolerant species. We included a new analysis (Figure 4) that allows providing a clearer assessment of when social grades 1 vs 4 differed in terms of amygdala and hippocampus volume. While our model accounts for age continuously, we agree that age-related variation deserves cautious interpretation and require longitudinal designs in future studies.

      We also added the following statements in the discussion (lines 386-391)

      “Due to a limited sample size of our study, this crossing trend, already accounted for by our continuous age model, should be further investigated. These results call for cautious interpretation of age-related variation and further emphasize the importance of longitudinal studies integrating both behavioral, cognitive and anatomical data in non-human primates, which would help to better understand the link between social environment and brain development (Song et al., 2021)”.

      (3) The authors categorize the behavioral traits previously described in Thierry (2021) into 3 selfdefined cognitive requirements, however, they do not discuss under what conditions specific traits were assigned to categories or justify why these cognitive requirements were chosen. It is not fully clear from Thierry (2021) alone how each trait would align with the authors' categories. Given that these traits/categories are drawn on for their neuroanatomical hypotheses, it is important that the authors clarify this. It would be helpful to include a table with all behavioral traits with their respective categories, and explain their reasoning for selecting each cognitive requirement category.

      Thank you for this important suggestion. We have extensively revised the introduction to explain how we derived from the scientific literature the three cognitive dimensions—socio-cognitive demands, behavioral inhibition, and predictability of the social environment—. We now provide a complete overview of the 18 behavioral traits described in Thierry’s framework and their cognitive classification in a dedicated table , along with hypothesized neural correlates. We have also mentioned traits that were not classified in our framework along with short justification of this classification. We believe this addition significantly improves the transparency and intelligibility of our conceptual approach.

      “The concept of social tolerance, central to this comparative approach, has sometimes been used in a vague or unidimensional way. As Bernard Thierry (2021) pointed out, the notion was initially constructed around variations in agonistic relationships – dominance, aggressiveness, appeasement or reconciliation behaviors – before being expanded to include affiliative behaviors, allomaternal care or male–male interactions (Thierry, 2021). These traits do not necessarily align along a single hierarchical axis but rather reflect a multidimensional complexity of social style, in which each trait may have co-evolved with others (Thierry, 2021, 2000; Thierry et al., 2004). Moreover, the lack of a standardized scientific definition has sometimes led to labeling species as “tolerant” or “intolerant” without explicit criteria (Gumert and Ho, 2008; Patzelt et al., 2014). These behavioral differences are characterized by different styles of dominance (Balasubramaniam et al., 2012), severity of agonistic interactions (Duboscq et al., 2014), nepotism (Berman and Thierry, 2010; Duboscq et al., 2013; Sueur et al., 2011) and submission signals (De Waal and Luttrell, 1985; Rincon et al., 2023), among the 18 covariant behavioral traits described in Thierry's classification of social tolerance (Thierry, 2021, 2017, 2000)”.

      “To ground the investigation of social tolerance in a comparative neuroanatomical framework, we introduce a tentative working model that articulates behavioral traits, cognitive dimensions, and their potential subcortical neural substrates. Drawing upon 18 behavioral traits identified in Thierry’s comparative analyses (Thierry, 2021, 2007), we organized these traits into three core dimensions: socio-cognitive demands, behavioral inhibition, and the predictability of the social environment (Table 1). This conceptualization does not aim to redefine social tolerance itself, but rather to provide a structured basis for testing neuroanatomical hypotheses related to social style variability. It echoes recent efforts to bridge behavioral ecology and cognitive neuroscience by linking specific mental abilities – such as executive functions or metacognition – with distinct prefrontal regions shaped by social and ecological pressures (Bouret et al., 2024; Testard 2022)”.

      (4) One of the main distinctions the authors make between high social tolerance species and low tolerance species is the level of complex socio-cognitive demands, with more tolerant species experiencing the highest demands. However, socio-cognitive demands can also be very complex for less tolerant species because they need to strategically balance behaviors in the presence of others. The relationships between socio-cognitive demands and social tolerance grades should be viewed in a more nuanced and context-specific manner. 

      We fully agree and we did not mean that intolerant species lives in a ‘simple’ social environment but that the ones of more tolerant species is markedly more demanding. Evidence supporting this statement include their more efficient social networks (Sueur et al., 2011) and more complex communicative skills (e.g. tolerant macaques displayed higher levels of vocal diversity and flexibility than intolerant macaques in social situation with high uncertainty (Rebout et al., 2020).

      In the revised version (lines 106-122), we now highlight that socio-cognitive challenges arise across the tolerance spectrum, including in less tolerant species where strategic navigation of rigid hierarchies and risk-prone interactions is required. We hope that this addition offers a more balanced and nuanced framing of socio-cognitive demands across macaque societies

      “The first category, socio-cognitive demands, refers to the cognitive resources needed to process, monitor, and flexibly adapt to complex social environments. Linking those parameters to neurological data is at the core of the social brain theory to explain the expansion of the neocortex in primates (Dunbar). Macaques social systems require advanced abilities in social memory, perspective-taking, and partner evaluation (Freeberg et al., 2012). This is particularly true in tolerant species, where the increased frequency and diversity of interactions may amplify the demands on cognitive tracking and flexibility. Tolerant macaque species typically live in larger groups with high interaction frequencies, low nepotism, and a wider range of affiliative and cooperative behaviors, including reconciliation, coalition-building, and signal flexibility (REF). Tolerant macaque species also exhibit a more diverse and flexible vocal and facial repertoire than intolerants ones which may help reduce ambiguity and facilitate coordination in dense social networks (Rincon et al., 2023; Scopa and Palagi, 2016; Rebout 2020). Experimental studies further show that macaques can use facial expressions to anticipate the likely outcomes of social interactions, suggesting a predictive function of facial signals in managing uncertainty (Micheletta et al., 2012; Waller et al., 2016). Even within less tolerant species, like M. mulatta, individual variation in facial expressivity has been linked to increased centrality in social networks and greater group cohesion, pointing to the adaptive value of expressive signaling across social styles (Whitehouse et al., 2024)”.

      (5) While the limitations section touches on species-related considerations, the issue of individual variability within species remains important. Given that amygdala volume can be influenced by factors such as social rank and broader life experience, it might be useful to further emphasize that these factors could introduce meaningful variation across individuals. This doesn't detract from the current findings but highlights the importance of considering life history and context when interpreting subcortical volumes-particularly in future studies.

      We have now emphasized this point in the limitations section (lines 441-456). While our current dataset does not allow us to fully control for individual-level variables across all collection centers, we recognize that factors such as rank, social exposure, and individual life history may influence subcortical volumes

      “Although we explained some interspecies variability, adding subjects to our database will increase statistical power and will help addressing potential confounding factors such as age or sex in future studies. One will benefit from additional information about each subject. While considered in our modelling, the social living and husbandry conditions of the individuals in our dataset remain poorly documented. The living environment has been considered, and the size of social groups for certain individuals, particularly for individuals from the CdP, have been recorded. However, these social characteristics have not been determined for all individuals in the dataset. As previously stated, the social environment has a significant impact on the volumetry of certain regions. Furthermore, there is a lack of data regarding the hierarchy of the subjects under study and the stress they experience in accordance with their hierarchical rank and predictability of social outcomes position (McCowan et al., 2022)”. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      We thank Reviewer #2 for its thoughtful remarks and for acknowledging the value of our comparative approach despite its inherent constraints.

      Summary:

      This comparative study of macaque species and the type of social interaction is both ambitious and inevitably comes with a lot of caveats. The overall conclusion is that more intolerant species have a larger amygdala. There are also opposing development profiles regarding amygdala volume depending on whether it is a tolerant or intolerant species.

      To achieve any sort of power, they have combined data from 4 centres, which have all used different scanning methods, and there are some resolution differences. The authors have also had to group species into 4 classifications - again to assist with any generalisations and power. They have focused on the volumes of two structures, the amygdala and the hippocampus, which seems appropriate. Neither structure is homogeneous and so it may well be that a targeted focus on specific nuclei or subfields would help (the authors may well do this next) - but as the variables would only increase further along with the number of potential comparisons, alongside small group numbers, it seems only prudent to treat these findings are preliminary. That said, it is highly unlikely that large numbers of macaque brains will become available in the near future.

      This introduction is by way of saying that the study achieves what it sets out to do, but there are many reasons to see this study as preliminary. The main message seems to be twofold: (1) that more intolerant species have relatively larger amygdalae, and (2) that with development, there is an opposite pattern of volume change (increasing with age in intolerant species and decreasing with age in tolerant species). Finding 1 is the opposite of that predicted in Table 1 - this is fine, but it should be made clearer in the Discussion that this is the case, otherwise the reader may feel confused. As I read it, the authors have switched their prediction in the Discussion, which feels uncomfortable. 

      We thank the reviewer for this important observation. In the original version, Table 1 presented simplified direct predictions linking social tolerance grades to amygdala and hippocampus volumes. We recognize that this formulation may have created confusion In the revised manuscript, we have thoroughly restructured the table and its accompanying rationale. Table 1 now better reflects our conceptual framework grounded in three cognitive dimensions—sociocognitive demands, behavioral inhibition, and social predictability—each linked to behavioral traits and associated neural hypotheses based on published literature. This updated framework, detailed in lines 144-169 of the introduction, provides a more nuanced basis for interpreting our results and avoids the inconsistencies previously noted. The Discussion was also revised accordingly (lines 329-255) to clarify where our findings diverge from the original predictions and to explore alternative explanations based on social complexity. Rather than directly predicting amygdala size from social tolerance grades, we propose that variation in volume emerges from differing combinations of cognitive pressures across species.

      It is inevitable that the data in a study of this complexity are all too prone to post hoc considerations, to which the authors indulge. In the case of Grade 1 species, the individuals have a lot to learn, especially if they are not top of the hierarchy, but at the same time, there are fewer individuals in the troop, making predictions very tricky. As noted above, I am concerned by the seemingly opposite predictions in Table 1 and those in the Discussion regarding tolerance and amygdala volume. (It may be that the predictions in Table 1 are the opposite of how I read them, in which case the Table and preceding text need to align.)

      In order to facilitate the interpretation of our Bayesian modelling, we have selected a more focused ROI in our automatic segmentation procedure of the Hippocampus (from Hippocampal Formation to Hippocampus) and have added to the new analysis (Figure 4) that helps to properly test whether the hippocampus significantly differs between species from social grade 1 vs 4. The present analysis found that this is the case in adult monkeys. This is therefore consistent with our hypothesis that amygdala volumes are principally explained by heightened sociocognitive demands in more tolerant species.

      We also acknowledge the reviewer’s concerns about the limited generalizability due to our sample. The challenges of comparative neuroimaging in non-human primates—especially when using post-mortem datasets—are substantial. Given the ethical constraints and the rarity of available specimens, increasing the number of individuals or species is not feasible in the short term. However, we have made all data and code publicly available and clearly stated the limitations of our sample in the manuscript. Despite these constraints, we believe our dataset offers an unprecedented comparative perspective, particularly due to the inclusion of rare and tolerant species such as M. tonkeana, M. nigra, and M. thibetana, which have never been included in structural MRI studies before. We hope this effort will serve as a foundation for future collaborative initiatives in primate comparative neuroscience.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      We thank Reviewer #3 for their thoughtful and detailed review. Their comments helped us refine both the conceptual and interpretative aspects of the manuscript. We respond point by point below.

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors were looking at neurocorrelates of behavioural differences within the genus Macaca. To do so, they engaged in real-world dissection of dead animals (unconnected to the present study) coming from a range of different institutions. They subsequently compare different brain areas, here the amygdala and the hippocampus, across species. Crucially, these species have been sorted according to different levels of social tolerance grades (from 1 to 4). 12 species are represented across 42 individuals. The sampling process has weaknesses ("only half" of the species contained by the genus, and Macaca mulatta, the rhesus macaque, representing 13 of the total number of individuals), but also strengths (the species are decently well represented across the 4 grades) for the given purpose and for the amount of work required here. I will not judge the dissection process as I am not a neuroanatomist, and I will assume that the different interventions do not alter volume in any significant ways / or that the different conditions in which the bodies were kept led to the documented differences across species. 

      25 brains were extracted by the authors themselves who are highly with this procedure. Overall, we believe that dissection protocols did not alter the total brain volume. Despite our expertise, we experienced some difficulties to not damage the cerebellum. Therefore, this region was not included in our analysis. We also noted that this brain region was also damaged or absent from the Prime-DE dataset.

      Several protocols were used to prepare and store tissue. It could have impacted the total brain volume.

      We agree that differences in tissue preparation and storage could potentially affect total brain volume. Therefore, we explicitly included the main sample preparation variable — whether brains had been previously frozen — as a covariate in our model. This factor did not explain our results. Moreover, Figures 1D and 1I display the frozen status and its correlation with the amygdala and hippocampus ratios, respectively. Figure 2 shows the parameters of the model and the posterior distributions for the frozen status and total brain volume effects.

      There are two main results of the study. First, in line with their predictions, the authors find that more tolerant macaque species have larger amygdala, compared to the hippocampus, which remains undifferentiated across species. Second, they also identify developmental effects, although with different trends: in tolerant species, the amygdala relative volume decreases across the lifespan, while in intolerant species, the contrary occurs. The results look quite strong, although the authors could bring up some more clarity in their replies regarding the data they are working with. From one figure to the other, we switch from model-calculated ratio to modelpredicted volume. Note that if one was to sample a brain at age 20 in all the grades according to the model-predicted volumes, it would not seem that the difference for amygdala would differ much across grades, mostly driven with Grade 1 being smaller (in line with the main result), but then with Grade 2 bigger than Grade 3, and then Grade 4 bigger once again, but not that different from Grade 2.

      Overall, despite this, I think the results are pretty strong, the correlations are not to be contested, but I also wonder about their real meaning and implications. This can be seen under 3 possible aspects:

      (1)  Classification of the social grade

      While it may be familiar to readers of Thierry and collaborators, or to researchers of the macaque world, there is no list included of the 18 behavioral traits used to define the three main cognitive requirements (socio-cognitive demands, predictability of the environment, inhibitory control). It would be important to know which of the different traits correspond to what, whether they overlap, and crucially, how they are realized in the 12 study species, as there could be drastic differences from one species to the next. For now, we can only see from Table S1 where the species align to, but it would be a good addition to have them individually matched to, if not the 18 behavioral traits, at least the 3 different broad categories of cognitive requirements.

      We fully agree with this observation. In the revised version of the manuscript, we now include a detailed conceptual table listing all 18 behavioral traits from Thierry’s framework. For each trait, we provide its underlying social implications, its associated cognitive dimension (when applicable), and the hypothesized neural correlate. 

      While some traits may could have been arguably classified in several cognitive dimensions (e.g. reconciliation rate), we preferred to assign each to a unique dimension for clarity. Additionally, the introduction (lines 95-169 + Table1) now explains how each trait was evaluated based on existing literature and assigned to one of the three proposed cognitive categories: socio-cognitive demands, behavioral inhibition, or social unpredictability. This structure offers a clearer and more transparent basis for the neuroanatomical hypotheses tested in the study.

      “Navigating social life in primate societies requires substantial cognitive resources: individuals must not only track multiple relationships, but also regulate their own behavior, anticipate others’ reactions, and adapt flexibly to changing social contexts. Taken advantage of databases of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) structural scans, we conducted the first comparative study integrating neuroanatomical data and social behavioral data from closely related primate species of the same genus to address the following questions: To what extent can differences in volumes of subcortical brain structures be correlated with varying degrees of social tolerance? Additionally, we explored whether these dispositions reflect primarily innate features, shaped by evolutionary processes, or acquired through socialization within more or less tolerant social environments”.

      “The first category, socio-cognitive demands, refers to the cognitive resources needed to process, monitor, and flexibly adapt to complex social environments. Linking those parameters to neurological data is at the core of the social brain theory to explain the expansion of the neocortex in primates (Dunbar). Macaques social systems require advanced abilities in social memory, perspective-taking, and partner evaluation (Freeberg et al., 2012). This is particularly true in tolerant species, where the increased frequency and diversity of interactions may amplify the demands on cognitive tracking and flexibility. Tolerant macaque species typically live in larger groups with high interaction frequencies, low nepotism, and a wider range of affiliative and cooperative behaviors, including reconciliation, coalition-building, and signal flexibility (REF). Tolerant macaque species also exhibit a more diverse and flexible vocal and facial repertoire than intolerants ones which may help reduce ambiguity and facilitate coordination in dense social networks (Rincon et al., 2023; Scopa and Palagi, 2016; Rebout 2020). Experimental studies further show that macaques can use facial expressions to anticipate the likely outcomes of social interactions, suggesting a predictive function of facial signals in managing uncertainty (Micheletta et al., 2012; Waller et al., 2016). Even within less tolerant species, like M. mulatta, individual variation in facial expressivity has been linked to increased centrality in social networks and greater group cohesion, pointing to the adaptive value of expressive signaling across social styles (Whitehouse et al., 2024)”.

      “The second category, inhibitory control, includes traits that involve regulating impulsivity, aggression, or inappropriate responses during social interactions. Tolerant macaques have been shown to perform better in tasks requiring behavioral inhibition and also express lower aggression and emotional reactivity in both experimental and natural contexts (Joly et al., 2017; Loyant et al., 2023). These features point to stronger self-regulation capacities in species with egalitarian or less rigid hierarchies. More broadly, inhibition – especially in its strategic form (self-control) – has been proposed to play a key role in the cohesion of stable social groups. Comparative analyses across mammals suggest that this capacity has evolved primarily in anthropoid primates, where social bonds require individuals to suppress immediate impulses in favour of longer-term group stability (Dunbar and Shultz, 2025). This view echoes the conjecture of Passingham and Wise (2012), who proposed that the emergence of prefrontal area BA10 in anthropoids enabled the kind of behavioural flexibility needed to navigate complex social environments (Passingham et al., 2012)”.

      “The third category, social environment predictability, reflects how structured and foreseeable social interactions are within a given society. In tolerant species, social interactions are more fluid and less kin-biased, leading to greater contextual variation and role flexibility, which likely imply a sustained level of social awareness. In fact, as suggested by recent research, such social uncertainty and prolonged incentives are reflected by stress-related physiology : tolerant macaques such as M. tonkeana display higher basal cortisol levels, which may be indicative of a chronic mobilization of attentional and regulatory resources to navigate less predictable social environments (Sadoughi et al., 2021)”.

      “Each behavioral trait was individually evaluated based on existing empirical literature regarding the types of cognitive operations it likely involves. When a primary cognitive dimension could be identified, the trait was assigned accordingly. However, some behaviors – such as maternal protection, allomaternal care, or delayed male dispersal – do not map neatly onto a single cognitive process. These traits likely emerge from complex configurations of affective and socialmotivational systems, and may be better understood through frameworks such as attachment theory (Suomi, 2008), which emphasizes the integration of social bonding, emotional regulation, and contextual plasticity. While these dimensions fall beyond the scope of the present framework, they offer promising directions for future research, particularly in relation to the hypothalamic and limbic substrates of social and reproductive behavior”.

      “Rather than forcing these traits into potentially misleading categories, we chose to leave them unclassified within our current cognitive framework. This decision reflects both a commitment to conceptual clarity and the recognition that some behaviors emerge from a convergence of cognitive demands that cannot be neatly isolated. This tripartite framework, leaving aside reproductive-related traits, provides a structured lens through which to link behavioral diversity to specific cognitive processes and generate neuroanatomical predictions”.

      (2) Issue of nature vs nurture

      Another way to look at the debate between nature vs nurture is to look at phylogeny. For now, there is no phylogenetic tree that shows where the different grades are realized. For example, it would be illuminating to know whether more related species, independently of grades, have similar amygdala or hippocampus sizes. Then the question will go to the details, and whether the grades are realized in particular phylogenetic subdivisions. This would go in line with the general point of the authors that there could be general species differences.

      As pointed out by Thierry and collaborators, the social tolerance concept is already grounded in a phylogenetic framework as social tolerance matches the phylogenetical tree of these macaque species, suggesting a biological ground of these behavioral observations. Given the modest sample size and uneven species representation, we opted not to adopt tools such as Phylogenetic Generalized Least Squares (PGLS) in our analysis. Our primary aim in this study was to explore neuroanatomical variation as a function of social traits, not to perform a phylogenetic comparative analysis per see. That said, we now explicitly acknowledge this limitation in the Discussion and indicate that future work using larger datasets and phylogenetic methods will be essential to disentangle social effects from evolutionary relatedness. We hope that making our dataset openly available will facilitate such futures analyses.

      With respect to nurture, it is likely more complicated: one needs to take into account the idiosyncrasies of the life of the individual. For example, some of the cited literature in humans or macaques suggests that the bigger the social network, the bigger the brain structure considered. Right, but this finding is at the individual level with a documented life history. Do we have any of this information for any of the individuals considered (this is likely out of the scope of this paper to look at this, especially for individuals that did not originate from CdP)?

      We appreciate this insightful observation. Indeed, findings from studies in humans and nonhuman primates showing associations between brain structure and social network size typically rely on detailed life history and behavioral data at the individual level. Unfortunately, such finegrained information was not consistently available across our entire sample. While some individuals from the Centre de Primatologie (CdP) were housed in known group compositions and social settings, we did not have access to longitudinal social data—such as rank, grooming rates, or network centrality—that would allow for robust individual-level analyses. We now acknowledge this limitation more clearly in the Discussion (lines 436-443), and we fully agree that future work combining neuroimaging with systematic behavioral monitoring will be necessary to explore how species-level effects interact with individual social experience.

      (3) Issue of the discussion of the amygdala's function

      The entire discussion/goal of the paper, states that the amygdala is connected to social life. Yet, before being a "social center", the amygdala has been connected to the emotional life of humans and non-humans alike. The authors state L333/34 that "These findings challenge conventional expectations of the amygdala's primary involvement in emotional processes and highlight the complexity of the amygdala's role in social cognition". First, there is no dichotomy between social cognition and emotion. Emotion is part of social cognition (unless we and macaques are robots). Second, there is nowhere in the paper a demonstration that the differences highlighted here are connected to social cognition differences per se. For example, the authors have not tested, say, if grade 4 species are more afraid of snakes than grade 1 species. If so, one could predict they would also have a bigger amygdala, and they would probably also find it in the model. My point is not that the authors should try to correlate any kind of potential aspect that has been connected to the amygdala in the literature with their data (see for example the nice review by DomínguezBorràs and Vuilleumier, https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-12-823493-8.00015-8), but they should refrain from saying they have challenged a particular aspect if they have not even tested it. I would rather engage the authors to try and discuss the amygdala as a multipurpose center, that includes social cognition and emotion.

      We thank the reviewer for this important and nuanced point. We have revised the manuscript to adopt a more cautious and integrative tone regarding the function of the amygdala. In the revised Discussion (lines 341-355), we now explicitly state that the amygdala is involved in a broad range of processes—emotional, social, and affective—and that these domains are deeply intertwined. Rather than proposing a strict dissociation, we now suggest that the amygdala supports integrated socio-emotional functions that are mobilized differently across social tolerance styles. We also cite recent relevant literature (e.g., Domínguez-Borràs & Vuilleumier, 2021) to support this view and have removed any claim suggesting we challenge the emotional function of the amygdala per se. Our aim is to contribute to a richer understanding of how affective and social processes co-construct structural variation in this region.

      Strengths:

      Methods & breadth of species tested.

      Weaknesses:

      Interpretation, which can be described as 'oriented' and should rather offer additional views.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Private Comments:

      (1) Table 1 should be formatted for clarity i.e., bolded table headers, text realignment, and spacing. It was not clear at first glance how information was organized. It may also be helpful to place behavioral traits as the first column, seeing that these traits feed into the author's defined cognitive requirements.

      We have reformatted Table 1 to improve clarity and readability. Behavioral traits now appear in the first column, followed by cognitive dimensions and hypothesized neural correlates. Column headers have been bolded and alignment has been standardized.

      (2) Figures could include more detail to help with interpretations. For example, Figure 3 should define values included on the x-axis in the figure caption, and Figure 4 should explain the use of line, light color, and dark color. Figure 1 does not have a y-axis title.

      The figures have been revised and legends completed to ensure more clarity.

      (3) Please proofread for typos throughout.

      The manuscript has been carefully proofread, and all typographical and grammatical errors have been corrected. These changes are visible in the tracked version.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Specific comments:

      (1) Given all of the variability would it not be a good idea to just compare (eg in the supplemental) the macaque data from just the Strasbourg centre for m mulatta and m toneanna. I appreciate the ns will be lower, but other matters are more standardized.

      We fully understand the reviewer’s suggestion to restrict the comparison to data collected at a single site in order to minimize inter-site variability. However, as noted, such an analysis would come at the cost of statistical power, as the number of individuals per species within a single center is small. For example, while M. tonkeana is well represented at the Strasbourg centre, only one individual of M. mulatta is available from the same site. Thus, a restricted comparison would severely limit the interpretability of results, particularly for age-related trajectories. To address variability, we included acquisition site and brain preservation method as covariates or predictors where appropriate, and we have been cautious in our interpretations. We also now emphasize in the Methods and Discussion the value of future datasets with more standardized acquisition protocols across species and centers. We hope that by openly sharing our data and workflow, we can contribute to this broader goal.

      (2) I have various minor edits:

      (a) L 25 abstract - Specify what is meant by 'opposite trend'; the reader cannot infer what this is.

      Modified in line 25-28: “Unexpectedly, tolerant species exhibited a decrease in relative amygdala volume across the lifespan, contrasting with the age-related increase observed in intolerant species—a developmental pattern previously undescribed in primates.”

      (b) L67 - The reference 'Manyprimates' needs fixing as it does in the references section.

      After double checking, Manyprimates studies are international collaborative efforts that are supposed to be cite this way (https://manyprimates.github.io/#pubs).

      (c) L74 - Taking not Taken.

      This typo has been corrected.

      (d) L129 - It says 'total volume', but this is corrected total volume?

      We have clarified in the figures legends that the “total brain volume” used in our analyses excludes the cerebellum and the myelencephalon, as specified in our image preprocessing protocol. This ensures consistency across individuals and institutions.

      (e) L138 - Suddenly mentions 'frozen condition' without any prior explanation - this needs explaining in the legend - also L144.

      We have added an explanation of the ‘frozen condition’ variable in in the relevant figure legend.

      (f) L166 - Results - it would be helpful to remind readers what Grade 1 signifies, ie intolerant species.

      We now include a brief reminder in the Results section that Grade 1 corresponds to socially intolerant species, to help readers unfamiliar with the classification (Lines 240-251).

      (g)Figure 4 - Provide the ns for each of the 4 grades to help appreciate the meaningfulness of the curves, etc.

      The number of subjects has been added to the Figure and a novel analysis helps in the revised ms help to appreciate the meaningfulness of some of these curves.

      (h) L235 - 'we had assumed that species of high social tolerance grade would have presented a smaller amygdala in size compared to grade 1'. But surely this is the exact opposite of what is predicted in Table 1 - ie, the authors did not predict this as I read the paper (Unless Table l is misleading/ambiguous and needs clarification).

      As discussed in our response to Reviewer #2 and #3, we have restructured both Table 1 and the Discussion to ensure consistency. We now explicitly state that the findings diverge from our initial inhibitory-control-based prediction and propose alternative interpretations based on sociocognitive demands.

      (i) L270 - 'This observation' which?? Specify.

      We have replaced ‘this observation’ with a precise reference to the observed developmental decrease in amygdala volume in tolerant species.

      (j) L327 - 'groundbreaking' is just hype given that there are so many caveats - I personally do not like the word - novel is good enough.

      We have replaced the word ‘groundbreaking’ with ‘novel’ to adopt a more measured and appropriate tone in the discussion.

      (3) I might add that I am happy with the ethics regarding this study. 

      Thanks, we are also happy that we were able to study macaque brains from different species using opportunistic samplings along with already available data. We are collectively making progress on this!

      (4) Finally, I should commend the authors on all the additional information that they provide re gender/age/species. Given that there are 2xs are many females as males, it would be good to know if this affects the findings. I am not a primatologist, so I don't know, for example, if the females in Grade 1 monkeys are just as intolerant as the males?

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. We now explicitly mention the female-biased sex ratio in the Methods section and report in the Results (Figure 2, Figure 3) that sex was included as a covariate in our Bayesian models. While a small effect of sex was found for hippocampal volume, no effect was observed for the amygdala. Given the strong imbalance in our dataset (2:1 female-to-male ratio), we refrained from drawing any conclusion about sex-specific patterns, as these would require larger and more balanced samples. Although we did not test for sex-by-grade interactions, we agree that this question—especially regarding whether females and males express social style differences similarly across grades—represents an important direction for future comparative work.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I found the article well-written, and very easy to follow, so I have little ways to propose improvements to the article to the authors, besides addressing the various major points when it comes to interpretation of the data.

      One list I found myself wanting was in fact the list of the social tolerance grades, and the process by which they got selected into 3 main bags of socio-cognitive skills. Then it would become interesting to see how each of the 12 species compares within both the 18 grades (maybe once again out of the scope of this paper, there are likely reviews out there that already do that, but then the authors should explicitly mention so in the paper: X, 19XX have compared 15 out of 18 traits in YY number of macaque species); and within the 3 major subcognitive requirements delineated by the authors, maybe as an annex?

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful suggestion. In the revised manuscript, we now include a detailed table (Table 1) that lists the 18 behavioral traits derived from Thierry’s framework, along with their associated cognitive dimension and hypothesized neuroanatomical correlate. While we did not create a matrix mapping each of the 12 species across all 18 traits due to space and data availability constraints, we agree this is an important direction that should be tackled by primatologist. We now include a sentence (line 87-90) in the manuscript to guide readers to previous comparative reviews (e.g., Thierry, 2000; Thierry et al., 2004, 2021) that document the expression of these traits across macaque species. We also clarify that our three cognitive categories are conceptual tools intended to structure neuroanatomical predictions, and not formal clusters derived from quantitative analyses.

      In the annex, it would also be good to have a general summarizing excel/R file for the raw data, with important information like age, sex, and the relevant calculated volumes for each individual. The folders available following the links do not make it an easy task for a reader to find the raw data in one place.

      We fully agree with the reviewer on the importance of data accessibility. We have now uploaded an additional supplementary file in .csv format on our OSF repository, which includes individuallevel metadata for all 42 macaques: species, sex, age, social grade, total brain volume, amygdala volume, and hippocampus volume. The link to this file is now explicitly mentioned in the Data Availability section. We hope this will facilitate comparisons with other datasets and improve usability for the community. In addition, we provide in a supplementary table the raw data that were used for our Bayesian modelling (see below).

      The availability of the raw data would also clear up one issue, which I believe results from the modelling process: it looks odd on Figure 2, that volume ratios, defined as the given brain area volume divided by the total brain volume, give values above 1 (especially for the hippocampus). As such, the authors should either modify the legend or the figure. In general, it would be nicer to have the "real values" somewhere easily accessible, so that they can be compared more broadly with: 1) other macaques species to address questions relevant to the species; 2) other primates to address other questions that are surely going to arise from this very interesting work!

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. The ratio values in Figure 1 correspond to the proportion of the regional volume (amygdala or hippocampus) relative to the total brain volume, excluding the cerebellum and myelencephalon. As such, values above 0.01 (i.e., above 1% of the brain volume) are expected for these structures and do not indicate an error. We have updated the figure legend to clarify this point explicitly. In addition, we have now made a cleaned .csv file available via OSF, containing all raw volumetric data and metadata in a format that facilitates cross-species or cross-study comparisons. This replaces the previous folder-based structure, which may have been less accessible.

      Typos:

      L233: delete 'in'

      L430: insert space in 'NMT template(Jung et al., 2021).'

    1. The three lowest scores will be excluded from your classroom preparation quizzes (Bundle 1).● The two lowest scores will be excluded from your classroom participation activities (Bundle 2).● You have the opportunity to revise and resubmit one question from Mini-project 1 within oneweek after your initial submission is returned to you (Bundle 4)

      This is good to know if anyone may be in need of improving their grade.

    2. The three lowest scores will be excluded from your classroom preparation quizzes (Bundle 1).● The two lowest scores will be excluded from your classroom participation activities (Bundle 2).● You have the opportunity to revise and resubmit one question from Mini-project 1 within oneweek after your initial submission is returned to you (Bundle 4).

      Helpful if something comes up unexpectedly!

    1. What about Students with Disabilities? Students with disabilities are sometimes the most informed when it comes to making decisions about their own learning. They should understand that it is in their best interest to take ownership of their own approach to education, especially when it comes to leveraging resources and opportunities. In this section, you will learn about the laws that regulate education for students with disabilities as well as look at some resources that are available to them. Just like anyone else, under the law, qualified students with disabilities are entitled to the same education colleges and universities provide to students without disabilities. Even though a particular disability may make attending college more difficult, awareness on the part of the government, learning institutions, and the students themselves has brought about a great deal of change over the years. Now, students with disabilities find that they have available appropriate student services, campus accessibility, and academic resources that can make school attendance and academic success possible.

      This passage reminds me of a news article I read about universities improving accessibility for students with disabilities, like adding more adaptive technology and inclusive classroom designs. It also makes me think of how the Americans with Disabilities Act has changed opportunities over time. I can relate because I've seen friends benefit from these resources, which help them succeed just like any other student. It shows that support and awareness really makes a difference in education.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) My primary concern is that in some of the studies, there are not enough data points to be totally convincing. This is particularly apparent in the low z-force condition of Figure 1C.

      We agree that adequate sampling is essential for drawing robust conclusions. To address this concern, we performed a post hoc sensitivity analysis to assess the statistical power of our dataset. Given our sample sizes (N = 85 and 45) and observed variability, the experiment had 80% power (α = 0.05) to detect a difference in stall force of approximately 0.36 pN (Cohen’s d ≈ 0.38). The actual difference observed between conditions was 0.25 pN (d ≈ 0.26), which lies below the minimum detectable effect size. Thus, the non-significant result (p = 0.16) likely reflects that any true difference, if present, is smaller than the experimental sensitivity, rather than a lack of sufficient sampling.

      Importantly, both measured stall forces fall within the reported range for kinesin-1 in the literature, supporting that the dataset is representative and the measurements are reliable.

      (2) I'm also concerned about Figure 2B. Does each data point in the three graphs represent only a single event? If so, this should probably be repeated several more times to ensure that the data are robust.

      Each data point shown corresponds to the average of many processive runs, ranging from 32 to 167. This has been updated in the figure caption accordingly.

      (3) Figure 3. I'm surprised that the authors could not obtain a higher occupancy of the multivalent DNA tether with kinesin motors. They were adding up to a 30X higher concentration of kinesin, but still did not achieve stoichiometric labeling. The reasons for this should be discussed. This makes interpretation of the mechanical data much tougher. For instance, only 6-7% of the beads would be driven by three kinesins. Unless the movement of hundreds of beads were studied, I think it would be difficult to draw any meaningful insight, since most of the events would be reflective of beads with only one or sometimes two kinesins bound. I think more discussion is required to describe how these data were treated.

      The mass-photometry data in Figure 3B were acquired in the presence of a 3-fold molar excess of kinesin (Supplemental Figure 4) relative to the DNA chassis. In comparison, optical trapping studies were performed at a 10-20-fold molar excess of kinesin, resulting in a substantially higher percentage of chassis with multiple motors. The reason why we had to perform mass photometry measurements at lower molar excess than the optical trap is that at higher kinesin concentrations, the “kinesin-only” peak dominated and obscured 2- or 3-kinesin-bound species, preventing reliable fitting of the mass photometry data. 

      We have now used the mass photometry measurements to extrapolate occupancies under trapping conditions. We estimate 76-93% of 2-motor chassis are bound to two kinesins and ~70% of 3-motor chassis are bound to three kinesins under our trapping conditions. Moreover, the mean forces in Figures 3C–D exceed those expected for a single kinesin, consistent with occupancy substantially greater than one motor per chassis.

      We wrote: “To estimate the percentage of chassis with two and three motors bound, we performed mass photometry measurements at a 3-fold molar excess of kinesin to the chassis, as higher ratios would obscure the distinction of complexes from the kinesin-only population. Assuming there is no cooperativity among the binding sites, we modeled motor occupancy using a Binomial distribution (Figure 3_figure supplement 2). We observed 17-29% of particles corresponded to the two-motor species on the 2-motor chassis in mass photometry, indicating that 45-78% of the 2-motor chassis was bound to two kinesins. Similarly, 15% and 40% of the 3motor chassis were bound to two and three kinesins, respectively.  

      In optical trapping assays, we used 10-fold and 20-fold molar excess of kinesin for 2-motor and 3-motor chassis, respectively, to substantially increase the percentage of the chassis carried by multiple kinesins. Under these conditions, we estimate 76-93% of the 2-motor chassis were bound to two kinesins, and 30% and 70% of 3-motor chassis were bound to two and three kinesins, respectively.”

      “Multi-motor trapping assays were performed similarly using 10x and 20x kinesin for 2- and 3motor chassis, respectively. To estimate the percentage of chassis with multiple motors, we used the probability of kinesin binding to a site on a chassis from mass photometry in 3x excess condition to compute an effective dissociation constant where r is the molar ratio of kinesin to chassis. Single-site occupancy at higher molar excesses of kinesin was calculated using this parameter. ”

      We also added Figure 3_figure supplement 2 to explain our Binomial model.

      (4) Page 5, 1st paragraph. Here, the authors are comparing time constants from stall experiments to data obtained with dynein from Ezber et al. This study used the traditional "one bead" trapping approach with dynein bound directly to the bead under conditions where it would experience high z-forces. Thus, the comparison between the behavior of kinesin at low z-forces is not necessarily appropriate. Has anyone studied dynein's mechanics under low z-force regimes?

      We thank the reviewer for catching a citation error. The text has been corrected to reference Elshenawy et al. 2020, which reported stall time constants for mammalian dynein. 

      To our knowledge, dynein’s mechanics under explicitly low z-force conditions have not yet been reported; however, given the more robust stalling behavior of dynein and greater collective force generation, the cited paper was chosen to compare low z-force kinesin to a motor that appears comparatively unencumbered by z-forces. Our study adds to growing evidence that high z-forces disproportionately limit kinesin performance. 

      For clarification, we modified that sentence as follows: “These time constants are comparable to those reported for minus-end-directed dynein under high z-forces”.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) P3 pp2, a DNA tensiometer cannot control the force, but it can measure it; get the distance between the two ends of the tensiometer, and apply WLC.

      The text has been updated to more accurately reflect the differences between optical trapping and kinesin motility against a DNA tensiometer with a fixed lattice position.

      (2) Fig. 2b, SEM is a poor estimate or error for exponentially distributed run lengths. Other methods, like bootstrapping an exponential distribution fit, may provide a more realistic estimate.

      Run lengths were plotted as an inverse cumulative distribution function and fitted to a single exponential decay (Supplementary Figure S3). The plotted value represents the fitted decay constant (characteristic run length) ± SE (standard error of the fit), not the arithmetic mean ± SEM. Velocity values are reported as mean ± SEM. Detachment rate was computed as velocity divided by run length, except at 6 and 10 pN hindering loads, where minimal forward displacement necessitated fitting run-time decays directly. In those cases, the plotted detachment rate equals the inverse of the fitted time constant. The figure caption has been updated accordingly.

      (3) Kinesin-1 is covalently bound to a DNA oligo, which then attaches to the DNA chassis by hybridization. This oligo is 21 nt with a relatively low GC%. At what force does this oligo unhybridize? Can the authors verify that their stall force measurements are not cut short by the oligo detaching from the chassis?

      The 21-nt attachment oligo (38 % GC) is predicted to have ΔG<sub>37C</sub> ≈-25 kcal/mole or approximately 42 kT. If we assume this is the approximate amount of work required to unhybridize the oligo, we would expect the rupture force to be >15 pN. This significantly exceeds the stall force of a single kinesin. Since the stalling events rarely exceed a few seconds, it is unlikely that our oligos quickly detach from the chassis under such low forces.  

      Furthermore, optical trapping experiments are tuned such that no more than 30% of beads display motion within several minutes after they are brought near microtubules. After stalling events, the motor dissociates from the MT, and the bead snaps back to the trap center. Most beads robustly reengage with the microtubule, typically within 10 s, suggesting that the same motor chassis reengages with the microtubule after microtubule detachment. Successive runs of the same bead typically have similar stall forces, suggesting that the motors do not disengage from the chassis under resistive forces exerted by the trap.

      (4) Figure 1, a justification or explanation should be provided for why events lower than 1.5 pN were excluded. It appears arbitrary.

      Single-motor stall-force measurements used a trap stiffness of 0.08–0.10 pN/nm. At this stiffness, a 1.5 pN force corresponds to 15–19 nm bead displacement, roughly two kinesin steps, and events below this threshold could not be reliably distinguished from Brownian noise. For this reason, forces < 1.5 pN were excluded.

      In Methods, we wrote “Only peak forces above 1.5 pN (corresponding to a 15-19 nm bead displacement) were analyzed to clearly distinguish runs from the tracking noise.”

      (5) Figure 2b, is the difference in velocity statistically significant?

      The difference in velocity is statistically significant for most conditions. We did not compare velocities for -10 and -6 pN as these conditions resulted in little forward displacement. However, the p-values for all of the other conditions are -4 pN: 0.0026, -2 pN: 0.0001, -1 pN: 0.0446, +0.5 pN: 0.3148, +2 pN: 0.0001, +3 pN: 0.1191, +4 pN: 0.0004.

      (6) The number of measurements for each experimental datapoint in the corresponding figure caption should be provided. SEM is used without, but N is not reported in the caption.

      Figure captions have now been updated to report the number of trajectories (N) for each data point.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):  

      (1) The method of DNA-tethered motor trapping to enable low z-force is not entirely novel, but adapted from Urbanska (2021) for use in conventional optical trapping laboratories without reliance on microfluidics. However, I appreciate that they have fully established it here to share with the community. The authors could strengthen their methods section by being transparent about protein weight, protein labelling, and DNA ladders shown in the supplementary information. What organism is the protein from? Presumably human, but this should be specified in the methods. While the figures show beautiful data and exemplary traces, the total number of molecules analysed or events is not consistently reported. Overall, certain methodological details should be made sufficient for reproducibility.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s attention to methodological clarity. The constructs used are indeed human kinesin-1, KIF5B. The Methods now specify protein origin, molecular weights, and labeling details, and all figure captions report the number of trajectories analyzed to ensure reproducibility.

      (2) The major limitation the study presents is overarching generalisability, starting with the title. I recommend that the title be specific to kinesin-1. 

      The title has been revised to specify kinesin-1. 

      The study uses two constructs: a truncated K560 for conventional high-force assays, and full-length Kif5b for the low z-force method. However, for the multi-motor assay, the authors use K560 with the rationale of preventing autoinhibition due to binding with DNA, but that would also have limited characterisation in the single-molecule assay. Overall, the data generated are clear, high-quality, and exciting in the low z-force conditions. But why have they not compared or validated their findings with the truncated construct K560? This is especially important in the force-feedback experiments and in comparison with Andreasson et al. and Carter et al., who use Drosophila kinesin-1. Could kinesin-1 across organisms exhibit different force-detachment kinetics? It is quite possible. 

      Construct choice was guided by physiological relevance and considerations of autoinhibition: K560 was used for high z-force single-motor assays. The results of these assays are consistent with conventional bead assays performed by Andreasson et al. and Carter et al. using kinesin from a different organism. Therefore, we do not believe there are major differences between force properties of Drosophila and human kinesin-1.

      For low z-force assays, we used full-length KIF5B, which has nearly identical velocity and stall force to K560 in standard bead assays. We used this construct for low z force assays because it has a longer and more flexible stalk than K560 and better represents the force behavior of kinesin under physiological conditions. We then used constitutively-active K560 motors for multi-motor experiments to avoid potential complications from autoinhibition of full-length kinesin.

      Similarly, the authors test backward slipping of Kif5b and K560 and measure dwell times in multi-motor assays. Why not detail the backward slippage kinetics of Kif5b and any step-size impact under low z-forces? For instance, with the traces they already have, the authors could determine slip times, distances, and frequency in horizontal force experiments. Overall, the manuscript could be strengthened by analysing both constructs more fully.

      Slip or backstep analyses were not performed on single-motor data because such events were rare; kinesin typically detached rather than slipped. In contrast, multi-motor assays exhibited frequent slip events corresponding to the detachment of individual motors, which were analyzed in detail.

      We wrote “In comparison, slipping events were rarely observed in beads driven by a single motor, suggesting that kinesin typically detaches rather than slipping back on the microtubule under hindering loads.”

      Appraisal and impact:

      This study contributes to important and debated evidence on kinesin-1 force-detachment kinetics. The authors conclude that kinesin-1 exhibits a slip-bond interaction with the microtubule under increasing forces, while other recent studies (Noell et al. and Kuo et al.), which also use low z-force setups, conclude catch-bond behaviour under hindering loads. I find the results not fully aligned with their interpretation. The first comparison of low zforces in their setup with Noell et al. (2024), based on stall times, does not hold, because it is an apples-to-oranges comparison. Their data show a stall time constant of 2.52 s, which is comparable to the 3 s reported by Noell et al., but the comparison is made with a weighted average of 1.49 s. The authors do report that detachment rates are lower in low z-force conditions under unloaded scenarios. So, to completely rule out catch-bond-like behaviour is unfair. That said, their data quality is good and does show that higher hindering forces lead to higher detachment rates. However, on closer inspection, the range of 0-5 pN shows either a decrease or no change in detachment rate, which suggests that under a hindering force threshold, catch-bond-like or ideal-bond-like behaviour is possible, followed by slipbond behaviour, which is amazing resolution. Under assisting loads, the slip-bond character is consistent, as expected. Overall, the study contributes to an important discussion in the biophysical community and is needed, but requires cautious framing, particularly without evidence of motor trapping in a high microtubule-affinity state rather than genuine bond strengthening.

      We are not completely ruling out the catch bond behavior in our manuscript. As the reviewer pointed out, our results are consistent with the asymmetric slip bond model, whereas DNA tensiometer assays are more consistent with the catch bond behavior. The advantage of our approach is the capability to directly control the magnitude and direction of load exerted on the motor in the horizontal axis and measure the rate at which the motor detaches from the microtubule as it walks under constant load. In comparison, DNA tensiometer assays cannot control the force, but measure the time it takes the motor to fall off from the microtubule after a brief stall. The extension of the DNA tether is used to estimate the force exerted on the motor during a stall in those assays. The slight disadvantage of our method is the presence of low zforces, whereas DNA tensiometer assays are expected to have little to no z-force. We wrote that the discrepancy between our results can be attributed to the presence of low z forces in our DNA tethered trapping assembly, which may result in a higher-than-normal detachment rate under high hindering loads, thereby resulting in less asymmetry in the force detachment kinetics. We also added that this discrepancy can be addressed by future studies that directly control and measure horizontal force and measure the motor detachment rate in the absence of z forces. Optical trapping assays with small nanoparticles (Sudhakar et al. Science 2021) may be well suited to conclusively reveal the bond characteristics of kinesin under hindering loads.

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      The reviewers are in agreement with the importance of the findings and the quality of the results. The use of the DNA tether reduces the z-force on the motor and provides biologically relevant insight into the behavior of the motor under load. The reviewers' suggestions are constructive and focus on bolstering some of the data points and clarifying some of the methodological approaches. My major suggestion would be to clarify the rationale for concluding that kinesin-1 exhibits slip-bond behavior with increasing force in light of the work of Noell (10.1101/2024.12.03.626575) and Kuo et al (2022 10.1038/s41467022-31069-x), both of which take advantage of DNA tethers.

      Please see our response to the previous comment. In the revised manuscript, we first clarified that our results are in agreement with previous theoretical (Khataee & Howard, 2019) and experimental studies (Kuo et al., 2022; Noell et al., 2024; Pyrpassopoulos et al., 2020) that kinesin exhibits slower detachment under hindering load. This asymmetry became clear when the z-force was reduced or eliminated. 

      We clarified the differences between our results and DNA tensiometer assays and provided a potential explanation for these discrepancies. We also proposed that future studies might be required to fully distinguish between asymmetric slip, ideal, or catch bonding of kinesin under hindering loads.

      We wrote:

      “Our results agree with the theoretical prediction that kinesin exhibits higher asymmetry in force-detachment kinetics without z-forces (Khataee & Howard, 2019), and are consistent with optical trapping and DNA tensiometer assays that reported more persistent stalling of kinesin in the absence of z-forces (Kuo et al., 2022; Noell et al., 2024; Pyrpassopoulos et al., 2020).

      Force-detachment kinetics of protein-protein interactions have been modeled as either a slip, ideal, or catch bond, which exhibit an increase, no change, or a decrease in detachment rate, respectively, under increasing force (Thomas et al., 2008). Slip bonds are most commonly observed in biomolecules, but studies on cell adhesion proteins reported a catch bond behavior (Marshall et al., 2003). Although previous trapping studies of kinesin reported a slip bond behavior (Andreasson et al., 2015; Carter & Cross, 2005), recent DNA tensiometer studies that eliminated the z-force showed that the detachment rate of the motor under hindering forces is lower than that of an unloaded motor walking on the microtubule (Kuo et al., 2022; Noell et al., 2024), consistent with the catch bond behavior. Unlike these reports, we observed that the stall duration of kinesin is shorter than the motor run time under unloaded conditions, and the detachment rate of kinesin increases with the magnitude of the hindering force. Therefore, our results are more consistent with the asymmetric slip bond behavior. The difference between our results and the DNA tensiometer assays (Kuo et al., 2022; Noell et al., 2024) can be attributed to the presence of low z-forces in our DNA-tethered optical trapping assays, which may increase the detachment rate under high hindering forces. Future studies that could directly control hindering forces and measure the motor detachment rate in the absence of z-forces would be required to conclusively reveal the bond characteristics of kinesin under hindering loads.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      eLife Assessment

      This paper undertakes an important investigation to determine whether movement slowing in microgravity is due to a strategic conservative approach or rather due to an underestimation of the mass of the arm. While the experimental dataset is unique and the coupled experimental and computational analyses comprehensive, the authors present incomplete results to support the claim that movement slowing is due to mass underestimation. Further analysis is needed to rule out alternative explanations.

      We thank the editor and reviewers for the thoughtful and constructive comments, which helped us substantially improve the manuscript. In this revised version, we have made the following key changes:

      - Directly presented the differential effect of microgravity in different movement directions, showing its quantitative match with model predictions.

      - Showed that changing cost function with the idea of conservative strategy is not a viable alternative.

      - Showed our model predictions remain largely the same after adding Coriolis and centripetal torques.

      - Discussed alternative explanations including neuromuscular deconditioning, friction, body stability, etc.

      - Detailed the model description and moved it to the main text, as suggested.

      Our point-to-point response is numbered to facilitate cross-referencing.

      We believe the revisions and the responses adequately addresses the reviewers’ concerns, and new analysis results strengthened our conclusion that mass underestimation is the major contributor to movement slowing in microgravity.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This article investigates the origin of movement slowdown in weightlessness by testing two possible hypotheses: the first is based on a strategic and conservative slowdown, presented as a scaling of the motion kinematics without altering its profile, while the second is based on the hypothesis of a misestimation of effective mass by the brain due to an alteration of gravity-dependent sensory inputs, which alters the kinematics following a controller parameterization error.

      Strengths:

      The article convincingly demonstrates that trajectories are affected in 0g conditions, as in previous work. It is interesting, and the results appear robust. However, I have two major reservations about the current version of the manuscript that prevent me from endorsing the conclusion in its current form.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) First, the hypothesis of a strategic and conservative slow down implicitly assumes a similar cost function, which cannot be guaranteed, tested, or verified. For example, previous work has suggested that changing the ratio between the state and control weight matrices produced an alteration in movement kinematics similar to that presented here, without changing the estimated mass parameter (Crevecoeur et al., 2010, J Neurophysiol, 104 (3), 1301-1313). Thus, the hypothesis of conservative slowing cannot be rejected. Such a strategy could vary with effective mass (thus showing a statistical effect), but the possibility that the data reflect a combination of both mechanisms (strategic slowing and mass misestimation) remains open.

      Response (1): Thank you for raising this point. The basic premise of this concern is that changing the cost function for implementing strategic slowing can reproduce our empirical findings, thus the alternative hypothesis that we aimed to refute in the paper remain possible. At least, it could co-exist with our hypothesis of mass underestimation. In the revision, we show that changing the cost function only, as suggested here, cannot produce the behavioral patterns observed in microgravity.

      As suggested, we modified the relative weighting of the state and control cost matrices (i.e., Q and R in the cost function Eq 15) without considering mass underestimation. While this cost function scaling can decrease peak velocity – a hallmark of strategic slowing – it also inevitably leads to later peak timings. This is opposite to our robust findings: the taikonauts consistently “advanced” their peak velocity and peak acceleration in time. Note, these model simulation patterns have also been shown in Crevecoeur et al. (2010), the paper mentioned by the reviewer (see their Figure 7B).

      We systematically changed the ratio between the state and control weight matrices in the simulation, as suggested. We divided Q and multiplied R by the same factor α, the cost function scaling parameter α as defined in Crevecoeur et al. (2010). This adjustment models a shift in movement strategy in microgravity, and we tested a wide range of α to examine reasonable parameter space. Simulation results for α = 3 and α = 0.3 are shown in Figure 1—figure supplement 2 and Figure 1—figure supplement 3 respectively. As expected, with α = 3 (higher control effort penalty), peak velocities and accelerations are reduced, but their timing is delayed. Conversely, with α = 0.3, both peak amplitude and timing increase. Hence, changing the cost function to implement a conservative strategy cannot produce the kinematic pattern observed in microgravity, which is a combination of movement slowing and peak timing advance.

      Therefore, we conclude that a change in optimal control strategy alone is insufficient to explain our empirical findings. Logically speaking, we cannot refute the possibility of strategic slowing, which can still exist on top of the mass underestimation we proposed here. However, our data does not support its role in explaining the slowing of goal-directed hand reaching in microgravity. We have added these analyses to the Supplementary Materials and expanded the Discussion to address this point.

      (2) The main strength of the article is the presence of directional effects expected under the hypothesis of mass estimation error. However, the article lacks a clear demonstration of such an effect: indeed, although there appears to be a significant effect of direction, I was not sure that this effect matched the model's predictions. A directional effect is not sufficient because the model makes clear quantitative predictions about how this effect should vary across directions. In the absence of a quantitative match between the model and the data, the authors' claims regarding the role of misestimating the effective mass remain unsupported.

      Response (2): First, we have to clarify that our study does not aim to quantitatively fit observed hand trajectory. The two-link arm model simulates an ideal case of moving a point mass (effective mass) on a horizontal plane without friction (Todorov, 2004; 2005). In contrast, in the experiment, participants moved their hand on a tabletop without vertical arm support, so the movement was not strictly planar and was affected by friction. Thus, this kind of model can only illustrate qualitative differences between conditions, as in the majorities of similar modeling studies (e.g., Shadmehr et al., 2016). In our study, qualitative simulation means the model is intended to reproduce the directional differences between conditions—not exact numeric values—in key kinematic measures. Specifically, it should capture how the peak velocity and acceleration amplitudes and their timings differ between normal gravity and microgravity (particularly under the mass-underestimation assumption).

      Second, the reviewer rightfully pointed out that the directional effect is essential for our theorization of the importance of mass underestimation. However, the directional effect has two aspects, which were not clearly presented in our original manuscript. We now clarify both here and in the revision. The first aspect is that key kinematic variables (peak velocity/acceleration and their timing) are affected by movement direction, even before any potential microgravity effect. This is shown by the ranking order of directions for these variables (Figure 1C-H). The direction-dependent ranking, confirmed by pre-flight data, indicates that effective mass is a determining factor for reaching kinematics, which motivated us to study its role in eliciting movement slowing in space. This was what our original manuscript emphasized and clearly presented.

      The second aspect is that the hypothetical mass underestimation might also differentially affect movements in different directions. This was not clearly presented in the original manuscript. However, we would not expect a quantitative match between model predictions and empirical data, for the reasons mentioned above. We now show this directional ranking in microgravity-elicited kinematic changes in both model simulations and empirical data. The overall trend is that the microgravity effect indeed differs between directions, and the model predictions and the data showed a reasonable qualitative match (Author response image 1 below).

      Shown in Author response image 1, we found that for amplitude changes (Δ peak speed, Δ peak acceleration) both the model and the mean of empirical data show the same directional ordering (45° > 90° > 135°) in pre-in and post-in comparisons. For timing (Δ peak-speed time, Δ peak-acceleration time), which we consider the most diagnostic, the same directional ranking was observed. We only found one deviation, i.e., the predicted sign (earlier peaks) was confirmed at 90° and 135°, but not at 45°. As discussed in Response (6), the absence of timing advance at 45° may reflect limitations of our simplified model, which did not consider that the 45° direction is essentially a single-joint reach. Taken together, the directional pattern is largely consistent with the model predictions based on mass underestimation. The model successfully reproduces the directional ordering of amplitude measures -- peak velocity and peak acceleration. It also captures the sign of the timing changes in two out of the three directions. We added these new analysis results in the revision and expanded Discussion accordingly.

      The details of our analysis on directional effects: We compared the model predictions (Author response image 1, left) with the experimental data (Author response image 1, right) across the three tested directions (45°, 90°, 135°). In the experimental data panels, both Δ(pre-in) (solid bars) and Δ(post-in) (semi-transparent bars) with standard error are shown. The directional trends are remarkably similar between model prediction and actual data. The post-in comparison is less aligned with model prediction; we postulate that the incomplete after-flight recovery (i.e., post data had not returned to pre-flight baselines) might obscure the microgravity effect. Incomplete recovery has also been shown in our original manuscript: peak speed and peak acceleration did not fully recover in post-flight sessions when compared to pre-flight sessions. To further quantify the correspondence between model and data, we performed repeated-measures correlation (rm-corr) analyses. We found significant within-subject correlations for three of the four metrics. For pre–in, Δ peak speed time (r<sub>rm</sub> = 0.627, t(23) = 3.858, p < 0.001), Δ peak acceleration time (r<sub>rm</sub> = 0.591, t(23) = 3.513, p = 0.002), and Δ peak acceleration (r<sub>rm</sub> = 0.573, t(23) = 3.351, p = 0.003) were significant, whereas Δ peak speed was not (r<sub>rm</sub> = 0.334, t(23) = 1.696, p = 0.103). These results thus show that the directional effect, as predicted our model, is observed both before spaceflight and in spaceflight (the pre-in comparison).

      Author response image 1.

      Directional comparison between model predictions and experimental data across the three reach directions (45°, 90°, 135°). Left: model outputs. Right: experimental data shown as Δ relative to the in-flight session; solid bars = Δ(in − pre) and semi-transparent bars = Δ(in − post). Colors encode direction consistently across panels (e.g., 45° = darker hue, 90° = medium, 135° = lighter/orange). Panels (clockwise from top-left): Δ peak speed (cm/s), Δ peak speed time (ms), Δ peak acceleration time (ms), and Δ peak acceleration (cm/s²). Bars are group means; error bars denote standard error across participants.

      Citations:

      Todorov, E. (2004). Optimality principles in sensorimotor control. Nature Neuroscience, 7(9), 907.

      Todorov, E. (2005). Stochastic optimal control and estimation methods adapted to the noise characteristics of the sensorimotor system. Neural Computation, 17(5), 1084–1108.

      Shadmehr, R., Huang, H. J., & Ahmed, A. A. (2016). A Representation of Effort in Decision-Making and Motor Control. Current Biology: CB, 26(14), 1929–1934.

      In general, both the hypotheses of slowing motion (out of caution) and misestimating mass have been put forward in the past, and the added value of this article lies in demonstrating that the effect depended on direction. However, (1) a conservative strategy with a different cost function can also explain the data, and (2) the quantitative match between the directional effect and the model's predictions has not been established.

      We agree that both hypotheses have been put forward before, however they are competing hypotheses that have not been resolved. Furthermore, the mass underestimation hypothesis is a conjecture without any solid evidence; previous reports on mass underestimation of object cannot directly translate to underestimation of body. As detailed in our responses above, we have shown that a conservative strategy implemented via a different cost function cannot reproduce the key findings in our dataset, thereby supporting the alternative hypothesis of mass underestimation. Moreover, we found qualitative agreement between the model predictions and the experimental data in terms of directional effects, which further strengthens our interpretation.

      Specific points:

      (1) I noted a lack of presentation of raw kinematic traces, which would be necessary to convince me that the directional effect was related to effective mass as stated.

      Response (3): We are happy to include exemplary speed and acceleration trajectories. Kinematic profiles from one example participant are shown in Figure 2—figure supplement 6.

      (2) The presentation and justification of the model require substantial improvement; the reason for their presence in the supplementary material is unclear, as there is space to present the modelling work in detail in the main text. Regarding the model, some choices require justification: for example, why did the authors ignore the nonlinear Coriolis and centripetal terms?

      Response (4): Great suggestion. In the revision, we have moved the model into the main text and added further justification for using this simple model.

      We initially omitted the nonlinear Coriolis and centripetal terms in order to start with a minimal model. Importantly, excluding these terms does not affect the model’s main conclusions. In the revision we added simulations that explicitly include these terms. The full explanation and simulations are provided in the Supplementary Notes 2 (this time we have to put it into the Supplementary to reduce the texts devoted to the model). More explanations can also be found in our response to Reviewer 2 (response (6)). The results indicate that, although these velocity-dependent forces show some directional anisotropy, their contribution is substantially smaller relative to that of the included inertial component; specifically, they have only a negligible impact on the predicted peak amplitudes and peak times.

      (3) The increase in the proportion of trials with subcomponents is interesting, but the explanatory power of this observation is limited, as the initial percentage was already quite high (from 60-70% during the initial study to 70-85% in flight). This suggests that the potential effect of effective mass only explains a small increase in a trend already present in the initial study. A more critical assessment of this result is warranted.

      Response (5): Thank you for your thoughtful comment. You are correct that the increase in the percentage of trials with submovements is modest, but a more critical change was observed in the timing between submovement peaks—specifically, the inter-peak interval (IPI). These intervals became longer during flight. Taken together with the percentage increase, the submovement changes significantly predicted the increase in movement duration, as shown by our linear mixed-effects model, which indicated that IPI increased.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study explores the underlying causes of the generalized movement slowness observed in astronauts in weightlessness compared to their performance on Earth. The authors argue that this movement slowness stems from an underestimation of mass rather than a deliberate reduction in speed for enhanced stability and safety.

      Overall, this is a fascinating and well-written work. The kinematic analysis is thorough and comprehensive. The design of the study is solid, the collected dataset is rare, and the model tends to add confidence to the proposed conclusions. That being said, I have several comments that could be addressed to consolidate interpretations and improve clarity.

      Main comments:

      (1) Mass underestimation

      a) While this interpretation is supported by data and analyses, it is not clear whether this gives a complete picture of the underlying phenomena. The two hypotheses (i.e., mass underestimation vs deliberate speed reduction) can only be distinguished in terms of velocity/acceleration patterns, which should display specific changes during the flight with a mass underestimation. The experimental data generally shows the expected changes but for the 45° condition, no changes are observed during flight compared to the pre- and post-phases (Figure 4). In Figure 5E, only a change in the primary submovement peak velocity is observed for 45°, but this finding relies on a more involved decomposition procedure. It suggests that there is something specific about 45° (beyond its low effective mass). In such planar movements, 45° often corresponds to a movement which is close to single-joint, whereas 90° and 135° involve multi-joint movements. If so, the increased proportion of submovements in 90° and 135° could indicate that participants had more difficulties in coordinating multi-joint movements during flight. Besides inertia, Coriolis and centripetal effects may be non-negligible in such fast planar reaching (Hollerbach & Flash, Biol Cyber, 1982) and, interestingly, they would also be affected by a mass underestimation (thus, this is not necessarily incompatible with the author's view; yet predicting the effects of a mass underestimation on Coriolis/centripetal torques would require a two-link arm model). Overall, I found the discrepancy between the 45° direction and the other directions under-exploited in the current version of the article. In sum, could the corrective submovements be due to a misestimation of Coriolis/centripetal torques in the multi-joint dynamics (caused specifically -or not- by a mass underestimation)?

      Response (6): Thank you for raising these important questions. We unpacked the whole paragraph into two concerns: 1) the possibility that misestimation of Coriolis and centripetal torques might lead to corrective submovements, and 2) the weak effect in the 45° direction unexploited. These two concerns are valid but addressable, and they did not change our general conclusions based on our empirical findings (see Supplementary note 2. Coriolis and centripetal torques have minimal impact).

      Possible explanation for the 45° discrepancy

      We agree with the reviewer that the 45° direction likely involves more single-joint (elbow-dominant) movement, whereas the 90° and 135° directions require greater multi-joint (elbow + shoulder) coordination. This is particularly relevant when the workspace is near body midline (e.g., Haggard & Richardson, 1995), as the case in our experimental setup. To demonstrate this, we examined the curvature of the hand trajectories across directions. Using cumulative curvature (positive = counterclockwise), we obtained average values of 6.484° ± 0.841°, 1.539° ± 0.462°, and 2.819° ± 0.538° for the 45°, 90°, and 135° directions, respectively. The significantly larger curvature in the 45° condition suggests that these movements deviate more from a straight-line path, a hallmark of more elbow-dominant movements.

      Importantly, this curvature pattern was present in both the pre-flight and in-flight phases, indicating that it is a general movement characteristic rather than a microgravity-induced effect. Thus, the 45° reaches are less suitable for modeling with a simplified two-link arm model compared to the other two directions. We believe this is the main reason why the model predictions based on effective mass become less consistent with the empirical data for the 45° direction.

      We have now incorporated this new analysis in the Results and discussed it in the revised Discussion.

      Citation: Haggard, P., Hutchinson, K., & Stein, J. (1995). Patterns of coordinated multi-joint movement. Experimental Brain Research, 107(2), 254-266.

      b) Additionally, since the taikonauts are tested after 2 or 3 weeks in flight, one could also assume that neuromuscular deconditioning explains (at least in part) the general decrease in movement speed. Can the authors explain how to rule out this alternative interpretation? For instance, weaker muscles could account for slower movements within a classical time-effort trade-off (as more neural effort would be needed to generate a similar amount of muscle force, thereby suggesting a purposive slowing down of movement). Therefore, could the observed results (slowing down + more submovements) be explained by some neuromuscular deconditioning combined with a difficulty in coordinating multi-joint movements in weightlessness (due to a misestimation or Coriolis/centripetal torques) provide an alternative explanation for the results?

      Response (7): Neuromuscular deconditioning is indeed a space effect; thanks for bringing this up as we omitted the discussion of this confounds in our original manuscript. Prolonged stay in microgravity can lead to a reduction of muscle strength, but this is mostly limited to lower limb. For example, a recent well-designed large-sample study have shown that while lower leg muscle showed significant strength reductions, no changes in mean upper body strength was found (Scott et al., 2023), consistent with previous propositions that muscle weakness is less for upper-limb muscles than for postural and lower-limb muscles (Tesch et al., 2005). Furthermore, the muscle weakness is unlikely to play a major role here since our reaching task involves small movements (~12cm) with joint torques of a magnitude of ~2N·m. Of course, we cannot completely rule out the contribution of muscle weakness; we can only postulate, based on the task itself (12 cm reaching) and systematic microgravity effect (the increase in submovements, the increase in the inter-submovements intervals, and their significant prediction on movement slowing), that muscle weakness is an unlikely major contributor for the movement slowing.

      The reviewer suggests that poor coordination in microgravity might contribute to slowing down + more submovements. This is also a possibility, but we did not find evidence to support it. First, there is no clear evidence or reports about poor coordination for simple upper-limb movements like reaching investigated here. Note that reaching or aiming movement is one of the most studied tasks among astronauts. Second, we further analyzed our reaching trajectories and found no sign of curvature increase, a hallmark of poor coordination of Coriolis/centripetal torques, in our large collection of reaching movements. We probably have the largest dataset of reaching movements collected in microgravity thus far, given that we had 12 taikonauts and each of them performed about 480 to 840 reaching trials during their spaceflight. We believe the probability of Type II error is quite low here.

      Citation: Tesch, P. A., Berg, H. E., Bring, D., Evans, H. J., & LeBlanc, A. D. (2005). Effects of 17-day spaceflight on knee extensor muscle function and size. European journal of applied physiology, 93(4), 463-468.

      Scott J, Feiveson A, English K, et al. Effects of exercise countermeasures on multisystem function in long duration spaceflight astronauts. npj Microgravity. 2023;9(11).

      (2) Modelling

      a) The model description should be improved as it is currently a mix of discrete time and continuous time formulations. Moreover, an infinite-horizon cost function is used, but I thought the authors used a finite-horizon formulation with the prefixed duration provided by the movement utility maximization framework of Shadmehr et al. (Curr Biol, 2016). Furthermore, was the mass underestimation reflected both in the utility model and the optimal control model? If so, did the authors really compute the feedback control gain with the underestimated mass but simulate the system with the real mass? This is important because the mass appears both in the utility framework and in the LQ framework. Given the current interpretations, the feedforward command is assumed to be erroneous, and the feedback command would allow for motor corrections. Therefore, it could be clarified whether the feedback command also misestimates the mass or not, which may affect its efficiency. For instance, if both feedforward and feedback motor commands are based on wrong internal models (e.g., due to the mass underestimation), one may wonder how the astronauts would execute accurate goal-directed movements.

      b) The model seems to be deterministic in its current form (no motor and sensory noise). Since the framework developed by Todorov (2005) is used, sensorimotor noise could have been readily considered. One could also assume that motor and sensory noise increase in microgravity, and the model could inform on how microgravity affects the number of submovements or endpoint variance due to sensorimotor noise changes, for instance.

      c) Finally, how does the model distinguish the feedforward and feedback components of the motor command that are discussed in the paper, given that the model only yields a feedback control law? Does 'feedforward' refer to the motor plan here (i.e., the prefixed duration and arguably the precomputed feedback gain)?

      Response (8): We thank the reviewer for raising these important and technically insightful points regarding our modeling framework. We first clarify the structure of the model and key assumptions, and then address the specific questions in points (a)–(c) below.

      We used Todorov’s (2005) stochastic optimal control method to compute a finite-horizon LQG policy under sensory noise and signal-dependent motor noise (state noise set to zero). The cost function is: (see details in updated Methods). The resulting time-varying gains {L<sub>k</sub>, K<sub>k</sub>} correspond to the feedforward mapping and the feedback correction gain, respectively. The control law can be expressed as:

      where u<sub>k</sub> is the control input, is the nominal planned state, is the estimated state, L<sub>k</sub> is the feedforward (nominal) control associated with the planned trajectory, and K<sub>k</sub> is the time-varying feedback gain that corrects deviations from the plan.

      To define the motor plan for comparison with behavior, we simulate the deterministic open-loop

      trajectory by turning off noise and disabling feedback corrections, i.e., . In this framework, “feedforward” refers to this nominal motor plan. Thus, sensory and signal-dependent noise influence the computed policy (via the gains), but are not injected when generating the nominal trajectory. This mirrors the minimum-jerk practice used to obtain nominal kinematics in prior utility-based work (Shadmehr, 2016), while optimal control provides a more physiologically grounded nominal plan. In the revision, we have updated the equations, provided more modeling details, and moved the model description to the main text to reduce possible confusions.

      In the implementation of the “mass underestimation” condition, the mass used to compute the policy is the underestimated mass (), whereas the actual mass is used when simulating the feedforward trajectories. Corrective submovements are analyzed separately and are not required for the planning-deficit findings reported here.

      Answers of the three specific questions:

      a) We mistakenly wrote a continuous-time infinite-horizon cost function in our original manuscript, whereas our controller is actually implemented as a discrete-time finite-horizon LQG with a terminal cost, over a horizon set by the utility-based optimal movement duration T<sub>opt</sub>. The underestimated mass is used in both the utility model (to determine T<sub>opt</sub>) and in the control computation (i.e., internal model), while the true mass is used when simulating the movement. This mismatch captures the central idea of feedforward planning based on an incorrect internal model.

      b) As described, our model includes signal-dependent motor noise and sensory noise, following Todorov (2005). We also evaluated whether increased noise levels in microgravity could account for the observed behavioral changes. Simulation results showed that increasing either source of noise did not alter the main conclusions or reverse the trends in our key metrics. Moreover, our experimental data showed no significant increase in endpoint variability in microgravity (see analyses and results in Figure 2—figure supplement 3 & 4), making it unlikely that increased sensorimotor noise alone accounts for the observed slowing and submovement changes.

      c) In our framework, the time-varying gains {L<sub>K</sub>,K<sub>K</sub>}define the feedforward and feedback components of the control policy. While both gains are computed based on a stochastic optimal control formulation (including noise), for comparison with behavior we simulate only the nominal feedforward plan, by turning off both noise and feedback: . This defines a deterministic open-loop trajectory, which we use to capture planning-level effects such as peak timing shifts under mass underestimation. Feedback corrections via gains exist in the full model but are not involved in these specific analyses. We clarified this modeling choice and its behavioral relevance in the revised text.

      We have updated the equations and moved the model description into the main text in the revised manuscript to avoid confusion.

      (3) Brevity of movements and speed-accuracy trade-off

      The tested movements are much faster (average duration approx. 350 ms) than similar self-paced movements that have been studied in other works (e.g., Wang et al., J Neurophysiology, 2016; Berret et al., PLOS Comp Biol, 2021, where movements can last about 900-1000 ms). This is consistent with the instructions to reach quickly and accurately, in line with a speed-accuracy trade-off. Was this instruction given to highlight the inertial effects related to the arm's anisotropy? One may however, wonder if the same results would hold for slower self-paced movements (are they also with reduced speed compared to Earth performance?). Moreover, a few other important questions might need to be addressed for completeness: how to ensure that astronauts did remember this instruction during the flight? (could the control group move faster because they better remembered the instruction?). Did the taikonauts perform the experiment on their own during the flight, or did one taikonaut assume the role of the experimenter?

      Response (9): Thanks for highlighting the brevity of movements in our experiment. Our intention in emphasizing fast movements is to rigorously test whether movement is indeed slowed down in microgravity. The observed prolonged movement duration clearly shows that microgravity affects people’s movement duration, even when they are pushed to move fast. The second reason for using fast movement is to highlight that feedforward control is affected in microgravity. Mass underestimation specifically affects feedforward control in the first place, shown by the microgravity-related changes in peak velocity/acceleration. Slow movement would inevitably have online corrections that might obscure the effect of mass underestimation. Note that movement slowing is not only observed in our speed-emphasized reaching task, but also in whole-arm pointing in other astronauts’ studies (Berger, 1997; Sangals, 1999), which have been quoted in our paper. We thus believe these findings are generalizable.

      Regarding the consistency of instructions: all our experiments conducted in the Tiangong space station were monitored in real time by experimenters in the control center located in Beijing. The task instructions were presented on the initial display of the data acquisition application and ample reading time was allowed. All the pre-, in-, and post-flight test sessions were administered by the same group of personnel with the same instruction. It is common that astronauts serve both as participants and experimenters at the same time. And, they were well trained for this type of role on the ground. Note that we had multiple pre-flight test sessions to familiarize them with the task. All these rigorous measures were in place to obtain high-quality data. In the revision, we included these experimental details for readers that are not familiar with space studies, and provided the rationales for emphasizing fast movements.

      Citations:

      Berger, M., Mescheriakov, S., Molokanova, E., Lechner-Steinleitner, S., Seguer, N., & Kozlovskaya, I. (1997). Pointing arm movements in short- and long-term spaceflights. Aviation, Space, and Environmental Medicine, 68(9), 781–787.

      Sangals, J., Heuer, H., Manzey, D., & Lorenz, B. (1999). Changed visuomotor transformations during and after prolonged microgravity. Experimental Brain Research. Experimentelle Hirnforschung. Experimentation Cerebrale, 129(3), 378–390.

      (4) No learning effect

      This is a surprising effect, as mentioned by the authors. Other studies conducted in microgravity have indeed revealed an optimal adaptation of motor patterns in a few dozen trials (e.g., Gaveau et al., eLife, 2016). Perhaps the difference is again related to single-joint versus multi-joint movements. This should be better discussed given the impact of this claim. Typically, why would a "sensory bias of bodily property" persist in microgravity and be a "fundamental constraint of the sensorimotor system"?

      Response (10): We believe that the presence or absence of adaptation between our study and Gaveau et al.’s study cannot be simply attributed to single-joint versus multi-joint movements. Their adaptation concerned incorporating microgravity into movement control to minimize effort, whereas ours concerned accurately perceiving body mass. Gaveau et al.’s task involved large-amplitude vertical reaching, a scenario in which gravity strongly affects joint torques and movement execution. Thus, adaptation to microgravity can lead to better execution, providing a strong incentive for learning. By contrast, our task consisted of small-amplitude horizontal movements, where the gravitational influence on biomechanics is minimal.

      More importantly, we believe the lack of adaptation for mass underestimation is not totally surprising. When an inertial change is perceived (such as an extra weight attached to the forearm, as in previous motor adaptation studies), people can adapt their reaching within tens of trials. In that case, sensory cues are veridical, as they correctly signal the inertial perturbation. However, in microgravity, reduced gravitational pull and proprioceptive inputs constantly inform the controller that the body mass is less than its actual magnitude. In other words, sensory cues in space are misleading for estimating body mass. The resulting sensory bias prevents the sensorimotor system from adapting. Our initial explanation on this matter was too brief; we expanded it in the revised Discussion.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors describe an interesting study of arm movements carried out in weightlessness after a prolonged exposure to the so-called microgravity conditions of orbital spaceflight. Subjects performed radial point-to-point motions of the fingertip on a touch pad. The authors note a reduction in movement speed in weightlessness, which they hypothesize could be due to either an overall strategy of lowering movement speed to better accommodate the instability of the body in weightlessness or an underestimation of body mass. They conclude for the latter, mainly based on two effects. One, slowing in weightlessness is greater for movement directions with higher effective mass at the end effector of the arm. Two, they present evidence for an increased number of corrective submovements in weightlessness. They contend that this provides conclusive evidence to accept the hypothesis of an underestimation of body mass.

      Strengths:

      In my opinion, the study provides a valuable contribution, the theoretical aspects are well presented through simulations, the statistical analyses are meticulous, the applicable literature is comprehensively considered and cited, and the manuscript is well written.

      Weaknesses:

      Nevertheless, I am of the opinion that the interpretation of the observations leaves room for other possible explanations of the observed phenomenon, thus weakening the strength of the arguments.

      First, I would like to point out an apparent (at least to me) divergence between the predictions and the observed data. Figures 1 and S1 show that the difference between predicted values for the 3 movement directions is almost linear, with predictions for 90º midway between predictions for 45º and 135º. The effective mass at 90º appears to be much closer to that of 45º than to that of 135º (Figure S1A). But the data shown in Figure 2 and Figure 3 indicate that movements at 90º and 135º are grouped together in terms of reaction time, movement duration, and peak acceleration, while both differ significantly from those values for movements at 45º.

      Furthermore, in Figure 4, the change in peak acceleration time and relative time to peak acceleration between 1g and 0g appears to be greater for 90º than for 135º, which appears to me to be at least superficially in contradiction with the predictions from Figure S1. If the effective mass is the key parameter, wouldn't one expect as much difference between 90º and 135º as between 90º and 45º? It is true that peak speed (Figure 3B) and peak speed time (Figure 4B) appear to follow the ordering according to effective mass, but is there a mathematical explanation as to why the ordering is respected for velocity but not acceleration? These inconsistencies weaken the author's conclusions and should be addressed.

      Response (11): Indeed, the model predicts an almost equal separation between 45° and 90° and between 90° and 135°, while the data indicate that the spacing between 45° and 90° is much smaller than between 90° and 135°. We do not regard the divergence as evidence undermining our main conclusion since 1) the model is a simplification of the actual situation. For example, the model simulates an ideal case of moving a point mass (effective mass) without friction and without considering Coriolis and centripetal torques. 2) Our study does not make quantitative predictions of all the key kinematic measures; that will require model fitting, parameter estimation, and posture-constrained reaching experiments; instead, our study uses well-established (though simplified) models to qualitatively predict the overall behavioral pattern we would observe. For this purpose, our results are well in line with our expectations: though we did not find equal spacing between direction conditions, we do confirm that the key kinematic measures (Figure 2 and Figure 3 as questioned) show consistent directional trends between model predictions and empirical data. We added new analysis results on this matter: the directional effect we observed (how the key measures changed in microgravity across direction condition) is significantly correlated with our model predictions in most cases. Please check our detailed response (2) above. These results are also added in the revision.

      We also highlight in the revision that our modeling is not to quantitatively predict reaching behaviors in space, but to qualitatively prescribe that how mass underestimation, but not the conservative control strategy, can lead to divergent predictions about key kinematic measures of fast reaching.

      Then, to strengthen the conclusions, I feel that the following points would need to be addressed:

      (1) The authors model the movement control through equations that derive the input control variable in terms of the force acting on the hand and treat the arm as a second-order low-pass filter (Equation 13). Underestimation of the mass in the computation of a feedforward command would lead to a lower-than-expected displacement to that command. But it is not clear if and how the authors account for a potential modification of the time constants of the 2nd order system. The CNS does not effectuate movements with pure torque generators. Muscles have elastic properties that depend on their tonic excitation level, reflex feedback, and other parameters. Indeed, Fisk et al. showed variations of movement characteristics consistent with lower muscle tone, lower bandwidth, and lower damping ratio in 0g compared to 1g. Could the variations in the response to the initial feedforward command be explained by a misrepresentation of the limbs' damping and natural frequency, leading to greater uncertainty about the consequences of the initial command? This would still be an argument for unadapted feedforward control of the movement, leading to the need for more corrective movements. But it would not necessarily reflect an underestimation of body mass.

      Fisk, J. O. H. N., Lackner, J. R., & DiZio, P. A. U. L. (1993). Gravitoinertial force level influences arm movement control. Journal of neurophysiology, 69(2), 504-511.

      Response (12): We agree that muscle properties, tonic excitation level, proprioception-mediated reflexes all contribute to reaching control. Fisk et al. (1993) study indeed showed that arm movement kinematics change, possibly owing to lower muscle tone and/or damping. However, reduced muscle damping and reduced spindle activity are more likely to affect feedback-based movements. Like in Fisk et al.’s study, people performed continuous arm movements with eyes closed; thus their movements largely relied on proprioceptive control. Our major findings are about the feedforward control, i.e., the reduced and “advanced” peak velocity/acceleration in discrete and ballistic reaching movements. Note that the peak acceleration happens as early as approximately 90-100ms into the movements, clearly showing that feedforward control is affected -- a different effect from Fisk et al’s findings. It is unlikely that people “advanced” their peak velocity/acceleration because they feel the need for more later corrective movements. Thus, underestimation of body mass remains the most plausible explanation.

      (2) The movements were measured by having the subjects slide their finger on the surface of a touch screen. In weightlessness, the implications of this contact are expected to be quite different than those on the ground. In weightlessness, the taikonauts would need to actively press downward to maintain contact with the screen, while on Earth, gravity will do the work. The tangential forces that resist movement due to friction might therefore be different in 0g. This could be particularly relevant given that the effect of friction would interact with the limb in a direction-dependent fashion, given the anisotropy of the equivalent mass at the fingertip evoked by the authors. Is there some way to discount or control for these potential effects?

      Response (13): We agree that friction might play a role here, but normal interaction with a touch screen typically involves friction between 0.1N and 0.5N (e.g., Ayyildiz et al., 2018). We believe that the directional variation of the friction is even smaller than 0.1N. It is very small compared to the force used to accelerate the arm for the reaching movement (10N-15N). Thus, friction anisotropy is unlikely to explain our data. Indeed, our readers might have the same concern, we thus added some discussion about possible effect of friction.

      Citation: Ayyildiz M, Scaraggi M, Sirin O, Basdogan C, Persson BNJ. Contact mechanics between the human finger and a touchscreen under electroadhesion. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2018 Dec 11;115(50):12668-12673.

      (3) The carefully crafted modelling of the limb neglects, nevertheless, the potential instability of the base of the arm. While the taikonauts were able to use their left arm to stabilize their bodies, it is not clear to what extent active stabilization with the contralateral limb can reproduce the stability of the human body seated in a chair in Earth gravity. Unintended motion of the shoulder could account for a smaller-than-expected displacement of the hand in response to the initial feedforward command and/or greater propensity for errors (with a greater need for corrective submovements) in 0g. The direction of movement with respect to the anchoring point could lead to the dependence of the observed effects on movement direction. Could this be tested in some way, e.g., by testing subjects on the ground while standing on an unstable base of support or sitting on a swing, with the same requirement to stabilize the torso using the contralateral arm?

      Response (14): Body stabilization is always a challenge for human movement studies in space. We minimized its potential confounding effects by using left-hand grasping and foot straps for postural support throughout the experiment. We think shoulder stability is an unlikely explanation because unexpected shoulder instability should not affect the feedforward (early) part of the ballistic reaching movement: the reduced peak acceleration and its early peak were observed at about 90-100ms after movement initiation. This effect is too early to be explained by an expected stability issue. This argument is now mentioned in the revised Discussion.

      The arguments for an underestimation of body mass would be strengthened if the authors could address these points in some way.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      General recommendation

      Overall, the reviewers agreed this is an interesting study with an original and strong approach. Nonetheless, there were significant weaknesses identified. The main criticism is that there is insufficient evidence for the claim that the movement slowing is due to mass underestimation, rather than other explanations for the increased feedback corrections. To bolster this claim, the reviewers have requested a deeper quantitative analysis of the directional effect and comparison to model predictions. They have also suggested that a 2-dof arm model could be used to predict how mass underestimation would influence multi-joint kinematics, and this should be compared to the data. Alternatively, or additionally, a control experiment could be performed (described in the reviews). We do realize that some of these options may not be feasible or practical. Ultimately, we leave it to you to determine how best to strengthen and solidify the argument for mass underestimation, rather than other causes.

      As an alternative approach, you could consider tempering the claim regarding mass underestimation and focus more on the result that slower movements in microgravity are not simply a feedforward, rescaling of the movement trajectories, but rather, have greater feedback corrections. In this case, the reviewers feel it would still be critical to explain and discuss potential reasons for the corrections beyond mass underestimation.

      We hope that these points are addressable, either with new analyses, experiments, or with a tempering of the claims. Addressing these points would help improve the eLife assessment.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Move model descriptions to the main text to present modelling choices in more detail

      Response (15): Thank you for the suggestion. We have moved the model descriptions to the main text to present the modeling choices in more detail and to allow readers to better cross-reference the analyses.

      (2) Perform quantitative comparisons of the directional effect with the model's predictions, and add raw kinematic traces to illustrate the effect in more detail.

      Response (16): Thanks for the suggestion, we have added the raw kinematics figure from a representative participant and please refer to Response (2) above for the comparisons of directional effect.

      (3) Explore the effect of varying cost parameters in addition to mass estimation error to estimate the proportion of data explained by the underestimation hypothesis.

      Response (17): Thank you for the suggestion. This has already been done—please see Response (1) above.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor comments:

      (1) It must be justified early on why reaction times are being analyzed in this work. I understood later that it is to rule out any global slowing down of behavioral responses in microgravity.

      Response (18): Exactly, RT results are informative about the absence of a global slowing down. Contrary to the conservative-strategy hypothesis, taikonauts did not show generalized slowing; they actually had faster reaction times during spaceflight, incompatible with a generalized slowing strategy. Thanks for point out; we justified that early in the text.

      (2) Since the results are presented before the methods, I suggest stressing from the beginning that the reaching task is performed on a tablet and mentioning the instructions given to the participants, to improve the reading experience. The "beep" and "no beep" conditions also arise without obvious justification while reading the paper.

      Response (19): Great suggestions. We now give out some experimental details and rationales at the beginning of Results.

      (3) Figure 1C: The vel profiles are not returning to 0 at the end, why? Is it because the feedback gain is computed based on the underestimated mass or because a feedforward controller is applied here? Is it compatible with the experimental velocity traces?

      Response (20): Figure. 1C shows the forward simulation under the optimal control policy. In our LQG formulation the terminal velocity is softly penalized (finite weight) rather than hard-constrained to zero; with a fixed horizon° the optimal solution can therefore end with a small residual velocity.

      In the behavioral data, the hand does come to rest: this is achieved by corrective submovements during the homing phase.

      (4) Left-skewed -> I believe this is right-skewed since the peak velocity is earlier.

      Response (21): Yes, it should be right-skewed, thanks for point that out.

      (5) What was the acquisition frequency of the positional data points? (on the tablet).

      Response (22): The sampling frequency is 100 Hz. Thanks for pointing that out; we’ve added this information to the Methods.

      (6) Figure S1. The planned duration seems to be longer than in the experiment (it is more around 500 ms for the 135-degree direction in simulation versus less than 400 ms in the experiment). Why?

      Response (23): We apologize for a coding error that inadvertently multiplied the body-mass parameter by an extra factor, making the simulated mass too high. We have corrected the code, rerun the simulations, and updated Figures 1 and S1; all qualitative trends remain unchanged, and the revised movement durations (≈300–400 ms) are closer to the experimental values.

      (7) After Equation 13: "The control law is given by". This is not the control law, which should have a feedback form u=K*x in the LQ framework. This is just the dynamic equations for the auxiliary state and the force. Please double-check the model description.

      Response (24): Thank you for point this out. We have updated and refined all model equations and descriptions, and moved the model description from the Supplementary Materials to the main text; please see the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) I have a concern about the interpretation of the anisotropic "equivalent mass". From my understanding, the equivalent mass would be what an external actor would feel as an equivalent inertia if pushing on the end effector from the outside. But the CNS does not push on the arm with a pure force generator acting at the hand to effectuate movement. It applies torque around the joints by applying forces across joints with muscles, causing the links of the arm to rotate around the joints. If the analysis is carried out in joint space, is the effective rotational inertia of the arm also anisotropic with respect to the direction of the movement of the hand? In other words, can the authors reassure me that the simulations are equivalent to an underestimation of the rotational inertia of the links when applied to the joints of the limb? It could be that these are mathematically the same; I have not delved into the mathematics to convince myself either way. But I would appreciate it if the authors could reassure me on this point.

      Response (25): Thank you for raising this point. In our work, “equivalent mass” denotes the operational-space inertia projected along the hand-movement direction u, computed as:

      This formulation describes the effective mass perceived at the end effector along a given direction, and is standard in operational-space control.

      Although the motor command can be coded as either torque/force in the CNS, the actual executions are equivalent no matter whether it is specified as endpoint forces or joint torques, since force and torque are related by . For small excursions as investigated here, this makes the directional anisotropy in endpoint inertia consistent with the anisotropy of the effective joint-space inertia required to produce the same endpoint motion. Conceptually, therefore, our “mass underestimation” manipulation in operational space corresponds to underestimating the required joint-space inertia mapped through the Jacobian. Since our behavioral data are hand positions, using the operational-space representation is the most direct and appropriate way for modeling.

      (2) I would also like to suggest one more level of analysis to test their hypothesis. The authors decomposed the movements into submovements and measured the prevalence of corrective submovements in weightlessness vs. normal gravity. The increase in corrective submovements is consistent with the hypothesis of a misestimation of limb mass, leading to an unexpectedly smaller displacement due to the initial feedforward command, leading to the need for corrections, leading to an increased overall movement duration. According to this hypothesis, however, the initial submovement, while resulting in a smaller than expected displacement, should have the same duration as the analogous movements performed on Earth. The authors could check this by analyzing the duration of the extracted initial submovements.

      Response (26): We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion regarding the analysis of the initial submovement duration. In our decomposition framework, each submovement is modeled as a symmetric log-normal (bell-shaped) component, such that the time to peak speed is always half of the component duration. Thus, the initial submovement duration is directly reflected in the initial submovement peak-speed time already reported in our original manuscript (Figure. 5F).

      However, we respectfully disagree with the assumption that mass underestimation would necessarily yield the same submovement duration as on Earth. Under mass underestimation, the movement is effectively under-actuated, and the initial submovement can terminate prematurely, leading to a shorter duration. This is indeed what we observed in the data. Therefore, our reported metrics already address the reviewer’s proposal and support the conclusion that mass underestimation reduces the initial submovement duration in microgravity. Per your suggestion, we now added one more sentence to explain to the reader that initial submovement peak-speed time reflect the duration of the initial submovement.

      Some additional minor suggestions:

      (1) I believe that it is important to include the data from the control subjects, in some form, in the main article. Perhaps shading behind the main data from the taikonauts to show similarities or differences between groups. It is inconvenient to have to go to the supplementary material to compare the two groups, which is the main test of the experiment.

      Response (27): Thank you for the suggestion. For all the core performance variables, the control group showed flat patterns, with no changes across test sessions at all. Thus, including these figures (together with null statistical results) in the main text would obscure our central message, especially given the expanded length of the revised manuscript (we added model details and new analysis results). Instead, following eLife’s format, we have reorganized the Supplementary Material so that each experimental figure has a corresponding supplementary figure showing the control data. This way, readers can quickly locate the control results and directly compare them with the experimental data, while keeping the main text focused.

      (2) "Importantly, sensory estimate of bodily property in microgravity is biased but evaded from sensorimotor adaptation, calling for an extension of existing theories of motor learning." Perhaps "immune from" would be a better choice of words.

      Response (28): Thanks for the suggestion, we edited our text accordingly.

      (3) "First, typical reaching movement exhibits a symmetrical bell-shaped speed profile, which minimizes energy expenditure while maximizing accuracy according to optimal control principles (Todorov, 2004)." While Todorov's analysis is interesting and well accepted, it might be worthwhile citing the original source on the phenomenon of bell-shaped velocity profiles that minimize jerk (derivative of acceleration) and therefore, in some sense, maximize smoothness. Flash and Hogan, 1985.

      Response (29): Thanks for the suggestion, we added the citation of minimum jerk.

      (4) "Post-hoc analyses revealed slower reaction times for the 45° direction compared to both 90° (p < 0.001, d = 0.293) and 135° (p = 0.003, d = 0.284). Notably, reactions were faster during the in-flight phase compared to pre-flight (p = 0.037, d = 0.333), with no significant difference between in-flight and post-flight phases (p = 0.127)." What can one conclude from this?

      Response (30): Although these decreases reached statistical significance, their magnitudes were small. The parallel pattern across groups suggests the effect is not driven by microgravity, but is more plausibly a mild learning/practice effect. We now mentioned this in the Discussion.

      (5) "In line with predictions, peak acceleration appeared significantly earlier in the 45° direction than other directions (45° vs. 90°, p < 0.001, d = 0.304; 45° vs. 135°, p < 0.001, d = 0.271)." Which predictions? Because the effective mass is greater at 45º? Could you clarify the prediction?

      Response (31): We should be more specific here; thank you for raising this. The predictions are the ones about peak acceleration timing (shown in Fig. 1H). We now modified this sentence as:

      “In line with model predictions (Figure 1H), ….”.

      (6) Figure 2: Why do 45º movements have longer reaction times but shorter movement durations?

      Response (32): Appreciate your careful reading of the results. We believe this is possibly due to flexible motor control across conditions and trials, i.e., people tend to move faster when people react slower with longer reaction time. This has been reflected in across-direction comparisons (as spotted by the reviewer here), and it has also been shown within participant and across participants: For both groups, we found a significant negative correlation between movement duration (MD) and reaction time (RT), both across and within individuals (Figure 2—figure supplement 5). This finding indicates that participants moved faster when their RT was slower, and vice versa. This flexible motor adjustment, likely due to the task requirement for rapid movements, remained consistent during spaceflight.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript "Conformational Variability of HIV-1 Env Trimer and Viral Vulnerability", the authors study the fully glycosylated HIV-1 Env protein using an all-atom forcefield. It combines long all-atom simulations of Env in a realistic asymmetric bilayer with careful data analysis. This work clarifies how the CT domain modulates the overall conformation of the Env ectodomain and characterizes different MPER-TMD conformations. The authors also carefully analyze the accessibility of different antibodies to the Env protein.

      Strengths:

      This paper is state-of-the-art, given the scale of the system and the sophistication of the methods. The biological question is important, the methodology is rigorous, and the results will interest a broad audience.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript lacks a discussion of previous studies. The authors should consider addressing or comparing their work with the following points:

      (1) Tilting of the Env ectodomain has also been reported in previous experimental and theoretical work:

      https://doi.org/10.1101/2025.03.26.645577

      (2) A previous all-atom simulation study has characterized the conformational heterogeneity of the MPER-TMD domain:

      https://doi.org/10.1021/jacs.5c15421

      (3) Experimental studies have shown that MPER-directed antibodies recognize the prehairpin intermediate rather than the prefusion state:

      https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1807259115

      (4) How does the CT domain modulate the accessibility of these antibodies studied? The authors are in a strong position to compare their results with the following experimental study:

      https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aaa9804

    1. Les Figures d'Attachement au Sein de la Communauté Éducative : Analyse d'une Table Ronde

      Synthèse Exécutive

      Ce document de briefing synthétise les interventions d'une table ronde consacrée aux figures d'attachement au sein de la communauté éducative, en se concentrant sur les rôles souvent méconnus du personnel non-enseignant et spécialisé.

      L'analyse révèle quatre conclusions principales :

      1. L'Importance Stratégique des "Lieux en Marge" : Les espaces non-formels comme l'infirmerie, le bureau du CPE, la cuisine ou la lingerie sont des lieux cruciaux pour l'établissement de relations de confiance.

      Moins soumis à la pression scolaire, ils permettent des interactions individuelles (duales) qui favorisent la confidence et l'expression des difficultés des élèves.

      2. La Diversité des Figures d'Attachement :

      Au-delà des enseignants, des acteurs variés jouent un rôle éducatif et affectif fondamental.

      L'infirmière, le Conseiller Principal d'Éducation (CPE), l'assistante sociale, l'enseignante spécialisée et même les agents de restauration et les assistants d'éducation (AE) constituent des points de repère stables et bienveillants, particulièrement pour les élèves les plus fragiles.

      3. Des Pratiques Basées sur la Confiance et l'Empathie :

      La création du lien d'attachement repose sur un ensemble de compétences et de postures professionnelles partagées : l'écoute active, le non-jugement, l'empathie, la disponibilité et une "présence proche".

      Des outils concrets, allant des objets à manipuler (Fidget Toys) à des projets pédagogiques détournés (cuisine, photographie), sont utilisés pour désacraliser l'échec, redonner du sens aux apprentissages et créer une relation de confiance préalable à tout travail scolaire.

      4. La Nécessité d'une Approche Collaborative et Transparente :

      Face à des situations complexes, notamment la rupture de confiance suite à une sanction ou un signalement, la collaboration au sein de l'équipe éducative est essentielle.

      La transparence avec l'élève, l'explication des décisions et la possibilité de "passer le relais" à un autre adulte de confiance permettent de maintenir le lien et de gérer les crises, en gardant une perspective à long terme sur le bien-être de l'enfant.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Introduction : L'Éloge des Marges Éducatives

      La table ronde s'ouvre sur une référence à Paul Fustier, psychologue qui a théorisé l'importance des "lieux en marge" au sein des internats.

      Ces espaces, tels que la cuisine ou la lingerie, bien que non officiellement éducatifs, sont décrits comme des lieux "accueillants, chaleureux, maternels" où les enfants se permettent d'exprimer des choses qu'ils taisent dans le cadre plus formel de la salle de classe.

      L'objectif de la rencontre est de donner la parole aux professionnels qui occupent ces espaces et fonctions "décalées" par rapport aux enseignants.

      Il s'agit de mettre en lumière comment, à travers des relations souvent individuelles et moins contraignantes, ces acteurs créent des liens spécifiques et essentiels avec les élèves, contribuant à leur bien-être et à leur parcours scolaire.

      L'enjeu est également de favoriser l'interconnaissance entre ces différentes institutions et professions pour montrer la richesse des interlocuteurs disponibles dans les établissements.

      2. Profils et Contributions des Acteurs Éducatifs

      Chaque intervenant a présenté son rôle spécifique, illustrant la diversité des points de contact et de soutien pour les élèves.

      L'Infirmière Scolaire : Un Refuge et un Levier de Confiance

      Périmètre d'action : Catherine Julien, infirmière conseillère technique, supervise environ 348 postes dans le département du Nord, couvrant les lycées, collèges et écoles primaires (dès le CP).

      Missions Clés : Les missions, définies par le Bulletin Officiel de 2015, sont nombreuses. Celles qui favorisent particulièrement le lien d'attachement sont :

      Le dépistage infirmier et la consultation : Ces temps privilégiés permettent de créer un lien de confiance en tête-à-tête.

      L'infirmière voit 80 % des élèves de CP et 100 % de ceux de 6ème, offrant une occasion d'aborder le contexte de vie de l'enfant.   

      L'infirmerie comme "lieu refuge" : Pour l'élève en difficulté, l'infirmerie est un espace propice aux confidences et à la révélation de situations de danger ou de mal-être.

      Les signes somatiques sont souvent des indicateurs de craintes sous-jacentes.

      Approche et Posture : La pratique est basée sur "l'empathie, l'écoute active, l'accompagnement, le non-jugement".

      La longévité des infirmières sur leur poste permet un suivi des élèves et de leur fratrie sur plusieurs années, créant une stabilité relationnelle.

      Le Conseiller Principal d'Éducation (CPE) : Un Pilier de la Vie Hors Classe

      Dépasser le Stéréotype : Nicolas Seradin, CPE en collège REP, insiste sur la nécessité de dépasser l'image réductrice du "surveillant général" qui ne fait que sanctionner.

      Trois Pôles de Missions :

      1. Le suivi des élèves : Accompagnement à la scolarité et durant l'adolescence, en lien avec tous les acteurs (professeurs, personnel médico-social, direction, familles).  

      2. L'organisation de la vie scolaire : Gestion des temps hors-classe (permanence, self) avec les assistants d'éducation (AE).  

      3. La formation à la citoyenneté : Animation d'instances (Conseil de la Vie Collégienne) et soutien à l'engagement des élèves.

      Un Rôle Particulier auprès des Élèves Protégés : En tant que référent pour les élèves suivis par la protection de l'enfance (placés en MECS ou en famille d'accueil), le CPE est un interlocuteur clé pour ces jeunes fragilisés, qui sont "en recherche de l'adulte parfois même plus que de camarades".

      Pour beaucoup, l'école représente "le seul point stable de la semaine".

      Le Bureau du CPE comme Espace de Rencontre : Le bureau devient un lieu où se tissent des liens informels ("le petit bonjour du matin", l'annonce d'un anniversaire) mais aussi où les émotions peuvent s'exprimer et être régulées.

      Le Rôle des Assistants d'Éducation (AE) : Les AE, par leur jeunesse et leur statut intermédiaire, sont des figures d'attachement importantes.

      Ils sont les premiers visages que les élèves voient le matin à la grille, et leur position "entre les deux mondes" (ni élève, ni tout à fait adulte) facilite le tutoiement et la confidence.

      L'Assistante Sociale Scolaire : Lever les Freins et Soutenir la Parole

      Quatre Priorités Académiques : Joséphine Magundou, conseillère technique, présente les missions du service social en faveur des élèves :

      • 1. Prévention du décrochage scolaire et de l'absentéisme en levant les freins sociaux.  
      • 2. Contribution à la protection de l'enfance.  
      • 3. Prévention des violences et du harcèlement.  
      • 4. Soutien à la parentalité et accès aux droits.

      Offrir un "Espace pour Être" : Le rôle premier est d'offrir un lieu où les jeunes, dont la confiance en l'école a pu être "abîmée", peuvent se sentir "entendus, accueillis et rassurés".

      Outils Concrets :

      En individuel : Utilisation de "cartes des émotions et des besoins" pour aider les jeunes à mettre des mots sur leur ressenti, et de "Fidget Toys" pour apaiser l'agitation.  

      En collectif : Développement des compétences psychosociales.

      Un exemple marquant est le projet de "carte d'identité de l'estime de soi", où l'élève note une qualité donnée par lui-même, un camarade et un adulte de l'établissement, créant ainsi un "pont" avec la communauté éducative.

      L'Agent de Service et de Restauration : La Bienveillance au Quotidien

      Le Visage de la Cantine : Pascal Raison se décrit simplement comme "la dame de la cantine".

      Son rôle consiste à accueillir 505 élèves chaque jour "avec le sourire" et "d'être bienveillante avec chacun".

      Une Confidente et une Alerte : Très émue, elle souligne qu'elle est à l'écoute et que les élèves lui confient souvent des "petits secrets".

      Elle exerce un discernement crucial : si un secret ne met pas l'élève en danger, elle le garde.

      En revanche, si elle "sent l'élève en danger", elle alerte immédiatement le CPE, l'infirmière, l'assistante sociale ou la direction.

      Son témoignage illustre le rôle essentiel des agents dans le maillage de la bienveillance et de la protection.

      L'Enseignante Spécialisée : Reconstruire le Lien avec l'École

      Un Public Spécifique : Saïda Ben Daoud travaille dans un service d'accompagnement pour des adolescents (14-17 ans) en situation de décrochage, de déscolarisation ou de grande fragilité familiale.

      Le Défi de l'Image de l'Enseignante : Sa première difficulté est qu'elle représente l'institution scolaire, synonyme d'échec pour ces jeunes.

      Une élève lui a dit : "sur ton front je vois enseignante et c'est mort."

      Stratégies de Contournement et de Création de Lien :

      Passer par d'autres lieux et activités : Utiliser la cuisine ("un projet autour des cookies") ou la photographie pour aborder de manière indirecte les compétences scolaires et "donner du sens aux apprentissages".   

      Changer la posture relationnelle : Utilisation du tutoiement, de l'humour, et surtout du non-jugement.

      Elle crée un espace où les jeunes peuvent aborder des sujets lourds (conduites à risque) sans craindre la moralisation.  

      Désacraliser le Savoir et l'Erreur : Travailler sur les neurosciences et la plasticité cérébrale pour déconstruire l'idée d'une intelligence figée et leur montrer qu'ils peuvent évoluer.  

      Prendre le Temps : La temporalité est différente de l'enseignement ordinaire.

      La priorité est de "créer une relation de confiance", car "s'il n'y a pas de relation de confiance, c'est mort".  

      Exprimer la Fierté : Dire aux jeunes "je suis fière de vous" et les remercier pour leurs efforts sont des actes puissants pour des élèves qui l'entendent rarement.

      3. La Gestion des Ruptures de Confiance

      Une question de l'auditoire a porté sur la manière de gérer la rupture du lien lorsqu'un professionnel doit sanctionner un élève ou signaler une situation de danger.

      Les réponses convergent vers plusieurs principes :

      L'Importance de l'Explication : Il est crucial de prendre le temps d'expliquer à l'élève les raisons de la décision.

      L'honnêteté permet souvent à l'élève de comprendre, même s'il est en colère ou en désaccord.

      La Transparence en Amont : Il est utile de poser le cadre dès le début d'une relation.

      L'élève doit savoir que certaines informations, notamment celles qui relèvent de la loi, ne pourront pas rester confidentielles.

      Le Travail en Équipe : Si le lien est rompu avec un professionnel, un autre membre de l'équipe (un autre CPE, l'assistante sociale) peut "passer le relais" pour maintenir le dialogue et aider à la reconstruction du lien.

      La Perspective du Temps Long : La confiance peut être blessée à un instant T, mais se reconstruire avec le temps.

      Une intervenante cite l'exemple d'une élève qui, des années après un signalement difficile, est revenue la remercier.

      Accepter l'Échec Relatif : Parfois, la confiance est rompue et le temps manque pour la rétablir.

      La priorité absolue demeure la mise en sécurité de l'enfant, même si cela implique de "vivre avec ça".

    1. L'Implication Affective des Enseignants : Synthèse des Recherches de Maël Virat

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les travaux de Maël Virat sur l'implication affective des enseignants et son impact sur les élèves.

      La thèse centrale est que la relation affective enseignant-élève, loin d'être un simple supplément à la pédagogie, est un moteur fondamental de l'apprentissage et du développement de l'élève.

      Cette dynamique s'ancre dans la théorie de l'attachement, où la sécurité affective fournie par l'enseignant libère les capacités d'exploration de l'élève.

      Les points clés sont les suivants :

      1. Sécurité et Exploration : La relation enseignant-élève est gouvernée par la même dynamique "sécurité-exploration" que celle observée entre un parent et son enfant.

      Un enseignant perçu comme une "base de sécurité" permet à l'élève, notamment celui de style d'attachement anxieux, de persévérer face aux difficultés scolaires.

      2. L'Engagement comme Médiateur : Des méta-analyses à grande échelle confirment le lien entre la qualité de la relation affective et la réussite scolaire.

      Cet effet est principalement médiatisé par l'engagement de l'élève : une relation sécurisante favorise la motivation et l'implication, qui à leur tour améliorent les résultats.

      3. L'Amour Compassionnel : Pour caractériser l'implication affective de l'enseignant, Maël Virat propose le concept d'« amour compassionnel ».

      Il s'agit d'un sentiment altruiste, centré sur le bien-être de l'autre, qui se distingue de l'amour romantique ou amical.

      Cet amour se manifeste par l'attention, le soutien comportemental et une sensibilité émotionnelle aux réussites et aux difficultés de l'élève.

      4. Les Facteurs d'Influence : L'implication de l'enseignant n'est pas un trait de personnalité immuable mais dépend fortement du contexte. Les facteurs déterminants incluent :

      Le soutien institutionnel : Le soutien perçu de la part des collègues et de la hiérarchie est directement corrélé à la capacité de l'enseignant à s'investir affectivement auprès de ses élèves. 

      Les croyances professionnelles : L'intention d'un enseignant de fournir un soutien émotionnel est principalement prédite par son attitude (les bénéfices qu'il en retire personnellement en termes de plaisir au travail et de relations), son sentiment de contrôle (se sentir formé, avoir le temps, considérer que cela fait partie de son rôle) et, dans une moindre mesure, par les normes sociales perçues.  

      Le contexte systémique : La taille de l'établissement, la culture professionnelle, et la formation initiale jouent un rôle crucial dans la facilitation ou l'inhibition de ces relations.

      En conclusion, améliorer l'engagement et la réussite des élèves passe par la reconnaissance et la valorisation du rôle affectif des enseignants.

      Cela nécessite des interventions qui ne se limitent pas à l'individu, mais qui agissent sur le système : la formation, la culture d'établissement et le soutien offert aux professionnels de l'éducation.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Introduction à la Recherche de Maël Virat

      Maël Virat, chercheur en psychologie, concentre une partie significative de ses travaux sur la relation enseignant-élève, bien que ses recherches s'étendent également aux besoins sociaux des adolescents et au vécu des professionnels du travail social, notamment dans la protection de l'enfance.

      Ses travaux mobilisent la théorie de l'attachement comme cadre théorique principal pour analyser les dynamiques relationnelles en milieu scolaire.

      Il est membre d'un groupe de recherche francophone (FREE) qui s'intéresse à la manière de prendre en compte la dimension relationnelle dans la formation, initiale et continue, des enseignants.

      2. La Dynamique d'Attachement dans l'Apprentissage

      2.1. Fondements Théoriques : Sécurité et Exploration

      La théorie de l'attachement, développée par John Bowlby, établit un lien fondamental entre la sécurité affective et le comportement d'exploration.

      Les Expériences de Harlow : Les travaux de Harry Harlow avec des bébés singes ont démontré que le besoin de sécurité affective est primordial.

      Privés de leur mère mais en présence de substituts maternels (l'un en fil de fer nourrissant, l'autre en tissu doux), les singes privilégiaient le contact réconfortant.

      Ce manque de sécurité affective réduisait significativement leurs comportements exploratoires dans un nouvel environnement.

      Une Théorie pour toute la Vie : Cette dynamique n'est pas limitée à la petite enfance.

      Une étude sur des couples mariés a montré que lorsqu'un homme était confronté à une tâche impossible (résoudre des puzzles insolubles), la présence de sa partenaire agissant comme une base de sécurité (encouragements, attention, absence d'interférence) augmentait sa persistance dans la tâche.

      La figure d'attachement principale à l'âge adulte est souvent le partenaire amoureux, suivi par la mère.

      2.2. Application au Contexte Scolaire

      Plusieurs études expérimentales transposent cette dynamique à la relation enseignant-élève, démontrant que l'enseignant peut fonctionner comme une "base de sécurité" qui favorise l'apprentissage.

      Étude 1 : Soutien Émotionnel et Comportements Exploratoires

      Une étude basée sur l'observation de duos enseignant-élève a établi une chaîne causale claire :

      1. Soutien de l'enseignant : Plus l'enseignant manifeste de comportements de soutien émotionnel (temps d'attention, regards, encouragements).

      2. Sécurité de l'élève : Plus l'élève montre des signes de sécurité affective (détente, absence de stress, concentration).

      3. Exploration : Et plus il met en œuvre des comportements exploratoires (persistance face à la difficulté, concentration accrue).

      Étude 2 : L'Amorçage Subliminal par la Photo de l'Enseignant

      Des chercheurs allemands et autrichiens ont mené une expérience où des élèves devaient résoudre des tests psychotechniques.

      Protocole : Avant chaque test, la photo de leur enseignant était projetée de manière subliminale (20 à 40 millisecondes), un temps trop court pour une perception consciente.

      Pour le groupe contrôle, une image brouillée ayant les mêmes propriétés lumineuses était utilisée.

      Condition : Au préalable, les enseignants avaient évalué la qualité de leur relation avec chaque élève via une échelle mesurant la proximité et la chaleur, un outil fortement corrélé aux mesures d'attachement.

      Résultats : La présentation subliminale de la photo de l'enseignant améliorait les performances des élèves uniquement lorsque l'enseignant avait décrit sa relation avec cet élève comme étant chaleureuse, affective et sécurisante.

      Étude 3 : La Persistance des Adolescents face à l'Échec

      Une étude menée en Israël par Mario Mikuliner, spécialiste de l'attachement, a examiné la persistance scolaire chez des adolescents.

      | Variable mesurée | Méthode | | --- | --- | | Style d'attachement de l'élève | Questionnaire évaluant le niveau de sécurité ou d'anxiété dans les relations. | | Perception de l'enseignant comme "base de sécurité" | Questionnaire demandant aux élèves s'ils perçoivent leur professeur principal comme disponible, accueillant et non rejetant. | | Condition expérimentale (3 semaines plus tard) | Groupe expérimental : Exercice de visualisation demandant à l'élève de penser intensément à son professeur principal. <br> Groupe contrôle : Exercice de visualisation demandant de penser à un voisin neutre. | | Mesure de la persistance | Tâche d'association de mots contenant 4 items impossibles à résoudre. La persistance est mesurée par le temps passé sur ces items impossibles avant d'abandonner, comparativement au temps de réponse moyen de l'élève. |

      Résultats principaux :

      • Dans le groupe contrôle (pensée neutre), les élèves au style d'attachement anxieux montrent une persistance significativement plus faible que les autres.

      • Dans le groupe expérimental, le fait de penser à un enseignant perçu comme une base de sécurité compense totalement le déficit de persistance des élèves anxieux. Leur performance devient indiscernable de celle des élèves sécures.

      Conclusion de cette partie : Ces travaux démontrent expérimentalement que la perception d'un enseignant comme une figure sécurisante a un effet direct et mesurable sur les capacités cognitives et la persévérance des élèves, en particulier pour ceux qui sont les plus vulnérables sur le plan affectif.

      3. Impact Global et Nuances

      3.1. La Méta-analyse de Roorda (2017)

      Une méta-analyse majeure réalisée par Débora Roorda, portant sur 189 études et un total de près de 250 000 élèves du primaire et du secondaire, confirme l'importance de la relation affective.

      Lien avec la réussite et l'engagement : Il existe un lien statistique modéré mais robuste et constant entre la qualité de la relation affective enseignant-élève et à la fois l'engagement scolaire et la réussite scolaire.

      Le rôle médiateur de l'engagement : Le principal mécanisme par lequel la relation affective influence la réussite est l'engagement. Une relation positive renforce la motivation et l'implication de l'élève dans les tâches scolaires.

      Ordre de grandeur de l'effet : La relation positive avec les enseignants peut expliquer environ 10% de la variance de l'engagement des élèves.

      Dans le domaine de la psychologie, où il est rare d'expliquer plus de 50% d'un phénomène complexe, ce chiffre est considéré comme important.

      3.2. Qui sont les Figures Sécurisantes à l'École ?

      Une enquête menée par Maël Virat auprès de collégiens via le questionnaire "Who To ?" (Vers qui te tournes-tu en cas de problème ?) apporte des nuances importantes.

      Diversité des figures d'attachement : Si les enseignants sont fréquemment cités comme personnes ressources, les assistants d'éducation (AED) apparaissent également comme des figures sécurisantes majeures.

      Un constat préoccupant : Dans un premier échantillon, 50% des élèves n'ont nommé aucune personne au sein de leur établissement vers qui se tourner.

      Corrélation : Le nombre de personnes sécurisantes citées par un élève est positivement corrélé à sa motivation, son engagement scolaire et son sentiment d'appartenance à l'école.

      4. L'Implication Affective de l'Enseignant

      Face à l'abondance de littérature sur les effets de la relation, Maël Virat a orienté ses recherches sur une question moins explorée : qu'est-ce que l'implication affective du côté de l'enseignant ?

      Son postulat est qu'un élève ne peut se sentir en sécurité affective avec une personne qui n'est pas elle-même impliquée affectivement.

      4.1. La Quête du Bon Concept : L'Amour Compassionnel

      Après avoir écarté des concepts jugés inadéquats :

      La bienveillance : Trop général, pouvant s'appliquer à un voisin dans un train et pas nécessairement doté d'une dimension affective spécifique à la relation pédagogique.

      L'empathie : Décrit davantage une compétence cognitive et émotionnelle mobilisable dans divers contextes (y compris la vente) qu'un engagement relationnel durable.

      Il s'est arrêté sur le concept d'amour compassionnel.

      Définition de l'Amour Compassionnel : C'est une forme d'amour altruiste, centrée sur le bien et le développement de l'autre.

      Dans la théorie de l'attachement, c'est le sentiment éprouvé par la figure de soin (le caregiver) en réponse à l'attachement de l'enfant. Il se construit dans la durée et ne disparaît pas avec la fin de la relation.

      Cet amour se compose de trois dimensions :

      1. Cognitive : Une attention soutenue à l'autre, des efforts pour comprendre sa perspective.

      2. Comportementale : Des actes concrets d'aide, de soutien et de dévouement.

      3. Affective : Une sensibilité à l'état de l'autre, se traduisant par :

      ◦ Des émotions positives (plaisir au contact de l'élève, joie face à ses réussites).  

      ◦ Des émotions négatives (tristesse, peine, lorsque l'élève est en difficulté).  

      Note : Des études par questionnaire montrent que les enseignants reconnaissent plus facilement les émotions positives que les négatives, possiblement en raison de normes professionnelles.

      4.2. L'Interprétation Affective des Pratiques Pédagogiques

      Une hypothèse centrale est que de nombreuses actions perçues comme purement pédagogiques par l'enseignant sont interprétées par l'élève comme des signes d'implication affective.

      Une étude sur des élèves de 4ème en mathématiques a testé cette hypothèse :

      Variable indépendante : La perception par les élèves du "climat de classe" (structure de but), soit centré sur la maîtrise (chacun progresse à son rythme), soit sur la performance (comparaison et classement entre élèves).

      Variable médiatrice : La perception par l'élève de l'amour compassionnel de son enseignant de mathématiques à son égard.

      Variable dépendante : L'engagement affectif de l'élève pour les mathématiques ("j'aime les maths").

      Résultat : Un climat de classe centré sur la maîtrise est positivement lié à l'engagement de l'élève parce qu'il est interprété par ce dernier comme un signe que l'enseignant se soucie de lui et l'aime (amour compassionnel).

      L'efficacité du choix pédagogique passe par sa signification affective.

      5. Les Déterminants de l'Implication Enseignante

      L'amour compassionnel n'est pas une émotion arbitraire ("l'amour ne se commande pas"). Il peut être cultivé et dépend fortement de facteurs contextuels et personnels.

      5.1. Facteurs d'Influence sur la Relation Enseignant-Élève

      | Catégorie de Facteurs | Exemples | | --- | --- | | Facteurs Externes | Taille de l'école et de la classe (plus c'est petit, meilleures sont les relations), type de management du chef d'établissement, culture d'établissement valorisant les relations. | | Facteurs liés à l'Élève | Compétences sociales et scolaires, sexe (très léger effet en faveur des filles). Le facteur le plus puissant est la présence de problèmes de comportement. | | Facteurs liés à l'Enseignant | Quantité et qualité de la formation, état de stress, compétences émotionnelles et sociales, style d'attachement (les enseignants "sécures" ont des relations légèrement meilleures), sentiment d'efficacité, croyances sur leur rôle. |

      5.2. Le Soutien des Pairs comme Catalyseur

      Une étude montre que plus les enseignants déclarent recevoir de soutien de la part de leurs collègues, plus ils rapportent ressentir de l'amour compassionnel pour leurs élèves.

      Cela s'explique par le fait que le système de caregiving (prendre soin) de l'enseignant est d'autant plus actif que son propre système d'attachement est sécurisé par son environnement professionnel.

      5.3. Les Croyances qui Prédisent l'Intention de Soutenir Émotionnellement

      Une étude récente basée sur la théorie du comportement planifié a cherché à identifier les croyances spécifiques qui prédisent l'intention d'un enseignant de s'impliquer dans le soutien émotionnel.

      Le modèle testé explique 68% de la variance de cette intention, un score très élevé.

      Voici les croyances les plus déterminantes, qui constituent des cibles d'action pour la formation :

      1. L'Attitude (ce que l'enseignant pense du soutien émotionnel) L'intention est plus forte quand l'enseignant croit que le soutien émotionnel est bénéfique... pour lui-même.

      • Il améliore ses relations avec les élèves.

      • Il augmente son plaisir au travail.

      • Il renforce son sentiment d'utilité. (Argumenter sur les seuls bénéfices pour l'élève serait donc moins efficace pour motiver les enseignants).

      2. Le Contrôle Comportemental Perçu (se sentir capable) L'intention est plus forte quand l'enseignant :

      • Pense que le soutien émotionnel fait partie intégrante de son travail (et n'est pas "en plus").

      • Pense qu'il a suffisamment de temps pour cela.

      • Se sent formé à cette dimension du métier.

      3. Les Normes Sociales (ce qui est attendu, ce que font les autres)

      Cet aspect a un effet moins fort.

      L'intention est plus forte quand l'enseignant croit que ses collègues investis et compétents fournissent ce type de soutien, et non que seuls ceux qui "ne veulent pas en faire plus" s'en abstiennent.

      6. Conclusion et Perspectives

      La recherche de Maël Virat démontre que l'implication affective de l'enseignant est un pilier de la réussite et du bien-être de l'élève, avec des effets qui s'étendent bien au-delà des apprentissages scolaires (bien-être, symptômes dépressifs, rapport à l'autorité).

      Cette implication, conceptualisée comme de l'amour compassionnel, n'est pas une simple inclination personnelle mais le résultat d'un écosystème complexe.

      Pour la favoriser, il est essentiel d'agir à plusieurs niveaux :

      La formation : Intégrer la dimension relationnelle comme une compétence professionnelle à part entière.

      La culture d'établissement : Promouvoir une culture qui valorise les relations et reconnaît le soutien émotionnel comme partie intégrante du rôle enseignant.

      Le soutien aux professionnels : Assurer que les enseignants eux-mêmes se sentent soutenus par leurs pairs et leur hiérarchie, afin qu'ils puissent à leur tour devenir une base de sécurité pour leurs élèves.

    1. Synthèse sur le Parrainage de Proximité et le Soutien aux Enfants Protégés

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document de synthèse analyse le concept du parrainage de proximité comme un levier essentiel de mobilisation de la société civile dans le champ de la protection de l'enfance.

      Basé sur des témoignages et des expertises, il met en lumière comment des citoyens non professionnels peuvent jouer un rôle déterminant dans le parcours de vie d'enfants protégés en créant des liens d'attachement durables.

      Le cas central examiné est celui de Florian, un enseignant devenu le parrain de Dylan, son ancien élève de CP placé en famille d'accueil, illustrant la transformation d'une relation scolaire forte en un engagement personnel et structuré.

      L'analyse détaille le cadre opérationnel proposé par l'association France Parrainage, qui organise ce soutien.

      Le processus, rigoureux et sécurisé, comprend une évaluation des candidats parrains, la vérification des conditions d'accueil, et l'obtention indispensable du consentement de l'enfant et de ses parents.

      Le parrainage se distingue par sa flexibilité, offrant des modalités adaptées comme le "parrainage ciblé" (pour des personnes qui se connaissent déjà) et le "parrainage classique".

      Enfin, le document replace le parrainage dans un contexte plus large d'évolution des solutions d'accueil en protection de l'enfance, aux côtés du mentorat ou de l'accueil par des "tiers dignes de confiance".

      Ces dispositifs, plus souples et "poreux", visent à offrir aux enfants une expérience de vie normalisée et des relations affectives stables, complémentaires à l'accompagnement professionnel.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Le Parrainage comme Mobilisation de la Société Civile

      Le parrainage de proximité est présenté comme une manifestation concrète de l'engagement de la société civile dans le domaine de la protection de l'enfance.

      L'Observatoire Départemental de la Protection de l'Enfance et de lutte contre les violences intrafamiliales (ODPE) du département du Nord souligne l'importance de ce sujet, qui vise à impliquer des personnes qui ne sont pas nécessairement des professionnels du secteur pour jouer un rôle significatif dans la vie des enfants protégés.

      Le témoignage central de la session, celui de Florian Merlin et de son engagement auprès de Dylan, est positionné comme une illustration de "l'histoire d'une rencontre" et de la création de "liens d'attachement à l'école" qui transcendent le cadre professionnel.

      Ces "savoirs issus de l'expérience" sont considérés comme un complément essentiel aux savoirs scientifiques et professionnels, apportant un éclairage différent et fondamental pour comprendre les enjeux humains du parrainage.

      2. Le Témoignage Central : La Rencontre entre Florian et Dylan

      Le Lien d'Attachement à l'École

      Florian Merlin, professeur des écoles depuis 10 ans, a eu Dylan, un enfant placé en famille d'accueil, dans sa classe de CP durant l'année scolaire 2023-2024.

      Il décrit la naissance d'un lien d'attachement "très naturel et très rapidement".

      Relation Spontanée : Le contact est passé "rapidement, facilement". Dylan venait lui faire un câlin tous les jours et lui tenait la main lors des sorties scolaires.

      Dépassement du Cadre Enseignant-Élève : Florian Merlin a ressenti que ce lien était "plus que ça".

      Un souvenir marquant est celui d'une sortie au cinéma où Dylan, devant le stand de confiseries, a compris de lui-même qu'il ne pouvait rien demander dans le cadre scolaire, illustrant une maturité et une nature particulière de leur relation.

      Soutien Émotionnel et Pédagogique : Dylan demandait beaucoup d'attention. Florian devait parfois s'isoler avec lui pour accueillir ses émotions et le conseiller avant qu'il puisse retourner aux apprentissages.

      De la Relation Enseignant-Élève au Projet de Parrainage

      À la fin de l'année scolaire, la famille d'accueil de Dylan a annoncé son départ, signifiant un changement de lieu de vie pour l'enfant.

      Le Refus de la Rupture : Pour Florian, il était "impensable de ne plus avoir de ses nouvelles".

      La Prise de Contact : En août 2024, il contacte la Maison Départementale de la Solidarité (MDS) de Calais pour prendre des nouvelles. Une interlocutrice lui suggère le parrainage et lui donne les coordonnées de France Parrainage.

      La Période d'Hésitation : Par crainte de créer une situation "compliquée" dans son couple, Florian met le projet de côté jusqu'en janvier. Il continue cependant à penser souvent à Dylan.

      Le Déclencheur : Le jour de l'anniversaire de Dylan, le 15 janvier 2024, le sentiment de ne pas pouvoir "laisser ce petit comme ça" le pousse à contacter définitivement France Parrainage. Les démarches administratives ont débuté en mars.

      3. France Parrainage : Cadre et Modalités du Parrainage de Proximité

      Rachel Lerou, éducatrice spécialisée et référente chez France Parrainage, a détaillé le fonctionnement de l'association, qui existe depuis 1947.

      Définition et Objectifs

      Deux Pôles d'Activité : L'association dispose d'un pôle international (soutien financier) et d'un pôle de parrainage de proximité, qui est au cœur du sujet.

      Mission Principale : Le parrainage de proximité consiste à "soutenir un enfant dans la création de liens" durables.

      L'objectif est de faire comprendre à l'enfant "qu'il compte pour quelqu'un".

      Pour certains enfants, notamment les pupilles de l'État, les parrains et marraines sont les "seules personnes hors professionnel qui sont dans leur vie".

      Public et Durée : L'accompagnement concerne les enfants de 2 à 18 ans, avec une possibilité de poursuite jusqu'à 21 ans. L'association souligne : "on sait à quel moment on commence, on sait pas à quel moment on finira".

      Le Processus de Validation des Parrains

      Le parcours pour devenir parrain ou marraine est structuré en plusieurs étapes, d'une durée d'environ deux mois.

      1. Réunion d'Information : Première étape pour présenter le dispositif.

      2. Formulaire de Demande : Formalisation de la candidature.

      3. Première Évaluation : Un entretien pour explorer les motivations et le sens du projet pour le candidat.

      4. Deuxième Évaluation à Domicile : Une visite pour vérifier que l'enfant sera accueilli "dans de bonnes conditions". La validation des lieux est effectuée même si des nuitées ne sont pas prévues initialement.

      5. Commission de Validation : Échange final sur le projet et validation de la candidature.

      Parrainage Ciblé vs. Parrainage Classique

      Parrainage Classique : La majorité des candidats ("les trois quarts de nos parrains/marraines") souhaitent passer du temps avec un enfant qu'ils ne connaissent pas. L'association se charge alors de trouver une correspondance.

      Parrainage Ciblé : Le cas de Florian et Dylan est un "parrainage ciblé", où deux personnes qui se connaissent déjà souhaitent formaliser et encadrer leur relation dans un autre cadre.

      Le Rôle Crucial du Consentement

      Le parrainage ne peut se mettre en place sans l'accord de toutes les parties.

      L'Avis de l'Enfant : La parole de l'enfant est sollicitée. Dans le cas de Dylan, une rencontre a été organisée à l'antenne d'Arras.

      Il a "très très vite compris qu'il allait revoir Florian et il était très content et très impatient". Si l'enfant refuse, le projet n'aboutit pas.

      L'Accord des Parents : L'accord des détenteurs de l'autorité parentale est également obligatoire. La mère de Dylan ne s'est pas opposée.

      L'association travaille à rassurer les parents "frileux" en leur expliquant qu'ils ne "perdent pas leur place de parents".

      4. La Mise en Œuvre du Parrainage : Le Quotidien de Florian et Dylan

      Le parrainage de Dylan par Florian est effectif depuis septembre.

      Rythme et Nature des Rencontres

      Fréquence : Dylan est accueilli environ deux week-ends par mois ("à peu près deux fois par mois").

      Phase d'Essai : Les trois premiers mois constituent une phase de test, initialement avec des journées sans nuitée (sauf une nuitée "exceptionnelle"). Un bilan est prévu le 10 décembre pour officialiser la poursuite du parrainage, qui inclura alors des nuitées régulières et des vacances.

      Intégration Familiale : Dylan s'est intégré "très naturellement" dans la vie de famille de Florian, rencontrant sa famille, sa belle-famille et ses amis. Il apprécie également les moments plus calmes "rien qu'à trois à la maison".

      La Collaboration avec les Acteurs

      La réussite du parrainage repose sur une bonne coordination entre les différentes personnes qui entourent l'enfant.

      Famille d'Accueil : Les relations avec la nouvelle famille d'accueil sont excellentes. Ils sont décrits comme "très ouverts" et favorisant le parrainage. Des temps d'échange de 15-20 minutes ont lieu à chaque fois.

      Services Sociaux : La collaboration avec la référente Aide Sociale à l'Enfance (ASE) de Dylan à la MDS est très bonne, ce qui a facilité la mise en place du projet.

      La Distinction des Rôles

      Un point essentiel est la transition du rôle d'enseignant à celui de parrain.

      Le Cadre Scolaire : Florian a clairement expliqué à Dylan qu'il n'était "pas là pour lui faire faire les devoirs". L'école reste importante, mais le temps de parrainage est dédié à d'autres activités.

      Spontanéité : Dylan a bien intégré ce nouveau cadre, appelant Florian "parfois Florian, parfois Parrain". Il lui arrive de réciter spontanément ses poésies, mais ce n'est pas une attente formelle.

      Prévention des Amalgames : France Parrainage favorise une fréquence d'accueil régulière (un week-end sur deux) pour que l'enfant ne se projette pas sur un accueil à long terme chez son parrain, son lieu de vie principal demeurant la famille d'accueil.

      5. Perspectives et Enjeux du Parrainage

      La discussion a élargi le sujet à des considérations plus générales sur le parrainage en protection de l'enfance.

      Profil des Parrains et Marraines

      Il a été noté qu'un nombre significatif de parrains et marraines sont des enseignants et des travailleurs sociaux.

      Ce constat suggère que les professionnels qui développent des liens particuliers dans le cadre de leur travail peuvent être amenés à "franchir un autre pas" vers un engagement personnel.

      Sécurité et Évolution des Dispositifs

      Vérifications de Sécurité : Un point important a été soulevé : le processus de recrutement des parrains inclut toutes les "sécurités qui sont vérifiées" pour ne pas confier un enfant à un adulte qui pourrait lui nuire davantage.

      "Porosité" des Solutions d'Accueil : Le parrainage s'inscrit dans un mouvement vers des solutions plus souples et diversifiées.

      Il existe aujourd'hui une "porosité beaucoup plus importante des possibilités d'accueil" qu'il y a 10 ans. Des dispositifs comme l'accueil bénévole durable ou l'accueil par un tiers digne de confiance (TDC) se développent. Parfois, un parrainage peut évoluer vers un statut de TDC.

      Normalisation de l'Expérience de l'Enfant : Ces solutions permettent de "remettre l'enfant dans des choses qui relèvent un peu de la normalité", comme passer du temps simple en famille, aller au bowling, etc., des activités qui ne sont pas toujours possibles dans les structures d'accueil traditionnelles.

      Résultats à Long Terme

      Bien que l'antenne du Pas-de-Calais n'ait que 5 ans d'existence, des antennes plus anciennes comme celle de Picardie (30 ans) rapportent des retours d'expérience très positifs.

      De nombreux parrainages se poursuivent à l'âge adulte sous la forme d'une relation "d'adulte à adulte", avec des échanges de nouvelles et des présentations de famille.

    1. Attachement Fragilisé : Enjeux et Stratégies pour le Parcours Scolaire des Jeunes Protégés

      Résumé Exécutif

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les enjeux complexes liés à l'attachement fragilisé chez les jeunes relevant de la protection de l'enfance et de la protection judiciaire de la jeunesse, en s'appuyant sur les témoignages de professionnels du secteur.

      Il ressort que ces jeunes, souvent issus de systèmes familiaux extrêmement dégradés sur les plans économique, sanitaire et social, présentent des difficultés multiples qui impactent directement leur disponibilité pour les apprentissages.

      Les points critiques sont les suivants :

      Le Contexte Socio-économique : La réalité des familles est marquée par une précarité extrême (chômage, incarcération, addictions), loin des vignettes cliniques classiques.

      La Disponibilité Psychique Limitée : Bien que beaucoup de jeunes parviennent à se conformer aux normes scolaires durant la journée, leur énergie psychique s'épuise.

      Le soir, en institution, les angoisses (abandon, manque) resurgissent, rendant le travail scolaire presque impossible.

      Le Rôle Ambivalent de l'École : L'école est perçue à la fois comme un lieu de normalité essentiel, où l'enfant peut être "juste un élève", et une source de stress intense pour ceux dont la scolarité devient une stratégie de survie.

      La Posture Professionnelle : La clé de l'accompagnement réside dans une posture juste et prévisible.

      Les professionnels (éducateurs, assistants familiaux) doivent construire un lien de confiance dans la durée, en restant à leur place, sans se substituer aux parents ou aux enseignants.

      La Collaboration Interinstitutionnelle : Bien qu'indispensable, la collaboration entre les services de protection de l'enfance et l'Éducation Nationale se heurte à des freins structurels (rythmes de travail divergents) et à un débat sur le niveau d'information à partager concernant le parcours de l'enfant.

      En conclusion, la réussite de ces jeunes dépend d'une approche coordonnée et bienveillante, axée sur la valorisation de leurs compétences, la création d'un sentiment de sécurité et d'appartenance, et une communication fluide et préventive entre tous les acteurs impliqués.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Profil et Manifestations de l'Attachement Fragilisé

      La table ronde met en lumière les caractéristiques et les défis quotidiens des jeunes protégés, dont le parcours est marqué par un attachement insécure ou fragilisé.

      1.1. Un Contexte Familial et Social Sévèrement Dégradé

      Pascal Abdakovi, directeur d'une Maison d'Enfants à Caractère Social (MECS), souligne un décalage majeur entre les vignettes cliniques théoriques et la réalité du terrain.

      Contrairement aux exemples de parents insérés professionnellement, la sociologie des familles accompagnées dans le Pas-de-Calais est marquée par une précarité extrême.

      Absence d'Insertion Professionnelle : Sur 280 parents suivis, "une dizaine de parents qui travaillent tout au plus".

      Problématiques Lourdes : Un nombre significativement plus élevé de parents est "incarcérés ou hospitalisés" que de parents en activité professionnelle.

      Facteurs Multiples : Les systèmes familiaux sont "très très fortement dégradés sur le plan économique, sur le plan de la santé mentale, sur le plan des addictions".

      1.2. Témoignages des Assistantes Familiales sur le Quotidien

      Les observations recueillies par Lidy Poevin auprès de deux assistantes familiales, Caroline de Velter et Sandrine Belligas, décrivent les manifestations concrètes de cet attachement fragilisé :

      Difficultés d'Apprentissage et Troubles Associés : Les enfants présentent souvent des retards et des troubles du sommeil, de l'alimentation et de la motricité. Les plus grands montrent un manque d'assiduité, de motivation et d'intérêt pour l'école.

      Insécurité et Conflit de Loyauté : Les contacts "en montagne russes" avec les parents biologiques génèrent un "grand sentiment d'insécurité, conflit de loyauté et une autoprotection envers l'attachement".

      Mise à l'Épreuve Constante : Les enfants testent la capacité des adultes "à tenir et à être toujours là quoi qu'il fasse", cherchant une attention exclusive.

      Comportements "Chronophages" : Ils sont décrits comme des "enfants chronophages" qui monopolisent l'attention, parfois par des bêtises, car "ils savent que c'est un moyen de mobiliser le plus de personnes possibles".

      Impact des Visites Parentales : Les troubles du comportement sont particulièrement marqués "la veille et les lendemains de visite", surtout si celle-ci se passe mal ou est annulée.

      Leur vécu familial est "toujours présent à chaque visite, à chaque appel".

      2. Conséquences sur la Scolarité et la Vie en Collectivité

      L'attachement fragilisé a des répercussions directes et profondes sur la capacité des jeunes à s'investir dans les apprentissages et à interagir au sein de leurs différents lieux de vie.

      2.1. Le Phénomène de la Double Disponibilité : École vs Institution

      Pascal Abdakovi décrit un phénomène courant chez les jeunes qui vont "plutôt bien".

      Adaptation en Milieu Scolaire : Pendant la journée, à l'école, ces enfants fonctionnent bien.

      Ils répondent à leur "envie de normalité" dans un environnement où ils sont face à "des adultes qui n'entravent rien à la protection de l'enfance".

      Ils peuvent encore avoir un "œil assez pétillant" et un "désir d'apprendre".

      Épuisement Psychique le Soir : Le retour en MECS le soir marque une rupture.

      Le jour décline, "les angoisses remontent : angoisses d'abandon, le manque des parents". L'enfant redevient un "enfant placé".

      Indisponibilité pour le Travail Scolaire : En fin de journée, la disponibilité psychique pour les devoirs est "souvent absente".

      Comme l'exprime Pascal Abdakovi : "n'en jetez plus la cour est pleine et ils sont complètement inaccessibles". Cette indisponibilité n'est pas une question de moyens mais de saturation psychique.

      2.2. Le Cas Spécifique des Adolescents Incarcérés

      Sophie Nicolas, responsable en Établissement Pénitentiaire pour Mineurs (EPM), décrit des jeunes "extrêmement abîmés" par des parcours institutionnels lourds et des ruptures de liens familiaux.

      | Comportement Observé | Analyse et Cause | | --- | --- | | Troubles Relationnels Extrêmes | Demande d'attention extrême ("collé à la jambe de l'éducateur") ou, à l'inverse, une mise à distance radicale avec l'adulte. | | Test Constant du Lien | Les jeunes cherchent à voir "jusqu'où l'adulte tiendra avec lui" et s'il vivra un "énième abandon". | | Estime de Soi Dégradée | Ils se dévalorisent fortement et ne comprennent pas quand un adulte pose un regard positif sur eux. | | Indisponibilité pour les Apprentissages | Malgré une scolarité obligatoire, ils sont focalisés sur d'autres inquiétudes, notamment familiales. L'exemple est donné d'un jeune angoissé pour sa mère, incapable de s'investir scolairement. |

      3. Stratégies d'Accompagnement et Postures Professionnelles

      Face à ces défis, les intervenants proposent des postures et des stratégies concrètes visant à créer un environnement sécurisant et propice au développement.

      3.1. Créer un Cadre Sécurisant et Prévisible

      Pascal Abdakovi insiste sur la nécessité de construire le lien "dans la durée" en organisant la prévisibilité.

      Rendre l'Environnement Lisible : "Leur permettre de savoir qui vont être les adultes présents le matin au lever, qui vont être les adultes présents au retour de l'école".

      Adopter une Posture Juste : Chaque professionnel doit "parler de la bonne place".

      L'éducateur n'est "pas le parent, pas l'enseignant, pas le juge". Ce respect des rôles est essentiel pour l'enfant, qui a un "fort besoin de normalité".

      3.2. Travailler sur l'Appartenance et la Valorisation

      Nadine Musinski, pilote de projet au service adoption, met en avant l'importance de la notion d'appartenance pour les pupilles de l'État, des enfants qui ont un "sentiment d'exister pour personne".

      Redonner une Place : Le fait de se réunir autour de l'enfant, de prendre son avis en compte, lui permet de "commencer à compter pour quelqu'un".

      Diluer la Culpabilité : Il est crucial d'aider l'enfant à comprendre les raisons de son placement pour qu'il ne se sente pas responsable.

      "Si l'adulte ne l'aide pas à diluer les responsabilités [...], il est persuadé que c'est lui qui est [...] victime de ce qui a causé ce délaissement".

      Appuyer sur les Compétences : Plutôt que de pointer les échecs, il faut "appuyer la compétence".

      Pointer ce que l'enfant ne sait pas faire "vient renforcer l'idéologie qu'ils ne sont bons à rien et qu'ils ne sont pas aimables".

      Éviter le Rapport de Force : Face à des enfants habitués à l'adversité, l'autorité punitive est inefficace.

      La négociation et la recherche d'adhésion permettent de leur montrer "un autre monde" que celui du rapport de force.

      3.3. L'Importance Cruciale du Partenariat avec l'École

      Les témoignages des assistantes familiales soulignent le rôle déterminant d'une collaboration positive avec l'équipe enseignante.

      Le Rôle de l'Enseignant : "Il y a cette rencontre, cet enseignant qui sans le savoir, par une approche bienveillante, par des paroles valorisantes, des encouragements malgré les faibles résultats, va appuyer notre discours et soulager l'enfant d'un poids".

      Activités Alternatives : Le sport ou les clubs au sein de l'établissement permettent de "les mettre en valeur dans d'autres domaines que la scolarité", ce qui est "non négligeable pour leur donner une bonne image à l'école".

      4. La Collaboration Interinstitutionnelle : Freins et Leviers

      La coordination entre les services de protection et l'Éducation Nationale est un facteur de réussite essentiel, mais elle rencontre des obstacles concrets.

      4.1. Les Freins Pratiques à la Communication

      Pascal Abdakovi identifie des difficultés structurelles :

      Différences de Rythmes : Le personnel éducatif travaillant en 3x8 n'est pas disponible aux mêmes horaires que le personnel enseignant.

      Le créneau de fin de journée (16h-17h30), idéal pour une rencontre, est "le moment où nous on a 140 enfants qui débarquent".

      Turnover du Personnel : L'instabilité des équipes peut également compliquer le suivi et la transmission d'informations.

      4.2. Les Leviers pour une Meilleure Collaboration

      Des solutions sont mises en œuvre pour surmonter ces obstacles :

      Aménagement du Temps Scolaire : Il est fréquent de proposer rapidement d'aménager les emplois du temps, notamment en sortant les enfants "de la cantine" ou de la "garderie" pour protéger les zones et moments les plus sensibles.

      Lignes de Communication Directes : Mettre en place des canaux de communication directs entre les cadres des institutions (ex: "les portables professionnels des cadres de chez nous") permet de "régler les problèmes avant de ne plus se supporter".

      Chartes Partenariales : Un CPE dans l'audience souligne l'efficacité des chartes partenariales qui, sans tout résoudre, "impulsent des nouvelles dynamiques et des liens" et permettent des "avancées concrètes sur l'orientation, le bien-être, la gestion des émotions".

      4.3. Le Débat sur le Partage d'Informations

      Une tension émerge entre le besoin de l'école d'avoir des informations pour mieux comprendre et accompagner l'élève, et la volonté des services sociaux de préserver la "normalité" de l'enfant en tant qu'élève.

      Le Point de Vue de l'Éducation Nationale : Un intervenant de l'école exprime le besoin de connaître les "grandes lignes" de l'histoire de l'élève (placement long, ruptures multiples) non par "curiosité malsaine", mais pour contextualiser des comportements (ex: un élève qui n'a pas ses affaires car "sa seule maison en fait c'est le collège") et gérer des procédures administratives complexes (signatures parentales).

      Le Point de Vue de la Protection de l'Enfance : Pascal Abdakovi met en garde contre le "fantasme" que connaître l'histoire de l'enfant donnera des solutions.

      Il soutient que cela peut "rompre le contrat" qui permet à l'enfant, pendant 7-8 heures par jour, de n'être "plus un enfant placé héritier d'une histoire sordide" mais "juste un élève".

    1. Briefing : L'Attachement à l'École et ses Implications

      Synthèse

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les concepts fondamentaux présentés par le Docteur Anne Raynaud concernant la théorie de l'attachement et son application cruciale dans le contexte scolaire et la protection de l'enfance.

      L'analyse met en lumière une crise systémique où l'école est devenue le réceptacle des difficultés sociétales, confrontée à une augmentation alarmante de la détresse psychologique chez les enfants, y compris des idées suicidaires dès l'âge de 4-5 ans.

      La théorie de l'attachement de John Bowlby est proposée comme une grille de lecture essentielle et une "culture commune" pour tous les professionnels de l'enfance.

      Elle offre des clés de décodage pour comprendre les comportements des enfants, qui sont souvent mal interprétés. Les points critiques sont :

      1. Sécurité comme Prérequis à l'Apprentissage : L'activation du système d'attachement (déclenché par la peur ou le sentiment de menace) désactive biologiquement et obligatoirement le système d'exploration, qui est nécessaire à la curiosité, la motivation et les apprentissages. Un enfant en insécurité ne peut pas apprendre.

      2. Décoder les Comportements "Aversifs" : L'agressivité, l'opposition et la provocation ne sont pas des signes de malveillance mais des "comportements d'attachement aversifs".

      Ce sont des signaux de détresse envoyés par un enfant dont le système d'attachement est activé et qui cherche désespérément protection et réconfort.

      3. L'Urgence de la Collaboration : Le fonctionnement en "couloirs de nage" des institutions (école, soin, protection de l'enfance) génère de l'insécurité et est délétère.

      Une collaboration basée sur une culture partagée, la confiance et une responsabilité collective est indispensable pour créer une "chaîne de sécurité" autour de l'enfant.

      4. Le Rôle des Professionnels : Les enseignants sont des figures d'attachement majeures ("porte-avions"), dont la posture et la propre sécurité émotionnelle ont un impact direct sur la scolarité de l'enfant.

      La manière d'interagir avec les parents est également déterminante : il est impératif de sécuriser les parents ("confetti positif") pour permettre une coéducation efficace, plutôt que de les menacer, ce qui active leur propre système d'attachement et bloque toute collaboration.

      Constat : Une Crise Systémique Affectant l'École et l'Enfance

      L'École comme Réceptacle des Difficultés Sociétales

      Le Docteur Raynaud constate que l'école est aujourd'hui un "espace réceptacle de toutes les difficultés des familles".

      De nouvelles missions s'y accumulent sans cesse (questions de genre, laïcité, enjeux sociaux et sociétaux), créant un "mille-feuilles" de responsabilités.

      Les enseignants se retrouvent à l'interface entre des "prescrits" nationaux exigeants (programmes, plans) et la réalité de plus en plus complexe du terrain, ce qui les place dans des injonctions paradoxales.

      L'école est le lieu où se déposent les conflits parentaux, les violences et le harcèlement, bousculant sa mission première d'apprentissage et de bien-être.

      La Souffrance Croissante des Enfants

      Le constat sur la santé mentale des enfants est qualifié de "très préoccupant".

      Augmentation des Idées Suicidaires : Une hausse sans précédent des idées suicidaires est observée chez de très jeunes enfants (4-5 ans), qui expriment un désir "d'être en paix" face à une pression qu'ils ressentent (évaluations, cris des adultes).

      Pression Académique Précoce : Le plan maternel, qui rend l'école obligatoire à 3 ans, promeut des attendus sur les fondamentaux à un âge où les enfants n'ont pas la maturité émotionnelle ou cérébrale pour y répondre. Cela les met en situation de menace constante.

      Augmentation des Signalements : Le nombre d'informations préoccupantes (IP) émanant des écoles, notamment maternelles, flambe, ce qui témoigne d'une détresse généralisée.

      Le Cloisonnement des Institutions

      Un frein majeur au système français est le fonctionnement cloisonné des différentes institutions (école, soin, médico-social, justice).

      "Couloirs de Nage" : Chaque institution opère dans son propre couloir, avec une méconnaissance mutuelle et peu de liens nourris, ce qui génère de la méfiance.

      "Causalité Externe" : Face aux difficultés, la tendance est de blâmer les autres institutions ("c'est la faute du juge", "l'enseignant n'a pas fait son job").

      Cette attitude empêche une remise en question et une évolution collective.

      Besoin d'une Culture Commune : Pour sortir de cette impasse, il est urgent de construire une culture partagée et d'adopter un langage commun pour observer et comprendre les enfants.

      La théorie de l'attachement est proposée comme ce socle commun.

      La Théorie de l'Attachement : Une Grille de Lecture Essentielle

      Fondements de la Théorie (John Bowlby)

      Contrairement à une croyance répandue, l'attachement au sens de Bowlby n'est pas synonyme d'amour ou d'affection. Il s'agit d'un besoin biologique et universel de sécurité.

      La théorie repose sur trois systèmes motivationnels interdépendants.

      | Système | Activation | Fonction | | --- | --- | --- | | Système d'Attachement | Peur, menace, détresse perçue (manque de cohérence, prévisibilité, stabilité). | Activer des comportements visant à obtenir protection et réconfort auprès d'une figure d'attachement. | | Système d'Exploration | Sentiment de sécurité, système d'attachement apaisé. | Développer la curiosité, la motivation, les apprentissages, la socialisation, le langage, etc. | | Système de Caregiving | Perception de la vulnérabilité et de la détresse d'autrui. | Apporter protection et réconfort, répondre au besoin de sécurité de l'autre (fonction parentale et professionnelle). |

      L'Interaction Cruciale entre Attachement et Exploration

      La découverte majeure de la théorie de l'attachement est l'incompatibilité biologique entre le système d'attachement et le système d'exploration.

      Principe de la Balance : "Quand j'active mon système d'attachement, quand j'ai peur... de fait biologiquement et de manière obligatoire je vais désactiver mon système d'exploration."

      Conséquence Directe : Un enfant dont le besoin de sécurité n'est pas satisfait ne peut pas se rendre disponible pour les apprentissages.

      Son énergie et son attention sont entièrement focalisées sur la régulation de sa peur. Sans sécurité, il ne peut y avoir d'apprentissage.

      Les Comportements d'Attachement : Décoder les Signaux de l'Enfant

      Lorsqu'un enfant active son système d'attachement, il envoie des signaux (comportements d'attachement) pour obtenir du réconfort. Le drame provient de la méconnaissance des signaux les plus difficiles :

      Comportements de Signalisation : Sourires, tentatives de rapprochement.

      Comportements Actifs : Suivre, s'agripper.

      Comportements Aversifs : C'est la catégorie la plus mal comprise.

      L'enfant, submergé par la peur, exprime son besoin de proximité par des comportements qui, paradoxalement, provoquent le rejet : agressivité, opposition, provocation, agitation, refus.

      Ces comportements aversifs sont l'expression d'un vécu émotionnel intense et le symptôme d'une insécurité profonde. Il est crucial de regarder sous la surface de l'iceberg : le comportement visible n'est que la pointe, cachant la peur et les besoins non satisfaits.

      Les Stratégies d'Attachement et leurs Manifestations à l'École

      En fonction de la disponibilité et de la sensibilité de ses figures d'attachement (le "porte-avions"), l'enfant (le "petit avion") développe différentes stratégies pour gérer sa peur et maintenir un lien.

      | Stratégie | Description de la Relation au "Porte-Avion" | Comportements Typiques à l'École | | --- | --- | --- | | Sécure | La base de sécurité est fiable et disponible. L'enfant explore sereinement et sait qu'il peut revenir chercher du réconfort si besoin. | Curieux, motivé, entre facilement en relation avec les pairs et les adultes, demande de l'aide en cas de difficulté. (Environ 60-65% de la population générale) | | Insécure Évitant | Le porte-avions est indisponible ou rejetant. L'enfant apprend à ne pas solliciter d'aide, à s'autonomiser et à réprimer l'expression de ses besoins. | Apparaît "trop sage", en retrait, isolé. Peut avoir un retard de langage ou un mutisme sélectif. S'intéresse plus aux objets qu'aux relations. Peut mimer des traits autistiques. | | Insécure Anxieux ("Attachiants") | La disponibilité du porte-avions est imprévisible. L'enfant ne sait jamais s'il obtiendra du réconfort et maximise donc ses signaux d'attachement. | Agité, provocateur, agressif, très exigeant sur le plan relationnel, difficile à apaiser. Son exploration est morcelée. Peut mimer un trouble de l'attention avec hyperactivité (TDAH). | | Désorganisé | Le porte-avions est à la fois la source de réconfort et la source de la peur (ex: humiliation, violence). L'enfant est pris dans un paradoxe insoluble. | Comportements contradictoires et "sans solution". Peut se manifester par un contrôle punitif (domination), un contrôle attentif (parentification) ou une hypersexualisation de la relation. Évolue souvent vers des psychopathologies (addictions, troubles de la personnalité). |

      Étude de Cas : Olivier, 7 ans

      Le cas d'Olivier illustre l'application concrète de cette grille de lecture.

      Contexte : Olivier arrive dans un nouvel établissement (ITEP) au moment où son père, atteint d'une pathologie psychiatrique, est hospitalisé. Ce cumul de facteurs de stress active massivement son système d'attachement.

      Comportements : Il présente une grande agitation, de l'opposition et de la provocation. Son système d'exploration est désactivé (il ne s'intéresse plus aux apprentissages).

      Interprétation via l'Attachement : Ses comportements ne sont pas des troubles en soi, mais des signaux de détresse aversifs témoignant de son insécurité. Il utilise une stratégie de type anxieux ("attachiants") pour tenter de faire face.

      Réponse du Système : L'équipe de l'ITEP, se sentant elle-même menacée et ne sachant pas décoder son comportement, rédige une information préoccupante "pour se protéger". Cette action, au lieu de sécuriser, a réactivé le traumatisme familial du placement et a majoré l'insécurité de tous.

      Implications pour les Professionnels et le Système

      Le Rôle de l'Enseignant comme Figure d'Attachement

      Les enseignants, en particulier en maternelle et en primaire, sont des figures d'attachement fondamentales et des "porte-avions" pour les élèves.

      L'Impact de l'Attachement du Professionnel : La propre stratégie d'attachement de l'enseignant (sécure, évitant, anxieux) influence sa capacité à percevoir les besoins de l'enfant et à y répondre de manière ajustée. La relation est une "histoire de rencontre" entre la stratégie de l'enfant et celle de l'adulte.

      Le Besoin de Formation : Il y a une sous-estimation de l'importance des relations interpersonnelles dans la fonction d'enseignant et un manque de formation sur cette dimension relationnelle, alors qu'ils sont confrontés à des enfants de plus en plus en difficulté.

      Vers une Coéducation et une Collaboration Efficaces

      Pour travailler efficacement avec les familles, surtout les plus vulnérables, il est impératif de ne pas activer leur système d'attachement.

      Le "Confetti Positif" : Commencer systématiquement par valoriser ce qui fonctionne, même si la situation est difficile. Pointer uniquement les dysfonctionnements met le parent sur la défensive, active sa peur et le rend incapable d'explorer des solutions ou de collaborer.

      Construire une "Chaîne de Sécurité" : La solution réside dans la création d'un réseau de sécurité autour de l'enfant, où tous les acteurs (enseignants, direction, soignants, éducateurs, parents) communiquent, se font confiance et partagent la même grille de lecture.

      Recommandations Stratégiques

      1. Former tous les acteurs du champ de l'enfance (enseignants, magistrats, travailleurs sociaux, etc.) à la théorie de l'attachement pour créer une culture et un langage communs.

      2. Repenser les pratiques institutionnelles pour prioriser la sécurité émotionnelle.

      Par exemple, revoir la rédaction des bulletins scolaires pour commencer par les réussites, ou organiser les équipes éducatives en s'assurant de la présence des figures d'attachement clés pour la famille.

      3. Sortir de la sur-pathologisation. Avant de poser un diagnostic (TDAH, autisme), il faut systématiquement questionner le niveau de sécurité de l'enfant. Anticiper des dossiers MDPH pour des enfants de 3-4 ans risque de les enfermer dans une pathologie qu'ils n'ont pas.

      4. Assumer une responsabilité collective et individuelle. Plutôt que de pointer les manquements des autres, chaque professionnel doit s'interroger sur sa part de responsabilité dans la création ou la rupture de la sécurité de l'enfant et de sa famille.

    1. Synthèse : L'Autorité Éducative Soutenue par la Confiance Interpersonnelle

      Résumé Exécutif

      Cette note de synthèse résume les principaux arguments de Marie Beretti concernant la relation intrinsèque entre l'autorité éducative et la confiance interpersonnelle, basés sur sa thèse de 2019.

      L'analyse met en lumière quatre points critiques :

      1. L'Autorité comme Relation Éducative : L'autorité n'est pas un pouvoir de contrainte, mais une relation professionnelle nécessaire et asymétrique, fondée sur la responsabilité de l'enseignant envers les besoins de l'élève.

      Son exercice est légitime à condition qu'il vise l'adhésion volontaire de l'élève et non sa soumission, en respectant sa dignité.

      2. Le Cercle Vertueux de la Confiance et de l'Autorité : L'argument central est l'existence d'un renforcement mutuel. Une autorité stable et bienveillante sécurise les élèves, ce qui nourrit leur confiance.

      En retour, la confiance des élèves facilite l'exercice de l'autorité, car elle engendre une tendance naturelle à l'adhésion et à la coopération, rendant la relation moins "coûteuse" en énergie pour l'enseignant.

      3. Les Trois Domaines de la Confiance : L'enquête de terrain révèle que la confiance des élèves envers leur enseignant n'est pas un concept monolithique.

      Elle se manifeste dans trois domaines distincts et coexistants :

      Confiance Élémentaire : Liée à la relation de personne à personne.  

      Confiance Juridique : Liée au rôle de l'enseignant comme garant du cadre collectif et des règles.  

      Confiance Éducative : Liée à la relation d'apprentissage et d'étayage intellectuel.

      4. Inspirer Confiance comme Compétence Professionnelle : La capacité à inspirer confiance n'est pas innée mais constitue une compétence professionnelle qui peut être développée.

      Elle repose sur l'adoption de postures spécifiques (fiabilité, loyauté, bienveillance), la mise en place d'expériences positives répondant aux besoins fondamentaux des élèves (reconnaissance, sécurité, appartenance) et une démarche compréhensive et empathique.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      1. Contexte de la Recherche

      L'intervention de Marie Beretti se fonde sur son travail de thèse soutenu en 2019, intitulé "La relation d'autorité éducative au prisme de la confiance".

      La recherche a été motivée par le besoin de comprendre les mécanismes relationnels de l'obéissance et de la désobéissance des élèves.

      Pour ce faire, une enquête de terrain approfondie a été menée pendant une année scolaire complète.

      Échantillon : Trois classes de cycle 3 (CE2, CM1, CM2, selon la définition de l'époque).

      Enseignants : Deux hommes et une femme, ayant tous entre 8 et 10 ans d'ancienneté.

      Ce choix visait à observer des praticiens ayant une posture d'autorité établie mais n'étant pas encore "trop aguerris ou fatigués".

      Méthodologie :

      ◦ Observations continues dans les classes, du premier au dernier jour de l'année.  

      ◦ Entretiens longs et approfondis avec les trois enseignants.  

      ◦ Entretiens avec les élèves, menés en petits groupes.

      C'est en analysant la confrontation des discours des enseignants et des élèves sur l'autorité que le concept de confiance a émergé comme un facteur explicatif central et inattendu.

      2. La Nature de l'Autorité Éducative

      Avant d'aborder la confiance, il est essentiel de définir l'autorité éducative comme une relation professionnelle nécessaire mais conditionnée.

      2.1. Le "Pourquoi" : Une Nécessité Inhérente à l'Éducation

      L'autorité est inévitable et nécessaire dans toute relation éducative.

      Relation Asymétrique : Elle découle de la verticalité de la relation enseignant-élève. Les places ne sont "ni niables ni interchangeables".

      Réponse aux Besoins de l'Élève : L'enfant est "constitutivement vulnérable" car en construction.

      L'autorité de l'éducateur est légitime car elle répond aux besoins fondamentaux de l'élève : être accompagné, encadré, enseigné.

      Responsabilité Professionnelle : Assumer cette autorité est une compétence attendue et une responsabilité. Nier la question de l'autorité reviendrait à "nier l'idée même d'éducation".

      2.2. Le "Comment" : Les Conditions d'un Exercice Éducatif

      Si l'autorité est nécessaire, elle ne doit pas être un pouvoir sans limites.

      Responsabilité vs. Pouvoir : L'autorité de l'enseignant est "plus une responsabilité envers les élèves qu'un pouvoir sur les élèves".

      Elle ne doit pas les écraser ou les nier en tant que personnes.

      Respect de la Dignité : L'élève, bien qu'en position "basse", est un "égal en droit", un "semblable".

      L'autorité doit s'exercer dans le respect de sa dignité.

      De la Soumission à l'Adhésion : L'objectif n'est pas de soumettre les élèves, mais de les amener à reconnaître la légitimité de l'autorité exercée sur eux, puis à y adhérer volontairement.

      Une autorité est véritablement éducative lorsque l'élève choisit "librement" d'obéir.

      En se référant aux travaux de Bruno Robe, Beretti distingue deux écueils :

      L'autorité évacuée : Un manque professionnel qui met l'élève en péril.

      L'autorité autoritariste : Une autorité imposée qui verse dans l'autoritarisme et ne permet pas à l'élève de "bien grandir".

      3. Le Lien de Renforcement Mutuel entre Autorité et Confiance

      Le résultat principal de la recherche est l'identification d'un cercle vertueux entre la relation d'autorité et la confiance interpersonnelle.

      De l'Autorité à la Confiance : Une relation d'autorité stable, contenante et bienveillante sécurise les élèves.

      Se sentant soutenus et encadrés, ils développent un sentiment de confiance envers leur enseignant.

      De la Confiance à l'Autorité : La confiance, en retour, facilite l'exercice de l'autorité.

      Un des effets majeurs de la confiance est qu'elle génère une "tendance à l'adhésion".

      Les élèves qui ont confiance sont plus enclins à coopérer et à obéir volontairement.

      Cette dynamique rend l'exercice de l'autorité beaucoup moins "coûteux" physiquement et psychiquement pour l'enseignant.

      Les classes où la confiance était forte étaient celles où l'autorité s'exerçait avec le plus de fluidité.

      4. Les Trois Domaines de la Confiance de l'Élève

      L'analyse des discours des élèves a permis de distinguer trois types de confiance qu'ils peuvent nourrir simultanément envers leur enseignant.

      Ces domaines sont distincts : un enseignant peut inspirer une forte confiance dans un domaine et une confiance faible dans un autre.

      | Domaine de Confiance | Description | Registre de la Relation | | --- | --- | --- | | Confiance Élémentaire | Confiance en l'enseignant en tant que personne fiable, loyale et bienveillante dans les échanges interpersonnels. | Échange de personne à personne | | Confiance Juridique | Confiance en l'enseignant comme garant juste et impartial du cadre collectif, des règles et du vivre-ensemble. | Échange collectif | | Confiance Éducative | Confiance en l'enseignant en tant qu'expert capable de guider l'apprentissage et de favoriser le développement. | Échange intellectuel et culturel |

      Un domaine de confiance fragilisé peut impacter négativement la relation de confiance globale et, par conséquent, la relation d'autorité. Il est donc crucial pour un enseignant de prêter attention à ces trois domaines de manière spécifique.

      5. Développer la Confiance : Une Compétence Professionnelle

      La capacité à inspirer confiance n'est pas un don, mais une compétence qui se travaille.

      Le processus de construction de la confiance suit un schéma précis.

      5.1. Le Mécanisme de Naissance de la Confiance

      1. Besoins Fondamentaux de l'Élève : Tout élève a des besoins de reconnaissance, de sécurité et d'appartenance.

      2. Expériences Positives : Lorsque l'enseignant, par ses actions et ses dispositifs, permet à l'élève de vivre des expériences positives (se sentir considéré, en sécurité, intégré), ces besoins sont comblés.

      3. Attribution à l'Enseignant : L'élève attribue ce bien-être à l'enseignant. Il a le sentiment que "c'est grâce à l'enseignant qu'il se sent bien".

      4. Génération de la Confiance : Ce sentiment positif nourrit la confiance envers l'enseignant, ce qui déclenche le mécanisme d'adhésion et de coopération.

      Inversement, des expériences négatives (sentiment de mépris, d'insécurité, de rejet) attribuées à l'enseignant génèrent de la méfiance ou de la défiance, ce qui rend la relation d'autorité conflictuelle et coûteuse.

      5.2. Postures et Attitudes Favorisant la Confiance

      Plusieurs postures transversales, relevant de compétences relationnelles et communicationnelles, ont été identifiées chez les enseignants qui inspirent confiance.

      Être une Personne Fiable, Loyale et Animée de Bonnes Intentions :

      Fiabilité : Se montrer stable, constant dans ses attitudes et solide dans ses compétences.   

      Loyauté : Faire preuve de transparence en rendant explicites les objectifs, les règles et les décisions.  

      Bonnes Intentions : Démontrer que toutes les actions, même les contraintes, visent le bien des élèves et non un intérêt personnel.

      Donner des Gages et des Preuves :

      Gages : Annoncer ce qui va se passer, faire des promesses, anticiper.   

      Preuves : Assurer une congruence totale entre les discours et les actes. "Faire ce qu'on dit et dire ce qu'on va faire."

      Témoigner de sa Confiance envers les Élèves :

      ◦ La confiance se nourrit de la confiance. Il faut postuler a priori que les élèves sont dignes de confiance, plutôt que d'attendre qu'ils le prouvent.

      Fédérer le Groupe et se Positionner en Leader :

      ◦ Créer un sentiment d'appartenance en donnant une identité au groupe-classe.  

      ◦ L'enseignant doit se positionner comme un membre du groupe ("nous", "on"), tout en en étant le guide.

      Adopter une Attitude Compréhensive et Empathique :

      ◦ Partir du point de vue des élèves pour évaluer la pertinence de ses propres attitudes et dispositifs.   

      ◦ Faire verbaliser les élèves sur leur ressenti et leur interprétation des situations, de manière inconditionnelle.

      Travailler en Équipe :

      ◦ Un engagement collectif de l'équipe éducative sur la voie de la confiance renforce les chances de succès, car il crée un climat global et modélise des relations de confiance pour les élèves.

      6. Points Clés de la Session de Questions-Réponses

      Conscience des Enseignants : Les enseignants ont une conscience intuitive du lien entre confiance et autorité ("c'est plus facile quand on a la confiance des élèves").

      Cependant, les mécanismes précis de construction de cette confiance sont souvent un "impensé".

      Influence de l'Âge : La confiance est plus spontanée chez les plus jeunes enfants, car elle est liée à une question de survie et de réponse aux besoins vitaux.

      Plus l'élève grandit, plus la confiance devient une construction rationnelle et doit être activement travaillée.

      Profils d'Attachement et Confiance Généralisée : L'histoire personnelle de l'élève (relation à l'adulte, profil sécure/insécure) constitue sa "confiance généralisée".

      C'est un déterminant qui ne dépend pas de l'enseignant mais qui influence la capacité de l'élève à faire confiance.

      L'enseignant doit en avoir conscience pour ajuster ses attentes et ses précautions, tout en sachant que le résultat n'est jamais garanti.

      Rôle de la Famille : La confiance des parents envers l'école et l'enseignant peut "étayer" la confiance de l'enfant.

      Il est donc important de travailler également à inspirer confiance aux parents.

      Cependant, une défiance institutionnelle profonde de la part des familles est très difficile à surmonter à l'échelle d'un seul enseignant.

    1. 'Autorité en Mutation : Analyse des Perceptions et Implications pour l'Enseignement

      Résumé

      Ce document de synthèse analyse les dynamiques contemporaines de l'autorité dans le contexte éducatif, en se basant sur les travaux de recherche de Vanessa Joinel-Alvarez.

      L'analyse révèle que l'autorité n'est pas en "crise" mais en "mutation", s'éloignant d'un modèle traditionnel basé sur le statut pour évoluer vers une forme qui doit être activement construite et légitimée.

      Les points critiques à retenir sont les suivants :

      1. Distinction Fondamentale entre Pouvoir et Autorité : Le pouvoir contraint à l'obéissance via des stratégies (persuasion, coercition, etc.), tandis que l'autorité pédagogique suscite une adhésion libre et volontaire, fondée sur une légitimité reconnue par l'élève.

      Seule cette autorité permet un apprentissage authentique, qui est un acte libre.

      2. Les Cinq Sources de Légitimité : L'autorité de l'enseignant repose sur un ensemble de cinq sources interdépendantes : l'expertise professionnelle (didactique, relationnelle, gestion du cadre), le statut et les qualités personnelles.

      L'enseignant doit démontrer cette expertise pour qu'elle soit reconnue.

      3. Décalage Crucial des Perceptions : Il existe une divergence significative entre les perceptions des enseignants et celles des élèves.

      Les enseignants estiment que leur expertise didactique est la source principale de leur autorité.

      À l'inverse, les élèves, à tous les âges, accordent une importance primordiale à l'expertise relationnelle (respect, humour, écoute, confiance).

      4. Évolution de la Perception avec l'Âge : La perception de l'autorité par les élèves évolue. Au primaire, l'expertise relationnelle domine.

      Au collège, l'obéissance est fortement liée au pouvoir et à la peur des sanctions.

      Au lycée, l'expertise didactique gagne en importance aux côtés de l'expertise relationnelle, tandis que les élèves développent une plus grande autorité sur eux-mêmes.

      5. Implications pour la Formation : L'enjeu principal est de réduire l'écart entre les perceptions des enseignants et celles des élèves.

      La formation doit insister sur le développement de l'expertise relationnelle à tous les niveaux, aider les enseignants à adapter leur posture à l'âge des élèves et travailler sur la démonstration visible de leurs compétences professionnelles pour construire une autorité cohérente et efficace.

      1. Le Contexte de l'Autorité : d'une Crise à une Mutation

      L'autorité dans le monde de l'éducation fait face à des défis majeurs, souvent qualifiés de "crise".

      Cependant, le terme "mutation" est plus approprié pour décrire la transformation profonde en cours.

      Cette mutation est alimentée par plusieurs facteurs sociétaux et institutionnels qui redéfinissent la relation éducative.

      1.1. La Crise de l'Institution Scolaire

      L'école, en tant qu'institution, voit sa légitimité remise en cause :

      Perte de confiance : La promesse de l'ascenseur social s'est érodée. L'obtention d'un diplôme ne garantit plus l'avenir professionnel, ce qui diminue la motivation à s'engager dans un processus d'apprentissage exigeant.

      Décharge de la Tâche Normative : Certaines familles délèguent à l'école l'apprentissage des normes du vivre-ensemble, créant une surcharge pour l'institution et des difficultés de gestion de classe.

      Décalage des Valeurs : L'école promeut des valeurs d'effort, de coopération et de gratification différée, qui entrent en conflit avec les valeurs sociétales dominantes axées sur l'individualisme et le plaisir immédiat.

      La "Tyrannie du Présent" : Les jeunes, anxieux face à un futur incertain et peu intéressés par le passé, se retrouvent "coincés dans un présent".

      Cette posture rend l'apprentissage difficile, car celui-ci nécessite de valoriser les savoirs passés pour construire l'avenir.

      1.2. La Crise de la Fonction Enseignante

      Le rôle même de l'enseignant est fragilisé :

      Remise en Cause de l'Autorité Statutaire : Le respect autrefois accordé d'emblée à la fonction enseignante a considérablement diminué.

      Une étude tchèque illustre ce phénomène : plus de 80 % des plus de 65 ans respectent les enseignants de base, contre seulement un tiers des moins de 20 ans.

      L'autorité doit donc être construite, et non plus supposée.

      Dépréciation des Savoirs : L'enseignant n'est plus le détenteur exclusif du savoir.

      L'accès universel à l'information (Internet, IA) transforme les savoirs en connaissances relatives et diminue l'une des sources traditionnelles de supériorité de l'enseignant.

      Influence du Juridisme : La tendance croissante des familles à contester les décisions scolaires par des voies judiciaires affaiblit l'autorité de l'institution et de ses agents.

      L'Autorité "Évacuée ou Transférée" : Face à ces pressions, certains enseignants renoncent à exercer leur autorité.

      Selon Bruno Rob, cette autorité n'est jamais vraiment évacuée mais transférée, souvent à des acteurs internes (élèves) ou externes à l'école.

      1.3. L'Évolution du Public Scolaire

      Les élèves d'aujourd'hui présentent des caractéristiques qui complexifient l'exercice de l'autorité :

      Déconditionnement à l'Autorité de l'Adulte : L'obéissance n'est plus une valeur centrale dans l'éducation familiale.

      Les enfants, comme les adultes, questionnent et cherchent le sens d'une demande avant d'y adhérer.

      Hyperconnectivité : L'exposition constante aux écrans a des effets documentés sur la concentration, les méthodes d'apprentissage et les centres d'intérêt des jeunes.

      Hétérogénéité Croissante : La diversité grandissante des niveaux scolaires et des comportements au sein d'une même classe rend la gestion de groupe particulièrement difficile.

      2. Définir l'Autorité et le Pouvoir : une Distinction Fondamentale

      Une compréhension claire de l'autorité passe par sa distinction avec le concept de pouvoir.

      Bien que les deux coexistent en classe, leurs mécanismes et leurs effets sur l'apprentissage sont radicalement différents.

      Selon la définition d'Olivier Reboule, l'autorité est "le pouvoir qu'a quelqu'un de faire faire à d'autres ce qu'il veut sans avoir à recourir à la violence".

      Elle repose sur une légitimité qui suscite une adhésion volontaire.

      La formule synthétique proposée est : Autorité Pédagogique = Pouvoir d'éduquer + Double Légitimité

      Cette double légitimité implique que les élèves reconnaissent à la fois :

      1. Le bien-fondé de la personne enseignante (sa légitimité à être là et à demander).

      2. Le bien-fondé de la demande adressée (le sens de la tâche).

      Le tableau suivant résume les différences clés :

      | Caractéristique | Le Pouvoir | L'Autorité Pédagogique | | --- | --- | --- | | Fondement | Stratégies de contrainte ou d'influence (persuasion, négociation, coercition, séduction). | Reconnaissance de la légitimité (de la personne et de la demande). | | Réponse de l'élève | Soumission, obéissance contrainte. | Consentement, engagement libre et volontaire. | | Risque | Abus : propagande, violence, démagogie, menace. | \- | | Climat de classe | Potentiellement tendu, basé sur la négociation ou la contrainte. | Positif, fondé sur la confiance et l'engagement mutuel. | | Effet sur l'apprentissage | Peut mettre l'élève au travail (faire une fiche). | Seule l'autorité permet l'apprentissage authentique, qui est un acte libre. |

      Comme le disait Hannah Arendt, "l'autorité implique une obéissance dans laquelle les hommes gardent leur liberté".

      Sur un axe de la relation, l'autorité pédagogique se situe entre deux extrêmes non éthiques :

      L'Autorité Évacuée : Relation trop horizontale qui ne fournit pas le cadre sécurisant nécessaire à l'apprentissage.

      L'Autorité Autoritariste : Relation de domination verticale qui empêche l'autonomie et l'apprentissage.

      3. Les Fondements de la Légitimité : une Analyse Multi-niveaux

      L'enjeu central est de comprendre sur quoi repose la légitimité de l'enseignant aujourd'hui, alors que le statut ne suffit plus.

      Les recherches présentées explorent cette question à travers un modèle théorique validé par les perceptions des enseignants et des élèves.

      3.1. Le Modèle Théorique : Cinq Sources de Légitimité

      Une méta-analyse a permis d'identifier cinq grandes sources sur lesquelles un enseignant peut s'appuyer pour construire son autorité.

      1. Expertise Professionnelle :

      Didactique : Maîtrise des savoirs et des méthodes de transmission.   

      Relationnelle : Capacité à construire des relations positives, à gérer la dynamique de groupe et à communiquer efficacement.   

      Gestion du cadre : Capacité à poser des règles structurantes et à intervenir de manière juste lors des transgressions.

      2. Statut : La position institutionnelle d'adulte et d'enseignant, qui, bien qu'affaiblie, doit être assumée.

      3. Qualités Personnelles : Compétences développées au fil du parcours de vie (confiance en soi, gestion des émotions, capacité d'adaptation, etc.).

      Ces sources sont influencées par des facteurs contextuels, notamment les caractéristiques des élèves, la dynamique du groupe, le contexte familial, le climat d'établissement et les valeurs sociétales.

      3.2. La Perception des Enseignants

      Une étude menée auprès de 400 enseignants du canton de Vaud révèle comment ils perçoivent les sources de l'autorité.

      Attribution de l'obéissance : Les enseignants s'attribuent à plus de 75 % la responsabilité de l'obéissance des élèves, considérant que leur action est le facteur déterminant.

      Hiérarchie des sources de légitimité : Pour les enseignants, la source la plus importante de leur autorité est, de loin, leur expertise didactique. L'ordre d'importance perçu est le suivant :

      1. Expertise didactique    2. Expertise relationnelle    3. Statut    4. Dimensions personnelles    5. Gestion du cadre

      3.3. La Perception des Élèves : Le Point de Vue Décisif

      L'étude miroir, menée auprès de plus de 500 élèves, offre des résultats contrastés et éclairants.

      Évolution de l'attribution : Plus les élèves grandissent, plus ils s'attribuent leur propre obéissance. Ils "font autorité sur eux-mêmes", intégrant progressivement le cadre et nécessitant moins d'interventions externes.

      Hiérarchie des sources de légitimité par niveau :

      | Niveau Scolaire | Source Principale de Légitimité | Observation Clé | | --- | --- | --- | | Primaire | Expertise relationnelle | La bienveillance, l'écoute et l'humour sont primordiaux. Le pouvoir (peur des punitions) reste un facteur important. | | Collège | Pouvoir (peur des conséquences) | C'est la source principale d'obéissance déclarée, ce qui interroge sur le climat de classe. Si l'on exclut le pouvoir, l'expertise relationnelle redevient la plus importante. | | Lycée | Expertise relationnelle et Expertise didactique | La pertinence des contenus et la structure du cours deviennent aussi importantes que la qualité de la relation. Le pouvoir diminue significativement. |

      Focus sur les Attentes des Élèves

      Ce qui constitue l'expertise relationnelle :

      Communication : Bienveillante, stimulante, avec de l'écoute et une place centrale pour l'humour.   

      Éthique : Le respect manifesté par l'enseignant, la justice relationnelle et la prise en compte des besoins des élèves.   

      Proximité : Un enseignant qui s'intéresse à eux et partage des éléments personnels, mais "pas trop".

      Il s'agit de trouver un juste équilibre.

      Ce qui constitue l'expertise didactique :

      Contenus : Présentés de manière variée, intéressante et utile.  

      Apprentissage : Les élèves veulent sentir qu'ils apprennent réellement quelque chose.  

      Clarté et Structure : Des objectifs explicites et un cours bien organisé sont particulièrement appréciés des plus grands.

      4. Implications pour la Formation et la Pratique Pédagogique

      L'analyse de ces données, et surtout du décalage entre les perceptions, offre des pistes d'action concrètes pour la formation des enseignants.

      1. Reconnaître et Réduire le Décalage : Le constat principal est la divergence entre ce que les enseignants pensent être efficace (la didactique) et ce que les élèves valorisent le plus (le relationnel).

      Une autorité fonctionnelle repose sur une cohérence entre la manière dont elle est exercée et la manière dont elle est perçue. L'objectif est donc de réduire cet écart.

      2. L'Expertise Relationnelle comme Constante Fondamentale :

      Contrairement à une idée reçue, l'importance de la relation ne diminue pas avec l'âge des élèves.

      Elle reste un pilier de l'autorité au lycée, non seulement pour le bien-être, mais aussi pour l'investissement dans les apprentissages.

      Les élèves déclarent "faire le job" sans relation positive, mais ne fourniront pas "le petit plus" d'engagement.

      La formation doit donc renforcer cette compétence à tous les niveaux.

      3. Adapter la Posture à l'Âge des Élèves : L'enseignant doit faire évoluer sa posture.

      La personne de l'enseignant (qualités personnelles, relation) est centrale pour les plus jeunes, mais doit progressivement "s'effacer" au profit de la fonction et de l'expertise didactique pour les plus grands.

      4. Rendre l'Expertise Visible : L'autorité ne découle pas seulement de la possession d'une expertise, mais de la capacité à la démontrer de manière perceptible par les élèves.

      Il faut travailler à rendre explicites les aspects de l'expertise didactique, souvent implicites pour les plus jeunes.

      5. Interroger la Place du Pouvoir : La prédominance du pouvoir (peur de la punition) comme moteur de l'obéissance au collège est problématique.

      Cela interroge les pratiques en classe et leurs conséquences négatives sur la qualité des apprentissages.

      En conclusion,

      la construction d'une autorité légitime et efficace au 21e siècle exige de travailler sur deux fronts : du côté des enseignants, en renforçant leur expertise professionnelle (surtout relationnelle) et leur conscience des perceptions élèves ; et du côté des élèves, en travaillant leur propre rapport à l'autorité pour favoriser une relation éducative propice aux apprentissages.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors report on a case-control study in which participants with chronic pain (TMD) were compared to controls on performance of a three-option learning task. The authors find no difference in task behavior, but fit a model to this behavior and suggest that differences in the model-derived metrics (specifically, change in learning rate/estimated volatility/model estimated uncertainty) reveal a relevant between-group effect. They report a mediation effect suggesting that group differences on self-report apathy may be partially mediated by this uncertainty adaptation result.

      Strengths:

      The role of sensitivity to uncertainty in pathological states is an interesting question and is the focus of a reasonable amount of research at present. This paper provides a useful assessment of these processes in people with chronic pain.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The interpretation of the model in the absence of any apparent behavioral effect is not convincing. The model is quite complex with a number of free parameters (what these parameters are is not well explained in the methods, although they seem to be presented in the supplement). These parameters are fitted to participant choice behavior - that is, they explain some sort of group difference in this choice behavior. The authors haven't been able to demonstrate what this difference is. The graphs of learning rate per group (Figure 2) suggest that the control group has a higher initial learning rate and a lower later learning rate. If this were actually the case, you would expect to see it reflected in the choice data (the control group should show higher lose-shift behavior earlier on, with this then declining over time, and the TMD group should show no change). This behavior is not apparent. The absence of a clear effect on behavior suggests that the model results are more likely to be spurious.

      (2) As far as I could see, the actual parameters of the model are not reported. The results (Figure 2) illustrate the trial-level model estimated uncertainty/learning rate, etc, but these differ because the fitted model parameters differ. The graphs look like there are substantial differences in v0 (which was not well recovered), but presumably lambda, at least, also differs. The mean(SD) group values for these parameters should be reported, as should the correlations between them (it looks very much like they will be correlated).

      (3) The task used seems ill-suited to measuring the reported process. The authors report the performance of a restless bandit task and find an effect on uncertainty adaptation. The task does not manipulate uncertainty (there are no periods of high/low uncertainty) and so the only adaptation that occurs in the task is the change from what appears to be the participants' prior beliefs about uncertainty (which appear to be very different between groups - i.e. the lines in Figure 2a,b,c are very different at trial 0). If the authors are interested in measuring adaptation to uncertainty, it would clearly be more useful to present participants with periods of higher or lower uncertainty.

      (4) The main factor driving the better fit of the authors' preferred model over listed alternatives seems to be the inclusion of an additive uncertainty term in the softmax-this differentiates the chosen model from the other two Kalman filter-based models that perform less well. But a similar term is not included in the RW models-given the uncertainty of a binary outcome can be estimated as p(1-p), and the RW models are estimating p, this would seem relatively straightforward to do. It would be useful to know if the factor that actually drives better model fit is indeed in the decision stage (rather than the learning stage).

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This paper applies a computational model to behavior in a probabilistic operant reward learning task (a 3-armed bandit) to uncover differences between individuals with temporomandibular disorder (TMD) compared with healthy controls. Integrating computational principles and models into pain research is an important direction, and the findings here suggest that TMD is associated with subtle changes in how uncertainty is represented over time as individuals learn to make choices that maximize reward. There are a number of strengths, including the comparison of a volatile Kalman filter (vKF) model to some standard base models (Rescorla Wagner with 1 or 2 learning rates) and parameter recovery analyses suggesting that the combination of task and vKF model may be able to capture some properties of learning and decision-making under uncertainty that may be altered in those suffering from chronic pain-related conditions.

      I've focused my comments in four areas: (1) Questions about the patient population, (2) Questions about what the findings here mean in terms of underlying cognitive/motivational processes, (3) Questions about the broader implications for understanding individuals with TMD and other chronic pain-related disorders, and (4) Technical questions about the models and results.

      (1) Patient population

      This is a computational modelling study, so it is light on characterization of the population, but the patient characteristics could matter. The paper suggests they were hospitalized, but this is not a condition that requires hospitalization per se. It would be helpful to connect and compare the patient characteristics with large-scale studies of TMD, such as the OPPERA study led by Maixner, Fillingim, and Slade.

      (2) What cognitive/motivational processes are altered in TMD

      The study finds a pattern of alterations in TMD patients that seems clear in Figure 2. Healthy controls (HC) start the task with high estimates of volatility, uncertainty, and learning rate, which drop over the course of the task session. This is consistent with a learner that is initially uncertain about the structure of the environment (i.e., which options are rewarded and how the contingencies change over time) but learns that there is a fixed or slowly changing mean and stationary variance. The TMD patients start off with much lower volatility, uncertainty, and learning rate - which are actually all near 0 - and they remain stable over the course of learning. This is consistent with a learner who believes they know the structure of the environment and ignores new information.

      What is surprising is that this pattern of changes over time was found in spite of null group differences in a number of aspects of performance: (1) stay rate, (2) switch rate, (3) win-stay/lose-switch behaviors, (4) overall performance (corrected for chance level), (5) response times, (6) autocorrelation, (7) correlations between participants' choice probability and each option's average reward rate, (7) choice consistency (though how operationalized is not described?), (8) win-stay-lose-shift patterns over time. I'm curious about how the patterns in Figure 2 would emerge if standard aspects of performance are essentially similar across groups (though the study cannot provide evidence in favor of the null). It will be important to replicate these patterns in larger, independent samples with preregistered analyses.

      The authors believe that this pattern of findings reveals that TMD patients "maintain a chronically heightened sensitivity to environmental changes" and relate the findings to predictive processing, a hallmark of which (in its simplest form) is precision-weighted updating of priors. They also state that the findings are not related to reduced overall attentiveness or failure to understand the task, but describe them as deficits or impairments in calibrating uncertainty.

      The pattern of differences could, in fact, result from differences in prior beliefs, conceptualization of the task, or learning. Unpacking these will be important steps for future work, along with direct measures of priors, cognitive processes during learning, and precision-weighted updating.

      (3) Implications for understanding chronic pain

      If the findings and conclusions of the paper are correct, individuals with TMD and perhaps other pain-related disorders may have fundamental alterations in the ways in which they make decisions about even simple monetary rewards. The broader questions for the field concern (1) how generalizable such alterations are across tasks, (2) how generalizable they are across patient groups and, conversely, how specific they are to TMD or chronic pain, (3) whether they are the result of neurological dysfunction, as opposed to (e.g.) adaptive strategies or assumptions about the environment/task structure.

      It will be important to understand which features of patients' and/or controls' cognition are driving the changes. For example, could the performance differences observed here be attributable to a reduced or altered understanding of the task instructions, more uncertainty about the rules of the game, different assumptions about environments (i.e., that they are more volatile/uncertain or less so), or reduced attention or interest in optimizing performance? Are the controls OVERconfident in their understanding of the environment?

      This set of questions will not be easy to answer and will be the work of many groups for many years to come. It is a judgment call how far any one paper must go to address them, but my view is that it is a collaborative effort. Start with a finding, replicate it across labs, take the replicable phenomena and work to unpack the underlying questions. The field must determine whether it is this particular task with this model that produces case-control differences (and why), or whether the findings generalize broadly. Would we see the same findings for monetary losses, sounds, and social rewards? Tasks with painful stimuli instead of rewards?

      Another set of questions concerns the space of computational models tested, and whether their parameters are identifiable. An alteration in estimated volatility or learning rate, for example, can come from multiple sources. In one model, it might appear as a learning rate change and in another as a confirmation bias. It would be interesting in this regard to compare the "mechanisms" (parameters) of other models used in pain neuroscience, e.g., models by Seymour, Mancini, Jepma, Petzschner, Smith, Chen, and others (just to name a few).

      One immediate next step here could be to formally compare the performance of both patients and controls to normatively optimal models of performance (e.g., Bayes optimal models under different assumptions). This could also help us understand whether the differences in patients reflect deficits and what further experiments we would need to pin that down.<br /> In addition, the volatility parameter in the computational model correlated with apathy. This is interesting. Is there a way to distinguish apathy as a particular clinical characteristic and feature of TMD from apathy in the sense of general disinterest in optimal performance that may characterize many groups?

      If we know this, what actionable steps does it lead us to take? Could we take steps to reduce apathy and thus help TMD patients better calibrate to environmental uncertainty in their lives? Or take steps to recalibrate uncertainty (i.e., increase uncertainty adaptation), with benefits on apathy? A hallmark of a finding that the field can build off of is the questions it raises.

      (4) Technical questions about the models and results

      Clarification of some technical points would help interpret the paper and findings further:

      (a) Was the reward probability truly random? Was the random walk different for each person, or constrained?

      (b) When were self-report measures administered, and how?

      (c) Pain assessments: What types of pain? Was a body map assessed? Widespreadness? Pain at the time of the test, or pain in general?

      (d) Parameter recovery: As you point out, r = 0.47 seems very low for recovery of the true quantity, but this depends on noise levels and on how the parameter space is sampled. Is this noise-free recovery, and is it robust to noise? Are the examples of true parameters drawn from the space of participants, or do they otherwise systematically sample the space of true parameters?

      (e) What are the covariances across parameter estimates and resultant confusability of parameter estimates (e.g., confusion matrix)?

      (f) It would be helpful to have a direct statistical comparison of controls and TMD on model parameter estimates.

      (g) Null statistical findings on differences in correlations should not be interpreted as a lack of a true effect. Bayes Factors could help, but an analysis of them will show that hundreds of people are needed before it is possible to say there are no differences with reasonable certainty. Some journals enforce rules around the kinds of language used to describe null statistical findings, and I think it would be helpful to adopt them more broadly.

      (h) What is normatively optimal in this task? Are TMD patients less so, or not? The paper states "aberrant precision (uncertainty) weighting and misestimation of environmental volatility". But: are they misestimates?

      (i) It's not clear how well the choice of prior variance for all parameters (6.25) is informed by previous research, as sensible values may be task- and context-dependent. Are the main findings robust to how priors are specified in the HBI model?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Wang et al. reports the potential involvement of an asymmetric neurocircuit in the sympathetic control of liver glucose metabolism.

      Strengths:

      The concept that the contralateral brain-liver neurocircuit preferentially regulates each liver lobe may be interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      However, the experimental evidence presented did not support the study's central conclusion.

      (1) Pseudorabies virus (PRV) tracing experiment:<br /> The liver not only possesses sympathetic innervations but also vagal sensory innervations. The experimental setup failed to distinguish whether the PRV-labeling of LPGi (Lateral Paragigantocellular Nucleus) is derived from sympathetic or vagal sensory inputs to the liver.

      (2) Impact on pancreas:<br /> The celiac ganglia not only provide sympathetic innervations to the liver but also to the pancreas, the central endocrine organ for glucose metabolism. The chemogenetic manipulation of LPGi failed to consider a direct impact on the secretion of insulin and glucagon from the pancreas.

      (3) Neuroanatomy of the brain-liver neurocircuit:<br /> The current study and its conclusion are based on a speculative brain-liver sympathetic circuit without the necessary anatomical information downstream of LPGi.

      (4) Local manipulation of the celiac ganglia:<br /> The left and right ganglia of mice are not separate from each other but rather anatomically connected. The claim that the local injection of AAV in the left or right ganglion without affecting the other side is against this basic anatomical feature.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Wang and colleagues aims to determine whether the left and right LPGi differentially regulate hepatic glucose metabolism and to reveal decussation of hepatic sympathetic nerves.

      The authors used tissue clearing to identify sympathetic fibers in the liver lobes, then injected PRV into the hepatic lobes. Five days post-injection, PRV-labeled neurons in the LPGi were identified. The results indicated contralateral dominance of premotor neurons and partial innervation of more than one lobe. Then the authors activated each side of the LPGi, resulting in a greater increase in blood glucose levels after right-sided activation than after left-sided activation, as well as changes in protein expression in the liver lobes. These data suggested modulation of HGP (hepatic glucose production) in a lobe-specific manner. Chemical denervation of a particular lobe did not affect glucose levels due to compensation by the other lobes. In addition, nerve bundles decussate in the hepatic portal region.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is timely and relevant. It is important to understand the sympathetic regulation of the liver and the contribution of each lobe to hepatic glucose production. The authors use state-of-the-art methodology.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The wording/terminology used in the manuscript is misleading, and it is not used in the proper context. For instance, the goal of the study is "to investigate whether cerebral hemispheres differentially regulate hepatic glucose metabolism..." (see abstract); however, the authors focus on the brainstem (a single structure without hemispheres). Similarly, symmetric is not the best word for the projections.

      (2) Sparse labeling of liver-related neurons was shown in the LPGi (Figure 1). It would be ideal to have lower magnification images to show the area. Higher quality images would be necessary, as it is difficult to identify brainstem areas. The low number of labeled neurons in the LPGi after five days of inoculation is surprising. Previous findings showed extensive labeling in the ventral brainstem at four days post-inoculation (Desmoulins et al., 2025). Unfortunately, it is not possible to compare the injection paradigm/methods because the PRV inoculation is missing from the methods section. If the PRV is different from the previously published viral tracers, time-dependent studies to determine the order of neurons and the time course of infection would be necessary.

      (3) Not all LPGi cells are liver-related. Was the entire LPGi population stimulated, or was it done in a cell-type-specific manner? What was the strain, sex, and age of the mice? What was the rationale for using the particular viral constructs?

      (4) The authors should consider the effect of stimulation of double-labeled neurons (innervating more than one lobe) and potential confounding effects regarding other physiological functions.

      (5) The authors state that "central projections directly descend along the sympathetic chain to the celiac-superior mesenteric ganglia". What they mean is unclear. Do the authors refer to pre-ganglionic neurons or premotor neurons? How does it fit with the previous literature?

      (6) How was the chemical denervation completed for the individual lobes?

      (7) The Western Blot images look like they are from different blots, but there are no details provided regarding protein amount (loading) or housekeeping. What was the reason to switch beta-actin and alpha-tubulin? In Figures 3F -G, the GS expression is not a good representative image. Were chemiluminescence or fluorescence antibodies used? Were the membranes reused?

      (8) Key references using PRV for liver innervation studies are missing (Stanley et al, 2010 [PMID: 20351287]; Torres et al., 2021 [PMID: 34231420]; Desmoulins et al., 2025 [PMID: 39647176]).

    3. Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The studies here are highly informative in terms of anatomical tracing and sympathetic nerve function in the liver related to glucose levels, but given that they are performed in a single species, it is challenging to translated them to humans, or to determine whether these neural circuits are evolutionarily conserved. Dual-labeling anatomical studies are elegant, and the addition of chemogenetic and optogenetic studies is mechanistically informative. Denervation studies lack appropriate controls, and the role of sensory innervation in the liver is overlooked.

      Specific Weaknesses - Major:

      (1) The species name should be included in the title.

      (2) Tyrosine hydroxylase was used to mark sympathetic fibers in the liver, but this marker also hits a portion of sensory fibers that need to be ruled out in whole-mount imaging data

      (3) Chemogenetic and optogenetic data demonstrating hyperglycemia should be described in the context of prior work demonstrating liver nerve involvement in these processes. There is only a brief mention in the Discussion currently, but comparing methods and observations would be helpful.

      (4) Sympathetic denervation with 6-OHDA can drive compensatory increases to tissue sensory innervation, and this should be measured in the liver denervation studies to implicate potential crosstalk, especially given the increase in LPGi cFOS that may be due to afferent nerve activity. Compensatory sympathetic drive may not be the only culprit, though it is clearly assumed to be. The sensory or parasympathetic/vagal innervation of the liver is altogether ignored in this paper and could be better described in general.

    4. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Wang et al. reports the potential involvement of an asymmetric neurocircuit in the sympathetic control of liver glucose metabolism.

      Strengths:

      The concept that the contralateral brain-liver neurocircuit preferentially regulates each liver lobe may be interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      However, the experimental evidence presented did not support the study's central conclusion.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for recognizing the conceptual novelty of our work and for constructive comments aimed at enhancing its rigor and clarity. In response, we will carry out targeted experiments to address the points raised, including: (i) further characterization of LPGi projections to vagal and sympathetic circuits; (ii) evaluation of potential pancreatic involvement; and (ii) validation of the specificity of chemogenetic activation within the proposed circuit. We anticipate completing the revised version within 8 weeks.

      (1) Pseudorabies virus (PRV) tracing experiment:

      The liver not only possesses sympathetic innervations but also vagal sensory innervations. The experimental setup failed to distinguish whether the PRV-labeling of LPGi (Lateral Paragigantocellular Nucleus) is derived from sympathetic or vagal sensory inputs to the liver.

      Thank you for raising this important point. We fully agree that the liver receives both sympathetic and vagal sensory innervation, and we acknowledge that PRV-based tracing alone does not definitively distinguish between these two pathways. This represents a limitation of the original experimental design.

      Based on established anatomical literature as well as our experimental observations, vagal sensory neuron cell bodies reside in the nodose ganglion (NG), and their central projections terminate predominantly in the nucleus of the solitary tract (NTS) (Nature. 2023;623(7986):387-396; Curr Biol. 2020;30(20):3986-3998.e5.), which is located in the dorsomedial medulla. In contrast, the LPGi, together with other sympathetic-related nuclei, is predominantly distributed in the ventral medulla (Cell Metab. 2025;37(11):2264-2279.e10; Nat Commun. 2022;13(1):5079.).

      To directly assess the contribution of vagal sensory pathways, we will perform an additional PRV tracing experiment using two groups of mice: one with bilateral nodose ganglion (NG) removal and a sham-operated control group. Identical PRV injections will be delivered to the liver in both groups, and PRV labeling in the LPGi will be quantitatively compared. Preservation of LPGi labeling following NG ablation would indicate that PRV transmission occurs primarily via sympathetic, rather than vagal sensory, pathways. These data will be incorporated into the revised manuscript and are expected to be completed within 3 weeks.

      (2) Impact on pancreas:

      The celiac ganglia not only provide sympathetic innervations to the liver but also to the pancreas, the central endocrine organ for glucose metabolism. The chemogenetic manipulation of LPGi failed to consider a direct impact on the secretion of insulin and glucagon from the pancreas.

      Thank you for this important comment. We agree that the celiac ganglia (CG) provide sympathetic innervation not only to the liver but also to the pancreas, which plays a central role in glucose homeostasis through the secretion of both insulin and glucagon. Therefore, the potential pancreatic implications associated with LPGi chemogenetic manipulation worth careful consideration.

      To address this concern, we examined circulating glucagon levels following chemogenetic manipulation of the LPGi. As shown in the Supplementary Figure below, plasma glucagon (GCG) concentrations were not significantly altered at 30, 60, 90, or 120 minutes compared with control mice (n = 6), indicating that LPGi manipulation does not measurably affect glucagon secretion under our experimental conditions.

      We acknowledge that insulin secretion was not assessed in the study, which represents an important limitation given the pancreatic innervation of the CG. To further strengthen our interpretation, we are performing additional experiments in newly prepared mice to measure circulating insulin levels following LPGi manipulation. These data together with Author response image 1 below will be included in the revised manuscript upon completion.

      Author response image 1.

      Plasma concentrations of GCG in mice following LPGi GABAergic neurons activation.

      (3) Neuroanatomy of the brain-liver neurocircuit:<br /> The current study and its conclusion are based on a speculative brain-liver sympathetic circuit without the necessary anatomical information downstream of LPGi.

      Thank you for raising this important point. A clear anatomical definition of the downstream pathways linking the brain to the liver is essential for interpreting the proposed brain-liver sympathetic circuit.

      However, the present study (Figure 4A) provides direct anatomical evidence supporting the organization of the brain–liver sympathetic neurocircuit. These observations are consistent with our recent detailed characterization of the brain-liver sympathetic circuit published in Cell Metabolism (Cell Metab. 2025;37(11):2264–2279), LPGi GABAergic neurons inhibit GABAergic neurons in the caudal ventrolateral medulla (CVLM). Disinhibition of CVLM reduces GABAergic suppression of rostral ventrolateral medulla (RVLM) neurons, which are key excitatory drivers of sympathetic tone. RVLM neurons project to sympathetic preganglionic neurons in the sympathetic chain (Syc). These neurons synapse with postganglionic sympathetic neurons in ganglia such as the celiac-superior mesenteric ganglion (CG-SMG). Postganglionic sympathetic fibers then innervate the liver, releasing NE to activate hepatic β<sub>2</sub>-adrenergic receptors and stimulate HGP.

      Together, these data establish a coherent anatomical basis for the proposed brain-liver sympathetic pathway and clarify the downstream organization relevant to the functional experiments presented here.

      Author response image 2.

      Tracing scheme (Left) and whole-mount imaging (Right) of PRV-labeled brain-liver neurocircuit. Scale bars, 3,000 (whole mount) or 1,000 (optical sections) μm.

      (4) Local manipulation of the celiac ganglia:<br /> The left and right ganglia of mice are not separate from each other but rather anatomically connected. The claim that the local injection of AAV in the left or right ganglion without affecting the other side is against this basic anatomical feature.

      Thank you for raising this important anatomical point. We fully acknowledge that the left and right celiac ganglia (CG) in mice are interconnected, and that unilateral viral injection could theoretically affect the contralateral side. The celiac–superior mesenteric ganglion (CG-SMG) complex serves as a major sympathetic hub that regulates visceral organ functions. Recent transcriptomic, anatomical, and functional studies have revealed that the CG-SMG is not a homogeneous structure but is composed of molecularly and functionally distinct neuronal populations. These populations exhibit specialized projection patterns and regulate different aspects of gastrointestinal physiology, supporting a model of modular sympathetic control. (Nature. 2025 Jan;637(8047):895-902). Therefore, we were aware of this phenomenon during the initial stages of these experiments.

      To minimize unintended spread to the contralateral CG, we took two complementary approaches.

      First, we optimized the injection strategy by using an extremely small injection volume (100 nL per site), with a very slow infusion rate (50 nL/min), and fine glass micropipettes. With these refinements, contralateral viral spread was rarely observed.

      Second, and importantly, all animals included in the final analyses were subjected to post hoc anatomical verification. After completion of the experiments, CG were collected, sectioned, and examined for viral expression. As shown in Supplementary Figure 5F, only mice in which viral expression was strictly confined to the targeted CG, with no detectable infection in the contralateral ganglion, were included in the presented data.

      Together, these measures ensure that the reported effects are attributable to local manipulation of the intended CG. We will ensure that the Methods section more explicitly details these technical precautions and that the legend for Figure S5F clearly states its role in validating injection specificity.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Wang and colleagues aims to determine whether the left and right LPGi differentially regulate hepatic glucose metabolism and to reveal decussation of hepatic sympathetic nerves.

      The authors used tissue clearing to identify sympathetic fibers in the liver lobes, then injected PRV into the hepatic lobes. Five days post-injection, PRV-labeled neurons in the LPGi were identified. The results indicated contralateral dominance of premotor neurons and partial innervation of more than one lobe. Then the authors activated each side of the LPGi, resulting in a greater increase in blood glucose levels after right-sided activation than after left-sided activation, as well as changes in protein expression in the liver lobes. These data suggested modulation of HGP (hepatic glucose production) in a lobe-specific manner. Chemical denervation of a particular lobe did not affect glucose levels due to compensation by the other lobes. In addition, nerve bundles decussate in the hepatic portal region.

      We thank the reviewer for the thorough and constructive evaluation of our manuscript. In direct response, we will undertake comprehensive revisions to enhance the rigor and clarity of the study, including: (i) correcting ambiguous or misleading terminology pertaining to anatomical resolution and sympathetic circuit organization; (ii) expanding the Methods section with complete experimental details, improved image presentation, and explicit justification of our viral and genetic approaches; and (iii) strengthening data interpretation by addressing issues related to sparse PRV labeling, projection heterogeneity, and the functional implications of double-labeled neurons. All revisions are expected to be completed within 8 weeks.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is timely and relevant. It is important to understand the sympathetic regulation of the liver and the contribution of each lobe to hepatic glucose production. The authors use state-of-the-art methodology.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The wording/terminology used in the manuscript is misleading, and it is not used in the proper context. For instance, the goal of the study is "to investigate whether cerebral hemispheres differentially regulate hepatic glucose metabolism..." (see abstract); however, the authors focus on the brainstem (a single structure without hemispheres). Similarly, symmetric is not the best word for the projections.

      We thank the reviewer for raising these critical points regarding terminology and conceptual framing. We acknowledge that certain phrases in our original manuscript may have been overly broad or ambiguous, particularly in describing the scope of sympathetic heterogeneity and the specificity of neural projections. Due to practical constraints and the scope of our study, our investigation is focused on the brainstem, which represents the final common pathway for these lateralized commands. We acknowledge that terms referring to the cerebral hemispheres do not accurately describe our study.

      We are revising the manuscript to ensure accurate and consistent terminology and will submit the revised version with these corrections.

      (2) Sparse labeling of liver-related neurons was shown in the LPGi (Figure 1). It would be ideal to have lower magnification images to show the area. Higher quality images would be necessary, as it is difficult to identify brainstem areas. The low number of labeled neurons in the LPGi after five days of inoculation is surprising. Previous findings showed extensive labeling in the ventral brainstem at four days post-inoculation (Desmoulins et al., 2025). Unfortunately, it is not possible to compare the injection paradigm/methods because the PRV inoculation is missing from the methods section. If the PRV is different from the previously published viral tracers, time-dependent studies to determine the order of neurons and the time course of infection would be necessary.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for these detailed and constructive comments regarding the PRV tracing experiments. We fully agree that careful presentation and interpretation of the anatomical data are essential for ensuring rigor and transparency. We address each point in detail below.

      (1) Image magnification and anatomical context of LPGi labeling

      We agree that the original images did not sufficiently convey the broader anatomical context of the LPGi. In the revised manuscript, we will replace the original panels in Figure 1 with new images that include lower-magnification overviews of the brainstem, alongside higher-magnification views of the LPGi. These images clearly delineate the LPGi with respect to established anatomical landmarks and atlas boundaries. Image contrast and resolution will also be optimized to allow unambiguous identification of PRV-labeled neurons and surrounding structures.

      (2) Sparse LPGi labeling at 5 days post-injection and methodological details

      We apologize for the omission of the detailed PRV injection protocol in the original Methods section. We deliberately used small-volume, focal injections (1 µL per liver lobe) to minimize viral spread and to restrict labeling to circuits specifically connected to the targeted hepatic region. Under these conditions, early-stage or intermediate-order upstream nuclei such as the LPGi are expected to exhibit relatively sparse labeling compared to more proximal autonomic nuclei. This information will add, including the PRV strain, viral titer, injection volume, precise injection coordinates, and surgical procedures.

      (3) Not all LPGi cells are liver-related. Was the entire LPGi population stimulated, or was it done in a cell-type-specific manner? What was the strain, sex, and age of the mice? What was the rationale for using the particular viral constructs?

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful and important question. We agree that not all neurons within the LPGi are liver-related, and we apologize that our rationale was not clearly articulated in the original manuscript.

      (1) Our decision to target GABAergic neurons in the LPGi using Gad1-Cre mice was based on prior experimental evidence rather than an assumption about the entire LPGi population. In our previous study (Cell Metab. 2025;37(11):2264-2279.e10), we performed single-cell RNA sequencing on retrogradely labeled LPGi neurons following liver tracing. These analyses revealed that the majority of liver-projecting LPGi neurons are GABAergic in nature. Based on these findings, we chose to selectively manipulate GABAergic neurons in the LPGi rather than the entire LPGi neuronal population, in order to achieve greater cellular specificity and to minimize potential confounding effects arising from heterogeneous neuron types within this region. We regret that this rationale was not clearly described in the original submission and have now revised the manuscript to explicitly state this reasoning.

      (2) In addition, we apologize for the omission of mouse strain, sex, and age information in the Methods section. These details will be fully added.

      (3) We selected AAV-based viral vectors, specifically the AAV9 serotype, due to their well-established efficiency in transducing neurons in the brainstem, relatively low toxicity, and widespread use in circuit-level chemogenetic and optogenetic studies. When combined with Cre-dependent viral constructs in Gad1-Cre mice, this approach enabled selective and reliable manipulation of LPGi GABAergic neurons.

      (4) The authors should consider the effect of stimulation of double-labeled neurons (innervating more than one lobe) and potential confounding effects regarding other physiological functions.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that neurons innervating more than one liver lobe could, in principle, introduce potential confounding effects and may reflect higher-order integrative autonomic neurons.

      This consideration is consistent with a key finding of the cited study: the celiac-superior mesenteric ganglion (CG-SMG) contains molecularly distinct sympathetic neuron populations (e.g., RXFP1<sup>+</sup> vs. SHOX2<sup>+</sup>) that exhibit complementary organ projections and separate, non‑overlapping functions. Specifically, RXFP1<sup>+</sup> neurons innervate secretory organs (pancreas, bile duct) to regulate secretion, while SHOX2<sup>+</sup> neurons innervate the gastrointestinal tract to control motility. This functional segregation supports the concept of specialized autonomic modules rather than a uniform,“fight or flight”response, reinforcing the need for careful interpretation of circuit-specific manipulations. (Nature. 2025;637(8047):895-902; Neuron. Published online December 10, 2025).

      In our PRV tracing experiments, the proportion of double-labeled neurons was relatively small, suggesting that the majority of labeled LPGi neurons preferentially associate with individual hepatic lobes. Nevertheless, we recognize that activation of this minority population could contribute to broader physiological effects beyond strictly lobe-specific regulation. We acknowledge that the absence of single-cell-level resolution in the current study limits our ability to further dissect the functional heterogeneity of these projection-defined neurons, and we will explicitly state this as a limitation in the revised manuscript. We will explicitly acknowledge this possibility in the revised manuscript and included it as a limitation of the current study. We thank the reviewer for highlighting this important conceptual consideration.

      (5) The authors state that "central projections directly descend along the sympathetic chain to the celiac-superior mesenteric ganglia". What they mean is unclear. Do the authors refer to pre-ganglionic neurons or premotor neurons? How does it fit with the previous literature?

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this imprecise wording. We agree that the original phrasing was anatomically inaccurate and potentially confusing. The pathways we intended to describe involve brainstem premotor neurons that project to sympathetic preganglionic neurons in the spinal cord. These preganglionic neurons then innervate neurons in the celiac–superior mesenteric ganglia, which in turn provide postganglionic input to the liver.

      We are revising the manuscript to clearly distinguish premotor from preganglionic neurons and to describe this pathway in a manner consistent with the established organization of sympathetic autonomic circuits reported in the previous literature. The revised wording will explicitly reflect this hierarchical relay structure.

      (6) How was the chemical denervation completed for the individual lobes?

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important methodological concern. We agree that potential diffusion of 6-OHDA is a critical issue when performing lobe-specific chemical denervation, and we apologize that our original description did not sufficiently clarify how this was controlled.

      In the revised Methods section, we will provide a detailed description of the denervation procedure, including the injection volume and concentration of 6-OHDA, as well as the physical separation and isolation of individual hepatic lobes during application to minimize diffusion to adjacent tissue.

      To directly assess the specificity of the chemical denervation, we included immunofluorescence and Western blot analyses demonstrating a selective reduction of sympathetic markers in the targeted lobe, with minimal effects on non-targeted lobes. These results support the effectiveness and relative spatial confinement of the 6-OHDA treatment under our experimental conditions.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting this point, which has helped us improve both the clarity and rigor of the manuscript.

      (7) The Western Blot images look like they are from different blots, but there are no details provided regarding protein amount (loading) or housekeeping. What was the reason to switch beta-actin and alpha-tubulin? In Figures 3F -G, the GS expression is not a good representative image. Were chemiluminescence or fluorescence antibodies used? Were the membranes reused?

      We thank the reviewer for this careful and detailed evaluation of the Western blot data. We apologize that insufficient methodological detail was provided in the original submission.

      (1) We would like to clarify that the protein bands shown within each panel were derived from the same membrane. To improve transparency, we will provide full, uncropped images of the corresponding membranes in the supplementary materials. In addition, detailed information regarding protein loading amounts, gel conditions, and housekeeping controls will be added to the Methods section.

      (2) The use of different loading controls (β-actin or α-tubulin) reflects a technical consideration rather than an experimental inconsistency. In our experiments, the molecular weight of the TH (62kDa) was too close to α-tubulin (55kDa), and β-actin (42kDa) was therefore used to avoid band overlap and to ensure accurate quantification.

      (3) Regarding the GS signal shown in Figures 3F–G, we agree that the original representative image was suboptimal. This appears to be related to antibody performance rather than sample quality. To address this, we are repeating the GS Western blot using a newly validated antibody. The original tissue samples had been aliquoted and stored at −80 °C, allowing reliable re-analysis. This work will be done in 8 weeks.

      (4) All Western blot experiments were detected using chemiluminescence, and membrane stripping and reprobing procedures are now explicitly described in the Methods section.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting these issues, which significantly improve the rigor and clarity of our data presentation.

      (8) Key references using PRV for liver innervation studies are missing (Stanley et al, 2010 [PMID: 20351287]; Torres et al., 2021 [PMID: 34231420]; Desmoulins et al., 2025 [PMID: 39647176]).

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out these important and highly relevant references that were inadvertently omitted in our initial submission. The studies by Stanley et al. (Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A, 2010), Torres et al. (Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol, 2021), and Desmoulins et al. (Auton Neurosci, 2025) represent key PRV-based retrograde tracing work that has mapped central neural circuits innervating the liver and thus provide essential context for our anatomical analyses.

      We agree that inclusion of these studies is necessary to properly situate our findings within the existing literature. Accordingly, we will incorporate citations to these references in the revised manuscript and discuss their relationship to our results.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study found a lobe-specific, lateralized control of hepatic glucose metabolism by the brain and provides anatomical evidence for sympathetic crossover at the porta hepatis. The findings are particularly insightful to the researchers in the field of liver metabolism, regeneration, and tumors.

      Strengths:

      Increasing evidence suggests spatial heterogeneity of the liver across many aspects of metabolism and regenerative capacity. The current study has provided interesting findings: neuronal innervation of the liver also shows anatomical differences across lobes. The findings could be particularly useful for understanding liver pathophysiology and treatment, such as metabolic interventions or transplantation.

      Weaknesses:

      Inclusion of detailed method and Discussion:

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for the positive and constructive feedback, which will significantly enhance both the methodological rigor and the broader biological interpretation of our study. In direct response, we will revise the Discussion to elaborate on the potential physiological advantages of a lateralized and lobe-specific pattern of liver innervation. Furthermore, we will expand the Methods section to include a comprehensive description of the quantitative analysis applied to PRV-labeled neurons. Together, these revisions will strengthen the manuscript’s clarity, depth, and relevance to researchers in hepatic metabolism, regeneration, and disease. We expect to complete all updates within 8 weeks.

      (1) The quantitative results of PRV-labeled neurons are presented, and please include the specific quantitative methods.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. We will add a detailed description of the quantitative methods used to analyze PRV-labeled neurons in the revised Methods section. This includes information on the counting criteria, the brain regions analyzed, how the regions of interest were delineated, and the normalization procedures applied to obtain the reported neuron counts.

      (2) The Discussion can be expanded to include potential biological advantages of this complex lateralized innervation pattern.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion. We will expand the Discussion to include a paragraph addressing the potential biological significance of lateralized liver innervation. We highlight that this asymmetric organization could allow for more precise, lobe-specific regulation of hepatic metabolism, enable integration of distinct physiological signals, and potentially provide robustness against perturbations. These points will discuss in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The studies here are highly informative in terms of anatomical tracing and sympathetic nerve function in the liver related to glucose levels, but given that they are performed in a single species, it is challenging to translated them to humans, or to determine whether these neural circuits are evolutionarily conserved. Dual-labeling anatomical studies are elegant, and the addition of chemogenetic and optogenetic studies is mechanistically informative. Denervation studies lack appropriate controls, and the role of sensory innervation in the liver is overlooked.

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer's thoughtful evaluation and fully agree that findings derived from a single-species model must be interpreted with caution in relation to human physiology. In direct response, we will revise the manuscript to explicitly clarify that all experimental data were obtained in mice and to provide a discussion of the limitations regarding direct extrapolation to humans. Concurrently, we will expand the Discussion section by integrating our findings with recent human and translational studies, including a multicenter clinical trial demonstrating that catheter-based endovascular denervation of the celiac and hepatic arteries significantly improved glycemic control in patients with poorly controlled type 2 diabetes, without major adverse events (Signal Transduct Target Ther. 2025;10(1):371). While our current work focuses on defining the anatomical organization and functional asymmetry of this circuit in mice, the clinical findings suggest that the core principles, sympathetic control of hepatic glucose metabolism via CG-liver pathways, may be conserved and of translational relevance. Additionally, we will clarify the interpretation of tyrosine hydroxylase labeling and expand the discussion of hepatic sensory and parasympathetic innervation, acknowledging their important roles in liver–brain communication and identifying them as key directions for future research. Collectively, these revisions will provide a more balanced, clinically informed, and rigorous framework for interpreting our findings, and we aim to complete all updates within 8 weeks.

      Specific Weaknesses - Major:

      (1) The species name should be included in the title.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We agree that the species should be clearly indicated. The findings presented in this study were obtained in mice using tissue clearing and whole-organ imaging approaches. Due to technical limitations, these observations are currently limited to the mouse strain. We will update the title and clarified the species used throughout the manuscript.

      (2) Tyrosine hydroxylase was used to mark sympathetic fibers in the liver, but this marker also hits a portion of sensory fibers that need to be ruled out in whole-mount imaging data

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We acknowledge that tyrosine hydroxylase (TH) labels not only sympathetic fibers but also a subset of sensory fibers. We will add a limitation of this point in the revised manuscript. In addition, ongoing experiments using retrograde PRV labeling from the liver, combined with sectioning, are being used to distinguish sympathetic fibers from vagal and dorsal root ganglion–derived sensory fibers. These data will be included in a forthcoming update of the manuscript and are expected to be completed in approximately 6 weeks.

      (3) Chemogenetic and optogenetic data demonstrating hyperglycemia should be described in the context of prior work demonstrating liver nerve involvement in these processes. There is only a brief mention in the Discussion currently, but comparing methods and observations would be helpful.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Previous studies largely relied on electrical stimulation to modulate liver innervation, which provides relatively coarse control of neural activity (Eur J Biochem. 1992;207(2):399-411). By contrast, our use of chemogenetic and optogenetic approaches allows selective, cell-type–specific manipulation of LPGi neurons. We will revise the Discussion to place our functional data in the context of prior work, highlighting how these more precise approaches improve understanding of the contribution of liver-innervating neurons to hyperglycemia.

      (4) Sympathetic denervation with 6-OHDA can drive compensatory increases to tissue sensory innervation, and this should be measured in the liver denervation studies to implicate potential crosstalk, especially given the increase in LPGi cFOS that may be due to afferent nerve activity. Compensatory sympathetic drive may not be the only culprit, though it is clearly assumed to be. The sensory or parasympathetic/vagal innervation of the liver is altogether ignored in this paper and could be better described in general.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment and agree that chemical sympathetic denervation with 6-OHDA may induce compensatory changes in non-sympathetic hepatic inputs, including sensory and parasympathetic (vagal) innervation. As the reviewer correctly points out, increased LPGi cFOS activity may reflect afferent nerve engagement rather than solely compensatory sympathetic drive.

      More broadly, we agree that the central nervous system functions as an integrated homeostatic network that continuously processes diverse afferent signals, including hepatic sensory and vagal inputs, as well as other interoceptive cues. From this perspective, the LPGi cFOS changes observed in our study likely represent one component of a complex integrative response rather than evidence for a single dominant pathway.

      We acknowledge that the present study did not directly assess hepatic sensory or parasympathetic innervation, which represents a limitation in scope. In the revised manuscript, we will expand the Discussion to explicitly note this limitation and provide a more balanced consideration of potential crosstalk among sympathetic, sensory, and parasympathetic pathways in shaping LPGi activity following hepatic denervation.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Although the findings are interesting, this reviewer has major concerns about the experimental design, methodology, results, and interpretation of the data. Experimental details are lacking, including basic information (age, sex, strain of mice, procedures, magnification, etc.).

      We thank the reviewer for this important recommendation. We agree that comprehensive reporting of experimental details is essential for rigor and reproducibility.

      In the revised manuscript, we will add complete information regarding mouse strain, sex, age, and sample size for each experiment. In addition, detailed descriptions of surgical procedures, viral constructs, injection parameters, imaging magnification, and analysis methods have been incorporated into the Methods section.

      These revisions ensure that all experiments are described with sufficient technical detail and clarity to allow accurate interpretation and replication of our findings.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Addressing a few questions might help:

      (1) The study found that liver-associated LPGi neurons are predominantly GABAergic. It would be informative to molecularly characterize the PRV-traced, liver-projecting LPGi neurons to determine their neurochemical phenotypes.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion. We agree that molecular characterization of liver-projecting LPGi neurons is important for understanding their functional identity.

      This issue has been addressed in detail in our recent study (Cell Metab. 2025;37(11):2264-2279.e10), in which we performed single-cell RNA sequencing on retrogradely traced LPGi neurons connected to the liver. These analyses demonstrated that the majority of liver-projecting LPGi neurons are GABAergic, with a defined transcriptional profile distinct from neighboring non–liver-related populations.

      Based on these findings, the current study selectively targets GABAergic LPGi neurons using Gad1-Cre mice. We are now explicitly referencing and summarizing these molecular results in the revised manuscript to clarify the neurochemical identity of the PRV-traced LPGi neurons.

      (2) Is it possible to do a local microinjection of a sodium channel blocker (e.g., lidocaine) or an adrenergic receptor antagonist into the porta hepatis? That would potentially provide additional evidence for the porta hepatis as the functional crossover point.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s thoughtful suggestion. While pharmacological blockade at the porta hepatis could modulate local neural activity, the proposed approach may not fully capture the distinction between ipsilateral and contralateral inputs, and may not conclusively establish neural crossover at this particular site.

      In our view, the anatomical evidence provided by whole-mount tissue clearing, dual-labeled tracing, and direct visualization of decussating nerve bundles at the porta hepatis offers a more definitive demonstration of sympathetic crossover. Pharmacological blockade would affect both crossed and uncrossed fibers simultaneously and therefore would not specifically resolve the anatomical organization of this decussation.

      Nevertheless, we agree that functional interrogation of the porta hepatis represents an interesting direction for future work, and we will now acknowledge this possibility in the Discussion.

      (3) It is possible to investigate the effects of unilateral LPGi manipulation or ablation of one side of CG/SMG on liver metabolism, such as hyperglycemia?

      We thank the reviewer for this important suggestion. We agree that unilateral ablation or silencing of the CG-SMG could provide additional insight into lateralized sympathetic control of liver metabolism.

      However, precise and selective ablation of one side of the CG-SMG through 6-OHDA without affecting the contralateral ganglion or adjacent autonomic structures remains technically challenging, particularly given the anatomical connectivity between the two sides. We are currently optimizing approaches to achieve reliable unilateral manipulation.

      If successful within the revision timeframe, we will include these experiments and corresponding metabolic analyses in the revised manuscript. If not, we will explicitly discuss this experimental limitation and the predicted metabolic consequences of unilateral CG-SMG ablation as an important direction for future studies. This work will be done in 6 weeks.

      Reviewer #4 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In the abstract and elsewhere, the use of the term 'sympathetic release' is unclear - do you mean release of nerve products, such as the neurotransmitter norepinephrine? This should be more clearly defined.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this ambiguity. We agree that the term “sympathetic release” was imprecise. In the revised manuscript, we will explicitly refer to the release of sympathetic neurotransmitters, primarily norepinephrine, from postganglionic sympathetic fibers.

      We will revise the wording throughout the manuscript to ensure accurate and consistent terminology and to avoid potential confusion regarding the underlying neurobiological mechanisms.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors investigate the effects of Miro1 on VSMC biology after injury. Using conditional knockout animals, they provide the important observation that Miro1 is required for neointima formation. They also confirm that Miro1 is expressed in human coronary arteries. Specifically, in conditions of coronary diseases, it is localized in both media and neointima, and, in atherosclerotic plaque, Miro1 is expressed in proliferating cells.

      However, the role of Miro1 in VSMC in CV diseases is poorly studied, and the data available are limited; therefore, the authors decided to deepen this aspect. The evidence that Miro-/- VSMCs show impaired proliferation and an arrest in S phase is solid and further sustained by restoring Miro1 to control levels, normalizing proliferation. Miro1 also affects mitochondrial distribution, which is strikingly changed after Miro1 deletion. Both effects are associated with impaired energy metabolism due to the ability of Miro1 to participate in MICOS/MIB complex assembly, influencing mitochondrial cristae folding. Interestingly, the authors also show the interaction of Miro1 with NDUFA9, globally affecting super complex 2 assembly and complex I activity.

      Finally, these important findings also apply to human cells and can be partially replicated using a pharmacological approach, proposing Miro1 as a target for vasoproliferative diseases.

      Strengths:

      The discovery of Miro1 relevance in neointima information is compelling, as well as the evidence in VSMC that MIRO1 loss impairs mitochondrial cristae formation, expanding observations previously obtained in embryonic fibroblasts.

      The identification of MIRO1 interaction with NDUFA9 is novel and adds value to this paper. Similarly, the findings that VSMC proliferation requires mitochondrial ATP support the new idea that these cells do not rely mostly on glycolysis.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Figure 3:

      I appreciate the system used to assess mitochondrial distribution; however, I believe that time-lapse microscopy to evaluate mitochondrial movements in real time should be mandatory. The experimental timing is compatible with time-lapse imaging, and these experiments will provide a quantitative estimation of the distance travelled by mitochondria and the fraction of mitochondria that change position over time. I also suggest evaluating mitochondrial shape in control and MIRO1-/- VSMC to assess whether MIRO1 absence could impact mitochondrial morphology, altering fission/fusion machinery, since mitochondrial shape could differently influence the mobility.

      Mitochondrial motility experiments. WT and Miro1-/- VSMCs were transiently transfected with mito-ds-red and untargeted GFP adenoviruses to fluorescently label mitochondria and cytosol, respectively. Live-cell fluorescence confocal microscopy was used to acquire mitochondrial images at one-minute intervals over a 25-30-minute period. WT cells exhibited dynamic reorganization of the mitochondrial network, whereas Miro1-/- VSMCs displayed minimal mitochondrial movement, characterized only by limited oscillatory behavior without network remodeling (Supplemental Video 1).

      Mitochondrial shape (form factor) was assessed by confocal microscopy in WT and Miro1-/- VSMCs. Analysis of the mitochondrial form factor (defined as the ratio of mitochondrial length to width) during cell cycle progression revealed morphological changes in wild type (WT) cells, characterized by an increase in form factor. In contrast, Miro1-/- cells exhibited no significant alterations in mitochondrial morphology (Figure 3- Figure supplement 1B).

      (2) Figure 6:

      The evidence of MIRO1 ablation on cristae remodeling is solid; however, considering that the mechanism proposed to explain the finding is the modulation of MICOS/MIB complex, as shown in Figure 6D, I suggest performing EM analysis in each condition. In my mind, Miro1 KK and Miro1 TM should lead to different cristae phenotypes according to the different impact on MICOS/MIB complex assembly. Especially, Miro1 TM should mimic Miro1 -/- condition, while Miro1 KK should drive a less severe phenotype. This would supply a good correlation between Miro1, MICOS/MIB complex formation and cristae folding.

      I also suggest performing supercomplex assembly and complex I activity with each plasmid to correlate MICOS/MIB complex assembly with the respiratory chain efficiency.

      Complex I activity assays revealed that overexpression of MIRO1-WT fully restored enzymatic activity in MIRO1-/- cells, whereas MIRO1-KK provided partial rescue. In contrast, a MIRO1 mutant lacking the transmembrane domain failed to restore activity and resembled the Miro1-/- phenotype (Figure 6- Figure supplement 2).

      The Complex I activity in each Miro1 mutant correlated with the degree of MICOS/MIB complex assembly in pulldown assays, implying a functional link between Miro1 and mitochondrial cristae organization.

      Moreover, an in-gel Complex V activity assay was performed to evaluate the enzymatic activity of mitochondrial ATP synthase in a native gel following electrophoresis. To normalize the activity signal, a Blue Native PAGE of the same samples was probed for the ATP5F1 subunit. A modest, yet statistically significant reduction in Complex V activity was observed in Miro1-/- cells (Figure 6- Figure supplement 1).

      (3) I noticed that none of the in vitro findings have been validated in an in vivo model. I believe this represents a significant gap that would be valuable to address. In your animal model, it should not be too complex to analyze mitochondria by electron microscopy to assess cristae morphology. Additionally, supercomplex assembly and complex I activity could be evaluated in tissue homogenates to corroborate the in vitro observations.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment. However, our currently available samples have been processed by light microscopy and are therefore not suitable for embedding for light for electron microscopy.

      (4) I find the results presented in Figure S7 somewhat unclear. The authors employ a pharmacological strategy to reduce Miro1 and validate the findings previously obtained with the genetic knockout model. They report increased mitophagy and a reduction in mitochondrial mass. However, in my opinion, these changes alone could significantly impact cellular metabolism. A lower number of mitochondria would naturally result in decreased ATP production and reduced mitochondrial respiration. This, in turn, weakens the proposed direct link between Miro1 deletion and impaired metabolic function or altered electron transport chain (ETC) activity. I believe this section would benefit from additional experiments and a more in-depth discussion.

      We initially conducted experiments using the MIRO1 reducer to explore the translational potential of our findings. These experiments aimed to provide a foundation in vivo studies. However, despite multiple attempts, we were unable to demonstrate a significant effect of MIRO1reducer, delivered via a Pluronic gel, on the mitochondria of the vascular wall. Of note, he role of MIRO1 in mitophagy has been well-established in several studies (for example, PMID: 34152608), which show that genetic deletion of Miro1 delays the translocation of the E3 ubiquitin ligase Parkin onto damaged mitochondria, thereby reducing mitochondrial clearance in fibroblasts and cultured neurons. Furthermore, loss of Miro1 in the hippocampus and cortex increases mitofusin levels with the appearance of hyperfused mitochondria and activation of the integrated stress response. Thus, MIRO1 deletion in genetic models does not result in a substantial reduction of mitochondria but causes hyperfused mitochondria. The rationale for developing the MIRO1 reducer stems from genetic forms of Parkinson’s disease, where Miro1 is retained in PD cells but degraded in healthy cells following mitochondrial depolarization (PMID: 31564441). Thus, the degradation of mutant MIRO1 by the reducer does not phenocopy the effects of genetic MIRO1 depletion. Thus, we believe the data with the reducer demonstrate that MIRO1 can be acutely targeted in vitro, but the mechanism of action (as the reviewer points out, the reduction of mitochondrial mass may lead to decreased ATP levels, potentially reducing cell proliferation) differs from that of chronic genetic deletion. In fact, we observe somewhat increased mitochondrial length in MIRO1-/- cells. We acknowledge that this is complex and have revised the paragraph to clarify the use of the MIRO1 reducer.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study identifies the outer mitochondrial GTPase MIRO1 as a central regulator of vascular smooth muscle cell (VSMC) proliferation and neointima formation after carotid injury in vivo and PDGF-stimulation ex vivo. Using smooth muscle-specific knockout male mice, complementary in vitro murine and human VSMC cell models, and analyses of mitochondrial positioning, cristae architecture, and respirometry, the authors provide solid evidence that MIRO1 couples mitochondrial motility with ATP production to meet the energetic demands of the G1/S cell cycle transition. However, a component of the metabolic analyses is suboptimal and would benefit from more robust methodologies. The work is valuable because it links mitochondrial dynamics to vascular remodeling and suggests MIRO1 as a therapeutic target for vasoproliferative diseases, although whether pharmacological targeting of MIRO1 in vivo can effectively reduce neointima after carotid injury has not been explored. This paper will be of interest to those working on VSMCs and mitochondrial biology.

      Strengths:

      The strength of the study lies in its comprehensive approach, assessing the role of MIRO1 in VSMC proliferation in vivo, ex vivo, and importantly in human cells. The subject provides mechanistic links between MIRO1-mediated regulation of mitochondrial mobility and optimal respiratory chain function to cell cycle progression and proliferation. Finally, the findings are potentially clinically relevant given the presence of MIRO1 in human atherosclerotic plaques and the available small molecule MIRO1.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There is a consistent lack of reporting across figure legends, including group sizes, n numbers, how many independent experiments were performed, or whether the data is mean +/- SD or SEM, etc. This needs to be corrected.

      These data were added in the revised manuscript.

      (2) The in vivo carotid injury experiments are in male mice fed a high-fat diet; this should be explicitly stated in the abstract, as it's unclear if there are any sex- or diet-dependent differences. Is VSMC proliferation/neointima formation different in chow-fed mice after carotid injury?

      This is an important point, and we appreciate the feedback. In this model, the transgene is located on the Y chromosome. As a result, only male mice can be studied. However, in our previous experiments, we have not observed any sex-dependent changes in neointimal formation. Additionally, please note that smooth muscle cell proliferation in neointimal formation is enhanced in models of cholesterol-fed mice on a high-fat diet.

      (3) The main body of the methods section is thin, and it's unclear why the majority of the methods are in the supplemental file. The authors should consider moving these to the main article, especially in an online-only journal.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We moved the methods to the main manuscript.

      (4) Certain metabolic analyses are suboptimal, including ATP concentration and Complex I activity measurements. The measurement of ATP/ADP and ATP/AMP ratios for energy charge status (luminometer or mass spectrometry), while high-resolution respirometry (Oroboros) to determine mitochondrial complex I activity in permeabilized VSMCs would be more informative.

      ATP/ADP and ATP/AMP ratios were assessed on samples from WT and Miro1-/- VSMCs using an ATP/ADP/AMP Assay Kit (Cat#: A-125) purchased from Biomedical Research Service, University at Buffalo, New York). Miro1-/- samples exhibited reduced ATP levels accompanied by elevated concentrations of ADP and AMP. As a result, both ATP/ADP and ATP/AMP ratios were significantly lower in MIRO1-/- cells compared to WT, indicating impaired cellular energy homeostasis (Figure 5B, C).

      (5) The statement that 'mitochondrial mobility is not required for optimal ATP production' is poorly supported. XF Seahorse analysis should be performed with nocodazole and also following MIRO1 reconstitution +/- EF hands.

      To evaluate the metabolic effects of Nocodazole, we conducted Seahorse metabolic assays on vascular smooth muscle cells with various conditions (VSMCs). We used WT VSMCs, Miro1-/- VSMCs, and Miro1-/- VSMCs that expressed either MIRO1-WT, KK, or ΔTM mutants.Our results demonstrate that Nocodazole exposure did not compromise mitochondrial respiratory activity. However, Miro1-/- VSMCs displayed a trend toward reduced basal and maximal mitochondrial respiration when compared to WT cells. This deficit was only partially corrected by the expression of the MIRO1-KK mutant. In contrast, reintroducing MIRO1-WT through adenoviral delivery fully restored mitochondrial respiration to normal levels (Figure 5- Figure supplement 1).

      (6) The authors should consider moving MIRO1 small molecule data into the main figures. A lot of value would be added to the study if the authors could demonstrate that therapeutic targeting of MIRO1 could prevent neointima formation in vivo.

      We appreciate the reviewer's comment and attempted the suggested in vivo experiments using the commercially available Miro1 reducer. For these experiments, we used a pluronic gel to deliver the reducer to the adventitial area surrounding the carotid artery. Despite numerous attempts to optimize the experimental conditions, we were unable to reliably detect a significant effect of the reducer on mitochondria in the vascular wall.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study addresses the role of MIRO1 in vascular smooth muscle cell proliferation, proposing a link between MIRO1 loss and altered growth due to disrupted mitochondrial dynamics and function. While the findings are potentially useful for understanding the importance of mitochondrial positioning and function in this specific cell type within health and disease contexts, the evidence presented appears incomplete, with key bioenergetic and mechanistic claims lacking adequate support.

      Strengths:

      (1)The study focuses on an important regulatory protein, MIRO1, and its role in vascular smooth muscle cell (VSMC) proliferation, a relatively underexplored context.

      (2) It explores the link between smooth muscle cell growth, mitochondrial dynamics, and bioenergetics, which is a potentially significant area for both basic and translational biology.

      (3) The use of both in vivo and in vitro systems provides a potentially useful experimental framework to interrogate MIRO1 function in this context.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The central claim that MIRO1 loss impairs mitochondrial bioenergetics is not convincingly demonstrated, with only modest changes in respiratory parameters and no direct evidence of functional respiratory chain deficiency.

      (2) The proposed link between MIRO1 and respiratory supercomplex assembly or function is speculative, lacking mechanistic detail and supported by incomplete or inconsistent biochemical data.

      (3) Key mitochondrial assays are either insufficiently controlled or poorly interpreted, undermining the strength of the conclusions regarding oxidative phosphorylation.

      (4) The study does not adequately assess mitochondrial content or biogenesis, which could confound interpretations of changes in respiratory activity.

      (5) Overall, the evidence for a direct impact of MIRO1 on mitochondrial respiratory function in the experimental setting is weak, and the conclusions overreach the data.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1)  Throughout the manuscript, the authors incorrectly use "mobility" to describe the active transport of mitochondria. The appropriate term is "mitochondrial motility," which refers to active, motor-driven movement. "Mobility" implies passive diffusion and is not scientifically accurate in this context.

      (2) "Super complex" should be consistently written as "supercomplex," in line with accepted mitochondrial biology terminology.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and revised the text accordingly.

      (3) A significant limitation of the in vivo model is the mild phenotype observed, which is expected from an inducible knockout system. The authors should clarify whether a constitutive, tissue-specific knockout was considered and, if not, whether embryonic lethality or another limitation prevented its generation.

      This genetic model was originally developed by Dr. Janet Shaw at the University of Utah. In the original publication, Miro1 was constitutively knocked out in neurons. Germline inactivation of Miro1 was achieved by crossing mice harboring the Miro1F allele with a mouse line expressing Cre recombinase under the control of the hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoribosyltransferase (HPRT) promoter. Mating Miro1+/− mice resulted in Miro1−/− animals, which were cyanotic and died shortly after birth. Due to this outcome, we opted to develop an inducible, smooth muscle-specific model. Additionally, we considered testing whether the acute use of an inhibitor or a knockdown system targeting Miro1 could be evaluated as a potential therapeutic approach.

      (4) In Figure 1A and S1A, the authors use Western blotting to validate the knockout in the aorta and IHC in carotid arteries. The choice of different methods does not seem justified, and qPCR data are shown only for the aorta. IHC appears to be suboptimal for assessing MIRO1 levels in vascular tissue due to high autofluorescence, and IHC in Figure S1A is merely qualitative, with no quantification provided.

      We present complementary approaches to validate the deletion of Miro1. For Western blot analysis, we used the aorta because it provides more material for analysis. The autofluorescence observed via immunofluorescence is characteristic of elastin fibers within the media layer, making our results typical for this technique. As shown in Figure 1- Figure supplement 1, our data demonstrate a significant decrease, if not a complete knockout, of the target protein specifically in smooth muscle cells.

      (5) In Figure 1G, the bottom left panel (magnification) shows a lower green signal than the top left panel, suggesting these may have been collected with different signal intensity. This raises concerns about image consistency and representation.

      Top images in Figure 1G are taken at magnification 63x. Bottom images were made at magnification 20x. The intensity is different between the two magnifications, but similar between genotypes.

      (6) In Figure S3, the sampling is uncontrolled: the healthy subject and the patient differ markedly in age. The claim of colocalization is not substantiated with any quantitative analysis.

      As outlined in the Methods section, our heart samples were obtained from LVAD patients or explanted hearts from transplant recipients. Due to the limited availability of such samples, there is indeed a difference in age between the healthy subject and the patient. While we acknowledge this limitation, the scarcity of samples made it challenging to control for age. Additionally, we determined that performing a quantitative analysis of colocalization would not yield robust or meaningful data given the constraints of our sample size and variability. 

      (7) Figure S4A lacks statistical analysis, which is necessary for interpreting the data shown.

      This appears to be a misunderstanding. In this manuscript, we do present statistically significant differences and focus on those that are biologically meaningful. Specifically, we highlight differences between PDGF treatment versus no treatment within the same genotype, as well as differences between the two genotypes under the same treatment condition (control or PDGF treatment). In this particular case, there is only a statistical difference between WT+PDGF and SM-Miro1-/, but since this is not a meaningful comparison, it is not shown. Please note that this approach applies to all figures in the manuscript. Including all comparisons—whether statistically significant or not, and whether biologically meaningful or not—may appear rigorous but in our opinion, ultimately detracts from the main message of this paper.

      (8) The authors state, "given the generally poor proliferation of VSMCs from SM-MIRO1-/- mice, in later experiments we used VSMCs from MIRO1fl/fl mice and infected them with adenovirus expressing cre." This is not convincing, especially since in vivo cre efficiency is generally lower than in vitro. Moreover, the methods indicate that "VSMCs from littermate controls were subjected to the same procedure with empty vector control adenovirus," yet in Figure 2A, the control appears to be MIRO1fl/fl VSMCs transduced with Ad-EV. The logic and consistency of the controls used need clarification.

      For the initial experiments, cells were explanted from SM-MIRO1-/- mice (Figure 2- Figure supplement 1). In these mice, Cre recombination had occurred in vivo, and the cells exhibited very poor growth. In fact, their growth was so limited that we decided not to pursue this experimental approach after three independent experiments.

      For subsequent experiments, cells were explanted from Miro1fl/fl mice and passaged several times, which allowed us to generate the number of cells required for the experiments (Figure 2B). Once sufficient Miro1fl/fl cells were obtained, they were treated with adenovirus expressing Cre, as described in the Methods section. Control cells were treated with an empty vector adenovirus. To clarify, the control cells are Miro1fl/fl cells infected with an empty vector adenovirus, while the MIRO1-/- cells are Miro1fl/fl cells infected with adenovirus expressing Cre. The statement that “littermate controls were used” is incorrect as in fact, Miro1fl/fl cells from the same preparation were either infected with an empty vector adenovirus, or with adenovirus expressing Cre. As mentioned, the knockdown was confirmed by Western blotting.

      (9) Figure 2C shows a growth delay in MIRO1-/- cells. Have the authors performed additional time points to determine when these cells return to G1 and quantify the duration of the lag?

      This is an excellent suggestion. So far, we have not performed this experiment.

      (10) In the 24 h time point of Figure 2C, MIRO1-/- cells appear to be cycling, yet no cyclin E signal is detected. How do the authors explain this inconsistency? Additionally, in Figure 2H, the quantification of cyclin E is unreliable, given that lanes 3 and 4 show no detectable signal.

      We agree with the reviewer—the inconsistency is driven by the exposure of the immunoblot presented. We revisited the data, reviewed the quantification, and performed an additional experiment. We are now presenting an exposure that demonstrates levels of cyclin E (Figure 2G).

      (11) In Figure 3D, the authors present mitochondrial probability map vs. distance from center curves. How was the "center" defined in this analysis? Were radial distances normalized across cells (e.g., to the cell radius or maximum extent)? If not, variation in cell and/or nucleus size or shape could significantly affect the resulting profiles. No statistical analysis is provided for this assessment, which undermines its quantitative value. Furthermore, the rationale behind the use of mito95 values is not clearly explained.

      The center refers to the center of the microchip's Y-shaped pattern, to which each cell is attached. Since all Y-shapes on the chip are identical in size, normalization is not required. The size of the optimal Y-shapes was tested as recommended by CYTOO. For further context, please refer to the papers by the Kittler group.

      Additionally, a graph demonstrating the percentage of mitochondria localized at specific distances can be produced for any given distance. Notably, the further from the center of the chip, the more pronounced the differences become.

      (12) The authors apply a 72 h oligomycin treatment to assess proliferation and a 16 h treatment to measure ATP levels. This discrepancy in experimental design is not justified in the manuscript. The length of treatment directly impacts the interpretation of the data in Figures 4C, 4D, and 4E, and needs to be addressed.

      Thank you for this comment. We have performed additional experiments to align these time points. In the revised manuscript, we now present proliferation and ATP production measured at the same time point (Figure 4A, B for proliferation and ATP levels).

      (13) The manuscript repeatedly suggests that MIRO1 loss causes a defect in mitochondrial ATP production, yet no direct demonstration of a bioenergetic defect is provided. The claim relies on a modest decrease in supercomplex species (of undefined composition) and a mild reduction in complex I activity that does not support a substantial OXPHOS defect. Notably, the respirometry data in Figure 5I do not align with the BN-PAGE results in Figure 6I. There is increasing evidence that respiratory chain supercomplexes do not confer a catalytic advantage. The authors should directly assess the enzymatic activities of all respiratory complexes. Reported complex I activity in MIRO1-/- cells appears rotenone-like (virtually zero, figure 3K) or ~30% residual (Figure 3L), suggesting a near-total loss of functional complex I, which is not reflected in the BN-PAGE. Additionally, complex I activity has not been normalized to a mitochondrial reference, such as citrate synthase.

      Given that we work in primary cells and are limited by the number of cells we can generate, we concentrated on ETC1 and 5 and performed experiments in cells after expression of MIRO1 WT and MIRO1 mutants (Figure 6- Figure supplement 1). Please note that the addition of Rotenone abolishes the slope of NADH consumptions (Figure 6- Figure supplement 2F).

      While the ETC1 activity is measured in Fig. 6K, the blue native gel shown in Figure 6I is performed without substrate and thus, indicative of protein complex abundance rather than complex activity.

      In additional experiments, we normalized the activity to citrate synthase as requested.

      (14) In the methods section, the complex I activity assay is incorrectly described: complex I is a NADH dehydrogenase, so the assay measures NADH oxidation, not NADPH.

      We thank the reviewer for his comment and revised the manuscript accordingly.

      (15) The authors have not assessed mitochondrial mass, which is a critical omission. Differences in mitochondrial biogenesis or content could underlie several observed phenotypes and should be controlled for.

      A qPCR assay was used to assess mitochondrial DNA copy number in WT and Miro1-/- VSMCs. We determined the abundance of COX1 and MT-RNR1 DNA as mitochondrial gene targets and NDUFV DNA as the nuclear reference gene. While the results in Miro1-/- cells were highly variable, no statistically significant reduction of copy numbers was detected (Figure 3- Figure supplement 1B).

      (16) Complex IV signal is missing in Figure 6I. Its omission is not acknowledged or explained.

      Thank you for this comment. We believe this is due to a technical issue. Complex IV can be challenging to detect consistently, as its visibility is highly dependent on sample preparation conditions. In this specific case, we suspect that the buffer used during the isolation process may have influenced the detection of Complex IV.

      (17) Figure 6D does not appear representative of the quantifications shown. C-MYC signal is visibly reduced in the mutant, consistent with the lower levels of interactors such as Sam50 and NDUFA9. Additionally, the SDHA band is aligned at the bottom of the blot box. The list of antibodies used, and their catalog number is missing, or it was not provided to the reviewers. It seems plausible that the authors used a cocktail antibody set (e.g., Abcam ab110412), which includes anti-NDUFA9. This would contradict the claim of reduced complex I and SC levels, as the steady-state levels of NDUFA9 appear unchanged.

      We acknowledge that the expression of the myc-MIRO1 mutant is lower compared to myc-MIRO1 WT or myc-MIRO1 KK. Achieving identical expression levels when overexpressing multiple MIRO1 constructs is challenging. We agree that the lower expression of this mutant contributes to a reduced pull-down. Our quantification shows a reduction in association, although it is not statistically significant.

      A list of the antibodies was provided in the Methods section.

      We would like to clarify that we did not use an antibody cocktail in our experiments.

      (18) The title of Figure 6, "Loss of Miro1 leads to dysregulation of ETC activity under growth conditions," is vague. The term "dysregulation" should be replaced with a more specific mechanistic descriptor-what specific regulatory defect is meant?

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and rephrased the title.

      (19) In the results text for Figure 6, the authors state: "These data demonstrate that MIRO1 associates with MIB/MICOS and that this interaction promotes the formation of mitochondrial super complexes and the activity of ETC complex I." This conclusion is speculative and not mechanistically supported by the data presented.

      We appreciate the reviewer's feedback. We have revised the text to clarify the relationship between MIRO1, MIB/MICOS, supercomplex formation, and ETC activity. The updated text now states: "These data demonstrate that MIRO1 associates with MIB/MICOS. Additionally, MIRO1 promotes the formation of mitochondrial supercomplexes and enhances the activity of ETC complex I.”

      (20) In Figure 7A, it is unclear what the 3x siControl/siMiro1 pairs represent-are these different cell lines or technical replicates of the same line? No loading control is shown. If changes in mitochondrial protein abundance are being evaluated, using COX4 as a loading control is inappropriate. The uneven COX4 signal across samples further complicates interpretation

      Please note that we used primary cells, not cell lines. The three siControl/siMiro1 pairs represent independent cell isolations, each transfected with either siControl or. siMIRO1 mRNA. While the possibility of a difference in mitochondrial mass is an interesting question, the primary objective of this experiment is to demonstrate that the technique effectively results in the knockdown of Miro1, which is exclusively localized to mitochondria and not present in the cytosol. As such, we believe that Cox4 serves as a reasonable loading control. Although Miro1 knockdown may lead to a reduction in mitochondrial mass, the focus of this experiment is not to assess mitochondrial mass but to confirm the reduction in Miro1 protein levels on mitochondria. We also performed anti-VDAC immunoblots on the same membranes as alternative loading control (Author response image 1).

      Author response image 1.

      (21) Figure 7G is difficult to interpret. Why did the authors choose to use a sensor-based method instead of the chemiluminescent assay to measure ATP in these samples?

      Both methods were employed to assess ATP levels in human samples. ATP measurements obtained with luminescent assay are provided.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      In this review paper, the authors describe the concept of neural correlates of consciousness (NCC) and explain how noninvasive neuroimaging methods fall short of being able to properly characterise an unconfounded NCC. They argue that intracranial research is a means to address this gap and provide a review of many intracranial neuroimaging studies that have sought to answer questions regarding the neural basis of perceptual consciousness.

      Strengths

      The authors have provided an in-depth, timely, and scholarly contribution to the study of NCCs. First and foremost, the review surveys a vast array of literature. The authors synthesise findings such that a coherent narrative of what invasive electrophysiology studies have revealed about the neural basis of consciousness can be easily grasped by the reader. The review is also, to the best of my knowledge, the first review to specifically target intracranial approaches to consciousness and to describe their results in a single article. This is a credit to the authors, as it becomes ever harder to apply strict tests to theories of consciousness using methods such as fMRI and M/EEG it is important to have informative resources describing the results of human intracranial research so that theorists will have to constrain their theories further in accordance with such data. As far as the authors were aiming to provide a complete and coherent overview of intracranial approaches to the study of NCCs, I believe they have achieved their aim.

      Weaknesses

      Overall, I feel positive about this paper. However, there are a couple of aspects to the manuscript that I think could be improved.

      (1) Distinguishing NCCs from their prerequisites or consequences

      This section in the introduction was particularly confusing to me. Namely, in this section, the authors' aim is to explain how intracranial recordings can help distinguish 'pure' NCCs from their antecedents and consequences. However, the authors almost exclusively describe different tasks (e.g., no-report tasks) that have been used to help solve this problem, rather than elaborating on how intracranial recordings may resolve this issue. The authors claim that no-report designs rely on null findings, and invasive recordings can be more sensitive to smaller effects, which can help in such cases. However, this motivation pertains to the previous sub-section (limits of noninvasive methods), since it is primarily concerned with the lack of temporal and spatial resolution of fMRI and M/EEG. It is not, in and of itself, a means to distinguish NCCs from their confounds.

      As such, in its current formulation, I do not find the argument that intracranial recordings are better suited to identifying pure NCCs (i.e. separating them from pre- or post-processing) convincing. To me, this is a problem solved through novel paradigms and better-developed theories. As it stands, the paper justifies my position by highlighting task developments that help to distinguish NCCs from prerequisites and consequences, rather than giving a novel argument as to why intracranial recordings outperform noninvasive methods beyond the reasons they explained in the previous section. Again, this position is justified when, from lines 505-506, the authors describe how none of the reported single-cell studies were able to dissociate NCCs from post-perceptual processing. As such, it seems as if, even with intracranial recording, NCCs and their confounds cannot be disentangled without appropriate tasks.

      The section 'Towards Better Behavioural Paradigms' is a clear attempt to address these issues and, as such, I am sure the authors share the same concerns as I am raising. Still, I remain unconvinced that the distinguishing of NCCs from pre-/post- processing is a fair motivation for using intracranial over noninvasive measures.

      (2) Drawing misleading conclusions from certain studies

      There are passages of the manuscript where the authors draw conclusions from studies that are not necessarily warranted by the studies they cite. For instance:

      Lines 265 - 271: "The results of these two studies revealed a complex pattern: on the one hand, HGA in the lateral occipitotemporal cortex and the ventral visual cortex correlated with stimulus strength. On the other hand, it also correlated with another factor that does not appear to play a role in visibility (repetition suppression), and did not correlate with a non-sensory factor that affects visibility reports (prior exposure). These results suggest that activity in occipitotemporal cortex regions reflecting higher-order visual processing may be a precursor to the NCC but not an NCC proper."

      It's possible to imagine a theory that would predict HGA could correlate with stimulus strength and repetition suppression, or that it would not correlate with prior exposure (e.g. prior exposure could impact response bias without affecting subjective visibility itself). The authors describe this exact ambiguity in interpretation later in the article (line 664), but in its current form, at least in line 270 (when the study is most extensively discussed), the manuscript heavily implies that HGA is not an NCC proper. This generates a false impression that intracranial recordings have conclusively determined that occipitotemporal HGA is not a pure NCC, which is certainly a premature conclusion.

      Line 243: "Altogether, these early human intracranial studies indicate that early-latency visual processing steps, reflected in broadband and low gamma activity, occur irrespective of whether a stimulus is consciously perceived or not. They also identified a candidate NCC: later (>200 ms) activity in the occipitotemporal region responsible for higher-order visual processing."

      The authors claim in this section that later (>200ms) activity in occipitotemporal regions may be a candidate for an NCC. However, the Fisch et al. (2009) study they describe in support of this conclusion found that early (~150ms) activity could dissociate conscious and unconscious processing. This would suggest that it is early processing that lays claim to perceptual consciousness. The authors explicitly describe the Fisch et al results as showing evidence for early markers of consciousness (line 240: '...exhibited an early...response following recognized vs unrecognised stimuli.) Yet only a few lines later they use this to support the conclusion that a candidate NCC is 'later (>200ms) activity in the occipitotemporal region' (line 245). As such, I am not sure what conclusion the authors want me to make from these studies.

      This problem is repeated in lines 386-387: "Altogether, studies that investigated the cortical correlates of visual consciousness point to a role of neural responses starting ~250 ms after stimulus onset in the non-primary visual cortex and prefrontal cortex."

      This seems to be directly in conflict with the Fisch et al results, which show that correlates of consciousness can begin ~100ms earlier than the authors state in this passage.

      (3) Justifying single-neuron cortical correlates of consciousness

      The purpose of the present manuscript is to highlight why and how intracortical measures of neural activity can help reveal the neural correlates of perceptual consciousness. As such, in the section 'Single-neuron cortical correlates of perceptual consciousness', I think the paper is lacking an argument as to why single-neuron research is useful when searching for the NCC. Most theories of consciousness are based around circuit or system-level analyses (e.g., global ignition, recurrent feedback, prefrontal indexing, etc.) and usually do not make predictions about single cells. Without any elaboration or argument as to why single-cell research is necessary for a science of consciousness, the research described in this section, although excellent and valuable in its own right, seems out of place in the broader discussion of NCCs. A particularly strong interpretation here could be that intracranial recordings mislead researchers into studying single cells simply because it is the finest level of analysis, rather than because it offers helpful insight into the NCCs.

      (4) No mention of combined fMRI-EEG research

      A minor point, but I was surprised that the authors did not mention any combined fMRI-EEG research when they were discussing the limits of noninvasive recordings. Intracortical recordings are one way to surpass the spatial and temporal resolution limits of M/EEG and fMRI respectively, but studies that combine fMRI and EEG are also an alternative means to solve this problem: by combining the spatial resolution of fMRI with the temporal resolution of EEG, researchers can - in theory - compare when and where certain activity patterns (be they univariate ERPs or multivariate patterns) arise. The authors do cite one paper (Dellert et al., 2021 JNeuro) that used this kind of setup, but they discuss it only with respect to the task and ignore the recording method. The argument for using intracranial recordings is weaker for not mentioning a viable, noninvasive alternative that resolves the same issues.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript "Pathogen-Phage Geomapping to Overcome Resistance," Do et al. present an impressive demonstration of using geographical sampling and metagenomics to guide sample choice for enrichment in human-associated microbes and the pathogen of interest to increase the chances of success for isolating phages active against highly resistant bacterial strains. The authors document many notable successes (17!) with highly resistant bacterial isolates and share a thoughtfully structured phage discovery effort, potentially opening the door to similar geomapping efforts across the field. While the work is methodologically strong and valuable for the community, there are a few areas where additional clarification and analysis could better align the claims with the data presented.

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript describes a well-executed and transparent example of overcoming a major obstacle in therapeutic virus identification, providing a practical success story that will resonate with researchers in microbiology and medicine.

      (2) Many phage researchers have anecdotally experienced a similar phenomenon, that a particular wastewater treatment plant always seems to have the pathogens you need. Quantifying this with metagenomics modernizes and adds evidence to this phenomenon in a way that could help researchers reproduce this success in a methodical way.

      (3) The methodology of combining environmental sampling, viral screening, and host-range analysis is clearly articulated and reproducible, offering a valuable blueprint for others in the field.

      (4) The data are presented with appropriate analytical rigor, and the results include robust sequencing and metagenomic profiling that deepen understanding of local viral communities.

      (5) The 17 successes yielding 35 phages have a lot of phylogenetic novelty beyond what the Tailor labs have typically found with previous methods.

      (6) The work highlights a practical and innovative solution to an increasingly important clinical problem, supporting the development of personalized antiviral strategies.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The central concept of geomapping as a broadly applicable strategy is wonderfully supported by the 17 successes documented in the paper. While this is actually, of course, a strength, the study does not include a comparative analysis across multiple sites with varying sampling outcomes for different bacterial types, which would be necessary to validate this claim more generally.

      (2) Some elements, such as beta diversity comparisons and the metagenomics analysis of viral dark matter, would benefit from additional statistical analysis and clearer context.

      (3) Claims about therapeutic cocktails would be better framed as speculative and/or moved to the discussion section.

      (4) The manuscript could be strengthened by elaborating on the scope and composition of the phage and bacterial isolate collections, which are important for interpreting the broader significance of the findings.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors trained rats on a "figure 8" go/no-go odor discrimination task. Six odor cues (3 rewarded and 3 non-rewarded) were presented in a fixed temporal order and arranged into two alternating sequences that partially overlap (Sequence #1: 5⁺-0⁻-1⁻-2⁺; Sequence #2: 3⁺-0⁻-1⁻-4⁺) --forming an abstract figure-8 structure of looping odor cues.

      This task is particularly well-suited for probing representations of hidden states, defined here as the animal's position within the task structure beyond superficial sensory features. Although the task can be solved without explicit sequence tracking, it affords the opportunity to generalize across functionally equivalent trials (or "positions") in different sequences, allowing the authors to examine how OFC representations collapse across latent task structure.

      Rats were first trained to criterion on the task and then underwent 15 days of self-administration of either intravenous cocaine (3 h/day) or sucrose. Following self-administration, electrodes were implanted in lateral OFC, and single-unit activity was recorded while rats performed the figure-8 task.

      Across a series of complementary analyses, the authors report several notable findings. In control animals, lOFC neurons exhibit representational compression across corresponding positions in the two sequences. This compression is observed not only in trial/positions involving overlapping odor (e.g., Position 3 = odor 1 in sequence 1 vs sequence 2), but also in trials/positions involving distinct, sequence-specific odors (e.g., Position 4: odor 2 vs odor 4) --indicating generalization across functionally equivalent task states. Ensemble decoding confirms that sequence identity is weakly decodable at these positions, consistent with the idea that OFC representations collapse incidental differences in sensory information into a common latent or hidden state representation. In contrast, cocaine-experienced rats show persistently stronger differentiation between sequences, including at overlapping odor positions.

      Strengths:

      Elegant behavioral design that affords the detection of hidden-state representations.

      Sophisticated and complementary analytical approaches (single-unit activity, population decoding, and tensor component analysis).

      Weaknesses:

      The number of subjects is small --can't fully rule out idiosyncratic, animal-specific effects.

      Comments

      (1) Emergence of sequence-dependent OFC representations across learning.

      A conceptual point that would benefit from further discussion concerns the emergence of sequence-dependent OFC activity at overlapping positions (e.g., position P3, odor 1). This implies knowledge of the broader task structure. Such representations are presumably absent early in learning, before rats have learned the sequence structure. While recordings were conducted only after rats were well trained, it would be informative if the authors could comment on how they envision these representations developing over learning. For example, does sequence differentiation initially emerge as animals learn the overall task structure, followed by progressive compression once animals learn that certain states are functionally equivalent? Clarifying this learning-stage interpretation would strengthen the theoretical framing of the results.

      (2) Reference to the 24-odor position task

      The reference to the previously published 24-odor position task is not well integrated into the current manuscript. Given that this task has already been published and is not central to the main analyses presented here, the authors may wish to a) better motivate its relevance to the current study or b) consider removing this supplemental figure entirely to maintain focus.

      (3) Missing behavioral comparison

      Line 117: the authors state that absolute differences between sequences differ between cocaine and sucrose groups across all three behavioral measures. However, Figure 1 includes only two corresponding comparisons (Fig. 1I-J). Please add the third measure (% correct) to Figure 1, and arrange these panels in an order consistent with Figure 1F-H (% correct, reaction time, poke latency).

      (4) Description of the TCA component

      Line 220: authors wrote that the first TCA component exhibits low amplitude at positions P1 and P4 and high amplitude at positions P2 and P3. However, Figure 3 appears to show the opposite pattern (higher magnitude at P1 and P4 and lower magnitude at P2 and P3). Please check and clarify this apparent discrepancy. Alternatively, a clearer explanation of how to interpret the temporal dynamics and scaling of this component in the figure would help readers correctly understand the result.

      (5) Sucrose control<br /> Sucrose self-administration is a reasonable control for instrumental experience and reward exposure, but it means that this group also acquired an additional task involving the same reinforcer. This experience may itself influence OFC representations and could contribute to the generalization observed in control animals. A brief discussion of this possibility would help contextualize the interpretation of cocaine-related effects.

      (6) Acknowledge low N

      The number of rats per group is relatively low. Although the effects appear consistent across animals within each group, this sample size does not fully rule out idiosyncratic, animal-specific effects. This limitation should be explicitly acknowledged in the manuscript.

      (7) Figure 3E-F: The task positions here are ordered differently (P1, P4, P2, P3) than elsewhere in the paper. Please reorder them to match the rest of the paper.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study provides evidence for the integration-segregation theory of an attentional effect, widely cited as inhibition of return (IOR), from a neuroimaging perspective, and explores neural interactions between IOR and cognitive conflict, showing that conflict processing is potentially modulated by attentional orienting.

      Strengths:

      The integration-segregation theory was examined in a sophisticated experimental task that also accounted for cognitive conflict processing, which is phenomenologically related to IOR but "non-spatial" by nature. This study was carefully designed and executed. The behavioral and neuroimaging data were carefully analyzed and largely well presented.

      Weaknesses:

      The rationale for the experimental design was not clearly explained in the manuscript; more specifically, why the current ER-fMRI study would disentangle integration and segregation processes was not explained. The introduction of "cognitive conflict" into the present study was not well reasoned for a non-expert reader to follow.

      The presentation of the results can be further improved, especially the neuroimaging results. For instance, Figure 4 is challenging to interpret. If "deactivation" (or a reduction in activation) is regarded as a neural signature of IOR, this should be clearly stated in the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Fahdan et al. set out to build upon their previous work outlining the genes involved in axon growth, targeting two axon growth states: initial growth and regrowth. They outline a debate in the field that axon regrowth (For instance, after injury or in the peripheral nervous system) is different from initial axon growth, for which the authors have previously demonstrated distinct mechanisms. The authors set out to directly compare the transcriptomes of initial axon growth and regrowth, specifically within the same neuronal environment and developmental time point. To this end, the authors used the well-characterized genetic tools available in Drosophila melanogaster (the fruit fly) to build a valuable dataset of genes involved at different time points in axon growth (alpha/beta Mushroom Body Kenyon cells) and regrowth (gamma Mushroom Body Kenyon cells). The authors then focus on genes that are upregulated during both initial axon growth and axon regrowth. Then, using this subset of genes, they screen for axonal growth and regrowth deficits by knocking down 300 of these genes. 12 genes are found to be phenotypically involved in both axon growth and regrowth based on RNAi gene-targeted knockdown in the Mushroom Body. Of these 12 genes, the authors focus on one gene, Pmvk, which is part of the mevalonate pathway. They then highlight other genes in this pathway. But these genes primarily affect axon regrowth, not initial axon growth, implicating metabolic pathways in axon regrowth. This comprehensive RNA-seq dataset will be a valuable resource for the field of axon growth and regrowth, as well as for other researchers studying the Mushroom Body.

      Strengths:

      This paper contains many strengths, including the in-depth sequencing of overlapping developmental time points during the alpha/beta KCs' initial axon growth and gamma KCs' regrowth. This produces a rich dataset of differentially expressed genes across different time points in either cell population during development. In addition, the authors characterized expression patterns at developmental time points for 30 Gal4 lines previously identified as alpha/beta KC-expressing. This is very helpful for Drosophila

      Mushroom Body researchers because the authors not only characterized alpha/beta expression but also alpha'/beta' expression, gamma expression, and non-MB expression. The authors comprehensively walked through identifying differentially expressed genes during alpha/beta axon growth, identifying a subset of overlapping upregulated genes between cell types, then systematically characterized whether knockdown of a subset of these genes produced an axonal growth defect, and finally selected 1 of 3 cell-autonomous genes important for gamma KCs regrowth to further study.

      The authors utilized the developing Mushroom Body in Drosophila melanogaster, which happens to have new neurons developing axons and neurons that have undergone pruning and are regrowing neurons at the same developmental time. They are also in the same part of the brain (the Mushroom Body) and, in theory, since the authors implicate a metabolic pathway, they will have similar metabolic growth conditions.

      Identifying Pmvk and two other components of the mevalonate pathway in axon regrowth opens up novel avenues for future studies on the role this metabolic pathway may have in axon growth. The authors of this paper are also very upfront about their negative results, allowing researchers to avoid running redundant experiments and truly build on this work.

      Weaknesses:

      While the dataset produced in this study is a strength, certain aspects make it more challenging to interpret. For instance, the authors state that roughly equal numbers of males and females are used for sequencing, and this vagueness, coupled with only taking a subset of the GFP-labeled neurons during FACs sorting, can introduce confounds into the dataset. This may hold true in imaging studies as well, in which males and females were used interchangeably.

      Additionally, a rationale is needed to explain why random numbers of 1-7 were assigned to zero-expressing genes in the DESeq analysis. This does not seem to conform to the usual way this analysis is normally performed. This can alter how genes across the dataset are normalized and requires further explanation.

      The display and discussion of the data set do not always align with the authors' stated goal of having a comprehensive description of the genes that dynamically change during axon<br /> growth and regrowth. Displaying more information about genes differentially expressed in the alpha/beta KCs, or any information about the genes diƯerentially expressed in the gamma KCs when using the same criteria as the alpha/beta KCs, or the 676 overlapping upregulated genes, would significantly add to this paper. The authors previously performed a similar study across developmental time points for gamma KCs, and it is not clear whether any overlapping genes were identified. Also, more information on the genes consisting of PC1 and PC3 when showing the PCA analysis would be helpful. Within the text, there is a discussion of why certain genes or gene groups were omitted or selected, such as clusters 1 and 2, and then some of their subgroups based on expected genes. There is also some discussion of omitted gene groups, but this is not complete across the different clusters, nor is there a discussion of why PC2 was not selected or of which genes might exhibit greater variability than cell type. The authors would make a stronger case for the genes they pursued if they showed that groups of genes already known to be involved in axon growth clustered within the selected groups. Since we do not see the gene lists, this is unclear and adds to the sometimes arbitrary nature of the author's choices about what to pursue in this paper. A larger set of descriptors, such as gene lists and Gene Ontology analysis beyond what is shown, would be very helpful in putting the results in context and determining whether this is a resource beneficial to others.

      While the Pmvk story is interesting, the authors appear to make some arbitrary decisions in what is shown or pursued in this paper. Visually, CadN and Twr appear to be more severe axon regrowth phenotypes, where the peduncle appears intact, and axons are not regrowing in Figures 3 N and O. In contrast, Pmvk visually appears to lose neurons in Figure 3 M. With a change of the Gal4 driver (Figure 4), Pmvk now produces a gamma axon regrowth phenotype similar to CadN and Twr in Figure 3. This diƯerence in the use of Gal4 for characterizing axonal phenotypes is not discussed, making some interpretations more challenging due to diƯerences in Gal4 expression strength. For instance, the sequencing work was done with a diƯerent Gal4 MB expressing line than the characterization of gene knockdowns. Further characterization of the Pmvk was performed in the same Gal4 lines as the sequencing (Figure 4), suggesting a potential diƯerence in Gal4 strength that may play a role in their rescue experiments if they are using a slightly weaker Gal4 for gamma lobe expression. A broader discussion of this may make the selection of Pmvk less arbitrary if the phenotype is similar to those of CadN and Twr. Along the lines of the sometimes arbitrary nature of the genes chosen to pursue further, the authors state that they selected genes that showed differential expression at any time point. As they refine their list of genes to pursue further, they seem to prioritize genes that change at 18-21 APF. This appears to be the early period for axon growth in alpha/beta KCs and gamma KCs, based on Figure 1. A stronger case might be made at longer time points when the axon is growing or regrowing.

      The paper would benefit from scaling back the claim that the mevalonate pathway is involved. The authors identified only a subset of genes from the mevalonate pathway, all immediately upstream of Pmvk, with no effect on downstream genes. Along these lines, the paper would benefit from a discussion of non-canonical PmvK signaling.

      While the ability to take neurons at the same developmental time and from the same brain region is a strength, they are still 2 different types of neurons. Although gamma neuron axon growth occurs very early in development, it would be interesting to know whether the same genes are involved in their initial growth. A caveat to the author's conclusion is that these are 2 different cell types, and they might use different genetic programs or use overlapping ones at other times. The authors did not show that gamma KCs use these genes in their initial axon growth.

    1. protect

      There is no previous basis for the "tails" to have to "protect" themselves from water. This would be a great place to add the term amphipathic to go along with hydrophobic and hydrophilic. Also to unpack polar and nonpolar molecules interacting. I have used magnets as my example for polar molecules and plastic as the nonpolar so students grab the idea that polar molecules stick together while nonpolar molecules have no affinity for the polar molecules.

    1. hereditary

      “Hereditary / 遗传的” — with appropriate images

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image


      English — hereditary (thorough explanation)

      1) Core meaning

      Hereditary means passed from parents to offspring through genes. If something is hereditary, it can be inherited biologically because it is encoded in DNA.

      2) Biological mechanism

      • Genes are segments of DNA located on chromosomes.
      • Each person usually inherits two versions of a gene (alleles):

      • one from the mother

      • one from the father
      • These alleles influence:

      • traits (eye color, hair texture)

      • disease risk (some genetic disorders)

      3) Traits vs. conditions

      • Hereditary traits → visible or functional characteristics
      • Hereditary diseases → conditions influenced by inherited genes

      Important:

      • Hereditary ≠ contagious
      • Hereditary ≠ guaranteed (a gene can increase risk without causing disease)

      4) Common inheritance patterns

      • Autosomal dominant: one allele is enough to show the trait
      • Autosomal recessive: two recessive alleles are required
      • X-linked: gene is on the X chromosome, affecting males and females differently

      5) Example sentences

      • “Eye color is partly hereditary.”
      • “This disease is hereditary, but symptoms may not appear in every carrier.”

      中文 — hereditary(遗传的) 详细解释

      1) 核心含义

      遗传的(hereditary)通过基因从父母传给子女的性状或特征,本质上与 DNA 有关。

      2) 生物学原理

      • 基因存在于 染色体 上,由 DNA 构成
      • 人通常从父母各获得一份 等位基因
      • 等位基因共同决定:

      • 外貌或生理性状

      • 是否携带某些遗传性疾病的风险

      3) 重要区分

      • 遗传 ≠ 传染(不是病菌传播)
      • 遗传 ≠ 一定会发生

      • 有些人携带基因,但并不表现症状

      4) 常见遗传方式(中学重点)

      • 显性遗传:一份显性基因即可表现
      • 隐性遗传:需要两份隐性基因
      • 伴性遗传:基因位于 X 染色体上

      5) 中文例句

      • “这种特征是遗传的,会在家族中出现。”
      • “这是遗传性疾病,但并非每个携带者都会发病。”

      学习提示(给 Biology / Genetics)

      看到 hereditary,可以立刻联想到这条逻辑链: DNA → 基因 → 等位基因 → 遗传方式 → 性状 / 疾病

      如果你愿意,我可以下一步把它做成 中英对照生物词卡(flashcards),或直接嵌入你之前的 Unit 1 DNA HTML 教学页面

    2. incomplete dominance

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — incomplete dominance (thorough explanation)

      1) What incomplete dominance means (core idea)

      Incomplete dominance is an inheritance pattern in which neither allele is completely dominant, so the heterozygous phenotype is an intermediate (blended) form of the two homozygous phenotypes.

      Incomplete dominance = blending of traits in heterozygotes


      2) How incomplete dominance works

      • Two different alleles affect the trait
      • In a heterozygous individual, both alleles partially influence the outcome
      • The result looks like a mix, not one trait hiding the other

      3) Classic example (Science 10 favorite): flower color

      Let:

      • R = red flowers
      • W = white flowers

      Cross: RR × WW

      Offspring:

      • RWpink flowers

      📌 Pink is not a new allele; it’s the intermediate phenotype.


      4) Incomplete dominance in Punnett squares

      Parents: RW × RW

      Possible offspring:

      • RR → red
      • RW → pink
      • RW → pink
      • WW → white

      Phenotype ratio: 1 red : 2 pink : 1 white

      📌 Notice: phenotype ratio = genotype ratio in incomplete dominance.


      5) Incomplete dominance vs other patterns (very important)

      | Pattern | Heterozygous result | Example | | ------------------------ | ------------------------- | ------------------ | | Dominant–recessive | Dominant trait only | Brown eyes | | Incomplete dominance | Blended trait | Red × white → pink | | Codominance | Both traits fully visible | AB blood type |


      6) Why incomplete dominance matters

      Incomplete dominance:

      • Explains traits that don’t follow simple dominance
      • Increases visible variation in populations
      • Is common in plants, animals, and humans (for some traits)

      One-sentence exam summary

      Incomplete dominance occurs when heterozygous individuals show an intermediate, blended phenotype.


      中文 — incomplete dominance(不完全显性) 详细解释

      1) 什么是不完全显性(核心概念)

      不完全显性是指: 两个等位基因中没有一个完全显性,杂合体表现为中间型性状

      不完全显性 = 性状混合表现


      2) 不完全显性的表现特点

      • 显性不能完全压制另一等位基因
      • 杂合体表现为中间状态
      • 性状不是“要么这个,要么那个”

      3) 经典例子(考试常考)

      花的颜色:

      • 红花(RR)
      • 白花(WW)

      杂交后:

      • RW → 粉红色花

      📌 粉红不是新基因,而是红和白的中间表现


      4) 潘尼特方格中的不完全显性

      父母:RW × RW

      后代比例:

      • 1 红(RR)
      • 2 粉(RW)
      • 1 白(WW)

      👉 表现型比例 = 基因型比例


      5) 不完全显性 vs 共显性(重点区分)

      | 遗传方式 | 表现结果 | | ----- | ---------- | | 不完全显性 | 中间型(混合) | | 共显性 | 两种性状同时清楚出现 |


      一句话考试版总结

      不完全显性指杂合体表现为两种性状的中间型。

      如果你愿意,我可以把 dominant / recessive / incomplete dominance / codominance 整理成 Science 10 中英对照对比表、潘尼特方格练习或互动闪卡,非常适合系统复习与教学。


      不完全显性(incomplete dominance) EN: A condition in which neither allele for a gene completely conceals the presence of the other, resulting in an intermediate expression of a trait. Example: In four o’clock plants, red flowers crossed with white flowers produce pink offspring, an intermediate phenotype. 中文:两种等位基因互不完全掩盖对方,从而产生介于双亲之间的中间型表现。 例子:紫茉莉红花与白花杂交产生粉红花,就是不完全显性的例子。

    3. traits

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — traits (thorough explanation)

      1) What traits are (core idea)

      Traits are characteristics or features of an organism. They describe how an organism looks, behaves, or functions.

      Trait = a characteristic of a living thing

      Traits can be:

      • Inherited (passed down from parents)
      • Influenced by the environment
      • Or a combination of both

      2) Types of traits

      A) Inherited (genetic) traits

      These traits are controlled by genes and passed from parents to offspring.

      Examples:

      • Eye color
      • Hair color and texture
      • Blood type
      • Natural height potential

      📌 These traits are present from birth.


      B) Acquired (environmental) traits

      These traits develop due to life experiences or environment.

      Examples:

      • Suntan
      • Muscle strength from exercise
      • Scars
      • Language spoken

      📌 These traits are not inherited genetically.


      C) Traits influenced by both genes and environment

      Many traits result from both heredity and environment.

      Examples:

      • Height (genes + nutrition)
      • Intelligence (genes + education)
      • Athletic ability (genes + training)

      3) Traits in genetics (Science 10 focus)

      In genetics, traits are:

      • Controlled by genes
      • Each gene may have different alleles
      • Alleles can be dominant or recessive

      📌 Example:

      • Brown eyes (dominant)
      • Blue eyes (recessive)

      Punnett squares are used to predict traits in offspring.


      4) Genotype vs phenotype (important distinction)

      | Term | Meaning | Example | | --------- | ------------------- | ---------- | | Genotype | Genetic makeup | Bb | | Phenotype | Physical expression | Brown eyes |

      📌 Traits are what you see (phenotype), based on genes (genotype).


      5) Why traits matter

      Traits:

      • Explain similarities and differences between organisms
      • Help scientists study inheritance
      • Are the basis of natural selection and evolution

      One-sentence exam summary

      Traits are characteristics of organisms that can be inherited, acquired, or influenced by both genes and environment.


      中文 — traits(性状 / 特征) 详细解释

      1) 什么是性状(核心概念)

      性状(traits)是指生物表现出来的特征或特点

      性状 = 生物的特征


      2) 性状的类型

      ① 遗传性状

      基因决定,从父母传给子女。

      例子:

      • 眼睛颜色
      • 头发颜色
      • 血型

      ② 获得性状

      环境或经历造成。

      例子:

      • 晒黑
      • 肌肉增强
      • 疤痕

      ③ 遗传 + 环境共同影响

      • 身高
      • 学习能力
      • 运动能力

      3) 遗传学中的性状(考试重点)

      • 性状由基因控制
      • 基因有不同等位基因
      • 等位基因有显性隐性

      4) 基因型 vs 表现型

      | 概念 | 含义 | | --- | ---- | | 基因型 | 基因组合 | | 表现型 | 外在性状 |


      一句话考试版总结

      性状是生物的特征,由遗传和环境共同决定。

      如果你需要,我可以把 traits / inherited traits / acquired traits / Punnett squares 做成 Science 10 中英对照闪卡或课堂练习题,直接用于教学或复习。


      性状(trait) EN: An inherited characteristic, such as eye colour or hair colour. Example: Traits like seed colour in pea plants or the ability to taste bitterness are controlled by genes. 中文:一种可遗传的特征,如眼睛颜色、头发颜色等。 例子:豌豆的种子颜色、是否能尝出苦味,都是由基因控制的性状。

    4. alleles

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — alleles (thorough explanation)

      1) What alleles are (core idea)

      Alleles are different versions of the same gene. They control variations of a trait, such as eye color or flower color.

      Allele = one version of a gene

      Each gene can have two or more alleles, but an individual organism usually carries two alleles per gene (one from each parent).


      2) Where alleles are found

      • Genes are located on chromosomes
      • Alleles sit at the same position (locus) on homologous chromosomes
      • One allele comes from the mother
      • One allele comes from the father

      📌 This is why offspring show traits from both parents.


      3) Example of alleles (simple)

      Trait: Seed color

      • Y = yellow
      • y = green

      Possible allele combinations:

      • YY
      • Yy
      • yy

      These combinations affect the trait that appears.


      4) Dominant vs recessive alleles (Science 10 focus)

      Dominant allele

      • Shown with a capital letter (A)
      • Expressed if at least one copy is present

      Recessive allele

      • Shown with a lowercase letter (a)
      • Expressed only if two copies are present

      📌 Example:

      • Aa → dominant trait shows
      • aa → recessive trait shows

      5) Alleles, genotype, and phenotype (key relationship)

      | Term | Meaning | Example | | --------- | ------------------ | ---------- | | Allele | Version of a gene | A or a | | Genotype | Allele combination | Aa | | Phenotype | Physical trait | Brown eyes |

      Alleles determine the genotype, which determines the phenotype.


      6) Alleles in Punnett squares

      Punnett squares:

      • Show how alleles from parents combine
      • Predict possible offspring genotypes
      • Estimate trait probabilities

      📌 Example: Parents: Aa × Aa

      • Possible offspring: AA, Aa, Aa, aa

      7) Why alleles are important

      Alleles:

      • Explain variation within a species
      • Help predict inheritance patterns
      • Are the basis of genetics and evolution
      • Allow populations to adapt over time

      One-sentence exam summary

      Alleles are different versions of the same gene that determine variations in traits.


      中文 — alleles(等位基因) 详细解释

      1) 什么是等位基因(核心概念)

      等位基因(alleles)是指同一基因的不同版本,决定同一性状的不同表现。

      等位基因 = 同一基因的不同形式


      2) 等位基因在哪里

      • 基因位于染色体
      • 等位基因位于同源染色体的相同位置
      • 一个来自母亲,一个来自父亲

      3) 等位基因举例

      性状:豌豆高度

      • T = 高
      • t = 矮

      组合可能是:

      • TT
      • Tt
      • tt

      4) 显性与隐性等位基因(必考)

      • 显性等位基因:只要有一个就会表现
      • 隐性等位基因:必须两个都有才表现

      📌 Tt → 显性性状 📌 tt → 隐性性状


      5) 等位基因与性状的关系

      • 等位基因 → 基因型
      • 基因型 → 表现型

      一句话考试版总结

      等位基因是控制同一性状的不同基因形式。

      如果你愿意,我可以把 alleles → genotype → phenotype → Punnett squares 整理成 Science 10 中英对照闪卡或互动练习,直接用于复习或教学。


      等位基因(allele) EN: Different versions of the same gene that may produce different forms of a trait. Example: For pea flower colour, one allele codes for purple and another for white. 中文:位于同源染色体相同位置、控制同一性状的基因的不同形式。 例子:例如花色基因可以有紫花等位基因和白花等位基因。

    5. monohybrid cross

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — monohybrid cross (thorough explanation)

      1) What a monohybrid cross is (core idea)

      A monohybrid cross is a genetic cross that examines inheritance of ONE trait only between two parents.

      Mono = one Hybrid = genetic cross

      So:

      Monohybrid cross = a cross involving one trait


      2) What kind of trait is studied

      The single trait must have two contrasting forms, such as:

      • Tall vs short plants
      • Round vs wrinkled seeds
      • Purple vs white flowers

      Each trait is controlled by one gene with two alleles.


      3) How a monohybrid cross is shown

      A monohybrid cross is usually shown using a 2 × 2 Punnett square.

      Example:

      • T = tall (dominant)
      • t = short (recessive)

      Parents: Tt × Tt

      Possible offspring genotypes:

      • TT
      • Tt
      • Tt
      • tt

      4) Genotype and phenotype ratios (exam favorite)

      Genotype ratio

      • 1 TT : 2 Tt : 1 tt

      Phenotype ratio

      • 3 tall : 1 short

      📌 This 3:1 phenotype ratio is a classic result of a monohybrid cross involving complete dominance.


      5) Why monohybrid crosses are important

      Monohybrid crosses help students:

      • Understand dominant and recessive alleles
      • Learn genotype vs phenotype
      • Practice Punnett squares
      • Predict inheritance patterns

      They were essential in Mendel’s experiments with pea plants.


      6) When to use a monohybrid cross

      Use a monohybrid cross when:

      • Only one trait is being studied
      • Each parent contributes one allele for that trait
      • The problem does not involve codominance or incomplete dominance (unless stated)

      One-sentence exam summary

      A monohybrid cross studies the inheritance of a single trait using one gene and two alleles.


      中文 — monohybrid cross(单性状杂交) 详细解释

      1) 什么是单性状杂交(核心概念)

      单性状杂交是指: 只研究一个性状遗传情况的杂交实验

      mono(单) + hybrid(杂交)


      2) 研究的性状特点

      该性状通常:

      • 一个基因控制
      • 两种对立表现 例如:
      • 高 / 矮
      • 圆 / 皱

      3) 单性状杂交如何表示

      通常使用 2×2 潘尼特方格

      例子:

      • T = 高(显性)
      • t = 矮(隐性)

      父母:Tt × Tt

      后代基因型:

      • TT
      • Tt
      • Tt
      • tt

      4) 常见比例(考试必背)

      基因型比例

      • 1 : 2 : 1

      表现型比例

      • 3 : 1

      📌 这是孟德尔单性状杂交的经典结果。


      5) 单性状杂交的重要性

      • 帮助理解显性与隐性
      • 区分基因型和表现型
      • 是学习遗传学的基础

      一句话考试版总结

      单性状杂交是研究一个性状遗传规律的杂交实验。

      如果你愿意,我可以把 monohybrid vs dihybrid cross 整理成 Science 10 中英对照对比表、练习题或互动 Punnett 方格,非常适合系统复习。

    6. gamete

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — gamete (thorough explanation)

      1) What a gamete is (core idea)

      A gamete is a sex cell used in sexual reproduction. Gametes carry half the normal number of chromosomes and combine during fertilization to form a new organism.

      Gamete = a reproductive cell with half the chromosomes


      2) Types of gametes

      There are two main types:

      • Sperm → male gamete
      • Egg (ovum) → female gamete

      Each parent contributes one gamete to the offspring.


      3) Chromosome number (very important)

      Gametes are haploid (n), meaning they contain half the usual chromosome number.

      Example (humans):

      • Body cells: 46 chromosomes (diploid, 2n)
      • Gametes: 23 chromosomes (haploid, n)

      📌 This ensures that when fertilization occurs, the offspring has the correct chromosome number.


      4) How gametes are made — meiosis

      Gametes are produced by meiosis, a special type of cell division.

      Meiosis:

      • Reduces chromosome number by half
      • Produces genetically unique gametes
      • Creates variation through crossing over and independent assortment

      5) Gametes and fertilization

      During fertilization:

      • One sperm gamete fuses with one egg gamete
      • Forms a zygote
      • The zygote is diploid (2n) again

      6) Why gametes are important

      Gametes:

      • Allow sexual reproduction
      • Maintain correct chromosome numbers
      • Increase genetic variation
      • Enable inheritance of traits from both parents

      One-sentence exam summary

      A gamete is a haploid sex cell (sperm or egg) that combines with another during fertilization.


      中文 — gamete(配子) 详细解释

      1) 什么是配子(核心概念)

      配子(gamete)是用于有性生殖的细胞,只含有一半的染色体数目

      配子 = 含一半染色体的生殖细胞


      2) 配子的类型

      • 精子 → 雄性配子
      • 卵子 → 雌性配子

      每个亲本提供 一个配子


      3) 染色体数量(必考)

      配子是 单倍体(n)

      • 人类体细胞:46 条染色体(2n)
      • 配子:23 条染色体(n)

      4) 配子如何形成 —— 减数分裂

      配子通过 减数分裂产生:

      • 染色体数减半
      • 形成遗传多样性
      • 后代基因组合不同

      5) 配子与受精

      • 精子 + 卵子 → 受精卵(zygote)
      • 受精卵恢复为 二倍体(2n)

      一句话考试版总结

      配子是含有一半染色体数的生殖细胞,用于有性生殖。

      如果你愿意,我可以把 gamete → meiosis → fertilization → zygote 整理成 Science 10 中英对照流程图或互动闪卡,非常适合系统复习与教学。

    7. self-pollinate.

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — self-pollinate / self-pollination (thorough explanation)

      1) What self-pollinate means (core idea)

      To self-pollinate means that a plant’s pollen fertilizes its own ovules. The pollen comes from the same flower or from another flower on the same plant.

      Self-pollinate = a plant fertilizes itself


      2) How self-pollination happens

      In flowering plants:

      • Pollen is produced in the anther
      • Ovules are located in the ovary
      • During self-pollination, pollen moves from the anther to the stigma of the same flower (or same plant)

      No wind, insects, or animals are required.


      3) Why some plants self-pollinate

      Self-pollination is useful because it:

      • Guarantees reproduction even if pollinators are absent
      • Preserves successful traits
      • Produces predictable offspring

      This is why self-pollinating plants are often used in genetics studies.


      4) Classic example (Science 10 context): peas

      Pea plants naturally self-pollinate because:

      • Their reproductive organs are enclosed
      • Pollen reaches the stigma before the flower opens

      This allows plants to produce offspring with very similar genotypes.


      5) Self-pollination vs cross-pollination (important comparison)

      | Feature | Self-pollination | Cross-pollination | | ---------------------- | ---------------- | ----------------- | | Pollen source | Same plant | Different plant | | Genetic variation | Low | High | | Offspring | Very similar | More diverse | | Depends on pollinators | No | Often yes |

      📌 Self-pollination increases genetic consistency, while cross-pollination increases variation.


      6) Advantages and disadvantages

      Advantages

      • Reliable reproduction
      • No need for pollinators
      • Stable traits

      Disadvantages

      • Less genetic diversity
      • Less ability to adapt to change

      One-sentence exam summary

      Self-pollination occurs when a plant’s pollen fertilizes ovules on the same plant, producing genetically similar offspring.


      中文 — self-pollinate(自花授粉) 详细解释

      1) 什么是自花授粉(核心概念)

      自花授粉是指: 花粉来自同一朵花或同一株植物,并完成受精过程

      自花授粉 = 植物自己给自己授粉


      2) 自花授粉如何发生

      • 花粉产生于花药
      • 受精发生在雌蕊
      • 花粉直接从花药传到同一朵花的柱头(或同株另一朵花)

      不需要昆虫或风的帮助。


      3) 自花授粉的优点

      • 保证繁殖成功
      • 保持优良性状
      • 后代性状稳定

      4) 与异花授粉的对比(考试重点)

      | 类型 | 特点 | | ---- | ------ | | 自花授粉 | 遗传多样性低 | | 异花授粉 | 遗传多样性高 |


      一句话考试版总结

      自花授粉是指植物利用自身花粉完成受精的过程。

      如果你愿意,我可以把 self-pollination → cross-pollination → genetic variation 整理成 Science 10 中英对照图解或互动练习题,非常适合课堂与考试复习。

    8. pea

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — pea (thorough explanation, genetics focus)

      1) What a pea is (core idea)

      A pea is the small, round seed found inside a pea pod, produced by the pea plant. Peas are both a food crop and a classic model organism in genetics.

      Pea = a seed from a pea plant; widely used to study inheritance


      2) Peas in genetics (Science 10 key context)

      Pea plants were used by Gregor Mendel to discover the basic laws of inheritance.

      Why peas were ideal:

      • Easy to grow
      • Short generation time
      • Clear, contrasting traits
      • Can self-pollinate or be cross-pollinated by hand

      3) Common pea traits studied (exam favorites)

      Mendel studied traits with two clear forms, such as:

      | Trait | One form | Other form | | ------------ | -------- | ----------- | | Seed shape | Round | Wrinkled | | Seed color | Yellow | Green | | Flower color | Purple | White | | Pod shape | Inflated | Constricted | | Plant height | Tall | Short |

      These traits made it easy to observe dominant and recessive patterns.


      4) Peas and Punnett squares

      Pea traits are often used in Punnett square problems.

      Example:

      • R = round seeds (dominant)
      • r = wrinkled seeds (recessive)

      Cross: Rr × Rr

      Results:

      • Genotypes: RR, Rr, Rr, rr
      • Phenotypes: 3 round : 1 wrinkled

      5) Why peas are still used today

      Peas helped scientists understand:

      • Alleles
      • Dominant vs recessive inheritance
      • Genotype vs phenotype
      • Predictable trait ratios

      These principles apply to all sexually reproducing organisms, including humans.


      One-sentence exam summary

      Peas are seed plants used by Mendel to discover inheritance patterns because they have clear, contrasting traits.


      中文 — pea(豌豆) 详细解释(遗传学重点)

      1) 什么是豌豆(核心概念)

      豌豆(pea)是豌豆植物果荚中的种子,既是食物,也是遗传学研究中的经典材料。

      豌豆 = 常用于研究遗传规律的植物种子


      2) 豌豆在遗传学中的重要性

      孟德尔用豌豆发现了遗传的基本规律。

      豌豆适合研究的原因:

      • 容易种植
      • 生长周期短
      • 性状对比明显
      • 可自花授粉或人工杂交

      3) 常见研究性状(考试重点)

      | 性状 | 表现一 | 表现二 | | ---- | --- | --- | | 种子形状 | 圆 | 皱 | | 种子颜色 | 黄 | 绿 | | 花的颜色 | 紫 | 白 | | 豆荚形状 | 饱满 | 收缩 | | 植株高度 | 高 | 矮 |


      4) 豌豆与潘尼特方格

      豌豆性状常用于潘尼特方格题目,帮助预测后代表现。


      一句话考试版总结

      豌豆因性状清晰、易繁殖,被用于发现显性和隐性等遗传规律。

      如果你愿意,我可以把 pea traits → alleles → Punnett squares 整理成 Science 10 中英对照练习题或互动闪卡,非常适合系统复习。

    9. incomplete dominance

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — incomplete dominance (thorough explanation)

      1) What incomplete dominance means (core idea)

      Incomplete dominance is an inheritance pattern in which neither allele is completely dominant, so the heterozygous phenotype is an intermediate (blended) form of the two homozygous phenotypes.

      Incomplete dominance = blending of traits in heterozygotes


      2) How incomplete dominance works

      • Two different alleles affect the trait
      • In a heterozygous individual, both alleles partially influence the outcome
      • The result looks like a mix, not one trait hiding the other

      3) Classic example (Science 10 favorite): flower color

      Let:

      • R = red flowers
      • W = white flowers

      Cross: RR × WW

      Offspring:

      • RWpink flowers

      📌 Pink is not a new allele; it’s the intermediate phenotype.


      4) Incomplete dominance in Punnett squares

      Parents: RW × RW

      Possible offspring:

      • RR → red
      • RW → pink
      • RW → pink
      • WW → white

      Phenotype ratio: 1 red : 2 pink : 1 white

      📌 Notice: phenotype ratio = genotype ratio in incomplete dominance.


      5) Incomplete dominance vs other patterns (very important)

      | Pattern | Heterozygous result | Example | | ------------------------ | ------------------------- | ------------------ | | Dominant–recessive | Dominant trait only | Brown eyes | | Incomplete dominance | Blended trait | Red × white → pink | | Codominance | Both traits fully visible | AB blood type |


      6) Why incomplete dominance matters

      Incomplete dominance:

      • Explains traits that don’t follow simple dominance
      • Increases visible variation in populations
      • Is common in plants, animals, and humans (for some traits)

      One-sentence exam summary

      Incomplete dominance occurs when heterozygous individuals show an intermediate, blended phenotype.


      中文 — incomplete dominance(不完全显性) 详细解释

      1) 什么是不完全显性(核心概念)

      不完全显性是指: 两个等位基因中没有一个完全显性,杂合体表现为中间型性状

      不完全显性 = 性状混合表现


      2) 不完全显性的表现特点

      • 显性不能完全压制另一等位基因
      • 杂合体表现为中间状态
      • 性状不是“要么这个,要么那个”

      3) 经典例子(考试常考)

      花的颜色:

      • 红花(RR)
      • 白花(WW)

      杂交后:

      • RW → 粉红色花

      📌 粉红不是新基因,而是红和白的中间表现


      4) 潘尼特方格中的不完全显性

      父母:RW × RW

      后代比例:

      • 1 红(RR)
      • 2 粉(RW)
      • 1 白(WW)

      👉 表现型比例 = 基因型比例


      5) 不完全显性 vs 共显性(重点区分)

      | 遗传方式 | 表现结果 | | ----- | ---------- | | 不完全显性 | 中间型(混合) | | 共显性 | 两种性状同时清楚出现 |


      一句话考试版总结

      不完全显性指杂合体表现为两种性状的中间型。

      如果你愿意,我可以把 dominant / recessive / incomplete dominance / codominance 整理成 Science 10 中英对照对比表、潘尼特方格练习或互动闪卡,非常适合系统复习与教学。

    10. heterozygous

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — heterozygous (thorough explanation)

      1) What heterozygous means (core idea)

      Heterozygous describes a genotype in which an organism has two different alleles for the same gene.

      Heterozygous = two different alleles (e.g., Aa)

      Each allele comes from a different parent.


      2) How heterozygous genotypes work

      • Genes come in pairs (alleles)
      • In a heterozygous genotype, one allele is different from the other
      • Often written as one capital letter and one lowercase letter

      Example:

      • A = dominant allele
      • a = recessive allele
      • Aa = heterozygous

      3) Trait expression in heterozygous individuals

      In simple dominance:

      • The dominant allele determines the phenotype
      • The recessive allele is present but not expressed

      Example:

      • Genotype: Aa
      • Phenotype: dominant trait

      📌 The recessive allele can still be passed to offspring.


      4) Heterozygous vs homozygous (important comparison)

      | Term | Alleles | Example | Trait shown | | ------------------------ | --------- | ------- | ------------------ | | Heterozygous | Different | Aa | Dominant (usually) | | Homozygous dominant | Same | AA | Dominant | | Homozygous recessive | Same | aa | Recessive |


      5) Heterozygous in Punnett squares (Science 10 focus)

      Punnett squares show how heterozygous parents pass on alleles.

      Example: Aa × Aa

      Possible offspring:

      • AA
      • Aa
      • Aa
      • aa

      Genotype ratio:

      • 1 AA : 2 Aa : 1 aa

      📌 Half the offspring are heterozygous (Aa).


      6) Why heterozygous matters

      Heterozygous individuals:

      • Increase genetic variation
      • Can be carriers of recessive traits
      • Help explain why traits may skip generations
      • Are important in evolution and population genetics

      One-sentence exam summary

      Heterozygous means having two different alleles for a gene.


      中文 — heterozygous(杂合子 / 杂合) 详细解释

      1) 什么是杂合(核心概念)

      Heterozygous(杂合)指的是: 同一性状的两个等位基因不相同

      杂合 = 两个不同的等位基因

      常见形式:

      • Aa

      2) 杂合基因型如何表现

      • 一个等位基因来自父亲
      • 一个来自母亲
      • 通常是 一个显性 + 一个隐性

      例子:

      • Aa → 显性性状表现
      • 隐性基因被“隐藏”,但仍可遗传

      3) 杂合 vs 纯合(重点对比)

      | 类型 | 等位基因 | 示例 | | ---- | ---- | -- | | 杂合 | 不同 | Aa | | 纯合显性 | 相同 | AA | | 纯合隐性 | 相同 | aa |


      4) 潘尼特方格中的杂合

      父母:Aa × Aa

      后代可能为:

      • AA(纯合显性)
      • Aa(杂合)
      • aa(纯合隐性)

      比例:1 : 2 : 1


      一句话考试版总结

      杂合指一个性状的两个等位基因不同。

      如果你愿意,我可以把 heterozygous / homozygous / dominant / recessive / Punnett squares 整理成 Science 10 中英对照闪卡或互动练习,直接用于复习或课堂教学。

    11. homozygous

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — homozygous (thorough explanation)

      1) What homozygous means (core idea)

      Homozygous describes a genotype in which an organism has two identical alleles for a particular gene.

      Homozygous = same alleles + same alleles

      Common examples:

      • AA → homozygous dominant
      • aa → homozygous recessive

      2) Types of homozygous genotypes (Science 10 focus)

      A) Homozygous dominant

      • Genotype: AA
      • Phenotype: dominant trait shows
      • Example: Tall plant (if tall = dominant)

      B) Homozygous recessive

      • Genotype: aa
      • Phenotype: recessive trait shows
      • Example: Short plant (if short = recessive)

      📌 Recessive traits only appear when the genotype is homozygous recessive.


      3) Homozygous vs heterozygous (important comparison)

      | Term | Alleles | Example | Trait shown | | ---------------- | --------- | -------- | ------------------------------- | | Homozygous | Same | AA or aa | Dominant (AA) or recessive (aa) | | Heterozygous | Different | Aa | Dominant |


      4) Homozygous in Punnett squares

      Punnett squares often show homozygous outcomes.

      Example: Aa × Aa

      Possible offspring genotypes:

      • AA → homozygous dominant
      • Aa → heterozygous
      • aa → homozygous recessive

      Genotype ratio:

      • 1 AA : 2 Aa : 1 aa

      5) Why homozygous matters

      Homozygous genotypes:

      • Explain why recessive traits appear
      • Help predict inheritance patterns
      • Are important in genetics, breeding, and evolution
      • Can be linked to genetic disorders (if recessive)

      One-sentence exam summary

      Homozygous means having two identical alleles for a gene.


      中文 — homozygous(纯合子 / 纯合) 详细解释

      1) 什么是纯合(核心概念)

      Homozygous(纯合)指的是: 某一性状的两个等位基因完全相同

      纯合 = 两个一样的等位基因

      常见形式:

      • AA(纯合显性)
      • aa(纯合隐性)

      2) 纯合的两种类型(考试重点)

      ① 纯合显性

      • 基因型:AA
      • 表现型:显性性状

      ② 纯合隐性

      • 基因型:aa
      • 表现型:隐性性状 📌 隐性性状只有在纯合隐性时才会出现

      3) 纯合 vs 杂合(对比)

      | 类型 | 等位基因 | 例子 | | -- | ---- | ----- | | 纯合 | 相同 | AA、aa | | 杂合 | 不同 | Aa |


      4) 潘尼特方格中的纯合

      父母:Aa × Aa

      后代可能为:

      • AA(纯合显性)
      • Aa(杂合)
      • aa(纯合隐性)

      比例:1 : 2 : 1


      一句话考试版总结

      纯合指一个性状的两个等位基因相同。

      如果你需要,我可以把 homozygous / heterozygous / dominant / recessive 整理成 Science 10 中英对照速记卡或互动练习,方便系统复习。

    12. genotype

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — genotype (thorough explanation)

      1) What genotype means (core idea)

      A genotype is an organism’s genetic makeup for a specific trait — the combination of alleles it has.

      Genotype = the alleles an organism carries

      Genotypes are usually written as letter pairs, such as:

      • AA
      • Aa
      • aa

      These letters represent genes, not physical appearance.


      2) Where genotypes come from

      • One allele comes from the mother
      • One allele comes from the father
      • Together, they form the genotype

      Genotypes are found on homologous chromosomes at the same gene location (locus).


      3) Common genotype types (Science 10 focus)

      Homozygous

      • Both alleles are the same
      • Examples: AA, aa

      Heterozygous

      • Alleles are different
      • Example: Aa

      4) Genotype vs phenotype (very important)

      | Term | What it means | Example | | ------------- | ---------------- | ---------- | | Genotype | Genetic makeup | Bb | | Phenotype | Observable trait | Brown eyes |

      📌 You inherit the genotype, but you observe the phenotype.


      5) Genotype in Punnett squares

      Punnett squares are used to predict possible genotypes of offspring.

      Example: Parents: Aa × Aa

      Possible genotypes:

      • AA
      • Aa
      • Aa
      • aa

      Genotype ratio:

      • 1 AA : 2 Aa : 1 aa

      6) Why genotype matters

      Genotype:

      • Determines which traits can appear
      • Explains why recessive traits can be hidden
      • Helps predict inheritance patterns
      • Is the basis of genetics and evolution

      One-sentence exam summary

      Genotype is the genetic makeup of an organism, represented by its allele combinations.


      中文 — genotype(基因型) 详细解释

      1) 什么是基因型(核心概念)

      基因型(genotype)是指生物体在某一性状上所拥有的等位基因组合

      基因型 = 拥有的基因组合

      常见表示方式:

      • AA
      • Aa
      • aa

      2) 基因型从哪里来

      • 一个等位基因来自母亲
      • 一个来自父亲
      • 位于同源染色体的相同位置

      3) 基因型的类型(考试重点)

      纯合(homozygous)

      • AA、aa

      杂合(heterozygous)

      • Aa

      4) 基因型 vs 表现型(必考)

      | 项目 | 含义 | | --- | ------- | | 基因型 | 基因组合 | | 表现型 | 实际表现的性状 |

      📌 基因型决定潜力,表现型是结果


      5) 潘尼特方格中的基因型

      父母:Aa × Aa

      后代可能的基因型:

      • AA(25%)
      • Aa(50%)
      • aa(25%)

      一句话考试版总结

      基因型是生物体所携带的等位基因组合。

      如果你愿意,我可以把 allele → genotype → phenotype → Punnett square 整理成 Science 10 中英对照速记卡 / 课堂练习 / HTML 互动内容,方便你系统复习。

    13. phenotype

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — phenotype (thorough explanation)

      1) What phenotype means (core idea)

      A phenotype is the observable characteristics of an organism—what you can see or measure.

      Phenotype = the physical expression of genes

      Examples include:

      • Eye color
      • Height
      • Blood type
      • Flower color
      • Ability to roll the tongue (in simple genetics examples)

      2) What determines phenotype

      A phenotype is shaped by two factors:

      1. Genotype (the genetic makeup)
      2. Environment (external conditions)

      Phenotype = genotype + environment

      📌 This is why people with the same genes can sometimes look different.


      3) Phenotype vs genotype (must-know distinction)

      | Term | Meaning | Example | | ------------- | --------------------------- | ---------- | | Genotype | The alleles an organism has | Bb | | Phenotype | The trait that appears | Brown eyes |

      You inherit the genotype, but you observe the phenotype.


      4) Phenotype in Punnett squares (Science 10 focus)

      Punnett squares predict possible phenotypes of offspring.

      Example:

      • B = brown eyes (dominant)
      • b = blue eyes (recessive)

      Possible genotypes → phenotypes:

      • BB → brown eyes
      • Bb → brown eyes
      • bb → blue eyes

      📌 Phenotype ratios often differ from genotype ratios.


      5) Environmental effects on phenotype

      Even with the same genotype, environment can change phenotype:

      • Height → genes + nutrition
      • Skin color → genes + sunlight
      • Muscle size → genes + exercise

      This shows phenotype is not fixed by genes alone.


      6) Why phenotype matters

      Phenotypes:

      • Explain variation among individuals
      • Are what natural selection acts on
      • Help scientists study inheritance patterns

      One-sentence exam summary

      Phenotype is the observable traits of an organism resulting from the interaction of genes and environment.


      中文 — phenotype(表现型) 详细解释

      1) 什么是表现型(核心概念)

      表现型(phenotype)是指生物能够被观察到的性状或特征

      表现型 = 基因表现出来的外在结果

      例如:

      • 眼睛颜色
      • 身高
      • 血型
      • 花的颜色

      2) 表现型由什么决定

      表现型由两部分共同决定:

      1. 基因型(genotype)
      2. 环境因素

      表现型 = 基因型 + 环境


      3) 基因型 vs 表现型(必考)

      | 概念 | 含义 | | --- | -------- | | 基因型 | 拥有的等位基因 | | 表现型 | 实际表现出的性状 |


      4) 潘尼特方格中的表现型

      潘尼特方格用来预测:

      • 后代可能出现的表现型
      • 各性状出现的概率

      5) 环境对表现型的影响

      • 营养影响身高
      • 阳光影响肤色
      • 训练影响肌肉

      一句话考试版总结

      表现型是基因与环境共同作用下表现出来的性状。

      如果你愿意,我可以把 genotype / phenotype / allele / Punnett square 整理成 Science 10 中英对照闪卡或互动练习,方便系统复习。

    14. recessive

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — recessive (thorough explanation)

      1) What recessive means (core idea)

      Recessive describes an allele whose effect is hidden when a dominant allele is present. A recessive trait is expressed only when both alleles are recessive.

      Recessive = shows only when two recessive alleles are present


      2) How recessive alleles work

      • Each individual has two alleles for a gene (one from each parent)
      • If at least one dominant allele is present, the dominant trait appears
      • The recessive trait appears only in homozygous recessive individuals

      📌 Genetics notation:

      • A = dominant allele
      • a = recessive allele

      | Genotype | Trait shown | | -------- | --------------------------- | | AA | Dominant | | Aa | Dominant (recessive hidden) | | aa | Recessive |


      3) Examples of recessive traits

      Common textbook examples:

      • Blue eyes (recessive to brown)
      • Attached earlobes
      • Certain genetic disorders (e.g., cystic fibrosis)

      📌 A person can carry a recessive allele without showing the trait.


      4) Recessive traits in Punnett squares (Science 10 focus)

      Punnett squares help predict recessive traits.

      Example: Parents: Aa × Aa

      Possible offspring:

      • AA
      • Aa
      • Aa
      • aa

      👉 25% chance of showing the recessive trait (aa)


      5) Recessive vs dominant (key contrast)

      | Feature | Dominant | Recessive | | ----------------------- | ------------------- | -------------------- | | Expression | Shows with 1 allele | Shows with 2 alleles | | Hidden by other allele? | No | Yes | | Written as | Capital letter | Lowercase letter |


      6) Why recessive traits matter

      Recessive traits:

      • Explain why traits can skip generations
      • Help identify carriers
      • Are important in genetic counseling
      • Increase genetic variation in populations

      One-sentence exam summary

      A recessive allele is expressed only when two copies are present and is hidden by a dominant allele.


      中文 — recessive(隐性) 详细解释

      1) 什么是隐性(核心概念)

      隐性(recessive)指的是一种等位基因,当与显性等位基因同时存在时,不会表现出来

      隐性 = 只有在两个隐性等位基因同时存在时才表现


      2) 隐性等位基因如何表现

      • 每个性状由 两个等位基因控制
      • 只要有一个显性等位基因,显性性状就出现
      • 隐性性状必须是纯合隐性(aa)才会表现

      3) 隐性性状的例子

      • 蓝色眼睛
      • 连着的耳垂
      • 某些遗传疾病(如囊性纤维化)

      📌 携带者:有隐性基因,但不表现性状。


      4) 潘尼特方格中的隐性(考试重点)

      父母:Aa × Aa

      结果:

      • 25% aa(表现隐性性状)
      • 50% Aa(携带者)
      • 25% AA

      5) 隐性 vs 显性(对比)

      | 项目 | 显性 | 隐性 | | ---- | ------ | ---- | | 表现条件 | 有一个就表现 | 必须两个 | | 书写方式 | 大写字母 | 小写字母 |


      一句话考试版总结

      隐性性状只有在两个隐性等位基因同时存在时才会表现。

      如果你需要,我可以把 dominant / recessive / codominance / incomplete dominance 整理成 Science 10 中英对照速记表或练习题,帮助你快速区分考点。

    15. codominance

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — codominance (thorough explanation)

      1) What codominance means (core idea)

      Codominance is a pattern of inheritance in which both alleles in a heterozygous individual are fully and equally expressed.

      Codominance = both alleles show at the same time

      Neither allele is dominant or recessive over the other.


      2) How codominance looks (key idea)

      In codominance:

      • You do not get a blend
      • You see both traits clearly and separately

      📌 This is different from incomplete dominance, where traits blend.


      3) Classic examples of codominance (Science 10 favorites)

      A) Roan cattle

      • Red allele + White allele
      • Result: Roan coat with both red hairs and white hairs
      • Not pink → red and white are both visible

      B) Human blood type (AB)

      • Alleles: IA and IB
      • Genotype: IAIB
      • Phenotype: AB blood type
      • Both A and B antigens appear on red blood cells

      4) Codominance vs incomplete dominance (very important)

      | Feature | Codominance | Incomplete Dominance | | ----------------- | -------------------- | -------------------------- | | Allele expression | Both fully expressed | Blended | | Appearance | Both traits visible | Mixed/intermediate | | Example | AB blood type | Pink flowers (red × white) |

      📌 AB blood type = codominance 📌 Pink flowers = incomplete dominance


      5) Codominance in Punnett squares

      Codominance still uses Punnett squares, but:

      • Heterozygous offspring show both traits
      • No allele “hides” the other

      Example:

      • Alleles: R (red), W (white)
      • RW → red + white hairs

      6) Why codominance matters

      Codominance:

      • Explains traits that don’t follow simple dominant/recessive rules
      • Increases visible genetic variation
      • Is important in medical genetics (blood transfusions)

      One-sentence exam summary

      Codominance occurs when both alleles in a heterozygous individual are fully expressed at the same time.


      中文 — codominance(共显性) 详细解释

      1) 什么是共显性(核心概念)

      共显性(codominance)指的是: 两个不同的等位基因在杂合体中都会完全表现出来

      共显性 = 两个等位基因同时、完整地表现


      2) 共显性的表现特点

      • 不会混合
      • 两种性状同时清楚可见

      📌 和不完全显性不同,共显性没有中间型


      3) 常见例子(考试常考)

      A) 花牛(roan cattle)

      • 红色等位基因 + 白色等位基因
      • 结果:红毛和白毛同时存在

      B) 人类 AB 血型

      • 等位基因:IA 和 IB
      • 基因型:IAIB
      • 表现型:AB 型血
      • A 抗原和 B 抗原同时存在

      4) 共显性 vs 不完全显性(重点对比)

      | 特点 | 共显性 | 不完全显性 | | -- | ------- | ----- | | 表现 | 两种性状都出现 | 性状混合 | | 结果 | 同时可见 | 中间型 | | 例子 | AB 血型 | 红×白→粉 |


      5) 共显性在潘尼特方格中的体现

      • 杂合体表现两种性状
      • 没有“显性压制隐性”

      一句话考试版总结

      共显性是指杂合体中两个等位基因同时完全表现的遗传方式。

      如果你愿意,我可以把 dominance / incomplete dominance / codominance 整理成 Science 10 中英对照表或互动练习题,非常适合考试快速区分。

    16. alleles

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — alleles (thorough explanation)

      1) What alleles are (core idea)

      Alleles are different versions of the same gene. They control variations of a trait, such as eye color or flower color.

      Allele = one version of a gene

      Each gene can have two or more alleles, but an individual organism usually carries two alleles per gene (one from each parent).


      2) Where alleles are found

      • Genes are located on chromosomes
      • Alleles sit at the same position (locus) on homologous chromosomes
      • One allele comes from the mother
      • One allele comes from the father

      📌 This is why offspring show traits from both parents.


      3) Example of alleles (simple)

      Trait: Seed color

      • Y = yellow
      • y = green

      Possible allele combinations:

      • YY
      • Yy
      • yy

      These combinations affect the trait that appears.


      4) Dominant vs recessive alleles (Science 10 focus)

      Dominant allele

      • Shown with a capital letter (A)
      • Expressed if at least one copy is present

      Recessive allele

      • Shown with a lowercase letter (a)
      • Expressed only if two copies are present

      📌 Example:

      • Aa → dominant trait shows
      • aa → recessive trait shows

      5) Alleles, genotype, and phenotype (key relationship)

      | Term | Meaning | Example | | --------- | ------------------ | ---------- | | Allele | Version of a gene | A or a | | Genotype | Allele combination | Aa | | Phenotype | Physical trait | Brown eyes |

      Alleles determine the genotype, which determines the phenotype.


      6) Alleles in Punnett squares

      Punnett squares:

      • Show how alleles from parents combine
      • Predict possible offspring genotypes
      • Estimate trait probabilities

      📌 Example: Parents: Aa × Aa

      • Possible offspring: AA, Aa, Aa, aa

      7) Why alleles are important

      Alleles:

      • Explain variation within a species
      • Help predict inheritance patterns
      • Are the basis of genetics and evolution
      • Allow populations to adapt over time

      One-sentence exam summary

      Alleles are different versions of the same gene that determine variations in traits.


      中文 — alleles(等位基因) 详细解释

      1) 什么是等位基因(核心概念)

      等位基因(alleles)是指同一基因的不同版本,决定同一性状的不同表现。

      等位基因 = 同一基因的不同形式


      2) 等位基因在哪里

      • 基因位于染色体
      • 等位基因位于同源染色体的相同位置
      • 一个来自母亲,一个来自父亲

      3) 等位基因举例

      性状:豌豆高度

      • T = 高
      • t = 矮

      组合可能是:

      • TT
      • Tt
      • tt

      4) 显性与隐性等位基因(必考)

      • 显性等位基因:只要有一个就会表现
      • 隐性等位基因:必须两个都有才表现

      📌 Tt → 显性性状 📌 tt → 隐性性状


      5) 等位基因与性状的关系

      • 等位基因 → 基因型
      • 基因型 → 表现型

      一句话考试版总结

      等位基因是控制同一性状的不同基因形式。

      如果你愿意,我可以把 alleles → genotype → phenotype → Punnett squares 整理成 Science 10 中英对照闪卡或互动练习,直接用于复习或教学。

    17. traits

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — traits (thorough explanation)

      1) What traits are (core idea)

      Traits are characteristics or features of an organism. They describe how an organism looks, behaves, or functions.

      Trait = a characteristic of a living thing

      Traits can be:

      • Inherited (passed down from parents)
      • Influenced by the environment
      • Or a combination of both

      2) Types of traits

      A) Inherited (genetic) traits

      These traits are controlled by genes and passed from parents to offspring.

      Examples:

      • Eye color
      • Hair color and texture
      • Blood type
      • Natural height potential

      📌 These traits are present from birth.


      B) Acquired (environmental) traits

      These traits develop due to life experiences or environment.

      Examples:

      • Suntan
      • Muscle strength from exercise
      • Scars
      • Language spoken

      📌 These traits are not inherited genetically.


      C) Traits influenced by both genes and environment

      Many traits result from both heredity and environment.

      Examples:

      • Height (genes + nutrition)
      • Intelligence (genes + education)
      • Athletic ability (genes + training)

      3) Traits in genetics (Science 10 focus)

      In genetics, traits are:

      • Controlled by genes
      • Each gene may have different alleles
      • Alleles can be dominant or recessive

      📌 Example:

      • Brown eyes (dominant)
      • Blue eyes (recessive)

      Punnett squares are used to predict traits in offspring.


      4) Genotype vs phenotype (important distinction)

      | Term | Meaning | Example | | --------- | ------------------- | ---------- | | Genotype | Genetic makeup | Bb | | Phenotype | Physical expression | Brown eyes |

      📌 Traits are what you see (phenotype), based on genes (genotype).


      5) Why traits matter

      Traits:

      • Explain similarities and differences between organisms
      • Help scientists study inheritance
      • Are the basis of natural selection and evolution

      One-sentence exam summary

      Traits are characteristics of organisms that can be inherited, acquired, or influenced by both genes and environment.


      中文 — traits(性状 / 特征) 详细解释

      1) 什么是性状(核心概念)

      性状(traits)是指生物表现出来的特征或特点

      性状 = 生物的特征


      2) 性状的类型

      ① 遗传性状

      基因决定,从父母传给子女。

      例子:

      • 眼睛颜色
      • 头发颜色
      • 血型

      ② 获得性状

      环境或经历造成。

      例子:

      • 晒黑
      • 肌肉增强
      • 疤痕

      ③ 遗传 + 环境共同影响

      • 身高
      • 学习能力
      • 运动能力

      3) 遗传学中的性状(考试重点)

      • 性状由基因控制
      • 基因有不同等位基因
      • 等位基因有显性隐性

      4) 基因型 vs 表现型

      | 概念 | 含义 | | --- | ---- | | 基因型 | 基因组合 | | 表现型 | 外在性状 |


      一句话考试版总结

      性状是生物的特征,由遗传和环境共同决定。

      如果你需要,我可以把 traits / inherited traits / acquired traits / Punnett squares 做成 Science 10 中英对照闪卡或课堂练习题,直接用于教学或复习。

    18. Punnett squares

      Image

      Image

      Image

      Image

      English — Punnett squares (thorough explanation)

      1) What Punnett squares are (core idea)

      Punnett squares are simple diagrams used in genetics to predict the possible genetic outcomes of offspring from two parents.

      Punnett square = a tool to predict inherited traits

      They help scientists and students see:

      • Possible genotypes (gene combinations)
      • Possible phenotypes (physical traits)
      • Probability of each outcome

      2) Why Punnett squares are used

      Punnett squares are used to:

      • Understand hereditary inheritance
      • Predict offspring traits
      • Explain why siblings can look different
      • Show how dominant and recessive genes work

      They do not guarantee results — they show likelihood.


      3) Key terms you must know (Science 10)

      | Term | Meaning | | --------- | -------------------------------------------- | | Gene | Section of DNA that controls a trait | | Allele | Different forms of a gene (e.g., A or a) | | Dominant | Masks another allele (A) | | Recessive | Only shows if both alleles are recessive (a) | | Genotype | Genetic makeup (AA, Aa, aa) | | Phenotype | Physical appearance (tall, short, etc.) |


      4) How a Punnett square works (step by step)

      Example: One trait (monohybrid cross)

      Trait: Plant height

      • T = tall (dominant)
      • t = short (recessive)

      Parents: Tt × Tt

      Step 1: Draw a 2×2 square Step 2: Put one parent’s alleles across the top (T, t) Step 3: Put the other parent’s alleles down the side (T, t) Step 4: Fill in the boxes

      Resulting genotypes:

      • TT
      • Tt
      • Tt
      • tt

      5) Reading the results

      Genotype ratio

      • 1 TT : 2 Tt : 1 tt

      Phenotype ratio

      • 3 tall : 1 short

      📌 Even though only 1 box is tt, that still means a 25% chance of short offspring.


      6) Types of Punnett squares

      A) Monohybrid cross

      • One trait
      • 2×2 square
      • Most common in Science 10

      B) Dihybrid cross (advanced)

      • Two traits at once
      • 4×4 square
      • Shows independent assortment

      7) Limits of Punnett squares

      Punnett squares:

      • Assume genes assort randomly
      • Do not account for environment
      • Work best for simple traits

      One-sentence exam summary

      Punnett squares are diagrams used to predict the probability of genetic traits in offspring.


      中文 — Punnett squares(潘尼特方格) 详细解释

      1) 什么是潘尼特方格(核心概念)

      潘尼特方格是一种遗传学工具,用来预测父母基因组合在后代中可能出现的结果

      潘尼特方格 = 预测遗传结果的表格


      2) 为什么要用潘尼特方格

      潘尼特方格可以帮助我们:

      • 理解遗传规律
      • 预测后代性状
      • 解释兄弟姐妹的差异
      • 学习显性与隐性

      3) 必须掌握的词汇(考试重点)

      | 英文 | 中文 | | --------- | ---- | | Gene | 基因 | | Allele | 等位基因 | | Dominant | 显性 | | Recessive | 隐性 | | Genotype | 基因型 | | Phenotype | 表现型 |


      4) 潘尼特方格如何使用(一步一步)

      例子:豌豆高度

      • T = 高(显性)
      • t = 矮(隐性)

      父母:Tt × Tt

      填表后得到:

      • TT
      • Tt
      • Tt
      • tt

      5) 结果解读

      基因型比例

      • 1 TT : 2 Tt : 1 tt

      表现型比例

      • 3 高 : 1 矮

      📌 这表示: 25% 矮,75% 高(概率,不是保证)


      6) 潘尼特方格的类型

      • 单性状杂交(2×2)
      • 双性状杂交(4×4,高阶内容)

      一句话考试版总结

      潘尼特方格用于预测遗传性状在后代中出现的概率。

      如果你愿意,我可以把 Punnett square → allele → genotype → phenotype 整理成 Science 10 中英对照闪卡 / 课堂练习 / HTML 互动方格,直接给学生用。

    1. The sailor’s job is strictly mechanical: hold the Rudder (attitude of speech) and hoist the Sail (attitude of heart)
      1. The Neuroscience (The Steering Mechanism): The "Rudder" represents the Prefrontal-Language Loop. Your Broca’s Area (responsible for speech production) is situated right next to the motor cortex. When you are in a high-cortisol environment, your speech often becomes high-pitched, rapid, and reactive—this is the "engine" revving.

      However, by consciously choosing a "low, heavy, and calm" voice, you engage the Ventral Vagal Complex. This is part of the "Social Engagement System." When you adjust your Rudder (speech), you aren't just changing your own biology; you are "steering" the room through Co-regulation. A calm voice signals to the brains of those around you (like Pete and Jo) that the threat level has dropped, allowing their own Prefrontal Cortices to come back online.

      1. The Scripture (The Governance of the Small): This mirrors the physics described in James 3:4: "Or take ships as an example. Although they are so large and are driven by strong winds, they are steered by a very small rudder wherever the pilot wants to go." In the original Greek, the word for "steered" is metagō, meaning to change the direction of the whole. Your "attitude of speech" is the metagō of your life. While you cannot control the "strong winds" (the merger deadline or the panic), you have "mechanical" control over the Rudder. In the Kingdom, governance begins with the tongue. To "hold the Rudder" is an act of Kybernesis (the gift of administration/steering), ensuring the vessel doesn't drift into the rocks of entropy.

      2. The FieldGuide Application (The "Low and Slow" Drill): Next time the pressure rises and you feel the urge to "Push" (scream/hurry):

      The Drill: Lower your vocal pitch by half an octave and slow your tempo.

      The Command: Speak your next sentence as if you are weighing every word.

      The Vector: Notice how the "magnitude" of the panic in the room begins to align with the "direction" of your calm.

    2. Your cortisol spikes. You feel the magnetic pull to either match Pete’s screaming (Force) or join Jo in the silence (Apathy).

      . The Neuroscience (The Stress Vector): Cortisol is the body's primary stress hormone, produced by the adrenal glands. In the context of "The War Room," a spike in cortisol shifts your brain's metabolism. It prioritises the Amygdala (the alarm system) while temporarily "offlining" the Prefrontal Cortex (the centre for calm logic).

      This creates what the post calls a "Propulsion Error." High cortisol makes you feel like you must do something—anything—to resolve the tension. This is why you feel the "magnetic pull" to scream or hide. Physically, chronic cortisol elevation causes "internal drag" by degrading neural connections, leading to the "Crash" by exhaustion that Pete is heading toward.

      1. The Scripture (The Peace Protocol): The "magnetic pull" of cortisol is what the New Testament describes as the "anxiety of this age." In Philippians 4:6-7, the protocol for a cortisol spike is "prayer and petition, with thanksgiving."

      The Greek word for "guard" (phroureo) used in that passage is a military term. When you "Hoist the Sail" (The Pray step in the protocol), the Peace of God acts as a biological and spiritual sentry, standing guard over your nous (mind) and kardia (heart), preventing the cortisol-driven panic from seizing control of your Rudder.

      1. The FieldGuide Application (The Cortisol Flush): When you feel that "magnetic pull" to react this week, your biology is lying to you.

      The Drill: Stand up and move your large muscle groups for 30 seconds (a quick walk or stretch).

      The Reason: Physical movement helps metabolise the "static" of excess cortisol.

      The Vector: Once the spike levels off, execute the Vector Lock: Pause, Cause, Choose.

    1. article has four parts. The first part examines how new the OLP is, considering that co-decision has, in one form or another, existed for some 25 years.

      FOUR PARTS OF ARTICLE

      1. Is the OLP new? What does it offer thats different, given that "co-decision" (i.e., cooperation between Council and Parliament, between national govts and supranational direct democracy) has ALREADY EXISTED FOR 25 YEARS

      2. Main argument -> One can guage OLP's effect on the day-to-day lawmaking of Europe by looking at three areas:

      3. Organizations developed to makle OLP function properly
      4. The response of actors in society (direct democracy)
      5. The response of member states (their compliance w/ OLP rules)

      6. Two empirical cases as evidence for contribution / impact of OLP

      7. Regulation of agriculture
      8. Regulation of financial markets (i.e., both are so different from one another that we can IDENTIFY OLP's impact by looking at how both are regulated SIMILARLY / via OLP policies)

      9. Concluding assessment of democratic contribution of Lisbons' OLP (insights about aforementioned case studies)

    1. Windows XP vs Vista vs 7 vs 8.1 vs 10 vs 11 | Speed Test

      Speed Test Summary: Windows XP vs Vista vs 7 vs 8.1 vs 10 vs 11

      Test Setup [00:00:00]

      • Hardware: Older hardware used to ensure compatibility with older OS versions (XP/Vista) and to stress-test newer ones.
      • OS Versions: All running Pro versions with the latest available updates; Windows XP is the 64-bit version.

      Performance Tests

      • Startup Speed [00:00:48]:
        • Winner: Windows 8.1 (fast boot advantage).
        • Surprise: Windows 10 and XP started at nearly the same time.
        • Loser: Windows 11 (struggled to load taskbar).
      • Storage Footprint [00:02:13]:
        • Winner: Windows XP (least space used).
        • Heaviest: Windows 7 took up the most storage.
      • RAM Management (Idle) [00:02:40]:
        • Winner: Windows XP (lowest usage).
        • Loser: Windows 11 (3.5–3.7 GB idle usage vs 2.3 GB for Windows 10).
      • Web Browser Stress Test (Tab limit before 5GB usage) [00:03:29]:
        • Winners: Windows 7 and 8.1 (reached over 200 tabs).
        • Loser: Windows 11 (failed to reach 50 tabs due to high base usage).
        • Note: Windows XP crashed at 50 tabs due to virtual memory limits.
      • Battery Life [00:04:49]:
        • Winner: Windows XP (pleasant surprise).
        • Runner-ups: Windows 10 (2nd), Windows 8.1 (3rd).
        • Loser: Windows 11 died first.
      • Video Editing Rendering [00:06:08]:
        • Winner: Windows 10.
        • Runner-up: Windows 8.1.
        • Loser: Windows 11 (slowest).
      • Application Launching (Explorer, Paint, Calc) [00:06:48]:
        • Trend: Older OS versions (8.1 and below) opened "classic" apps significantly faster.
        • Loser: Windows 11 showed significant delays, likely due to modern app rebuilds and mixed UI elements.
      • File Transfer (USB to Disk) [00:08:41]:
        • Winner: Windows 10 (barely beat 11).
        • Trend: Newer OS versions generally faster than older ones here.
      • Malware Scans [00:09:02]:
        • Winner: Windows 7 (fastest scan).
        • Loser: Windows 11 (took almost a minute longer than Win 10).

      Benchmarks (Synthetic) [00:10:04]

      • CPU-Z: Older OSs generally better in single-threaded; Windows 7 best in multi-threaded.
      • Geekbench: Windows 10 best multi-core; Windows 11 best single-core.
      • CrystalDiskMark: XP best read speeds; Windows 7/Vista performed poorly on reads.

      Conclusion & Ranking [00:12:37]

      Based on the "polish," "speed," and "stability" on older hardware as tested in the video:

      1. Windows 8.1 (Praised as the most polished, fast, and stable).
      2. Windows 10 (Performed consistently well, winning video editing and file transfers).
      3. Windows 7 (Strong showing in RAM management and security scanning).
      4. Windows XP (Excellent battery life and low resource usage, but limited by age/compatibility).
      5. Windows Vista (Average performance, often lagging behind 7).
      6. Windows 11 (Ranked last; described as "one of the slowest," with massive memory consumption).
    1. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Sheidaei et al., report how chromosomes are brought to positions that facilitate kinetochore-microtubule interactions during mitosis. The study focusses on an important early step of the highly orchestrated chromosome segregation process. Studying kinetochore capture during early prophase is extremely difficult due to kinetochore crowding but the team has taken up the challenge by classifying the types of kinetochore movements, carefully marking kinetochore positions in early mitosis and linking these to map their fate/next-positions over time. The work is an excellent addition to the field as most of the literature has thus far focussed on tracking kinetochore in slightly later stages of mitosis. The authors show that the PANEM facilitates chromosome positioning towards the interior of the newly forming spindle, which in turn facilitates chromosome congression - in the absence of PANEM chromosomes end up in unfavourable locations, and they fail to form proper kinetochore-microtubule interactions. The work highlights the perinuclear actomyosin network in early mitosis (PANEM) as a key spatial and temporal element of chromosome congression which precedes the segregation process.

      Major points

      1) The complexity of tracking has been managed by classifying kinetochore movements into 4 categories, considering motions towards or away from the spindle mid-plane. While this is a very creative solution in most cases, there may be some difficult phases that involve movement in both directions or no dominant direction (eg Phase3-like). It is unclear if all kinetochores go through phase1, 2, 3 and 4 in a sequential or a few deviate from this pattern. A comment on this would be helpful. Also, it may be interesting to compare those that deviate from the sequence, and ask how they recover in the presence and absence of azBB.

      2) Would peripheral kinetochore close to poles behave differently compared to peripheral kinetochore close to the midplane (figure S4) ?In figure 3D, are they separated? If not, would it look different?

      3) Uncongressed polar chromosomes (eg., CENPE inhibited cells) are known to promote tumbling of the spindle. In figure 5B with polar chromosomes, it will be helpful to indicate how the authors decouple spindle pole movements from individual kinetochore movements.

      4) The work has high quality manual tracking of objects in early mitosis- if this would be made available to the field, it can help build AI models for tracking. The authors could consider depositing the tracking data and increasing the impact of their work.

      Minor points

      1. It will be helpful for readers to see how many kinetochores/cell were considered in the tracking studies. Figure legends show kinetochore numbers but not cell numbers.
      2. Discussion point: If cells had not separated their centrosomes before NEBD, would PANEM still be effective? Perhaps the cancer cell lines or examples as shown in Figure 6A have some clues here.
      3. Figure 7 cartoon shows misalignment leading to missegregation. It may be useful to consider this in the context of the centrosome directed kinetochore movements via pivoting microtubules. Is this process blocked in azBB treated cells?
      4. Are all the N-CIN- lines with PANEM highly sensitive to azBB? In other words, is PANEM essential for normal congression in some of these lines.
      5. Are congression times delayed in lines that naturally lack PANEM?
      6. Page 23 "we first identified the end of congression" how does this relate to kinetochore oscillations that move kinetochores away from the metaphase plate?
      7. Are spindle pole distances (spindle sizes) different in early and late mitotic cells (4min vs 6min after NEBD) in control vs azBB treated cells? Please comment on Figure S2E (mean distance) in the context of when phase 4 is completed. Does spindle size return to normal after congression?

      Significance

      The current work builds upon their previous work, in which the authors demonstrated that an actomyosin network forms on the cytoplasmic side of the nuclear envelope during prophase. This work explains how the network facilitates chromosome capture and congression by tracking motions of individual kinetochores during early mitosis. The findings can be broadly useful for cell division and the cytoskeletal fields.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary

      Sheidaei and colleagues report a novel and potentially important role for an early mitotic actomyosin-based mechanism, PANEM contraction, in promoting timely congression of chromosomes located at the nuclear periphery, particularly those in polar positions. The manuscript will interest researchers studying cell division, cytoskeletal dynamics, and motor proteins. Although some data overlap with the group's prior work, the authors extend those findings by optimizing key perturbations and performing more detailed analyses of chromosome movements, which together provide a clearer mechanistic explanation. The study also builds naturally on recent ideas from other groups about how chromosome positioning influences both early and later mitotic movements.

      In its current form, however, the manuscript is not acceptable for publication. It suffers from major organizational problems, an overcrowded and confusing Results section and figures, and a lack of essential experimental controls and contextual discussion. These deficiencies make it difficult to evaluate the data and the authors' conclusions. A substantial structural revision is required to improve clarity and persuasiveness. In addition, several key control experiments and more conceptual context are needed to establish the specificity and relevance of PANEM relative to other microtubule- and actin-based mitotic mechanisms. Testing PANEM in additional cell lines or contexts would also strengthen the claim. I therefore recommend Major Revision, addressing the structural, conceptual, and experimental issues detailed below.

      Major Comments

      1. Structural overhaul and figure reorganization

      The Results section is overly dense, lacks clear structure, and includes descriptive content that belongs in the Methods. Many figure panels should be moved to Supplementary Materials. A substantial reorganization is required to transform the manuscript into a focused, "Reports"-type article. - Move methodological and descriptive details (e.g., especially from the second Results subheading and Figure 2) to the Methods or Supplementary Materials. - Remove repetitive statements that simply restate that later phenotypes arise as consequences of delayed Phase 1 (applicable to subheadings 3 onward). - Figure 4I: This panel is currently unclear and should be drastically simplified. I recommend to reorganize figures as follows: - Figure I: Keep as single figure but simplify. Figure 1D and 1E could be combined, move unnormalized SCV to supplementary materials. Same goes for 1F. - New Figure 2: Combine current Figures 2A, 3A, 3C, 3D, 4C, 4F, and 4H to illustrate how PANEM contraction facilitates initial interactions of peripheral chromosomes with spindle microtubules which increases speed of congression initiation. - New Figure 3: Combine current Figures 5A, 5C, 5D, 5F, 6B, 6C, and lower panels of 4H to show how PANEM contraction repositions polar chromosomes and reduces chromosome volume in early mitosis to enable rapid initiation of congression. - New Figure 4: Combine Figures 7A, 7B, 7D, 7E, 7F, expanded Supplementary Figure S7, and new data to demonstrate that PANEM actively pushes peripheral chromosomes inward which is important for efficient chromosome congression in diverse cellular contexts. 2. Specificity and redundancy of actin perturbation

      To establish the specificity and relevance of PANEM, the authors should include or discuss appropriate controls:

      - Apply global actin inhibitors (e.g., cytochalasin D, latrunculin A) to disrupt the entire actin cytoskeleton. These perturbations strongly affect mitotic rounding and cytokinesis but only modestly influence early chromosome movements, as reported previously (Lancaster et al., 2013; Dewey et al., 2017; Koprivec et al., 2025). The minimal effect of global inhibition must be addressed when proposing a localized actomyosin mechanism. Comment if the apparent differences in this approach and one that the authors were using arises due to different cell types.
      - Clarify why spindle-associated actin, especially near centrosomes, as reported in prior studies using human cultured cells (Kita et al., 2019; Plessner et al., 2019; Aquino-Perez et al., 2024), was not observed in this study. The Myosin-10 and actin were also observed close to centrosomes during mitosis in X.laevis mitotic spindles (Woolner et al., 2008). Possible explanations include differences in fixation, probe selection, imaging methods, or cell type. Note that some actin probes (e.g., phalloidin) poorly penetrate internal actin, and certain antibodies require harsh extraction protocols. Comment on possibility that interference with a pool of Myo10 at the centrosomes is important for effects on congression.
      
      1. Expansion of PANEM functional analysis

      To strengthen the conclusions and broaden the study beyond the group's previous work, PANEM function should be tested in additional contexts (some may be considered optional but important for broader impact): - Test PANEM function in at least one additional cell line that displays PANEM to rule out cell-line-specific effects. - Examine higher-ploidy or binucleated cells to determine whether multiple PANEM contractions are coordinated and if PANEM contraction contributes more in cells of higher ploidies or specific nuclear morphologies. - Investigate dependency on nuclear shape or lamina stiffness; test whether PANEM force transmission requires a rigid nuclear remnant. - Analyze PANEM's contribution under mild microtubule perturbations that are known to induce congression problems (e.g., low-dose nocodazole). - Evaluate PANEM contraction role in unsynchronized U2OS cells, where centrosome separation can occur before NEBD in a subset of cells (Koprivec et al., 2025), and in other cell types with variable spindle elongation timing. - Quantify not only the percentage of affected cells after azBB but also the number of chromosomes per cell with congression defects in the current and future experiments. 4. Conceptual integration in Introduction and Discussion The manuscript should better situate its findings within the context of early mitotic chromosome movements: - Clearly state in the Introduction and elaborate in the Discussion that initiation of congression is coupled to biorientation (Vukušić & Tolić, 2025). This provides essential context for how PANEM-mediated nuclear volume reduction supports efficient congression of polar chromosomes. - Explain that PANEM is most critical for polar chromosomes because their peripheral positions are unfavorable for rapid biorientation (Barišić et al., 2014; Vukušić & Tolić, 2025). - Discuss how cell lines lacking PANEM (e.g., HeLa and others) nonetheless achieve efficient congression, and what alternative mechanisms compensate in the absence of PANEM. For example, it is well established that cells congress chromosomes after monastrol or nocodazole washout, which essentially bypasses the contribution of PANEM contraction.

      Minor Comments

      These issues are more easily addressable but will significantly improve clarity and presentation.

      Introduction

      • Remove the reference to Figure 1A in the Introduction. The portion of Figure 1 and related text that recapitulates the authors' previous work should be incorporated into the Introduction, not the Results.

      Results (by subheading)

      • First subheading: When introducing the ~8-minute early mitotic interval, cite additional studies that have characterized this period: Magidson et al., 2011 (Cell); Renda et al., 2022 (Cell Reports); Koprivec et al., 2025 (bioRxiv); Vukušić & Tolić, 2025 (Nat Commun); Barišić et al., 2013 (Nat Cell Biol).
      • Second subheading: Cite key reviews and foundational research on kinetochore architecture and sequential chromosome movement during early mitosis: Mussachio & Desai, 2017 (Biology); Itoh et al., 2018 (Sci Rep); Magidson et al., 2011 (Cell); Vukušić & Tolić, 2025 (Nat Commun); Koprivec et al., 2025 (boRxiv); Rieder & Alexander, 1990 (J Cell Biol); Skibbens et al., 1993 (J Cell Biol); Kapoor et al., 2006 (Science); Armond et al., 2015 (PLoS Comput Biol); Jaqaman et al., 2010 (J Cell Biol).
      • Third subheading: Clarify why some kinetochores on Figure 3A appear outside the white boundaries if these boundaries are intended to represent the nuclear envelope.
      • Fourth subheading: Note that congression speed is lower for centrally located kinetochores because they achieve biorientation more rapidly (Barišić et al., 2013, Nat Cell Biol; Vukušić & Tolić, 2025, Nat Commun).
      • Fifth subheading: Cite studies on polar chromosome movements: Klaasen et al., 2022 (Nature); Koprivec et al., 2025 (bioRxiv). Clarify that Figure 5F displays only those kinetochores that initiated directed congression movements.
      • Sixth subheading (currently in Discussion): Move the final paragraph of the Discussion into the Results and expand it with preliminary analyses linking PANEM contraction to congression efficiency across untreated cell types or under mild nocodazole treatment.

      Discussion

      • When discussing cortical actin, cite key reviews on its presence and function during mitosis: Kunda & Baum, 2009 (Trends Cell Biol); Pollard & O'Shaughnessy, 2019 (Annu Rev Biochem); Di Pietro et al., 2016 (EMBO Rep).

      Significance

      Advance

      This study's main strength is its novel and potentially important demonstration that contraction of PANEM, a peripheral actomyosin network that operates contracts early mitosis, contributes to the timely initiation of chromosome congression, especially for polar chromosomes. While PANEM itself was previously described by this group, this manuscript provides new mechanistic evidence, improved perturbations, and detailed chromosome tracking. To my knowledge, no prior studies have mechanistically connected this contraction to polar chromosome congression in this level of detail. The work complements dominant microtubule-centric models of chromosome congression and introduces actomyosin-based forces as a cooperating system during very early mitosis. However, the impact of the study is currently limited by major organizational issues, insufficient controls, and incomplete contextualization within existing literature. Addressing these issues will substantially improve clarity and credibility.

      Audience

      Primary audience of this study will be researchers working in cell division, mitosis, cytoskeleton dynamics, and motor proteins. The findings may interest also the wider cell biology community, particularly those studying chromosome segregation fidelity, spindle mechanics, and cytoskeletal crosstalk. If validated and clarified, the concept of PANEM could be integrated into textbooks and models of chromosome congression and could inform studies on mitotic errors and cancer cell mechanics.

      Expertise

      My expertise lies in kinetochore-microtubule interactions, spindle mechanics, chromosome congression, and mitotic signaling pathways.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Here, the authors have addressed the recruitment and firing patterns of motor units (MUs) from the long and lateral heads of the triceps in the mouse. They used their newly developed Myomatrix arrays to record from these muscles during treadmill locomotion at different speeds, and they used template-based spike sorting (Kilosort) to extract units. Between MUs from the two heads, the authors observed differences in their firing rates, recruitment probability, phase of activation within the locomotor cycle, and interspike interval patterning. Examining different walking speeds, the authors find increases in both recruitment probability and firing rates as speed increases. The authors also observed differences in the relation between recruitment and the angle of elbow extension between motor units from each head. These differences indicate meaningful variation between motor units within and across motor pools and may reflect the somewhat distinct joint actions of the two heads of triceps.

      Strengths:

      The extraction of MU spike timing for many individual units is an exciting new method that has great promise for exposing the fine detail in muscle activation and its control by the motor system. In particular, the methods developed by the authors for this purpose seem to be the only way to reliably resolve single MUs in the mouse, as the methods used previously in humans and in monkeys (e.g. Marshall et al. Nature Neuroscience, 2022) do not seem readily adaptable for use in rodents.

      The paper provides a number of interesting observations. There are signs of interesting differences in MU activation profiles for individual muscles here, consistent with those shown by Marshall et al. It is also nice to see fine-scale differences in the activation of different muscle heads, which could relate to their partially distinct functions. The mouse offers greater opportunities for understanding the control of these distinct functions, compared to the other organisms in which functional differences between heads have previously been described.

      The Discussion is very thorough, providing a very nice recounting of a great deal of relevant previous results.

      We thank the Reviewer for these comments.

      Weaknesses:

      The findings are limited to one pair of muscle heads. While an important initial finding, the lack of confirmation from analysis of other muscles acting at other joints leaves the general relevance of these findings unclear.

      The Reviewer raises a fair point. While outside the scope of this paper, future studies should certainly address a wider range of muscles to better characterize motor unit firing patterns across different sets of effectors with varying anatomical locations. Still, the importance of results from the triceps long and lateral heads should not be understated as this paper, to our knowledge, is the first to capture the difference in firing patterns of motor units across any set of muscles in the locomoting mouse.

      While differences between muscle heads with somewhat distinct functions are interesting and relevant to joint control, differences between MUs for individual muscles, like those in Marshall et al., are more striking because they cannot be attributed potentially to differences in each head's function. The present manuscript does show some signs of differences for MUs within individual heads: in Figure 2C, we see what looks like two clusters of motor units within the long head in terms of their recruitment probability. However, a statistical basis for the existence of two distinct subpopulations is not provided, and no subsequent analysis is done to explore the potential for differences among MUs for individual heads.

      We agree with the Reviewer and have revised the manuscript to better examine potential subpopulations of units within each muscle as presented in Figure 2C. We performed Hartigan’s dip test on motor units within each muscle to test for multimodal distributions. For both muscles, p > 0.05, so we cannot reject the null hypothesis that the units in each muscle come from a multimodal distribution. However, Hartigan’s test and similar statistical methods have poor statistical power for the small sample sizes (n=17 and 16 for long and lateral heads, respectively) considered here, so the failure to achieve statistical significance might reflect either the absence of a true difference or a lack of statistical resolution.

      Still, the limited sample size warrants further data collection and analysis since the varying properties across motor units may lead to different activation patterns. Given these results, we have edited the text as follows:

      “A subset of units, primarily in the long head, were recruited in under 50% of the total strides and with lower spike counts (Figure 2C). This distribution of recruitment probabilities might reflect a functionally different subpopulation of units. However, the distribution of recruitment probabilities were not found to be significantly multimodal (p>0.05 in both cases, Hartigan’s dip test; Hartigan, 1985). However, Hartigan’s test and similar statistical methods have poor statistical power for the small sample sizes (n=17 and 16 for long and lateral heads, respectively) considered here, so the failure to achieve statistical significance might reflect either the absence of a true difference or a lack of statistical resolution.”

      The statistical foundation for some claims is lacking. In addition, the description of key statistical analysis in the Methods is too brief and very hard to understand. This leaves several claims hard to validate.

      We thank the Reviewer for these comments and have clarified the text related to key statistical analyses throughout the manuscript, as described in our other responses below.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The present study, led by Thomas and collaborators, aims to describe the firing activity of individual motor units in mice during locomotion. To achieve this, they implanted small arrays of eight electrodes in two heads of the triceps and performed spike sorting using a custom implementation of Kilosort. Simultaneously, they tracked the positions of the shoulder, elbow, and wrist using a single camera and a markerless motion capture algorithm (DeepLabCut). Repeated one-minute recordings were conducted in six mice at five different speeds, ranging from 10 to 27.5 cm·s<sup>-1</sup>.

      From these data, the authors reported that:

      (1) a significant portion of the identified motor units was not consistently recruited across strides,

      (2) motor units identified from the lateral head of the triceps tended to be recruited later than those from the long head,

      (3) the number of spikes per stride and peak firing rates were correlated in both muscles, and

      (4) the probability of motor unit recruitment and firing rates increased with walking speed.

      The authors conclude that these differences can be attributed to the distinct functions of the muscles and the constraints of the task (i.e., speed).

      Strengths:

      The combination of novel electrode arrays to record intramuscular electromyographic signals from a larger muscle volume with an advanced spike sorting pipeline capable of identifying populations of motor units.

      We thank the Reviewer for this comment.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There is a lack of information on the number of identified motor units per muscle and per animal.

      The Reviewer is correct that this information was not explicitly provided in the prior submission. We have therefore added Table 1 that quantifies the number of motor units per muscle and per animal.

      (2) All identified motor units are pooled in the analyses, whereas per-animal analyses would have been valuable, as motor units within an individual likely receive common synaptic inputs. Such analyses would fully leverage the potential of identifying populations of motor units.

      Please see our answer to the following point, where we address questions (2) and (3) together.

      (3) The current data do not allow for determining which motor units were sampled from each pool. It remains unclear whether the sample is biased toward high-threshold motor units or representative of the full pool.

      We thank the Reviewer for these comments. To clarify how motor unit responses were distributed across animals and muscle targets, we updated or added the following figures:  

      Figure 2C

      Figure 4–figure supplement 1

      Figure 5–figure supplement 2

      Figure 6–figure supplement 2

      These provide a more complete look at the range of activity within each motor pool, suggesting that we do measure from units with different activation thresholds within the same motor pool, rather than this variation being due to cross-animal differences. For example, Figure 2C illustrates that motor units from the same muscle and animal show a wide variety of recruitment probabilities. However, the limited number of motor units recorded from each individual animal does not allow a statistically rigorous test for examining cross-animal differences.

      (4) The behavioural analysis of the animals relies solely on kinematics (2D estimates of elbow angle and stride timing). Without ground reaction forces or shoulder angle data, drawing functional conclusions from the results is challenging.

      The Reviewer is correct that we did not measure muscular force generation or ground reaction forces in the present study. Although outside the scope of this study, future work might employ buckle force transducers as used in larger animals (Biewener et al., 1988; Karabulut et al., 2020) to examine the complex interplay between neural commands, passive biomechanics, and the complex force-generating properties of muscle tissue.

      Major comments:

      (1) Spike sorting

      The conclusions of the study rely on the accuracy and robustness of the spike sorting algorithm during a highly dynamic task. Although the pipeline was presented in a previous publication (Chung et al., 2023, eLife), a proper validation of the algorithm for identifying motor unit spikes is still lacking. This is particularly important in the present study, as the experimental conditions involve significant dynamic changes. Under such conditions, muscle geometry is altered due to variations in both fibre pennation angles and lengths.

      This issue differs from electrode drift, and it is unclear whether the original implementation of Kilosort includes functions to address it. Could the authors provide more details on the various steps of their pipeline, the strategies they employed to ensure consistent tracking of motor unit action potentials despite potential changes in action potential waveforms, and the methods used for manual inspection of the spike sorting algorithm's output?

      This is an excellent point and we agree that the dynamic behavior used in this investigation creates potential new challenges for spike sorting. In our analysis, Kilosort 2.5 provides key advantages in comparing unit waveforms across multiple channels and in detecting overlapping spikes. We modified this version of Kilosort to construct unit waveform templates using only the channels within the same muscle (Chung et al., 2023), as clarified in the revised Methods section (see “Electromyography (EMG)”):

      “A total of 33 units were identified across all animals. Each unit’s isolation was verified by confirming that no more than 2% of inter-spike intervals violated a 1 ms refractory limit. Additionally, we manually reviewed cross-correlograms to ensure that each waveform was only reported as a single motor unit.”

      The Reviewer is correct that our ability to precisely measure a unit’s activity based on its waveform will depend on the relationship between the embedded electrode and the muscle geometry, which alters over the course of the stride. As a follow-up to the original text, we have included new analyses to characterize the waveform activity throughout the experiment and stride (also in Methods):

      “We further validated spike sorting by quantifying the stability of each unit’s waveform across time (Figure 1–figure supplement 1). First, we calculated the median waveform of each unit across every trial to capture long-term stability of motor unit waveforms. Additionally, we calculated the median waveform through the stride binned in 50 ms increments using spiking from a single trial. This second metric captures the stability of our spike sorting during the rapid changes in joint angles that occur during the burst of an individual motor unit. In doing so, we calculated each motor unit’s waveforms from the single channel in which that unit’s amplitude was largest and did not attempt to remove overlapping spikes from other units before measuring the median waveform from the data. We then calculated the correlation between a unit’s waveform over either trials or bins in which at least 30 spikes were present. The high correlation of a unit waveform over time, despite potential changes in the electrodes’ position relative to muscle geometry over the dynamic task, provides additional confidence in both the stability of our EMG recordings and the accuracy of our spike sorting.”

      (2) Yield of the spike sorting pipeline and analyses per animal/muscle

      A total of 33 motor units were identified from two heads of the triceps in six mice (17 from the long head and 16 from the lateral head). However, precise information on the yield per muscle per animal is not provided. This information is crucial to support the novelty of the study, as the authors claim in the introduction that their electrode arrays enable the identification of populations of motor units. Beyond reporting the number of identified motor units, another way to demonstrate the effectiveness of the spike sorting algorithm would be to compare the recorded EMG signals with the residual signal obtained after subtracting the action potentials of the identified motor units, using a signal-to-residual ratio.

      Furthermore, motor units identified from the same muscle and the same animal are likely not independent due to common synaptic inputs. This dependence should be accounted for in the statistical analyses when comparing changes in motor unit properties across speeds and between muscles.

      We thank the Reviewer for this comment. Regarding motor unit yield, as described above the newly-added Table 1 displays the yield from each animal and muscle.

      Regarding spike sorting, while signal-to-residual is often an excellent metric, it is not ideal for our high-resolution EMG signals since isolated single motor units are typically superimposed on a “bulk” background consisting of the low-amplitude waveforms of other motor units. Because these smaller units typically cannot be sorted, it is challenging to estimate the “true” residual after subtracting (only) the largest motor unit, since subtracting each sorted unit’s waveform typically has a very small effect on the RMS of the total EMG signal. To further address concerns regarding spike sorting quality, we added Figure 1–figure supplement 1 that demonstrates motor units’ consistency over the experiment, highlighting that the waveform maintains its shape within each stride despite muscle/limb dynamics and other possible sources of electrical noise or artifact.

      Finally, the Reviewer is correct that individual motor units in the same muscle are very likely to receive common synaptic inputs. These common inputs may reflect in sparse motor units being recruited in overlapping rather than different strides. Indeed, in the following added to the Results, we identified that motor units are recruited with higher probability when additional units are recruited.

      “Probabilistic recruitment is correlated across motor units

      Our results show that the recruitment of individual motor units is probabilistic even within a single speed quartile (Figure 5A-C) and predicts body movements (Figure 6), raising the question of whether the recruitment of individual motor units are correlated or independent. Correlated recruitment might reflect shared input onto the population of motor units innervating the muscle (De Luca, 1985; De Luca & Erim, 1994; Farina et al., 2014). For example, two motor units, each with low recruitment probabilities, may still fire during the same set of strides. To assess the independence of motor unit recruitment across the recorded population, we compared each unit’s empirical recruitment probability across all strides to its conditional recruitment probability during strides in which another motor unit from the same muscle was recruited (Figure 7). Doing this for all motor unit pairs revealed that motor units in both muscles were biased towards greater recruitment when additional units were active (p<0.001, Wilcoxon signed-rank tests for both the lateral and long heads of triceps). This finding suggests that probabilistic recruitment reflects common synaptic inputs that covary together across locomotor strides.”

      (3) Representativeness of the sample of identified motor units

      However, to draw such conclusions, the authors should exclusively compare motor units from the same pool and systematically track violations of the recruitment order. Alternatively, they could demonstrate that the motor units that are intermittently active across strides correspond to the smallest motor units, based on the assumption that these units should always be recruited due to their low activation thresholds.

      One way to estimate the size of motor units identified within the same muscle would be to compare the amplitude of their action potentials, assuming that all motor units are relatively close to the electrodes (given the selectivity of the recordings) and that motoneurons innervating more muscle fibres generate larger motor unit action potentials.

      We thank the Reviewer for this comment. Below, we provide more detailed analyses of the relationships between motor unit spike amplitude and the recruitment probability as well as latency (relative to stride onset) of activation.

      We generated the below figures to illustrate the relationship between the amplitude of motor units and their firing properties. As suspected, units with larger-amplitude waveforms fired with lower probability and produced their first spikes later in the stride. If we were comfortable assuming that larger spike amplitudes mean higher-force units, then this would be consistent with a key prediction of the size principle (i.e. that higher-force units are recruited later). However, we are hesitant to base any conclusions on this assumption or emphasize this point with a main-text figure, since EMG signal amplitude may also vary due to the physical properties of the electrode and distance from muscle fibers. Thus it is possible that a large motor unit may have a smaller waveform amplitude relative to the rest of the motor pool.

      Author response image 1.

      Relation between motor unit amplitude and (A) recruitment probability and (B) mean first spike time within the stride. Colored lines indicate the outcome of linear regression analyses.

      Currently, the data seem to support the idea that motor units that are alternately recruited across strides have recruitment thresholds close to the level of activation or force produced during slow walking. The fact that recruitment probability monotonically increases with speed suggests that the force required to propel the mouse forward exceeds the recruitment threshold of these "large" motor units. This pattern would primarily reflect spatial recruitment following the size principle rather than flexible motor unit control.

      We thank the Reviewer for this comment. We agree with this interpretation, particularly in relation to the references suggested in later comments, and have added the following text to the Discussion to better reflect this argument:

      “To investigate the neuromuscular control of locomotor speed, we quantified speed-dependent changes in both motor unit recruitment and firing rate. We found that the majority of units were recruited more often and with larger firing rates at faster speeds (Figure 5, Figure5–figure supplement 1). This result may reflect speed-dependent differences in the common input received by populations of motor neurons with varying spiking thresholds (Henneman et al., 1965). In the case of mouse locomotion, faster speeds might reflect a larger common input, increasing the recruitment probability as more neurons, particularly those that are larger and generate more force, exceed threshold for action potentials (Farina et al., 2014).”

      (4) Analysis of recruitment and firing rates

      The authors currently report active duration and peak firing rates based on spike trains convolved with a Gaussian kernel. Why not report the peak of the instantaneous firing rates estimated from the inverse of the inter-spike interval? This approach appears to be more aligned with previous studies conducted to describe motor unit behaviour during fast movements (e.g., Desmedt & Godaux, 1977, J Physiol; Van Cutsem et al., 1998, J Physiol; Del Vecchio et al., 2019, J Physiol).

      We thank the Reviewer for this comment. In the revised Discussion (see ‘Firing rates in mouse locomotion compared to other species’) we reference several examples of previous studies that quantified spike patterns based on the instantaneous firing rate. We chose to report the peak of the smoothed firing rate because that quantification includes strides with zero spikes or only one spike, which occur regularly in our dataset (and for which ISI rate measures, which require two spikes to define an instantaneous firing rate, cannot be computed). Regardless, in the revised Figure 4B, we present an analysis that uses inter-spike intervals as suggested, which yielded similar ranges of firing rates as the primary analysis.

      (5) Additional analyses of behaviour

      The authors currently analyse motor unit recruitment in relation to elbow angle. It would be valuable to include a similar analysis using the angular velocity observed during each stride, re broadly, comparing stride-by-stride changes in firing rates with changes in elbow angular velocity would further strengthen the final analyses presented in the results section.

      We thank the Reviewer for this comment. To address this, we have modified Figure 6 and the associated Supplemental Figures, to show relationships in unit activation with both the range of elbow extension and the range of elbow velocity for each stride. These new Supplemental Figures show that the trends shown in main text Figure 6C and 6E (which show data from all speed quartiles on the same axes) are also apparent in both the slower and faster quartiles individually, although single-quartile statistical tests (with smaller sample size than the main analysis) not reach statistical significance in all cases.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using the approach of Myomatrix recording, the authors report that:

      (1) Motor units are recruited differently in the two types of muscles.

      (2) Individual units are probabilistically recruited during the locomotion strides, whereas the population bulk EMG has a more reliable representation of the muscle.

      (3) The recruitment of units was proportional to walking speed.

      Strengths:

      The new technique provides a unique data set, and the data analysis is convincing and well-performed.

      We thank the Reviewer for the comment.

      Weaknesses:

      The implications of "probabilistical recruitment" should be explored, addressed, and analyzed further.

      Comments:

      One of the study's main findings (perhaps the main finding) is that the motor units are "probabilistically" recruited. The authors do not define what they mean by probabilistically recruited, nor do they present an alternative scenario to such recruitment or discuss why this would be interesting or surprising. However, on page 4, they do indicate that the recruitment of units from both muscles was only active in a subset of strides, i.e., they are not reliably active in every step.

      If probabilistic means irregular spiking, this is not new. Variability in spiking has been seen numerous times, for instance in human biceps brachii motor units during isometric contractions (Pascoe, Enoka, Exp physiology 2014) and elsewhere. Perhaps the distinction the authors are seeking is between fluctuation-driven and mean-driven spiking of motor units as previously identified in spinal motor networks (see Petersen and Berg, eLife 2016, and Berg, Frontiers 2017). Here, it was shown that a prominent regime of irregular spiking is present during rhythmic motor activity, which also manifests as a positive skewness in the spike count distribution (i.e., log-normal).

      We thank the Reviewer for this comment and have clarified several passages in response. The Reviewer is of course correct that irregular motor unit spiking has been described previously and may reflect motor neurons’ operating in a high-sensitivity (fluctuation-driven) regime. We now cite these papers in the Discussion (see ‘Firing rates in mouse locomotion compared to other species’). Additionally, the revision clarifies that “probabilistically” - as defined in our paper - refers only to the empirical observation that a motor unit spikes during only a subset of strides, either when all locomotor speeds are considered together (Figure 2) or separately (Figure 5A-C):

      “Motor units in both muscles exhibited this pattern of probabilistic recruitment (defined as a unit’s firing on only a fraction of strides), but with differing distributions of firing properties across the long and lateral heads (Figure 2).”

      “Our findings (Figure 4) highlight that even with the relatively high firing rates observed in mice, there are still significant changes in firing rate and recruitment probability across the spikes within bursts (Figure 4B) and across locomotor speeds (Figure 5F). Future studies should more carefully examine how these rapidly changing spiking patterns derive from both the statistics of synaptic inputs and intrinsic properties of motor neurons (Manuel & Heckman, 2011; Petersen & Berg, 2016; Berg, 2017).”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      As mentioned above, there are several issues with the statistics that need to be corrected to properly support the claims made in the paper.

      The authors compare the fractions of MUs that show significant variation across locomotor speeds in their firing rate and recruitment probability. However, it is not statistically founded to compare the results of separate statistical tests based on different kinds of measurements and thus have unconstrained differences in statistical power. The comparison of the fractional changes in firing rates and recruitment across speeds that follow is helpful, though in truth, by contemporary standards, one would like to see error bars on these estimates. These could be generated using bootstrapping.

      The Reviewer is correct, and we have revised the manuscript to better clarify which quantities should or should not be compared, including the following passage (see “Motor unit mechanisms of speed control” in Results):

      “Speed-dependent increases in peak firing rate were therefore also present in our dataset, although in a smaller fraction of motor units (22/33) than changes in recruitment probability (31/33). Furthermore, the mean (± SE) magnitude of speed-dependent increases was smaller for spike rates (mean rate<sub>fast</sub>/rate<sub>slow</sub> of 111% ± 20% across all motor units) than for recruitment probabilities (mean p(recruitment) <sub>fast</sub>/p(recruitment) <sub>slow</sub> of 179% ± 3% across all motor units). While fractional changes in rate and recruitment probability are not readily comparable given their different upper limits, these findings could suggest that while both recruitment and peak rate change across speed quartiles, increased recruitment probability may play a larger role in driving changes in locomotor speed.”

      The description in the Methods of the tests for variation in firing rates and recruitment probability across speeds are extremely hard to understand - after reading many times, it is still not clear what was done, or why the method used was chosen. In the main text, the authors quote p-values and then state "bootstrap confidence intervals," which is not a statistical test that yields a p-value. While there are mathematical relationships between confidence intervals and statistical tests such that a one-to-one correspondence between them can exist, the descriptions provided fall short of specifying how they are related in the present instance. For this reason, and those described in what follows, it is not clear what the p-values represent.

      Next, the authors refer to fitting a model ("a Poisson distribution") to the data to estimate firing rate and recruitment probability, that the model results agree with their actual data, and that they then bootstrapped from the model estimates to get confidence intervals and compute p-values. Why do this? Why not just do something much simpler, like use the actual spike counts, and resample from those? I understand that it is hard to distinguish between no recruitment and just no spikes given some low Poisson firing rate, but how does that challenge the ability to test if the firing rates or the number of spiking MUs changes significantly across speeds? I can come up with some reasons why I think the authors might have decided to do this, but reasoning like this really should be made explicit.

      In addition, the authors would provide an unambiguous description of the model, perhaps using an equation and a description of how it was fit. For the bootstrapping, a clear description of how the resampling was done should be included. The focus on peak firing rate instead of mean (or median) firing rate should also be justified. Since peaks are noisier, I would expect the statistical power to be lower compared to using the mean or median.

      We thank the Reviewer for the comments and have revised and expanded our discussion of the statistical tests employed. We expanded and clarified our description of these techniques in the updated Methods section:

      “Joint model of rate and recruitment

      We modeled the recruitment probability and firing rate based on empirical data to best characterize firing statistics within the stride. Particularly, this allowed for multiple solutions to explain why a motor unit would not spike within a stride. From the empirical data alone, strides with zero spikes would have been assumed to have no recruitment of a unit. However, to create a model of motor unit activity that includes both recruitment and rate, it must be possible that a recruited unit can have a firing rate of zero. To quantify the firing statistics that best represent all spiking and non-spiking patterns, we modeled recruitment probability and peak firing rate along the following piecewise function:

      where y denotes the observed peak firing rate on a given stride (determined by convolving motor unit spike times with a Gaussian kernel as described above), p denotes the probability of recruitment, and λ denotes the expected peak firing rate from a Poisson distribution of outcomes. Thus, an inactive unit on a given stride may be the result of either non-recruitment or recruitment with a stochastically zero firing rate. The above equations were fit by minimizing the negative log-likelihood of the parameters given the data.

      “Permutation test for joint model of rate and recruitment and type 2 regression slopes

      To quantify differences in firing patterns across walking speeds, we subdivided each mouse’s total set of strides into speed quartiles and calculated rate (𝜆, Eq. 1 and 2, Fig. 5A-C) and recruitment probability terms (p, Eq. 1 and 2, Fig. 5D-F) for each unit in each speed quartile. Here we calculated the difference in both the rate and recruitment terms across the fastest and slowest speed quartiles (p<sub>fast</sub>-p<sub>slow</sub> and 𝜆<sub>fast</sub>-𝜆<sub>slow</sub>). To test whether these model parameters were significantly different depending on locomotor speed, we developed a null model combining strides from both the fastest and slowest speed quartiles. After pooling strides from both quartiles, we randomly distributed the pooled set of strides into two groups with sample sizes equal to the original slow and fast quartiles. We then calculated the null model parameters for each new group and found the difference between like terms. To estimate the distribution of possible differences, we bootstrapped this result using 1000 random redistributions of the pooled set of strides. Following the permutation test, the 95% confidence interval of this final distribution reflects the null hypothesis of no difference between groups. Thus, the null hypothesis can be rejected if the true difference in rate or recruitment terms exceeds this confidence interval.

      We followed a similar procedure to quantify cross-muscle differences in the relationship between firing parameters. For each muscle, we estimated the slope across firing parameters for each motor unit using type 2 regression. In this case, the true difference was the difference in slopes between muscles. To test the null hypothesis that there was no difference in slopes, the null model reflected the pooled set of units from both muscles. Again, slopes were calculated for 1000 random resamplings of this pooled data to estimate the 95% confidence interval.”

      The argument for delayed activation of the lateral head is interesting, but I am not comfortable saying the nervous system creates a delay just based on observations of the mean time of the first spike, given the potential for differential variability in spike timing across muscles and MUs. One way to make a strong case for a delay would be to show aggregate PSTHs for all the spikes from all the MUs for each of the two heads. That would distinguish between a true delay and more gradual or variable activation between the heads.

      This is a good point and we agree that the claim made about the nervous system is too strong given the results. Even with Author response image 2 below that the Reviewer suggested, there is still not enough evidence to isolate the role of the nervous system in the muscles’ activation.

      Author response image 2.

      Aggregate peristimulus time histogram (PSTH) for all motor unit spike times in the long head (top) and lateral head (bottom) within the stride.

      In the ideal case, we would have more simultaneous recordings from both muscles to make a more direct claim on the delay. Still, within the current scope of the paper, to correct this and better describe the difference in timing of muscle activity, we edited the text to the following:

      “These findings demonstrate that despite the synergistic (extensor) function of the long and lateral heads of the triceps at the elbow, the motor pool for the long head becomes active roughly 100 ms before the motor pool supplying the lateral head during locomotion (Figure 3C).”

      The results from Marshall et al. 2022 suggest that the recruitment of some MUs is not just related to muscle force, but also the frequency of force variation - some of their MUs appear to be recruited only at certain frequencies. Figure 5C could have shown signs of this, but it does not appear to. We do not really know the force or its frequency of variation in the measurements here. I wonder whether there is additional analysis that could address whether frequency-dependent recruitment is present. It may not be addressable with the current data set, but this could be a fruitful direction to explore in the future with MU recordings from mice.

      We agree that this would be a fruitful direction to explore, however the Reviewer is correct that this is not easily addressable with the dataset. As the Reviewer points out, stride frequency increases with increased speed, potentially offering the opportunity to examine how motor unit activity varies with the frequency, phase, and amplitude of locomotor movements. However, given our lack of force data (either joint torques or ground reaction forces), dissociating the frequency/phase/amplitude of skeletal kinematics from the frequency/phase/amplitude of muscle force. Marshall et al. (2022) mitigated these issues by using an isometric force-production task (Marshall et al., 2022). Therefore, while we agree that it would be a major contribution to extend such investigations to whole-body movements like locomotion, given the complexities described above we believe this is a project for the future, and beyond the scope of the present study.

      Minor:

      Page 5: "Units often displayed no recruitment in a greater proportion of strides than for any particular spike count when recruited (Figures 2A, B)," - I had to read this several times to understand it. I suggest rephrasing for clarity.

      We have changed the text to read:

      “Units demonstrated a variety of firing patterns, with some units producing 0 spikes more frequently than any non-zero spike count (Figure 2A, B),...”

      Figure 3 legend: "Mean phase ({plus minus} SE) of motor unit burst duration across all strides.": It is unclear what this means - durations are not usually described as having a phase. Do we mean the onset phase?

      We have changed the text to read:

      “Mean phase ± SE of motor unit burst activity within each stride”

      Page 9: "suggesting that the recruitment of individual motor units in the lateral and long heads might have significant (and opposite) effects on elbow angle in strides of similar speed (see Discussion)." I wouldn't say "opposite" here - that makes it sound like the authors are calling the long head a flexor. The authors should rephrase or clarify the sense in which they are opposite.

      This is a fair point and we agree we should not describe the muscles as ‘opposite’ when both muscles are extensors. We have removed the phrase ‘and opposite’ from the text.

      Page 11: "in these two muscles across in other quadrupedal species" - typo.

      We have corrected this error.

      Page 16: This reviewer cannot decipher after repeated attempts what the first two sentences of the last paragraph mean. - “Future studies might also use perturbations of muscle activity to dissociate the causal properties of each motor unit’s activity from the complex correlation structure of locomotion. Despite the strong correlations observed between motor unit recruitment and limb kinematics (Fig. 6, Supplemental Fig. 3), these results might reflect covariations of both factors with locomotor speed rather than the causal properties of the recorded motor unit.”

      For better clarity, we have changed the text to read:

      “Although strong correlations were observed between motor unit recruitment and limb kinematics during locomotion (Figure 6, Figure 6–figure supplement 1), it remains unclear whether such correlations actually reflect the causal contributions that those units make to limb movement. To resolve this ambiguity, future studies could use electrical or optical perturbations of muscle contraction levels (Kim et al., 2024; Lu et al., 2024; Srivastava et al., 2015, 2017) to test directly how motor unit firing patterns shape locomotor movements. The short-latency effects of patterned motor unit stimulation (Srivastava et al., 2017) could then reveal the sensitivity of behavior to changes in muscle spiking and the extent to which the same behaviors can be performed with many different motor commands.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor comments:

      Introduction:

      (1) "Although studies in primates, cats, and zebrafish have shown that both the number of active motor units and motor unit firing rates increase at faster locomotor speeds (Grimby, 1984; Hoffer et al., 1981, 1987; Marshall et al., 2022; Menelaou & McLean, 2012)." I would remove Marshall et al. (2022) as their monkeys performed pulling tasks with the upper limb. You can alternatively remove locomotor from the sentence and replace it with contraction speed.

      Thank you for the comment. While we intended to reference this specific paper to highlight the rhythmic activity in muscles, we agree that this deviates from ‘locomotion’ as it is referenced in the other cited papers which study body movement. We have followed the Reviewer’s suggestion to remove the citation to Marshall et al.

      (2) "The capability and need for faster force generation during dynamic behavior could implicate motor unit recruitment as a primary mechanism for modulating force output in mice."

      The authors could add citations to this sentence, of works that showed that recruitment speed is the main determinant of the rate of force development (see for example Dideriksen et al. (2020) J Neurophysiol; J. L. Dideriksen, A. Del Vecchio, D. Farina, Neural and muscular determinants of maximal rate of force development. J Neurophysiol 123, 149-157 (2020)).

      Thank you for pointing out this important reference. We have included this as a citation as recommended.

      Results:

      (3) "Electrode arrays (32-electrode Myomatrix array model RF-4x8-BHS-5) were implanted in the triceps brachii (note that Figure 1D shows the EMG signal from only one of the 16 bipolar recording channels), and the resulting data were used to identify the spike times of individual motor units (Figure 1E) as described previously (Chung et al., 2023)."

      This sentence can be misleading for the reader as the array used by the researchers has 4 threads of 8 electrodes. Would it be possible to specify the number of electrodes implanted per head of interest? I assume 8 per head in most mice (or 4 bipolar channels), even if that's not specifically written in the manuscript.

      Thank you for the suggestion. As described above, we have added Table 1, which includes all array locations, and we edited the statement referenced in the comment as follows:

      “Electrode arrays (32-electrode Myomatrix array model RF-4x8-BHS-5) were implanted in forelimb muscles (note that Figure 1D shows the EMG signal from only one of the 16 bipolar recording channels), and the resulting data were used to identify the spike times of individual motor units in the triceps brachii long and lateral heads (Table 1, Figure 1E) as described previously (Chung et al., 2023).“

      (4) "These findings demonstrate that despite the overlapping biomechanical functions of the long and lateral heads of the triceps, the nervous system creates a consistent, approximately 100 ms delay (Figure 3C) between the activation of the two muscles' motor neuron pools. This timing difference suggests distinct patterns of synaptic input onto motor neurons innervating the lateral and long heads."

      Both muscles don't have fully overlapping biomechanical functions, as one of them also acts on the shoulder joint. Please be more specific in this sentence, saying that both muscles are synergistic at the elbow level rather than "have overlapping biomechanical functions".

      We agree with the above reasoning and that our manuscript should be clearer on this point. We edited the above text in accordance with the Reviewer suggestion as follows:

      "These findings demonstrate that despite the synergistic (extensor) function of the long and lateral heads of the triceps at the elbow, …”  

      (5) "Together with the differences in burst timing shown in Figure 3B, these results again suggest that the motor pools for the lateral and long heads of the triceps receive distinct patterns of synaptic input, although differences in the intrinsic physiological properties of motor neurons innervating the two muscles might also play an important role."

      It is difficult to draw such an affirmative conclusion on the synaptic inputs from the data presented by the authors. The differences in firing rates may solely arise from other factors than distinct synaptic inputs, such as the different intrinsic properties of the motoneurons or the reception of distinct neuromodulatory inputs.

      To better explain our findings, we adjusted the above text in the Results (see “Motor unit firing patterns in the long and lateral heads of the triceps”):

      “Together with the differences in burst timing shown in Figure 3B, these results again suggest that the motor pools for the lateral and long heads of the triceps receive distinct patterns of synaptic input, although differences in the intrinsic physiological properties of motor neurons innervating the two muscles might also play an important role.”

      We also included the following distinction in the Discussion (see “Differences in motor unit activity patterns across two elbow extensors”) to address the other plausible mechanisms mentioned.

      “The large differences in burst timing and spike patterning across the muscle heads suggest that the motor pools for each muscle receive distinct inputs. However, differences in the intrinsic physiological properties of motor units and neuromodulatory inputs across motor pools might also make substantial contributions to the structure of motor unit spike patterns (Martínez-Silva et al., 2018; Miles & Sillar, 2011).”

      (6) "We next examined whether the probabilistic recruitment of individual motor units in the triceps and elbow extensor muscle predicted stride-by-stride variations in elbow angle kinematics."

      I'm not sure that the wording is appropriate here. The analysis does not predict elbow angle variations from parameters extracted from the spiking activity. It rather compares the average elbow angle between two conditions (motor unit active or not active).

      We thank the Reviewer for this comment and agree that the wording could be improved here to better reflect our analysis. To lower the strength of our claim, we replaced usage of the word ‘predict’ with ‘correlates’ in the above text and throughout the paper when discussing this result.

      Methods:

      (7) "Using the four threads on the customizable Myomatrix array (RF-4x8-BHS-5), we implanted a combination of muscles in each mouse, sometimes using multiple threads within the same muscle. [...] Some mice also had threads simultaneously implanted in their ipsilateral or contralateral biceps brachii although no data from the biceps is presented in this study."

      A precise description of the localisation of the array (muscles and the number of arrays per muscle) for each animal would be appreciated.

      (8) "A total of 33 units were identified and manually verified across all animals." A precise description of the number of motor units concurrently identified per muscle and per animal would be appreciated. Moreover, please add details on the manual inspection. Does it involve the manual selection of missing spikes? What are the criteria for considering an identified motor unit as valid?

      As discussed earlier, we added Table 1 to the main text to provide the details mentioned in the above comments.

      Regarding spike sorting, given the very large number of spikes recorded, we did not rely on manual adjusting mislabeled spikes. Instead, as described in the revised Methods section, we verified unit isolation by ensuring units had >98% of spikes outside of 1ms of each other. Moreover, as described above we have added new analyses (Figure 1–figure supplement 1) confirming the stability of motor unit waveforms across both the duration of individual recording sessions (roughly 30 minutes) and across the rapid changes in limb position within individual stride cycles (roughly 250 msec).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Figure 2 (and supplement) show spike count distributions with strong positive skewness, which is in accordance with the prediction of a fluctuation-driven regime. I suggest plotting these on a logarithmic x-axis (in addition to the linear axis), which should reveal a bell-shaped distribution, maybe even Gaussian, in a majority of the units.

      We thank the Reviewer for the suggestion. We present the requested analysis below, which shows bell-shaped distributions for some (but not all) distributions. However, we believe that investigating why some replotted distributions are Gaussian and others are not falls beyond the scope of this paper, and likely requires a larger dataset than the one we were able to obtain.

      Author response image 3.

      Spike count distributions for each motor unit on a logarithmic x-axis.

      Why not more data? I tried to get an overview of how much data was collected.

      Supplemental Figure 1 has all the isolated units, which amounts to 38 (are the colors the two muscle types?). Given there are 16 leads in each myomatrix, in two muscles, of six mice, this seems like a low yield. Could the authors comment on the reasons for this low yield?

      Regarding motor unit yield, even with multiple electrodes per muscle and a robust sorting algorithm, we often isolated only a few units per muscle. This yield likely reflects two factors. First, because of the highly dynamic nature of locomotion and high levels of muscle contraction, isolating individual spikes reliably across different locomotor speeds is inherently challenging, regardless of the algorithm being employed. Second, because the results of spike-train analyses can be highly sensitive to sorting errors, we have only included the motor units that we can sort with the highest possible confidence across thousands of strides.

      Minor:

      Figure captions especially Figure 6: The text is excessively long. Can the text be shortened?

      We thank the Reviewer for this comment. Generally, we seek to include a description of the methods and results within the figure captions, but we concede that we can condense the information in some cases. In a number of cases, we have moved some of the descriptive text from the caption to the Methods section.

      References

      Berg, R. W. (2017). Neuronal Population Activity in Spinal Motor Circuits: Greater Than the Sum of Its Parts. Frontiers in Neural Circuits, 11. https://doi.org/10.3389/fncir.2017.00103

      Biewener, A. A., Blickhan, R., Perry, A. K., Heglund, N. C., & Taylor, C. R. (1988). Muscle Forces During Locomotion in Kangaroo Rats: Force Platform and Tendon Buckle Measurements Compared. Journal of Experimental Biology, 137(1), 191–205. https://doi.org/10.1242/jeb.137.1.191

      Chung, B., Zia, M., Thomas, K. A., Michaels, J. A., Jacob, A., Pack, A., Williams, M. J., Nagapudi, K., Teng, L. H., Arrambide, E., Ouellette, L., Oey, N., Gibbs, R., Anschutz, P., Lu, J., Wu, Y., Kashefi, M., Oya, T., Kersten, R., … Sober, S. J. (2023). Myomatrix arrays for high-definition muscle recording. eLife, 12, RP88551. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.88551

      De Luca, C. J. (1985). Control properties of motor units. Journal of Experimental Biology, 115(1), 125–136. https://doi.org/10.1242/jeb.115.1.125

      De Luca, C. J., & Erim, Z. (1994). Common drive of motor units in regulation of muscle force. Trends in Neurosciences, 17(7), 299–305. https://doi.org/10.1016/0166-2236(94)90064-7

      Farina, D., Negro, F., & Dideriksen, J. L. (2014). The effective neural drive to muscles is the common synaptic input to motor neurons. The Journal of Physiology, 592(16), 3427–3441. https://doi.org/10.1113/jphysiol.2014.273581

      Hartigan, P. M. (1985). Algorithm AS 217: Computation of the Dip Statistic to Test for Unimodality. Applied Statistics, 34(3), 320. https://doi.org/10.2307/2347485

      Henneman, E., Somjen, G., & Carpenter, D. O. (1965). FUNCTIONAL SIGNIFICANCE OF CELL SIZE IN SPINAL MOTONEURONS. Journal of Neurophysiology, 28(3), 560–580. https://doi.org/10.1152/jn.1965.28.3.560

      Karabulut, D., Dogru, S. C., Lin, Y.-C., Pandy, M. G., Herzog, W., & Arslan, Y. Z. (2020). Direct Validation of Model-Predicted Muscle Forces in the Cat Hindlimb During Locomotion. Journal of Biomechanical Engineering, 142(5), 051014. https://doi.org/10.1115/1.4045660

      Kim, J. J., Wyche, I. S., Olson, W., Lu, J., Bakir, M. S., Sober, S. J., & O’Connor, D. H. (2024). Myo-optogenetics: Optogenetic stimulation and electrical recording in skeletal muscles. https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.06.21.600113

      Lu, J., Zia, M., Baig, D. A., Yan, G., Kim, J. J., Nagapudi, K., Anschutz, P., Oh, S., O’Connor, D., Sober, S. J., & Bakir, M. S. (2024). Opto-Myomatrix: μLED integrated microelectrode arrays for optogenetic activation and electrical recording in muscle tissue. https://doi.org/10.1101/2024.07.01.601601

      Manuel, M., & Heckman, C. J. (2011). Adult mouse motor units develop almost all of their force in the subprimary range: A new all-or-none strategy for force recruitment? Journal of Neuroscience, 31(42), 15188–15194. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2893-11.2011

      Marshall, N. J., Glaser, J. I., Trautmann, E. M., Amematsro, E. A., Perkins, S. M., Shadlen, M. N., Abbott, L. F., Cunningham, J. P., & Churchland, M. M. (2022). Flexible neural control of motor units. Nature Neuroscience, 25(11), 1492–1504. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41593-022-01165-8

      Martínez-Silva, M. de L., Imhoff-Manuel, R. D., Sharma, A., Heckman, C. J., Shneider, N. A., Roselli, F., Zytnicki, D., & Manuel, M. (2018). Hypoexcitability precedes denervation in the large fast-contracting motor units in two unrelated mouse models of ALS. eLife, 7(2007), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.30955

      Miles, G. B., & Sillar, K. T. (2011). Neuromodulation of Vertebrate Locomotor Control Networks. Physiology, 26(6), 393–411. https://doi.org/10.1152/physiol.00013.2011

      Petersen, P. C., & Berg, R. W. (2016). Lognormal firing rate distribution reveals prominent fluctuation–driven regime in spinal motor networks. eLife, 5. https://doi.org/10.7554/elife.18805

      Srivastava, K. H., Elemans, C. P. H., & Sober, S. J. (2015). Multifunctional and Context-Dependent Control of Vocal Acoustics by Individual Muscles. The Journal of Neuroscience, 35(42), 14183–14194. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.3610-14.2015

      Srivastava, K. H., Holmes, C. M., Vellema, M., Pack, A. R., Elemans, C. P. H., Nemenman, I., & Sober, S. J. (2017). Motor control by precisely timed spike patterns. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 114(5), 1171–1176. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1611734114

    1. Act I, Scene 1 Verona. A public place.       next scene [Enter SAMPSON and GREGORY, of the house of Capulet, armed with swords and bucklers] Sampson. Gregory, o' my word, we'll not carry coals. Gregory. No, for then we should be colliers. Sampson. I mean, an we be in choler, we'll draw. Gregory. Ay, while you live, draw your neck out o' the collar. 20 Sampson. I strike quickly, being moved. Gregory. But thou art not quickly moved to strike. Sampson. A dog of the house of Montague moves me. Gregory. To move is to stir; and to be valiant is to stand: therefore, if thou art moved, thou runn'st away. 25 Sampson. A dog of that house shall move me to stand: I will take the wall of any man or maid of Montague's. Gregory. That shows thee a weak slave; for the weakest goes to the wall. Sampson. True; and therefore women, being the weaker vessels, 30are ever thrust to the wall: therefore I will push Montague's men from the wall, and thrust his maids to the wall. Gregory. The quarrel is between our masters and us their men. Sampson. 'Tis all one, I will show myself a tyrant: when I 35have fought with the men, I will be cruel with the maids, and cut off their heads. Gregory. The heads of the maids? Sampson. Ay, the heads of the maids, or their maidenheads; take it in what sense thou wilt. 40 Gregory. They must take it in sense that feel it. Sampson. Me they shall feel while I am able to stand: and 'tis known I am a pretty piece of flesh. Gregory. 'Tis well thou art not fish; if thou hadst, thou hadst been poor John. Draw thy tool! here comes 45two of the house of the Montagues. Sampson. My naked weapon is out: quarrel, I will back thee. Gregory. How! turn thy back and run? Sampson. Fear me not. Gregory. No, marry; I fear thee! 50 Sampson. Let us take the law of our sides; let them begin. Gregory. I will frown as I pass by, and let them take it as they list. Sampson. Nay, as they dare. I will bite my thumb at them; which is a disgrace to them, if they bear it. 55 [Enter ABRAHAM and BALTHASAR] Abraham. Do you bite your thumb at us, sir? Sampson. I do bite my thumb, sir. Abraham. Do you bite your thumb at us, sir? Sampson. [Aside to GREGORY] Is the law of our side, if I say 60ay? Gregory. No. Sampson. No, sir, I do not bite my thumb at you, sir, but I bite my thumb, sir. Gregory. Do you quarrel, sir? 65 Abraham. Quarrel sir! no, sir. Sampson. If you do, sir, I am for you: I serve as good a man as you. Abraham. No better. Sampson. Well, sir. Gregory. Say 'better:' here comes one of my master's kinsmen. 70 Sampson. Yes, better, sir. Abraham. You lie. Sampson. Draw, if you be men. Gregory, remember thy swashing blow. [They fight] [Enter BENVOLIO] Benvolio. Part, fools! Put up your swords; you know not what you do. [Beats down their swords] [Enter TYBALT] Tybalt. What, art thou drawn among these heartless hinds? 80Turn thee, Benvolio, look upon thy death. Benvolio. I do but keep the peace: put up thy sword, Or manage it to part these men with me. Tybalt. What, drawn, and talk of peace! I hate the word, As I hate hell, all Montagues, and thee: 85Have at thee, coward! [They fight] [Enter, several of both houses, who join the fray; then enter Citizens, with clubs] First Citizen. Clubs, bills, and partisans! strike! beat them down! 90Down with the Capulets! down with the Montagues! [Enter CAPULET in his gown, and LADY CAPULET] Capulet. What noise is this? Give me my long sword, ho! Lady Capulet. A crutch, a crutch! why call you for a sword? Capulet. My sword, I say! Old Montague is come, 95And flourishes his blade in spite of me. [Enter MONTAGUE and LADY MONTAGUE] Montague. Thou villain Capulet,—Hold me not, let me go. Lady Montague. Thou shalt not stir a foot to seek a foe. [Enter PRINCE, with Attendants] Prince Escalus. Rebellious subjects, enemies to peace, Profaners of this neighbour-stained steel,— Will they not hear? What, ho! you men, you beasts, That quench the fire of your pernicious rage With purple fountains issuing from your veins, 105On pain of torture, from those bloody hands Throw your mistemper'd weapons to the ground, And hear the sentence of your moved prince. Three civil brawls, bred of an airy word, By thee, old Capulet, and Montague, 110Have thrice disturb'd the quiet of our streets, And made Verona's ancient citizens Cast by their grave beseeming ornaments, To wield old partisans, in hands as old, Canker'd with peace, to part your canker'd hate: 115If ever you disturb our streets again, Your lives shall pay the forfeit of the peace. For this time, all the rest depart away: You Capulet; shall go along with me: And, Montague, come you this afternoon, 120To know our further pleasure in this case, To old Free-town, our common judgment-place. Once more, on pain of death, all men depart. [Exeunt all but MONTAGUE, LADY MONTAGUE, and BENVOLIO] Montague. Who set this ancient quarrel new abroach? 125Speak, nephew, were you by when it began? Benvolio. Here were the servants of your adversary, And yours, close fighting ere I did approach: I drew to part them: in the instant came The fiery Tybalt, with his sword prepared, 130Which, as he breathed defiance to my ears, He swung about his head and cut the winds, Who nothing hurt withal hiss'd him in scorn: While we were interchanging thrusts and blows, Came more and more and fought on part and part, 135Till the prince came, who parted either part. Lady Montague. O, where is Romeo? saw you him to-day? Right glad I am he was not at this fray. Benvolio. Madam, an hour before the worshipp'd sun Peer'd forth the golden window of the east, 140A troubled mind drave me to walk abroad; Where, underneath the grove of sycamore That westward rooteth from the city's side, So early walking did I see your son: Towards him I made, but he was ware of me 145And stole into the covert of the wood: I, measuring his affections by my own, That most are busied when they're most alone, Pursued my humour not pursuing his, And gladly shunn'd who gladly fled from me. 150 Montague. Many a morning hath he there been seen, With tears augmenting the fresh morning dew. Adding to clouds more clouds with his deep sighs; But all so soon as the all-cheering sun Should in the furthest east begin to draw 155The shady curtains from Aurora's bed, Away from the light steals home my heavy son, And private in his chamber pens himself, Shuts up his windows, locks far daylight out And makes himself an artificial night: 160Black and portentous must this humour prove, Unless good counsel may the cause remove. Benvolio. My noble uncle, do you know the cause? Montague. I neither know it nor can learn of him. Benvolio. Have you importuned him by any means? 165 Montague. Both by myself and many other friends: But he, his own affections' counsellor, Is to himself—I will not say how true— But to himself so secret and so close, So far from sounding and discovery, 170As is the bud bit with an envious worm, Ere he can spread his sweet leaves to the air, Or dedicate his beauty to the sun. Could we but learn from whence his sorrows grow. We would as willingly give cure as know. 175 [Enter ROMEO] Benvolio. See, where he comes: so please you, step aside; I'll know his grievance, or be much denied. Montague. I would thou wert so happy by thy stay, To hear true shrift. Come, madam, let's away. 180 [Exeunt MONTAGUE and LADY MONTAGUE] Benvolio. Good-morrow, cousin. Romeo. Is the day so young? Benvolio. But new struck nine. Romeo. Ay me! sad hours seem long. 185Was that my father that went hence so fast? Benvolio. It was. What sadness lengthens Romeo's hours? Romeo. Not having that, which, having, makes them short. Benvolio. In love? Romeo. Out— 190 Benvolio. Of love? Romeo. Out of her favour, where I am in love. Benvolio. Alas, that love, so gentle in his view, Should be so tyrannous and rough in proof! Romeo. Alas, that love, whose view is muffled still, 195Should, without eyes, see pathways to his will! Where shall we dine? O me! What fray was here? Yet tell me not, for I have heard it all. Here's much to do with hate, but more with love. Why, then, O brawling love! O loving hate! 200O any thing, of nothing first create! O heavy lightness! serious vanity! Mis-shapen chaos of well-seeming forms! Feather of lead, bright smoke, cold fire, sick health! 205Still-waking sleep, that is not what it is! This love feel I, that feel no love in this. Dost thou not laugh? Benvolio. No, coz, I rather weep. Romeo. Good heart, at what? 210 Benvolio. At thy good heart's oppression. Romeo. Why, such is love's transgression. Griefs of mine own lie heavy in my breast, Which thou wilt propagate, to have it prest With more of thine: this love that thou hast shown 215Doth add more grief to too much of mine own. Love is a smoke raised with the fume of sighs; Being purged, a fire sparkling in lovers' eyes; Being vex'd a sea nourish'd with lovers' tears: What is it else? a madness most discreet, 220A choking gall and a preserving sweet. Farewell, my coz. Benvolio. Soft! I will go along; An if you leave me so, you do me wrong. Romeo. Tut, I have lost myself; I am not here; 225This is not Romeo, he's some other where. Benvolio. Tell me in sadness, who is that you love. Romeo. What, shall I groan and tell thee? Benvolio. Groan! why, no. But sadly tell me who. 230 Romeo. Bid a sick man in sadness make his will: Ah, word ill urged to one that is so ill! In sadness, cousin, I do love a woman. Benvolio. I aim'd so near, when I supposed you loved. Romeo. A right good mark-man! And she's fair I love. 235 Benvolio. A right fair mark, fair coz, is soonest hit. Romeo. Well, in that hit you miss: she'll not be hit With Cupid's arrow; she hath Dian's wit; And, in strong proof of chastity well arm'd, From love's weak childish bow she lives unharm'd. 240She will not stay the siege of loving terms, Nor bide the encounter of assailing eyes, Nor ope her lap to saint-seducing gold: O, she is rich in beauty, only poor, That when she dies with beauty dies her store. 245 Benvolio. Then she hath sworn that she will still live chaste? Romeo. She hath, and in that sparing makes huge waste, For beauty starved with her severity Cuts beauty off from all posterity. She is too fair, too wise, wisely too fair, 250To merit bliss by making me despair: She hath forsworn to love, and in that vow Do I live dead that live to tell it now. Benvolio. Be ruled by me, forget to think of her. Romeo. O, teach me how I should forget to think. 255 Benvolio. By giving liberty unto thine eyes; Examine other beauties. Romeo. 'Tis the way To call hers exquisite, in question more: These happy masks that kiss fair ladies' brows 260Being black put us in mind they hide the fair; He that is strucken blind cannot forget The precious treasure of his eyesight lost: Show me a mistress that is passing fair, What doth her beauty serve, but as a note 265Where I may read who pass'd that passing fair? Farewell: thou canst not teach me to forget. Benvolio. I'll pay that doctrine, or else die in debt. [Exeunt] previous scene       Act I, Scene 2 A street.       next scene [Enter CAPULET, PARIS, and Servant] Capulet. But Montague is bound as well as I, In penalty alike; and 'tis not hard, I think, For men so old as we to keep the peace. Paris. Of honourable reckoning are you both; And pity 'tis you lived at odds so long. 275But now, my lord, what say you to my suit? Capulet. But saying o'er what I have said before: My child is yet a stranger in the world; She hath not seen the change of fourteen years, Let two more summers wither in their pride, 280Ere we may think her ripe to be a bride. Paris. Younger than she are happy mothers made. Capulet. And too soon marr'd are those so early made. The earth hath swallow'd all my hopes but she, She is the hopeful lady of my earth: 285But woo her, gentle Paris, get her heart, My will to her consent is but a part; An she agree, within her scope of choice Lies my consent and fair according voice. This night I hold an old accustom'd feast, 290Whereto I have invited many a guest, Such as I love; and you, among the store, One more, most welcome, makes my number more. At my poor house look to behold this night Earth-treading stars that make dark heaven light: 295Such comfort as do lusty young men feel When well-apparell'd April on the heel Of limping winter treads, even such delight Among fresh female buds shall you this night Inherit at my house; hear all, all see, 300And like her most whose merit most shall be: Which on more view, of many mine being one May stand in number, though in reckoning none, Come, go with me. [To Servant, giving a paper] 305Go, sirrah, trudge about Through fair Verona; find those persons out Whose names are written there, and to them say, My house and welcome on their pleasure stay. [Exeunt CAPULET and PARIS] Servant. Find them out whose names are written here! It is written, that the shoemaker should meddle with his yard, and the tailor with his last, the fisher with his pencil, and the painter with his nets; but I am sent to find those persons whose names are here 315writ, and can never find what names the writing person hath here writ. I must to the learned.—In good time. [Enter BENVOLIO and ROMEO] Benvolio. Tut, man, one fire burns out another's burning, One pain is lessen'd by another's anguish; 320Turn giddy, and be holp by backward turning; One desperate grief cures with another's languish: Take thou some new infection to thy eye, And the rank poison of the old will die. Romeo. Your plaintain-leaf is excellent for that. 325 Benvolio. For what, I pray thee? Romeo. For your broken shin. Benvolio. Why, Romeo, art thou mad? Romeo. Not mad, but bound more than a mad-man is; Shut up in prison, kept without my food, 330Whipp'd and tormented and—God-den, good fellow. Servant. God gi' god-den. I pray, sir, can you read? Romeo. Ay, mine own fortune in my misery. Servant. Perhaps you have learned it without book: but, I pray, can you read any thing you see? 335 Romeo. Ay, if I know the letters and the language. Servant. Ye say honestly: rest you merry! Romeo. Stay, fellow; I can read. [Reads] 'Signior Martino and his wife and daughters; 340County Anselme and his beauteous sisters; the lady widow of Vitravio; Signior Placentio and his lovely nieces; Mercutio and his brother Valentine; mine uncle Capulet, his wife and daughters; my fair niece Rosaline; Livia; Signior Valentio and his cousin 345Tybalt, Lucio and the lively Helena.' A fair assembly: whither should they come? Servant. Up. Romeo. Whither? Servant. To supper; to our house. 350 Romeo. Whose house? Servant. My master's. Romeo. Indeed, I should have ask'd you that before. Servant. Now I'll tell you without asking: my master is the great rich Capulet; and if you be not of the house 355of Montagues, I pray, come and crush a cup of wine. Rest you merry! [Exit] Benvolio. At this same ancient feast of Capulet's Sups the fair Rosaline whom thou so lovest, 360With all the admired beauties of Verona: Go thither; and, with unattainted eye, Compare her face with some that I shall show, And I will make thee think thy swan a crow. Romeo. When the devout religion of mine eye 365Maintains such falsehood, then turn tears to fires; And these, who often drown'd could never die, Transparent heretics, be burnt for liars! One fairer than my love! the all-seeing sun Ne'er saw her match since first the world begun. 370 Benvolio. Tut, you saw her fair, none else being by, Herself poised with herself in either eye: But in that crystal scales let there be weigh'd Your lady's love against some other maid That I will show you shining at this feast, 375And she shall scant show well that now shows best. Romeo. I'll go along, no such sight to be shown, But to rejoice in splendor of mine own. [Exeunt] previous scene       Act I, Scene 3 A room in Capulet’s house.       next scene [Enter LADY CAPULET and Nurse] Lady Capulet. Nurse, where's my daughter? call her forth to me. Nurse. Now, by my maidenhead, at twelve year old, I bade her come. What, lamb! what, ladybird! God forbid! Where's this girl? What, Juliet! [Enter JULIET] Juliet. How now! who calls? Nurse. Your mother. Juliet. Madam, I am here. What is your will? Lady Capulet. This is the matter:—Nurse, give leave awhile, 390We must talk in secret:—nurse, come back again; I have remember'd me, thou's hear our counsel. Thou know'st my daughter's of a pretty age. Nurse. Faith, I can tell her age unto an hour. Lady Capulet. She's not fourteen. 395 Nurse. I'll lay fourteen of my teeth,— And yet, to my teeth be it spoken, I have but four— She is not fourteen. How long is it now To Lammas-tide? Lady Capulet. A fortnight and odd days. 400 Nurse. Even or odd, of all days in the year, Come Lammas-eve at night shall she be fourteen. Susan and she—God rest all Christian souls!— Were of an age: well, Susan is with God; She was too good for me: but, as I said, 405On Lammas-eve at night shall she be fourteen; That shall she, marry; I remember it well. 'Tis since the earthquake now eleven years; And she was wean'd,—I never shall forget it,— Of all the days of the year, upon that day: 410For I had then laid wormwood to my dug, Sitting in the sun under the dove-house wall; My lord and you were then at Mantua:— Nay, I do bear a brain:—but, as I said, When it did taste the wormwood on the nipple 415Of my dug and felt it bitter, pretty fool, To see it tetchy and fall out with the dug! Shake quoth the dove-house: 'twas no need, I trow, To bid me trudge: And since that time it is eleven years; 420For then she could stand alone; nay, by the rood, She could have run and waddled all about; For even the day before, she broke her brow: And then my husband—God be with his soul! A' was a merry man—took up the child: 425'Yea,' quoth he, 'dost thou fall upon thy face? Thou wilt fall backward when thou hast more wit; Wilt thou not, Jule?' and, by my holidame, The pretty wretch left crying and said 'Ay.' To see, now, how a jest shall come about! 430I warrant, an I should live a thousand years, I never should forget it: 'Wilt thou not, Jule?' quoth he; And, pretty fool, it stinted and said 'Ay.' Lady Capulet. Enough of this; I pray thee, hold thy peace. Nurse. Yes, madam: yet I cannot choose but laugh, 435To think it should leave crying and say 'Ay.' And yet, I warrant, it had upon its brow A bump as big as a young cockerel's stone; A parlous knock; and it cried bitterly: 'Yea,' quoth my husband,'fall'st upon thy face? 440Thou wilt fall backward when thou comest to age; Wilt thou not, Jule?' it stinted and said 'Ay.' Juliet. And stint thou too, I pray thee, nurse, say I. Nurse. Peace, I have done. God mark thee to his grace! Thou wast the prettiest babe that e'er I nursed: 445An I might live to see thee married once, I have my wish. Lady Capulet. Marry, that 'marry' is the very theme I came to talk of. Tell me, daughter Juliet, How stands your disposition to be married? 450 Juliet. It is an honour that I dream not of. Nurse. An honour! were not I thine only nurse, I would say thou hadst suck'd wisdom from thy teat. Lady Capulet. Well, think of marriage now; younger than you, Here in Verona, ladies of esteem, 455Are made already mothers: by my count, I was your mother much upon these years That you are now a maid. Thus then in brief: The valiant Paris seeks you for his love. Nurse. A man, young lady! lady, such a man 460As all the world—why, he's a man of wax. Lady Capulet. Verona's summer hath not such a flower. Nurse. Nay, he's a flower; in faith, a very flower. Lady Capulet. What say you? can you love the gentleman? This night you shall behold him at our feast; 465Read o'er the volume of young Paris' face, And find delight writ there with beauty's pen; Examine every married lineament, And see how one another lends content And what obscured in this fair volume lies 470Find written in the margent of his eyes. This precious book of love, this unbound lover, To beautify him, only lacks a cover: The fish lives in the sea, and 'tis much pride For fair without the fair within to hide: 475That book in many's eyes doth share the glory, That in gold clasps locks in the golden story; So shall you share all that he doth possess, By having him, making yourself no less. Nurse. No less! nay, bigger; women grow by men. 480 Lady Capulet. Speak briefly, can you like of Paris' love? Juliet. I'll look to like, if looking liking move: But no more deep will I endart mine eye Than your consent gives strength to make it fly. [Enter a Servant] Servant. Madam, the guests are come, supper served up, you called, my young lady asked for, the nurse cursed in the pantry, and every thing in extremity. I must hence to wait; I beseech you, follow straight. Lady Capulet. We follow thee. 490[Exit Servant] Juliet, the county stays. Nurse. Go, girl, seek happy nights to happy days. [Exeunt] previous scene       Act I, Scene 4 A street.       next scene [Enter ROMEO, MERCUTIO, BENVOLIO, with five or six [p]Maskers, Torch-bearers, and others] Romeo. What, shall this speech be spoke for our excuse? Or shall we on without a apology? Benvolio. The date is out of such prolixity: We'll have no Cupid hoodwink'd with a scarf, 500Bearing a Tartar's painted bow of lath, Scaring the ladies like a crow-keeper; Nor no without-book prologue, faintly spoke After the prompter, for our entrance: But let them measure us by what they will; 505We'll measure them a measure, and be gone. Romeo. Give me a torch: I am not for this ambling; Being but heavy, I will bear the light. Mercutio. Nay, gentle Romeo, we must have you dance. Romeo. Not I, believe me: you have dancing shoes 510With nimble soles: I have a soul of lead So stakes me to the ground I cannot move. Mercutio. You are a lover; borrow Cupid's wings, And soar with them above a common bound. Romeo. I am too sore enpierced with his shaft 515To soar with his light feathers, and so bound, I cannot bound a pitch above dull woe: Under love's heavy burden do I sink. Mercutio. And, to sink in it, should you burden love; Too great oppression for a tender thing. 520 Romeo. Is love a tender thing? it is too rough, Too rude, too boisterous, and it pricks like thorn. Mercutio. If love be rough with you, be rough with love; Prick love for pricking, and you beat love down. Give me a case to put my visage in: 525A visor for a visor! what care I What curious eye doth quote deformities? Here are the beetle brows shall blush for me. Benvolio. Come, knock and enter; and no sooner in, But every man betake him to his legs. 530 Romeo. A torch for me: let wantons light of heart Tickle the senseless rushes with their heels, For I am proverb'd with a grandsire phrase; I'll be a candle-holder, and look on. The game was ne'er so fair, and I am done. 535 Mercutio. Tut, dun's the mouse, the constable's own word: If thou art dun, we'll draw thee from the mire Of this sir-reverence love, wherein thou stick'st Up to the ears. Come, we burn daylight, ho! Romeo. Nay, that's not so. 540 Mercutio. I mean, sir, in delay We waste our lights in vain, like lamps by day. Take our good meaning, for our judgment sits Five times in that ere once in our five wits. Romeo. And we mean well in going to this mask; 545But 'tis no wit to go. Mercutio. Why, may one ask? Romeo. I dream'd a dream to-night. Mercutio. And so did I. Romeo. Well, what was yours? 550 Mercutio. That dreamers often lie. Romeo. In bed asleep, while they do dream things true. Mercutio. O, then, I see Queen Mab hath been with you. She is the fairies' midwife, and she comes In shape no bigger than an agate-stone 555On the fore-finger of an alderman, Drawn with a team of little atomies Athwart men's noses as they lie asleep; Her wagon-spokes made of long spiders' legs, The cover of the wings of grasshoppers, 560The traces of the smallest spider's web, The collars of the moonshine's watery beams, Her whip of cricket's bone, the lash of film, Her wagoner a small grey-coated gnat, Not so big as a round little worm 565Prick'd from the lazy finger of a maid; Her chariot is an empty hazel-nut Made by the joiner squirrel or old grub, Time out o' mind the fairies' coachmakers. And in this state she gallops night by night 570Through lovers' brains, and then they dream of love; O'er courtiers' knees, that dream on court'sies straight, O'er lawyers' fingers, who straight dream on fees, O'er ladies ' lips, who straight on kisses dream, Which oft the angry Mab with blisters plagues, 575Because their breaths with sweetmeats tainted are: Sometime she gallops o'er a courtier's nose, And then dreams he of smelling out a suit; And sometime comes she with a tithe-pig's tail Tickling a parson's nose as a' lies asleep, 580Then dreams, he of another benefice: Sometime she driveth o'er a soldier's neck, And then dreams he of cutting foreign throats, Of breaches, ambuscadoes, Spanish blades, Of healths five-fathom deep; and then anon 585Drums in his ear, at which he starts and wakes, And being thus frighted swears a prayer or two And sleeps again. This is that very Mab That plats the manes of horses in the night, And bakes the elflocks in foul sluttish hairs, 590Which once untangled, much misfortune bodes: This is the hag, when maids lie on their backs, That presses them and learns them first to bear, Making them women of good carriage: This is she— 595 Romeo. Peace, peace, Mercutio, peace! Thou talk'st of nothing. Mercutio. True, I talk of dreams, Which are the children of an idle brain, Begot of nothing but vain fantasy, 600Which is as thin of substance as the air And more inconstant than the wind, who wooes Even now the frozen bosom of the north, And, being anger'd, puffs away from thence, Turning his face to the dew-dropping south. 605 Benvolio. This wind, you talk of, blows us from ourselves; Supper is done, and we shall come too late. Romeo. I fear, too early: for my mind misgives Some consequence yet hanging in the stars Shall bitterly begin his fearful date 610With this night's revels and expire the term Of a despised life closed in my breast By some vile forfeit of untimely death. But He, that hath the steerage of my course, Direct my sail! On, lusty gentlemen. 615 Benvolio. Strike, drum. [Exeunt] previous scene       Act I, Scene 5 A hall in Capulet’s house.         [Musicians waiting. Enter Servingmen with napkins] First Servant. Where's Potpan, that he helps not to take away? He shift a trencher? he scrape a trencher! 620 Second Servant. When good manners shall lie all in one or two men's hands and they unwashed too, 'tis a foul thing. First Servant. Away with the joint-stools, remove the court-cupboard, look to the plate. Good thou, save me a piece of marchpane; and, as thou lovest me, let 625the porter let in Susan Grindstone and Nell. Antony, and Potpan! Second Servant. Ay, boy, ready. First Servant. You are looked for and called for, asked for and sought for, in the great chamber. 630 Second Servant. We cannot be here and there too. Cheerly, boys; be brisk awhile, and the longer liver take all. [Enter CAPULET, with JULIET and others of his house, meeting the Guests and Maskers] Capulet. Welcome, gentlemen! ladies that have their toes Unplagued with corns will have a bout with you. 635Ah ha, my mistresses! which of you all Will now deny to dance? she that makes dainty, She, I'll swear, hath corns; am I come near ye now? Welcome, gentlemen! I have seen the day That I have worn a visor and could tell 640A whispering tale in a fair lady's ear, Such as would please: 'tis gone, 'tis gone, 'tis gone: You are welcome, gentlemen! come, musicians, play. A hall, a hall! give room! and foot it, girls. [Music plays, and they dance] 645More light, you knaves; and turn the tables up, And quench the fire, the room is grown too hot. Ah, sirrah, this unlook'd-for sport comes well. Nay, sit, nay, sit, good cousin Capulet; For you and I are past our dancing days: 650How long is't now since last yourself and I Were in a mask? Second Capulet. By'r lady, thirty years. Capulet. What, man! 'tis not so much, 'tis not so much: 'Tis since the nuptials of Lucentio, 655Come pentecost as quickly as it will, Some five and twenty years; and then we mask'd. Second Capulet. 'Tis more, 'tis more, his son is elder, sir; His son is thirty. Capulet. Will you tell me that? 660His son was but a ward two years ago. Romeo. [To a Servingman] What lady is that, which doth enrich the hand Of yonder knight? Servant. I know not, sir. 665 Romeo. O, she doth teach the torches to burn bright! It seems she hangs upon the cheek of night Like a rich jewel in an Ethiope's ear; Beauty too rich for use, for earth too dear! So shows a snowy dove trooping with crows, 670As yonder lady o'er her fellows shows. The measure done, I'll watch her place of stand, And, touching hers, make blessed my rude hand. Did my heart love till now? forswear it, sight! For I ne'er saw true beauty till this night. 675 Tybalt. This, by his voice, should be a Montague. Fetch me my rapier, boy. What dares the slave Come hither, cover'd with an antic face, To fleer and scorn at our solemnity? Now, by the stock and honour of my kin, 680To strike him dead, I hold it not a sin. Capulet. Why, how now, kinsman! wherefore storm you so? Tybalt. Uncle, this is a Montague, our foe, A villain that is hither come in spite, To scorn at our solemnity this night. 685 Capulet. Young Romeo is it? Tybalt. 'Tis he, that villain Romeo. Capulet. Content thee, gentle coz, let him alone; He bears him like a portly gentleman; And, to say truth, Verona brags of him 690To be a virtuous and well-govern'd youth: I would not for the wealth of all the town Here in my house do him disparagement: Therefore be patient, take no note of him: It is my will, the which if thou respect, 695Show a fair presence and put off these frowns, And ill-beseeming semblance for a feast. Tybalt. It fits, when such a villain is a guest: I'll not endure him. Capulet. He shall be endured: 700What, goodman boy! I say, he shall: go to; Am I the master here, or you? go to. You'll not endure him! God shall mend my soul! You'll make a mutiny among my guests! You will set cock-a-hoop! you'll be the man! 705 Tybalt. Why, uncle, 'tis a shame. Capulet. Go to, go to; You are a saucy boy: is't so, indeed? This trick may chance to scathe you, I know what: You must contrary me! marry, 'tis time. 710Well said, my hearts! You are a princox; go: Be quiet, or—More light, more light! For shame! I'll make you quiet. What, cheerly, my hearts! Tybalt. Patience perforce with wilful choler meeting Makes my flesh tremble in their different greeting. 715I will withdraw: but this intrusion shall Now seeming sweet convert to bitter gall. [Exit] Romeo. [To JULIET] If I profane with my unworthiest hand This holy shrine, the gentle fine is this: 720My lips, two blushing pilgrims, ready stand To smooth that rough touch with a tender kiss. Juliet. Good pilgrim, you do wrong your hand too much, Which mannerly devotion shows in this; For saints have hands that pilgrims' hands do touch, 725And palm to palm is holy palmers' kiss. Romeo. Have not saints lips, and holy palmers too? Juliet. Ay, pilgrim, lips that they must use in prayer. Romeo. O, then, dear saint, let lips do what hands do; They pray, grant thou, lest faith turn to despair. 730 Juliet. Saints do not move, though grant for prayers' sake. Romeo. Then move not, while my prayer's effect I take. Thus from my lips, by yours, my sin is purged. Juliet. Then have my lips the sin that they have took. Romeo. Sin from thy lips? O trespass sweetly urged! 735Give me my sin again. Juliet. You kiss by the book. Nurse. Madam, your mother craves a word with you. Romeo. What is her mother? Nurse. Marry, bachelor, 740Her mother is the lady of the house, And a good lady, and a wise and virtuous I nursed her daughter, that you talk'd withal; I tell you, he that can lay hold of her Shall have the chinks. 745 Romeo. Is she a Capulet? O dear account! my life is my foe's debt. Benvolio. Away, begone; the sport is at the best. Romeo. Ay, so I fear; the more is my unrest. Capulet. Nay, gentlemen, prepare not to be gone; 750We have a trifling foolish banquet towards. Is it e'en so? why, then, I thank you all I thank you, honest gentlemen; good night. More torches here! Come on then, let's to bed. Ah, sirrah, by my fay, it waxes late: 755I'll to my rest. [Exeunt all but JULIET and Nurse] Juliet. Come hither, nurse. What is yond gentleman? Nurse. The son and heir of old Tiberio. Juliet. What's he that now is going out of door? 760 Nurse. Marry, that, I think, be young Petrucio. Juliet. What's he that follows there, that would not dance? Nurse. I know not. Juliet. Go ask his name: if he be married. My grave is like to be my wedding bed. 765 Nurse. His name is Romeo, and a Montague; The only son of your great enemy. Juliet. My only love sprung from my only hate! Too early seen unknown, and known too late! Prodigious birth of love it is to me, 770That I must love a loathed enemy. Nurse. What's this? what's this? Juliet. A rhyme I learn'd even now Of one I danced withal. [One calls within 'Juliet.'] Nurse. Anon, anon! Come, let's away; the strangers all are gone. [Exeunt]

      I can see various characterizations, themes and stylistic devices, which I will discuss below

    1. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      This manuscript investigates the role of DOT1L and its H3K79 methyltransferase activity in dendritic cell (DC) differentiation. The authors employ a combination of in vitro FLT3L/SCF bone marrow culture systems, in vivo inducible knockout models, and genome-wide H3K79me2 ChIP-seq and RNA-seq analyses to demonstrate that DOT1L influences the balance between pDC and cDC2 differentiation, while leaving cDC1 development largely unaffected. The study further identifies transcriptional and epigenetic programs associated with these changes, linking DOT1L deficiency to altered antigen presentation pathways and loss of pDC-associated transcription factors. The paper provides valuable insights into DC biology. However, some of the key conclusions rely heavily on in vitro systems and short-term tamoxifen deletion models, which limit the interpretation of the in vivo data. Strengthening or clearly defining these limitations would substantially improve the paper's impact and clarity.

      Major Comments

      1. To strengthen the paper, the authors could follow one of two alternative strategies:

      (1) Validate their in vitro observations through in vivo experiments, or

      (2) Focus on deepening and refining their in vitro findings, moving the limited in vivo data to the supplementary material and explicitly acknowledging the limitations of the tamoxifen-inducible system.

      Strategy 1 - Strengthen in vivo validation

      -   The experiments presented in Figures 3 and 5 could be repeated in a competitive bone marrow chimera setting (e.g. CD45.1/CD45.2 irradiated hosts reconstituted with a 1:1 mix of WT CD45.1⁺ and Dot1l-KO CD45.2⁺ cells).
      -   This design would allow dissection of direct (cell-intrinsic) versus indirect effects of DOT1L deficiency and could mitigate confounding effects of incomplete or asynchronous deletion.
      -   After reconstitution, mice could be maintained on tamoxifen-supplemented chow for a longer period to ensure efficient recombination and adequate time for observing phenotypic consequences.
      -   Flow cytometric analysis of spleen and bone marrow should use more refined panels to explore DC precursor and subset deficiencies. Suggested reference panels: Rodrigues et al., Immunity 2024; Minutti et al., Nat. Immunol. 2024; Zhu et al., Nat. Immunol. 2015.
      

      Strategy 2 - Refine in vitro system and reposition in vivo data - The authors could replicate their differentiation assays under conditions that emulate the chimera approach by co-culturing WT (CD45.1⁺) and Dot1l-KO (CD45.2⁺) bone marrow cells. - This would reveal potential competition or cross-talk between WT and mutant cells and provide clearer mechanistic insight into cell-intrinsic versus extrinsic effects. - The authors should examine how tamoxifen itself affects differentiation and measure the kinetics of deletion and H3K79me loss to better contextualize the dynamic response. - It would also be valuable to assess which cDC2 subtypes (A vs. B) are preferentially affected by Dot1l deficiency, again using more sophisticated flow cytometry panels (see references above). If this in vitro-focused strategy is adopted, the in vivo data could be moved to the supplementary material, with explicit acknowledgment that the inducible deletion model and the gradual nature of H3K79me dilution limit the interpretation of the in vivo findings. 2. In Figures 2 and 3, the efficiency of H3K79me2 depletion following Dot1l excision should be assessed directly. Although DOT1L is the sole H3K79 methyltransferase, the dilution kinetics of H3K79me2 can vary depending on the proliferation rate. Quantifying the H3K79me2 signal in bone marrow-derived cell culture samples would clarify whether the deletion window allowed complete loss of the methylation mark. 3. Several observations are not discussed in sufficient depth: - The finding that Dot1l deletion increases antigen-presentation signatures might reflect stress or activation rather than lineage fate change. - The authors could also acknowledge that DOT1L's effect might be indirect, acting through cytokine feedback loops or altered progenitor proliferation, especially given the co-expression of Kit, Flt3, and Irf8 in early DC progenitors. - Moreover, because H3K79 methylation is primarily associated with transcriptional elongation rather than initiation, the observed transcriptional changes could result from broader alterations in chromatin accessibility or polymerase processivity, rather than direct promoter regulation. Discussing this mechanistic aspect would help clarify whether DOT1L's role in DC differentiation reflects a direct control of lineage-defining gene expression or a secondary consequence of disrupted transcriptional elongation dynamics.

      Minor Comments

      1. Terminology: The manuscript repeatedly refers to "mature" DCs-please clarify whether this means activated or fully differentiated cells.
      2. Ontogeny statements: <br /> The assertion that DCs of lymphoid origin are well established should be softened; the lymphoid contribution to some DC lineages remains under discussion.
      3. Transitional DCs (tDCs): <br /> The equivalence between tDCs and pre-cDC2As remains controversial. This should be acknowledged.
      4. Cytokine supplementation: <br /> The inclusion of SCF in the FLT3L-based differentiation assays should be justified, it is not a standard procedure.
      5. Macrophage contamination: <br /> The presence of C1qa, C1qb, and C1qc transcripts in some datasets suggests possible macrophage contamination. Please discuss how this was controlled for or how it might affect interpretation.

      Significance

      This study provides important insights into the epigenetic regulation of DC differentiation by DOT1L. The conclusions would be more compelling if supported by in vivo validation or, alternatively, if the limitations of the current in vivo data were transparently acknowledged and the focus shifted toward mechanistic in vitro depth.

      With these revisions, the manuscript would represent a valuable contribution to understanding how chromatin modification integrates with transcriptional control in shaping dendritic cell fate.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The key discovery of the manuscript is that the authors found that genetically wild type females descended from Khdc3 mutants shows abnormal gene expression relating to hepatic metabolism, which persist over multiple generations and pass through both female and male lineages. They also find dysregulation of hepatically-metabolized molecules in the blood of these wild type mice with Khdc3 mutant ancestry. These data provide solid evidence further support that phenotype can be transmitted to multiple generations without altering DNA sequence, supporting the involvement of epigenetic mechanisms. The authors further performed exploratory studies on the small RNA profiles in the oocytes of Khdc3-null females, and their wild type descendants, suggesting that altered small RNA expression could be a contributor of the observed phenotype transmission, although this has not been functionally validated.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript aimed to investigate the non-genetic impact of KHDC3 mutation on the liver metabolism. To do that they analyzed the female liver transcriptome of genetically wild type mice descended from female ancestors with a mutation in the Khdc3 gene. They found that genetically wild type females descended from Khdc3 mutants have hepatic transcriptional dysregulation which persist over multiple generations in the progenies descended from female ancestors with a mutation in the Khdc3 gene. This transcriptomic deregulation was associated with dysregulation of hepatically-metabolized molecules in the blood of these wild type mice with female mutational ancestry. Furthermore, to determine whether small non-coding RNA could be involved in the maternal non-genetic transmission of the hepatic transcriptomic deregulation, they performed small RNA-seq of oocytes from Khdc3-/- mice and genetically wild type female mice descended from female ancestors with a Khdc3 mutation and claimed that oocytes of wild type female offspring from Khdc3-null females has dysregulation of multiple small RNAs.

      Finally, they claimed that their data demonstrates that ancestral mutation in Khdc3 can produce transgenerational inherited phenotypes.

      However, at this stage and considering the information provided in the paper, I think that these conclusions are too preliminary. Indeed, several controls/experiments need to be added to reach those conclusions.

      Additional context you think would help readers interpret or understand the significance of the work

      Line 25: this first sentence is very strong and needs to be documented in the introduction.

      Line 48: Reference 5 is not appropriate since the paper shows the remodeling of small RNA during post-testicular maturation of mammalian sperm and their sensibility to environment. Please, change it

      Line 51: "implies" is too strong and should be replaced by « suggests »

      Line 67: reference is missing

      Database, the accession numbers are lacking.

      References showing the maternal transmission of non-genetically inherited phenotypes in mice via small RNA need to be added

      Line 378: All RNA-Seq and small RNA-Seq data are available in the NCBI GEO

      We have changed references as requested, and updated portions of the introduction in order to mention specifically genes that seem to regulate an RNA-based genetic nurture effect.  We are not aware of any published work that has demonstrated maternal transmission of non-genetic phenotypes via small RNAs; if the reviewer has a specific reference in mind, we would be happy to read it and add it to our manuscript.  We did add a few sentences describing why this work has primarily been performed in males/fathers.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In addition to the altered hepatic gene expression and metabolites, did the authors notice any overall phenotypes? including body weight, overall growth, eating behavior, etc?

      We have added information on more general phenotypes of the mice, including litter size, birth weights, and weights at 3 and 8 weeks of age.  We have also performed a metabolic analysis of WT****** mice at 8 months of age.  Overall, there are no striking differences in the WT* mice in these broad phenotypic measures, and also no indication that a smaller litter size or larger birthweight are the drivers of our observed hepatic abnormalities.

      (2) When analyzing the small RNAs, the authors mentioned that they have mapped the reads aging rRNAs. This should have resulted in the identifications of many rRNA-derived small RNAs (rsRNAs). The authors should also perform analyses on the differential expression of rsRNAs in this context. Both tsRNAs and rsRNAs has been shown to be involved in epigenetic inheritance (at least in sperm) (Nat Cell Biol 2018, PMID: 29695786).

      In the oocyte small RNA data, we did not notice many differences in either piRNAs or rRNAs between either the WT and KO oocytes, or the WT and WT** oocytes.  The most significant differences by far were in miRNA and tsRNA.  We have added that we do not see any differences in rRNAs.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      To support your conclusion, you should include the following Data/experiments:

      (1) In the abstract, you wrote "Our results demonstrate that ancestral mutation in Khdc3 can produce transgenerational inherited phenotypes". The full phenotypic description of the phenotype (weight at birth, 3-weeks, 8weights old, phenotype of the liver...) of each progeny should carefully described/analyzed.

      Female KHDC3-deficient mice showed reduced fertility with smaller litter. Given the fact that litter size influences early growth and adult physiology (DOI: 10.1016/j.cmet.2020.07.014), all the metabolic effects observed in the paper could be the result of the litter size. Information about the litter size should be provided. Without this information, it is difficult to evaluate the non-genetic impact of KHDC3 mutation on the metabolism of the progenies.

      We have added information on more general phenotypes of the mice, including litter size, birth weights, and weights at 3 and 8 weeks of age (Figure 3). We have also performed a metabolic analysis of WT****** mice at 8 months of age.  Overall, there were no striking differences in the WT* mice in these broad phenotypic measures, and also no indication that a smaller litter size or larger birthweight are the drivers of our observed hepatic abnormalities.

      We have also added a new figure in order to examine the mechanism of transmission of our observed transcriptional abnormalities (Figure 5).  By transferring serum from WT* mice into wild type recipients, we observe alterations to hepatic gene expression, suggesting that serum-based molecules are driving the altered non-genetic factors in the oocyte.  This lends further support to the conclusion that the observed changes in WT* mice are from inherited germ cell abnormalities (informed by somatic metabolic abnormalities and communicated via blood), and not a consequence of litter sizes or growth rates.

      (2) In addition to the lack of phenotypic information of the progenies, the DEG for the small RNA-seq should be filtered on padj(FDR)<0.05 and not on pvalue<0.05. In Figure 4a, the legend is missing.

      We did not alter the filtering on the small RNA-Seq data.  We are not focusing on any specific small RNA, rather we are stating that these groups (miRNA, tsRNA) of small RNAs are dysregulated; accordingly we believe that using pval is not inappropriate in this circumstance.  The analysis was performed similarly to 4 cell embryo RNA-Seq performed by Harris et al, Cell Reports (PMID 38573852).

    1. Számlatípus kód„O” – Own“M” – Omnibus“N” – Normal“C” – Client

      KELER kód : "0"- Tőzsdei "1"- Egyedi "2"- Összevont "4" Tőzsdei szegregált

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, the authors present data on the supposed composition of pulmonary surfactant obtained from bronchoalveolar lavages (BALs) of a small cohort of dolphins, a group of them suffering from pneumonia. The lipid compositional differences of the sample group are consistent with the different pathological situations of the specimens, suggesting that differences in surfactant composition are somehow associated (as a cause or as a consequence) with the particular pathophysiological contexts. It is particularly remarkable that an increase in cardiolipins and plasmalogens appears as an abnormal composition in pathological surfactants. The study is completed by analyzing the differences in membrane properties (order, packing, phase) of abnormal versus "control" membranes, concluding that pneumonia in dolphins is associated with a significant alteration of surfactant membranes that become more rigid, packed and thicker than those in surfactant from animals with no lung disease.

      In general terms, the data provided are of interest as they somehow offer a framework of effects that may extend what is known about alterations of composition, biophysical properties and functional performance of pulmonary surfactant as a consequence of respiratory pathologies. A collection of pertinent biophysical methodologies (fluorescence, X-ray scattering, AFM) have been applied to complete a full characterization of membrane properties in the different samples.

      However, they way the samples have been processed, i.e. by making organic extracts of hydrophobic (lipid and protein) components before surfactant membranes have been purified or at least, separated from bulk lavage, open the question of how much of the altered composition is actually occurring in surfactant or comes from other membranes (from cells, bacteria) that have been completely intermixed as a consequence of the organic extraction. Without an appropriate surfactant membrane obtention, the results of the study should be taken with caution and await confirmation. Specific questions that need to be considered include:

      (1) As said, the direct organic extract of BAL samples ends in a full mix of lipid and protein components that in origin could be part of different membranes, either from different surfactant assemblies, or even from pulmonary cells or membrane debris, or microorganisms, collected within the lavage. Obtaining conclusions about the structure and properties of membranes artefactually reconstituted from such lipid and protein mixtures is far from correct.

      It is mentioned that "subsequentially" to the organic extraction, the samples were subjected to ultracentrifugation to separate debris and membrane cells. I do not see what the ultracentrifugation is going to change if it is done after the organic extraction. It should have been done before the extraction, for the organic solvents to solubilize exclusively the large, and relatively light, surfactant membrane complexes.

      On the other hand, the ulterior reconstitution of the obtained full lipid mixture surely ends in membrane assemblies whose compositional distribution and organization may differ significantly from those in the original membranes.

      Taking all this into account, statements such as "These aggregate forms reproduce the expected membrane microstructures observed in native alveolar hypophase" or "pulmonary membranes can be successfully extracted and reconstituted from BALs of Navy dolphins" are simply not true and should be rephrased.

      One can understand that the limitation of material may make it difficult to obtain first the purified surfactant membranes and then their organic extract. However, the limitation should be acknowledged to make the readers clear that the actual compositional effects caused in surfactant by pneumonia need confirmation.

      (2) In some of the experiments, i.e. in the AFM characterization, supported membranes were prepared by the spray-dry method applied to organic solutions. Again, the spray-dry of organic lipid solutions ends in a lipid dispersion that may be very far from the real organization of the lipids in actual surfactant membranes.

      (3) When stated that phospholipid concentrations are greater in BAL from pinnipeds than in humans, how has the actual concentration been determined? BAL volumes are typically subjected to large variations depending on the conditions used to obtain the lavage (including volume of saline instilled, level of atelectasia in the lung tissue, presence of inflammation and edema, etc). If total amounts of phospholipids in BAL are to be compared, certain normalization procedures should be applied, such as for instance, with respect to the urea concentration in serum.

      (4) All the differences regarding membrane phase and lipid order/packing have been interpreted in terms of the potential coexistence of Lbeta (gel)/Lalpha (liquid crystalline) phases. However, it has been well established that in lipid systems containing cholesterol, such as pulmonary surfactant, phase coexistence can actually be of the type liquid-ordered (Lo)/liquid-disordered (Ld), very different in terms of mobility and true molecular order. Why do the authors consider that Lbeta is the phase observed in the surfactant membranes they have reconstituted? The presence of round-shaped domains seems to indicate that a liquid/liquid phase segregation is actually occurring.

      (5) In the same line as the previous comment, the authors state that SAXS shows that bovine-extracted pulmonary membranes exhibit a coexistence of two lamellar phases, one rich in unsaturated lipids and one in saturated lipids. SAXS and WAXS cannot provide compositional information, but structural parameters such as membrane thickness, or molecular order. This should be clarified.

      (6) It is mentioned that the surfactant monolayer at the air-liquid interface is interconnected to tubular membranous structures (tubular myelin, TM). It is true that TM, when present, appears interconnected with the interface. However, it is widely recognized that there are many other structures connected with the interfacial film, including multilamellar membrane arrays or reservoirs that have not been mentioned here. Furthermore, TM is not required for surfactant function, because it is absent, for instance, in mice lacking expression of surfactant protein SP-A, which can breathe perfectly.

      (7) In the Discussion, the authors mention that "...after squeeze-out, the excluded multilayers remain closely associated with the interfacial monolayer rather than escaping into the subphase". The authors may like to complete this discussion by specifying that the stable association of excluded assemblies with the interfacial film is actually possible thanks to the surfactant proteins.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work extends a previous recurrent neural network model of activity-silent working memory to account for well-established findings from psychology and neuroscience suggesting that working memory capacity constraints can be partially overcome when stimuli can be organized into chunks. This is accomplished via the introduction of specialized chunking clusters of neurons to the original model. When these chunking clusters are activated by a cue (such as a longer delay between stimuli), they rapidly suppress recently active stimulus clusters. This makes these stimulus clusters available for later retrieval via a synaptic augmentation mechanism, thereby expanding the network's overall effective capacity. Furthermore, these chunking clusters can be arranged in a hierarchical fashion, where chunking clusters are themselves chunked by higher-level chunking clusters, further expanding the network's overall effective capacity to a new "magic number", 2^{C-1} (where C is the basic capacity without chunking). In addition to illustrating the basic dynamics of the model with detailed simulations (Figures 1 and 2), the paper also utilizes qualitative predictions from the model to (re-)analyze data collected in previous experiments, including single-unit recordings from human medial temporal lobe as well as behavioral findings from a classic study of human memory.

      Strengths:

      The writing and figures are very clear, and the general topic is relevant to a broad interdisciplinary audience. The work is strongly theory-driven, but also makes some effort to engage with existing data from two empirical studies. The basic results showcasing how chunking can be achieved in an activity-silent working memory model via suppression and synaptic augmentation dynamics are interesting. Furthermore, we agree with the authors that the derivation of their new "magic number" is relatively general and could apply to other models, so those findings in particular may be of interest even to researchers using different modeling frameworks.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Very important aspects of the model are assumed / hard-coded, raising the concern that it relies too much on an external controller, and that it would therefore be difficult to implement the same principles in a fully behaving model responsible for producing its own outputs from a sequence of stimuli (i.e., without a priori knowledge of the structure of incoming sequences).

      (i) One such aspect is the use of external chunking cues provided to the model at critical times to activate the chunking clusters. The simulations reported in the paper were conducted in a setting where signals to chunk are conveniently indicated by longer delays between stimuli. In this case, it is not difficult to imagine how an external component could detect the presence of such a delay and activate a chunking cluster in response. However, in order for the model to be more broadly applicable to different memory tasks that elicit chunking-related phenomena, a more general-purpose detector would be required (see further comments below and alternative models).

      (ii) Relatedly, and as the authors acknowledge in the discussion, the network relies on a pretty sophisticated external controller that decides when the individual chunking clusters are activated or deactivated during readout/retrieval. This seems especially complex in the hierarchical case. How might a network decide which chunking/meta-chunking clusters are activated/deactivated in which order? This was hard-coded in their simulations, but we imagine that it would be difficult to implement a general solution to this problem, especially in cases where there is ambiguity about which stimuli should be chunked, or where the structure of the incoming sequence is not known in advance.

      (iii) One of the central mechanisms of the model is the rapid synaptic plasticity in the inhibitory connections responsible for binding chunking clusters to their corresponding stimulus clusters. This mechanism again appears to have been hard-coded in the main simulations. Although we appreciate that the authors worked on one possible way that this could be implemented (Methods section D, Supplementary Figure S2), in the end, their solution seems to rely on precisely fine-tuning the timing with which stimuli are presented - a factor that seems unlikely to matter very much in humans/animals. This stands in contrast with models of working memory that rely on persistent activity, which are more robust to changes in timing. Note that we do not discount the possibility of activity-silent WM, and indeed it should be studied in its own right, but it is then even more important to highlight which of its features are dependent on the time constants, etc.

      (2) Another key shortcoming of this work is its limited direct engagement with empirical evidence and alternative computational accounts of chunking in WM. Although the efforts to re-analyze existing empirical results in light of the new predictions made by the model are commendable, in the end, we think they fall short of being convincing. As noted above, the model doesn't actually perform the same two tasks used in the human experiments, so direct quantitative comparisons between the model and human behavior or neural data are not possible. Instead, the authors rely on isolating two qualitative predictions of the model - the "dip" and "ramp" phenomena observed after a chunking cluster is activated (Figure 3), and the new magic number for effective capacity derived from the model in the case where stimuli are chunkable, which approximately converges with human recall performance in a memory study (Figure 4). Below, we highlight some specific issues related to these two sets of analyses, but the larger point is that if the model is making a commitment about how these neural mechanisms relate to behavioral phenomena, it would be important to test if the model can produce the behavioral patterns of data in experimental paradigms that have been extensively used to characterize those phenomena. For example, modern paradigms characterizing capacity limits have been more careful to isolate the contributions of WM per se (whereas the original magic number 7 is now thought to reflect a combination of episodic and working memory; see Cowan 2010). There are several existing models that more directly engage with this literature (e.g., Edin et al., 2009; Matthey et al., 2015; Nassar et al., 2018; Soni & Frank, 2025; Swan & Wyble, 2014; van den Berg et al., 2014; Wei et al., 2012), some of which also account for chunking-related phenomena (e.g., Wei et al, 2012; Nassar et al., 2018; Panichello et al., 2019; Soni & Frank, 2025). A number of related proposals suggest that WM capacity limits emerge from fundamentally different mechanisms than the one considered here - for example, content-related interference (Bays, 2014; Ma et al., 2014; Schurgin et al., 2020), or limitations in the number of content-independent pointers that can be deployed at a given time (Awh & Vogel, 2025), and/or the inherent difficulty of learning this binding problem (Soni & Frank, 2025). We think it would be worth discussing how these ideas could be considered complementary or alternatives to the ones presented here.

      (i) Single unit recordings. We found it odd that the authors chose to focus on evidence from single-unit recordings in the medial temporal lobe from a study focused on episodic memory. It was unclear how exactly these data are supposed to relate to their proposal. Is the suggestion that a mechanism similar to the boundary neurons might be operative in the case of working memory over shorter timescales in WM-related areas such as the prefrontal cortex, or that their chunking mechanism may relate not only to working memory but also to episodic memory in the medial temporal lobe?

      (ii) N-gram memory experiment. Our main complaint about the analysis of the behavioral data from the human memory study (Figure 4) is that the model clearly does not account for the main effect observed in that study - namely, the better recall observed for higher-order n-gram approximations to English. We acknowledge that this was perhaps not the main point of the analysis (which related more to the prediction about the absolute capacity limit M*), but it relates to a more general criticism that the model cannot account for chunking behavior associated with statistical learning or semantic similarity. Most of the examples used in the introduction and discussion are of this kind (e.g., expressions such as "Oh my God" or "Easier said than done", etc.). However, the chunking mechanism of the model should not have any preference for segmenting based on statistical regularities or semantic similarity - it should work just as well if statistical anomalies or semantic dissimilarity were used as external chunking cues. In our view, these kinds of effects are likely to relate to the brain's use of distributed representations that can capture semantic similarity and learn statistical regularities in the environment. Although these kinds of effects may be beyond the scope of this model, some effort could be made to highlight this in the discussion. But again, more generally, the paper would be more compelling if the model were challenged to simulate more modern experimental paradigms aimed at testing the nature of capacity limits in WM, or chunking, etc.

      (iii) There are a number of other empirical phenomena that we're not sure the model can explain. In particular, one of the hallmarks of WM capacity limits is that it suffers from a recency bias, where people are more likely to remember the most recent items at the expense of items presented prior to that (Oberauer et al 2012). [There are also studies showing primacy effects in addition to recency effects, but the primacy effects are generally attributed to episodic rather than working memory - for example, introducing a distractor task abolishes the recency but not primacy effect]. But the current model seems to make the opposite prediction: when the stimuli exceed its base capacity, it appears to forget the most recent stimuli rather than the earliest ones (Figure 1d). This seems to result from the number of representations that can be reactivated within a cycle and thus seems inherent to the dynamics of the model, but the authors can clarify if, instead, it depends on the particular values of certain parameters. (In contrast, this recency effect is captured in other models with chunking capabilities based on attractive dynamics and/or gating mechanisms - eg Boboeva et al 2023; Soni & Frank (2025)). Relatedly, we're not sure if the model could account for the more recent finding that recall is specifically enhanced when chunks occur in early serial positions compared to later ones (Thalmann, Souza, Oberauer, 2019).

    1. Stap 1: Politiebureau en cellencomplex

      1. Het Proces op het Politiebureau

      **Identificatie: ** Gebeurt volledig geautomatiseerd (biometrie/paspoort).

      Opsluiting: Mag maximaal 6 dagen (inverzekeringstelling is max 2x 3 dagen).

      Kritiek: Cellen zijn traumatisch voor kinderen. De RSJ adviseert daarom: max 24 uur opsluiten en sneller verhoren.

      2. Rollen & Rechten

      Advocaat: Is verplicht. Heeft eigen bevoegdheden en mag beslissingen nemen, zelfs als ouders het er niet mee eens zijn.

      Ouders: Hebben het recht om bij het verhoor te zijn.

      Bewijs: Rapporten van hulpverleners (Jeugdzorg/artsen) gelden niet als wettig bewijs.

      3. Theorie (Beccaria)

      **Doelen: ** Speciale preventie (dader leert ervan) vs. Algemene preventie (signaal naar samenleving).

      Beginselen:

      **Proportionaliteit: ** Zo min mogelijk leed toevoegen (straf moet in verhouding staan). ** Subsidiariteit: ** De lichtste straf kiezen die nog effect heeft.

      4. Het Grote Dilemma (Juridisch vs. Pedagogisch) Er is een spanning tussen het opvoeden en het strafproces:

      Pedagogisch: Je wilt dat een kind leert van zijn fouten (speciale preventie).

      Juridisch: Als je vrijspraak wilt, is het strategisch vaak slim om niet mee te werken of te zwijgen.

      Gevolg: Dit zorgt voor wrijving. De advocaat zit er tussenin: moet hij gaan voor het beste juridische resultaat (vrijspraak/zwijgen) of voor het pedagogische effect (meewerken/verantwoordelijkheid nemen)?

      **5. Theorie van Galanter ** Naast Beccaria wordt ook Galanter genoemd. Hij maakt onderscheid tussen twee soorten verdachten:

      **One-shotters: ** Mensen die eenmalig of zelden met justitie in aanraking komen.

      **Repeat players: ** Mensen die vaak met de politie te maken hebben (draaideurcriminelen).

      De advocaat en rechter moeten rekening houden met dit verschil in hun aanpak en beslismodel. ** 6. De Wetboeken Het jeugdstrafrecht** staat niet in één boekje, maar is verspreid over twee belangrijke wetboeken:

      Wetboek van Strafvordering: De regels over het proces (arrestatie, verhoor, etc.).

      Wetboek van Strafrecht: De regels over de straffen en feiten.

      Belangrijk: Deze regels gelden voor minderjarigen (<18), maar soms ook voor jongvolwassenen (>18).

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study addresses the encoding of forelimb movement parameters using a reach-to-grasp task in mice. The authors use a modified version of the water-reaching paradigm developed by Galinanes and Huber. Two-photon calcium imaging was then performed with GCaMP6f to measure activity across both the contralateral caudal forelimb area (CFA) and the forelimb portion of primary somatosensory cortex (fS1) as mice perform the reaching behavior. Established methods were used to extract the activity of imaged neurons in layer 2/3, including methods for deconvolving the calcium indicator's response function from fluorescence time series. Video-based limb tracking was performed to track the positions of several sites on the forelimb during reaching and extract numerous low-level (joint angle) and high-level (reach direction) parameters. The authors find substantial encoding of parameters for both the proximal and distal parts of the limb across both CFA and fS1, with individual neurons showing heterogeneous parameter encoding. Limb movement can be decoded similarly well from both CFA and fS1, though CFA activity enables decoding of reach direction earlier and for a more extended duration than fS1 activity. Collectively, these results indicate involvement of a broadly distributed sensorimotor region in mouse cortex in determining low-level features of limb movement during reach-to-grasp.

      Strengths:

      The technical approach is of very high quality. In particular, the decoding methods are well designed and rigorous. The use of partial correlations to distinguish correlation between cortical activity and either proximal or distal limb parameters or either low- or high-level movement parameters was very nice. The limb tracking was also of extremely high quality, and critical here to revealing the richness of distal limb movement during task performance.

      The task itself also reflects an important extension of the original work by Galinanes and Huber. The demonstration of a clear, trackable grasp component in a paradigm where mice will perform hundreds of trials per day expands the experimental opportunities for the field. This is an exciting development.

      The findings here are important and the support for them is solid. The work represents an important step forward toward understanding the cortical origins of limb control signals. One can imagine numerous extensions of this work to address basic questions that have not been reachable in other model systems.

      Collectively, these strengths made this manuscript a pleasure to read and review.

      Thank you!

      Weaknesses:

      In the last section of the results, the authors purport to examine the representation of "higher-level target-related signals," using the decoding of reach direction. While I think the authors are careful in their phrasing here, I think they should be more explicit about what these signals could be reflecting. The "signals" here that are used to decode direction could relate to anything - low-level signals related to limb or postural muscles, or true high-level commands that dictate only what movement downstream motor centers should execute, rather than the muscle commands that dictate how. One could imagine using a partial correlation-type approach again here to extract a signal uncorrelated with all the measured low-level parameters, but there would still be all the unmeasured ones. Again, I think it is still ok to call these "high-level signals," but I think some explicit discussion of what these signals could reflect is necessary.

      Thank you for this excellent suggestion. We have followed both pieces of the reviewer’s advice. First, we performed the suggested analysis, partialing off the kinematics then performing target classification on the residuals. This is now Figure 6S1. The analysis revealed the presence of target-related information in the neural activity after subtracting off all linear correlations with kinematics, supporting our claims that higher-level information is present in both populations. The exact timing of classifier performances varied substantially across mice, potentially due to differences in reach-to-grasp strategy, kinematic tracking fidelity, and exact spatial locations of each recorded FOV. Following the second suggestion, we have made the relevant text more careful. We now conclude simply that higher-level signals, meaning those signals that are largely unrelated to forelimb joint angle kinematics, are present but with variable timing and strengths in each area. That text now reads:

      “Target decoding performance could result from truly higher-level signals that code abstractly for target location, or alternatively could be supported by strong encoding of kinematic variables that differed between targets. To disambiguate these possibilities, we refit the linear classifier to neural data after regressing off variance related to the joint angle kinematics. The strength and exact time course of the resulting target decoding varied somewhat across animals, but the earliest portion of target decoding performance persisted in all animals after the removal of kinematics and performance remained stronger for M1-fl than S1-fl (Fig. 6S1B). We thus conclude that higher-level signals are present in both areas, but differ in their exact timing and strength. However, we note that other possible signals, such as postural changes, could not be controlled for here.”

      Related to this, I think the manuscript in general does not do an adequate job of explicitly raising the important caveats in interpreting parametric correlations in motor system signals, like those raised by Todorov, 2000. The authors do an expert job of handling the correlations, using PCA to extract uncorrelated components and using the partial correlation approach. However, more clarity about the range of possible signal types the recorded activity could reflect seems necessary.

      This is an important point, and our text could have unintentionally misled readers. We have now attempted to make this point explicit in the Discussion and in the Results for Figure 6. This Discussion text now reads:

      “Moreover, as is widely known (Todorov 2000), the exact role of these kinematically-related signals is challenging to determine from correlative measures alone; thus, determining whether these signals are used for direct movement control or instead indirectly reflect control performed elsewhere is left as a topic for future work.”

      The manuscript could also do a better job of clarifying relevant similarities and differences between the rodent and primate systems, especially given the claims about the rodent being a "first-class" system for examining the cellular and circuit basis of motor control, which I certainly agree with. Interspecies similarities and differences could be better addressed both in the Introduction, where results from both rodents and primates are intermixed (second paragraph), and in the Discussion, where more clarity on how results here agree and disagree with those from primates would be helpful. For example, the ratio of corticospinal projections targeting sensory and motor divisions of the spinal cord differs substantially between rodents and primates. As another example, the relatively high physical proximity between the typical neurons in mouse M1 and S1 compared to primates seems likely to yoke their activity together to a greater extent. There is also the relatively large extent of fS1 from which forelimb movements can be elicited through intracortical microstimulation at current levels similar to those for evoking movement from M1. All of these seem relevant in the context of findings that activity in mouse M1 and S1 are similar.

      We understand two points to address here. The first point is that we needed to be more careful to attribute previous results as being from the rodent vs. monkey. We agree. We have now revised several parts of the paper to make these distinctions clearer. The second point is about the potential benefit of a thorough review of the many ways in which primate and rodent sensorimotor systems differ. We entirely agree that this could be useful for the field. However, this is a sizable endeavor and doing it full justice is beyond what we know how to fit in the space allotted for framing our results here. We therefore sought a compromise, acknowledging how our results correspond to existing results in the primate without exhaustively accounting for how they differ. Future work will be necessary to more carefully disambiguate whether species-specific differences are due to biomechanical, neurological, ethological, or as-of-yet undetermined sources. We have incorporated your final specific points about what could produce similar information in M1 and S1 into the Discussion.

      “This may simply be a consequence of widely distributed representations of movement across mouse cortex (Musall et al. 2019; Steinmetz et al. 2019; Stringer et al. 2019), including forelimb somatosensory areas, or may be a consequence of the close physical proximity of M1-fl and S1-fl hindering development of functionally distinct representations (Tennant et al. 2011).”

      In addition, there are a number of other issues related to the interpretation of findings here that are not adequately addressed. These are described in the Recommendations for improvement.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Grier, Salimian, and Kaufman characterize the relationship between the activity of neurons in sensorimotor cortex and forelimb kinematics in mice performing a reach-to-grasp task. First, they train animals to reach to two cued targets to retrieve water reward, measure limb motion with high resolution, and characterize the stereotyped kinematics of the shoulder, elbow, wrist, and digits. Next, they find that inactivation of the caudal forelimb motor area severely impairs coordination of the limb and prevents successful performance of the task. They then use calcium imaging to measure the activity of neurons in motor and somatosensory cortex, and demonstrate that fine details of limb kinematics can be decoded with high fidelity from this activity. Finally, they show reach direction (left vs right target) can be decoded earlier in the trial from motor than from somatosensory cortex.

      Strengths:

      In my opinion, this manuscript is technically outstanding and really sets a new bar for motor systems neurophysiology in the mouse. The writing and figures are clear, and the claims are supported by the data. This study is timely, as there has been a recent trend towards recording large numbers of neurons across the brain in relatively uncontrolled tasks and inferring a widespread but coarse encoding of high-level task variables. The central finding here, that sensorimotor cortical activity reflects fine details of forelimb movement, argues against the resurgent idea of cortical equipotentiality, and in favor of a high degree of specificity in the responses of individual neurons and of the specialization of cortical areas.

      Thank you!

      Weaknesses:

      It would be helpful for the authors to be more explicit about which models of mouse cortical function their results support or rule out, and how their findings break new conceptual ground.

      We appreciate this feedback and have attempted to make these details clearer through changes to the Introduction and Discussion. One key change is noted below:

      “The presence of detailed kinematic signals in the sensorimotor cortex supports a model of mouse sensorimotor cortex in which M1-fl and S1-fl play a strong role in shaping the fine details of reaching and grasping movements.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      In addition to the weaknesses noted above, I suggest the authors also address the following:

      The last results section is generally lacking in statistical support for claims. Statistical support should be added.

      Thank you for pointing this out, we have added more statistical support to this section.

      The consideration in the Discussion of relevant previous findings and potential explanations for the distal limb signals in mouse sensorimotor cortex is somewhat lacking. There are several specific issues:

      (1) In contrast to the present study, the studies cited in regards to a lack of motor cortical involvement did not involve dexterous movements - in fact, Kawai et al. explicitly engineered a task that did not involve dexterity to distinguish the role of motor cortex in learning from its known role in dextrous movement execution. In Kawai et al., the authors note one rat who adopted a more dexterous approach to the lever pressing task; in this rat, a motor cortical lesion did cause a longer-lasting reduction in task performance. In additional experiments reported in Kawai's PhD thesis, performance of a dextrous task does erode with motor cortex lesion, as seen in other studies, like the early rodent reaching work of Whishaw and colleagues.

      (2) Other possible explanations for the persistence of non-dexterous tasks following motor cortical removal are compensation by, or redundant functionality in, other motor system regions.

      (3) It is also worth noting that stimulation in different regions of mouse M1 and S1 evokes alternately, digit, wrist, and elbow movements in fairly similar proportions (Tennant, 2011), suggesting that descending pathways substantially target spinal circuits that control all forelimb joints.

      (4) It also seems relevant that although the recovery time course is longer, nonhuman primates also retain substantial hand control after motor cortical removal (e.g. Lashley, 1925; Glees and Cole, 1950; Passingham et al., 1983). Humans of course, appear to be a different story.

      These are good points. We have tried to make the Discussion better reflect the tension in the literature, including with this new text:

      “However, several other previous results have indirectly suggested that M1 and S1 may be involved in the details of forelimb movement. Performance suffers with inactivation or lesioning of M1 and S1 in skilled, complex manual behaviors (Guo et al 2015, Mizes et al 2024, Whishaw et al 1990) or idiosyncratic use of digits to accomplish non-dexterous tasks (Kawai 2014). The sparing of non-dexterous tasks with these lesions may also reflect redundancy in control as opposed to irrelevance of M1 and S1. Nevertheless, our finding of low-level kinematic information in sensorimotor cortex supports a role for cortex beyond simply providing redundant high-level commands to these subcortical areas.”

      We have avoided mentioning points 3 and 4 in the paper; the stimulation results might follow from activating projections not normally involved in this behavior, and discussing primates in this context would require a long list of caveats. We agree that these points are worth thinking about, but are concerned that they are too circumstantial to include in interpreting the results formally.

      Although similar decoding performance is achieved using neurons from both CFA and fS1, I am left wondering whether you would do substantially better with CFA using activity at additional preceding time points, or when using exclusively time points from the past. The primary model used here appears to use neural signals from corresponding time points to decode limb parameters, but results seemingly could be different when using preceding time points as regressors.

      We appreciate this suggestion and have added the analysis to an additional supplementary panel for Figure 5 (Figure 5S3). Incorporating lags into the decoder via a Wiener filter does indeed improve the decoding performance, but this could simply be due to the increase in the number of predictor variables. This analysis did not, however, further disambiguate M1-fl and S1-fl: the performance improvement was similar across areas for both causal and acausal lag configurations. This could be a consequence of the time resolution of calcium imaging, so further experiments with electrophysiology would be required to rule this possibility out. We now note this new result:

      “Including additional causal (-100 ms preceding) and/or acausal (-100 ms preceding to 100 following) lags improved decoding performance modestly and similarly for both areas (Fig. 5S3E-F).”

      Related to this, I am also worried about the bleeding of signals across time here. If you deconvolve and interpolate between time points, the interpolation seemingly will pull information into the past, up to half the sampling period, which here is on the order of how long it takes signals to travel to and from the limb. The authors do not make any inappropriate claims about the neural signals here reflecting causes or consequences of what is happening at the limb, but readers (like me) will still try to draw these sorts of conclusions. Is it possible that, although decoding from instantaneous signals is similar for the two regions, the M1 signals are actually motor signals related to future limb state while the S1 signals are sensory consequences? Even if many of the relevant details related to conduction times are not known, perhaps the authors could clarify what can and can't be said related to causal interpretation here.

      Thank you for suggesting further explanation here. We agree that our interpretation could be made more specific. We have added text in the Discussion section to speak more directly to what can and cannot be concluded from our analyses. In short, it is hard to be certain of lags in calcium imaging data for many reasons, and using recording methods with finer temporal resolution (like electrophysiology) will be necessary for determining the precise temporal relationships between kinematics and neural activity. In the absence of these recordings, we limit our claim to kinematic information being present in M1-fl and S1-fl neural activity and leave determining the causal role of this information to future work.

      New clarifying text in the Discussion:

      “The use of calcium imaging further prevents strong conclusions about whether activity reflects future limb states or sensory consequences. Confirming this limitation, inclusion of lagged data in the decoding models, whether causal or acausal, resulted in similar performance changes in both areas.”

      An alternative reason why lift onset is less decodable in CFA is that CFA activates substantially before lift onset, as has been observed in previous rodent studies (Kargo and Nitz, 2004; Miri et al., 2017; Veuthey et al., 2020), perhaps as some sort of movement preparation. S1, on the other hand, may not have this early activity, and so may show a clearer transient at onset when the hand and limb start to move. This seems more likely than the explanations provided by the authors.

      This is a valid possible alternative explanation and we have updated the Discussion to reflect this. This difference in the structure of M1-fl activity versus S1-fl is apparent in the projections of Figure 6A, which show M1-fl projections more clearly aligned to cue-onset than S1-fl projections.

      “Our lift time decoding results are consistent with this view and align with recent observations characterizing mouse proprioceptive forelimb cortex, (Alonso et al 2023), although an alternative explanation may be simply that M1-fl activates earlier than S1-fl during reaching (Kargo and Nitz 2004; Miri et al 2017; Veuthey et al 2020).”

      To better clarify relevant similarities and differences between the rodent and primate systems, the Introduction could include some of these similarities and differences exposed by the literature currently cited, and the Discussion could include an additional paragraph specifically relating findings here to previous observations in the primate.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s thoughtfulness on possible framings of our results. When writing this paper, framing was a major challenge for us and we drafted quite a few versions of the Introduction including some that focused more on mouse-primate comparison. In the end, we decided the most critical function of the Intro was to set up our central question, of “levels-of-sensorimotor-control”. The rich primate literature was valuable here, but getting into a protracted compare-and-contrast exercise quickly became a distraction from the point. Further, we sought to highlight the relevance and importance of the question answered in our work as the mouse has gained prominence for filling gaps that are challenging to address with primates. This paper serves as one of many early steps towards the ultimate goal of revealing general properties of sensorimotor cortical function with the mouse model. We have made some subtle changes to the Introduction that we hope will more clearly communicate this narrative. 

      We agree that a Discussion paragraph directly relating our results to those in primates would benefit our conclusions and have added one:

      “These results expand our understanding of the rodent sensorimotor system and highlight similarities to nonhuman primates. We show here evidence in mice of detailed joint angle kinematic signals from the full forelimb in M1 and S1, as has been shown in macaque cortex during tasks involving reaching and grasping objects (Vargas-Irwin et al. 2010; Saleh et al. 2010, 2012; Goodman et al. 2019; Okorokova et al. 2020). Additionally, the earlier onset of movement-related activity in M1-fl compared to S1-fl is similar to macaque M1 and S1 (Tanji and Evarts 1976). Taken together these results suggest that the mouse can be employed to address questions traditionally explored in primates about how cortical activity encodes detailed movement commands.”

      Although this is outside the scope of the present study, it would be interesting to image descending projection neurons to see what signals are conveyed downstream, and to what targets. Some signals observed in layer 2/3 may not be strongly reflected in descending projections.

      We agree that recording from descending projection neurons in this task would be of deep interest – and also agree that these experiments are beyond the scope of the present study. We look forward to performing these additional experiments in future work.

      Minor:

      (1) The use of "CFA" and “fS1” is a bit confusing. S1, like M1, is defined primarily based on histological criteria, while CFA is defined by intracortical microstimulation. CFA contains a substantial fraction of fS1, seemingly most of it based on the maps shown in Tennant et al., 2011. This is not really a criticism, as the field has not reached any sort of consensus on this nomenclature yet.

      We are similarly unhappy with the inconsistency of the terminology in the field, and struggled with how not to make it worse.  After much debate and consultation with colleagues, we decided to use “M1” and “S1” to evoke the century of literature on these areas; and “-fl” to indicate forelimb because it is more intuitive than “-ul” and avoids using the illegible “-ll” for hindlimb (relevant to our subsequent paper). For what we called M1-fl, we recorded where we did because anecdotally we saw similar responses across that swath; but note that this definition is also consistent with the definition of “MOp-ul” found with multimodal mapping by

      Munoz-Castaneda (2021), which extends a little anteriorly of MOp as defined by the Allen CCF. As the field continues to mature, we hope future work can converge on a set of shared terms.

      (2) Page 4: "Inactivations and lesions of M1 and S1 have shown that M1 is required for the execution of dexterous reach-to-grasp movements" - to me, earlier work from Whishaw and colleagues deserves to be cited here.

      We appreciate the suggestion and have updated the references in this section to better reflect the prior work from Whishaw and other researchers.

      (3) Page 5: "evoking sufficient trial-to-trial variability to avoid model overfitting." - what I think the authors are referring to here is a particular kind of "overfitting," the consequence of not exploring the full movement space, as opposed to model overfitting from issues with the model-fitting method itself. Rather than just saying overfitting, the authors could be clearer about what they are referring to.

      The reviewer is right; the phenomenon we intended to refer to is not properly termed overfitting. Specifically, we meant that data with restricted range does not necessarily express global structure, and models can therefore incorrectly fit them. For example, fitting a linear model to data including many periods of a sine wave will correctly show a zero-slope linear component, but fitting to only a portion of a single cycle will typically yield a nonzero slope. This is not overfitting, is not exactly underfitting (because the relevant structure is barely present in the data, as opposed to missed by an insufficiently powerful model), is not bias (the data are fit well), and is not even necessarily a problem (the local relationship may be what you are interested in). Yet, it does not reflect the larger structure of the data.

      We do not know of a standard term for this phenomenon, so instead of dragging the reader through this tangential argument, we have tried to offer a simpler motivation for using multiple targets:

      “Assessing the relationship between neural activity and the details of movement requires striking a balance between achieving repeatable behavior and evoking sufficient trial-to-trial variability to broadly sample movement space”.

      (4) Page 5: Caudal Forelimb Area should not be capitalized.

      Obviated with the change in area nomenclature.

      (5) Page 7: "of linearly independent degrees of freedom" - for a neuroscience audience, I think it is better to explicitly mention that the resulting PCs are uncorrelated.

      We agree that this section could benefit from clarification. We have attempted to provide additional nuance to indicate what the analysis was intended to test.

      “Despite the strong coupling between the proximal and distal joint angles, rich variation remained in the action of different joints over time. The presence of strong correlations across joints suggested that the kinematics may be well described by a smaller number of independent degrees of freedom than the total number of recorded angles. To assess the number of linearly independent (uncorrelated) degrees of freedom amongst the 24 joint angles and velocities, we used double-cross-validated PCA (Yu et al. 2009); Methods; Fig. 3D), finding intermediate dimensionalities of 7 (median for joint angles) and 10 (velocities; Fig. 3E). This is consistent with the idea that joint angles across the limb are coordinated instead of controlled independently, and that this coordination is flexible enough over time to enable accurately performing reaching and grasping to different targets.”

      (6) Page 7: In the Results, the authors should mention what indicator is being used, the imaging frame rate, and summarize briefly how cells were defined.

      Thank you for the suggestion, these details have been added to the relevant results section for clarity.

      “To do so, we recorded neural activity from neurons in layer 2/3 M1-fl extending into the immediately adjacent secondary motor cortex (M2), and the forelimb region of S1 (S1-fl) using two-photon calcium imaging of GCaMP6f-expressing neurons in layer 2/3 (185-230 μm deep, imaged at 31 Hz, cells extracted with Suite2p (Pachitariu et al 2017)).”

      (7) Page 7: "corrected at n=2" - n doesn't typically refer to the number of tests, so for clarity I would say "corrected for dual tests."

      Thank you for pointing this out, we have corrected the text and added additional explanation in the methods for our approach to determining statistical significance across the targets and locking events.

      “P-values obtained through the ZETA were then Bonferroni corrected for dual tests when measuring the number of cells modulated to a given event and corrected for six tests (2 targets and 3 events) when measuring the overall number of modulated cells.”

      (8) Page 7: In the Results, when the decoding is introduced, it would be helpful to have a few details without having to hunt through the Methods. For example, were things regularized, how was cross-validation handled, etc?

      Thank you for the suggestion, these details have been added to the relevant results section for clarity.

      A simple linear regression model related the single-trial joint angles at all time points to single-trial neural activity at the corresponding moments. The model was fit with ridge regression, the ridge penalty was determined via a heuristic (Karabatsos 2018), and performance was measured on held-out trials (80/20 train/test split, 50 folds).

      (9) Page 8: I think it is worth noting how much mouse reaching involves shoulder rotation as opposed to movement in other joints, as this seems very different from primates.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We think this is mostly a task difference: our mice were in a quadrupedal stance, whereas monkeys are typically asked to reach from a sitting position. We now mention this in the Results. 

      “Reaching evoked particularly large rotation of the shoulder, likely because the mice reached from a quadrupedal position to targets on either side of the snout.”

      (10) Page 8: Should provide quantification to clarify what is meant by "closely tracked."

      We have updated the text to indicate that this claim was meant to be qualitative, and to more clearly highlight that the interest here is the first demonstration of the ability to reconstruct valid forelimb postures from decoded joint angles in the mouse. Quantifying the reconstruction properly would require substantially more manual data labeling, and the successful decoding itself demonstrates indirectly that the reconstructions are good enough to obtain the results of interest.

      Additionally, we reconstructed the skeletal representation of the forelimb from the decoded joint angles and found that, as intended, the reconstructed postures had strong qualitative resemblance to the true postures, even of “minor” angles like cylindrical paw deformation or digit splay (Fig. 5C,G).

      (11) Page 8: "Overall, these results suggest that instantaneous movement-related signals are similarly distributed across CFA and fS1." - I know we are being succinct here, but this sentence sounds like a non sequitur in the context of this paragraph - perhaps include a conclusion from the results in this paragraph first, then summarize the whole section.

      Thank you for the suggestion, we have updated this text to more clearly conclude the results of this section.

      Overall, these results reveal that neural activity in M1-fl and S1-fl is closely related to the kinematic details of reach-to-grasp movements. The ability to decode substantial variance in proximal and distal joints suggests that this relationship extends to the entire forelimb and the similar performance obtained from each area suggests that this information is similarly distributed across M1-fl and S1-fl. 

      (12) Page 10: Mention of projections from fS1 does not explicitly specify their preferential targeting of the dorsal horn, which seems relevant.

      We appreciate the suggestion and have added this detail to the text.

      Rodent S1-fl is known to influence interneuron populations in the spinal cord through direct and indirect projections that predominantly target the dorsal horn (Ueno et al. 2018), thus these signals may also reflect S1-fl’s important role in modulating reflex circuits to coordinate sensory feedback with movement generation (Moreno-López et al. 2016; Moreno-Lopez et al. 2021; Seki et al. 2003).

      (13) Page 31: Labels on the figure indicating what blue and red stand for would be helpful.

      Thank you for the suggestion, labels have been added to indicate left and right trials for Figure 5 C/F and Figure 6A.

      (14) Page 32: Legend does not include panel D.

      Thank you for catching this, the corresponding caption has been added.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The Introduction could perhaps set the central question in starker relief. What specifically do the authors mean by high- vs low-level control? As suggested by the cited studies, this has been a fraught issue in primate work for decades, and I think a finer-grained framing of alternative hypotheses would help set up the results. For example, would better performance at decoding joint angles than paw position be evidence for lower-level control? The clarity of the Introduction might also be improved if the facts and unknowns were broken down by species throughout.

      We have tried to further improve the focus of the Introduction on the central question, clarify what we mean, and make clearer in the review of the literature which species a finding comes from.

      The clarifying text from the introduction is quoted below:

      Extensive motor mapping experiments in rodents have revealed that activating different parts of the sensorimotor cortex evokes movements of different body parts or different kinds of movements of the same body part, as it does in primates (for review, see (Harrison and Murphy 2014)). Yet it is unclear how the topography of stimulation-evoked movements relates to the roles of these areas during volitional actions. Perturbations during behavioral tasks in mice involving forelimb lever or reaching movements have provided a coarse-level understanding of how these areas contribute during behavior. Inactivations and lesions of M1 and S1 have shown that M1 is required for the execution of dexterous reach-to-grasp movements (Guo et al. 2015; Sauerbrei et al. 2020; Galiñanes et al. 2018; Wang et al. 2017; Whishaw et al. 1991; Whishaw 2000) and that S1 is essential for adapting learned movements to external perturbations of a joystick (Mathis et al. 2017). However, spinal cord projections from mouse M1 and S1 primarily target spinal interneurons rather than directly synapsing onto motor neurons (Gu et al. 2017; Ueno et al. 2018; Wang et al. 2017), suggesting cortical activity might play a more modulatory role. Further, stimulation of brainstem nuclei alone can evoke naturalistic forelimb actions, including realistic reaching movements involving coordinated flexion and extension of the proximal and distal limb (Esposito et al. 2014; Ruder et al. 2021; Yang et al. 2023). Taken together, these results have raised the question of what role mouse M1 and S1 play in the control of goal-directed forelimb movements. 

      One route to answering this question involves characterizing the signals present in mouse M1 and S1 during movement. If mouse M1 and S1 were to control only high-level aspects of forelimb movements, activity should be dominated by ‘abstract’ signals like target location and reflect little trial-to-trial variability in reach kinematics. If instead M1 and S1 control low-level movement features then activity should correlate strongly with forelimb joint angle kinematics and their trial-to-trial variation when reaching to different targets. While the presence of high- or low-level signals in a cortical area does not necessarily imply that they are causally responsible for these aspects of movement, characterizing what signals are present serves as a first step toward determining how these areas relate to movement.

      (2) The kinematics and calcium traces appear to be highly stereotyped across trials. If the population encodes joint angles, would one expect to find correlations between the neural and kinematic residuals after subtraction of the time-varying means? Some additional analysis and/or discussion on this point would be helpful, especially as there are only two targets.

      This is a great idea. As suggested, we implemented regression models on the residuals for each target in the new Figure 5S3. Figure 5S3 A and B show the performance when decoding the residuals for right trials and C and D show performance for left trials. Decoding remained well above chance, despite shrinking down due to predicting this relatively small within-target variation. This analysis supports our claims from the main regression models in Figure 5 and 5S1-2, and also suggests that movements ipsilateral to the reaching limb (contralateral to the recording hemisphere) may be better encoded than movements contralateral to the reaching limb. We have added a reference to this additional residual analysis in the final paragraph of the decoding section of the Results section:

      “Finally, we tested whether the ability to decode these many joint angles was a direct consequence of inter-joint correlations, and might not be indicative of the presence of “real” information about some of these joints. To do so, we fit partial correlation models that removed correlations between proximal and distal joints, or removed correlations of the joint angles with a high-level parameter – the overall distance of the paw centroid to the spout. Despite substantially lowering the behavioral variance, in each case the residuals could still be decoded from neural activity (Fig 5S2A-D). Similar decoding performance for M1-fl and S1-fl was obtained from models fit to decode single-trial residuals separately for left and right trials (Fig 5S3A-D), indicating that trial-to-trial variations on each basic movement were decodable from these populations.”

      Along similar lines, binary classification is used to characterize cue-, lift-, and contact-responsive neurons. Is it possible to exploit trial-to-trial variation in the cue-lift and lift-contact latencies to extract the time-varying marginal effects of each event (e.g., using a GLM)?

      For the detection of single-cell modulations by different events, we have elected to retain our simple statistical test to determine modulation; in our experience, encoding models typically involve a surprising number of steps to get them to do what you actually intend. We leave more extensive encoding model-style analysis to future work, currently in progress.

      (3) The authors mention prior studies suggesting that the control of some forelimb tasks can be gradually transferred from the cortex to the subcortical centers. Have they performed the inactivation at different time points across learning, and if so, do they have evidence for a diminishing effect over time (e.g., blocking of both initiation and coordination early in training)? In addition, the effects of motor cortex inactivation are similar to, but slightly different from, effects shown in reaching tasks in prior studies. Some additional discussion on this point would be useful.

      Our inactivation experiments in this study were intended to coarsely demonstrate the involvement of mouse forelimb sensorimotor cortex in our task. We have not performed the inactivations over learning and leave such experiments to future work. 

      We agree that a little more clarity relating our results to previous ones was warranted. Previous studies (Guo et al. 2015 and Galinanes et al. 2018) have demonstrated inactivation impacts on similar tasks, but for thoroughness we sought to show the same for our task as it varied from the pellet and motorized water spout tasks in both training time and target configurations. Our results are strongly in line with those of Galinanes et al. 2018 which used a fairly similar water spout target configuration. In the inactivation experiments of that paper, 3 out of 13 animals with initiation-triggered inactivations were able to initiate reaching within a time window similar to control trials. Additionally, a proportion of trials across multiple mice proceeded with little perturbation from the inactivations. This is consistent with our observation that M1-fl inactivations may either abolish movement initiation or allow movement initiation but impair task completion on a trial-by-trial and animal-to-animal basis. Further work is required to determine what factors influence these differential responses to inactivation and to determine how these effects differ across task variations (i.e., pellet vs water spout). We have added a brief description of these nuances to the text for clarity. 

      “These inactivations blocked the execution of the reach to grasp sequence, preventing the animal from making contact with the spout during the 3-second laser stimulation period (Fig. 1F; 86.5% control trials with contact within 3 seconds of cue, 5.1% inactivation trials with contact, P < 10<sup>-191</sup>, Mann-Whitney U test, 2 mice, 495 stimulation trials). Interestingly, inactivation at the time of cue often did not prevent reach initiation (mouse 1: 54.7%, mouse 2: 34.2% of inactivation trials with lift within 3 seconds; 93.5%, 86.2% control trials). Yet the movement stalled once the paw and digits extended towards the spout, producing uncoordinated and unsuccessful reaching trajectories (Fig. 1I, two representative datasets). Taken together, these results support the involvement of M1-fl in the water-reaching task and suggest that the strength of inactivation effects may depend on specific task details like training time or target configuration (c.f. Galinanes et al. 2018).”

      Minor points

      (1) The rationale for the multiple comparisons procedure in identifying event-locked responses should be explained in more detail. If I understand correctly, the authors are not correcting for comparisons across ROIs, but instead control the family-wise error rate across brain regions and event types (dividing alpha by two or six). Why not instead control the false discovery rate across ROIs? 

      Thank you for pointing this out, it was confusing as written and we received a similar comment from Reviewer 1. We have fixed the wording now to make it clearer why we did this. We simply aimed to describe how many of the recorded neurons in each area were modulated by the task as a proxy for the engagement of these areas during the behavior, and to use this measure of modulation as a criterion for including the neuron in subsequent analysis. In other words, if the question had been “are any neurons in this area modulated by the task?” then correcting for the number of ROIs would be the correct method; but if the question is, “is this neuron probably modulated and therefore worth including in my decoder?” correcting for the number of ROIs will typically be much too conservative. Thus, we only sought to correct for the false discovery rate across events and targets for each ROI. We have added additional text in the methods to clarify these choices, below. Please also see response to (7) from Reviewer 1 above.

      “Note that we did not correct for the number of ROIs tested for two reasons. First, the goal of this testing was to serve as a criterion for inclusion in subsequent decoding analyses, not to determine whether any neurons in the area at all were modulated; and second, correcting for the number of ROIs would bias comparison between areas if different numbers of ROIs were recorded in one area vs. the other.”

      (2) It appears joint angles are treated as linear variables in the decoding analysis; is this correct? This seems reasonable as long as the range of motion is not too large, but the authors might briefly comment on the issue in the Methods. 

      Yes, all joint angles are treated as linear variables in the linear regression model. We observed empirically (as can be seen in Figure 3B and Figure 5B/F) that the joint angle variables were relatively constrained to specific ranges during the task, with no angles displaying substantial wrap-around during the reaching and grasping movements. It is true that use of nonlinear decoding would almost surely improve performance further. Future work could also compare decoding of joint angles with muscle forces, which correlate and which we made no effort to distinguish here. In this work, though, the demonstration of a substantial relationship between neural activity and kinematics already tells us that fine details of movement are present in the M1 and S1-fl populations, which is a critical fact to understand these areas and was not previously known. We now comment explicitly on this, as suggested.

      “Joint angle or velocity kinematics were linearly interpolated from their original 6.66 ms to 10 ms and smoothed with a Gaussian (15 ms s.d.). These angular variables were then treated linearly in decoding analyses as their ranges were relatively constrained during the reaching and grasping movements; although the true relationships are likely nonlinear, this serves as a sufficient approximation to demonstrate the presence of a relationship between neural activity and kinematics.”

      (3) Are the limb pose estimates mirrored along the mediolateral axis? Figures 1C and 2D appear to show reaches to the left spout on the animal's right.

      Thank you for pointing out the ambiguity in the display of these data. The reach trajectories were not mirrored along the mediolateral axis, but they are displayed from the perspective of the behavioral imaging cameras as shown in Figure 1A. Thus the right target reaches (ipsilateral to the animal’s reaching arm) are on the left side of the camera image and the left target reaches (contralateral to the animal’s reaching arm) are on the right side of the image. We have clarified this in the figure captions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Wang et al. studied an old, still unresolved problem: Why are reaching movements often biased? Using data from a set of new experiments and from earlier studies, they identified how the bias in reach direction varies with movement direction and movement extent, and how this depends on factors such as the hand used, the presence of visual feedback, the size and location of the workspace, the visibility of the start position and implicit sensorimotor adaptation. They then examined whether a target bias, a proprioceptive bias, a bias in the transformation from visual to proprioceptive coordinates and/or biomechanical factors could explain the observed patterns of biases. The authors conclude that biases are best explained by a combination of transformation and target biases.

      A strength of this study is that it used a wide range of experimental conditions with also a high resolution of movement directions and large numbers of participants, which produced a much more complete picture of the factors determining movement biases than previous studies did. The study used an original, powerful and elegant method to distinguish between the various possible origins of motor bias, based on the number of peaks in the motor bias plotted as a function of movement direction. The biomechanical explanation of motor biases could not be tested in this way, but this explanation was excluded in a different way using data on implicit sensorimotor adaptation. This was also an elegant method as it allowed the authors to test biomechanical explanations without the need to commit to a certain biomechanical cost function.

      Overall, the authors have done a good job mapping out reaching biases in a wide range of conditions, revealing new patterns in one of the most basic tasks, and the evidence for the proposed origins is convincing. The study will likely have substantial impact on the field, as the approach taken is easily applicable to other experimental conditions. As such, the study can spark future research on the origin of reaching biases.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed my concerns convincingly. The inclusion of the data on movement extent, and the comparison with the data and explanation of Gordon et al. (1994), has strengthened the paper, as it shows that the proposed model can also explain biases in movement extent. I also appreciate the addition of the mathematical analysis, although I suspect that this analysis can be developed further to yield more detailed insights into the conditions under which the 1-, 2- and 4-peaked patterns arise, but that is a more suitable question for follow-up work.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work examines an important question in the planning and control of reaching movements - where do biases in our reaching movements arise and what might this tell us about the planning process. They compare several different computational models to explain the results from a range of experiments including those within the literature. Overall, they highlight that motor biases are primarily caused errors in the transformation between eye and hand reference frames. One strength of the paper is the large numbers of participants studied across many experiments. However, one weakness is that most of the experiments follow a very similar planar reaching design - with slicing movements through targets rather than stopping within a target. This is partially addressed with Exp 4. This work provides a valuable insight into the biases that govern reaching movements. While the evidence is solid for planar reaching movements, further support in the manner of 3D reaching movements would help strengthen the findings.

      Strengths:

      The work uses a large number of participants both with studies in the laboratory which can be controlled well and a huge number of participants via online studies. In addition, they use a large number of reaching directions allowing careful comparison across models. Together these allow a clear comparison between models which is much stronger than would usually be performed.

      Comments on revisions:

      I thank the authors for all the additions to the manuscript, which has addressed my concerns.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      General recommendations (from the Reviewing Editor):

      The reviewers agreed that addressing some specific concerns would improve the clarity of the paper and the strength of the conclusions. These points are listed below, and described in more detail in the reviewer-specific 'Recommendations for Authors':

      We thanks the editor and reviewers for the encouraging feedback and constructive comments. We provide our point-by-point response below.

      (1) The details of the new experiment including number of subjects and a description of the analysis should be provided in the main text.

      We now provide a detailed description of the methods (including the number of subjects; N = 30) and analyses for the new experiment. See our response to Reviewer 2 for more details.

      (2) It would be informative to see how the amplitude biases observed, agree with those found by Gordon et al. 1994.

      Addressed. Please see our response to Reviewer 1, comment 1.

      (3) Each of the models lead to different bias patterns. It would be very helpful to hear the author's interpretation, ideally with a mathematical explanation, of what leads to these distinct patterns.

      Addressed. Please see our response to Reviewer 1, comment 2.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Most of my points have been addressed convincingly in this revision. The new experiment in which also biases in movement amplitude were determined is a welcome addition to the paper. However, I could not see the results of this study, as the authors did not include Fig. 4 in the manuscript, but repeated Fig. 3. That's unfortunate as I would have like to see the similarity between the biases in direction and amplitude. Moreover, I would have liked to see how the amplitude biases agree with those found by Gordon et al. EBR (1994) 99:112-130, and to which extent Gordon et al.'s explanation can explain the pattern.

      We apologize for including the incorrect figure in the previous version of our manuscript. We did make a correction and submitted a corrected version, but it appears that it didn’t make its way to you. The correct Figure 4 is now in the manuscript.

      The motor biases in amplitude (extent) observed in Experiment 4 (Author response image 1) are qualitatively similar to the pattern reported by Gordon et al. 1994. While the exact peaks do not match perfectly, both datasets show a two-peaked pattern.

      Gordon et al. (1994) attributed the bias in amplitude to direction-dependent variation in movement speed which, in their view, arise from anisotropies in limb inertia. Specifically, moving the upper arm along its quasiorthogonal direction (i.e., rotation about the elbow) requires lower effective inertia than moving parallel to the upper-arm axis. Given the arm posture in both datasets, the upper limb points toward ~135°/315°, with the orthogonal direction corresponding to ~45°/225°. The two-peaked speed profiles in both our data Author response image 1 and Gordon et al. are consistent with this prediction.

      Author response image 1.

      Gordon et al (1994) noted that, while the extent bias function should mirror the speed bias function, the motor planning system might proactively compensate for the speed bias. Indeed, while the extent and speed bias functions are roughly aligned in their study, the two are misaligned in our Experiment 4. For example, the speed function peaks around 45° which corresponds to a valley in the extent bias function. The difference between their data and ours could be due to a difference in the starting point configuration. However, their model predicts alignment of the speed and extent functions independent of starting point configuration. In contrast, the TR+TG model does predict our observed extent bias function and yields predictions about how this should change with different start point configurations. As such, while heterogeneity in movement speed may contribute to extent bias to some degree, we think the transformation bias and visual-target bias likely play a larger role in determining the amplitude bias observed extent bias at movement endpoint.

      We have added a discussion section about the bias function reported by Gordon et al. (1994) and their account in the manuscript (lines 482-493). We do not repeat it here, as the content largely overlaps with the response above.

      (2) One of the most important new insights from this study is that the three single-source models lead to different bias patterns, with 1, 2 or 4 peaks. However, what I miss in the paper is an intuitive explanation why they do so. Now, the models are described and their predictions are shown, but it remains unclear where these distinct patterns come from. As scientists, we want to understand things, so I would very much appreciate if the authors can provide such an intuitive explanation, for instance using a mathematical proof. That could also identify how general these patterns are, or if there are certain requirements for them to occur (such as a certain shape of the transformation bias).

      Note that the closed-form mathematical expression for the motor bias function is not straight forward. As such, the intuition comes primarily from inspection, that is, the model simulations themselves, what we show Figure 1 of the paper. Importantly, the model predictions are insensitive to the parameter values over a reasonable range. Thus, the number of peaks predicted by each model is a core distinguishing feature. We present in the Supplementary Results a formalized mathematical analysis to illustrate how different models produce different numbers of peaks in the movement-bias function.

      (3) I think it's a good idea to change the previous "Visual Bias" into a "Target Bias". This raises the question whether the "Prioprioceptive Bias" should not be changed into a "Hand Bias" or "Start Bias"?

      While we appreciate the reviewer’s point here, we prefer the term “Proprioceptive Bias” given that this term has been used in the literature and provides a contrast with sources of bias arising from vision. “Hand Bias” and "Start Bias” seem more ambiguous.

      L51: I think "would fall short" should be replaced by "would overshoot".

      L127: I think "biased toward the vertical axis" should be replaced by "biased away from the vertical axis". Figure 3 still contains the old terminology like T+V. Please replace by the new terminology. L255: Replace "Exp 1a" by "Exp 1b".

      L376: Replace 60 by 6.

      L831-2: I hope the summed LL was maximized, not minimized.

      Thanks for catching the typos. We have corrected all of them.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I think that Experiment 4 does not mention how many participants performed the study. (Only in the response to the reviewers I found this)

      We have added information regarding the number of participants in the Fig 4 (N=30).

      I am very happy that the authors added the biomechanical simulation into the paper. I am not convinced that this addressed my concerns exactly but it is an excellent addition and the authors have now adjusted the text appropriately.

      We appreciate the positive response to our additional assessment of biomechanical factors. We welcome any additional information on how we might fully address this issue.

      line 826: extend -> extent

      Corrected.

      Figure 4. I think that the authors have put the wrong figure here. I cannot see any data for extent. I would need to see this figure (or please correct me - but the caption doesn't match the figure and I don't see the results clearly. (I think the review might have the correct figure).

      We apologize for this mistake. We now provided the correct Figure 4 in the paper (also included in the first page of the response letter).

      I am missing the detailed description on when the direction error and distance error were calculated for exp 4 - and what exactly was used? How did the authors examine the values without correction? What time point was used? Did I miss the analysis section for this?

      Participants were instructed to make fast, straight movement without any corrections and were given up to 1 s to complete the movement. Hand position was recorded once the movement speed dropped below 1 cm/s. On 99.8% of trials, movement speed did not increase once this threshold was passed, indicating that the participants adhered to the instructions. On the remaining trials, we detected a secondary corrective movement (increase in speed >5 cm/s). On these trials, we used the position recorded when the movement speed initially dropped below 1 cm/s as the endpoint position. The pattern of results would be the same were we to exclude these trials.

      This information has been added to the Methods section (line 661-666).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate the determinants of population-level cell size variability, quantified via the coefficient of variation, in budding yeast populations. Using a combination of computational modeling and experimental readouts, they conclude that mother-daughter division asymmetry is the dominant factor shaping the coefficient of variation of cell size. In particular, through parameter sensitivity analysis of the Chandler-Brown model and empirical perturbations, the authors show that size-control mutations have limited effects on CV, whereas modulating mother-daughter asymmetry, by changing the growth environment, produces substantially larger shifts.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study addresses a fundamental question in biophysics, i.e., what are the mechanisms that produce and maintain population size heterogeneity?

      (2) It provides a conceptual reconciliation for previous observations that size-control mutants often alter mean size but not CV.

      (3) The modeling framework is clearly explained and compared to the data.

      (4) The parameter sensitivity analysis is thoughtfully performed and provides transparent intuition about which parameters influence variability.

      (5) The writing is clear, and the figures are well-organized.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The work focuses on the Chandler-Brown model, so it is not clear to what extent the conclusions depend on it. A sensitivity or robustness check using an alternative model would strengthen generality.

      (2) CV is the sole descriptor used to quantify heterogeneity; while this is an efficient descriptor, it must be handled with care when used on experimental data, as it may vary due to differences in the chosen observables (e.g., if size is identified via cell volume, length, area, number of proteins, etc.) instead of real differences in the distribution.

      (3) The experimental validation using varied nutrient conditions is interesting; however, the statistical significance of the found correlations should be provided/discussed.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The Drosophila wing disc is an epithelial tissue, the study of which has provided many insights into the genetic regulation of organ patterning and growth. One fundamental aspect of wing development is the positioning of the wing primordia, which occurs at the confluence of two developmental boundaries, the anterior-posterior and the dorsal-ventral. The dorsal-ventral boundary is determined by the domain of expression of the gene apterous, which is set early in the development of the wing disc. For this reason, the regulation of apterous expression is a fundamental aspect of wing formation.

      In this manuscript, the authors used state-of-the-art genomic engineering and a bottom-up approach to analyze the contribution of a 463 base pair fragment of apterous regulatory DNA. They find compelling evidence about the inner structure of this regulatory DNA and the upstream transcription factors that likely bind to this DNA to regulate apterous early expression in the Drosophila wing disc.

      Strengths:

      This manuscript has several strengths concerning both the experimental techniques used to address the problem of gene regulation and the relevance of the subject. To identify the mode of operation of the 463 bp enhancer, the authors use a balanced combination of different experimental approaches. First, they use bioinformatic analysis (sequence conservation and identification of transcription factors binding sites) to identify individual modules within the 463 bp enhancer. Second, they identify the functional modules through genetic analysis by generating Drosophila strains with individual deletions. Each deletion is characterized by looking at the resulting adult phenotype and also by monitoring apterous expression in the mutant wing discs. They then use a clever method to interfere in a more dynamic manner with the function of the enhancer, by directing the expression of catalytically inactive Cas9 to specific regions of this DNA. Finally, they recur to a more classical genetic approach to uncover the relevance of candidate transcription factors, some of them previously known and others suggested by the bioinformatic analysis of the 463 bp sequence. This workflow is clearly reflected in the manuscript, and constitutes a great example of how to proceed experimentally in the analysis of regulatory DNA.

      We thank the reviewer for these positive comments on the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      There are several caveats with the data that might be constructed as weaknesses, some of them are intrinsic to this detailed analysis or to the experimental difficulties of dealing with the wing disc in its earliest stages, and others are more conceptual and are offered here in case the authors may wish to consider them.

      (1) The primordium of the wing region of the wing imaginal disc is defined by the expression of the gen vestigial, which is regulated by inputs coming from the dorsal-ventral boundary (Notch and wg) and from the anterior-posterior boundary (Dpp). Having such a principal role in wing primordium specification and expansion, I am surprised that this manuscript does not mention this gene in the main text and only contains indirect references to it. I consider that the manuscript would have benefited a lot by including vestigial in the analysis, at least as a marker of early wing primordium. This might allow us to visualize directly the positioning of the primordium in the apterous mutants generated in this study, adding more verisimilitude to the interpretations that place this domain based on indirect evidence.

      Vg does indeed play a critical role on the formation of the wing disc, and it is an ideal marker for the identification of the wing pouch. In the updated version of the article, we have now followed the expression of vg in some of the OR463 mutants via immunostaining of the Vg protein (Supplementary Figure 6). Cells within posterior wing outgrowths in Δm1flies were invariably positive for Vg. This result further supports our previous identification of these cells as pouch cells. In those mutants in which no cross-over between DV and AP was observed, vg expression was severely reduced or absent, indicating that the wing pouch had not been specified. We thank the reviewer for this experimental idea, which we believe strengthens the final manuscript.

      We have added to the text:

      “To identify the nature of the posterior outgrowths, we performed anti-Vestigal (Vg) antibody staining of Δm1 mutants (Supplementary Figure 6). Vg is a key regulator of wing specifications and also participates in wing growth and patterning (Baena-Lopez & García-Bellido, 2006; Kim et al., 1996; Zecca & Struhl, 2007a). In those discs, in which the stripe was extended and the P compartment was enlarged, Vg was detected throughout the outgrowth, supporting the wing pouch identity of this region (Supplementary Figure 6B). Hemizygous Δm3 mutants presented a highly reduced anti-Vg signal, which suggests that no wing pouch is specified in these mutants (Supplementary Figure 6C).”

      (2) The authors place some emphasis on the idea that their work addresses possible coordination between setting the D/V boundary and the A/P boundary:

      Abstract: "Thus, the correct establishment of ap expression pattern with respect to en must be tightly controlled", "...challenging the mechanism by which apE miss-regulation leads to AP defects." "Detailed mutational analyses using CRISPR/Cas revealed a role of apE in positioning the DV boundary with respect to the AP boundary"

      Introduction: "However, little is known about how the expression pattern of ap is set up with respect that of en. In other words, how is the DV boundary positioned with respect to the AP boundary?"

      "How such interaction between ap and the AP specification program arises is unknown."

      Results: "Some of these phenotypes are reminiscent of those reported for apBlot (Whittle, 1979) and point towards a yet undescribed crosstalk between ap early expression and the AP specification program."

      At the same time, they express the notion, with which this reviewer agrees, that all defects observed in A/P patterning arising as a result of apterous miss-regulation are due to the fact that in their mutants, apterous expression is lost mainly in the posterior dorsal compartment, bringing novel confrontations between the A/P and the D/V boundaries.

      To me, the key point is why the expression of apterous in different mutants of the OR463 enhancer affects only the posterior compartment. This should be discussed because it is far from obvious that apterous expression has different regulatory requirements in the anterior and posterior compartments.

      We agree with the reviewer that the differential effect of the mutations on the expression of ap in the A and P compartment is a key factor underlying our explanation of how the phenotypes arise. To clarify this point, we have now extended our first discussion point. Moreover, we have included some other references of differential enhancer regulation in different wing disc compartments. In addition, we have discussed whether this effect has to do with the different regulation of the enhancer in the A and P compartment or due to regulation of downstream effectors.

      Added paragraph:

      “Although apE is active throughout the dorsal compartment, its disruption leads to a preferential loss of ap expression in posterior cells. The asymmetric effect of apE perturbation on the anterior and posterior compartments suggests that apE transcriptional control is not equivalent across the A/P axis. Compartment-dependent differences in enhancer regulation have also been documented in other developmental contexts; for example, the Distal-less DMX-R element is interpreted through distinct cofactor combinations (Sloppy paired anteriorly and Engrailed posteriorly) (Gebelein et al., 2004), and specific mutations within DMX-R preferentially disrupt enhancer function in anterior versus posterior cells. It is possible that apE is more sensitive to misregulation due to differential transcriptional regulation across compartments. Nevertheless, we cannot exclude the possibility that the posterior bias we observe arises not from enhancer logic per se, but from intrinsic differences in tissue architecture or the dynamics of boundary positioning during wing disc development.”

      (3) The description of gene expression in the wing disc of novel apterous mutants is only carried out in late third instar discs (Figs. 2, 3, 5, and 7). This is understandable given the technical difficulties of dealing with early discs, as those shown in the analysis of candidate apterous regulatory transcription factors (Fig. 4F, Fig. 6 C-D). However, because the effects of the mutants on apterous expression are expected to occur much earlier than the time of expression analysis, this fact should be discussed.

      We agree with the reviewer regarding the limitations of our analysis whenever we analyzed third instar larvae to assess the expression of the OE463 enhancer. We have included a statement in which this is mentioned in the discussion:

      “It is important to acknowledge that all expression analyses were conducted in third-instar discs, a stage that follows the initial establishment of ap expression. Earlier effects are therefore inferred rather than directly observed, as imaging and staging of early discs present significant technical challenges due to their small size and fragility. A direct observation of the early wing disc across mutant conditions would likely help to clarify the role of the discovered factors during early ap expression.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In their manuscript, "Transcriptional control of compartmental boundary positioning during Drosophila wing development," Aguilar and colleagues do an exceptional job of exploring how tissue axes are established across Drosophila development. The authors perform a series of functional perturbations using mutational analyses at the native locus of apterous (ap), and perform tissue-specific enhancer disruption via dCas9 expression. This innovative approach allowed them to explore the spatio-temporal requirements of an apterous enhancer. Combining these techniques allowed the authors to explore the molecular basis of apterous expression, connecting the genotypes to the phenotypical effects of enhancer perturbations. To me, this paper was a beautiful example of what can be done using modern drosophila genetics to understand classic questions in developmental biology and transcriptional regulation.

      In sum, this was a rigorous paper bridging scales from the molecular to phenotypes, with new insight into how enhancers control compartmental boundary positioning during Drosophila wing development.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for its positive and encouraging comments, as well as for the careful review of the manuscript and figures. We have adapted most of the suggestions in the new manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript, authors use the Drosophila wing as a model system and combine state-ofthe-art genetic engineering to identify and validate the molecular players mediating the activity of one of the cis-regulatory enhancers of the apterous gene involved in the regulation of its expression domain in the dorsal compartment of the wing primordium during larval development.

      (1) The authors raise two very important questions in the Introduction: (1) who is locating the relative position of the AP and DV boundaries in the developing wing, and (2) who is responsible for the maintenance of the apterous expression domain late in larval development. None of these two questions have been responded to and, indeed, the summary of the work (as stated in the conclusions of the last paragraph of the Introduction) does not resolve any of these questions.

      We believe the results presented, together with those added during the revision, shed some on the positioning of the boundary. We proposed that the combined integration of four TFs by the OR463 enhancer is fundamental for the correct positioning. Additionally, we proposed a model on how these positioning problems result in the phenotypes observed (Supplementary figure 7, now also shown in Figure 2D). Our results indicate that ap expression in the PD quadrant is particularly sensitive to mutations in the enhancer, which we have now further elaborated on in the first part of the discussion. Together, we believe that our results do tackle the first problem posed in the introduction, while not completely solving them. As for the second question, we have tried to remove any suggestions that this article tries to explain later regulation of apterous. Probably this misunderstanding arises from a sentence in the introduction which has now been deleted. The means of the maintenance of ap expression in later stages has been partially explored previously (See Bieli et al 2015) and it is subject of our current studies.

      (2) The authors have identified two different regions whose deletions give very interesting phenotypes in the adult wing (AP identify change & outgrowths, and loss of wing), and have bioinformatically identified and functionally verified 4 TFs that mediate the activity of these regions by their capacity to phenocopy the wing phenotype. While identification of the 2 TFs acting on the m1 is incremental with respect to previous work on the identification of the enhancer responsible for the early expression of Ap, identification of Antp and Grn does not explain the loss of function phenotype of the m3 enhancer. Does any of these results shed any light on the first two Qs? Do these results explain the compartment boundary position in the wing as stated in the title? Expression of lacZ reporter assays is fundamental to demonstrate their model of Figure 8. The reduction of the PD compartment is difficult to understand by the sole reduction in ap expression in this region (which has not been demonstrated).

      We agree that the identification of Antp and Grn does not by itself explain the loss-of-function phenotype of the m3 enhancer. However, these transcription factors represent the best current candidates for direct regulators for this enhancer. We have clarified in the text that Antp and Grn may not act as instructive inputs but rather play a permissive role in enabling ap expression through m3. Importantly, the dCas9-mediated perturbation experiments directly demonstrate that targeted manipulation of apE in this region is sufficient to produce the characteristic duplications, providing functional evidence that apE activity underlies the observed phenotypes. In addition, lacZ reporter assays confirm that apE expression is indeed affected in all cases where the experimental setup permitted detection. Together, these results validate that the observed morphological phenotypes stem from perturbation of apE activity and support the proposed model for enhancer regulation and its role in compartment boundary maintenance.

      (3) The authors state in one of the sections "Spatio-temporal analysis of apE via dCas9 ". No temporal manipulation of gene activity is shown. The authors should combine GAL4/UAs with the Gal80ts to demonstrate the temporal requirements of Antp/Grn and Pnt/Hth as depicted in their model of Figure 8.

      We agree with the reviewer that the temporal dimension was not explored in the first version of the manuscript (aside of the temporal constrains of en-Gal4 driver). As suggested by the reviewer, we have now used a tub-Gal80ts allele to temporally control the enhancer perturbation and delimit its window of activity. The results are included in two new panels in the figure 3 (H and H’). The new data agrees with the notion that apE enhancer is important up to L2 stages but dispensable later in development. We have added the following paragraph to the text:

      “To define the developmental time window during which the apE enhancer remains sensitive to repression, we combined the temperature-sensitive tub-Gal80<sup>ts</sup> system with temporally controlled expression of dCas9. Animals carrying the en-Gal4, tub-Gal80<sup>ts</sup>, UAS-dCas9 and U6-OR463gRNA(4x) transgenes were maintained at 18 °C to suppress dCas9 expression. Independent sets of embryos were then shifted to 29 °C at successive developmental intervals ranging from 0 to 168 h after egg laying (AEL), so that dCas9 induction occurred at distinct time points in development (Figure 3H). Under these conditions, dCas9 transcription was induced only after the temperature shift, while the gRNAs were expressed constitutively. Wing phenotypes were quantified in adult progeny as a readout of apE enhancer perturbation. When dCas9 was expressed from embryonic or early larval stages (0–48 h AEL), nearly all wings (70–90%) displayed severe ap-like phenotypes, including posterior compartment duplication and loss of anterior–posterior boundary integrity. Shifting animals later (48–72 h AEL) still produced a majority (~66%) of abnormal wings, whereas induction after 72 h AEL resulted in progressively weaker effects and complete loss of phenotypes by 96 h AEL (Figure 3H’).

      These results delineate the developmental period during which apE activity is required for proper wing patterning. Perturbation during the first half of the second larval instar (≤ 96 h at 18 °C) was sufficient to elicit strong ap-like transformations, consistent with the enhancer being functionally required during early larval stages and becoming dispensable thereafter. The temporal decline in phenotype penetrance thus reflects the progressive loss of apE sensitivity to dCas9-mediated repression, providing a precise estimate of when its activity is no longer required for wing morphogenesis.”

      (4) The authors have not managed to explain the AP phenotype. Thus, this work opens many unresolved questions and does not resolve the title, which is a big overstatement. Thus, strengths (technically excellent), weakness (there is not much to learn about wing development and apterous regulation from these results besides the incremental identification of 4 additional TFs mediating the regulation of ap expression by their ability to phenocopy regulatory mutations of the apterous gene).

      As mentioned in response to reviewer 1, we have indeed no concrete explanation  for why the P compartment seems more sensitive to mutations. We have now further discussed this point (see below paragraph, now included in  the discussion). As for how the adult phenotypes arise from the mutant wing discs, we have a good idea (see Supplementary figure 7 and Figure 2). 

      We are pleased to hear that the reviewer considers our article technically valuable. Therefore, we have reformulated the title such as the technical merits play a bigger role in it:

      ”in situ mutational screening and CRISPR interference demonstrate that the apterous Early enhancer is required for developmental boundary positioning”

      Paragraph added to the discussion:

      " Although apE is active throughout the dorsal compartment, its disruption leads to a preferential loss of ap expression in posterior cells. The asymmetric effect of apE perturbation on the anterior and posterior compartments suggests that apE transcriptional control is not equivalent across the A/P axis. Compartment-dependent differences in enhancer regulation have also been documented in other developmental contexts; for example, the Distal-less DMX-R element is interpreted through distinct cofactor combinations (Sloppy paired anteriorly and Engrailed posteriorly) (Gebelein et al., 2004), and specific mutations within DMX-R preferentially disrupt enhancer function in anterior versus posterior cells. It is possible that apE is more sensitive to misregulation due to differential transcriptional regulation across compartments. Nevertheless, we cannot exclude the possibility that the posterior bias we observe arises not from enhancer logic per se, but from intrinsic differences in tissue architecture or the dynamics of boundary positioning during wing disc development.”

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Formatting of references should be checked throughout the manuscript

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Here, I note a few points that would help clarify the manuscript and connect it with a broader community.

      Figure 1: it could help the reader to add the landing site genetic scheme to the main figure.

      In a first draft that was exactly the original configuration, but after comparing both versions we determined that the presence of the landing site removes a bit of the focus of the phenotypes.

      Figure 1: what species were used for the conservation alignment? Further details would be nice to add here.

      We have now added a section of bioinformatical analysis, which was missing in the original manuscript:

      Sequence conservation of the OR463 fragment within the ap upstream intergenic region was analysed across different dipteran species using the “Cons 124 Insects” multiple-alignment track of the D. melanogaster dm6 genome on the UCSC Genome Browser (Kent et al., 2002, https://genome.ucsc.edu). Conservation scores were obtained from the phastCons (Siepel et al., 2005) and used to delineate conserved and less conserved blocks within OR463. Conserved transcription factor binding sites were predicted with MotEvo (Arnold et al., 2011), which defined four conserved modules (m1–m4) and six inter-modules (N1–N6). Additional motif analysis was performed using the JASPAR CORE Insecta database and the Target Explorer tool to cross-validate conserved binding-site predictions and refine motif assignments within the enhancer.

      From Figure 2: I would consider moving the model or portions of it to a main figure. These models, while descriptive, really help make the manuscript more approachable. Note that eLife does not have forced figure requirements.

      We have adapted the reviewer’s suggestion and we are very grateful for it. We think the figure has greatly improved. The final figure now highlights a small part of the model, which is still included in the Supplementary Figure.

      Figure 5: This figure is fantastic, and the results are particularly important. I would recommend increasing the weight of the arrows from D to E, making it more obvious. Did the authors consider any temperature or other perturbations to look at robustness? They mention "robustness" a few times, and this could be an excellent system to explore a bit further. For panels F and G, it would be nice to have a bit of biochemistry here to test the spacing requirements' effects on the distances (but it's great phenotypical data, regardless).

      We have chosen a darker grey to highlight the lines. 

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestions. With respect to robustness assays, such as temperature perturbations, we agree that the apE enhancer would be a suitable system for such experiments. However, these analyses would move the study beyond its current scope, which is focused on defining the regulatory logic of boundary positioning through mutational dissection and CRISPRi. We therefore prefer not to expand the work in this direction here, but we note that this would be an interesting avenue for future investigation.

      Similarly, biochemical assays probing spacing requirements would provide additional mechanistic insight but would represent a separate line of work. In this manuscript, we aimed to establish the functional consequences of motif spacing using in vivo genetic and phenotypic analyses, which we believe sufficiently support our conclusions.

      Thank you for the insight.

      Discussion: To the point "most point mutations or short deletions in enhancer regions have little effect on gene expression" I would push the authors to discuss their work in relation to Fuqua et al., (Nature 2020) and Kvon et al., (Cell 2020). Their work is consistent with enhancers being sensitive to mutations, and this warrants further discussion because it could be important for the transcription field.

      Hox genes as pioneer factors, I would recommend citing Loker et al., (Curr Biol 2021), as an example of Hox genes functioning as a pioneer factor.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have now added a short paragraph in the Discussion noting how our observations may relate to the mutational patterns described in Fuqua et al. (2020) and Kvon et al. (2020), while keeping the interpretation tentative. The text now says:

      “Recent large-scale enhancer mutagenesis studies have shown that the mutational consequences within enhancers can vary widely. In some cases, many nucleotide positions appear tolerant to single-base changes and only a small subset of mutations produce clear functional effects (Kvon et al., 2020). In other enhancers, regulatory information is distributed more densely, and mutations at multiple positions can alter output (Fuqua et al., 2020). Together, these studies illustrate that enhancer sensitivity is not uniform but depends on enhancer-specific features such as motif organization, cooperativity, and redundancy. Within this broader landscape, the apE enhancer appears to represent a particularly sensitive case.”

      We also included a citation to Loker et al. (2021) in connection with the possible pioneer-like contribution of HOX input to apE.

      We would like to thank all reviewers for their effort.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Parrotta et al provide a convincing and thorough revision of their manuscript "Exposure to false cardiac feedback alters pain perception and anticipatory cardiac frequency". The authors addressed my previous concerns regarding theoretical framing and methodological clarity. For example:

      They provided additional detail on the experimental design, procedure and statistical analyses.

      The predictive coding rationale for the hypotheses has been clarified.

      The limitations of the study are discussed comprehensively

      Additional analyses were performed to investigate the role of learning effects and across-experiment effects

      New supplementary figures allow a closer look at the feedback-related response patterns

      In sum, the revisions improve the manuscript. However, some issues remain present.

      (1) Potential learning/ habituation effects. In my first review of the manuscript, I raised the concern that learning effects may have contributed to the observed differences between interoceptive & exteroceptive cues.<br /> The authors argue that the small number of six trials per condition could limit aversive effects of differential learning between experiments. However, electric nociceptive stimuli are exceptionally potent in classical conditioning experiments and humans can develop conditioned responses to these types of stimuli after a single trial [1-2]. Therefore, six trials are sufficient to allow for associative or expectancy-based learning processes.

      However, the authors are also presenting additional analyses, i.e. LME models which included trial rank as a predictor. While these models do not show a statistically significant learning effect, they do indicate a noteworthy larger effect in earlier trials compared to later ones. However, in my reading, this speaks towards the presence of unspecific effects of attention or arousal. This pattern is compatible with early learning or, alternatively, with non-specific attentional or arousal responses that diminish across repetitions. This is potentially a limitation of the design: repetition-related effects (attention reduction, arousal habituation, early learning) may contribute to the results, and distinguishing between interoceptive inference and non-specific effects remains challenging within this paradigm.

      (1) Haesen K, Beckers T, Baeyens F, Vervliet B. One-trial overshadowing: Evidence for fast specific fear learning in humans. Behav Res Ther. 2017 Mar;90:16-24. doi: 10.1016/j.brat.2016.12.001. Epub 2016 Dec 8. PMID: 27960093.

      (2) Glenn CR, Lieberman L, Hajcak G. Comparing electric shock and a fearful screaming face as unconditioned stimuli for fear learning. Int J Psychophysiol. 2012 Dec;86(3):214-9. doi: 10.1016/j.ijpsycho.2012.09.006. Epub 2012 Sep 21. PMID: 23007035; PMCID: PMC3627354.

      (2) SESOI and power rationale. The authors elaborated on the sensitivity analyses and the rationale of reporting SESOI rather than traditional a-priori power analyses and included this information in the manuscript, which improves transparency.

      (3) Unspecific arousal/ attention mechanisms. The authors argue against unspecific arousal mechanisms based on the absence of main effects in pain ratings and heart rate. This reduces the likelihood of a purely unspecific arousal account, however, these unspecific effects may not need to manifest as main effects. Unspecific mechanisms are likely adding (at least residual) effects onto the results.

      Regarding attention-based mechanisms, the authors have clarified that in Experiment 2 (exteroceptive cue), the participants are instructed that the sound does not have any relation with their heart rate. If participants did not receive any instructions on the meaning of the knocking sounds, they may have simply ignored it - not unlikely, also because the exteroceptive feedback did not elicit any systematic effect on the outcome variables (minus the slowing of HR with slower exteroceptive feedback, which may reflect noise, altering, multiple comparisons?). Ultimately, how the participants did or did not process the exteroceptive cue is unclear.

      (4) The authors provided more context to their hypothesis and strengthened its theoretical motivation (increased pain intensity with incongruent-high cardiac feedback), rooting it in predictive coding accounts of interoception. For instance, their prior study shows that participants report an increased cardiac frequency while anticipating pain. The reasoning behind this study is hence that if pain shapes cardiac perception, cardiac perception should in turn shape pain perception. The introduction has been revised accordingly, adding more references on the interplay between cardiac feedback and pain and emotional responses. While this rooting within the predictive processing framework is now clearly developed, it also underscores a gap between the proposed theoretical mechanism and the current analytical approach. The hypothesis is formulated in a mechanistic, computational-level language, yet the statistical analysis remains primarily descriptive, at a group level, and does not directly test the predictive-coding account.

      New concerns introduced by the revision:

      (1) Some of the newly added paragraphs interrupt the narrative flow. For example, the justification of the supradiaphragmatic focus based on the BPQ questionnaire feels too long for this section and might fit more naturally in the theoretical background or introduction. Similarly, the predictive-coding paragraph appearing after the hypotheses seems better suited to the earlier conceptual framing rather than following the hypothesis statements. It would be better for the argumentative flow if hypotheses followed from theoretical considerations.

      (2) The authors now note that the administration of the BPQ questionnaire was exploratory, explaining the null-results in the methods section as resulting from an underpowered design. But if the design is not appropriate for discovering a connection between self-reported body awareness and pain ratings, why was it administered in the first place? The rationale here is unclear.

      (3) The discussion is longer than before and would benefit greatly from streamlining the arguments.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      I read the paper by Parrotta et al with great interest. The authors are asking an interesting and important question regarding pain perception, which is derived from predictive processing accounts of brain function. They ask: If the brain indeed integrates information coming from within the body (interoceptive information) to comprise predictions about the expected incoming input and how to respond to it, could we provide false interoceptive information to modulate its predictions, and subsequently alter the perception of such input? To test this question, they use pain as the input and the sounds of heartbeats (falsified or accurate) as the interoceptive signal.

      Strengths:

      I found the question well-established, interesting, and important, with important implications and contributions for several fields, including neuroscience of prediction-perception, pain research, placebo research, and health psychology. The paper is well-written, the methods are adequate, and the findings largely support the hypothesis of the authors. The authors carried out a control experiment to rule out an alternative explanation of their finding, which was important.

      Weaknesses:

      I will list here one theoretical weakness or concern I had, and several methodological weaknesses.

      The theoretical concern regards what I see as a misalignment between a hypothesis and a result, which could influence our understanding of the manipulation of heartbeats, and its meaning: The authors indicate from prior literature and find in their own findings, that when preparing for an aversive incoming stimulus, heartbeats *decrease*. However, in their findings, manipulating the heartbeats that participants hear to be slower than their own prior to receiving a painful stimulus had *no effect* on participants' actual heartbeats, nor on their pain perceptions. What authors did find is that when listening to heartbeats that are *increased* in frequency - that was when their own heartbeats decreased (meaning they expected an aversive stimulus) and their pain perceptions increased.

      This is quite complex - but here is my concern: If the assumption is that the brain is collecting evidence from both outside and inside the body to prepare for an upcoming stimulus, and we know that *slowing down* of heartbeats predicts an aversive stimulus, why is it that participants responded in a change in pain perception and physiological response when listened to *increased heartbeats* and not decreased? My interpretation is that the manipulation did not fool the interoceptive signals that the brain collects, but rather the more conscious experience of participants, which may then have been translated to fear/preparation for the incoming stimulus. As the authors indicate in the discussion (lines 704-705), participants do not *know* that decreased heartbeats indicate upcoming aversive stimulus, and I would even argue the opposite - the common knowledge or intuitive response is to increase alertness when we hear increased heartbeats, like in horror films or similar scenarios. Therefore, the unfortunate conclusion is that what the authors assume is a manipulation of interoception - to me seems like a manipulation of participants' alertness or conscious experience of possible danger. I hope the (important) distinction between the two is clear enough because I find this issue of utmost importance for the point the paper is trying to make. If to summarize in one sentence - if it is decreased heartbeats that lead the brain to predict an approaching aversive input, and we assume the manipulation is altering the brain's interoceptive data collection, why isn't it responding to the decreased signal? --> My conclusion is, that this is not in fact a manipulation of interoception, unfortunately

      We thank the reviewer for their comment, which gives us the opportunity to clarify what we believe is a theoretical misunderstanding that we have not sufficiently made clear in the previous version of the manuscript. The reviewer suggests that a decreased heart rate itself might act as an internal cue for a forthcoming aversive stimulus, and questions why our manipulation of slower heartbeats then did not produce measurable effects.

      The central point is this: decreased heart rate is not a signal the brain uses to predict a threat, but is a consequence of the brain having already predicted the threat. This distinction is crucial. The well-known anticipatory decrease of heartrate serves an allostatic function: preparing the body in advance so that physiological responses to the actual stressor (such as an increase in sympathetic activation) do not overshoot. In other words, the deceleration is an output of the predictive model, not an input from which predictions are inferred. It would be maladaptive for the brain to predict threat through a decrease in heartrate, as this would then call for a further decrease, creating a potential runaway cycle.

      Instead, increased heart rate is a salient and evolutionarily conserved cue for arousal, threat, and pain. This association is reinforced both culturally - for example, through the use of accelerating heartbeats in films and media to signal urgency, as R1 mentions - and physiologically, as elevated heart rates reliably occur in response to actual (not anticipated) stressors. Decreased heartrates, in contrast, are reliably associated with the absence of stressors, for example during relaxation and before (and during) sleep. Thus, across various everyday experiences, increased (instead of decreased) heartrates are robustly associated with actual stressors, and there is no a priori reason to assume that the brain would treat decelerating heartrates as cue for threat. As we argued in previous work, “the relationship between the increase in cardiac activity and the anticipation of a threat may have emerged from participants’ first-hand experience of increased heart rates to actual, not anticipated, pain” (Parrotta et al., 2024). The changes in heart rate and pain perception that we hypothesize (and observe) are therefore fully in line with the prior literature on the anticipatory compensatory heartrate response (Bradley et al., 2008, 2005; Colloca et al., 2006; Lykken et al., 1972; Taggart et al., 1976; Tracy et al., 2017; Skora et al., 2022), as well as with Embodied Predictive Coding models (Barrett & Simmons, 2015; Pezzulo, 2014; Seth, 2013; Seth et al., 2012), which assume that our body is regulated through embodied simulations that anticipate likely bodily responses to upcoming events, thereby enabling anticipatory or allostatic regulation of physiological states (Barrett, 2017).

      We now add further explanation to this point to the Discussion (lines 740-758) and Introduction (lines 145-148; 154-156) of our manuscript to make this important point clearer.

      Barrett, L. F., & Simmons, W. K. (2015). Interoceptive predictions in the brain. Nature reviews neuroscience, 16(7), 419-429.

      Barrett, L. F. (2017). The theory of constructed emotion: An active inference account of interoception and categorization. Social cognitive and affective neuroscience, 12(1), 1-23.

      Bradley, M. M., Moulder, B., & Lang, P. J. (2005). When good things go bad: The reflex physiology of defense. Psychological science, 16(6), 468-473.

      Bradley, M. M., Silakowski, T., & Lang, P. J. (2008). Fear of pain and defensive activation. PAIN®, 137(1), 156-163.

      Colloca, L., Petrovic, P., Wager, T. D., Ingvar, M., & Benedetti, F. (2010). How the number of learning trials affects placebo and nocebo responses. Pain®, 151(2), 430-439.

      Lykken, D., Macindoe, I., & Tellegen, A. (1972). Preception: Autonomic response to shock as a function of predictability in time and locus. Psychophysiology, 9(3), 318-333.

      Taggart, P., Hedworth-Whitty, R., Carruthers, M., & Gordon, P. D. (1976). Observations on electrocardiogram and plasma catecholamines during dental procedures: The forgotten vagus. British Medical Journal, 2(6039), 787-789.

      Tracy, L. M., Gibson, S. J., Georgiou-Karistianis, N., & Giummarra, M. J. (2017). Effects of explicit cueing and ambiguity on the anticipation and experience of a painful thermal stimulus. PloS One, 12(8), e0183650.

      Parrotta, E., Bach, P., Perrucci, M. G., Costantini, M., & Ferri, F. (2024). Heart is deceitful above all things: Threat expectancy induces the illusory perception of increased heartrate. Cognition, 245, 105719.

      Pezzulo, G. (2014). Why do you fear the bogeyman? An embodied predictive coding model of perceptual inference. Cognitive, Affective & Behavioral Neuroscience, 14(3), 902-911.

      Seth, A., Suzuki, K., & Critchley, H. (2012). An Interoceptive Predictive Coding Model of Conscious Presence. Frontiers in Psychology, 2. https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fpsyg.2011.00395

      Seth, A. K. (2013). Interoceptive inference, emotion, and the embodied self. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 17(11), 565-573.

      Skora, L. I., Livermore, J. J. A., & Roelofs, K. (2022). The functional role of cardiac activity in perception and action. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 104655.

      I will add that the control experiment - with an exteroceptive signal (knocking of wood) manipulated in a similar manner - could be seen as evidence of the fact that heartbeats are regarded as an interoceptive signal, and it is an important control experiment, however, to me it seems that what it is showing is the importance of human-relevant signals to pain prediction/perception, and not directly proves that it is considered interoceptive. For example, it could be experienced as a social cue of human anxiety/fear etc, and induce alertness.

      The reviewer asks us to consider whether our measured changes in pain response happen not because the brain treats the heartrate feedback in Experiment 1 as interoceptive stimulus, but because heartbeat sounds could have signalled threat on a more abstract, perhaps metacognitive or affective, level, in contrast to the less visceral control sounds in Experiment 2. We deem this highly unlikely for several reasons.

      First, as we point out in our response to Reviewer 3 (Point 3), if this were the case, the different sounds in both experiments should have induced overall (between-experiment) differences in pain perception and heart rate, induced by the (supposedly) generally more threatening heart beat sounds. However, when we added such comparisons, no such between-experiment differences were obtained (See Results Experiment 2, and Supplementary Materials, Cross-experiment analysis between-subjects model). Instead, we only find a significant interaction between experiment and feedback (faster, slower). Thus, it is not the heartbeat sounds per se that induce the measured changes to pain perception, but the modulation of their rate, and that identical changes to the rate of non-heartrate sounds produce no such effects. In other words, pain perception is sensitive to a change in heart rate feedback, as we predicted, instead of the overall presence of heartbeat sounds (as one would need to predict if heart beat sounds had more generally induced threat or stress).

      Second, one may suspect that it is precisely the acceleration of heartrate feedback that could act as cue to arousal, while accelerated exteroceptive feedback would not. However, if this were the case, one would need to predict a general heart rate increase with accelerated feedback, as this is the general physiological marker of increasing alertness and arousal (e.g. Tousignant-Laflamme et al., 2005; Terkelsen et al., 2005; for a review, see Forte et al., 2022). However, the data shows the opposite, with real heartrates decreasing when the heartrate feedback increases. This result is again fully in line with the predicted interoceptive consequences of accelerated heartrate feedback, which mandates an immediate autonomic regulation, especially when preparing for an anticipated stressor.

      Third, our view is further supported by neurophysiological evidence showing that heartbeat sounds, particularly under the belief they reflect one’s own body, are not processed merely as generic aversive or “human-relevant” signals. For instance, Vicentin et al. (2024) showed that simulated faster heartbeat sounds elicited stronger EEG alpha-band suppression, indicative of increased cortical activation  over frontocentral and right frontal areas, compatible with the localization of brain regions contributing to interoceptive processes (Kleint et al., 2015). Importantly, Kleint et al. also demonstrated via fMRI that heartbeat sounds, compared to acoustically matched tones, selectively activate bilateral anterior insula and frontal operculum, key hubs of the interoceptive network. This suggests that the semantic identity of the sound as a heartbeat is sufficient to elicit internal body representations, despite its exteroceptive nature. Further evidence comes from van Elk et al. (2014), who found that heartbeat sounds suppress the auditory N1 component, a neural marker of sensory attenuation typically associated with self-generated or predicted stimuli. The authors interpret this as evidence that the brain treats heartbeat sounds as internally predicted bodily signals, supporting interoceptive predictive coding accounts in which exteroceptive cues (i.e., auditory cardiac feedback) are integrated with visceral information to generate coherent internal body representations.

      Finally, it is worth noting that the manipulation of heartrate feedback in our study elicited measurable compensatory changes in participants’ actual heart rate. This is striking compared to our previous work (Parrotta et al., 2024), wherein we used a highly similar design as here, combined with a very strong threat manipulation. Specifically, we presented participants with highly salient threat cues (knives directed at an anatomical depiction of a heart), which predicted forthcoming pain with 100% validity (compared to flowers that did predict the absence of pain with 100%). In other words, these cues perfectly predicted actual pain, through highly visceral stimuli. Nevertheless, we found no measurable decrease in actual heartrate. From an abstract threat perspective, it is therefore striking that the much weaker manipulation of slightly increased or decreased heartrates we used here would induce such a change. The difference therefore suggests that what caused the response here is not due to an abstract feeling of threat, but because the brain indeed treated the increased heartrate feedback as an interoceptive signal for (stressor-induced) sympathetic activation, which would then be immediately down-regulated.

      Together, we hope you agree that these considerations make a strong case against a non-specific, arousal or alertness-related explanation of our data. We now make this point clearer in the new paragraph of the Discussion (Accounting for general unspecific contributionslines 796-830), and have added the relevant between experiment comparisons to the Results of Experiment 2.

      Forte, G., Troisi, G., Pazzaglia, M., Pascalis, V. D., & Casagrande, M. (2022). Heart rate variability and pain: a systematic review. Brain sciences, 12(2), 153.

      Vicentin, S., Guglielmi, S., Stramucci, G., Bisiacchi, P., & Cainelli, E. (2024). Listen to the beat: behavioral and neurophysiological correlates of slow and fast heartbeat sounds. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 206, 112447.

      Kleint, N. I., Wittchen, H. U., & Lueken, U. (2015). Probing the interoceptive network by listening to heartbeats: an fMRI study. PloS one, 10(7), e0133164.

      Parrotta, E., Bach, P., Perrucci, M. G., Costantini, M., & Ferri, F. (2024). Heart is deceitful above all things: Threat expectancy induces the illusory perception of increased heartrate. Cognition, 245, 105719.

      Terkelsen, A. J., Mølgaard, H., Hansen, J., Andersen, O. K., & Jensen, T. S. (2005). Acute pain increases heart rate: differential mechanisms during rest and mental stress. Autonomic Neuroscience, 121(1-2), 101-109.

      Tousignant-Laflamme, Y., Rainville, P., & Marchand, S. (2005). Establishing a link between heart rate and pain in healthy subjects: a gender effect. The journal of pain, 6(6), 341-347.

      van Elk, M., Lenggenhager, B., Heydrich, L., & Blanke, O. (2014). Suppression of the auditory N1-component for heartbeat-related sounds reflects interoceptive predictive coding. Biological psychology, 99, 172-182.

      Several additional, more methodological weaknesses include the very small number of trials per condition - the methods mention 18 test trials per participant for the 3 conditions, with varying pain intensities, which are later averaged (and whether this is appropriate is a different issue). This means 6 trials per condition, and only 2 trials per condition and pain intensity. I thought that this number could be increased, though it is not a huge concern of the paper. It is, however, needed to show some statistics about the distribution of responses, given the very small trial number (see recommendations for authors). The sample size is also rather small, on the verge of "just right" to meet the required sample size according to the authors' calculations.

      We provide detailed responses to these points in the “Recommendations for The Authors” section, where each of these issues is addressed point by point in response to the specific questions raised.

      Finally, and just as important, the data exists to analyze participants' physiological responses (ECG) after receiving the painful stimulus - this could support the authors' claims about the change in both subjective and objective responses to pain. It could also strengthen the physiological evidence, which is rather weak in terms of its effect. Nevertheless, this is missing from the paper.

      This is indeed an interesting point, and we agree that analyzing physiological responses such as ECG following the painful stimulus could offer additional insights into the objective correlates of pain. However, it is important to clarify that the experiment was not designed to investigate post-stimulus physiological responses. Our primary focus was on the anticipatory processes leading up to the pain event. Notably, in the time window immediately following the stimulus - when one might typically expect to observe physiological changes such as an increase in heart rate - participants were asked to provide subjective ratings of their nociceptive experience. It is therefore not a “clean” interval that would lend itself for measurement, especially as a substantial body of evidence indicates that one’s heart rate is strongly modulated by higher-order cognitive processes, including attentional control, executive functioning, decision-making and action itself (e.g., Forte et al., 2021a; Forte et al., 2021b; Luque-Casado et al., 2016).

      This limitation is particularly important as the induced change in pain ratings by our heart rate manipulation is substantially smaller than the changes in heart rate induced by actual pain (e.g., Loggia et al., 2011). To confirm this for our study, we simply estimated how much change in heart rate is produced by a change in actual stimulus intensity in the initial no feedback phase of our experiment. There, we find that a change between stimulus intensities 2 and 4 induces a NPS change of 32.95 and a heart rate acceleration response of 1.19 (difference in heart rate response relative to baseline, Colloca et al., 2006), d = .52, p < .001. The change of NPS induced by our implicit heart rate manipulation, however, is only a seventh of this (4.81 on the NPS). This means that the expected effect size of heart rate acceleration produced by our manipulation would only be d = .17. A power analysis, using GPower, reveals that a sample size of n = 266 would be required to detect such an effect, if it exists. Thus, while we agree that this is an exciting hypothesis to be tested, it requires a specifically designed study, and a much larger sample than was possible here.

      Colloca, L., Benedetti, F., & Pollo, A. (2006). Repeatability of autonomic responses to pain anticipation and pain stimulation. European Journal of Pain, 10(7), 659-665.

      Forte, G., Morelli, M., & Casagrande, M. (2021a). Heart rate variability and decision-making: Autonomic responses in making decisions. Brain sciences, 11(2), 243.

      Forte, G., Favieri, F., Oliha, E. O., Marotta, A., & Casagrande, M. (2021b). Anxiety and attentional processes: the role of resting heart rate variability. Brain sciences, 11(4), 480.

      Loggia, M. L., Juneau, M., & Bushnell, M. C. (2011). Autonomic responses to heat pain: Heart rate, skin conductance, and their relation to verbal ratings and stimulus intensity. PAIN®, 152(3), 592-598.

      Luque-Casado, A., Perales, J. C., Cárdenas, D., & Sanabria, D. (2016). Heart rate variability and cognitive processing: The autonomic response to task demands. Biological psychology, 113, 83-90

      I have several additional recommendations regarding data analysis (using an ANOVA rather than multiple t-tests, using raw normalized data rather than change scores, questioning the averaging across 3 pain intensities) - which I will detail in the "recommendations for authors" section.

      We provide detailed responses to these points in the “Recommendations for The Authors” section, where each of these issues is addressed point by point in response to the specific questions raised.

      Conclusion:

      To conclude, the authors have shown in their findings that predictions about an upcoming aversive (pain) stimulus - and its subsequent subjective perception - can be altered not only by external expectations, or manipulating the pain cue, as was done in studies so far, but also by manipulating a cue that has fundamental importance to human physiological status, namely heartbeats. Whether this is a manipulation of actual interoception as sensed by the brain is - in my view - left to be proven.

      Still, the paper has important implications in several fields of science ranging from neuroscience prediction-perception research, to pain and placebo research, and may have implications for clinical disorders, as the authors propose. Furthermore, it may lead - either the authors or someone else - to further test this interesting question of manipulation of interoception in a different or more controlled manner.

      I salute the authors for coming up with this interesting question and encourage them to continue and explore ways to study it and related follow-up questions.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for the thoughtful and encouraging feedback. We hope our responses to your points below convince you a bit more that what we are measuring does indeed capture interoceptive processes, but we of course fully acknowledge that additional measures - for example from brain imaging (or computational modelling, see Reviewer 3) - could further support our interpretation, and highlights in the Limitations and Future directions section.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In this manuscript, Parrotta et al. tested whether it is possible to modulate pain perception and heart rate by providing false HR acoustic feedback before administering electrical cutaneous shocks. To this end, they performed two experiments. The first experiment tested whether false HR acoustic feedback alters pain perception and the cardiac anticipatory response. The second experiment tested whether the same perceptual and physiological changes are observed when participants are exposed to a non-interoceptive feedback. The main results of the first experiment showed a modulatory effect for faster HR acoustic feedback on pain intensity, unpleasantness, and cardiac anticipatory response compared to a control (acoustic feedback congruent to the participant's actual HR). However, the results of the second experiment also showed an increase in pain ratings for the faster non-interoceptive acoustic feedback compared to the control condition, with no differences in pain unpleasantness or cardiac response.

      The main strengths of the manuscript are the clarity with which it was written, and its solid theoretical and conceptual framework. The researchers make an in-depth review of predictive processing models to account for the complex experience of pain, and how these models are updated by perceptual and active inference. They follow with an account of how pain expectations modulate physiological responses and draw attention to the fact that most previous studies focus on exteroceptive cues. At this point, they make the link between pain experience and heart rate changes, and introduce their own previous work showing that people may illusorily perceive a higher cardiac frequency when expecting painful stimulation, even though anticipating pain typically goes along with a decrease in HR. From here, they hypothesize that false HR acoustic feedback evokes more intense and unpleasant pain perception, although the actual HR actually decreases due to the orienting cardiac response. Furthermore, they also test the hypothesis that an exteroceptive cue will lead to no (or less) changes in those variables. The discussion of their results is also well-rooted in the existing bibliography, and for the most part, provides a credible account of the findings.

      Thank you for the clear and thoughtful review. We appreciate your positive comments on the manuscript’s clarity, theoretical framework, and interpretation of results.

      The main weaknesses of the manuscript lies in a few choices in methodology and data analysis that hinder the interpretation of the results and the conclusions as they stand.

      The first peculiar choice is the convoluted definition of the outcomes. Specifically, pain intensity and unpleasantness are first normalized and then transformed into variation rates (sic) or deltas, which makes the interpretation of the results unnecessarily complicated. This is also linked to the definitions of the smallest effect of interest (SESOI) in terms of these outcomes, which is crucial to determining the sample size and gauging the differences between conditions. However, the choice of SESOI is not properly justified, and strangely, it changes from the first experiment to the second.

      We thank the reviewer for this important observation. In the revised manuscript, we have made substantial changes and clarifications to address both aspects of this concern: (1) the definition of outcome variables and their normalization, and (2) the definition of the SESOI.

      First, As explained in our response to Reviewer #1, we have revised the analyses and removed the difference-based change scores from the main results, addressing concerns about interpretability. However, we retained the normalization procedure: all variables (heart rate, pain intensity, unpleasantness) are normalized relative to the no-feedback baseline using a standard proportional change formula (X−bX)/bX(X - bX)/bX(X−bX)/bX, where X is the feedback-phase mean and bX is the no-feedback baseline. This is a widely used normalization procedure (e.g., Bartolo et al., 2013; Cecchini et al., 2020). This method controls for interindividual variability by expressing responses relative to each participant’s own baseline. The resulting normalized values are then used directly in all analyses, and not further transformed into deltas.

      To address potential concerns about this baseline correction approach and its interpretability, we also conducted a new set of supplementary analyses (now reported in the supplementary materials) that include the no-feedback condition explicitly in the models, rather than treating it as a baseline for normalization. These models confirm that our main effects are not driven by the choice of normalization and hold even when no-feedback is analyzed as an independent condition. The new analyses and results are now reported in the Supplementary Materials.

      Second, concerning the SESOI values and their justification: The difference in SESOI values between Experiment 1 and Experiment 2 reflects the outcome of sensitivity analyses conducted for each dataset separately, rather than a post-hoc reinterpretation of our results. Specifically, we followed current methodological recommendations (Anderson, Kelley & Maxwell, 2017; Albers & Lakens, 2017; Lakens, 2022), which advise against estimating statistical power based on previously published effect sizes, especially when working with novel paradigms or when effect sizes in the literature may be inflated or imprecise. Instead, we used the sensitivity analysis function in G*Power (Version 3.1) to determine the smallest effect size our design was capable of detecting with high statistical power (90%), given the actual sample size, test type, and alpha level used in each experiment. This is a prospective, design-based estimation rather than a post-hoc analysis of observed effects. The slight differences in SESOI are due to more participants falling below our exclusions criteria in Experiment 2, leading to slightly larger effect sizes that can be detected (d = 0.62 vs d = 0.57). Importantly, both experiments remain adequately powered to detect effects of a size commonly reported in the literature on top-down pain modulation. For instance, Iodice et al. (2019) reported effects of approximately d = 0.7, which is well above the minimum detectable thresholds of our designs.

      We have now clarified the logic in the Participant section of Experiment 1 (193-218).

      Anderson, S. F., Kelley, K., & Maxwell, S. E. (2017). Sample-Size Planning for More Accurate Statistical Power: A Method Adjusting Sample Effect Sizes for Publication Bias and Uncertainty. Psychological Science, 28(11), 1547-1562.

      Bartolo, M., Serrao, M., Gamgebeli, Z., Alpaidze, M., Perrotta, A., Padua, L., Pierelli, F., Nappi, G., & Sandrini, G. (2013). Modulation of the human nociceptive flexion reflex by pleasant and unpleasant odors. PAIN®, 154(10), 2054-2059.

      Cecchini, M. P., Riello, M., Sandri, A., Zanini, A., Fiorio, M., & Tinazzi, M. (2020). Smell and taste dissociations in the modulation of tonic pain perception induced by a capsaicin cream application. European Journal of Pain, 24(10), 1946-1955.

      Lakens, D. (2022). Sample size justification. Collabra: psychology, 8(1), 33267.

      Albers, C., & Lakens, D. (2018). When power analyses based on pilot data are biased: Inaccurate effect size estimators and follow-up bias. Journal of experimental social psychology, 74, 187-195.

      Furthermore, the researchers propose the comparison of faster vs. slower delta HR acoustic feedback throughout the manuscript when the natural comparison is the incongruent vs. the congruent feedback.

      We very much disagree that the natural comparison is congruent vs incongruent feedback. First, please note that congruency simply refers to whether the heartrate feedback was congruent with (i.e., matched) the participant’s heartrate measurements in the no feedback trials, or whether it was incongruent, and was therefore either faster or slower than this baseline frequency. As such, simply comparing congruent with incongruent feedback could only indicate that pain ratings change when the feedback does not match the real heart rate, irrespective of whether it is faster or slower. Such a test can therefore only reveal potential general effects of surprise or salience, when the feedback heartrate does not match the real one.

      We therefore assume that the reviewer specifically refers to the comparison of congruent vs incongruent faster feedback. However, this is not a good test either, as this comparison is, by necessity, confounded with the factor of surprise described above. In other words, if a difference would be found, it would not be clear if it emerges because, as we assume, that faster feedback is represented as an interoceptive signal for threat, or simply because participants are surprised about heartrate feedback that diverges from their real heartrate. Note that even a non-significant result in the analogous comparison of congruent vs incongruent slower feedback would not be able to resolve this confound, as in null hypothesis testing the absence of a significant effect does, per definition, not indicate that there is no effect - only that it could not be detected here.

      Instead, the only possible test of our hypothesis is the one we have designed our experiment around and focussed on with our central t-test: the comparison of incongruent faster with incongruent slower feedback. This keeps any possible effects of surprise/salience from generally altered feedback constant and allows us to test our specific hypothesis: that real heart rates will decrease and pain ratings will increase when receiving false interoceptive feedback about increased compared to decreasing heartrates. Note that this test of faster vs slower feedback is also statistically the most appropriate, as it collapses our prediction onto a single and highest-powered hypothesis test: As faster and slower heartrate feedback are assumed to induce effects in the opposite direction, the effect size of their difference is, per definition, double than the averaged effect size for the two separate tests of faster vs congruent feedback and slower vs congruent feedback.

      That being said, we also included comparisons with the congruent condition in our revised analysis, in line with the reviewer’s suggestion and previous studies. These analyses help explore potential asymmetries in the effect of false feedback. While faster feedback (both interoceptive and exteroceptive) significantly modulated pain relative to congruent feedback, the slower feedback did not, consistent with previous literature showing stronger effects for arousal-increasing cues (e.g., Valins, 1966; Iodice et al., 2019). To address this point, in the revised manuscript we have added a paragraph to the Data Analysis section of Experiment 1 (lines 405-437) to make this logic clearer.

      Valins, S. (1966). Cognitive effects of false heart-rate feedback. Journal of personality and social psychology, 4(4), 400.

      Iodice, P., Porciello, G., Bufalari, I., Barca, L., & Pezzulo, G. (2019). An interoceptive illusion of effort induced by false heart-rate feedback. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 116(28), 13897-13902.

      This could be influenced by the fact that the faster HR exteroceptive cue in experiment 2 also shows a significant modulatory effect on pain intensity compared to congruent HR feedback, which puts into question the hypothesized differences between interoceptive vs. exteroceptive cues. These results could also be influenced by the specific choice of exteroceptive cue: the researchers imply that the main driver of the effect is the nature of the cue (interoceptive vs. exteroceptive) and not its frequency. However, they attempt to generalize their findings using knocking wood sounds to all possible sounds, but it is possible that some features of these sounds (e.g., auditory roughness or loomingness) could be the drivers behind the observed effects.

      We appreciate this thoughtful comment. We agree that low-level auditory features can potentially introduce confounds in the experimental design, and we acknowledge the importance of distinguishing these factors from the higher-order distinction that is central to our study: whether the sound is perceived as interoceptive (originating from within the body) or exteroceptive (perceived as external). To this end, the knocking sound was chosen not for its specific acoustic profile, but because it lacked bodily relevance, thus allowing us to test whether the same temporal manipulations (faster, congruent, slower) would have different effects depending on whether the cue was interpreted as reflecting an internal bodily state or not. In this context, the exteroceptive cue served as a conceptual contrast rather than an exhaustive control for all auditory dimensions.

      Several aspects of our data make it unlikely that the observed effects are driven by unspecific acoustic characteristics of the sounds used in the exteroceptive and interoceptive experiments (see also our responses to Reviewer 1 and Reviewer 3 who raised similar points).

      First, if the knocking sound had inherent acoustic features that strongly influenced perception or physiological responses, we would expect it to have produced consistent effects across all feedback conditions (Faster, Slower, Congruent), regardless of the interpretive context. This would have manifested as an overall difference between experiments in the between-subjects analyses and in the supplementary mixed-effects models that included Experiment as a fixed factor. Yet, we observed no such main effects in any of our variables. Instead, significant differences emerged only in specific theoretically predicted comparisons (e.g., Faster vs. Slower), and critically, these effects depended on the cue type (interoceptive vs. exteroceptive), suggesting that perceived bodily relevance, rather than a specific acoustic property, was the critical modulator. In other words, any alternative explanation based on acoustic features would need to be able to explain why these acoustic properties would induce not an overall change in heart rate and pain perception (i.e., similarly across slower, faster, and congruent feedback), but the brain’s response to changes in the rate of this feedback – increasing pain ratings and decreasing heartrates for faster relative to slower feedback. We hope you agree that a simple effect of acoustic features would not predict such a sensitivity to the rate with which the sound was played.

      Please refer to our responses to Reviewers 1 and 2 for further aspects of the data, arguing strongly against other features associated with the sounds (e.g., alertness, arousal) could be responsible for the results, as the data pattern again goes in the opposite direction than that predicted by such accounts (e.g., faster heartrate feedback decreased real heartrate, instead of increasing them, as would be expected if accelerated heartrate feedback increased arousal).

      Finally, to further support this interpretation, we refer to neurophysiological evidence showing that heartbeat sounds are not processed as generic auditory signals, but as internal, bodily relevant cues especially when believed to reflect one’s own physiological state. For instance, fMRI research (Kleint et al., 2015) shows that heartbeat sounds engage key interoceptive regions such as the anterior insula and frontal operculum more than acoustically matched control tones. EEG data (Vicentin et al., 2024) showed that faster heartbeat sounds produce stronger alpha suppression over frontocentral areas, suggesting enhanced processing in networks associated with interoceptive attention. Moreover, van Elk et al. (2014) found that heartbeat sounds attenuate the auditory N1 response, a neural signature typically linked to self-generated or predicted bodily signals. These findings consistently demonstrate that heartbeats sounds are processed as interoceptive and self-generated signals, which is in line with our rationale that the critical factor at play concern whether it is semantically perceived as reflecting one’s own bodily state, rather than the physical properties of the sound.

      We now explicitly discuss these issues in the revised Discussion section (lines 740-758).

      Kleint, N. I., Wittchen, H. U., & Lueken, U. (2015). Probing the interoceptive network by listening to heartbeats: an fMRI study. PloS one, 10(7), e0133164.

      van Elk, M., Lenggenhager, B., Heydrich, L., & Blanke, O. (2014). Suppression of the auditory N1-component for heartbeat-related sounds reflects interoceptive predictive coding. Biological psychology, 99, 172-182.

      Vicentin, S., Guglielmi, S., Stramucci, G., Bisiacchi, P., & Cainelli, E. (2024). Listen to the beat: behavioral and neurophysiological correlates of slow and fast heartbeat sounds. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 206, 112447.

      Finally, it is noteworthy that the researchers divided the study into two experiments when it would have been optimal to test all the conditions with the same subjects in a randomized order in a single cross-over experiment to reduce between-subject variability. Taking this into consideration, I believe that the conclusions are only partially supported by the evidence. Despite of the outcome transformations, a clear effect of faster HR acoustic feedback can be observed in the first experiment, which is larger than the proposed exteroceptive counterpart. This work could be of broad interest to pain researchers, particularly those working on predictive coding of pain.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion regarding a within-subject crossover design. While such a design indeed offers increased statistical power by reducing interindividual variability (Charness, Gneezy, & Kuhn, 2012), we intentionally opted for a between-subjects design due to theoretical and methodological considerations specific to studies involving deceptive feedback. Most importantly, carryover effects are a major concern in deception paradigms. Participants exposed to one type of feedback initially (e.g., interoceptive), and then the other (exteroceptive) would be more likely to develop suspicion or adaptive strategies that would alter their responses. Such expectancy effects could contaminate results in a crossover design, particularly when participants realize that feedback is manipulated. In line with this idea, past studies on false cardiac feedback (e.g., Valins, 1966; Pennebaker & Lightner, 1980) often employed between-subjects or blocked designs to mitigate this risk.

      Pennebaker, J. W., & Lightner, J. M. (1980). Competition of internal and external information in an exercise setting. Journal of personality and social psychology, 39(1), 165.

      Valins, S. (1966). Cognitive effects of false heart-rate feedback. Journal of personality and social psychology, 4(4), 400.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In their manuscript titled "Exposure to false cardiac feedback alters pain perception and anticipatory cardiac frequency", Parrotta and colleagues describe an experimental study on the interplay between false heart rate feedback and pain experience in healthy, adult humans. The experimental design is derived from Bayesian perspectives on interoceptive inference. In Experiment 1 (N=34), participants rated the intensity and unpleasantness of an electrical pulse presented to their middle fingers. Participants received auditory cardiac feedback prior to the electrical pulse. This feedback was congruent with the participant's heart rate or manipulated to have a higher or lower frequency than the participant's true heart rate (incongruent high/ low feedback). The authors find heightened ratings of pain intensity and unpleasantness as well as a decreased heart rate in participants who were exposed to the incongruent-high cardiac feedback. Experiment 2 (N=29) is equivalent to Experiment 1 with the exception that non-interoceptive auditory feedback was presented. Here, mean pain intensity and unpleasantness ratings were unaffected by feedback frequency.

      Strengths:

      The authors present interesting experimental data that was derived from modern theoretical accounts of interoceptive inference and pain processing.

      (1) The motivation for the study is well-explained and rooted within the current literature, whereas pain is the result of a multimodal, inferential process. The separation of nociceptive stimulation and pain experience is explained clearly and stringently throughout the text.

      (2) The idea of manipulating pain-related expectations via an internal, instead of an external cue, is very innovative.

      (3) An appropriate control experiment was implemented, where an external (non-physiological) auditory cue with parallel frequency to the cardiac cue was presented.

      (4) The chosen statistical methods are appropriate, albeit averaging may limit the opportunity for mechanistic insight, see weaknesses section.

      (5) The behavioral data, showing increased unpleasantness and intensity ratings after exposure to incongruent-high cardiac feedback, but not exteroceptive high-frequency auditory feedback, is backed up by ECG data. Here, the decrease in heart rate during the incongruent-high condition speaks towards a specific, expectation-induced physiological effect that can be seen as resulting from interoceptive inference.

      We thank the reviewer for their positive feedback. We are glad that the study’s theoretical foundation, innovative design, appropriate control conditions, and convergence of behavioral and physiological data were well received.

      Weaknesses:

      Additional analyses and/ or more extensive discussion are needed to address these limitations:

      (1) I would like to know more about potential learning effects during the study. Is there a significant change in ∆ intensity and ∆ unpleasantness over time; e.g. in early trials compared to later trials? It would be helpful to exclude the alternative explanation that over time, participants learned to interpret the exteroceptive cue more in line with the cardiac cue, and the effect is driven by a lack of learning about the slightly less familiar cue (the exteroceptive cue) in early trials. In other words, the heartbeat-like auditory feedback might be "overlearned", compared to the less naturalistic tone, and more exposure to the less naturalistic cue might rule out any differences between them w.r.t. pain unpleasantness ratings.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. Please note that the repetitions in our task were relatively limited (6 trials per condition), which limits the potential influence of such differential learning effects between experiments. To address this concern, we performed an additional analysis, reported in the Supplementary Materials, using a Linear Mixed-Effects Model approach. This method allowed us to include "Trial" (the rank order of each trial) as a variable to account for potential time-on-task effects such as learning, adaptation, or fatigue (e.g., Möckel et al., 2015). All feedback conditions (no-feedback, congruent, faster, slower) and all stimulus intensity levels were included.

      Specifically, we tested the following models:

      Likert Pain Unpleasantness Ratings ~ Experiment × Feedback × StimInt × Trial + (StimInt + Trial | Subject)

      Numeric Pain Scale of Intensity Ratings ~ Experiment × Feedback × StimInt × Trial + (StimInt + Trial | Subject)

      In both models, no significant interactions involving Trial × Experiment or Trial × Feedback × Experiment were found. Instead, we just find generally larger effects in early trials compared to later ones (Main effect of Trial within each Experiment), similar to other cognitive illusions where repeated exposure diminishes effects. Thus, although some unspecific changes over time may have occurred (e.g., due to general task exposure), these changes did not differ systematically across experimental conditions (interoceptive vs. exteroceptive) or feedback types. However, we are fully aware that the absence of significant higher-order interactions does not conclusively rule out the possibility of learning-related effects. It is possible that our models lacked the statistical power to detect more subtle or complex time-dependent modulations, particularly if such effects differ in magnitude or direction across feedback conditions.

      We report the full description of these analyses and results in the Supplementary materials 1. Cross-experiment analysis (between-subjects model).

      (2) The origin of the difference in Cohen's d (Exp. 1: .57, Exp. 2: .62) and subsequently sample size in the sensitivity analyses remains unclear, it would be helpful to clarify where these values are coming from (are they related to the effects reported in the results? If so, they should be marked as post-hoc analyses).

      Following recommendations (Anderson, Kelley & Maxwell, 2017; Albers &  Lakens, 2017), we do not report theoretical power based on previously reported effect sizes as this neglects uncertainty around effect size measurements, especially for new effects for which no reliable expected effect size estimates can be derived across the literature. Instead, the power analysis is based on a sensitivity analysis, conducted in G*Power (Version 3.1). Importantly, these are not post-hoc analyses, as they are not based on observed effect sizes in our study, but derived a priori. Sensitivity analyses estimate effect sizes that our design is well-powered (90%) to detect (i.e. given target power, sample size, type of test), for the crucial comparison between faster and slower feedback in both experiments (Lakens, 2022). Following recommendations, we also report the smallest effect size this test can in principle detect in our study (SESOI, Lakens, 2022). This yields effect sizes of d = .57 in Experiment 1 and d = .62 in Experiment 2 at 90% power and SESOIs of d = .34 and .37, respectively. Note that values are slightly higher in Experiment 2, as more participants were excluded based on our exclusion criteria. Importantly, detectable effect sizes in both experiments are smaller than reported effect sizes for comparable top-down effects on pain measurements of d = .7 (Iodice et al., 2019).  We have now added more information to the power analysis sections to make this clearer (lines 208-217).

      Albers, C., & Lakens, D. (2018). When power analyses based on pilot data are biased: Inaccurate effect size estimators and follow-up bias. Journal of experimental social psychology, 74, 187-195.

      Anderson, S. F., Kelley, K., & Maxwell, S. E. (2017). Sample-Size Planning for More Accurate Statistical Power: A Method Adjusting Sample Effect Sizes for Publication Bias and Uncertainty. Psychological Science, 28(11), 1547-1562.

      Lakens, D. (2022). Sample size justification. Collabra: psychology, 8(1), 33267.

      (3) As an alternative explanation, it is conceivable that the cardiac cue may have just increased unspecific arousal or attention to a larger extent than the exteroceptive cue. It would be helpful to discuss the role of these rather unspecific mechanisms, and how it may have differed between experiments.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. We agree that, in principle, unspecific mechanisms such as increased arousal or attention driven by cardiac feedback could be an alternative explanation for the observed effects. However, several aspects of our data indicate that this is unlikely:

      (1) No main effect of Experiment on pain ratings:

      If the cardiac feedback had simply increased arousal or attention in a general (non-specific) way, we would expect a main effect of Experiment (i.e., interoceptive vs exteroceptive condition) on pain intensity or unpleasantness ratings, regardless of feedback frequency. However, such a main effect was never observed when we compared between experiments (see between-experiment t-tests in results, and in supplementary analyses). Instead, effects were specific to the manipulation of feedback frequency.

      (2) Heart rate as an arousal measure:

      Heart rate (HR) is a classical physiological index of arousal. If there had been an unspecific increase in arousal in the interoceptive condition, we would expect a main effect of Experiment on HR. However, no such main effect was found. Instead, our HR analyses revealed a significant interaction between feedback and experiment, suggesting that HR changes depended specifically on the feedback manipulation rather than reflecting a general arousal increase.

      (3) Arousal predicts faster, not slower, heart rates

      In Experiment 1, faster interoceptive cardiac feedback led to a slowdown in heartrates both when compared to slower feedback and to congruent cardiac feedback. This is in line with the predicted compensatory response to faster heart rates. In contrast, if faster feedback would have only generally increased arousal, heart rates should have increased instead of decreased, as indicated by several prior studies (Tousignant-Laflamme et al., 2005; Terkelsen et al., 2005; for a review, see Forte et al., 2022), predicting the opposite pattern of responses than was found in Experiment 1.

      Taken together, these findings indicate that the effects observed are unlikely to be driven by unspecific arousal or attention mechanisms, but rather are consistent with feedback-specific modulations, in line with our interoceptive inference framework.

      We have now integrated these considerations in the revised discussion (lines 796-830), and added the relevant between-experiment comparisons to the Results of Experiment 2 and the supplementary analysis.

      Terkelsen, A. J., Mølgaard, H., Hansen, J., Andersen, O. K., & Jensen, T. S. (2005). Acute pain increases heart rate: differential mechanisms during rest and mental stress. Autonomic Neuroscience, 121(1-2), 101-109.

      Tousignant-Laflamme, Y., Rainville, P., & Marchand, S. (2005). Establishing a link between heart rate and pain in healthy subjects: a gender effect. The journal of pain, 6(6), 341-347.

      Forte, G., Troisi, G., Pazzaglia, M., Pascalis, V. D., & Casagrande, M. (2022). Heart rate variability and pain: a systematic review. Brain sciences, 12(2), 153.

      (4) The hypothesis (increased pain intensity with incongruent-high cardiac feedback) should be motivated by some additional literature.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. Please note that the current phenomenon was tested in this experiment for the first time. Therefore, there is no specific prior study that motivated our hypotheses; they were driven theoretically, and derived from our model of interoceptive integration of pain and cardiac perception. The idea that accelerated cardiac feedback (relative to decelerated feedback) will increase pain perception and reduce heart rates is grounded on Embodied Predictive coding frameworks. Accordingly, expectations and signals from different sensory modalities (sensory, proprioceptive, interoceptive) are integrated both to efficiently infer crucial homeostatic and physiological variables, such as hunger, thirst, and, in this case, pain, and regulate the body’s own autonomic responses based on these inferences.

      Within this framework, the concept of an interoceptive schema (Tschantz et al., 2022; Iodice et al., 2019; Parrotta et al., 2024; Schoeller et al., 2022) offers the basis for understanding interoceptive illusions, wherein inferred levels of interoceptive states (i.e., pain) deviate from the actual physiological state. Cardiac signals conveyed by the feedback manipulation act as a misleading prior, shaping the internal generative model of pain. Specifically, an increased heart rate may signal a state of threat, establishing a prior expectation of heightened pain. Building on predictive models of interoception, we predict that this cardiac prior is integrated with interoceptive (i.e., actual nociceptive signal) and exteroceptive inputs (i.e., auditory feedback input), leading to a subjective experience of increased pain even when there is no corresponding increase in the nociceptive input.

      This idea is not completely new, but it is based on our previous findings of an interoceptive cardiac illusion driven by misleading priors about anticipated threat (i.e., pain). Specifically, in Parrotta et al. (2024), we tested whether a common false belief that heart rate increases in response to threat lead to an illusory perception of accelerated cardiac activity when anticipating pain. In two experiments, we asked participants to monitor and report their heartbeat while their ECG was recorded. Participants performed these tasks while visual cues reliably predicted a forthcoming harmless (low-intensity) vs. threatening (high-intensity) cutaneous electrical stimulus. We showed that anticipating a painful vs. harmless stimulus causes participants to report an increased cardiac frequency, which does not reflect their real cardiac response, but the common (false) belief that heart rates would accelerate under threat, reflecting the hypothesised integration of prior expectations and interoceptive inputs when estimating cardiac activity.

      Here we tested the counterpart of such a cardiac illusion. We reasoned that if cardiac interoception is shaped by expectations about pain, then the inverse should also be true: manipulating beliefs about cardiac activity (via cardiac feedback) in the context of pain anticipation should influence the perception of pain. Specifically, we hypothesized that presenting accelerated cardiac feedback would act as a misleading prior, leading to an illusory increase in pain experience, even in the absence of an actual change in nociceptive input.

      Moreover, next to the references already provided in the last version of the manuscript, there is ample prior research that provides more general support for such relationships. Specifically, studies have shown that providing mismatched cardiac feedback in contexts where cardiovascular changes are typically expected (i.e. sexual arousal, Rupp & Wallen, 2008; Valins, 1996; physical exercise, Iodice et al., 2019) can enhance the perception of interoceptive states associated with those experiences. Furthermore, findings that false cardiac feedback can influence emotional experience suggest that it is the conscious perception of physiological arousal, combined with the cognitive interpretation of the stimulus, that plays a key role in shaping emotional responses (Crucian et al., 2000).

      This point is now addressed in the revised Introduction, wherein additional references have been integrated (lines 157-170).

      Crucian, G. P., Hughes, J. D., Barrett, A. M., Williamson, D. J. G., Bauer, R. M., Bowers, D., & Heilman, K. M. (2000). Emotional and physiological responses to false feedback. Cortex, 36(5), 623-647.

      Iodice, P., Porciello, G., Bufalari, I., Barca, L., & Pezzulo, G. (2019). An interoceptive illusion of effort induced by false heart-rate feedback. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 116(28), 13897-13902.

      Parrotta, E., Bach, P., Perrucci, M. G., Costantini, M., & Ferri, F. (2024). Heart is deceitful above all things: Threat expectancy induces the illusory perception of increased heartrate. Cognition, 245, 105719.

      Rupp, H. A., & Wallen, K. (2008). Sex differences in response to visual sexual stimuli: A review. Archives of sexual behavior, 37(2), 206-218.

      Schoeller, F., Horowitz, A., Maes, P., Jain, A., Reggente, N., Moore, L. C., Trousselard, M., Klein, A., Barca, L., & Pezzulo, G. (2022). Interoceptive technologies for clinical neuroscience.

      Tschantz, A., Barca, L., Maisto, D., Buckley, C. L., Seth, A. K., & Pezzulo, G. (2022). Simulating homeostatic, allostatic and goal-directed forms of interoceptive control using active inference. Biological Psychology, 169, 108266.

      Valins, S. (1966). Cognitive effects of false heart-rate feedback. Journal of personality and social psychology, 4(4), 400.

      (5) The discussion section does not address the study's limitations in a sufficient manner. For example, I would expect a more thorough discussion on the lack of correlation between participant ratings and self-reported bodily awareness and reactivity, as assessed with the BPQ.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable observation. In response, we have revised the Discussion section to explicitly acknowledge and elaborate on the lack of significant correlations between participants’ pain ratings and their self-reported bodily awareness and reactivity as assessed with the BPQ.

      We now clarify that the inclusion of this questionnaire was exploratory. While it would be theoretically interesting to observe a relationship between subjective pain modulation and individual differences in interoceptive awareness, detecting robust correlations between within-subject experimental effects and between-subjects trait measures such as the BPQ typically requires much larger sample sizes (often exceeding N = 200) due to the inherently low reliability of such cross-level associations (see Hedge, Powell & Sumner, 2018; the “reliability paradox”). As such, the absence of a significant correlation in our study does not undermine the conclusions we draw from our main findings. Future studies with larger samples will be needed to systematically address this question. We now acknowledge this point explicitly in the revised manuscript (lines 501-504; 832-851).

      Hedge, C., Powell, G., & Sumner, P. (2018). The reliability paradox: Why robust cognitive tasks do not produce reliable individual differences. Behavior Research Methods, 50(3), 1166-1186. https://doi.org/10.3758/s13428-017-0935-1

      (a) Some short, additional information on why the authors chose to focus on body awareness and supradiaphragmatic reactivity subscales would be helpful.

      We chose to focus on the body awareness and supradiaphragmatic reactivity subscales because these aspects are closely tied to emotional and physiological processing, particularly in the context of interoception. Body awareness plays a critical role in how individuals perceive and interpret bodily signals, which in turn affects emotional regulation and self-awareness. Supradiaphragmatic reactivity refers specifically to organs located or occurring above the diaphragm (i.e., the muscle that separates the chest cavity from the abdomen), which includes the heart, compared to subdiaphragmatic reactivity subscales further down. Our decision to include these subscales is further motivated by recent research, including the work by Petzschner et al. (2021), which demonstrates that the focus of attention can modulate the heartbeat-evoked potential (HEP), and that this modulation is predicted by participants’ responses on the supradiaphragmatic reactivity subscales. Thus, this subscale, and the more general body awareness scale, allows us to explore the interplay between bodily awareness, physiological reactivity, and emotional processing in our study. We now clarify this point in the revised version of the Methods - Body Perception Questionnaire (lines 384-393).

      (6) The analyses presented in this version of the manuscript allow only limited mechanistic conclusions - a computational model of participants' behavior would be a very strong addition to the paper. While this may be out of the scope of the article, it would be helpful for the reader to discuss the limitations of the presented analyses and outline avenues towards a more mechanistic understanding and analysis of the data. The computational model in [7] might contain some starting ideas.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. We agree that a computational model would enhance the mechanistic understanding of our findings. While this is beyond the current scope, we now discuss the limitations of our analysis in the Limitations and Future directions section (lines 852-863). Specifically, we acknowledge that future studies could use computational models to better understand the interactions between physiological, cognitive, and perceptual factors.

      Some additional topics were not considered in the first version of the manuscript:

      (1) The possible advantages of a computational model of task behavior should be discussed.

      We agree that a computational model of task behavior could provide several advantages. By formalizing principles of predictive processing and active inference, such a model could generate quantitative predictions about how heart rate (HR) and feedback interact, providing a more precise understanding of their respective contributions to pain modulation. However, this is a first demonstration of a theoretically predicted phenomenon, and computationally modelling it is currently outside the scope of the article. We would be excited to explore this in the future. We have added a brief discussion of these potential advantages in the revised manuscript and suggest that future work could integrate computational modelling to further deepen our understanding of these processes (lines 852-890).

      (2) Across both experiments, there was a slightly larger number of female participants. Research suggests significant sex-related differences in pain processing [1,2]. It would be interesting to see what role this may have played in this data.

      Thank you for your insightful comment. While we acknowledge that sex-related differences in pain processing are well-documented in the literature, we do not have enough participants in our sample to test this in a well-powered way. As such, exploring the role of sex differences in pain perception will need to be addressed in future studies with more balanced samples. It would be interesting if more sensitive individuals, with a more precise representation of pain, also show smaller effects on pain perception. We have noted this point in the revised manuscript (lines 845-851) and suggest that future research could specifically investigate how sex differences might influence the modulation of pain and physiological responses in similar experimental contexts.

      (3) There are a few very relevant papers that come to mind which may be of interest. These sources might be particularly useful when discussing the roadmap towards a mechanistic understanding of the inferential processes underlying the task responses [3,4] and their clinical implications.

      Thank you for highlighting these relevant papers. We appreciate your suggestion and have now cited them in the Limitations and Future directions paragraph (lines 852-863).

      (4) In this version of the paper, we only see plots that illustrate ∆ scores, averaged across pain intensities - to better understand participant responses and the relationship with stimulus intensity, it would be helpful to see a more descriptive plot of task behavior (e.g. stimulus intensity and raw pain ratings)

      To directly address the reviewer’s request, we now provide additional descriptive plots in the supplementary material of the revised manuscript, showing raw pain ratings across different stimulus intensities and feedback conditions. These plots offer a clearer view of participant behavior without averaging across pain levels, helping to better illustrate the relationship between stimulus intensity and reported pain.

      Mogil, J. S. (2020). Qualitative sex differences in pain processing: emerging evidence of a biased literature. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 21(7), 353-365. https://www.nature.com/articles/s41583-020-0310-6

      Sorge, R. E., & Strath, L. J. (2018). Sex differences in pain responses. Current Opinion in Physiology, 6, 75-81. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S2468867318300786?via%3Dihub

      Unal, O., Eren, O. C., Alkan, G., Petzschner, F. H., Yao, Y., & Stephan, K. E. (2021). Inference on homeostatic belief precision. Biological Psychology, 165, 108190.

      Allen, M., Levy, A., Parr, T., & Friston, K. J. (2022). In the body's eye: the computational anatomy of interoceptive inference. PLoS Computational Biology, 18(9), e1010490.

      Stephan, K. E., Manjaly, Z. M., Mathys, C. D., Weber, L. A., Paliwal, S., Gard, T., ... & Petzschner, F. H. (2016). Allostatic self-efficacy: A metacognitive theory of dyshomeostasis-induced fatigue and depression. Frontiers in human neuroscience, 10, 550.

      Friston, K. J., Stephan, K. E., Montague, R., & Dolan, R. J. (2014). Computational psychiatry: the brain as a phantastic organ. The Lancet Psychiatry, 1(2), 148-158.

      Eckert, A. L., Pabst, K., & Endres, D. M. (2022). A Bayesian model for chronic pain. Frontiers in Pain Research, 3, 966034.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting these relevant references which have now been integrated in the revised version of the manuscript.

      Recommendations For The Authors: 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      At the time I was reviewing this paper, I could not think of a detailed experiment that would answer my biggest concern: Is this a manipulation of the brain's interoceptive data integration, or rather a manipulation of participants' alertness which indirectly influences their pain prediction?

      One incomplete idea that came to mind was delivering this signal in a more "covert" manner (though I am not sure it will suffice), or perhaps correlating the effect size of a participant with their interoceptive abilities, as measured in a different task or through a questionnaire.... Another potential idea is to tell participants that  this is someone else's HR that they hear and see if that changes the results (though requires further thought). I leave it to the authors to think further, and perhaps this is to be answered in a different paper - but if so, I am sorry to say that I do not think the claims can remain as they are now, and the paper will need a revision of its arguments, unfortunately. I urge the authors to ask further questions if my point about the concern was not made clear enough for them to address or contemplate it.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. As detailed in our previous response, this point invites an important clarification regarding the role of cardiac deceleration in threat processing. Rather than serving as an interoceptive input from which the brain infers the likelihood of a forthcoming aversive event, heart rate deceleration is better described as an output of an already ongoing predictive process, as it reflects an allostatic adjustment of the bodily state aimed at minimizing the impact of the predicted perturbation (e.g., pain) and preventing sympathetic overshoot. It would be maladaptive for the brain to use a decelerating heart rate as evidence of impending threat, since this would paradoxically trigger further parasympathetic activation, initiating a potentially destabilizing feedback loop. Conversely, increased heart rate represents an evolutionarily conserved cue for arousal, threat, and pain. Our results therefore align with the idea that the brain treats externally manipulated increases in cardiac signals as congruent with anticipated sympathetic activation, prompting a compensatory autonomic and perceptual response consistent with embodied predictive processing frameworks (e.g., Barrett & Simmons, 2015; Seth, 2013).

      We would also like to re-iterate that our results cannot be explained by general differences induced by the different heart rate sounds relative to the exteroceptive (see also our detailed comments to your point above, and our response to a similar point from Reviewer 3), for three main reasons.

      (1) No main effect of Experiment on pain ratings:

      If the cardiac feedback had simply increased arousal or attention in a general (non-specific) way, we would expect a main effect of Experiment (i.e., interoceptive vs exteroceptive condition) on pain intensity or unpleasantness ratings, regardless of feedback frequency. However, such a main effect was never observed. Instead, effects were specific to the manipulation of feedback frequency.

      (2) Heart rate as an arousal measure:

      Heart rate (HR) is a classical physiological index of arousal. If there had been an unspecific increase in arousal in the interoceptive condition, we would expect a main effect of Experiment on HR. However, no such main effect was found. Instead, our HR analyses revealed a significant interaction between feedback and experiment, suggesting that HR changes depended specifically on the feedback manipulation rather than reflecting a general arousal increase.

      (3) Arousal predicts faster, not slower, heart rates

      In Experiment 1, faster interoceptive cardiac feedback led to a slowdown in heartrates both when compared to slower feedback and to congruent cardiac feedback. This is in line with the predicted compensatory response to faster heart rates. In contrast, if faster feedback would have only generally increased arousal, heart rates should have increased instead of decreased, as indicated by several prior studies (for a review, see Forte et al., 2022), predicting the opposite pattern of responses than was found in Experiment 1.

      Taken together, these findings indicate that the effects observed are unlikely to be driven by unspecific arousal or attention mechanisms, but rather are consistent with feedback-specific modulations, in line with our interoceptive inference framework. We now integrate these considerations in the general discussion (lines 796-830).

      Barrett, L. F., & Simmons, W. K. (2015). Interoceptive predictions in the brain. Nature reviews neuroscience, 16(7), 419-429.

      Forte, G., Troisi, G., Pazzaglia, M., Pascalis, V. D., & Casagrande, M. (2022). Heart rate variability and pain: a systematic review. Brain sciences, 12(2), 153.

      Seth, A. K. (2013). Interoceptive inference, emotion, and the embodied self. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 17(11), 565-573.

      Additional recommendations:

      Major (in order of importance):

      (1) Number of trials per participant, per condition: as I mentioned, having only 6 trials for each condition is very little. The minimum requirement to accept so few trials would be to show data about the distribution of participants' responses to these trials, both per pain intensity (which was later averaged across - another issue discussed later), and across pain intensities, and see that it allows averaging across and that it is not incredibly variable such that the mean is unreliable.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding the limited number of trials per condition. This choice was driven by both theoretical and methodological considerations.

      First, as is common in body illusion paradigms (e.g., the Rubber Hand Illusion, Botvinick & Cohen, 1998; the Full Body Illusion, Ehrsson, 2007; the Cardio-visual full body illusion, Pratviel et al., 2022) only a few trials are typically employed due to the immediate effects these manipulations elicit. Repetition can reduce the strength of the illusion through habituation, increased awareness, or loss of believability.

      Second, the experiment was already quite long (1.5h to 2h per participant) and cognitively demanding. It would not have been feasible to expand it further without compromising data quality due to fatigue, attentional decline, or participant disengagement.

      Third, the need for a large number of trials is more relevant when using implicit measures such as response times or physiological indices, which are typically indirectly related to the psychological constructs of interest. In contrast, explicit ratings are often more sensitive and less noisy, and thus require fewer repetitions to yield reliable effects (e.g., Corneille et al., 2024).

      Importantly, we also addressed your concern analytically. We ran therefore linear mixed-effects model analyses across all dependent variables (See Supplementary materials), with Trial (i.e., the rank order of each trial) included as a predictor to account for potential time-on-task effects such as learning, adaptation, or fatigue (e.g., Möckel et al., 2015). These models captured trial-by-trial variability and allowed us to test for systematic changes in heart rate (HR) and pain ratings including interactions with feedback conditions (e.g., Klieg et al., 2011; Baayen et al., 2010; Ambrosini et al., 2019). The consistent effects of Trial suggest that repetition dampens the illusion, reinforcing our decision to limit the number of exposures.

      In the interoceptive experiment, these analyses revealed a significant Feedback × Trial interaction (F(3, 711.19) = 6.16, p < .001), indicating that the effect of feedback on HR was not constant over time. As we suspected, and in line with other illusion-like effects, the difference between Faster and Slower feedback, which was significant early on (estimate = 1.68 bpm, p = .0007), decreased by mid-session (estimate = 0.69 bpm, p = .0048), and was no longer significant in later trials (estimate = 0.30 bpm, p = .4775). At the end of the session, HR values in the Faster and Slower conditions even numerically converged (Faster: M = 74.4, Slower: M = 74.1), and the non-significant contrast confirms that the difference had effectively vanished (for further details about slope estimation, see Supplementary material).

      The same pattern emerged for pain-unpleasantness ratings. A significant Feedback × Trial interaction (F (3, 675.33) = 3.44, p = .0165) revealed that the difference between Faster and Slower feedback was strongest at the beginning of the session and progressively weakened. Specifically, Faster feedback produced higher unpleasantness than Slower in early trials (estimate= -0.28, p = .0058) and mid-session (estimate = - 0.19, p = .0001), but this contrast was no longer significant in the final trials, wherein all the differences between active feedback conditions vanished (all ps > .55).

      Finally, similar results were yielded for pain intensity ratings. A significant Feedback × Trial interaction (F (3, 669.15) = 9.86, p < .001) showed that the Faster vs Slower difference was greatest at the start of the session and progressively vanished over trials. In early trials Faster feedback exceeded Slower (estimate=-8.33, p = .0001); by mid-session this gap had shrunk to 4.48 points (p < .0001); and in the final trials it was no longer significant (all ps > .94).

      Taken together, our results show that the illusion induced by Faster relative to slower feedback fades with repetition; adding further trials would likely have masked this key effect, confirming the methodological choice to restrict each condition to fewer exposures. To conclude, given that this is the first study to investigate an illusion of pain using heartbeat-based manipulation, we intentionally limited repeated exposures to preserve the integrity of the illusion. The use of mixed models as complementary analyses strengthens the reliability of our conclusions within these necessary design constraints. We now clarify this point in the Procedure paragraph (lines 328-335)

      Ambrosini, E., Peressotti, F., Gennari, M., Benavides-Varela, S., & Montefinese, M. (2023). Aging-related effects on the controlled retrieval of semantic information. Psychology and Aging, 38(3), 219.

      Baayen, R. H., & Milin, P. (2010). Analyzing reaction times. International Journal of Psychological Research, 3(2), 12-28.

      Botvinick, M., & Cohen, J. (1998). Rubber hands ‘feel’touch that eyes see. Nature, 391(6669), 756-756.

      Corneille, O., & Gawronski, B. (2024). Self-reports are better measurement instruments than implicit measures. Nature Reviews Psychology, 3(12), 835–846.

      Ehrsson, H. H. (2007). The experimental induction of out-of-body experiences. Science, 317(5841), 1048-1048.

      Kliegl, R., Wei, P., Dambacher, M., Yan, M., & Zhou, X. (2011). Experimental effects and individual differences in linear mixed models: Estimating the relation of spatial, object, and attraction effects in visual attention. Frontiers in Psychology, 1, 238. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2010.00238

      Möckel, T., Beste, C., & Wascher, E. (2015). The effects of time on task in response selection-an ERP study of mental fatigue. Scientific reports, 5(1), 10113.

      Pratviel, Y., Bouni, A., Deschodt-Arsac, V., Larrue, F., & Arsac, L. M. (2022). Avatar embodiment in VR: Are there individual susceptibilities to visuo-tactile or cardio-visual stimulations?. Frontiers in Virtual Reality, 3, 954808.

      (2) Using different pain intensities: what was the purpose of training participants on correctly identifying pain intensities? You state that the aim of having 5 intensities is to cause ambiguity. What is the purpose of making sure participants accurately identify the intensities? Also, why then only 3 intensities were used in the test phase? The rationale for these is lacking.

      We thank the reviewer for raising these important points regarding the use of different pain intensities. The purpose of using five levels during the calibration and training phases was to introduce variability and increase ambiguity in the participants’ sensory experience. This variability aimed to reduce predictability and prevent participants from forming fixed expectations about stimulus intensity, thereby enhancing the plausibility of the illusion. It also helped prevent habituation to a single intensity and made the manipulation subtler and more credible. We had no specific theoretical hypotheses about this manipulation. Regarding the accuracy training, although the paradigm introduced ambiguity, it was important to ensure that participants developed a stable and consistent internal representation of the pain scale. This step was essential to control for individual differences in sensory discrimination and to ensure that illusion effects were not confounded by participants’ inability to reliably distinguish between intensities.

      As for the use of only three pain intensities in the test phase, the rationale was to focus on a manageable subset that still covered a meaningful range of the stimulus spectrum. This approach followed the same logic as Iodice et al. (2019, PNAS), who used five (rather than all seven) intensity levels during their experimental session. Specifically, they excluded the extreme levels (45 W and 125 W) used during baseline, to avoid floor and ceiling effects and to ensure that each test intensity could be paired with both a “slower” and a “faster” feedback from an adjacent level. This would not have been possible at the extremes of the intensity range, where no adjacent level exists in one direction. We adopted the same strategy to preserve the internal consistency and plausibility of our feedback manipulation.

      We further clarified these points in the revised manuscript (lines 336-342).

      Iodice, P., Porciello, G., Bufalari, I., Barca, L., & Pezzulo, G. (2019). An interoceptive illusion of effort induced by false heart-rate feedback. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 116(28), 13897-13902.

      (3) Averaging across pain intensities: this is, in my opinion, not the best approach as by matching a participant's specific responses to a pain stimulus before and after the manipulation, you can more closely identify changes resulting from the manipulation. Nevertheless, the minimal requirement to do so is to show data of distributions of pain intensities so we know they did not differ between conditions per participant, and in general - as you indicate they were randomly distributed.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. The decision to average across pain intensities in our main analyses was driven by the specific aim of the study: we did not intend to determine at which exact intensity level the illusion was most effective, and the limited number of trials makes such an analysis difficult. Rather, we introduced variability in nociceptive input to increase ambiguity and reduce predictability in the participants’ sensory experience. This variability was critical for enhancing the plausibility of the illusion by preventing participants from forming fixed expectations about stimulus strength. Additionally, using a range of intensities helped to minimize habituation effects and made the feedback manipulation subtler and more credible.

      That said, we appreciate the reviewer’s point that matching specific responses before and after the manipulation at each intensity level could provide further insights into how the illusion operates across varying levels of nociceptive input. We therefore conducted supplementary analyses using linear mixed-effects models in which all three stimulus intensities were included as a continuous fixed factor. This allowed us to examine whether the effects of feedback were intensity-specific or generalized across different levels of stimulation

      These analyses revealed that, in both the interoceptive and exteroceptive experiments, the effect of feedback on pain ratings was significantly modulated by stimulus intensity, as indicated by a Feedback × Stimulus Intensity interaction (Interoceptive: unpleasantness F(3, 672.32)=3.90, p=.0088; intensity ratings F(3, 667.07)=3.46, p=.016. Exteroceptive: unpleasantness F(3, 569.16)=8.21, p<.0001; intensity ratings F(3, 570.65)=3.00, p=.0301). The interaction term confirmed that the impact of feedback varied with stimulus strength, yet the pattern that emerged in each study diverged markedly.

      In the interoceptive experiment, the accelerated-heartbeat feedback (Faster) systematically heightened pain relative to the decelerated version (Slower) at every level of noxious input: for low-intensity trials Faster exceeded Slower by 0.22 ± 0.08 points on the unpleasantness scale (t = 2.84, p = .0094) and by 3.87 ± 1.69 units on the numeric intensity scale (t = 2.29, p = .0448); at the medium intensity the corresponding differences were 0.19 ± 0.05 (t = -4.02, p = .0001) and 4.52 ± 1.06 (t = 4.28, p < .0001); and even at the highest intensity, Faster still surpassed Slower by 0.17 ± 0.08 on unpleasantness (t = 2.21, p = .0326) and by 5.16 ± 1.67 on intensity (t = 3.09, p = .0032). This uniform Faster > Slower pattern indicates that the interoceptive manipulation amplifies perceived pain in a stimulus-independent fashion.

      The exteroceptive control experiment told a different story: the Faster-Slower contrast reached significance only at the most noxious setting (unpleasantness: estimate = 0.24 ± 0.07, t = -3.24, p = .0019; intensity: estimate = - 5.14 ± 1.82, t = 2.83, p = .0072) and was absent at the medium level (intensity , p=0.29; unpleasantness,  p=0.45), while at the lowest level Slower actually produced numerically higher unpleasantness (2.56 versus 2.40) and intensity ratings (44.7 versus 42.2).

      Thus, although both studies show that feedback effects depend on the actual nociceptive level of the stimulus, the results suggest that the faster vs. slower interoceptive feedback manipulation delivers a robust and intensity-invariant enhancement of pain, whereas the exteroceptive cue exerts a sporadic influence that surfaces solely under maximal stimulation.

      These new results are now included in the Supplementary Materials, where we report the detailed analyses for both the Interoceptive and Exteroceptive experiments on the Likert unpleasantness ratings and the numeric pain intensity ratings.

      (4) Sample size: It seems that the sample size was determined after the experiment was conducted, as the required N is identical to the actual N. I would be transparent about that, and say that retrospective sample size analyses support the ability of your sample size to support your claims. In general, a larger sample size than is required is always recommended, and if you were to run another study, I suggest you increase the sample size.

      As also addressed in our responses to your later comments (see our detailed reply regarding the justification of SESOI and power analyses), the power analyses reported here were not post-hoc power analyses based on obtained results. In line with current recommendations (Anderson, Kelley & Maxwell, 2017; Albers & Lakens, 2018), we did not base our analyses on previously reported effect sizes, as these can carry considerable uncertainty, particularly for novel effects where robust estimates are lacking. Instead, we used sensitivity analyses, conducted using the sensitivity analysis function in G*Power (Version 3.1). Sensitivity analyses allow us to report effect sizes that our design was adequately powered (90%) to detect, given the actual sample size, desired power level, and the statistical test used in each experiment (Lakens, 2022). Following further guidance (Lakens, 2022), we also report the smallest effect size of interest (SESOI) that these tests could reliably detect.

      This approach indicated that our design was powered to detect effect sizes of d = 0.57 in Experiment 1 and d = 0.62 in Experiment 2, with corresponding SESOIs of d = 0.34 and d = 0.37, respectively. The slightly higher value in Experiment 2 reflects the greater number of participants excluded (from an equal number originally tested) based on pre-specified criteria. Importantly, both experiments were well-powered to detect effects smaller than those typically reported in similar top-down pain modulation studies, where effect sizes around d = 0.7 have been observed (Iodice et al., 2019).

      We have now clarified this rationale in the revised manuscript, Experiment 1- Methods - Participants (lines 208-217).

      Albers, C., & Lakens, D. (2018). When power analyses based on pilot data are biased: Inaccurate effect size estimators and follow-up bias. Journal of experimental social psychology, 74, 187-195.

      Anderson, S. F., Kelley, K., & Maxwell, S. E. (2017). Sample-Size Planning for More Accurate Statistical Power: A Method Adjusting Sample Effect Sizes for Publication Bias and Uncertainty. Psychological Science, 28(11), 1547-1562. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956797617723724

      Lakens, D. (2022). Sample size justification. Collabra: psychology, 8(1), 33267.

      (5) Analysis: the use of change scores instead of the actual scores is not recommended, as it is a loss of data, but could have been ignored if it didn't have a significant effect on the analyses conducted. Instead of conducting an RM-ANOVA of conditions (faster, slower, normal heartbeats) across participants, finding significant interaction, and then moving on to specific post-hoc paired comparisons between conditions, the authors begin with the change score but then move on to conduct the said paired comparisons without ever anchoring these analyses in an appropriate larger ANOVA. I strongly recommend the use of an ANOVA but if not, the authors would have to correct for multiple comparisons at the minimum.

      We thank the reviewer for their comment regarding the use of change scores. These were originally derived from the difference between the slower and faster feedback conditions relative to the congruent condition. In line with the reviewer’s recommendation, we have now removed these difference-based change scores from the main analysis. The results remain identical. Please note that we have retained the normalization procedure, relative to each participant’s initial baseline in the no feedback trials, as it is widely used in the interoceptive and pain literature (e.g., Bartolo et al., 2013; Cecchini et al., 2020; Riello et al., 2019). This approach helps to control for interindividual variability and baseline differences by expressing each participant’s response relative to their no-feedback baseline. As before, normalization was applied across all dependent variables (heart rate, pain intensity, and pain unpleasantness).

      To address the reviewer’s concern about statistical validity, we now first report a 1-factor repeated-measures ANOVA (Greenhouse-Geisser corrected) for each dependent variable, with feedback condition (slower, congruent, faster) as the within-subject factor.

      These show in each case a significant main effect, which we then follow with planned paired-sample t-tests comparing:

      Faster vs. slower feedback (our main hypothesis, as these manipulations are expected to produce largest, most powerful, test of our hypothesis, see response to Reviewer 3),

      Faster vs. congruent and slower vs. congruent (to test for potential asymmetries, as suggested  by previous false heart rate feedback studies).

      The rationale of these analyses is further discussed in the Data Analysis of Experiment 1 (lines 405-437).

      Although we report the omnibus one-factor RM-ANOVAs to satisfy conventional expectations, we note that such tests are not statistically necessary, nor even optimal, when the research question is fully captured by a priori, theory-driven contrasts. Extensive methodological work shows that, in this situation, going straight to planned contrasts maximises power without inflating Type I error and avoids the logical circularity of first testing an effect one does not predict (e.g., Rosenthal & Rosnow, 1985). In other words, an omnibus F is warranted only when one wishes to protect against unspecified patterns of differences. Here our hypotheses were precise (Faster ≠ Slower; potential asymmetry relative to Congruent), so the planned paired comparisons would have sufficed statistically. We therefore include the RM-ANOVAs solely for readers who expect to see them, but our inferential conclusions rest on the theoretically motivated contrasts.

      Rosenthal, R., & Rosnow, R. L. (1985). Contrast analysis. New York: Cambridge.

      (6) Correlations: were there correlations between subjects' own heartbeats (which are considered a predictive cue) and pain perceptions? This is critical to show that the two are in fact related.

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful suggestion. While we agree that testing for a correlation between anticipatory heart rate responses and subjective pain ratings is theoretically relevant. However, we have not conducted this analysis in the current manuscript, as our study was not designed or powered to reliably detect such individual differences. As noted by Hedge, Powell, and Sumner (2018), robust within-subject experimental designs tend to minimize between-subject variability in order to detect clear experimental effects. This reduction in variance at the between-subject level limits the reliability of correlational analyses involving trait-like or individual response patterns. This issue, known as the reliability paradox, highlights that measures showing robust within-subject effects may not show stable individual differences, and therefore correlations with other individual-level variables (like subjective ratings used here) require much larger samples to produce interpretable results than available here (and commonly used in the literature), typically more than 200 participants. For these reasons, we believe that running such an analysis in our current dataset would not yield informative results and could be misleading.

      We now explicitly acknowledge this point in the revised version of the manuscript (Limitations and future directions, lines 832-851) and suggest that future studies specifically designed to examine individual variability in anticipatory physiological responses and pain perception would be better suited to address this question.

      Hedge, C., Powell, G., & Sumner, P. (2018). The reliability paradox: Why robust cognitive tasks do not produce reliable individual differences. Behavior Research Methods, 50(3), 1166-1186. https://doi.org/10.3758/s13428-017-0935-1

      (7) The direct comparison between studies is great! and finally the use of ANOVA - but why without the appropriate post-hoc tests to support the bold claims in lines 542-544? This is needed. Same for 556-558.

      We apologize if our writing was not clear here, but the result of the ANOVAs fully warrants the claims in 542-544 (now lines 616-618) and 556-558 (now lines 601-603).

      In a 2x2 design, the interaction term is mathematically identical to comparing the difference induced by Factor 1 at one level of Factor 2 with the same difference induced at the other level of Factor 2. In our 2x2 analysis with the factors Experiment (Cardiac feedback, Exteroceptive feedback - between participants) and Feedback Frequency (faster, slower - within participants), the interaction therefore directly tests whether the effect of Feedback frequency differs statistically (i.e., is larger or smaller) in the participants in the interoceptive and exteroceptive experiments. Thus, the conclusion that “faster feedback affected the perceptual bias more strongly in the Experiment 1 than in Experiment 2” captures the outcome of the significant interaction exactly. Indeed, this test would be statistically equivalent (and would produce identical p values) to a simple between-group t-test between each participant’s difference between the faster and slower feedback in the interoceptive group and the analogous differences between the faster and slower feedback in the exteroceptive group, as illustrated in standard examples of factorial analysis (see, e.g., Maxwell, Delaney and Kelley, 2018).

      Please note that, for the above reason, mathematically the conclusion of larger effects in one experiment than the other is licensed by the significant interaction even without follow-up t-tests. However, if the reader would like to see these tests, they are simply the main analysis results reported in each of the two experiment sections, where significant (t-test) differences between faster and slower feedback were induced with interoceptive cues (Experiment 1) but not exteroceptive cues (Experiment 2). Reporting them in the between-experiment comparison section again would therefore be redundant.

      To avoid this lack of clarity, we have now re-written the results section of each experiment. First, as noted above, we now precede our main hypothesis test - the crucial t-test comparing heartrate and pain ratings after faster vs slower feedback - with an ANOVA including all three levels (faster, congruent, slower feedback). Moreover, we removed the separate between-experiment comparison section. Instead, in the Result section of the exteroceptive Experiment 2, we now directly compare the (absent or reversed) effects of faster vs slower feedback directly, with a between-groups t-test, with the present effects in the interoceptive Experiment 1. This shows conclusively, and hopefully more clearly, that the effects in both experiments differ. We hope that this makes the logic of our analyses clearer.

      Maxwell, S. E., Delaney, H. D., & Kelley, K. (2017). Designing experiments and analyzing data: A model comparison perspective. Routledge.

      (8) The discussion is missing a limitation paragraph.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have now added a dedicated limitations paragraph in the Discussion section (lines 832-890).

      Additional recommendations:

      Minor (chronological order):

      (1) Sample size calculations for both experiments: what was the effect size based on? A citation or further information is needed. Also, clarify why the effect size differed between the two experiments.

      Please see above

      (2) "Participants were asked to either not drink coffee or smoke cigarettes" - either is implying that one of the two was asked. I suspect it is redundant as both were not permitted.

      The intention was to restrict both behaviors, so we have corrected the sentence to clarify that participants were asked not to drink coffee or smoke cigarettes before the session.

      (3) Normalization of ECG - what exactly was normalized, namely what measure of the ECG?

      The normalized measure was the heart rate, expressed in beats per minute (bpm). We now clarify this in the Data Analysis section of Experiment 1 (Measures of the heart rate recorded with the ECG (beats per minute) in the feedback phase were normalized)

      (4) Line 360: "Mean Δ pain unpleasantness ratings were analysed analogously" - this is unclear, if already described in methods then should be removed here, if not - should be further explained here.

      Thank you for your observation. We are no longer using change scores.

      (5) Lines 418-420: "Consequently, perceptual and cardiac modulations associated with the feedback manipulation should be reduced over the exposure to the faster exteroceptive sound." - why reduced and not unchanged? I didn't follow the logic.

      We chose the term “reduced” rather than “unchanged” to remain cautious in our interpretation. Statistically, the absence of a significant effect in one experiment does not necessarily mean that no effect is present; it simply means we did not detect one. For this reason, we avoided using language that would suggest complete absence of modulation. It also more closely matches the results of the between experiment comparisons that we report in the Result section of Experiment 2, which can in principle only show that the effect in Experiment 2 was smaller than that of Experiment 1, not that it was absent. Even the TOST analysis that we utilize to show the absence of an effect can only show that any effect that is present is smaller than we could reasonably expect to detect with our experimental design, not its complete absence.

      Also, on a theoretical level, pain is a complex, multidimensional experience influenced not only by sensory input but also by cognitive, emotional, social and expectancy factors. For this reason, we considered it important to remain open to the possibility that other mechanisms beyond the misleading cardiac prior induced by the feedback might have contributed to the observed effects. If such other influences had contributed to the induced differences between faster and slower feedback in Experiment 1, some remainder of this difference could have been observed in Experiment 2 as well.

      Thus, for both statistical and theoretical reasons, we were careful to predict a reduction of the crucial difference, not its complete elimination. However, to warrant the possibility that effects could be completely eliminated we now write that “perceptual and cardiac modulations associated with the feedback manipulation should be reduced or eliminated with exteroceptive feedback”

      (6) Study 2 generation of feedback - was this again tailored per participants (25% above and beyond their own HR at baseline + gradually increasing or decreasing), or identical for everyone?

      Yes, in Study 2, the generation of feedback was tailored to each participant, mirroring the procedure or Experiment 1. Specifically, the feedback was set to be 25% above or below their baseline heart rate, with the feedback gradually increasing or decreasing. This individualized approach ensured that each participant experienced feedback relative to their own baseline heart rate. We now clarify this in the Methods section (lines 306-318).

      (7) I did not follow why we need the TOST and how to interpret its results.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important point. In classical null hypothesis significance testing (NHST), a non-significant p-value (e.g., p > .05) only indicates that we failed to find a statistically significant difference, not that there is no difference. It therefore does not allow us to conclude that two conditions are equivalent – only that we cannot confidently say they are different. In our case, to support the claim that exteroceptive feedback does not induce perceptual or physiological changes (unlike interoceptive feedback), we needed a method to test for the absence of a meaningful effect, not just the absence of a statistically detectable one.

      The TOST (Two One-Sided Tests) procedure reverses the logic of NHST by testing whether the observed effect falls within a predefined equivalence interval, called the smallest effect size of interest (SESOI) that is in principle measurable with our design parameters (e.g., type of test, number of participants). This approach is necessary when the goal is not to detect a difference, but rather to demonstrate that an observed effect is so small that it can be considered negligible – or at the least smaller than we could in principle expect to observe in the given experiment. We used the TOST procedure in Experiment 2 to test for statistical equivalence between the effects of faster and slower exteroceptive feedback on pain ratings and heart rate.

      We hope that the clearer explanation now provided in data analysis of Experiment 2 section (lines 5589-563) fully addresses the reviewer’s concern.

      (8) Lines 492-3: authors say TOST significant, while p value = 0.065

      We thank the reviewer for spotting this inconsistency. The discrepancy was due to a typographical error in the initial manuscript. During the revision of the paper, we rechecked and fully recomputed all TOST analyses, and the results have now been corrected throughout the manuscript to accurately reflect the statistical outcomes. In particular, for the comparison of heart rate between faster and slower exteroceptive feedback in Experiment 2, the corrected TOST analysis now shows a significant equivalence, with the observed effect size being d = -0.19 (90% CI [-0.36, -0.03]) and both one-sided tests yielding p = .025 and p < .001. These updated results are reported in the revised Results section.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I would suggest the authors revise their definition of pain in the introduction, since it is not always a protective experience. The new IASP definition specifically takes this into consideration.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have updated the definition of pain in the Introduction (lines 2-4) to align with the most recent IASP definition (2020), which characterizes pain as “an unpleasant sensory and emotional experience associated with, or resembling that associated with, actual or potential tissue damage” (lines 51-53).

      The work on exteroceptive cues does not necessarily neglect the role of interoceptive sources of information, although it is true that it has been comparatively less studied. I suggest rephrasing this sentence to reflect this.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this important nuance. We agree that studies employing exteroceptive cues to modulate pain perception do not necessarily neglect the role of interoceptive sources, even though these are not always the primary focus of investigation. Our intention was not to imply a strict dichotomy, but rather to highlight that interoceptive mechanisms have been comparatively under-investigated. We have revised the sentence in the Introduction accordingly to better reflect this perspective (Introduction, lines 110-112, “Although interoceptive processes may have contributed to the observed effects, these studies did not specifically target interoceptive sources of information within the inferential process.”).

      The last paragraph of the introduction (lines 158-164) contains generalizations beyond what can be supported by the data and the results, about the generation of predictive processes and the origins of these predictions. The statements regarding the understanding of pain-related pathologies in terms of chronic aberrant predictions in the context of this study are also unwarranted.

      We have deleted this paragraph now.

      I could not find the study registration (at least in clinicaltrials.gov). This is curious considering that the hypothesis and the experimental design seem in principle well thought out, and a study pre-registration improves the credibility of the research (Nosek et al., 2018). I also find the choice for the smallest effect of interest (SESOI) odd. Besides the unnecessary variable transformations (more on that later), there is no justification for why that particular SESOI was chosen, or why it changes between experiments (Dienes, 2021; King, 2011), which makes the choice look arbitrary. The SESOI is a fundamental component of a priori power analysis (Lakens, 2022), and without rationale and preregistration, it is impossible to tell whether this is a case of SPARKing or not (Sasaki & Yamada, 2023).

      We acknowledge that the study was not preregistered. Although our hypotheses and design were developed a priori and informed by established theoretical frameworks, the lack of formal preregistration is a limitation.

      The SESOI values for Experiments 1 and 2 were derived from sensitivity analyses based on the fixed design parameters (type of test, number of participants, alpha level) of our study, not from any post-hoc interpretation based on observed results - they can therefore not be a case of SPARKing. Following current recommendations (Anderson, Kelley & Maxwell, 2017; Albers & Lakens, 2017; Lakens, 2022), we avoided basing power estimates on published effect sizes, as no such values exist for in novel paradigms, and are typically inflated due to publication and other biases. Instead, sensitivity analyses (using G*Power, v 3.1) allows us to calculate, prospectively, the smallest effect each design could detect with 90 % power, given the actual sample size, test type, and α level. Because more participants were excluded in Experiment 2, this design can detect slightly larger effects (d = 0.62) than Experiment 1 (d = 0.57). Please note that both studies therefore remain well-powered to capture effects of the magnitude typically reported in previous research using feedback manipulations to explore interoceptive illusions (e.g., Iodice et al., 2019, d ≈ 0.7).

      We have added this clarification to the Participants section of Experiment 1 (Lines 208-217).

      Anderson, S. F., Kelley, K., & Maxwell, S. E. (2017). Sample-Size Planning for More Accurate Statistical Power: A Method Adjusting Sample Effect Sizes for Publication Bias and Uncertainty. Psychological Science, 28(11), 1547-1562.

      Lakens, D. (2022). Sample size justification. Collabra: psychology, 8(1), 33267.

      Albers, C., & Lakens, D. (2018). When power analyses based on pilot data are biased: Inaccurate effect size estimators and follow-up bias. Journal of experimental social psychology, 74, 187-195.

      In the Apparatus subsection, it is stated that the intensity of the electrical stimuli was fixed at 2 ms. I believe the authors refer to the duration of the stimulus, not its intensity.

      You are right, thank you for pointing that out. The text should refer to the duration of the electrical stimulus, not its intensity. We have corrected this wording in the revised manuscript to avoid confusion.

      It would be interesting to report (in graphical form) the stimulation intensities corresponding to the calibration procedure for the five different pain levels identified for all subjects.

      That's a good suggestion. We have included a supplementary figure showing the stimulation intensities corresponding to the five individually calibrated pain levels across all participants (Supplementary Figure 11.)

      It is questionable that researchers state that "pain and unpleasantness should be rated independently" but then the first level of the Likert scale for unpleasantness is "1=no pain". This is particularly relevant since simulation (and specifically electrical stimulation) can be unpleasant but non-painful at the same time. Since the experiments were already performed, the researchers should at least explain this choice.

      Thank you for raising this point. You are right in that the label of “no pain” in the pain unpleasantness scale was not ideal, and we now acknowledge this in the text (lines 886-890). Please note that this was always the second rating that participants gave (after pain intensity), and the strongest results come from this first rating.

      Discussion.

      I did not find in the manuscript the rationale for varying the frequency of the heart rate by 25% (instead of any other arbitrary quantity).

      We thank the Reviewer for this observation, which prompted us to clarify the rationale behind our choice of a ±25% manipulation of heart rate feedback. False feedback paradigms have historically relied on a variety of approaches to modulate perceived cardiac signals. Some studies have adopted non-individualised values, using fixed frequencies (e.g., 60 or 110 bpm) to evoke states of calm or arousal, independently of participants’ actual physiology (Valins, 1966; Shahidi & Baluch, 1991; Crucian et al., 2000; Tajadura-Jiménez et al., 2008). Others have used the participant’s real-time heart rate as a basis, introducing accelerations or decelerations without applying a specific percentage transformation (e.g., Iodice et al., 2019). More recently, a growing body of work has employed percentage-based alterations of the instantaneous heart rate, offering a controlled and participant-specific manipulation. These include studies using −20% (Azevedo et al., 2017), ±30% (Dey et al., 2018), and even ±50% (Gray et al., 2007).

      These different methodologies - non-individualised, absolute, or proportionally scaled - have all been shown to effectively modulate subjective and physiological responses. They suggest that the impact of false feedback does not depend on a single fixed method, but rather on the plausibility and salience of the manipulation within the context of the task. We chose to apply a ±25% variation because it falls well within the most commonly used range and strikes a balance between producing a detectable effect and maintaining the illusion of physiological realism. The magnitude is conceptually justified as being large enough to shape interoceptive and emotional experience (as shown by Azevedo and Dey), yet small enough to avoid implausible or disruptive alterations, such as those approaching ±50%. We have now clarified this rationale in the revised Procedure paragraph of Experiment 1 (lines 306-318).

      T. Azevedo, R., Bennett, N., Bilicki, A., Hooper, J., Markopoulou, F., & Tsakiris, M. (2017). The calming effect of a new wearable device during the anticipation of public speech. Scientific reports, 7(1), 2285.

      Crucian, G. P., Hughes, J. D., Barrett, A. M., Williamson, D. J. G., Bauer, R. M., Bowers, D., & Heilman, K. M. (2000). Emotional and physiological responses to false feedback. Cortex, 36(5), 623-647.

      Dey, A., Chen, H., Billinghurst, M., & Lindeman, R. W. (2018, October). Effects of manipulating physiological feedback in immersive virtual environments. In Proceedings of the 2018 Annual Symposium on Computer-Human Interaction in Play (pp. 101-111).

      Gray, M. A., Harrison, N. A., Wiens, S., & Critchley, H. D. (2007). Modulation of emotional appraisal by false physiological feedback during fMRI. PLoS one, 2(6), e546.

      Shahidi, S., & Baluch, B. (1991). False heart-rate feedback, social anxiety and self-attribution of embarrassment. Psychological reports, 69(3), 1024-1026.

      Tajadura-Jiménez, A., Väljamäe, A., & Västfjäll, D. (2008). Self-representation in mediated environments: the experience of emotions modulated by auditory-vibrotactile heartbeat. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 11(1), 33-38.

      Valins, S. (1966). Cognitive effects of false heart-rate feedback. Journal of personality and social psychology, 4(4), 400.

      The researchers state that pain ratings collected in the feedback phase were normalized to the no-feedback phase to control for inter-individual variability in pain perception, as established by previous research. They cite three studies involving smell and taste, of which the last two contain the same normalization presented in this study. However, unlike these studies, the outcomes here require no normalization whatsoever, because there should be no (or very little) inter-individual variability in pain intensity ratings. Indeed, pain intensity ratings in this study are anchored to 30, 50, and 70 / 100 as a condition of the experimental design. The researchers go to extreme lengths to ensure this is the case, by adjusting stimulation intensities until at least 75% of stimulation intensities are correctly matched to their pain ratings counterpart in the pre-experiment procedure. In other words, inter-individual variability in this study is in stimulation intensities, and not pain intensity ratings. Even if it could be argued that pain unpleasantness and heart rate still need to account for inter-individual variability, the best way to do this is by using the baseline (no-feedback) measures as covariates in a mixed linear model. Another advantage of this approach is that all the effects can be described in terms of the original scales and are readily understandable, and post hoc tests between levels can be corrected for multiple comparisons. On the contrary, the familywise error rate for the comparisons between conditions in the current analysis is larger than 5% (since there is a "main" paired t-test and additional "simple" tests).

      We disagree that there is little to no variability in the no feedback phase. Participants were tested in their ability to distinguish intensities in an initial pre-experiment calibration phase. In the no feedback phase, participants rated the pain stimuli in the full experimental context.

      In the pre-experiment calibration phase, participants were tested only once in their ability to match five electrical‐stimulation levels to the 0-100 NPS scale, before any feedback manipulation started. During this pre-experiment calibration we required that each level was classified correctly on ≥ 75 % of the four repetitions; “correct” meant falling within ± 5 NPS units of the target anchor (e.g., a response of 25–35 was accepted for the 30/100 anchor). This procedure served one purpose only: to make sure that every participant entered the main experiment with three unambiguously distinguishable stimulation levels (30 / 50 / 70). We integrated this point in the revised manuscript lines 263-270.

      Once the real task began, the context changed: shocks are unpredictable, attention is drawn to the heartbeat, and participants must judge both intensity and unpleasantness. In this full experimental setting the no-feedback block indeed shows considerable variability, even for the pain intensity ratings. Participants mean rating on the NPS scale was 46.4, with a standard deviation of 11.9 - thus participants vary quite strongly in their mean ratings (range 14.5 to 70). Moreover, while all participants show a positive correlation between actual intensities and their ratings (i.e., they rate the higher intensities as more intense than the lower ones), they vary in how much of the scale they use, with differences between reported highest and lowest intensities ranging between 8 and 91, for the participants showing the smallest and largest differences, respectively.

      Thus, while we simplified the analysis to remove the difference scoring relative to the congruent trials and now use these congruent trials as an additional condition in the analysis, we retained the normalisation procedure to account for the in-fact-existing between-participant variability, and ensure consistency with prior research (Bartolo et al., 2013; Cecchini et al., 2020; Riello et al., 2019) and our a priori analysis plan.

      However, to ensure we fully address your point here (and the other reviewers’ points about potential additional factors affecting the effects, like trial number and stimulus intensity), we also report an additional linear mixed-effects model analysis without normalization. It includes every feedback level as condition (No-Feedback, Congruent, Slower, Faster), plus additional predictors for actual stimulus intensity and trial rank within the experiment (as suggested by the other reviewers). This confirms that all relevant results remain intact once baseline and congruent trials are explicitly included in the model.

      In brief, cross‐experiment analyses demonstrated that the Faster vs Slower contrast was markedly larger when the feedback was interoceptive than when it was exteroceptive. This held for heart-rate deceleration (b = 0.94 bpm, p = .005), for increases in unpleasantness (b = -0.16 Likert units, p = .015), and in pain-intensity ratings (b = -3.27 NPS points, p = .037).

      These findings were then further confirmed by within-experiment analyses. Within the interoceptive experiment, the mixed-model on raw scores replicated every original effect: heart rate was lower after Faster than Slower feedback (estimate = –0.69 bpm, p = .005); unpleasantness was higher after Faster than Slower feedback (estimate = 0.19, p < .001); pain-intensity rose after Faster versus Slower (estimate=-4.285, p < .001). In the exteroceptive experiment, however, none of these Faster–Slower contrasts reached significance for heart rate (all ps > .33), unpleasantness (all ps > .43) or intensity (all ps > .10).  Because these effects remain significant even with No-Feedback and Congruent trials explicitly included in the model and vanish under exteroceptive control, the supplementary, non-normalised analyses confirm that the faster vs. slower interoceptive feedback uniquely lowers anticipatory heart rate while amplifying both intensity and unpleasantness of pain, independent of data transformation or reference conditions.  Please see Supplementary analyses for further details.

      Bartolo, M., Serrao, M., Gamgebeli, Z., Alpaidze, M., Perrotta, A., Padua, L., Pierelli, F., Nappi, G., & Sandrini, G. (2013). Modulation of the human nociceptive flexion reflex by pleasant and unpleasant odors. PAIN®, 154(10), 2054-2059.

      Cecchini, M. P., Riello, M., Sandri, A., Zanini, A., Fiorio, M., & Tinazzi, M. (2020). Smell and taste dissociations in the modulation of tonic pain perception induced by a capsaicin cream application. European Journal of Pain, 24(10), 1946-1955.

      Riello, M., Cecchini, M. P., Zanini, A., Di Chiappari, M., Tinazzi, M., & Fiorio, M. (2019). Perception of phasic pain is modulated by smell and taste. European Journal of Pain, 23(10), 1790-1800.

      I could initially not find a rationale for bringing upfront the comparison between faster vs. slower HR acoustic feedback when in principle the intuitive comparisons would be faster vs. congruent and slower vs. congruent feedback. This is even more relevant considering that in the proposed main comparison, the congruent feedback does not play a role: since Δ outcomes are calculated as (faster - congruent) and (slower - congruent), a paired t-test between Δ faster and Δ slower outcomes equals (faster - congruent) - (slower - congruent) = (faster - slower). I later realized that the statistical comparison (paired t-test) of pain intensity ratings of faster vs. slower acoustic feedback is significant in experiment 1 but not in experiment 2, which in principle would support the argument that interoceptive, but not exteroceptive, feedback modulates pain perception. However, the "simple" t-tests show that faster feedback modulates pain perception in both experiments, although the effect is larger in experiment 1 (interoceptive feedback) compared to experiment 2 (exteroceptive feedback).

      The comparison between faster and slower feedback is indeed crucial, and we regret not having made this clearer in the first version of the manuscript. As noted in our response to your point in the public review, this comparison is both statistically most powerful, and theoretically the most appropriate, as it controls for any influence of salience or surprise when heart rates deviate (in either direction) from what is expected. It therefore provides a clean measure of how much accelerated heartrate affects pain perception and physiological response, relative to an equal change in the opposite direction. However, as noted above, in the new version of the manuscript we have now removed the analysis via difference scores, and directly compared all three relevant conditions (faster, congruent, slower), first via an ANOVA and then with follow-up planned t-tests.

      Please refer to our previous response for further details (i.e., Furthermore, the researchers propose the comparison of faster vs. slower delta HR acoustic feedback throughout the manuscript when the natural comparison is the incongruent vs. the congruent feedback [..]).

      The design of experiment two involves the selection of knocking wood sounds to act as exteroceptive acoustic feedback. Since the purpose is to test whether sound affects pain intensity ratings, unpleasantness, and heart rate, it would have made sense to choose sounds that would be more likely to elicit such changes, e.g. Taffou et al. (2021), Chen & Wang (2022), Zhou et al. (2022), Tajadura-Jiménez et al. (2010). Whereas I acknowledge that there is a difference in effect sizes between experiment 1 and experiment 2 for the faster acoustic feedback, I am not fully convinced that this difference is due to the nature of the feedback (interoceptive vs. exteroceptive), since a similar difference could arguably be obtained by exteroceptive sound with looming or rough qualities. Since the experiment was already carried out and this hypothesis cannot be tested, I suggest that the researchers moderate the inferences made in the Discussion regarding these results.

      Please refer to our previous response for a previous detailed answer to this point in the Public Review (i.e., This could be influenced by the fact that the faster HR exteroceptive cue in experiment 2 also shows a significant modulatory effect [..]). As we describe there, we see little grounds to suspect such a non-specific influence of acoustic parameters, as it is specifically the sensitivity to the change in heart rate (faster vs slower) that is affected by our between-experiment manipulation, not the overall response to the different exteroceptive or interoceptive sounds. Moreover, the specific change induced by the faster interoceptive feedback - a heartrate deceleration - is not consistent with a change in arousal or alertness (which would have predicted an increase in heartrate with increasing arousal). See also Discussion-Accounting for general unspecific contributions.

      Additionally, the fact that no significant effects were found for unpleasantness ratings or heart rate (absence of evidence) should not be taken as proof that faster exteroceptive feedback does not induce an effect on these outcomes (evidence of absence). In this case, it could be that there is actually no effect on these variables, or that the experiment was not sufficiently powered to detect those effects. This would depend on the SESOIs for these variables, which as stated before, was not properly justified.

      We very much agree that the absence of significant effects should not be interpreted as definitive evidence of absence. Indeed, we were careful not to overinterpret the null findings for heart rate and unpleasantness ratings, and we conducted additional analyses to clarify their interpretation. First, the TOST analysis shows that any effects in Experiment 2 are (significantly) smaller than the smallest effect size that can possibly be detected in our experiment, given the experimental parameters (number of participants, type of test, alpha level). Second, and more importantly, we run between-experiments comparisons (see Results Experiment 2, and Supplementary materials, Cross-experiment analysis between-subjects model) of the crucial difference in the changes induced by faster and slower feedback. This showed that the differences were larger with interoceptive (Experiment 1) than exteroceptive cues (Experiment 2). Thus, even if a smaller than is in principle detectable effect is induced by the exteroceptive cues in Experiment 2, it is smaller than with interoceptive cues in Experiment 1.

      To ensure we fully address this point, we have now simplified our main analysis (main manuscript), replicated it with a different analysis (Supplementary material), we motivate more clearly (Methods Experiment 1), why the comparison between faster and slower feedback is crucial, and we make clearer that the difference between these conditions is larger in Experiment 1 than Experiment 2 (Results Experiment 2). Moreover, we went through the manuscript and ensured that our wording does not over-interpret the absence of effects in Experiment 2, as an absence of a difference.

      The section "Additional comparison analysis between experiments" encompasses in a way all possible comparisons between levels of the different factors in both experiments. My original suggestion regarding the use of a mixed linear model with covariates is still valid for this case. This analysis also brings into question another aspect of the experimental design: what is the rationale for dividing the study into two experiments, considering that variability and confounding factors would have been much better controlled in a single experimental session that includes all conditions?

      We thank the reviewer for their comment. We would like to note, first, that the between-experiment analyses did not encompass all possible comparisons between levels, as it just included faster and slower feedback for the within-experiment comparison Instead, they focus on the specific interaction between faster and slower feedback on the one hand, and interoceptive vs exteroceptive cues on the other. This interaction essentially compares, for each dependent measure (HR, pain unpleasantness, pain intensity), the difference between faster and slower feedback in Experiment 1 with that the same difference in Experiment 2 (and would produce identical p values to a between-experiment t-test). The significant interactions therefore indicate larger effects of interoceptive cues than exteroceptive ones for each of the measures. To make this clearer, we have now exchanged the analysis with between-experiment t-tests of the difference between faster and slower feedback for each measure (Results Experiment 2), producing identical results. Moreover, as suggested, we also now report linear mixed model analyses (see Supplementary Materials), which provide a comprehensive comparison across experiments.

      Regarding the experimental design, we appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion regarding a within-subject crossover design. While such an approach indeed offers greater statistical power by reducing interindividual variability (Charness, Gneezy, & Kuhn, 2012), we intentionally chose a between-subjects design due to theoretical and methodological considerations specific to deceptive feedback paradigms. First, carryover effects are a major concern in deception studies. Participants exposed to one type of feedback could develop suspicion or adaptive strategies that would alter their responses in subsequent conditions (Martin & Sayette, 1993). Expectancy effects could thus contaminate results in a crossover design, particularly when feedback manipulation becomes apparent. In line with this idea, past studies on false cardiac feedback (e.g., Valins, 1966; Pennebaker & Lightner, 1980) often employed between-subjects or blocked designs to maintain the ecological validity of the illusion.

      Charness, G., Gneezy, U., & Kuhn, M. A. (2012). Experimental methods: Between-subject and within-subject design. Journal of economic behavior & organization, 81(1), 1-8.

      Martin, C. S., & Sayette, M. A. (1993). Experimental design in alcohol administration research: limitations and alternatives in the manipulation of dosage-set. Journal of studies on alcohol, 54(6), 750-761.

      Pennebaker, J. W., & Lightner, J. M. (1980). Competition of internal and external information in an exercise setting. Journal of personality and social psychology, 39(1), 165.

      Valins, S. (1966). Cognitive effects of false heart-rate feedback. Journal of personality and social psychology, 4(4), 400.

      References

      Chen ZS, Wang J. Pain, from perception to action: A computational perspective. iScience. 2022 Dec 1;26(1):105707. doi: 10.1016/j.isci.2022.105707.

      Dienes Z. Obtaining Evidence for No Effect. Collabra: Psychology 2021 Jan 4; 7 (1): 28202. doi: 10.1525/collabra.28202

      King MT. A point of minimal important difference (MID): a critique of terminology and methods. Expert Rev Pharmacoecon Outcomes Res. 2011 Apr;11(2):171-84. doi: 10.1586/erp.11.9.

      Lakens D. Sample Size Justification. Collabra: Psychology 2022 Jan 5; 8 (1): 33267. doi: 10.1525/collabra.33267

      Nosek BA, Ebersole CR, DeHaven AC, Mellor DT. The preregistration revolution. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2018 Mar 13;115(11):2600-2606. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1708274114.

      Sasaki K, Yamada Y. SPARKing: Sample-size planning after the results are known. Front Hum Neurosci. 2023 Feb 22;17:912338. doi: 10.3389/fnhum.2023.912338.

      Taffou M, Suied C, Viaud-Delmon I. Auditory roughness elicits defense reactions. Sci Rep. 2021 Jan 13;11(1):956. doi: 10.1038/s41598-020-79767-0.

      Tajadura-Jiménez A, Väljamäe A, Asutay E, Västfjäll D. Embodied auditory perception: The emotional impact of approaching and receding sound sources. Emotion. 2010, 10(2), 216-229.https://doi.org/10.1037/a0018422

      Zhou W, Ye C, Wang H, Mao Y, Zhang W, Liu A, Yang CL, Li T, Hayashi L, Zhao W, Chen L, Liu Y, Tao W, Zhang Z. Sound induces analgesia through corticothalamic circuits. Science. 2022 Jul 8;377(6602):198-204. doi: 10.1126/science.abn4663.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The manuscript would benefit from some spelling- and grammar checking.

      Done

      Discussion:

      The discussion section is rather lengthy and would benefit from some re-structuring, editing, and sub-section headers.

      In response, we have restructured and edited the Discussion section to improve clarity and flow.

      I personally had a difficult time understanding how the data relates to the rubber hand illusion (l.623-630). I would recommend revising or deleting this section.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable feedback. We have revised the paragraph and made the parallel clearer (lines 731-739).

      Other areas are a bit short and might benefit from some elaboration, such as clinical implications. Since they were mentioned in the abstract, I had expected a bit more thorough discussion here (l. 718).

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have expanded the discussion to more thoroughly address the clinical implications of our interoceptive pain illusion (See Limitations and Future Directions paragraph).

      Further, clarification is needed for the following:

      I would like some more details on participant instructions; in particular, the potential difference in instruction between Exp. 1 and 2, if any. In Exp. 1, it says: (l. 280) "Crucially, they were also informed that over the 60 seconds preceding the administration of the shock, they were exposed to acoustic feedback, which was equivalent to their ongoing heart rate". Was there a similar instruction for Exp. 2? If yes, it would suggest a more specific effect of cardiac auditory feedback; if no, the ramifications of this difference in instructions should be more thoroughly discussed.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have clarified this point in the Procedure of Experiment 2 (548-550).

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Sy SKH. et al. on pallium encoded chemosensory impact of eye-body coordination describes how the valence of chemosensory stimuli can affect the coordination of eye saccades with tail flips. They show that aversive valence stimuli can increase both the strength and frequency of tail flips through a pallium-mediated circuit.

      Overall, the manuscript is well-written and easy to follow, although the figures are quite dense, the methodology is mostly sound, and the improvement to the fish on chips system is very interesting. The methods description is thorough and welcome, making the experiments clear. The limited number of animals, and the spread between 5 and 6dpf is a concern as most of the statistics seem to have been done on the individual events, and not the number of biological samples.

      The initial behavioural experiments are very promising. However, the conclusions surrounding the role of the pallium are a lot more speculative and not supported by the results.

      Comments:

      (1) The fish on chips 2.0 methods show a lot of promise for future studies of chemosensory stimuli, combined with whole-brain imaging. This will provide new avenues of research for zebrafish neuroscientists.

      (2) Chemosensory cues would have a very different timing than visual cues; timing is very important for multisensory integration. How do the authors suggest those are integrated? How would they differentiate between an integration of various cues or a different arousal state, as they describe in the introduction?

      (3) Studies have looked at chemosensation in Drosophila, including multisensory integration, which should be discussed by the authors (see the work of Mark Frye, amongst others).

      (4) In the brain imaging methods, there is a mention of robustly behaving larvae. Does that mean that an exclusion criterion was used to select only 5 larvae? If so, this should be stated clearly. The authors also do not mention how they avoid the switch to a passive state that one of the coauthors has observed in closed closed-loop setup. The authors should comment on this point.

      (5) Were the statistics in Figure 2 done with an n of 5, or do they assume that each tail flip and saccade is an independent event? I would imagine the latter would have inflated p-values and should be avoided.

      (7) Page 7: Why do the authors think that the cumulative effect of these minor differences could lead to very different behavioural goals? Especially when comparing to actual startle responses, which are extremely strong and stereotypical. How do their observations compare to the thermosensory navigation of larval zebrafish observed by Martin Haesemeyer, for example, or the work of the RoLi lab?

      (8) Page 8: Figure 5, I am confused by the y-axis of g, in e and f, the values are capped at 2, whereas in g they go up to 6, with apparently a number of cells whose preference is out of the y-axis limit (especially in Q2). Having the number of cells in each quadrant would also help to assess if indeed there is some preference in the pallium towards Q1.

      (9) Figure 6: How is the onset of neuronal activity determined compared to the motor stimulus? Looking at Supplementary Figure 8, it is quite unclear how the pallium is different from the OB or subpallium. The label of onset delay is also confusing in this figure.

      (10) Page 9: I do not think that the small differences observed in the pallium are as clear-cut as the authors make them out to be, or that they provide such strong evidence of their importance. As there are no interventions showing any causality in the presence of these pallium responses and the sensorimotor responses, these could represent different arousal states rather than any integration of sensory information.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      Wang et al. address the challenge of tracking goal-relevant visual signals amidst distractions, a fundamental aspect of adaptive visual information processing. By employing functional magnetic resonance spectroscopy (fMRS) during a visual tracking task, they quantify changes in both inhibitory (GABA) and excitatory (glutamate) neurotransmitter concentrations in the parietal and visual cortices. The results reveal that increases in GABA and glutamate in the parietal cortex are closely tied to the number of targets, and individual differences in GABAergic and glutamatergic responses within the parietal cortex predict tracking performance and distractor suppression. These findings underscore a neural mechanism in which GABAergic inhibition in the parietal cortex actively suppresses goal-irrelevant distractors, thereby facilitating goal-directed visual tracking and highlighting the dynamic role of these key metabolites in cognitive control during visual processing. I found the study to be well-written and thoughtful from an experimental standpoint, although it would benefit from some targeted revisions.

      Strengths

      (1) The study employs robust and validated fMRS methodology, allowing for real-time monitoring of metabolite changes during goal-directed tasks.

      (2) Simultaneous measurement of both GABA and Glx in parietal and visual cortices yields nuanced insights into the neurochemical correlates of visual attention.

      (3) The link between neurochemical changes and behavioral performance is clearly established, providing strong evidence for GABAergic involvement in distractor suppression.

      (4) Experimental protocols align with current standards for MEGA-PRESS, bolstering the technical reliability of the findings.

      Weaknesses

      (1) Certain aspects of terminology, methodological reporting, and confound management are inconsistently described throughout the manuscript.

      (2) Important confounding factors are not systematically reported or controlled.

      (3) Opportunities for additional analysis (e.g., behavioral dynamics, use of alternate fitting methods, more comprehensive quality metrics) have not been fully explored.

      (4) Open access data and/or codes for the analysis are not shared in the main manuscript

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates how the visual system is able to track target objects when these are presented in the visual field together with other irrelevant and distracting visual objects. The authors use functional Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy to measure the two most important excitatory and inhibitory neurotransmitters, glutamate and GABA, in both the visual and parietal cortex.

      Strengths:

      (1) Well-designed functional challenge.

      (2) Number of subjects.

      (3) Good quality spectra and appropriate reporting of MRS methods and quality assurance.

      (4) Introduction and discussion are clear for non-experts in visual processing.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Rejection of spectra based on high % CRLB may artificially remove data with the lowest metabolite concentration.

      (2) SN description as percentage does not make sense.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Wang et al. report multiple experiments using functional magnetic resonance spectroscopy (fMRS) in a multiple object tracking (MOT) task to investigate the effect of experimentally manipulating a) the number of targets, b) object size, and c) total number of objects in the display on GABA and glutamate (Glx) concentrations in parietal and visual cortex. Data is analyzed in two orthogonal ways throughout: via condition differences in behavorial performance (inverse efficiency), GABA, and Glx concentrations and through correlations between changes in inverse efficiency and GABA or Glx. All three experimental manipulations affected inverse efficiency, with worse performance with more targets, smaller objects, and a larger total number of objects. However, only the manipulation of the target number produced a condition difference in GABA and Glx, with higher concentrations of both in the parietal VOI and only of Glx in the visual VOI with more targets ('high load'). Correlational analyses revealed that participants with a larger change in GABA in the parietal VOI with a higher number of targets showed a smaller drop in behavioral performance with more targets. The opposite direction of correlation was observed for Glx in both the visual and parietal VOI.

      In the two control experiments, correlations were only investigated in the parietal VOI. There was a negative correlation between change in Glx and change in inverse efficiency with manipulation of object size, i.e. participants exhibiting a positive change in Glx showed no or little difference in performance, but those with an increase in Glx with smaller targets showed a more pronounced drop in performance. There was no correlation with GABA for the manipulation of object size. For the manipulation of total object number, participants exhibiting an increasing GABA concentration with more objects showed a smaller drop in performance.

      The authors' main claim is that GABAergic suppression of goal-irrelevant distractors in parietal cortex is key to goal-directed visual information processing.

      The study is, to my knowledge, the first to employ fMRS in an MOT paradigm, and I read it with great interest. I am admittedly not an expert on the fMRS technique and have therefore refrained from commenting on the technical aspects of its use. Although the application of fMRS to MOT is novel and adds new knowledge to the field, I have some critiques and believe that a much more nuanced interpretation of the findings is warranted.

      Major

      (1) Especially the control experiments lean heavily on Bettencourt and Somers (2009) and adopt and to some extent exaggerate claims from that paper uncritically. This is obvious in referring to the manipulations of object size and object number as high/low enhancement and high/low suppression, as if the association of these physical manipulations of the stimulus display with attentional mechanisms were so obvious and beyond doubt that drawing any distinction between these manipulations and their supposed effects is entirely superfluous. This seems far beyond what is warranted to me. It may seem plausible that adding distractors engages distractor suppression more, but whether this is truly the case is an empirical question, and Bettencourt and Somers (2009) have no direct measure of distractor suppression to substantiate this claim. Their study is purely behavioral, and there is no attempt to assess distractor processing separately. The case for the 'target enhancement' manipulation is even weaker: objects are of a sufficient size and at maximum contrast (white on black screen, but exact details are omitted) to be clearly visible in either condition, so why would smaller objects require more enhancement? Although the present data shows a clear effect of manipulating object size, the corresponding size of the effect in Bettencourt and Somers (2009) is rather underwhelming and does not warrant such a strong conclusion. In summary, the link between the object number and object size manipulations with suppression and enhancement is very far from the 1:1 that the authors seem to assume. Accordingly, I believe that the manipulations should be labelled as object number and object size rather than their hypothesized effects, throughout and that there should be a much more critical discussion as to whether these manipulations are indeed related to these effects as expected.

      (2) The author's interpretation of the results seems rather uncritical. What is observed (at least in the first experiment) is a change in GABA and Glx concentrations with changes in the number of tracked targets. Is the only conceivable way in which this could happen through target enhancement and distractor suppression? The processing of targets and distractors is not measured directly, so any claims are indirect, at best. The authors cite the recent 'Ten simple rules to study distractor suppression' paper (Wöstmann et al., 2022), which presents a consensus between leading researchers in the field. Neither Bettencourt & Somers (2009) nor the design of the current study live up to the rules established in that paper, so a much more nuanced interpretation and discussion of the current findings seems warranted. It is anything but obvious to me that the only activity in the parietal cortex that could possibly be suppressed by GABA is the representation of distractors. Indeed, cueing more targets (high load) decreases the number of distractors in the first experiment, so the need for distractor suppression in the high load condition is less than in the low load condition. So, shouldn't we observe lower GABA concentrations in the 'high load' condition?

      (3) It seems that the authors included data from both correctly tracked and incorrectly tracked trials in their fMRS analysis. In MOT, attending target objects is the task per se, so task errors indicate that participants did not actually track the targets. So when comparing conditions with different error levels, it is ambiguous whether changes in brain activity reflect the experimental manipulation as such, or rather the different mix of correctly tracked and incorrectly tracked trials that result from this physical manipulation. Are the correlations perhaps driven by the inclusion of different proportions of correctly tracked trials across participants? It seems that the authors may have to separate correct and error trials in the analysis to check for the possibility that effects are due to the inclusion of data from trials in which participants may have stopped tracking at least some of the target objects. Of course, such an analysis is somewhat limited by the fact that only one target was probed, yielding a 50% guessing chance (i.e. even if the response is correct, we do not know whether the other, unprobed, objects were tracked correctly on that trial).

      (4) The key findings from the control experiments are purely correlational. The supposed cause may be what the authors claim, but there is an infinity of alternative explanations. Correlational findings cannot simply be interpreted as if they resulted from an experimental manipulation (...although this is, unfortunately, by no means rare in the cognitive neuroscience literature). The authors should make a rigorous effort to consider the most plausible alternative explanations for these correlations and argue why or why not they believe that they can be discounted.

      (5) Related to the previous point: the experimental manipulations did not produce mean differences in GABA/Glx in the control experiments. Doesn't this speak against the authors' interpretation? They briefly acknowledge this in the discussion, but I think there is a deeper problem. The absence of these effects casts doubt on what these manipulations actually do, and therefore also on the interpretation of the correlations in these experiments. For example, the authors might also have concluded from the same data that the absence of increased GABA in the 'high suppression' condition refutes the very idea that GABA concentrations are related to distractor suppression.

      (6) 'Inverse Efficiency' is a highly unusual measure of MOT performance in the literature, and its use reduces the comparability of the findings with previous work. The standard is to assess the correctness ('accuracy') of responses with no focus on speed. This makes sense as responses are given after the object motion has stopped. At the same time, reaction time can be informative too (e.g., Störmer et al., 2013). I think the authors should justify their use of inverse efficiency as the dependent variable.

      (7) The choice of variable names is problematic: it is sometimes misleading and makes understanding the findings harder (see also points 1 and 6): obvious, unambiguous, and importantly, interpretation free names for conditions such as target number (2/4), object size (small/large), and total object number (8/12) become load (high/low), target enhancement (high/low) and distractor suppression (low/high). This reduces clarity and, especially in the case of enhancement and suppression, conflates the actual manipulation with its interpretation.

    1. After careful editorial assessment, I regret to inform you that we are unable to proceed with this manuscript for publication. The decision is rejection, based on fundamental concerns related to scientific novelty, conceptual framing, methodological validity, and public health relevance, which collectively preclude suitability for this journal.

      1. Limited novelty and incremental contribution The central research question whether caregiver “hot-to-touch” assessment accurately detects fever compared with thermometer measurement is well established in the literature. Multiple systematic reviews and primary studies over the past two decades have already demonstrated that tactile assessment has moderate sensitivity and poor specificity, often overestimating fever. The present manuscript largely reconfirms known findings without offering a novel conceptual framework, methodological advance, or actionable insight that substantially extends current knowledge. While the multi-country dataset is large, scale alone does not compensate for the lack of conceptual or analytical innovation expected for a general global public health journal.

      2. Conceptual and clinical misalignment The study population is restricted to children with medically attended diarrhea enrolled in a Shigella surveillance platform, yet the research question is framed broadly around caregiver fever detection. This creates a conceptual mismatch: fever in diarrheal illness is neither the dominant nor the most clinically decisive symptom driving triage, referral, or mortality risk in such settings. As a result, the findings have limited relevance for broader fever detection strategies, integrated community case management (iCCM), or child survival policies. The manuscript does not convincingly justify why this specific clinical subgroup provides a valid or generalizable test case for caregiver fever assessment.

      3. Methodological concerns affecting validity Several methodological choices substantially weaken interpretability: The dichotomization of caregiver accuracy using a ≥50% threshold is arbitrary, not clinically meaningful, and insufficiently justified. This approach risks misclassification and dilutes interpretive clarity. Clinical covariates (e.g., respiratory rate, heart rate, chest indrawing) are measured only at enrollment, yet are used to explain caregiver accuracy across a 14-day follow-up period, violating temporal plausibility. The analysis does not adequately address within-child correlation arising from repeated daily measurements, raising concerns about model specification and variance estimation. Extremely small sample size in Peru, combined with its inclusion in pooled analyses, further complicates cross-site inference. These issues are not minor and would require substantial redesign of the analytical framework, rather than revision.

      4. Overinterpretation and limited policy relevance The conclusions and discussion extend beyond what the data can reasonably support. While the manuscript reiterates the importance of thermometers and caregiver education, these recommendations are already well accepted and are not meaningfully advanced by the study’s findings. The manuscript stops short of providing concrete, evidence-based guidance on how caregiver assessment might be integrated, improved, or safely relied upon in real-world decision-making. Consequently, the policy and practice implications are weak and largely generic, limiting the manuscript’s impact for a global public health audience.

    1. R0:

      Reviewer #1:

      I reviewed the manuscript titled ‘Awareness of anthrax disease and the knowledge of its transmission and symptoms identification: a cross sectional study among butchers in Ile-Ife’ and below are my observations: Abstract The authors were not consistent in the use of tenses. They should stick to the use of past tenses or continuous tenses. In line 43 they mentioned ‘were not aware’ but in 45 used ‘are aware’. Aware ‘of’ is more preferable than aware ‘about’. They were also not consistent in the use of singular or plural words. For instance, in line 46, they referred to ‘animal’ and then ‘animals’. They can stick to the former as a collective noun or the latter as plural. The authors’ conclusion that there was poor awareness is not consistent with the fact that there was no mention of scoring the questionnaire in the methods. In addition, the lack of mention of knowledge which is a part of the title in the abstract leaves a major void. Knowledge should be captured both in the methods and results. Otherwise, it should be deleted from the title. Introduction Remove the space between the punctuation and the citation in square bracket see lines 63, 79 and 112, for instance. Anthrax is a disease (not an agent) caused by Bacillus anthracis not ‘Bacillus Anthrax’. Line 75: Change ‘buy’ with ‘but’. Authors should stick to ‘human or ‘humans’ (Lines 74 and 76). The transition from one paragraph to the other is not smooth. For instance, lines 79 and 80 do not have any connection. In fact paragraph 4 has no place in its current position in the background of the study. The first sentence of paragraph 5 makes no sense and should be recast. The statement that the first case of anthrax in Nigeria was in 2023 is a lie! The authors should make use of the correct words: For instance, ‘body openings’ should be referred to as ‘body orifices’. Line 104: The authors seem to have changed from reporting a study to writing a proposal. Lines 105 – 108 require referencing. Lines 111 and 112: Change ‘has’ to ‘have’. Line 118: ‘Osun - State, South-Western’, should be written ‘Osun State, southwestern’. Line 121: Change ‘it's’ to ‘its’. Line 125: Change ‘accommodates’ to ‘accommodate’. The authors should draw a map of the area being described. Line 134: Change ‘accommodates’ to ‘accommodate’. The inclusion and exclusion criteria are confusing: ‘Butchers who were standing were included’. Does this mean that those butchers who were sitting were excluded? ‘Butchers who were sick were excluded’, therefore only the healthy were included. How did the authors identify healthy and sick butchers? What was the reason for the chosen criteria? Lines 140 - 149: The fact that the authors are contemplating calculating sample size and recruiting respondents for a study that is concluded is absurd. Lines 158 and 159: Change ‘was’ to ‘were’. Line 161: Which random sampling did the authors use to select the butchers? They should be specific in explaining how the sampling method used was applied in the work. The sampling was not well explained. The authors claimed to have used multi-stage sampling technique. What was the sampling frame in each stage and how were they prepared or accessed? The authors did not explain whether and how the questionnaire was validity and reliability tested. Was there a pilot study and how was it conducted? Without these, the instrument is not valid for a meaningful research. How many sections did the instrument contain and how many questions were there in each section? Was the questionnaire scored and how was it scored? Without scoring the questionnaire, the authors cannot determine the levels of awareness or knowledge. Results Line 167: Change ‘questionnaires’ to ‘questionnaire’ because only one questionnaire was used for the study. Line 174: Change ‘rare’ to ‘rear’. The authors claimed to have worked with only commercial butchers. How come most of them have become cattle rearers? Table 1: Change ‘live stock’ to ‘livestock’. Line 180 – 181. Recast the sentence. Discussion The authors seem not to understand that there is a difference between knowledge and awareness, Therefore, it may be worthwhile to define both words in the work. The authors’ claims on knowledge level may not be correct without scoring knowledge to determine the level among the participants. Comparisons made with some author, example Cadmus et al. (2024) do not rhyme.

      Limitations Secondary education is not low level of literacy. Therefore, an area that has more than 70% of the population that attained secondary education cannot be regarded as having low level of literacy.

      Reviewer #2:

      The manuscript “Awareness of Anthrax Disease and the Knowledge of Its Transmission and Symptoms Identification: A Cross-Sectional Study Among Butchers in Ile-Ife” addresses an important public health issue, the awareness and knowledge of anthrax among butchers, that represents a high-risk occupational category in Nigeria. The topic is relevant, timely, also including a One Health perspective. The study provides useful descriptive data that could inform public health education and prevention strategies. The authors present clear findings about the low awareness of anthrax among butchers and the implications for public health. The study is quite good in methodology and analysis, but there are different areas for improvement, before the manuscript could be considered for publication. As regards the study design, it would be appropriate to clarify the sampling frame, randomization process, and justify the adequacy of the final sample size. How were markets and butchers selected? Was any sampling frame used? No basic inferential analyses (e.g., chi-square tests) were performed to identify factors associated with awareness and knowledge. Could you please, add this kind of analyses? Despite collecting rich demographic data and having explicit research objectives to assess awareness, no inferential analyses examine whether education, income, or animal sourcing practices associate with knowledge levels. Chi-square tests and logistic regression would identify high-risk subgroups requiring targeted interventions, fulfilling the study's stated aims and enhancing public health utility beyond simple prevalence reporting The results could be enriched by analysing possible relationships between the respondents' demographics (e.g., education, age) and their awareness or knowledge of anthrax. This would help contextualize the findings. The discussion could be strengthened by addressing any potential biases in the study (e.g., recall bias due to the use of self-reported data). The paper could explore in greater depth why the awareness was low (e.g., cultural factors, lack of effective public health messaging). While the conclusion addresses the need for improved awareness, it could be more specific about what measures should be taken. For example, the authors could suggest specific communication strategies, community-based interventions, or policy changes. The figures could benefit from more detailed captions that explain what each figure illustrates beyond just showing the data. Furthermore, the manuscript contains grammatical errors and spelling mistakes throughout such as “symtoms instead of symptoms in the short title” “Bacillus Anthrax (line 67)” instead of Bacillus anthracis, “unclothed blood (line 83)” instead of “unclotted blood”. Unclotted is better than un-clotted. Line 217 4got? Correct. Write B. anthracis in italics all over the manuscript. Some sentences are unclear or repetitive, especially in the Background and Discussion sections, so a professional English language editing is recommended.

      Academic Editor:

      The reviewers have raised a number of concerns that need attention. In particular, they request additional information on methodological aspects of the study, additional analysis, a clearly defined research question, and improvements to the quality of the language used.

    1. (1)OLS全模型: 先对所有8个特征做普通最小二乘回归,结果显示:某些变量(如肿瘤体积、前列腺重量)系数显著,另一些(如年龄、某指标LCP等)变得不显著,甚至出现了符号反转现象。例如年龄与PSA在单变量散点图中呈微弱正相关,但在多元回归中年龄系数却为负。这并不意味着“年龄大PSA反而低”,而是由于年龄与其他变量相关,在控制了更主要的因素后,年龄的边际效应估计变为负值,用来“补偿”共线性带来的影响。类似地,一些本来正相关的特征在多元回归中可能出现负系数。这说明在强共线、小样本情形下,OLS系数的符号和大小不可靠,不能直接逐个解释因果作用。相应地,OLS的预测性能也可能受到共线性的损害。 (2)子集选择: 我们可以在训练集上尝试用前向/后向逐步法或最佳子集选择来挑选变量。对于8个特征,最佳子集需要评估28=256种模型。实际上可以发现,优化某些信息准则(如AIC、BIC)或直接看测试集误差,最终往往只需要其中很少的特征就能达到接近最佳的预测效果。在该例中,最佳子集方法选出的最优模型仅包含两个变量,其他全被剔除。如此激进的简化虽提升了解释性,但也有欠拟合风险。 (3)岭回归: 岭回归不会删除任何变量,而是将所有系数向零收缩。选取适当的λ后,岭回归在测试集上的预测性能明显优于OLS。由于惩罚项抑制了共线性导致的系数不稳定,岭回归的预测更稳健。比如在模拟中,真实β1,β2均为正,而OLS估计出现一个为负;岭回归估计则将两个系数都缩小且为正,更接近真实值。然而岭回归保留了所有8个特征,模型解释性没有提升。而且对于高度相关的一组变量,岭回归往往会给予它们相似的中等大小系数,让它们共同发挥作用,但因为不稀疏,我们难以明确哪几个是主要驱动因素。 (4)Lasso: Lasso通过调节λ可以产生从全入模到全零不同复杂度的模型。当λ=0时即为OLS全模型;随着λ增加,系数逐渐被压缩,不重要的变量系数会变为0。当λ大到某程度时,模型可能只剩下极少数非零系数甚至退化为零模型。在前列腺癌例子中,lasso在某个最佳λ下自动选出了与最佳子集法相似的一组变量。具体来说,lasso删去了大部分无关变量,仅保留了与PSA关系最强的三四个特征,且这些特征正是我们肉眼和专业知识预期的重要变量(如肿瘤体积、重量等)。在测试集上,lasso的预测误差与岭回归相当,同样远低于OLS。然而,相比岭回归保留所有变量,lasso提供了一个更简洁的模型,更便于解释——我们可以告诉医生或决策者,这几个变量对PSA有主要影响,其余变量作用很小可以忽略。 (5)主成分回归和偏最小二乘: 这两种方法通过提取综合变量来回归,也在该例中进行了比较。主成分回归(PCR)提取数据协方差矩阵的若干主成分,偏最小二乘(PLS)则综合考虑响应来提取分量。它们一定程度上也能缓解共线性、降低模型维度。在前列腺癌数据上,PCR和PLS的测试误差与岭回归、lasso处于同一量级。 (6)模型性能对比: 用独立测试集评估,各种正则化或降维方法(岭、lasso、PCR、PLS、best subset等)都显著优于OLS。其中某个方法略胜一筹,但差异很小,且测试误差的标准误显示这些差异在统计上可能并不显著。这说明只要进行了合理的变量选择或正则化,高维共线数据的泛化性能就会有大幅提升,而具体选择哪一种方法反而不是最关键的。 (7)解释性 vs 预测性: 不同方法在模型简洁度和预测准确度上有所不同,需要权衡。如果侧重预测,我们应选择测试误差最小的方法(例如某个λ下的岭回归或lasso);如果侧重解释,则更倾向于简单模型(例如只含两三个变量的最佳子集模型),即使它的预测误差稍高。前列腺癌例子中,最佳子集模型仅两个变量,极具解释性,但其测试误差略高且可能不稳定;岭回归和lasso包含更多变量但预测更准;决策者应根据需求在二者间权衡。在实际应用中,这是常见的取舍:简单可解释和复杂高精度不可兼得,需要结合具体场景决定。

      这部分文字太密集,应考虑加入一些公式

      1. agricultural revolution

      2. more food= more people

      3. improvment in medicine

      4. better health= less in fant death- more people

      5. growth in work force

      6. more people= more factories

      7. urbanization

      8. more factories= people move into the city from agragrian settings

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      We thank the Reviewers for their positive assessment of the quality and significance of our work, as well as for their insightful comments, which have helped us to further improve the manuscript. We have addressed the majority of the comments in the revised version and, for those that require additional time, we outline below a detailed plan of the experiments we intend to perform.

      We agree with Reviewer #2 that a more detailed mechanistic understanding of the drug effects would further strengthen the study, and we are grateful to both reviewers for the constructive experimental suggestions provided to address this point. In particular, we are highly motivated to better define the causal role of C18 sphingolipid alterations in mediating the effects of the drugs, as suggested by Reviewer #2, as well as to investigate the involvement of the retromer complex in the lysosome-to-Golgi connection, as suggested by Reviewer #1.

      Below, we provide a point-by-point description of the revisions already incorporated into the manuscript, along with the planned experiments that will address the remaining comments

      REVIEWER #1:

      VPS13B is a bridge-like lipid transfer protein, the loss or mutation of which is associated with Cohen syndrome (CS) involving Golgi fragmentation. In this study, the authors performed image-based chemical screens to identify compounds capable of rescuing the Golgi morphology in VPS13B-KO HeLa cells. They identified 50 compounds, the majority of which are lysosomotropic compounds or cationic amphiphilic drugs (CADs). Treatment of cells with several of these compounds causes lysosomal lipid storage, as assessed by BMP/LBPA staining, filipin staining, or LipidTOX staining. Interestingly, most LipidTOX puncta colocalized with transferrin receptor-positive compartments but not lysosomes. Similar to lysosomotropic compounds, knocking down NPC1 or SMPD1, mimicking lysosomal storage disease, also substantially rescued Golgi morphology. The authors show that VPS13B-KO cells have reduced C18 sphingolipids, which is reversed by treatment with CADs. Finally, the authors show that two CADs partially rescue neurite outgrowth in neuronal cultures. However, these drugs do not rescue the size of VPS13B KO organoids.

      Overall, this is an impressive study identifying CADs as potential therapeutics for CS and suggesting sphingolipid upregulation as a general strategy for CS treatment. The morphological and lipidomics analyses unravel important molecular basis of CS pathology. This study will be of high interest to the field of lipid biology and organelle homeostasis. I have a few comments to help improve the quality of this study.

      1. The reverse of lipid changes in VPS13B-KO cells by CADs is intriguing. Are CAD-mediated benefits such as Golgi morphology recovery permanent or only transient within 24 hours of treatment? How do the CADs affect the Golgi morphology in WT HeLa cells?

      RESPONSE:

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful question Indeed, the effects of CADs on Golgi organization are most evident in VPS13B KO cells, where the Golgi apparatus is severely fragmented and becomes more compact upon drug treatment, whereas the effect is much less apparent in wild-type cells. Nevertheless, a careful quantitative analysis of the images (now presented in the new Fig. S7) demonstrates that the impact of these compounds on Golgi morphology is not restricted to KO cells but is likely more general, supporting a link between lysosomal storage and Golgi organization. Although this observation indicates an indirect effect (consistent with the proposed mechanism of action), rather than a direct correction of VPS13B loss, it does not compromise in our opinion their potential beneficial effect for KO cells as shown also from the results obtained in organoid-derived neurons.

      Under continuous treatment, azelastine keeps the Golgi in a compact state for 72 hours without any noticeable deleterious effect on the cells (see new Fig. S10) Raloxifene, on the contrary proved to be toxic over the same time period. We believe this difference reflects the mechanism of action of CADs, which progressively accumulate within acidic organelles and may eventually reach a toxic threshold upon prolonged exposure. For this reason, lower drug concentrations administered over longer treatment periods may represent a viable alternative strategy. In this regard, we also refer the reviewer to our response to the comment on brain organoids below.

      1. Is it surprising that Azelastine-induced lipid storage in transferrin receptor compartments (early and recycling endosomes)? I suggest more controls to examine LipidTOX overlap with Golgi markers or other late endosome/lysosome markers such as LBPA and CD63.

      RESPONSE:

      We agree with the reviewer that this observation is somewhat unexpected. However, we would like to clarify that we do not intend to suggest that lipid storage occurs primarily in early or recycling endosomes, which would indeed contradict a substantial body of existing evidence. Rather, our data indicate that this particular dye (LipidTOX) labels recycling endosomes, at least in HeLa cells. This finding is consistent with the widely accepted view that lysosomal lipid storage exerts broader effects on intracellular trafficking, not limited to late endosomes/lysosomes. We corrected the text in order to clarify this concept.

      LipidTOX was specifically developed to detect drug-induced phospholipidosis, and based on our data, it appears suitable for this purpose. To our knowledge, there is no published information detailing its intracellular localization, which motivated us to perform these control experiments. Unfortunately, the proprietary formulation of this product does not allow informed speculations to explain the observed localization or whether this could refer to the intact molecule or to a catabolite.

      As suggested by the reviewer, we plan to perform co-staining with additional markers to further clarify this this point.

      1. Does the LipidTOX/TFRC overlap suggest potential roles of retrograde transport in supplying sphingolipids to the Golgi? The authors can quickly test if the knockdown of a retromer subunit (VPS35) blocks Azelastine-induced recovery of Golgi morphology.

      RESPONSE:

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful suggestion. Indeed, the retromer complex represents one of the best-characterized trafficking pathways from the endosomal system to the Golgi, and this relatively straightforward experiment could help to mechanistically clarify our observations. We plan to test whether VPS35 knockdown interferes with the effects of the drugs.

      What is the rationale to use 500 nM to 1 uM azelastine and raloxifene for neuronal cultures and organoids? At such concentrations, no obvious changes in Golgi morphology or lipid storage were observed (Fig 4). Also, the lipidomics analysis was performed after 10 uM compound treatment. It might be worth trying dose-response experiments in organoid tests.

      RESPONSE:

      We thank the reviewer for this question. The rationale about this choice was indeed missing from our previous version of the manuscript. The reason of lowering the concentrations comes indeed from toxicity tests, preliminarily performed over long-term treatment of both WT and VPS13B KO organoids. This information has now been explicitly included in the Results section of the revised manuscript, and the broader implications are also discussed in the Discussion section.

      MINOR COMMENTS:

      It is important to know whether the authors used TGN or cis-Golgi markers for Golgi morphology analysis. Please label the two channels in Fig. 2C and throughout all figures. In many cases, it is not clear what is stained in the green channel to show the Golgi morphology. It was not even stated in the legend.

      RESPONSE:

      We now included the antibody staining in all figure legends where it was previously missing.

      The authors stated that Recovery of Golgi morphology is dependent on lysosomal lipid storage. However, while the data show positive correlation between the two, no causal relationship is established by the data. It seems true that in all conditions (CADs or genetic knockdown) where lysosomal lipid storage was observed, the authors detect the Recovery of Golgi morphology. However, budesonide did not depend on lysosomal lipid storage to recover the Golgi morphology. Thus, the recovery of Golgi morphology is NOT dependent on lysosomal lipid storage, but inducing lysosomal lipid storage appears sufficient to recover Golgi morphology in VPS13B-KO HeLa cells.

      RESPONSE:

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and we agree that the previous title of the paragraph could have been misleading. This has been now changed in: “Lysosomal lipid storage mediates the recovery of Golgi morphology” which is probably less prone to ambiguous interpretations.

      Obviously, in the previous version of the title we wanted to mean that Golgi recovery is dependent on lipid storage “in the context of CAD treatment” and not as a general statement.

      With respect to the cause–effect relationship, we believe that the strongest evidence supporting this link is the observation that genetically induced lipid storage phenocopies the effects of drug treatment. We hope that this conclusion is now sufficiently clear from the revised text.

      Each figure needs a title before the detailed legends for specific panels.

      RESPONSE:

      Titles have now been included to all figure legends.

      Fig 8. Y axis labeling is missing.

      RESPONSE:

      Axes labels have now been included

      Does U18666A rescues Golgi morphology in VPS13B-KO cells?

      RESPONSE:

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. U18666A indeed also corrects Golgi morphology. The result is now included in the new figure S5.

      Please do not repeat the result section in discussion. Focus on the most important points.

      RESPONSE:

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We shortened the descriptive part of the discussion trying as much as possible to avoid repetitions with the result session and keeping only the more essential information for the flow of the discussion.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      This is an impressive study that identifies Cationic Amphiphilic Drugs (CADs) as potential therapeutics for Cohen syndrome (CS) and suggests sphingolipid upregulation as a general strategy for diseases driven by VPS13B loss-of-function. The unbiased approaches, notably the chemical screen and lipidomics, provide novel mechanistic insights into the underlying pathology of CS. This study will be of high interest to researchers in the fields of lipid biology and organelle homeostasis. It will also be highly valuable for clinical pediatricians managing CS patients.

      REVIEWER #2:

      This manuscript describes a compound screening aimed at identifying molecules that can restore Golgi organization in VPS13B knockout (KO) cells. The authors identify several compounds, most of which are lysosomotropic, and analyze their effects on Golgi morphology and lipid composition using multiple approaches. They report that VPS13B KO cells exhibit a reduction in C18-N-acyl sphingolipids, which can be restored by several of the identified compounds. Furthermore, two of these compounds, azelastine and raloxifene, promote neurite outgrowth in VPS13B KO cortical organoids. These findings are interesting and could potentially contribute to a better understanding of the pathophysiology of Cohen syndrome and the development of therapeutic strategies. However, despite the large number of analyses presented, the study remains largely descriptive, and there is no coherent mechanistic explanation for how these compounds restore Golgi structure in VPS13B KO cells. In addition to the reduction in C18-N-acyl sphingolipids, the KO cells display alterations in several other lipid species (LPC, LPE, PC40:1, PE42:1, TG, etc.), and treatment with the selected compounds induces further lipid accumulations, including cholesterol and BMP/LBPA. The relationship between these diverse lipid changes and the observed Golgi recovery lacks clarity and mechanistic consistency.

      MAJOR COMMENTS:

      The finding that compounds cannot prevent Golgi fragmentation caused by brefeldin A or nocodazole but can suppress statin-induced fragmentation is intriguing, but the underlying mechanism is not addressed. It is not evident whether this difference results from changes in membrane lipid composition or restoration of Rab/SNARE trafficking. The authors should examine Rab prenylation and SNARE localization by immunofluorescence or Western blotting to support their interpretation.

      RESPONSE:

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and agree that the ability of these compounds to counteract statin-induced Golgi fragmentation is indeed intriguing. The primary reason we did not further explore this aspect is that we evaluated the effects of statins not to be a central focus of the present study. Nevertheless, we fully agree that this observation represents a valuable opportunity to gain additional insight into the mechanism underlying drug-induced Golgi recovery.

      To address this point, we plan to analyze Rab prenylation by Western blot and Rab localization by microscopy, focusing on a Golgi-associated Rab protein such as Rab6. In addition, we will employ downstream inhibitors of Rab prenylation, such as 3-PEHPC (an inhibitor of type II protein geranylgeranyltransferase (GGTase-II)), which should allow us to formally distinguish effects related to impaired Rab prenylation from those arising from inhibition of cholesterol biosynthesis.

      Although restoration of C18 sphingolipids (SM 36:1, CER 36:1) is observed upon compound treatment, its causal role in Golgi recovery or neurite outgrowth is not established. The authors should test whether blocking the increase of C18 SM/CER prevents the rescue of Golgi or neuronal phenotypes.

      RESPONSE:

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree that, based on the current data, a definitive cause–effect relationship between Golgi recovery and the increase in C18 sphingolipids cannot be firmly established, and we acknowledge that a deeper understanding of this issue will require further investigation. Furthermore, we believe that addressing this would not only provide a better mechanistic understanding of the biological processes behind the effect of the drugs but provide a potential avenue for therapeutic intervention. For these reasons, we are strongly motivated to pursue this aspect further.

      With respect to the reviewer’s specific suggestion, we agree that preventing the increase in C18 sphingolipids would be an ideal experimental approach. However, the limited understanding of the regulatory mechanisms controlling C18 sphingolipid homeostasis currently precludes a fully informed strategy. In principle, if the observed increase were due to enhanced synthesis, one could envisage blocking it by silencing ceramide synthases with C18 selectivity, such as CERS1. The experiment shown in Fig. 7E (azelastine treatment in the presence of sphingolipid synthesis inhibitors) was designed with this rationale in mind. However, these results suggest that azelastine-induced C18 sphingolipid accumulation is unlikely to result from increased synthesis, and is instead more consistent with reduced degradation, in line with the proposed mechanism of action of CADs.

      Based on these considerations, we propose to invert the experimental approach and test whether cellular re-complementation with C18 sphingolipids is sufficient to recapitulate the drug-induced Golgi recovery. We are aware of the technical challenges associated with the targeted delivery of exogenously supplied lipids, particularly given the likelihood that effective rescue would require lipid access to the Golgi apparatus. Based on current knowledge, we anticipate that externally supplied lipids would primarily traffic either to the ER via non-vesicular routes or to endosomes/lysosomes through endocytic uptake. From both locations they could eventually reach to some extent the Golgi. The route from endosomes to Golgi in particular as been intensively studied in the past with the use of fluorescent sphingolipid analogs1,2 and may well work also with native lipids.

      Since we are not able to predict in advance which lipid species would be more effective or the optimal delivery strategy, we plan to test re-complementation using C18 sphingomyelin and some of its potential precursors, including C18 ceramide as well as using alternative delivery strategies such as incorporation in liposomes of different formulations and delivery at the plasma membrane with bovine serum albumin or cyclodextrins as carriers.

      1. Puri et al., (2001). J Cell Biol.154:535-47 (doi: 10.1083/jcb.200102084)
      2. Koivusalo et al.,(2007). Mol Biol Cell. 18:5113-23 (doi: 10.1091/mbc.e07-04-0330)

        In Figure 7D, comparisons should include the LM and HM fractions isolated from WT cells.

      RESPONSE:

      Wild-type control were included in the figure as requested.

      The subcellular fractionation experiment should be repeated using AZL and RAL, the compounds used in organoid experiments, rather than TFPZ, to assess whether similar results are obtained. The compounds used differ across experiments, making it difficult to draw consistent conclusions.

      RESPONSE:

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and apology for some inconsistencies in the selection of the compounds to highlight in the figures which are mostly remnants of the drug prioritization history over the progression of the project. We tried to make it more consistent in the current version.

      In the new version of figure 7D, AZL is substituting TFPZ, while TFPZ data were moved to supplementary figure S19.

      Golgi morphology in VPS13B KO cells is reported to recover in NPC1 KD and SMPD1 KD cells, but it is not shown whether SM 36:1, CER 36:1, or other lipid levels also increase or change in these conditions. If Golgi morphology recovery occurs via the same mechanism as with compound treatment, a similar lipid pattern should be observed.

      RESPONSE:

      We thank the reviewer for this question that allowed us to expand our study including new interesting findings. We agree that this is an important point to strengthen the link between CAD and genetic perturbation effects. Given the availability of several published lipidomic datasets modelling LDS in HeLa and in other cell lines, we decided to perform a re-analysis of those to specifically focus on C18 sphingolipids. We found a relative increase of 36:1 upon depletion of LSD genes in all analyzed datasets for NPC1 and SMPD1, but also for more than 15 other LSD genes including NPC2, recapitulating what we find with all the CAD molecules tested in our study. These changes, were not noticed or at least not discussed by most of the authors. This is not surprising since those studies are focused on different biological questions. We believe that these findings, besides reinforcing our hypothesis of a common mechanism between CAD and NPC1/SMPD1 KO, have of general interest for the regulation of C18 sphingolipids, which are among the relative few lipid species with a bona fide specific protein binding partner and proposed to play a crucial role in Golgi traffic.

      MINOR POINTS:

      The manuscript lacks sufficient information about the compound library used for screening (number and source of compounds, compound type).

      RESPONSE:

      We apologize if this information was not sufficiently visible in the original version of the manuscript. The data about source, catalog number, formulation and several additional identifiers is included in the File S1. This is now clearly indicated in the methods so that I can be more easily visible to the readers

      Fig. 3A: a WT control image is required.

      RESPONSE:

      A WT control image is now included in the new version of Figure 3.

      Fig. 4: include representative images at concentrations higher than 1.25 µM.

      RESPONSE:

      Representative images are now included for all concentrations higher than 1.25 µM, as requested.

      Abbreviations such as BMP/LBPA should be defined when first mentioned.

      RESPONSE:

      The abbreviation of BMP/LBPA was already defined when first mentioned in the original version of the manuscript

      The abbreviation for raloxifene is inconsistent (RLX vs RAL) and should be unified.

      RESPONSE:

      Raloxifene is now abbreviated as RLX all over the manuscript.

      Fig. 5C: the meaning of the green and magenta bars is not explained.

      RESPONSE:

      Color code for figure 5C has been included.

      The definitions and centrifugation parameters for light and heavy membrane fractions should be clearly stated in the Methods.

      RESPONSE:

      The centrifugation parameters were already defined in the original manuscript. It is not clear to us, which parameter the Referee is referring to. Below is the sentence in the methods section:

      “Gradients were centrifuged at 165,000 g for 1.5 h at 4°C with a SW40Ti Swinging-Bucket rotor (Beckman-Coulter). The LM and HM fractions were collected at the 35%-HB and 35%-40.6% interfaces, respectively”

      The concentration and incubation times for BFA and nocodazole should be included in the main text or figure legends.

      RESPONSE:

      Concentrations and incubation times of BFA and nocodazole were already present in the legend of figure 5.

      Fig. 8C, D, G, H: y-axes lack labels and must be defined.

      RESPONSE:

      Axes labels have now been included

      There are multiple typographical errors, including "VPS12" instead of "VPS13B", that should be corrected.

      RESPONSE:

      We corrected this specific mistake as well as others that we could identify after careful reading of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      While the dataset is extensive and technically detailed, the manuscript lacks a clear mechanistic explanation connecting lipid changes to Golgi restoration. The choice and comparison of compounds are inconsistent across experiments, and the interpretation remains speculative. Substantial revision and additional experiments are required before the study can be considered for publication.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      This manuscript describes a compound screening aimed at identifying molecules that can restore Golgi organization in VPS13B knockout (KO) cells. The authors identify several compounds, most of which are lysosomotropic, and analyze their effects on Golgi morphology and lipid composition using multiple approaches. They report that VPS13B KO cells exhibit a reduction in C18-N-acyl sphingolipids, which can be restored by several of the identified compounds. Furthermore, two of these compounds, azelastine and raloxifene, promote neurite outgrowth in VPS13B KO cortical organoids. These findings are interesting and could potentially contribute to a better understanding of the pathophysiology of Cohen syndrome and the development of therapeutic strategies. However, despite the large number of analyses presented, the study remains largely descriptive, and there is no coherent mechanistic explanation for how these compounds restore Golgi structure in VPS13B KO cells. In addition to the reduction in C18-N-acyl sphingolipids, the KO cells display alterations in several other lipid species (LPC, LPE, PC40:1, PE42:1, TG, etc.), and treatment with the selected compounds induces further lipid accumulations, including cholesterol and BMP/LBPA. The relationship between these diverse lipid changes and the observed Golgi recovery lacks clarity and mechanistic consistency.

      Major comments

      The finding that compounds cannot prevent Golgi fragmentation caused by brefeldin A or nocodazole but can suppress statin-induced fragmentation is intriguing, but the underlying mechanism is not addressed. It is not evident whether this difference results from changes in membrane lipid composition or restoration of Rab/SNARE trafficking. The authors should examine Rab prenylation and SNARE localization by immunofluorescence or Western blotting to support their interpretation.

      Although restoration of C18 sphingolipids (SM 36:1, CER 36:1) is observed upon compound treatment, its causal role in Golgi recovery or neurite outgrowth is not established. The authors should test whether blocking the increase of C18 SM/CER prevents the rescue of Golgi or neuronal phenotypes.

      In Figure 7D, comparisons should include the LM and HM fractions isolated from WT cells.

      The subcellular fractionation experiment should be repeated using AZL and RAL, the compounds used in organoid experiments, rather than TFPZ, to assess whether similar results are obtained. The compounds used differ across experiments, making it difficult to draw consistent conclusions.

      Golgi morphology in VPS13B KO cells is reported to recover in NPC1 KD and SMPD1 KD cells, but it is not shown whether SM 36:1, CER 36:1, or other lipid levels also increase or change in these conditions. If Golgi morphology recovery occurs via the same mechanism as with compound treatment, a similar lipid pattern should be observed.

      Minor points

      The manuscript lacks sufficient information about the compound library used for screening (number and source of compounds, compound type).

      Fig. 3A: a WT control image is required. Fig. 4: include representative images at concentrations higher than 1.25 µM. Abbreviations such as BMP/LBPA should be defined when first mentioned. The abbreviation for raloxifene is inconsistent (RLX vs RAL) and should be unified. Fig. 5C: the meaning of the green and magenta bars is not explained. The definitions and centrifugation parameters for light and heavy membrane fractions should be clearly stated in the Methods. The concentration and incubation times for BFA and nocodazole should be included in the main text or figure legends. Fig. 8C, D, G, H: y-axes lack labels and must be defined. There are multiple typographical errors, including "VPS12" instead of "VPS13B", that should be corrected.

      Significance

      While the dataset is extensive and technically detailed, the manuscript lacks a clear mechanistic explanation connecting lipid changes to Golgi restoration. The choice and comparison of compounds are inconsistent across experiments, and the interpretation remains speculative. Substantial revision and additional experiments are required before the study can be considered for publication.

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      VPS13B is a bridge-like lipid transfer protein, the loss or mutation of which is associated with Cohen syndrome (CS) involving Golgi fragmentation. In this study, the authors performed image-based chemical screens to identify compounds capable of rescuing the Golgi morphology in VPS13B-KO HeLa cells. They identified 50 compounds, the majority of which are lysosomotropic compounds or cationic amphiphilic drugs (CADs). Treatment of cells with several of these compounds causes lysosomal lipid storage, as assessed by BMP/LBPA staining, filipin staining, or LipidTOX staining. Interestingly, most LipidTOX puncta colocalized with transferrin receptor-positive compartments but not lysosomes. Similar to lysosomotropic compounds, knocking down NPC1 or SMPD1, mimicking lysosomal storage disease, also substantially rescued Golgi morphology. The authors show that VPS13B-KO cells have reduced C18 sphingolipids, which is reversed by treatment with CADs. Finally, the authors show that two CADs partially rescue neurite outgrowth in neuronal cultures. However, these drugs do not rescue the size of VPS13B KO organoids.

      Overall, this is an impressive study identifying CADs as potential therapeutics for CS and suggesting sphingolipid upregulation as a general strategy for CS treatment. The morphological and lipidomics analyses unravel important molecular basis of CS pathology. This study will be of high interest to the field of lipid biology and organelle homeostasis. I have a few comments to help improve the quality of this study.

      1. The reverse of lipid changes in VPS13B-KO cells by CADs is intriguing. Are CAD-mediated benefits such as Golgi morphology recovery permanent or only transient within 24 hours of treatment? How do the CADs affect the Golgi morphology in WT HeLa cells?
      2. Is it surprising that Azelastine-induced lipid storage in transferrin receptor compartments (early and recycling endosomes)? I suggest more controls to examine LipidTOX overlap with Golgi markers or other late endosome/lysosome markers such as LBPA and CD63.
      3. Does the LipidTOX/TFRC overlap suggest potential roles of retrograde transport in supplying sphingolipids to the Golgi? The authors can quickly test if the knockdown of a retromer subunit (VPS35) blocks Azelastine-induced recovery of Golgi morphology.
      4. What is the rationale to use 500 nM to 1 uM azelastine and raloxifene for neuronal cultures and organoids? At such concentrations, no obvious changes in Golgi morphology or lipid storage were observed (Fig 4). Also, the lipidomics analysis was performed after 10 uM compound treatment. It might be worth trying dose-response experiments in organoid tests.

      Minor:

      1. It is important to know whether the authors used TGN or cis-Golgi markers for Golgi morphology analysis. Please label the two channels in Fig. 2C and throughout all figures. In many cases, it is not clear what is stained in the green channel to show the Golgi morphology. It was not even stated in the legend.
      2. The authors stated that Recovery of Golgi morphology is dependent on lysosomal lipid storage. However, while the data show positive correlation between the two, no causal relationship is established by the data. It seems true that in all conditions (CADs or genetic knockdown) where lysosomal lipid storage was observed, the authors detect the Recovery of Golgi morphology. However, budesonide did not depend on lysosomal lipid storage to recover the Golgi morphology. Thus, the recovery of Golgi morphology is NOT dependent on lysosomal lipid storage, but inducing lysosomal lipid storage appears sufficient to recover Golgi morphology in VPS13B-KO HeLa cells.
      3. Each figure needs a title before the detailed legends for specific panels.
      4. Fig 8. Y axis labeling is missing.
      5. Does U18666A rescues Golgi morphology in VPS13B-KO cells?
      6. Please do not repeat the result section in discussion. Focus on the most important points.

      Significance

      This is an impressive study that identifies Cationic Amphiphilic Drugs (CADs) as potential therapeutics for Cohen syndrome (CS) and suggests sphingolipid upregulation as a general strategy for diseases driven by VPS13B loss-of-function. The unbiased approaches, notably the chemical screen and lipidomics, provide novel mechanistic insights into the underlying pathology of CS. This study will be of high interest to researchers in the fields of lipid biology and organelle homeostasis. It will also be highly valuable for clinical pediatricians managing CS patients.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary:

      The manuscript submitted by Langenbacher et al., entitled " Rtf1-dependent transcriptional pausing regulates cardiogenesis", describes very interesting and highly impactful observations about the function of Rtf-1 in cardiac development. Over the last few years, the Chen lab has published novel insights into the genes involved in cardiac morphogenesis. Here, they used the mouse model, the zebrafish model, cellular assays, single cell transcription, chemical inhibition, and pathway analysis to provide a comprehensive view of Rtf1 in RNAPII (Pol2) transcription pausing during cardiac development. They also conducted knockdown-rescue experiments to dissect the functions of Rtf1 domains. 

      Strengths:

      The most interesting discovery is the connection between Rtf1 and CDK9 in regulating Pol2 pausing as an essential step in normal heart development. The design and execution of these experiments also demonstrate a thorough approach to revealing a previously underappreciated role of Pol2 transcription pausing in cardiac development. This study also highlights the potential amelioration of related cardiac deficiencies using small molecule inhibitors against cyclin dependent kinases, many of which are already clinically approved, while many other specific inhibitors are at various preclinical stages of development for the treatment of other human diseases. Thus, this work is impactful and highly significant. 

      We thank the reviewer for appreciating our work.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      Langenbacher at el. examine the requirement of Rtf1, a component of the PAF1C, which regulates transcriptional pausing in cardiac development. The authors first confirm their previous morphant study with newly generated rtf1 mutant alleles, which recapitulate the defects in cardiac progenitor and diUerentiation gene expression observed previously in morphants. They then examine the conservation of Rtf1 in mouse embryos and embryonic stem cell-derived cardiomyocytes. Conditional loss of Rtf1 in mesodermal lineages and depletion in murine ESCs demonstrates a failure to turn on cardiac progenitor and diUerentiation marker genes, supporting conservation of Rtf1 in promoting cardiac development. The authors subsequently employ bulk RNA-seq on flow-sorted hand2:GFP+ cells and multiomic single-cell RNA-seq on whole Rtf1-depleted embryos at the 10-12 stage. These experiments corroborate that genes associated with cardiac and muscle development are lost. Furthermore, the diUerentiation trajectories suggest that the expression of genes associated with cardiac maturation is not initiated.  Structure-function analysis supports that the Plus3 domain is necessary for its function in promoting cardiac progenitor formation. ChIP-seq for RNA Pol II on 1012 somite stage embryos suggests that Rtf1 is required for proper promoter pausing. This defect can partially be rescued through use of a pharmacological inhibitor for Cdk9, which inhibits elongation, can partially restore elongation in rtf1 mutants.  

      Strengths: 

      Many aspects of the data are strong, which support the basic conclusions of the authors that Rtf1 is required for transcriptional pausing and has a conserved requirement in vertebrate cardiac development. Areas of strength include the genetic data supporting the conserved requirement for Rtf1 in promoting cardiac development, the complementary bulk and single-cell RNA-sequencing approaches providing some insight into the gene expression changes of the cardiac progenitors, the structure-function analysis supporting the requirement of the Plus3 domain, and the pharmacological epistasis combined with the RNA Pol II ChIP-seq, supporting the mechanism implicating Cdk9 in the Rtf1 dependent mechanism of RNA Pol II pausing. 

      We thank the reviewer for the summary and for recognizing many strengths of our work. 

      Weaknesses: 

      While most of the basic conclusions are supported by the data, there are a number of analyses that are confusing as to why they chose to perform the experiments the way they did and some places where the interpretations presently do not support the interpretations. One of the conclusions is that the phenotype aUects the maturation of the cardiomyocytes and they are arresting in an immature state. However, this seems to be mostly derived from picking a few candidates from the single cell data in Fig. 6. If that were the case, wouldn't the expectation be to observe relatively normal expression of earlier marker genes required for specification, such as Nkx2.5 and Gata5/6? The in situ expression analysis from fish and mice (Fig. 2 and Fig. 3) and bulk RNA-seq (Fig. 5) seems to suggest that there are pretty early specification and diUerentiation defects. While some genes associated with cardiac development are not changed, many of these are not specific to cardiomyocyte progenitors and expressed broadly throughout the ALPM. Similarly, it is not clear why a consistent set of cardiac progenitor genes (for instance mef2ca, nkx2.5, and tbx20) was analyzed for all the experiments, in particular with the single cell analysis. 

      A major conclusion of our study is that Rtf1 deficiency impairs myocardial lineage differentiation from mesoderm, as suggested by the reviewer. Thus, the main goal of this study is to understand how Rtf1 drives cardiac differentiation from the LPM, rather than the maturation of cardiomyocytes.  Multiple lines of evidence support this conclusion:

      (a) In situ hybridization showed that Rtf1 mutant embryos do not have nkx2.5+ cardiac progenitor cells and subsequently fail to produce cardiomyocytes (Figs. 2, 3).

      (b) RT-PCR analysis showed that knockdown of Rtf1 in mouse embryonic stem cells causes a dramatic reduction of cardiac gene expression and production of significantly fewer beating patches (Fig.4).

      (c) Bulk RNA sequencing revealed significant downregulation of cardiac lineage genes, including nkx2.5 (Fig. 5).

      (d) Single cell RNA sequencing clearly showed that lateral plate mesoderm (LPM) cells are significantly more abundant in Rtf1 morphant,s whereas cardiac progenitors are less abundant (Fig. 6 and Fig.6 Supplement 1-5). 

      When feasible, we used cardiac lineage restricted markers in our assays. Nkx2.5 and tbx5a are not highlighted in the single cell analysis because their expression in our sc-seq dataset was too low to examine in the clustering/trajectory analysis.  In this revised manuscript, we provide violin plots showing the low expression levels of these genes in single cells from Rtf1 deficient embryos (Figure 6 Supplement 5).

      The point of the multiomic analysis is confusing. RNA- and ATAC-seq were apparently done at the same time. Yet, the focus of the analysis that is presented is on a small part of the RNA-seq data. This data set could have been more thoroughly analyzed, particularly in light of how chromatin changes may be associated with the transcriptional pausing. This seems to be a lost opportunity. Additionally, how the single cell data is covered in Supplemental Fig. 2 and 3 is confusing. There is no indication of what the diUerent clusters are in the Figure or the legend. 

      In this study, we performed single cell multiome analysis and used both scRNAseq and scATACseq datasets to generate reliable clustering.  The scRNAseq analysis reveals how Rtf1 deficiency impacts cardiac differentiation from mesoderm, which inspired us to investigate the underlying mechanism and led to the discovery of defects in Rtf1-dependent transcriptional pause release.

      We agree with the reviewer that deep examination of Rtf1-dependent chromatin changes would provide additional insights into how Rtf1 influences early development and careful examination of the scATACseq dataset is certainly a good future direction.  

      In this revised manuscript, we have revised Fig.6 Supplement 1 to include the predicted cell types and provide an additional excel file showing the annotation of all 39 clusters (Supplementary Table 2). 

      While the effect of Rtf1 loss on cardiomyocyte markers is certainly dramatic, it is not clear how well the mutant fish have been analyzed and how specific the eUect is to this population. It is interpreted that the eUects on cardiomyocytes are not due to "transfating" of other cell fates, yet supplemental Fig. 4 shows numerous eUects on potentially adjacent cell populations. Minimally, additional data needs to be provided showing the live fish at these stages and marker analysis to support these statements. In some images, it is not clear the embryos are the same stage (one can see pigmentation in the eyes of controls that is not in the mutants/morphants), causing some concern about developmental delay in the mutants. 

      Single cell RNA sequencing showed an increased abundance of LPM cells and a reduced abundance of cardiac progenitors in Rtf1 morphants (Fig. 6 and Fig.6 Supplement 1-5). The reclustering of anterior lateral plate mesoderm (ALPM) cells and their derivatives further showed that cells representing undifferentiated ALPM were increased whereas cells representing all three ALPM derivatives were reduced. These findings indicate a defect in ALPM differentiation. 

      The reviewer questioned whether we examined stage-matched embryos. In our assay, Rtf1 mutant embryos were collected from crosses of Rtf1 heterozygotes. Each clutch from these crosses consists of ¼ embryos showing rtf1 mutant phenotypes and ¾ embryos showing wild type phenotypes which were used as control. Mutants and their wild type siblings were fixed or analyzed at the same time.

      The reviewer questioned the specificity of the Rtf1 deficient cardiac phenotype and pointed out that Rtf1 mutant embryos do not have pigment cells around the eye.  Rtf1 is a ubiquitously expressed transcriptional regulator.  Previous studies in zebrafish have shown that Rtf1 deficiency significantly impacts embryonic development. Rtf1 deficiency causes severe defects in cardiac lineage and neural crest cell development; consequently, Rtf1 deficient embryos do not have cardiomyocytes and pigmentation (Langenbacher et al., 2011, Akanuma et al., 2007, and Jurynec et al., 2019).  We now provide an image showing a 2-day-old Rtf1 mutant embryo and their wild type sibling to illustrate the cardiac, neural crest, and somitogenesis defects caused by loss of Rtf1 activity (Fig. 2 Supplement 1).

      With respect to the transcriptional pausing defects in the Rtf1 deficient embryos, it is not clear from the data how this eUect relates to the expression of the cardiac markers. This could have been directly analyzed with some additional sequencing, such as PRO-seq, which would provide a direct analysis of transcriptional elongation. 

      We showed that Rtf1 deficiency results in a nearly genome-wide decrease in promoterproximal pausing and downregulation of cardiac makers. Attenuating transcriptional pause release could restore cardiomyocyte formation in Rtf1 deficient embryos. In this revised manuscript, we provide additional RNAseq data showing that the expression levels of critical cardiac development genes such as nkx2.5, tbx5a, tbx20, mef2ca, mef2cb, ttn.2, and ryr2b are significantly rescued.  We agree with the reviewer that further analyses using the PRO-seq approach could provide additional insights, but it is beyond the scope of this manuscript. 

      Some additional minor issues include the rationale that sequence conservation suggests an important requirement of a gene (line 137), which there are many examples this isn't the case, referencing figures panels out of order in Figs. 4, 7, and 8) as described in the text, and using the morphants for some experiments, such as the rescue, that could have been done in a blinded manner with the mutants. 

      We have clarified the rationale in this revised manuscript and made the eRort to reference figures in order. 

      The reviewer commented that rescue experiments “could have been done in a blinded manner with the mutants”. This was indeed how the flavopiridol rescue and cdk9 knockdown experiments were carried out. Embryos from crosses of Rtf1 heterozygotes were collected, fixed after treatment and subjected to in situ hybridization. Embryos were then scored for cardiac phenotype and genotyped (Fig.8 d-g). Morpholino knockdown was used in genomic experiments because our characterization of rtf1 morphants showed that they faithfully recapitulate the rtf1 mutant phenotype during the timeframe of interest (Fig. 2).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      This reviewer has a few suggestions below, aimed at improving the clarity and impact of the current study. Once these items are addressed, the manuscript should be of interest to the Elife reader. 

      Item 1. Strengthening the interaction between Rfh1 and CDK9 on Pol2 pausing. 

      The authors have convincingly shown that the chemical inhibition of CDK9 by flavopiridol can partially rescue the expression of cardiac genes in the zebrafish model. Although flavopiridol is FDA approved and has been a classical inhibitor for the dissection of CDK9 function, it also inhibits related CDKs (such as Flavopiridol (Alvocidib) competes with ATP to inhibit CDKs including CDK1, CDK2, CDK4, CDK6, and CDK9 with IC50 values in the 20-100 nM range) Therefore, this study could be more impactful if the authors can provide evidence on which of these CDKs may be most relevant during Rtf1-dependent cardiogenesis. To determine whether the observed cardiac defect indicates a preferential role for CDK9, or that other CDKs may also be able to provide partial rescue may be clarified using additional, more selective small molecules (e.g., BAY1251152, LDC000067 are commercially available). 

      The reviewer raised a reasonable concern about the specificity of flavopiridol. We thank the reviewer for the insightful suggestion and share the concern about specificity. To address this question, we have used an orthogonal testing through morpholino inhibition where we directly targeted CDK9 and observed the same level of rescue, supporting a critical role of transcription pausing in cardiogenesis.

      Item 2. Differences between CRISPR lines and morphants 

      Much of the work presented used Rtf1 morphants while the authors have already generated 2 CRISPR lines. What is the diUerence between morphants and mutants? The authors should comment on the similarities and/or differences between using morphants or mutants in their study and whether the same Rtf1- CDK9 connection also occurs in the CRISPR lines. 

      The morphology of our mutants (rtf1<sup>LA2678</sup> and rtf1<sup>LA2679</sup>) resembles the morphants and the previously reported ENU-induced rtf1<sup>KT641</sup> allele. Extensive in situ hybridization analysis showed that the morphants faithfully recapitulate the mutant phenotypes (Fig.2). We have performed rescue experiments (flavopiridol and CDK9 morpholino) using Rtf1 mutant embryos and found that inhibiting Cdk9 restores cardiomyocyte formation (Fig.8). 

      Item 3. Discuss the therapeutic relevance of study 

      The authors have already generated a mouse model of Rtf1 Mesp1-Cre knockout where cardiac muscle development is severely derailed (Fig 3B). Thus, a demonstration of a conserved role for CDK9 inhibitor in rescuing cardiogenesis using mouse cells or the mouse model will provide important information on a conserved pathway function relevant to mammalian heart development. In the Discussion, how this underlying mechanistic role may be useful in the treatment of congenital heart disease should be provided.  

      Thank you for the insight. We have incorporated your comments in the discussion. 

      Item 4. Insights into the role of CDK9-Rtf1 in response to stress versus in cardiogenesis. 

      In the Discussion, the authors commented on the role of additional stress-related stimuli such as heat shock and inflammation that have been linked to CDK9 activity. However, the current ms provides the first, endogenous role of Pol2 pausing in a critical developmental step during normal cardiogenesis. The authors should emphasize the novelty and significance of their work by providing a paragraph on the state of knowledge on the molecular mechanisms governing cardiogenesis, then placing their discovery within this framework. This minor addition will also clarify the significance of this work to the broad readership of eLife. 

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have incorporated your comments and elaborate on the novelty and significance of our work in the discussion. 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      (1) It is diUicult to assess what the overt defects are in the embryos at any stages. Images of live images were not included in the supplement. Do these have a small, malformed heart tube later or are the embryos just deteriorating due to broad defects? 

      The Rtf1 deficient embryos do not produce nkx2.5+ cardiac progenitors. Consequently, we never observed a heart tube or detected cells expressing cardiomyocyte marker genes such as myl7. This finding is consistent with previous reports using rtf1 morphants and rtf<sup>1KT64</sup>, an ENU-induced point mutation allele (Langenbacher et al., 2011 and Akanuma, 2007). In this revised manuscript, we provide a live image of 2-day-old wild type and rtf1<sup>LA2679/LA2679</sup> embryos (Fig. 2 Supplement 1). After two days, rtf1 mutant embryos undergo broad cell death. 

      (2) Fig. 2, although the in situs are convincing, there is not a quantitative assessment of expression changes for these genes. This could have been done for the bulk or single cell RNA-seq experiments, but was not and these genes weren't not included in the heat maps. A quantitative assessment of these genes would benefit the study. 

      The top 40 most significantly differentially expressed genes are displayed in the heatmap presented in Fig.5d. The complete differential gene expression analysis results for our hand2 FACS-based comparison of rtf1 morphants and controls is presented in Supplementary Data File 1.  In this revised manuscript, we provide a new supplemental figure with violin plots showing the expression levels of genes of interest in our single cell sequencing dataset (Fig.6 Supplement 5).

      (3) It doesn't not appear that any statistical tests were used for the comparisons in Fig. 2.

      We now provide the statistical data in the legend and Fig.2 b, d, f, h and i.

      (4) It's not clear the magnifications and orientations of the embryos in Fig. 3b are the same. 

      Embryos shown in Fig.3b are at the same magnification. However, because Rtf1 mutant embryos display severe morphological defects, the orientation of mutant embryos was adjusted to examine the cardiac tissue.

      (5) The n's for analysis of MLC2v in WT Rtf1 CKO embryos in Fig. 3b are only 1. At least a few more embryos should be analyzed to confirm that the phenotype is consistent. 

      We have revised the figure and present the number of embryos analyzed and statistics in Fig.3c. 

      (6) A number of figure panels are referred to out of order in the text. Fig. 4E-G are before Fig. 4C, D, Fig. 7C  before 7B, Fig. 8D-I before 8A ,B. In general, it is easier for the reader if the figures panels are presented in the order they are referred to in the text. 

      Revised as suggested.

      (7) While additional genes can be included, it is not clear why the same sets of genes are not examined in the bulk or single-cell RNA-seq as with the in situs or expression was analyzed in embryos. I suggest including the genes like nkx2.5, tbx20, myl7, in all the sequencing analysis. 

      We used the same set of genes in all analyses when possible. However, the low expression of genes such as nkx2.5 and myl7 in our sc-seq dataset preclude them from the clustering/trajectory analysis. In this revised manuscript, we present violin plots showing their expression in wild type and rtf1 morphants (Fig. 6 Supplement 5).

      (8) If a multiomic approach was used, why wasn't its analysis incorporated more into the manuscript? In general, a clearer presentation and deeper analysis of the single cell data would benefit the study. The integration of the RNA and ATAC would benefit the analysis.

      As addressed in our response to the reviewer’s public review, both datasets were used in clustering. Examining changes in chromatin accessibility is certainly interesting, but beyond the scope of this study. 

      (9) Many of the markers analyzed are not cardiac specific or it is not clear they are expressed in cardiac progenitors at the stage of the analysis. Hand2 has broader expression. Additional confirmation of some of the genes through in situ would help the interpretations. 

      Markers used for the in situ hybridization analysis (myl7, mef2ca, nkx2.5, tbx5a, and tbx20) are known for their critical role in heart development. For sc-seq trajectory analyses, most displayed genes (sema3e, bmp6, ttn.2, mef2cb, tnnt2a, ryr2b, and myh7bb) were identified based on their differential expression along the LPM-cardiac progenitor pseudotime trajectory. Rather than selecting genes based on their cardiac specificity, our goal was to examine the progressive gene expression changes associated with cardiac progenitor formation and compare gene expression of wild type and rtf1 deficient embryos.

      (10) Additional labels of the cell clusters are needed for Supplemental Figs. 2 and 3. 

      The cluster IDs were presented on Supplementary Figures 2 and 3. In this revised version, we added predicted cell types to the UMAP (revised Fig.6 Supplement 1) and provided an excel file with this information (revised Supplementary Table 2). 

      (11) On lines 101-102, the interpretation from the previous data is that diUerentiation of the LPM requires Rtf1. However, later from the single cell data the interpretation based on the markers is that Rtf1 loss aUects maturation. However, it is not clear this interpretation is correct or what changed from the single cell data. If that were the case, one would expect to see maintenance of more early marks and subsequent loss of maturation markers, which does not appear to the be the case from the presented data.

      Our data suggests that cardiac progenitor formation is not accomplished by simultaneously switching on all cardiac marker genes. Our pseudotime trajectory analysis highlights tnnt2a, ryr2b, and myh7bb as genes that increase in expression in a lagged manner compared to mef2cb (Fig. 6). Thus, the abnormal activation of mef2cb without subsequent upregulation of tnnt2a, ryr2b, and myh7bb in rtf1 morphants suggests a requirement for rtf1 in the progressive gene expression changes required for proper cardiac progenitor differentiation. Our single cell experiment focuses on the process of cardiac progenitor differentiation and does not provide insights into cardiomyocyte maturation. We have edited the text to clarify these interpretations. 

      (12) The interpretation that there is not "transfating" is not supported by the shown data. Analysis of markers in other tissues, again with in situ, to show spatially would benefit the study. 

      As stated in our response to the reviewer’s public review, we observed a dramatic increase of ALPM cells, but a decrease of ALPM derivatives including the cardiac lineage. We did not observe the expansion of one ALPM-derived subpopulation at the expense of the others. These observations suggest a defect in ALPM differentiation and argue against the notion that the region of the ALPM that would normally give rise to cardiac progenitors is instead differentiating into another cell type.

      (13) The rationale that sequence conservation means a gene is important (lines 137-139) is not really true. There are examples a lot of highly conserved genes whose mutants don't have defects. 

      We have revised the text to avoid confusion. 

      (14) The data showing that the 8 bp mutations do not aUect the RNA transcript is not shown or at least indicated in Fig. 7. It would seem that this experiment could have been done in the mutant embryos, in which case the experiment would have been semi-blinded as the genotyping would occur after imaging. 

      The modified Rtf1 wt RNA (Rtf1 wt* in revised Fig. 7) robustly rescued nkx2.5 expression in rtf1 deficient embryos, demonstrating that the 8 bp modifications do not negatively impact the activity of the injected RNA. As stated previously, morpholino knockdown was used in some experiments because our characterization of rtf1 morphants showed that they faithfully recapitulate the rtf1 mutant phenotype during the timeframe of interest.

      (15) Using a technique like PRO-seq at the same stage as the ChIP-seq would complement the ChIP-seq and allow a more detailed analysis of the transcriptional pausing on specific genes observed in WT and mutant embryos. 

      As stated in our response to the reviewer’s public review, we appreciate the suggestion but PRO-seq is beyond the scope of this study.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment 

      This useful study reports that the exogenous expression of the microRNA miR-195 can partially compensate in early B cell development for the loss of EBF1, one of the key transcription factors in B cells. While this finding will be of interest to those studying lymphocyte development, the evidence, particularly with regard to the molecular mechanisms that underpin the effect of miR-195, is currently incomplete. 

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary: 

      Here, the authors are proposing a role for miR-196, a microRNA that has been shown to bind and enhance the degradation of mRNA targets in the regulation of cell processes, and has a novel role in allowing the emergence of CD19+ cells in cells in which Ebf1, a critical B-cell transcription factor, has been genetically removed. 

      Strengths: 

      That over-expression of mR-195 can allow the emergence of CD19+ cells missing Ebf1 is somewhat novel. 

      Their data does perhaps support to a degree the emergence of a transcriptional network that may bypass the absence of Ebf1, including the FOXO1 transcription factor, but this data is not strong or definitive. 

      Weaknesses: 

      It is unclear whether this observation is in fact physiological. When the authors analyse a knockout model of miR-195, there is not much of a change in the B-cell phenotype. Their findings may therefore be an artefact of an overexpression system. 

      The authors have provided insufficient data to allow a thorough appraisal of the stepwise molecular changes that could account for their observed phenotype. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors investigate miRNA miR-195 in the context of B-cell development. They demonstrate that ectopic expression of miR-195 in hematopoietic progenitor cells can, to a considerable extent, override the consequences of deletion of Ebf1, a central Blineage defining transcription factor, in vitro and upon short-term transplantation into immunodeficient mice in vivo. In addition, the authors demonstrate that the reverse experiment, genetic deletion of miR-195, has virtually no effect on B-cell development. Mechanistically, the authors identify Foxo1 phosphorylation as one pathway partially contributing to the rescue effect of miR-195. An additional analysis of epigenetics by ATACseq adds potential additional factors that might also contribute to the effect of ectopic expression of miR-195. 

      Strengths: 

      The authors employ a robust assay system, Ebf1-KO HPC, to test for B-lineage promoting factors. The manuscript overall takes on an interesting perspective rarely employed for the analysis of miRNA by overexpressing the miRNA of interest. Ideally, this approach may reveal, if not the physiological function of this miRNA, the role of distinct pathways in developmental processes. 

      Weaknesses: 

      At the same time, this approach constitutes a major weakness: It does not reveal information on the physiological role of miR-195. In fact, the authors themselves demonstrate in their KO approach, that miR-195 has virtually no role in B-cell development, as has been demonstrated already in 2020 by Hutter and colleagues. While the authors cite this paper, unfortunately, they do so in a different context, hence omitting that their findings are not original. 

      Conceptually, the authors stress that a predominant function of miRNA (in contrast to transcription factors, as the authors suggest) lies in fine-tuning. However, there appears to be a misconception. Misregulation of fine-tuning of gene expression may result in substantial biological effects, especially in developmental processes. The authors want to highlight that miR-195 is somewhat of an exception in that regard, but this is clearly not the case. In addition to miR-150, as referenced by the authors, also the miR-17-92 or miR-221/222 families play a significant role in B-cell development, their absence resulting in stage-specific developmental blocks, and other miRNAs, such as miR-155, miR-142, miR-181, and miR-223 are critical regulators of leukocyte development and function. Thus, while in many instances a single miRNA moderately affects gene expression at the level of an individual target, quite frequently targets converge in common pathways, hence controlling critical biological processes. 

      The paper has some methodological weaknesses as well: For the most part, it lacks thorough statistical analysis, and only representative FACS plots are provided. Many bar graphs are based on heavy normalization making the T-tests employed inapplicable. No details are provided regarding the statistical analysis of microarrays. Generation of the miR-195-KO mice is insufficiently described and no validation of deletion is provided. Important controls are missing as well, the most important one being a direct rescue of Ebf1-KO cells by re-expression of Ebf1. This control is critical to quantify the extent of override of Ebf1-deficiency elicited by miR-195 and should essentially be included in all experiments. A quantitative comparison is essential to support the authors' main conclusion highlighted in the title of the manuscript. As the manuscript currently stands, only negative controls are provided, which, given the profound role of Ebf1, are insufficient, because many experiments, such as assessment of V(D)J recombination, IgM surface expression, or class-switch recombination, are completely negative in controls. In addition, the authors should also perform long-term reconstitution experiments. While it is somewhat surprising that the authors obtained splenic IgM+ B cells after just 10 days, these experiments would be certainly much more informative after longer periods of time. Using "classical" mixed bone marrow chimeras using a combination of B-cell defective (such as mb1/mb1) bone marrow and reconstituted Ebf1-KO progenitors would permit much more refined analyses. 

      With regard to mechanism, the authors show that the Foxo1 phosphorylation pathway accounts for the rescue of CD19 expression, but not for other factors, as mentioned in the discussion. The authors then resort to epigenetics analysis, but their rationale remains somewhat vague. It remains unclear how miR-195 is linked to epigenetic changes. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      In this study, Miyatake et al. present the interesting finding that ectopic expression of miR-195 in EBF1-deficient hematopoietic progenitor cells can partially rescue their developmental block and allow B cells to progress to a B220+ CD19+ cells stage. Notably, this is accompanied by an upregulation of B-cell-specific genes and, correspondingly, a downregulation of T, myeloid, and NK lineage-related genes, suggesting that miR-195 expression is at least in part equivalent to EBF1 activity in orchestrating the complex gene regulatory network underlying B cell development. Strengthening this point, ATAC sequencing of miR-195-expressing EBF1-deficient B220+CD19+ cells and a comparison of these data to public datasets of EBF1-deficient and -proficient cells suggest that miR-195 indirectly regulates gene expression and chromatin accessibility of some, but not all regions regulated by EBF1. 

      Mechanistically, the authors identify a subset of potential target genes of miR-195 involved in MAPK and PI3K signaling. Dampening of these pathways has previously been demonstrated to activate FOXO1, a key transcription factor for early B cells downstream of EBF1. Accordingly, the authors hypothesize that miR-195 exerts its function through FOXO1. Supporting this claim, also exogenous FOXO1 expression is able to promote the development of EBF1-deficient cells to the B220+CD19+ stage and thus recapitulates the miR-195 phenotype. 

      Strengths: 

      The strength of the presented study is the detailed assessment of the altered chromatin accessibility in response to ectopic miR-195 expression. This provides insight into how miR-195 impacts the gene regulatory network that governs B-cell development and allows the formation of mechanistic hypotheses. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The key weakness of this study is that its findings are based on the artificial and ectopic expression of a miRNA out of its normal context, which in my opinion strongly limits the biological relevance of the presented work. 

      While the authors performed qPCRs for miR-195 on different B cell populations and show that its relative expression peaks in early B cells, it remains unclear whether the absolute miR-195 expression is sufficiently high to have any meaningful biological activity. In fact, other miRNA expression data from immune cells (e.g. DOI

      10.1182/blood-2010-10-316034 and DOI 10.1016/j.immuni.2010.05.009) suggest that miR-195 is only weakly, if at all, expressed in the hematopoietic system. 

      The authors support their finding by a CRISPR-derived miR-195 knockout mouse model which displays mild, but significant differences in the hematopoietic stem cell compartment and in B cell development. However, they fail to acknowledge and discuss a lymphocyte-specific miR-195 knockout mouse that does not show any B cell defects in the bone marrow or spleen and thus contradicts the authors' findings (DOI

      10.1111/febs.15493). Of note, B-1 B cells in particular have been shown to be elevated upon loss of miR-15-16-1 and/or miR-15b-16-2, which contradicts the data presented here for loss of the family member miR-195. 

      A second weakness is that some claims by the authors appear overstated or at least not fully backed up by the presented data. In particular, the findings that miR-195expressing cells can undergo VDJ recombination, express the pre-BCR/BCR and class switch needs to be strengthened. It would be beneficial to include additional controls to these experiments, e.g. a RAG-deficient mouse as a reference/negative control for the ddPCR and the surface IgM staining, and cells deficient in class switching for the IgG1 flow cytometric staining. 

      Moreover, the manuscript would be strengthened by a more thorough investigation of the hypothesis that miR-195 promotes the stabilization and activity of FOXO1, e.g. by comparing the authors' ATACseq data to the FOXO1 signature. 

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      Miyatake et al., present a manuscript that explores the role of miR-195 in B cell development. 

      Their data suggests a role for this microRNA: 

      Using an Ebf1 fetal liver knockout of B-cell differentiation that a small population of CD19 expressing with some evidence of V(D)J recombination capable of class switch can be derived by transduction of miR-195. 

      In the emergent CD19+ Ebf1-/- cells, the authors provide some evidence that Mapk and Akt3 may be miR-195 targets that are downregulated allowing FOXO1 transcription factor pathway may be involved in the emergent CD19+ cells arising from miR-195 transduction. 

      Perhaps less compelling data is provided with regards to a role for miR-195 in normal Bcell development through analysis of a miR-195 knockout model. 

      While there are some interesting preliminary data presented for a role for miR-195 in the context of Ebf1-/- cells, there are some questions I think the authors could consider. 

      Comments: 

      (1-1) It is difficult to ascertain the potential role of miR-195 transduction in allowing the emergence of CD19+ cells from the data provided. miR-195 has been generally shown to destabilize mRNA transcripts by 3' UTR binding that targets mRNA transcripts for degradation. The effect of transduction of miR-195 would therefore be expected to be related to the degradation of factors opposing aspects of B-lineage specification or maintenance. I would be particularly interested in transcriptional or epigenetic regulators that may be modified in this way, at an mRNA as well as protein level.

      We appreciate the reviewerʼs thoughtful comments and agree that miRNAs often exert their effects through the degradation or translational repression of mRNAs encoding regulatory factors. In our study, we attempted to address this point by combining predictive analysis (using TargetScan and starBase) with luciferase reporter assays and qPCR to validate several potential targets of miR-195, including Mapk3 and Akt3. We acknowledge that this is not a comprehensive mechanistic analysis. We agree that a broader and systematic identification of direct targets of miR-195, particularly those involved in transcriptional and epigenetic regulation, would further clarify the mechanisms involved. However, due to limitations in resources and time, we are currently unable to perform global proteomic or ChIP-based validations. Nevertheless, our ATAC-seq and microarray data indicate that miR-195 overexpression leads to increased accessibility and expression of several key B-lineage transcription factors (Pax5, Runx1, Irf8), suggesting that miR-195 indirectly activates transcriptional programs relevant to B cell commitment. We have now clarified this limitation in the revised Discussion section (lines 505‒524), and we emphasize that our current findings represent the potential of miR-195 rather than its physiological role. We hope that this clarification addresses the concern.

      (1-2) While I acknowledge the authors have undertaken TargetScan and starBase analysis to try and predict miR-195 interactions, they do not provide a comprehensive list of putative targets that can be referenced against their cDNA data. Though they postulate Mapk3 and Akt3 as putative miR-195 targets and assay these in luciferase reporter systems (Figure 4), these were not clearly differentially regulated in the microarray data they provided (Figure 1E) as being downregulated on miR-195 transduction in Ebf1-/- cells.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the need for a more comprehensive list of predicted miR-195 targets. In response, we have now included a supplementary table 4 (human) and 5 (mouse) listing all putative miR-195 targets predicted by TargetScan and starBase. As noted, Mapk3 expression was indeed downregulated upon miR-195 transduction, consistent with our luciferase reporter and qPCR results. For Akt3, we observed variability in the microarray data depending on the probe used, resulting in inconsistent expression levels. We acknowledge this and have added a clarification in the revised manuscript (lines 335‒339), noting that the regulation of Akt3 by miR-195 is potentially probe-dependent and may require further validation. We hope this clarification resolves the concern.

      (1-3) The authors should provide a more comprehensive analysis of transcriptional changes induced by miR-195 Ebf1-/- specifically in the preproB cell stage of development in Ebf1-/- and miR-195 Ebf1-/- cells. The differentially expressed gene list should be provided as a supplemental file. The gene expression data should be provided for the different B-cell differentiation stages, eg. Ebf1-/- preproB cells, and Ebf1-/- miR-195 preproB cells, CD19+ cells and more differentiated subsets induced by miR-195 transduction.

      We appreciate the reviewerʼs suggestion to provide a more comprehensive transcriptomic analysis at different B-cell differentiation stages. Unfortunately, due to the limited availability of cells and technical constraints, we were unable to perform RNA-seq on miR-195 transduced Ebf1<sup>−/−</sup> pre-pro-B or CD19+ cells. However, to address this point, we referenced publicly available RNA-seq data (GEO accession: GSE92434), which includes transcriptomic profiles of Ebf1<sup>−/−</sup> pro-B cells and wild-type controls. By comparing our microarray data from miR-195 transduced Ebf1<sup>−/−</sup> cells with this dataset, we found partial restoration of expression for several key B-lineage genes, such as Pax5, Runx1, and Irf8, which are normally downregulated in the absence of EBF1. This comparison supports the notion that miR-195 partially reactivates the transcriptional network essential for B cell development. We have added this interpretation to the Discussion section (lines 528‒533).

      (1-4) More replicates (at least 3 of each genotype) are required for their Western Blots for FOXO1 and pFOXO1 (Fig 4C, D). Western blots should also be provided for other known B-lineage transcriptional regulators such as PAX5 and ERG.

      We thank the reviewer for these valuable suggestions. In response, we have now quantified and added the relative band intensities of FOXO1 and pFOXO1 from three independent experiments in the revised Figure 4C, and we include statistical analysis to support the reproducibility of these results. Additionally, as requested, we performed western blotting for PAX5 and ERG using the same samples. The results showed no significant change in these protein levels between miR-195-transduced and control Ebf1<sup>−/−</sup> cells, consistent with the modest upregulation observed in our microarray data. We have included the PAX5 and ERG western blot images in Supplementary Figure S3 and have revised the text in the Results section (lines 351‒35)

      (1-5) The authors have not shown a transcriptional binding by ChIPseq or other methods such as cut and tag/ cut and run for FOXO1 binding to B-lineage genes in their Ebf1-/- miR-195 CD19+ cells to be able to definitively show this TF is critical for the emergence of the C19+ cell phenotype by demonstrating direct binding to "upregulated" genes cis-regulatory regions in the Ebf1-/- miR-195 CD19+ cells

      We appreciate the reviewerʼs suggestion regarding the use of ChIP-seq or related methods to demonstrate direct FOXO1 binding to cis-regulatory regions of B-lineage genes in Ebf1<sup>−/−</sup> miR-195 CD19⁺ cells. We agree that such data would provide definitive evidence of FOXO1's direct involvement in promoting the B cell-like transcriptional program. However, due to current technical limitations, including the scarcity of CD19⁺ cells derived from Ebf1<sup>−/−</sup> miR-195 transduction and the requirement for large cell numbers in ChIP-seq or CUT&RUN protocols, we were unable to perform these assays in this study. Nevertheless, our current data provide multiple lines of indirect evidence supporting the involvement of FOXO1:

      miR-195 transduction leads to reduced phosphorylation and increased accumulation of FOXO1 protein (Fig. 4C).

      Overexpression of FOXO1 in Ebf1<sup>−/−</sup> HPCs partially recapitulates the miR-195 phenotype (Fig. 4D).

      ATAC-seq data show increased chromatin accessibility at known FOXO1 target gene loci (e.g., Pax5, Runx1, Irf8) in miR-195-induced CD19⁺ cells, many of which overlap with FOXO1 motifs(Fig.5)

      These observations collectively suggest that FOXO1 activity is functionally important for the emergence of CD19⁺ cells, even though direct binding has not been confirmed. We have added this limitation to the Discussion (lines 531‒537), and we note that future studies using FOXO1 CUT&RUN in this system would be valuable to further define the underlying mechanism.

      (1-6) The authors have not shown significant upregulation of expression of other critical B-cell regulatory transcription factors in their Ebf1-/- miR-195 CD19+ cells that could account for the emergence of these cells such as Pax5 or Erg. The legend in Figure 1E suggests for example the change in expression of Pax5 is modest if anything at best as no LogFC or western blot data is presented. 

      We thank the reviewer for raising this point. In our microarray analysis (Figure 1D, original Figure 1E), we observed that both Pax5 and Erg mRNA levels were upregulated in Ebf1<sup>−/−</sup> cells upon miR-195 transduction. Specifically, Pax5 showed an increase of approximately log₂FC 1.2, and Erg was also consistently elevated across biological replicates. These changes, although modest, were statistically significant and consistent with the upregulation of other B-lineage-associated transcription factors, such as Runx1 and Irf8. We agree that the magnitude of Pax5 upregulation is not as high as typically seen during full B cell commitment, and therefore may not have been immediately apparent in Figure 1D (original Figure 1E). To clarify this point, we have now revised the text in the Results section (lines 170‒174) to highlight the observed changes in Pax5 and Erg expression. We believe that the upregulation of these transcription factors, together with increased FOXO1 activity and changes in chromatin accessibility (Figure 5), contributes to the partial reactivation of the B cell gene regulatory network in the absence of EBF1.

      (1-7) Which V(D)J transcripts have been produced? A more detailed analysis other than ddPCR is required to help understand the emergence of this population that can presumably proceed through the preBCR and BCR checkpoints.

      We appreciate the reviewerʼs interest in understanding the nature of the V(D)J rearrangements in Ebf1<sup>−/−</sup> miR-195 CD19⁺ cells. As noted, our current data rely on droplet digital PCR (ddPCR), which was used to detect rearranged VH-JH segments in the bone marrow of engrafted mice. While this approach does not allow for detailed mapping of specific V, D, or J gene usage, it provides a sensitive and quantitative measure of V(D)J recombination activity. The detection of rearranged VH-JH fragments in miR-195-transduced Ebf1<sup>−/−</sup> cells suggests that at least partial recombination of the immunoglobulin heavy chain locus is occurring̶an essential checkpoint for progression past the pro-B cell stage. Given the lack of such rearrangements in control-transduced Ebf1<sup>−/−</sup> cells, we interpret this as evidence that miR-195 enables cells to initiate the recombination process. We acknowledge the limitations of ddPCR and agree that a more detailed analysis using VDJ-seq or singlecell RNA-seq would be valuable in determining the diversity and completeness of the V(D)J transcripts produced. This is a direction we intend to pursue in future work. We have added this limitation to the Discussion section (lines 538‒543).

      (1-8) The authors reveal that the Foxo1 transduced Ebf1-/- cells (Fig. 4D) do not persist in vitro or be detected via transplant assay (line 256) and therefore does not represent a truly "rescued" B cell, suggesting that CD19+ cells Ebf1-/- miR-195 transduced cells have more B-cell potential. Further characterisation is therefore warranted of this cell population. For instance, can these cells be induced to undergo myeloid differentiation in myeloid cytokine conditions? What other B-lineage transcriptional regulators are expressed in this cell population that could account for VDJ recombination and expression of a B-lineage transcriptional program (see comments 1, 3, and 5) that allow transition through preBCR and BCR checkpoints as well as undergo class switching?

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. We agree that the persistence and lineage potential of the CD19⁺ cells emerging from Ebf1<sup>−/−</sup> miR-195-transduced progenitors deserve further characterization. Although we were unable to perform additional lineage re-direction assays, our current data provide several lines of evidence suggesting that these cells are stably committed toward the B-lineage:

      Gene expression profiling revealed upregulation of multiple B cell transcriptional regulators, including Pax5, Runx1, and Irf8.

      ATAC-seq analysis showed increased chromatin accessibility at B cell‒specific loci and enrichment of motifs bound by key B-lineage factors such as FOXO1 and E2A.

      The cells express surface IgM and undergo class switch recombination to IgG1 upon stimulation, indicating successful transition through the pre-BCR and BCR checkpoints and acquisition of mature B cell functions.

      Importantly, no upregulation of myeloid- or T-lineage genes was detected in the microarray analysis, arguing against multipotency at this stage.We acknowledge that functional tests for lineage plasticity under altered cytokine conditions would provide important insights and plan to address this question in future studies. This limitation has now been noted in the revised Discussion (lines 544‒550).

      (1-9) In the original Ebf1-/- miR-195 CD19+ experiments, a wild-type control should be provided for each experiment. 

      We appreciate the reviewerʼs suggestion to include wild-type controls in all experiments. While we did not include wild-type samples side-by-side in every assay, we carefully designed our experiments to include biologically appropriate and informative comparisons. For example, in the bone marrow transplantation experiments (Figure 2), Ebf1<sup>−/−</sup> cells transduced with empty vector served as negative controls, clearly lacking CD19 expression, V(D)J recombination, IgM surface expression, and class switch capability. This allowed us to specifically assess the gain-of-function effects of miR-195 in the EBF1-deficient background. In several analyses̶such as the ATAC-seq and microarray comparisons̶we did incorporate or refer to existing wild-type datasets (e.g., GSE92434), providing context for the extent of recovery toward a WT-like profile. We agree, however, that including parallel WT controls across all experimental platforms would enhance interpretability.

      (1-10) For ATACseq data, a comparison between Ebf1-/- preproB cells and Ebf1-/- miR-195 CD19+ cells should be undertaken.

      We thank the reviewer for this important point. As suggested, we have performed a direct comparison of chromatin accessibility between Ebf1<sub>−/−</sub> pre-pro-B‒like cells (CD19<sub>-</sub>, control transduction) and Ebf1<sub>−/−</sub> miR-195‒transduced CD19⁺ cells. This comparison is shown in green in Figure 5B and represents the ATAC-seq peaks differentially accessible between these two populations.  

      (1-11) I cannot agree with the authors with some of their statements such as Line 242 - "therefore miR-195 considered to have similar function with EBF1 to some extent" - how can this be the case when miR-195 is a miRNA and EBF1 is a transcription factor with pioneering transcriptional activity? Surely the effects of miR-195 must be secondary.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the inappropriateness of comparing miR-195 to EBF1 in terms of functional similarity. We agree that miR-195, as a microRNA, operates through post-transcriptional regulation and does not possess the pioneering transcriptional activity characteristic of EBF1. To avoid confusion or overstatement, we have removed the sentence in line 242 ("therefore miR-195 is considered to have similar function with EBF1 to some extent").

      (1-12) It is unclear whether this observation is in fact physiological. When the authors analyse a knockout model of miR-195, there is not much of a change in the B-cell phenotype. Their findings may therefore be an artefact of an overexpression system. The authors should comment on this observation in their discussion.  

      We thank the reviewer for this important observation. We agree that the mild phenotype observed in our miR-195 knockout mice suggests that miR-195 is not essential for B cell development under steady-state physiological conditions. Accordingly, we do not claim a physiological requirement for miR-195. Rather, our study demonstrates that miR-195 possesses the potential to activate a B-lineage program in the absence of EBF1 when ectopically expressed. This functional potential̶rather than its endogenous necessity̶ is the main focus of our work. We have now clarified this distinction in the revised Discussion section (lines 551‒560), and we emphasize that our findings highlight an alternative regulatory pathway that can be artificially engaged under specific conditions.

      (1-13) I recommend the authors check spelling and grammar throughout their manuscript.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. In response, we have carefully reviewed the manuscript for spelling, grammar, and clarity. Minor corrections have been made throughout the text to improve readability and ensure consistency. We hope that the revised version addresses any language-related concerns. In addition, the manuscript has been reviewed by professional editing service to improve the language quality.

      (1-14) In general, I recommend more comprehensive primary data be presented in the manuscript or supplementary files to add value to their submission.

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. In response, we have revised the manuscript and supplementary materials to include additional primary data wherever possible. The bar graphs have been updated to include individual data points to show variability and replicate information. Uncropped western blot images are now provided in Supplementary Figure S2. We hope these additions provide greater transparency and value to the manuscript. 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      I have a number of suggestions with regard to inclusion of details and controls: 

      (2-1) The authors need to provide more details on in vitro differentiation, especially culture times. 

      Thank you for your comment. The culture conditions for in vitro differentiation of Ebf1<sup>−/−</sup> hematopoietic progenitor cells are described in the Methods section (lines 648‒ 649) under “Culture of lineage-negative (Lin‒) cells from the fetal liver.” As stated, cells were cultured more than 7 days under the specified conditions.

      (2-2) In Figure 1E, the authors need to provide information on statistics (FDR or similar). 

      I thank the reviewer for the suggestion. In Figure 1D (Original Figure 1E) (the microarray analysis), only two biological replicates were available for each condition (n = 2 per group). Due to this limited sample size, we did not perform statistical testing, as the power would be insufficient to produce reliable p-values or adjusted FDRs. Instead, we focused on genes with consistent and biologically meaningful changes in expression, and presented representative examples based on fold change values.

      (2-3) For in vivo experiments (Figure 2) the authors should comment on their use of two different recipient mouse strains despite very low n numbers. As described above, classical mixed BM chimeras would be much more informative. In these experiments, the authors should also show the formation of other lymphoid lineages. This would answer the question of whether miR-195 redirects cells to the B lineage. Most importantly, absolute numbers need to be provided, especially in conjunction with Ebf1 rescue as described above. 

      We thank the reviewer for the thoughtful and detailed suggestions regarding our in vivo experiments. Regarding the use of different recipient mouse strains, our initial intention was to perform the transplantations in BRG mice; however, due to facility restrictions and animal husbandry considerations, we had to switch to NOG mice. All in vivo experiments were performed with n = 3 per group, in accordance with ethical guidelines and efforts to minimize animal use while still ensuring reproducibility. With respect to the suggestion of mixed bone marrow chimeras, we agree that this approach can provide valuable information on lineage competitiveness. However, in our system, miR-195 confers only a very limited B cell developmental potential in Ebf1<sup>−/−</sup> progenitors. In such a setting, the inclusion of wild-type competitor cells would overwhelmingly dominate the B cell compartment, likely masking any measurable effect of miR-195. Therefore, we opted to assess the gain-of-function potential of miR-195 in a noncompetitive setting. Regarding the assessment of other lymphoid lineages, we focused our analysis on the emergence of B-lineage cells, as the frequency of CD19⁺ cells induced by miR-195 is quite low. Given this low efficiency, we consider it unlikely that miR-195 significantly alters the development of non-B lineages, and thus did not observe substantial lineage diversion effects. Our aim was not to demonstrate lineage redirection, but rather to show that miR-195 can confer partial B cell potential in the absence of EBF1.

      Finally, we acknowledge the importance of presenting absolute cell numbers. However, the cell number collected from the mice were so few that we did not get the reliable results, we described it in the manuscript. (lines 498-501)

      (2-4) The statistics in Figure 3 are inadequate. No S.D. is provided for WT. How then was normalization performed? Student's T-test cannot be applied to ratios. 

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the need for more appropriate statistical analysis. Due to considerable inter-batch variability in absolute measurements, we normalized the KO values to their paired WT counterparts from the same experimental batch. Specifically, for each replicate, we calculated the KO/WT ratio to control for batch-specific variation. We then applied a one-sample t-test (against a null hypothesis of ratio = 1) to determine statistical significance. We have now revised the figure to show individual ratio values for each replicate and updated the legend and Methods to clearly explain the statistical approach. We hope this addresses the concern and improves the clarity and rigor of the analysis.

      (2-5) In Figure 4A, the authors should comment on the strong repression of the Akt3UTR. 

      We appreciate the reviewerʼs observation regarding the strong repression observed with the Akt3 3'UTR construct. Indeed, we also noted that luciferase activity was markedly reduced in the presence of the Akt3 3'UTR, even in cells transduced with a control vector. We hypothesize that the Akt3 3'UTR contains strong post-transcriptional regulatory elements̶such as AU-rich elements or binding sites for endogenous miRNAs or RNA-binding proteins̶which may suppress mRNA stability or translation independent of miR-195. Alternatively, the secondary structure or length of the UTR may inherently reduce luciferase expression. We have added this limitation to the Discussion section (lines 561‒569).

      (2-6) The Western blot in Figure 4C is of insufficient quality. The authors need to provide unspliced versions of the bands including markers. 

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. In response, we have included the unprocessed, full-length Western blot images corresponding to Figure 4C as Fig. S2. This provides a transparent view of the original data and addresses the concern about image cropping.

      (2-7) The ATACseq experiment in Figure 5 is difficult to comprehend. A simpler design including Ebf1 rescue controls would clearly improve this part. 

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable feedback. We agree that the original presentation of the ATAC-seq data may have been difficult to interpret. To address this, we have included a clear interpretation of the overlapping regions in the revised figure legend (lines 1018-1022). We hope this improves the clarity of the data and facilitates understanding of the chromatin changes mediated by EBF1 and miR-195.

      (2-8) The miR-195 KO mouse lacks validation (RT-PCR, genomic PCR) as well as a clear description of the deleted region and whether miR-497 is affected. In addition, the genetic background and number of backcrosses for the removal of potential off-target effects need to be mentioned. 

      We thank the reviewer for this important comment. The miR-195 knockout mouse was generated via CRISPR/Cas9, and Sanger sequencing confirmed a 628 bp deletion on chromosome 11 (GRCm38/mm10 chr11:70,234,425‒70,235,103). This deletion includes the entire miR-497 locus and part of the miR-195 precursor sequence. Although we do not show PCR gel images, the deletion was validated by sequencing, and the results are now clearly described in the revised Methods section (lines 607619). All transgenic mice in this study were backcrossed to the C57BL/6 background for at least eight generations.

      (2-9) The manuscript requires extensive editing for language. 

      We appreciate the reviewerʼs comment. The manuscript has now been revised and professionally edited for language by a native English-speaking editor. We believe clarity and readability have been significantly improved.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (3-1) What is the expression level of miR-195 after viral overexpression? In Figure 4B, the authors show a 2.5-fold increase, but this appears very low for the experimental system (expression through the MDH1 retroviral construct) and the observed repressive effects (e.g. Figure 4A and B). 

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful comment. We agree that the apparent ~2.5fold increase in miR-195 levels (Figure 4B) may seem modest in the context of retroviral overexpression and the associated functional effects. However, due to the high sequence similarity within the miR-15/16/195/497 family, it is technically challenging to measure mature miR-195 levels with complete specificity. The baseline signal observed in control samples likely reflects cross-reactivity with endogenous miRNAs such as miR-497 or miR-16, which share similar seed sequences. Therefore, the reported fold-change may underestimate the true level of ectopic miR-195 expression. Despite this, we observed robust repression of validated targets (e.g., Mapk3, Akt3) in both qPCR and luciferase assays, indicating that functionally effective levels of miR-195 were achieved. We have now clarified this limitation and interpretation in the revised Results sections (lines 332‒335).

      (3-2) In alignment with the transparency of the data, I would encourage the authors to display the individual data points for all bar graphs. 

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful suggestion. In the revised manuscript, we have updated bar graphs to include individual data points to increase transparency and allow better visualization of data variability. In the ddPCR experiments, we provided the raw data in Fig. S1 for full transparency. In Fig. 1A, we have confirmed miR-195 expression profiles using the deposit data which the reviewer suggested, but miR-195 expression was very lower than we expected. We also performed scRNA-seq using hematopoietic lineage cells in 8-week-old C57BL/6 mice, but we could not get the reproducibility of miR-195 expression profiles. Therefore, we determined that this is an artifact caused by the miR-195 probe used for qPCR, and deleted Fig. 1A.

      (3-3) The references appear to be compromised. For example, the authors state that "The Ebf1−/+ mouse was originally generated by R. Grosschedl (39)" (line 297), but this is not the respective paper. Likewise, the knockout mouse was generated "based on the CRISPR/Cas9 system established by C. Gurumurthy (40)" (line 299), but he/she is not involved in the referenced study. 

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the discrepancies in the reference citations. Upon revising the Methods section to integrate it with the main text, the reference numbering became misaligned. We have corrected the reference in the revised manuscript, and we thank the reviewer for bringing this to our attention.

      (3-4) Given that the miRNA Taqman assays the authors used here have difficulties to discriminate closely related miRNAs such as e.g. miR-16 (highly expressed in the hematopoietic system) and miR-195, I would suggest that the authors test their qPCR in an appropriate setup, e.g. in their knockout mouse model. In this context, did the authors use another small RNA as a reference for the qPCR analysis? In the methods, only GAPDH is mentioned, but in my opinion, another RNA that uses the same stemloop-based cDNA synthesis protocol would be better suited.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable and technically insightful comment.

      As correctly pointed out, TaqMan-based qPCR assays for miRNAs such as miR-195 can show cross-reactivity with closely related family members, particularly miR-16, which is abundantly expressed in hematopoietic cells. Indeed, due to this limitation, we do not treat the qPCR results shown in the original Figures 1A and 4B as definitive quantification of miR-195 expression. Rather, these data are used to provide a suggestion and a rough estimate of overexpression efficiency, while our core functional analyses rely on phenotypic and molecular outcomes such as target gene repression and lineage emergence. With this in mind, although we acknowledge that a small RNA reference based on the same stem-loop cDNA synthesis would offer a more compatible normalization in principle, the inherent variability and lack of absolute specificity in such assays also limits their interpretive value. Therefore, we used GAPDH as a normalization control for consistency with other qPCR analyses in the manuscript. We have now clarified this rationale and limitation in the revised Methods sections (lines 712‒716), and we thank the reviewer again for highlighting this important technical consideration.

      (3-5) The Western blot data used to support the hypothesis that FOXO1 phosphorylation is reduced upon overexpression of miR-195 are not convincing. The authors should not crop everything but the band. 

      We thank the reviewer for the helpful comment. In response, we have now provided the full-length, uncropped Western blot images corresponding to Figure 4C, including both total FOXO1 and phospho-FOXO1 blots. These images are included in Fig. S2.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Comment from the editors at eLife:

      You could consider further strengthening the manuscript with the incorporation of new relevant public datasets for network modeling, but that is entirely your choice.

      We thank the editors and reviewers for their thoughtful and positive feedback on our article. We are particularly appreciative of the eLife assessment describing our work as valuable with a convincing methodology.

      As suggested, we have expanded our neuron class analysis by incorporating transcriptomic data from young adult animals (Kaletsky et al., 2016 Nature; Ghaddar et al., 2023 Science Advances; St Ange et al., 2024 Cell Genomics) to complement our existing analysis of larval stage 4 (L4) animals.

      In addition, we have updated Table S1 to include the outcross status of all strains used in this study, providing clearer information on the genotypes tested. We have also corrected the typographical errors noted by the reviewers. Please note that page and line numbers below refer to the MS Word Document with tracked changes set to ‘simple markup’.

      We greatly appreciate the reviewers’ input and hope these revisions further enhance the value and clarity of our study.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Rahmani et al. utilize the TurboID method to characterize global proteome changes in the worm's nervous system induced by a salt-based associative learning paradigm. Altogether, they uncover 706 proteins tagged by the TurboID method in worms that underwent the memory-inducing protocol. Next, the authors conduct a gene enrichment analysis that implicates specific molecular pathways in salt-associative learning, such as MAP kinase and cAMP-mediated pathways, as well as specific neuronal classes including pharyngeal neurons, and specific sensory neurons, interneurons, and motor neurons. The authors then screen a representative group of hits from the proteome analysis. They find that mutants of candidate genes from the MAP kinase pathway, namely dlk-1 and uev-3, do not affect performance in the learning paradigm. Instead, multiple acetylcholine signaling mutants, as well as a protein-kinase-A mutant, significantly affected performance in the associative memory assay (e.g., acc-1, acc-3, lgc-46, and kin-2). Finally, the authors demonstrate that protein-kinase-A mutants, as well as acetylcholine signaling mutants, do not exhibit a phenotype in a related but distinct conditioning paradigm-aversive salt conditioning-suggesting their effect is specific to appetitive salt conditioning.

      Overall, the authors addressed the concerns raised in the previous review round, including the statistics of the chemotaxis experiments and the systems-level analysis of the neuron class expression patterns of their hits. I also appreciate the further attempt to equalize the sample size of the chemotaxis experiments and the transparent reporting of the sample size and statistics in the figure captions and Table S9. The new results from the panneuronal overexpression of the kin-2 gain-of-function allele also contribute to the manuscript. Together, these make the paper more compelling. The additional tested hits provide a comprehensive analysis of the main molecular pathways that could have affected learning. However, the revised manuscript includes more information and analysis, raising additional concerns.

      Major comments:

      As reviewer 4 noted, and as also shown to be relevant for C30G12.6 presented in Figure 6, the backcrossing of the mutants is important, as background mutations may lead to the observed effects. Could the authors add to Table 1, sheet 1, the outcrossing status of the tested mutants?

      We appreciate this important point. A column has now been added to Table S1 to indicate the outcross status of all strains used in this study. Additionally, we have updated the table legend on page 77 to clarify how to interpret the information provided in this column.

      It is important to validate that the results of the positive hits (where learning was affected), such as acc-1, acc-3, and lgc-46, do not stem from background mutations.

      While we agree that confirming the absence of background mutations is important, we have taken alternative steps to address this concern:

      - The outcross status of each strain is now clearly indicated in Table S1.

      - Observed phenotypes were consistent across multiple biological replicates over extended periods (months, sometimes years), reducing the likelihood that results stem from background mutations.

      We believe these measures provide confidence in the validity of our findings.

      The fold change in the number of hits for different neurons in the CENGEN-based rank analysis requires a statistical test (discussed on pages 17-19 and summarized in Table S7). Similar to the other gene enrichment analyses presented in the manuscript, the new rank analysis also requires a statistical test. Since the authors extensively elaborate on the results from this analysis, I think a statistical analysis is especially important for its interpretation. For example, if considering the IL1 neurons, which ranked highest, and assuming random groups of genes-each having the same size as those of the ranked neurons (209 genes in total for IL1 in Table S7)-how common would it be to get the calculated fold change of 1.38 or higher? Such bootstrapping analysis is common for enrichment analysis. Perhaps the authors could consult with an institutional expert (Dr. Pawel Skuza, Flinders University) for the statistical aspects of this analysis.

      We appreciate the suggestion and agree that statistical testing can be valuable for enrichment analyses. However, implementing additional tests such as bootstrapping is beyond the scope of this study. Our aim was to provide a descriptive overview rather than inferential statistics. To ensure transparency and interpretability, we have:

      - Clearly reported fold changes and rankings in Table S7.

      - Discussed the limitations of this approach in the manuscript text (page 18, lines 17–20).

      - Clearly outlined the methods used to perform this analysis (pages 53–54).

      We believe this descriptive analysis provides sufficient context for interpreting these results.

      The learning phenotypes from Figure S8, concerning acc-1, acc-3, and lgc-46 mutants, are summarized in a scheme in Figure 4; however, the chemotaxis results are found in the supplemental Figure S8. Perhaps I missed the reasoning, but for transparency, I think the relevant Figure S8 results should be shown together with their summary scheme in Figure 4.

      Thank you for this suggestion to improve clarity. We have now moved the panels corresponding to cholinergic signalling components from Figure S8 into Figure 4 on page 21, so that the summary scheme and underlying data are presented together. The figure legends and main text have been updated accordingly to reflect the correct figure numbers.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study by Rahmani in colleagues, the authors sought to define the "learning proteome" for a gustatory associative learning paradigm in C. elegans. Using a cytoplasmic TurboID expressed under the control of a pan-neuronal promoter, the authors labeled proteins during the training portion of the paradigm, followed by proteomics analysis. This approach revealed hundreds of proteins potentially involved in learning, which the authors describe using gene ontology and pathway analysis. The authors performed functional characterization of over two dozen of these genes for their requirement in learning using the same paradigm. They also compared the requirement for these genes across various learning paradigms and found that most hits they characterized appear to be specifically required for the training paradigm used for generating the "learning proteome".

      Strengths:

      The authors have thoughtfully and transparently designed and reported the results of their study. Controls are carefully thought-out, and hits are ranked as strong and weak. By combining their proteomics with behavioral analysis, the authors also highlight the biological significance of their proteomics findings, and support that even weak hits are meaningful.

      The authors display a high degree of statistical rigor, incorporating normality tests into their behavioral data which is beyond the field standard.

      The authors include pathway analysis that generates interesting hypotheses about processes involved learning and memory

      The authors generally provide thoughtful interpretations for all of their results, both positive and negative, as well as any unexpected outcomes.

      Weaknesses:

      - The authors use the Cengen single cell-transcriptomic atlas to predict where the proteins in the "learning proteome" are likely to be expressed and use this data to identify neurons that are likely significant to learning, and building hypothetical circuit. This is an excellent idea; however, the Cengen dataset only contains transcriptomic data from juvenile L4 animals, while the authors performed their proteome experiments in Day 1 Adult animals. It is well documented that the C. elegans nervous system transcriptome is significant different between these two stages (Kaletsky et al., 2016, St. Ange et al., 2024), so the authors might be missing important expression data, resulting in inaccurate or incomplete networks. The adult neuronal single-cell atlas data (https://cestaan.princeton.edu/) would be better suited to incorporate into neuronal expression analysis.

      Thank you for highlighting this important point. We have now incorporated transcriptomic data from young adult animals to complement the L4-based CeNGEN dataset. Specifically, we integrated data from CeSTAAN (https://cestaan.princeton.edu/, including St. Ange et al., 2024) and WormSeq (https://wormseq.org/, including Ghaddar et al., 2023), as outlined below. Importantly, CeSTAAN and WormSeq provide data for 79 and 104 neuron classes, respectively (compared to 128 from CeNGEN); for this reason, the main analysis focuses on CeNGEN due to its broader coverage, with additional datasets noted in brackets for completeness. This is stated on page 18, lines 15–17 to ensure transparency regarding our rationale.

      The main text has been updated to describe these datasets and their integration into our analysis (pages 18–20), and further details on how these resources were used have been added to the Experimental Procedures (pages 53–54).

      We also incorporated data from Kaletsky et al. (2016) and St. Ange et al. (2024) into our neuron identity checks for all assigned and unassigned hits (page 16, lines 8–19). This analysis shows that the nervous system is highly represented in our proteome data: 75–87% of assigned hits and 75–83% of all hits correspond to neuron-enriched genes identified by St. Ange et al. and Kaletsky et al.

      In addition, we used several transcriptomic databases to confirm that learning regulators identified in this study through TurboID and validation experiments are expressed in the same neuron classes as suggested by CenGEN (page 36).

      - The authors offer many interpretations for why mutants in "learning proteome" hits have no detectable phenotype, which is commendable. They are however overlooking another important interpretation, it is possible that these changes to the proteome are important for memory, which is dependent upon translation and protein level changes, and is molecularly distinct from learning. It is well established in the field mutating or knocking down memory regulators in other paradigms will often have no detectable effect on learning. Incorporating this interpretation into the discussion and highlighting it as an area for future exploration would strengthen the manuscript.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We have incorporated this interpretation into the Results section (page 31, lines 17–23), specifying the potential role of these proteomic changes in memory encoding and retention, which are molecularly distinct from learning.

      - A minor weakness - In the discussion, the authors state that the Lakhina, et al 2015 used RNA-seq to assess memory transcriptome changes. This study used microarray analysis.

      This has been corrected on page 38, line 5.

      Significance:

      The approach used in this study is interesting and has the potential to further our knowledge about the molecular mechanisms of associative behaviors. There have been multiple transcriptomic studies in the worm looking at gene expression changes in the context of behavioral training. This study compliments and extends those studies, by examining how the proteome changes in a different training paradigm. This approach here could be employed for multiple different training paradigms, presenting a new technical advance for the field. This paper would be of interest to the broader field of behavioral and molecular neuroscience. Though it uses an invertebrate system, many findings in the worm regarding learning and memory translate to higher organisms, making this paper of interest and significant to the broader field of behavioral neuroscience.

      Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, authors used a learning paradigm in C. elegans; when worms were fed in a saltless plate, its chemotaxis to salt is greatly reduced. To identify learning-related proteins, authors employed nervous system-specific transcriptome analysis to compare whole proteins in neurons between high-salt-fed animals and saltless-fed animals. Authors identified "learning-specific proteins" which are observed only after saltless feeding. They categorized these proteins by GO analyses, pathway analyses and expression site analyses, and further stepped forward to test mutants in selected genes identified by the proteome analysis. They find several mutants that are defective or hyper-proficient for learning, including acc-1/3 and lgc-46 acetylcholine receptors, F46H5.3 putative arginine kinase, and kin-2, a cAMP pathway gene. These mutants were not previously reported to have abnormality in the learning paradigm.

      Concerns:

      Upon revision, authors addressed all concerns of this reviewer, and the results are now presented in a way that facilitates objective evaluation. Authors' conclusions are supported by the results presented, and the strength of the proteomics approach is persuasively demonstrated.

      Thank you, we appreciate this positive feedback.

      Significance:

      (1) Total neural proteome analysis has not been conducted before for learning-induced changes, though transcriptome analysis has been performed for odor learning (Lakhina et al., http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2014.12.029). This warrants the novelty of this manuscript, because for some genes, protein levels may change even though mRNA levels remain the same. Although in a few reports TurboID has been used in C. elegans, this is the first report of a systematic analysis of tissue-specific differential proteomics.

      (2) Authors found five mutants that have abnormality in the salt learning. These genes have not been described to have the abnormality, providing novel knowledge to the readers, especially those who work on C. elegans behavioural plasticity. Especially, involvement of acetylcholine neurotransmission has not been addressed before. Although transgenic rescue experiments have not been performed except kin-2, and the site of action (neurons involved) has not been tested in this manuscript, it will open the venue to further determine the way in which acetylcholine receptors, cAMP pathway etc. influences the learning process.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors stated in their response to reviewers that "referring to a phenotype as both a trend and non-significant may confuse readers, which was originally stated in the manuscript in two locations," and that such sentences were removed. Unfortunately, in the new text (page 28, lines 18-19), the authors write: "uev-3 mutants showed a lower average CI after training compared with wild-type, but this did not reach statistical significance." As stated before, I find such sentences confusing and not interpretable. If the changes are not significant, then the lower average CI is not informative.

      Thank you for pointing this out. This has been corrected to improve clarity – we say instead that “trained phenotypes between wild-type and uev-3 mutants were not statistically significant” (page 29, lines 21–22).

      In response to reviewers' comments, the authors added more information about the biotinylation efficiency of the experiment, which is also described in the text:

      Page 8, line 27: "we found that biotin exposure increased the signal 1.3-fold for non-Tg and 1.7-fold for TurboID C. elegans."

      Page 10, line 4: "Quantification of the signal within entire lanes showed a 1.1-fold increase in the 'TurboID, control' lane compared with the 'non-Tg, control' lane, and a 1.9-fold increase in the 'TurboID, trained' lane compared with the 'non-Tg, trained' lane."

      Is it common in this field not to show the actual raw quantified numbers? I was expecting either a bar graph or instead that the measured values would appear in the text alongside the fold-change information.

      Table S2 (and its table legend on page 77) have been edited to include raw area values.

      Figure 5: Typo? - "pan neuronal expression of ..." The allele number is written as 139, but I believe it should be 179, as in the rest of the paper.

      The typo has been corrected on page 25.

      The results describing the absence of a learning phenotype in backcrossed C30G12.6 are presented in the main figure. If the authors believe this is an important result, I understand keeping it in the main figure; however, I find this uncommon.

      Thank you for your comment. We consider the absence of a learning phenotype in backcrossed C30G12.6 to be an important control for interpreting the original findings, which is why we have retained it in the main figure.

      Reviewer #4 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I noted a few typos.

      (1) In Fig 5B, the transgene is depicted kin-2(ce139) but it is probably kin-2(ce179).

      The typo has been corrected on page 25.

      (2) In text, R97C and ce179 are used interchangeably, but in fact there is no description that they are identical.

      We now state the following in the manuscript: “We tested worms with the ce179 mutant allele in kin-2, in which a conserved residue in the inhibitory domain (which normally functions to keep PKA turned off in the absence of cAMP) is mutated to cause an R92C amino acid change – this results in increased PKA activity (Schade et al., 2005).” (page 25, lines 1–3),

      (3) p31 line 7, Figure S7 -> Fig S9 C-E

      We apologise for this typographical error. This figure number is meant to correspond to salt associative learning assay data (Fig. S8), not salt aversive learning (Fig. S9). Since the data from Fig. S8 was moved to Fig. 4, the figure citation has been changed from Fig. S7 (which was incorrect) to Fig. 4 (page 32, line 17).

      (4) p45 line 11, Fig S9 -> Fig S6

      The typo has been corrected (page 47, line 12).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Bisht et al. investigate the role of PPE2, a Mycobacterium tuberculosis (Mtb) secreted virulence factor, in adipose tissue physiology during tuberculosis (TB) infection. Previous work by this group established the significance of PPE proteins in Mtb virulence and their role in modulating the innate immune response. Here, the authors present compelling evidence that PPE2 regulates host cell adipogenesis and lipolysis, thereby establishing a link to the development of insulin resistance during TB infection. These fundamental findings demonstrate, for the first time, that a bacterial virulence factor is directly involved in the profound body fat loss, or "wasting," which is a long-established clinical symptom of active TB.

      Key Strengths:

      The confidence in the major findings of this study is significantly strengthened by the authors' comprehensive approach. They judiciously employ multiple experimental systems, including:

      (1) Purified PPE2 protein.

      (2) A non-pathogenic Mycobacterium strain engineered to express PPE2.

      (3) A pathogenic clinical Mtb strain (CDC1551) utilizing a targeted PPE2 deletion mutant.

      (4) While the presence of Mtb in adipose tissues in human and animal models is well-documented, this study is groundbreaking in demonstrating that an Mtb virulence-associated factor actively modulates host fatty acid metabolism within the adipose tissue.

      Key Weakness:

      Although the manuscript provides solid evidence associating the presence of PPE2 with transcriptional changes in host fatty acid machinery within the adipose tissue, the underlying mechanistic details remain elusive. A focused, deep mechanistic follow-up study will be essential to fully appreciate the complex biological implications of the findings reported here.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript entitled "The PPE2 protein of Mycobacterium tuberculosis is responsible for the development of hyperglycemia and insulin resistance during tuberculosis" the authors identify PPE2, a secretory protein of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, as a modulator of adipose function. They show that PPE2 treatment in mice causes fat loss, immune cell infiltration into adipose, reduced gene expression of PPAR-γ, C/EBP-α, and adiponectin, and glucose intolerance. Overall, the authors link PPE2 with adipose tissue perturbation and insulin resistance following infection with M. tuberculosis. PPE2, a secretory protein of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, is a modulator of adipose function. They show that PPE2 treatment in mice causes fat loss, immune cell infiltration into adipose, reduced gene expression of PPAR-γ, C/EBP-α, and adiponectin, and glucose intolerance. Overall, the authors link PPE2 with adipose tissue perturbation and insulin resistance following infection with M. tuberculosis.

      Strengths:

      While it is known that M. tuberculosis persists in adipose, the mycobacterial factors contributing to adipose dysfunction are unknown. The study uses multiple mechanisms, including recombinant purified protein, non-pathogenic mycobacterium expressing PPE2, and a clinical strain of M. tuberculosis depleted of PPE2, to show that PPE2 may play an important role in causing fat loss, lipolysis, and insulin resistance following infection. The authors show that PPE2, through unknown mechanisms, decreases gene expression of proteins involved in adipogenesis. Although the mechanisms are unclear, this study advances the field as it is the first to identify a secreted factor (PPE2) from M. tuberculosis to play a role in disrupting adipose tissue.

      Weaknesses:

      There is a lack of completeness amongst the figures that greatly diminishes the claims and impact of the manuscript. For example, in Figures 2 and 5, the authors measure adipocyte area in H&E-stained adipose tissue to show adipose hypertrophy. However, this was not completed in Figures 3 and 4 despite the authors claiming that treatment with rPPE2 induces adipose hypertrophy. It is unclear why the adipocyte area was not measured in these figures, and having this included would support the author's claim and strengthen the manuscript. The same is true for immune cell infiltration, where the authors say there is increased immune cell infiltration following PPE2 treatment. This is based on H&E staining, but the data supporting this is limited. Although the authors measure CD3+ T cell infiltration in adipose tissue from mice infected with the clinical strain where PPE was depleted, staining was performed in only this experiment. Completing these experiments by showing data to support that PPE2 induces immune cell infiltration would greatly strengthen the manuscript.

      The authors state that a Student's t-test was performed to calculate the significance between two samples. However, there is no discussion of what statistical method was used when there were more than 2 groups, which occurs throughout the manuscript, such as in Figure 5, where 4 groups are analyzed. Having the appropriate statistical analysis is important for the impact of the manuscript.

    3. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Bisht et al. investigate the role of PPE2, a Mycobacterium tuberculosis (Mtb) secreted virulence factor, in adipose tissue physiology during tuberculosis (TB) infection. Previous work by this group established the significance of PPE proteins in Mtb virulence and their role in modulating the innate immune response. Here, the authors present compelling evidence that PPE2 regulates host cell adipogenesis and lipolysis, thereby establishing a link to the development of insulin resistance during TB infection. These fundamental findings demonstrate, for the first time, that a bacterial virulence factor is directly involved in the profound body fat loss, or "wasting," which is a long-established clinical symptom of active TB.

      Key Strengths:

      The confidence in the major findings of this study is significantly strengthened by the authors' comprehensive approach. They judiciously employ multiple experimental systems, including:

      (1) Purified PPE2 protein.

      (2) A non-pathogenic Mycobacterium strain engineered to express PPE2.

      (3) A pathogenic clinical Mtb strain (CDC1551) utilizing a targeted PPE2 deletion mutant.

      (4) While the presence of Mtb in adipose tissues in human and animal models is well-documented, this study is groundbreaking in demonstrating that an Mtb virulence-associated factor actively modulates host fatty acid metabolism within the adipose tissue.

      We thank the reviewer for his appreciation that in this work we demonstrated for the first time that an Mtb virulent factor is directly linked to TB-associated wasting.

      Weakness:

      Although the manuscript provides solid evidence associating the presence of PPE2 with transcriptional changes in host fatty acid machinery within the adipose tissue, the underlying mechanistic details remain elusive. A focused, deep mechanistic follow-up study will be essential to fully appreciate the complex biological implications of the findings reported here.

      We agree with the reviewer that a deep-focused, mechanistic follow-up study is necessary to further elucidate the complex biological implications of PPE2 actions. However, we believe that we have uncovered at least one of the possible mechanisms by which PPE2 increases lipolysis and circulating free fatty acids during infection by targeting cAMP-PKA-HSL pathway (Figure 7). In future studies we will aim to dissect out the mechanisms by which PPE2 triggers hyperglycaemia and insulin resistance.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the manuscript entitled "The PPE2 protein of Mycobacterium tuberculosis is respon,sible for the development of hyperglycemia and insulin resistance during tuberculosis" the authors identify PPE2, a secretory protein of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, as a modulator of adipose function. They show that PPE2 treatment in mice causes fat loss, immune cell infiltration into adipose, reduced gene expression of PPAR-γ, C/EBP-α, and adiponectin, and glucose intolerance. Overall, the authors link PPE2 with adipose tissue perturbation and insulin resistance following infection with M. tuberculosis. PPE2, a secretory protein of Mycobacterium tuberculosis, is a modulator of adipose function. They show that PPE2 treatment in mice causes fat loss, immune cell infiltration into adipose, reduced gene expression of PPAR-γ, C/EBP-α, and adiponectin, and glucose intolerance. Overall, the authors link PPE2 with adipose tissue perturbation and insulin resistance following infection with M. tuberculosis.

      Strengths:

      While it is known that M. tuberculosis persists in adipose, the mycobacterial factors contributing to adipose dysfunction are unknown. The study uses multiple mechanisms, including recombinant purified protein, non-pathogenic mycobacterium expressing PPE2, and a clinical strain of M. tuberculosis depleted of PPE2, to show that PPE2 may play an important role in causing fat loss, lipolysis, and insulin resistance following infection. The authors show that PPE2, through unknown mechanisms, decreases gene expression of proteins involved in adipogenesis. Although the mechanisms are unclear, this study advances the field as it is the first to identify a secreted factor (PPE2) from M. tuberculosis to play a role in disrupting adipose tissue.

      We thank the reviewer for his appreciation of our findings presented in the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There is a lack of completeness amongst the figures that greatly diminishes the claims and impact of the manuscript. For example, in Figures 2 and 5, the authors measure adipocyte area in H&E-stained adipose tissue to show adipose hypertrophy. However, this was not completed in Figures 3 and 4 despite the authors claiming that treatment with rPPE2 induces adipose hypertrophy. It is unclear why the adipocyte area was not measured in these figures, and having this included would support the author's claim and strengthen the manuscript. The same is true for immune cell infiltration, where the authors say there is increased immune cell infiltration following PPE2 treatment. This is based on H&E staining, but the data supporting this is limited. Although the authors measure CD3+ T cell infiltration in adipose tissue from mice infected with the clinical strain where PPE was depleted, staining was performed in only this experiment. Completing these experiments by showing data to support that PPE2 induces immune cell infiltration would greatly strengthen the manuscript.

      As per the suggestion of the esteemed reviewer, in the revised manuscript we will attempt to analyse adipocyte area in both Figures 3 and 4. In the original manuscript, immune cell infiltration analyses (H&E staining and CD3+ staining) was restricted to only M. tuberculosis-mouse infection model, which best reflects the human tuberculosis pathology.  In other experiments involving infection with M. smegmatis expressing PPE2, immune cell infiltration studies will be carried out.

      (2) The authors state that a Student's t-test was performed to calculate the significance between two samples. However, there is no discussion of what statistical method was used when there were more than 2 groups, which occurs throughout the manuscript, such as in Figure 5, where 4 groups are analyzed. Having the appropriate statistical analysis is important for the impact of the manuscript.

      We agree with the reviewer that we missed to include ANOVA in the statistical analyses. We will include one-way ANOVA analysis where more than two groups are present and mention the statistical methods in the figure legends as well in the text of the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript titled "The PPE protein of Mycobacterium tuberculosis is responsible for the development of hyperglycemia and insulin resistance during tuberculosis", Bisht et al describe that PPE2 protein from Mtb is a key modulator of adipose tissue physiology that contributes to the development of insulin resistance. The authors have used 3T3-L1 preadipocyte cell lines, M. smegmatis overexpression strain, mice model, and genetically modified Mtb deletion strains to demonstrate that PPE promotes persistence in adipose tissue and regulates glucose homeostasis. Using qPCR and RNA-seq experiments, the authors demonstrate that PPE2 regulates the expression of key genes involved in adipogenesis.

      Strengths:

      Using purified protein, the authors show that PPE2 regulates adipose tissue physiology, and this effect was neutralised in the presence of anti-PPE2. The expression of several adipogenic markers was also reduced in 3TL-1 adipocytes treated with rPPE2 and in mice infected with M. smegmatis strains overexpressing PPE2. Using a mouse model of infection, the authors show that PPE2 contributes to enhanced mycobacterial survival within fat tissues. The authors also show infiltration of immune cells in the fat tissues of mice infected with wild-type and ppe2-complemented strains compared to the ppe2 KO strain. In order to gain a better mechanistic understanding of how PPE2 regulates adipogenesis, the authors employed an RNA-seq approach and identified 191 genes that were significantly differentially expressed in the fat tissues of mice infected with wild-type and ppe2 KO Mtb strains. The differentially expressed genes included transcripts encoding for proteins involved in chemokine/cytokine signalling, ER stress response. The expression of a few of these markers was also validated by qPCR and western blot analysis. Finally, the authors also show that PPE2 promotes lipolysis by reducing phosphodiesterase levels and activating PKA-HSL signalling. The experimental design is overall reasonable, and the methods used are reliable. Overall, the current study did provide some new information on the contribution of PPE2 in regulating adipose tissue physiology.

      We thank the reviewer for encouraging comments about the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors have used several methodologies to show that PPE2 regulates adipose tissue physiology and glucose homeostasis. But the exact mechanism is still not clear.

      We have clearly demonstrated that PPE2 inhibit PPAR-γ and C/EBP-α expression to block adipogenic differentiation. Further, we demonstrated a possible mechanism by which PPE2 trigger lipolysis via activation of the ER stress and cAMP/PKA/HSL pathway which is responsible for increasing free fatty acids in circulation (Figure 7) as confirmed by our observation that PPE2KO (ppe2 knock-out) Mtb infected mice had lower NEFA as compared to the those infected with wild-type Mtb (Figure 7F). Crucially, we showed that this mechanism is clinically relevant since NEFA levels in the sera of TB patients were higher as compared to the healthy controls (Figure 7G) confirming presence of dyslipidemia in TB patients which is an established risk factor for insulin resistance (Karpe et al., 2011; Bhattacharya et al., 2007), As increased free fatty acids have been shown to be linked to development of insulin resistance in several studies, this mechanism links PPE2 with the regulation of glucose homeostasis.

      (2) Mtb encodes several PE/PPE proteins? The authors have used PPE2 for their study. Will secretory PPE2 homologs also regulate similar cellular processes?

      It is known that Mtb encodes several PE/PPE family proteins and some of these have been implicated to play a role in host–pathogen interactions (Mukhopadhyay and Balaji, 2011; Dahiya et al., 2025). However, so far only PPE2 is shown to be present in the circulation (Bisht et al., 2023) which is the main reason we chose it for this study. Presence of PPE2 homologues in the circulation is not known so far.

      (3) How do the authors rule out that the differences observed in the fat tissues of mice infected with wild-type and mutant strains are not associated with reduced bacterial burdens? Is it possible to include another Mtb attenuated strain as a control in mice experiments for few critical experiments?

      We agree with the reviewer that the differences in bacterial burden can influence host tissue responses.  Precisely for this reason, we did not rely on just one infection model alone. We used a multi-pronged approach to de-couple the effects of PPE2 from the effects of bacterial load, like;

      (1) In vitro Model using recombinantly purified PPE2 protein (rPPE2) (Figure 1): In cultured 3T3-L1 adipocytes, purified rPPE2 protein directly inhibited adipogenesis by downregulating important factors like PPAR-g,C/EBP-α and Fatty acid synthase (which play a critical role in triglyceride metabolism) demonstrating a direct effect of PPE2 in the complete absence of infection.

      (2) Recombinant Protein Injection (Figure 3): By injecting recombinantly purified PPE2 protein (rPPE2) into mice, we observed similar metabolic perturbations (fat loss, impaired glucose tolerance) in the complete absence of any bacteria, demonstrating that PPE2 can drive these phenotypes independent of bacterial burden. Further study of rescuing of PPE2 action in rPPE2-immunized mice strongly confirm the specific role of PPE2 in establishing hyperglycaemia and insulin resistance (Figure 4).

      While the Mtb aerosol model can be questioned for bacterial load effects, it provides crucial in vivo validation that PPE2 function is relevant in the context of mycobacterial infection.

      References

      Bhattacharya S, Dey D, Roy SS. Molecular mechanism of insulin resistance. J Biosci. 2007 Mar;32(2):405-13. doi: 10.1007/s12038-007-0038-8. PMID: 17435330.

      Bisht MK, Pal R, Dahiya P, Naz S, Sanyal P, Nandicoori VK, Ghosh S, Mukhopadhyay S. The PPE2 protein of Mycobacterium tuberculosis is secreted during infection and facilitates mycobacterial survival inside the host. Tuberculosis (Edinb). 2023 Dec;143:102421. doi: 10.1016/j.tube.2023.102421. Epub 2023 Oct 12. PMID: 37879126.

      Dahiya P, Bisht MK, Mukhopadhyay S. Role of PE family of proteins in mycobacterial virulence: Potential on anti-TB vaccine and drug design. Int Rev Immunol. 2025; 44(4):213-228. doi: 10.1080/08830185.2025.2455161. Epub 2025 Jan 31. PMID: 39889764.

      Karpe F, Dickmann JR, Frayn KN. Fatty acids, obesity, and insulin resistance: time for a reevaluation. Diabetes. 2011 Oct;60(10):2441-9. doi: 10.2337/db11-0425. PMID: 21948998; PMCID: PMC3178283.

      Mukhopadhyay S, Balaji KN. The PE and PPE proteins of Mycobacterium tuberculosis. Tuberculosis (Edinb). 2011 Sep;91(5):441-7. doi: 10.1016/j.tube.2011.04.004. Epub 2011 May 6. PMID: 21527209.

    1. 사유 없는 잦은 지역 변경 요청은 반려할 수 있다.

      중개인의 활동지역 변경 정책은 아래 기준을 반영합니다.

      1. 중개인은 중개사무소 소재지 ‘구’ 외 1개의 ‘구’ 지역을 추가로 선택 가능합니다.

      2.추가 선택 지역에 대해 별도의 지역 제한은 적용하지 않습니다.

      3.추가 선택 지역은 월 1회에 한하여 변경 가능합니다.

      4.중개사무소 소재지 ‘구’는 사무소 이전 시에만 변경 가능하며, 사무소 주소 변경이 발생한 경우 시스템을 통해 변경 요청할 수 있습니다.